CommunicationsAct
2003
CHAPTER 21
ExplanatoryNoteshavebeenproducedtoassistinthe
understandingofthisActandareavailableseparately
£41·00Communications Act 2003
CHAPTER 21
CONTENTS
PART 1
FUNCTIONS  OF OFCOM
Transferred and assigned functions
1 Functions and general powers of OFCOM
2 Transfer of functions of pre-commencement regulators
General duties in carrying out functions
3 General duties of OFCOM
4 Duties for the purpose of fulfilling Community obligations5 Directions in respect of networks and spectrum functions6 Duties to review regulatory burdens7 Duty to carry out impact assessments8 Duty to publish and meet promptness standards9 Secretary of State’s powers in relation to promptness standard s
Accessible domestic communications apparatus
10 Duty to encourage availability of easily usable apparatus
Media literacy
11 Duty to promote media literacy
OFCOM’s Content Board
12 Duty to establish and maintain Content Board
13 Functions of the Content BoardCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Functions for the protection of consumers
14 Consumer research
15 Duty to publish and take account of research16 Consumer consultation17 Membership etc. of the Consumer Panel18 Committees and other procedure of the Consumer Panel19 Power to amend remit of Consumer Panel
Advisory committees
20 Advisory committees for different parts of the United Kingdom
21 Advisory committee on elderly and disabled persons
International matters
22 Representation on international and other bodies
23 Directions for international purposes in respect of broadcast ing functions
General information functions
24 Provision of information to the Secretary of State
25 Community requirement to provide information26 Publication of information and advice for consumers etc.
Employment in broadcasting
27 Training and equality of opportunity
Charging
28 General power to charge for services
Guarantees
29 Secretary of State guarantees for OFCOM borrowing
Provisions supplemental to transfer of functions
30 Transfers of property etc. from pre-commencement regulators
31 Transitional functions and abolition of pre-commencement regu lators
P
ART 2
NETWORKS , SERVICES  AND  THE RADIO  SPECTRUM
CHAPTER  1
ELECTRONIC  COMMUNICATIONS  NETWORKS  AND  SERVICES
Preliminary
32 Meaning of electronic communications networks and servicesiiCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Notification by providers
33 Advance notification to OFCOM
34 Designations and requirements for the purposes of s. 3335 Notification of contraventions of s. 3336 Enforcement notification for contravention of s. 3337 Penalties for contravention of s. 33
Administrative charges imposed on providers
38 Fixing of charges
39 Supplemental provision about fixing charges40 Notification of non-payment of charges41 Penalties for non-payment of charges42 Suspending service provision for non-payment43 Enforcement of directions under s. 42
Register of providers required to notify or to pay charges
44 Duty of OFCOM to keep publicly accessible register
Conditions of entitlement to provide network or service etc.
45 Power of OFCOM to set conditions
46 Persons to whom conditions may apply47 Test for setting or modifying conditions48 Procedure for setting, modifying and revoking conditions49 Directions and approvals for the purposes of a s. 45 conditio n
50 Delivery of copies of notifications etc.
General conditions: subject-matter
51 Matters to which general conditions may relate
General conditions: customer interests
52 Conditions relating to customer interests
53 Approval of codes of practice for the purposes of s. 5254 Approval of dispute procedures for the purposes of s. 5255 Orders by OFCOM in the absence of conditions under s. 52
General conditions: telephone numbers
56 The National Telephone Numbering Plan
57 Conditions to secure access to telephone numbers58 Conditions about allocation and adoption of numbers59 Telephone numbering conditions binding non-providers60 Modification of documents referred to in numbering conditions61 Withdrawal of telephone number allocations62 Numbering reorganisations63 General duty as to telephone numbering functions
General conditions: must-carry obligations
64 Must-carry obligationsiiiCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Universal service conditions
65 Obligations to be secured by universal service conditions
66 Designation of universal service providers67 Subject-matter of universal service conditions68 Tariffs etc. for universal services69 Directories and directory enquiry facilities70 Review of compliance costs71 Sharing of burden of universal service obligations72 Report on sharing mechanism
Access-related conditions
73 Permitted subject-matter of access-related conditions
74 Specific types of access-related conditions75 Conditional access systems and access to digital services76 Modification and revocation of conditions imposed under s. 75
Privileged supplier conditions
77 Imposition of privileged supplier conditions
SMP conditions: procedure
78 Circumstances required for the setting of SMP conditions
79 Market power determinations80 Proposals for identifying markets and for market power determ inations
81 Delivery of copies of notifications under ss. 79 and 8082 European Commission’s powers in respect of proposals83 Special rules for transnational markets84 Review of services market identifications and determinations85 Review of apparatus market identifications and determinations86 Cases where review required
SMP services conditions: subject-matter
87 Conditions about network access etc.
88 Conditions about network access pricing etc.89 Conditions about network access in exceptional cases90 Conditions about carrier selection and pre-selection91 Conditions about regulation of services etc. for end-users92 Conditions about leased lines
SMP apparatus conditions: subject-matter
93 Conditions about apparatus supply
Enforcement of conditions
94 Notification of contravention of conditions
95 Enforcement notification for contravention of conditions96 Penalties for contravention of conditions97 Amount of penalty under s. 9698 Power to deal with urgent cases99 Confirmation of directions under s. 98ivCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
100 Suspending service provision for contraventions of condition s
101 Suspending apparatus supply for contraventions of conditions102 Procedure for directions under ss. 100 and 101103 Enforcement of directions under ss. 98, 100 and 101104 Civil liability for breach of conditions or enforcement noti fication
OFCOM’s duty to intervene on network access issues
105 Consideration and determination of network access questions
Electronic communications code
106 Application of the electronic communications code
107 Procedure for directions applying code108 Register of persons in whose case code applies109 Restrictions and conditions subject to which code applies110 Enforcement of restrictions and conditions111 Enforcement notification for contravention of code restricti ons
112 Penalties for contravention of code restrictions113 Suspension of application of code114 Procedure for directions under s. 113115 Modification and revocation of application of code116 Notification of cessation by person to whom code applies117 Transitional schemes on cessation of application of code118 Compulsory acquisition of land etc.119 Power to give assistance in relation to certain proceedings
Regulation of premium rate services
120 Conditions regulating premium rate services
121 Approval of code for premium rate services122 Orders by OFCOM in the absence of a code under s. 121123 Enforcement of s. 120 conditions124 Suspending service provision for contraventions of s. 120 co nditions
Offences relating to networks and services
125 Dishonestly obtaining electronic communications services
126 Possession or supply of apparatus etc. for contravening s. 1 25
127 Improper use of public electronic communications network
Persistent misuse of network or service
128 Notification of misuse of networks and services
129 Enforcement notifications for stopping persistent misuse130 Penalties for persistent misuse131 Statement of policy on persistent misuse
Powers to deal with emergencies
132 Powers to require suspension or restriction of a provider’s entitlement
133 Enforcement of directions under s. 132vCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Restrictions in leases and licences
134 Restrictions in leases and licences
Information provisions
135 Information required for purposes of Chapter 1 functions
136 Information required for related purposes137 Restrictions on imposing information requirements138 Notification of contravention of information requirements139 Penalties for contravention of information requirements140 Suspending service provision for information contraventions141 Suspending apparatus supply for information contraventions142 Procedure for directions under ss. 140 and 141143 Enforcement of directions under ss. 140 and 141144 Offences in connection with information requirements145 Statement of policy on information gathering146 Provision of information by OFCOM
Abolition of telecommunications licensing etc.
147 Repeal of provisions of Telecommunications Act 1984
Local authority powers in relation to networks and services
148 Powers of local authorities in connection with networks
Grants for networks and services in Northern Ireland
149 Grants by Department of Enterprise, Trade and Investment
150 Grants by district councils
Interpretation of Chapter 1
151 Interpretation of Chapter 1
C
HAPTER  2
SPECTRUM  USE
General functions relating to spectrum use
152 General functions of OFCOM in relation to radio spectrum
153 United Kingdom Plan for Frequency Authorisation154 Duties of OFCOM when carrying out spectrum functions155 Advisory service in relation to interference156 Directions with respect to the radio spectrum157 Procedure for directions under s. 156
Reservation of spectrum for multiplex use
158 Special duty in relation to television multiplexesviCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Recognised spectrum access
159 Grant of recognised spectrum access
160 Effect of grant of recognised spectrum access161 Charges in respect of grants of recognised spectrum access162 Conversion into and from wireless telegraphy licences
Crown use of the radio spectrum
163 Payments for use of radio spectrum by the Crown
Limitations and exemptions applied to spectrum use
164 Limitations on authorised spectrum use
165 Terms etc. of wireless telegraphy licences166 Exemption from need for wireless telegraphy licence
Award and transfer of licences
167 Bidding for wireless telegraphy licences
168 Spectrum trading
Variation and revocation of licences
169 Variation and revocation of wireless telegraphy licences
Wireless telegraphy register
170 Wireless telegraphy register
Information requirements
171 Information requirements in relation to wireless telegraphy licences
Criminal proceedings etc.
172 Contraventions of conditions for use of wireless telegraphy
173 Meaning of “repeated contravention” in s. 172174 Procedure for prosecutions of wireless telegraphy offences175 Special procedure for contraventions by multiplex licence ho lders
176 Amount of penalty under s. 175177 “Relevant amount of gross revenue” for the purposes of s. 17 6
178 Proceedings for an offence relating to apparatus use179 Modification of penalties for certain wireless telegraphy of fences
180 Fixed penalties for certain wireless telegraphy offences181 Power of arrest182 Forfeiture etc. of restricted apparatus
Construction of 1949 Act
183 Modification of definition of “undue interference”
184 Modification of definition of “wireless telegraphy”viiCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
CHAPTER  3
DISPUTES  AND  APPEALS
Disputes
185 Reference of disputes to OFCOM
186 Action by OFCOM on dispute reference187 Legal proceedings about referred disputes188 Procedure for resolving disputes189 Disputes involving other member States190 Resolution of referred disputes191 OFCOM’s power to require information in connection with disp ute
Appeals
192 Appeals against decisions by OFCOM, the Secretary of State e tc.
193 Reference of price control matters to the Competition Commis sion
194 Composition of Competition Commission for price control refe rences
195 Decisions of the Tribunal196 Appeals from the Tribunal
Interpretation of Chapter 3
197 Interpretation of Chapter 3
P
ART 3
TELEVISION  AND  RADIO  SERVICES
CHAPTER  1
THE BBC, C4C THE WELSH  AUTHORITY  AND  THE GAELIC  MEDIA  SERVICE
The BBC
198 Functions of OFCOM in relation to the BBC
C4C
199 Functions of C4C
200 Removal of members of C4C201 Deficits and surpluses of C4C202 Borrowing limit for C4C
The Welsh Authority
203 Function of OFCOM in relation to the Welsh Authority
204 Welsh Authority’s function of providing S4C and S4C Digital205 Powers to provide other services206 Other activities of Welsh Authority207 Welsh Authority financesviiiCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
The Gaelic Media Service
208 The Gaelic Media Service
209 Membership of the Service210 Supplementary provisions about the Service
C
HAPTER  2
REGULATORY  STRUCTURE  FOR INDEPENDENT  TELEVISION  SERVICES
Preliminary
211 Regulation of independent television services
212 Abolition of function of assigning television frequencies213 Abolition of licensing for local cable systems
Channels 3 and 5
214 Digital Channel 3 and Channel 5 licences
215 Replacement of existing Channel 3 and Channel 5 licences216 Renewal of Channel 3 and 5 licences217 Financial terms of licence renewed under s. 216
The public teletext service
218 Duty to secure the provision of a public teletext service
219 Licensing of the public teletext service220 Delegation of provision of public teletext service221 Replacement of existing public teletext provider’s licence222 Renewal of public teletext licence223 Financial terms of licence renewed under s. 222
Meaning of initial expiry date
224 Meaning of “initial expiry date”
Reviews relating to licensing of Channels 3 & 5 and teletext
225 Application for review of financial terms of replacement lic ences
226 Application for review of financial terms in consequence of new obligations
227 Reviews under ss. 225 and 226228 Giving effect to reviews under ss. 225 and 226229 Report in anticipation of new licensing round230 Orders suspending rights of renewal
Replacement of Channel 4 licence
231 Replacement of Channel 4 licence
Television licensable content services
232 Meaning of “television licensable content service”
233 Services that are not television licensable content services234 Modification of ss. 232 and 233235 Licensing of television licensable content servicesixCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
236 Direction to licensee to take remedial action
237 Penalties for contravention of licence condition or directio n
238 Revocation of television licensable content service licence239 Action against licence holders who incite crime or disorder240 Abolition of separate licences for certain television servic es
Television multiplex services
241 Television multiplex services
242 Composition of services in television multiplexes243 Powers where frequencies reserved for qualifying services
Local digital television services
244 Local digital television services
C
HAPTER  3
REGULATORY  STRUCTURE  FOR INDEPENDENT  RADIO  SERVICES
Preliminary
245 Regulation of independent radio services
246 Abolition of function of assigning radio frequencies
Radio licensable content services
247 Meaning of “radio licensable content services”
248 Services that are not radio licensable content services249 Modification of ss. 247 and 248250 Licensing of radio licensable content services251 Abolition of separate licences for certain sound services
Licence periods etc.
252 Extension of licence periods
253 Extension and modification of existing licences254 Renewal of local licences255 Extension of special application procedure for local licence s
Provision of simulcast radio services
256 Definition of simulcast radio services
257 Promotion of simulcast radio services
Multiplexes broadcasting sound programmes
258 Radio multiplex services
259 Composition of services in radio multiplexes260 Digital sound services for inclusion in non-radio multiplexe s
261 Renewal of radio multiplex licencesxCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Community radio
262 Community radio
CHAPTER  4
REGULATORY  PROVISIONS
Application of regulatory regimes
263 Application of regulatory regimes
The public service remit for television
264 OFCOM reports on the fulfilment of the public service remit
265 Public service remits of licensed providers266 Statements of programme policy267 Changes of programme policy268 Statements of service policy by the public teletext provider269 Changes of service policy270 Enforcement of public service remits271 Power to amend public service remits
Must-offer obligations etc. affecting public service television
272 Must-offer obligations in relation to networks
273 Must-offer obligations in relation to satellite services274 Securing reception of must-provide services in certain areas275 Must-provide services for the purposes of s. 274276 Co-operation with the public teletext provider
Programming quotas for public service television
277 Programming quotas for independent productions
278 Programming quotas for original productions
News provision etc. on public service television
279 News and current affairs programmes
280 Appointed news providers for Channel 3281 Disqualification from appointment as news provider282 Power to repeal or modify Channel 3 news provider provisions283 News providers for Channel 5284 News provision on the public teletext service
Independent and regional productions and programmes for public service television
285 Code relating to programme commissioning
286 Regional programme-making for Channels 3 and 5287 Regional programmes on Channel 3288 Regional programme-making for Channel 4289 Regional matters in the public teletext servicexiCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Networking arrangements for Channel 3
290 Proposals for arrangements
291 Obligation as to making and continuance of approved arrangem ents
292 OFCOM’s power to impose arrangements293 Review of approved networking arrangements etc.294 Supplemental provision about networking arrangements
Special obligations for Channel 4
295 Involvement of C4 Corporation in programme-making
296 Schools programmes on Channel 4297 Channel 4 contribution towards national television archive
Special obligation for the public teletext provider
298 Conditions prohibiting interference with other services
Sporting and other events of national interest
299 Categorisation of listed events
300 Effects of categorisation of listed events301 Code relating to listed events302 Regulations about coverage of listed events
Television services for the deaf and visually impaired
303 Code relating to provision for the deaf and visually impaire d
304 Procedure for issuing and revising code under s. 303305 Meaning of “relevant date” in s. 303306 Power to modify targets in s. 303307 Observance of code under s. 303308 Assistance for the visually impaired with the public teletex t service
Programming quotas for digital television programme services
309 Quotas for independent programmes
Regulation of electronic programme guides
310 Code of practice for electronic programme guides
311 Conditions to comply with code under s. 310
Character and coverage of radio services
312 Character and coverage of sound broadcasting services
313 Consultation about change of character of local services314 Local content and character of local sound broadcasting serv ices
315 Variations of radio multiplex licences affecting service cha racteristics
Competition between licensed providers etc.
316 Conditions relating to competition matters
317 Exercise of Broadcasting Act powers for a competition purpos e
318 Review of powers exercised for competition purposesxiiCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Programme and fairness standards for television and radio
319 OFCOM’s standards code
320 Special impartiality requirements321 Objectives for advertisements and sponsorship322 Supplementary powers relating to advertising323 Modification of matters to be taken into account under s. 31 9
324 Setting and publication of standards325 Observance of standards code326 Duty to observe fairness code327 Standards with respect to fairness328 Duty to publicise OFCOM’s functions in relation to complaint s
Power to proscribe unacceptable foreign television and radio se rvices
329 Proscription orders
330 Effect of proscription order331 Notification for enforcing proscription332 Penalties for contravention of notification under s. 331
Party political broadcasts on television and radio
333 Party political broadcasts
Monitoring of programmes
334 Retention and production of recordings
International obligations
335 Conditions securing compliance with international obligation s
Government requirements for licensed services
336 Government requirements for licensed services
Equal opportunities and training
337 Promotion of equal opportunities and training
Corresponding rules for the BBC and Welsh Authority
338 Corresponding rules for the BBC and the Welsh Authority
Enforcement against the Welsh Authority
339 Review of fulfilment by Welsh Authority of public service re mits
340 Directions to Welsh Authority to take remedial action341 Imposition of penalties on the Welsh Authority342 Contraventions recorded in Welsh Authority’s annual report343 Provision of information by Welsh Authority
Enforcement of licence conditions
344 Transmission of statement of findingsxiiiCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
345 Financial penalties imposable on licence holders
346 Recovery of fees and penalties
Broadcasting Act licence fees
347 Statement of charging principles
CHAPTER  5
MEDIA  OWNERSHIP  AND  CONTROL
Restrictions on licence holders
348 Modification of disqualification provisions
349 Licence holding by local authorities350 Relaxation of licence-holding restrictions
Changes of control
351 Changes of control of Channel 3 services
352 Action following review under s. 351353 Changes of control of Channel 5354 Action following review under s. 353355 Variation of local licence following change of control356 Action following review under s. 355
Meaning of control
357 Meaning of “control”
C
HAPTER  6
OTHER  PROVISIONS  ABOUT  TELEVISION  AND  RADIO  SERVICES
Annual report on television and radio
358 Annual factual and statistical report
Community radio and local digital television
359 Grants to providers
Supplemental provisions of Part 3
360 Amendments of the 1990 and 1996 Acts
361 Meaning of “available for reception by members of the public ”
362 Interpretation of Part 3
PART 4
LICENSING  OF TV RECEPTION
363 Licence required for use of TV receiver
364 TV licencesxivCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
365 TV licence fees
366 Powers to enforce TV licensing367 Interpretation of provisions about dealer notification368 Meanings of “television receiver” and “use”
P
ART 5
COMPETITION  IN COMMUNICATIONS  MARKETS
CHAPTER  1
FUNCTIONS  OF OFCOM UNDER  COMPETITION  LEGISLATION
369 Matters in relation to which OFCOM have competition function s
370 OFCOM’s functions under Part 4 of the Enterprise Act 2002371 OFCOM’s functions under the Competition Act 1998372 Application of the Competition Act 1998 to news provision
C
HAPTER  2
MEDIA  MERGERS
Introductory
373 Repeal of existing newspaper merger regime
374 Repeal of exclusion for newspaper mergers from general merge r controls
Adaptation for media mergers of main merger regime
375 Media public interest considerations
376 Adaptation of role of OFT in initial investigations and repo rts
377 Additional investigation and report by OFCOM
Extension of special public interest regime
378 Extension of special public interest regime for certain medi a mergers
379 Adaptation of role of OFT in special public interest regime380 Additional investigation and report by OFCOM: special public  interest cases
New general functions in relation to media mergers
381 Public consultation in relation to media mergers
382 General information duties in relation to media mergers383 Advice and information in relation to media mergers384 General advisory functions of OFCOM in relation to media mer gers
385 Other general functions of OFCOM in relation to media merger s
386 Monitoring role for OFT in relation to media mergers
Supplemental provisions of Chapter 2
387 Enforcement powers in relation to newspaper and other media mergers
388 Alterations concerning newspaper panel of Competition Commis sion
389 Further provision in connection with media mergersxvCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
PART 6
MISCELLANEOUS  AND  SUPPLEMENTAL
Annual report
390 Annual report on the Secretary of State’s functions
Review of media ownership
391 Review of media ownership
Guidelines as to penalties
392 Penalties imposed by OFCOM
Disclosure of information
393 General restrictions on disclosure of information
Notifications etc. and electronic working
394 Service of notifications and other documents
395 Notifications and documents in electronic form396 Timing and location of things done electronically
Other miscellaneous provisions
397 Purchase of Duchy of Lancaster land
398 Repeal of certain provisions of the Telecommunications Act 1 984
Supplemental
399 Expenses
400 Destination of licence fees and penalties401 Power of OFCOM to retain costs of carrying out spectrum func tions
402 Power of Secretary of State to make orders and regulations403 Regulations and orders made by OFCOM404 Criminal liability of company directors etc.405 General interpretation406 Minor and consequential amendments, transitionals and repeal s
407 Pre-consolidation amendments408 Transitional provision for anticipatory carrying out of func tions
409 Modifications consequential on regulations implementing Dire ctives
410 Application of enactments to territorial sea and other water s
411 Short title, commencement and extent
Schedule 1 — Functions transferred to OFCOMSchedule 2 — Transfer schemesSchedule 3 — Amendments of Schedule 2 to the Telecommunications A ct
1984xviCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 4 — Compulsory purchase and entry for exploratory purpos es
Schedule 5 — Procedure for grants of recognised spectrum accessSchedule 6 — Fixed penalties for wireless telegraphy offencesSchedule 7 — Seizure and forfeiture of apparatusSchedule 8 — Decisions not subject to appealSchedule 9 — Arrangements about carrying on of C4C’s activities
Schedule 10 — Licensing the public teletext service
Part 1 — Applications for and award of licencePart 2 — Conditions and enforcement of licencePart 3 — Interpretation of Schedule
Schedule 11 — Approval, imposition and modification of networking
arrangements
Schedule 12 — Corresponding obligations of the BBC and Welsh Auth ority
Part 1 — The BBCPart 2 — The Welsh Authority
Schedule 13 — Financial penalties under the Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Broadcasting Act 1990Part 2 — Broadcasting Act 1996
Schedule 14 — Media ownership rules
Part 1 — Channel 3 servicesPart 2 — Radio multiplex servicesPart 3 — Local sound programme servicesPart 4 — Religious bodies etc.Part 5 — Supplemental provisions of Schedule
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 ActPart 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act
Schedule 16 — Further amendments in connection with media mergersSchedule 17 — Minor and Consequential AmendmentsSchedule 18 — Transitional ProvisionsSchedule 19 — RepealsxviiELIZABETH II c. 21
Communications Act 2003
2003 CHAPTER 21
An Act to confer functions on the Office of Communications; to make
provision about the regulation of the provision of electronic c ommunications
networks and services and of the use of the electro-magnetic sp ectrum; to
make provision about the regulation of broadcasting and of the provision of
television and radio services; to make provision about mergers involving
newspaper and other media enterprises and, in that connection, to amend the
Enterprise Act 2002; and for connected purposes. [17th July 2003 ]
E IT ENACTED  by the Queen’s most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and
consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in th is present
Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as foll ows:— 
PART 1
FUNCTIONS  OF OFCOM
Transferred and assigned functions
1 Functions and general powers of OFCOM
(1) The Office of Communications (“OFCOM”) shall have the follow ing
functions—
(a) the functions transferred to OFCOM under section 2; and
(b) such other functions as may be conferred on OFCOM by or unde r any
enactment (including this Act).
(2) OFCOM shall also have any functions in relation to telephone  numbers that are
conferred on them by the law of the Isle of Man or of any of th e Channel
Islands.
(3) OFCOM may do anything which appears to them to be incidental  or conducive
to the carrying out of their functions, including borrow money.BCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM2
(4) OFCOM are not to borrow money except with the consent of the  Secretary of
State, or in accordance with a general authorisation given by h im.
(5) OFCOM’s powers under subsection (3) include, in particular—
(a) power to undertake research and development work in connecti on
with any matter in relation to which they have functions;
(b) power to promote the carrying out of such research and devel opment
by others, or otherwise to arrange for it to be carried out by others;
(c) power to institute and carry on criminal proceedings in Engl and and
Wales or Northern Ireland for an offence relating to a matter i n relation
to which they have functions; and
(d) power, in such cases and in such circumstances as they may t hink fit, to
make payments (where no legal liability arises) to persons adve rsely
affected by the carrying out by OFCOM of any of their functions .
(6) In exercise of their powers under subsection (3), OFCOM must  establish and
maintain separate offices in each of the following parts of the  United
Kingdom—
(a) England;
(b) Wales;
(c) Scotland; and
(d) Northern Ireland.
(7) Part 2 of the Deregulation and Contracting Out Act 1994 (c. 4 0) (contracting
out) is to have effect in relation to the functions conferred o n OFCOM by or
under any enactment as if—
(a) OFCOM were an office holder within the meaning of that Part;  and
(b) a power of OFCOM to make subordinate legislation were exclud ed
from section 69 of that Act to the extent only that it is exerc isable by
statutory instrument.
(8) In this section “telephone numbers” has the same meaning as in Chapter 1 of
Part 2.
2 Transfer of functions of pre-commencement regulators
(1) As from such date as the Secretary of State may appoint for the coming into
force of this section, the functions that are set out in Schedu le 1 (functions of
the Secretary of State and of the pre-commencement regulators) shall become
functions of OFCOM in accordance with that Schedule. 
(2) References in any enactment to a person who is a person from  whom functions
are transferred by virtue of this section are to have effect, s o far as necessary for
the purposes of the transfers, as references to OFCOM.
(3) The functions of OFCOM are to include the carrying out of th e transferred
functions, at times after the time when they become functions o f OFCOM, in
relation to anything occurring before that time.
(4) The provisions of this section have effect subject to— 
(a) the modifications made by this Act of the enactments relatin g to the
transferred functions; and
(b) any express transitional or consequential provisions made by  or under
this Act in relation to those enactments.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM3
General duties in carrying out functions
3 General duties of OFCOM
(1) It shall be the principal duty of OFCOM, in carrying out the ir functions—
(a) to further the interests of citizens in relation to communic ations
matters; and
(b) to further the interests of consumers in relevant markets, w here
appropriate by promoting competition.
(2) The things which, by virtue of subsection (1), OFCOM are req uired to secure in
the carrying out of their functions include, in particular, eac h of the
following—
(a) the optimal use for wireless telegraphy of the electro-magne tic
spectrum;
(b) the availability throughout the United Kingdom of a wide ran ge of
electronic communications services;
(c) the availability throughout the United Kingdom of a wide ran ge of
television and radio services which (taken as a whole) are both  of high
quality and calculated to appeal to a variety of tastes and int erests;
(d) the maintenance of a sufficient plurality of providers of di fferent
television and radio services;
(e) the application, in the case of all television and radio ser vices, of
standards that provide adequate protection to members of the pu blic
from the inclusion of offensive and harmful material in such se rvices;
(f) the application, in the case of all television and radio ser vices, of
standards that provide adequate protection to members of the pu blic
and all other persons from both—
(i) unfair treatment in programmes included in such services; an d
(ii) unwarranted infringements of privacy resulting from activit ies
carried on for the purposes of such services.
(3) In performing their duties under subsection (1), OFCOM must have regard, in
all cases, to—
(a) the principles under which regulatory activities should be t ransparent,
accountable, proportionate, consistent and targeted only at cas es in
which action is needed; and
(b) any other principles appearing to OFCOM to represent the bes t
regulatory practice.
( 4 ) O F C O M  m u s t  a l s o  h a v e  r e g a r d ,  i n  p e r f o r m i n g  t h o s e  d u t i e s ,  t o  such of the
following as appear to them to be relevant in the circumstances —
(a) the desirability of promoting the fulfilment of the purposes  of public
service television broadcasting in the United Kingdom;
(b) the desirability of promoting competition in relevant market s;
(c) the desirability of promoting and facilitating the developme nt and use
of effective forms of self-regulation;
(d) the desirability of encouraging investment and innovation in  relevant
markets;
(e) the desirability of encouraging the availability and use of high speed
data transfer services throughout the United Kingdom;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM4
(f) the different needs and interests, so far as the use of the electro-
magnetic spectrum for wireless telegraphy is concerned, of all persons
who may wish to make use of it;
(g) the need to secure that the application in the case of telev ision and radio
services of standards falling within subsection (2)(e) and (f) is in the
manner that best guarantees an appropriate level of freedom ofexpression;
(h) the vulnerability of children and of others whose circumstan ces appear
to OFCOM to put them in need of special protection;
(i) the needs of persons with disabilities, of the elderly and o f those on low
incomes;
(j) the desirability of preventing crime and disorder;
(k) the opinions of consumers in relevant markets and of members  of the
public generally;
(l) the different interests of persons in the different parts of  the United
Kingdom, of the different ethnic communities within the UnitedKingdom and of persons living in rural and in urban areas;
(m) the extent to which, in the circumstances of the case, the f urthering or
securing of the matters mentioned in subsections (1) and (2) isreasonably practicable.
(5) In performing their duty under this section of furthering th e interests of
consumers, OFCOM must have regard, in particular, to the intere sts of those
consumers in respect of choice, price, quality of service and v alue for money.
(6) Where it appears to OFCOM, in relation to the carrying out o f any of the
functions mentioned in section 4(1), that any of their general duties conflict
with one or more of their duties under sections 4, 24 and 25, p riority must be
given to their duties under those sections.
(7) Where it appears to OFCOM that any of their general duties c onflict with each
other in a particular case, they must secure that the conflict is resolved in the
manner they think best in the circumstances.
(8) Where OFCOM resolve a conflict in an important case between their duties
under paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (1), they must publi sh a statement
setting out—
(a) the nature of the conflict;
(b) the manner in which they have decided to resolve it; and
(c) the reasons for their decision to resolve it in that manner.
(9) Where OFCOM are required to publish a statement under subsec tion (8), they
must—
(a) publish it as soon as possible after making their decision b ut not while
they would (apart from a statutory requirement to publish) be s ubject
to an obligation not to publish a matter that needs to be inclu ded in the
statement; and
(b) so publish it in such manner as they consider appropriate fo r bringing
it to the attention of the persons who, in OFCOM’s opinion, are  likely
to be affected by the matters to which the decision relates.
(10) Every report under paragraph 12 of the Schedule to the Offi ce of
Communications Act 2002 (c. 11) (OFCOM’s annual report) for a fi nancial year
m u s t  c o n t a i n  a  s u m m a r y  o f  t h e  m a n n e r  i n  w h i c h ,  i n  t h a t  y e a r ,  O F COM
resolved conflicts arising in important cases between their gen eral duties.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM5
(11) A case is an important case for the purposes of subsection (8) or (10) only if— 
(a) it involved one or more of the matters mentioned in subsecti on (12); or
(b) it otherwise appears to OFCOM to have been of unusual import ance.
(12) Those matters are—
(a) a major change in the activities carried on by OFCOM;
(b) matters likely to have a significant impact on persons carry ing on
businesses in any of the relevant markets; or
(c) matters likely to have a significant impact on the general p ublic in the
United Kingdom or in a part of the United Kingdom.
(13) This section is subject to sections 370(11) and 371(11) of this Act and to section
119A(4) of the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40) (which applies to fun ctions conferred
on OFCOM by Chapter 2 of Part 5 of this Act). 
(14) In this section—
“citizens” means all members of the public in the United Kingdo m;
“communications matters” means the matters in relation to which
OFCOM have functions;
“general duties”, in relation to OFCOM, means—
(a) their duties under subsections (1) to (5); and
(b) the duty which, under section 107(5), is to rank equally for  the
purposes of subsections (6) and (7) with their duties under thi s
section;
“relevant markets” means markets for any of the services, facil ities,
apparatus or directories in relation to which OFCOM have functi ons.
4 Duties for the purpose of fulfilling Community obligations
(1) This section applies to the following functions of OFCOM—
(a) their functions under Chapter 1 of Part 2;
(b) their functions under the enactments relating to the managem ent of the
radio spectrum;
(c) their functions under Chapter 3 of Part 2 in relation to dis putes referred
to them under section 185;
(d) their functions under sections 24 and 25 so far as they rela te to
information required for purposes connected with matters in rel ation
to which functions specified in this subsection are conferred o n
OFCOM; and
(e) their functions under section 26 so far as they are carried out for the
purpose of making information available to persons mentioned insubsection (2)(a) to (c) of that section.
(2) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in carrying out any of those functions, to act in
accordance with the six Community requirements (which give effe ct, amongst
other things, to the requirements of Article 8 of the Framework  Directive and
are to be read accordingly).
(3) The first Community requirement is a requirement to promote competition—
(a) in relation to the provision of electronic communications ne tworks and
electronic communications services;
(b) in relation to the provision and making available of service s and
facilities that are provided or made available in association w ith theCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM6
provision of electronic communications networks or electronic
communications services; and
(c) in relation to the supply of directories capable of being us ed in
connection with the use of electronic communications networks o r
electronic communications services.
(4) The second Community requirement is a requirement to secure that OFCOM’s
activities contribute to the development of the European intern al market.
(5) The third Community requirement is a requirement to promote the interests of
all persons who are citizens of the European Union (within the meaning of
Article 17 of the Treaty establishing the European Community).
(6) The fourth Community requirement is a requirement to take ac count of the
desirability of OFCOM’s carrying out their functions in a manne r which, so far
as practicable, does not favour— 
(a) one form of electronic communications network, electronic
communications service or associated facility; or
(b) one means of providing or making available such a network, s ervice or
facility,
over another.
(7) The fifth Community requirement is a requirement to encourag e, to such
extent as OFCOM consider appropriate for the purpose mentioned in
subsection (8), the provision of network access and service int eroperability.
(8) That purpose is the purpose of securing—
(a) efficiency and sustainable competition in the markets for el ectronic
communications networks, electronic communications services andassociated facilities; and
(b) the maximum benefit for the persons who are customers of
communications providers and of persons who make such facilitie s
available.
(9) The sixth Community requirement is a requirement to encourag e such
compliance with the standards mentioned in subsection (10) as i s necessary
for—
(a) facilitating service interoperability; and
(b) securing freedom of choice for the customers of communicatio ns
providers.
(10) Those standards are—
(a) standards or specifications from time to time drawn up and p ublished
in accordance with Article 17 of the Framework Directive;
(b) the standards and specifications from time to time adopted b y—
(i) the European Committee for Standardisation;
(ii) the European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation ;
or
(iii) the European Telecommunications Standards Institute; and
(c) the international standards and recommendations from time to  time
adopted by— 
(i) the International Telecommunication Union;
(ii) the International Organisation for Standardisation; or
(iii) the International Electrotechnical Committee.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM7
(11) Where it appears to OFCOM that any of the Community require ments conflict
with each other, they must secure that the conflict is resolved  in the manner
they think best in the circumstances.
(12) In this section—
“the Framework Directive” means Directive 2002/21/EC of the Eur opean
Parliament and of the Council on a common regulatory framework for
electronic communications networks and services;
“network access” and “service interoperability” each has the sa me
meaning as in Chapter 1 of Part 2.
5 Directions in respect of networks and spectrum functions 
(1) This section applies to the following functions of OFCOM—
(a) their functions under Part 2; and
(b) their functions under the enactments relating to the managem ent of the
radio spectrum that are not contained in that Part.
(2) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to carry out those functions i n accordance with
such general or specific directions as may be given to them by the Secretary of
State.
(3) The Secretary of State’s power to give directions under this  section shall be
confined to a power to give directions for one or more of the f ollowing
purposes—
(a) in the interests of national security;
(b) in the interests of relations with the government of a count ry or
territory outside the United Kingdom;
(c) for the purpose of securing compliance with international ob ligations
of the United Kingdom;
(d) in the interests of the safety of the public or of public he alth.
(4) The Secretary of State is not entitled by virtue of any prov ision of this section
to direct OFCOM to suspend or restrict—
(a) a person’s entitlement to provide an electronic communicatio ns
network or electronic communications service; or
(b) a person’s entitlement to make available associated faciliti es.
(5) The Secretary of State must publish a direction under this s ection in such
manner as appears to him to be appropriate for bringing it to t he attention of
the persons who, in his opinion, are likely to be affected by i t.
(6) The Secretary of State is not required by subsection (5) to publish a direction,
and he may exclude matter from a direction he does publish, if he considers the
publication of the direction or matter to be—
(a) against the interests of national security; or
(b) against the interests of relations with the government of a country or
territory outside the United Kingdom.
(7) Subsection (4) does not affect the Secretary of State’s powe rs under section 132.
6 Duties to review regulatory burdens
(1) OFCOM must keep the carrying out of their functions under re view with a
view to securing that regulation by OFCOM does not involve—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM8
(a) the imposition of burdens which are unnecessary; or
(b) the maintenance of burdens which have become unnecessary.
(2) In reviewing their functions under this section it shall be the duty of OFCOM—
(a) to have regard to the extent to which the matters which they  are
required under section 3 to further or to secure are already fu rthered or
secured, or are likely to be furthered or secured, by effective  self-
regulation; and
(b) in the light of that, to consider to what extent it would be  appropriate
to remove or reduce regulatory burdens imposed by OFCOM.
(3) In determining for the purposes of this section whether proc edures for self-
regulation are effective OFCOM must consider, in particular—
(a) whether those procedures are administered by a person who is
sufficiently independent of the persons who may be subjected to  the
procedures; and
(b) whether adequate arrangements are in force for funding the a ctivities
of that person in relation to those procedures.
(4) OFCOM must, from time to time, publish a statement setting o ut how they
propose, during the period for which the statement is made, to secure that
regulation by OFCOM does not involve the imposition or maintena nce of
unnecessary burdens.
(5) The first statement to be published under this section— 
(a) must be published as soon as practicable after the commencem ent of
this section; and
(b) shall be a statement for the period of twelve months beginni ng with the
day of its publication.
(6) A subsequent statement— 
(a) must be published during the period to which the previous st atement
related; and
(b) must be a statement for the period of twelve months beginnin g with the
end of the previous period.
(7) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in carrying out their functio ns at times during
a period for which a statement is in force under this section, to have regard to
that statement.
(8) OFCOM may, if they think fit, revise a statement under this section at any time
before or during the period for which it is made.
(9) Where OFCOM revise a statement, they must publish the revisi on as soon as
practicable.
(10) The publication under this section of a statement, or of a revision of a
statement, must be in such manner as OFCOM consider appropriate  for
bringing it to the attention of the persons who, in their opini on, are likely to be
affected by the matters to which it relates.
7 Duty to carry out impact assessments
(1) This section applies where— 
(a) OFCOM are proposing to do anything for the purposes of, or i n
connection with, the carrying out of their functions; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM9
(b) it appears to them that the proposal is important;
but this section does not apply if it appears to OFCOM that the  urgency of the
matter makes it impracticable or inappropriate for them to comp ly with the
requirements of this section.
(2) A proposal is important for the purposes of this section onl y if its
implementation would be likely to do one or more of the followi ng—
(a) to involve a major change in the activities carried on by OF COM;
(b) to have a significant impact on persons carrying on business es in the
markets for any of the services, facilities, apparatus or direc tories in
relation to which OFCOM have functions; or
(c) to have a significant impact on the general public in the Un ited
Kingdom or in a part of the United Kingdom.
(3) Before implementing their proposal, OFCOM must either—
(a) carry out and publish an assessment of the likely impact of
implementing the proposal; or
(b) publish a statement setting out their reasons for thinking t hat it is
unnecessary for them to carry out an assessment.
(4) An assessment under subsection (3)(a) must set out how, in O FCOM’s opinion,
the performance of their general duties (within the meaning of section 3) is
secured or furthered by or in relation to what they propose.
(5) An assessment carried out under this section—
(a) may take such form, and
(b) must relate to such matters,
as OFCOM consider appropriate.
(6) In determining the matters to which an assessment under this  section should
relate, OFCOM must have regard to such general guidance relatin g to the
carrying out of impact assessments as they consider appropriate .
(7) Where OFCOM publish an assessment under this section—
(a) they must provide an opportunity of making representations t o them
about their proposal to members of the public and other persons  who,
in OFCOM’s opinion, are likely to be affected to a significant extent by
its implementation;
(b) the published assessment must be accompanied by a statement setting
out how representations may be made; and
(c) OFCOM are not to implement their proposal unless the period for
making representations about it has expired and they have consi dered
all the representations that were made in that period.
(8) Where OFCOM are required (apart from this section)—
(a) to consult about a proposal to which this section applies, o r
(b) to give a person an opportunity of making representations ab out it,
the requirements of this section are in addition to, but may be  performed
contemporaneously with, the other requirements.
(9) Every report under paragraph 12 of the Schedule to the Offic e of
Communications Act 2002 (c. 11) (OFCOM’s annual report) must set  out—
(a) a list of the assessments under this section carried out dur ing the
financial year to which the report relates; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM10
(b) a summary of the decisions taken during that year in relatio n to
proposals to which assessments carried out in that year or prev ious
financial years relate.
(10) The publication of anything under this section must be in s uch manner as
OFCOM consider appropriate for bringing it to the attention of the persons
who, in OFCOM’s opinion, are likely to be affected if their pro posal is
implemented.
8 Duty to publish and meet promptness standards
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to publish a statement setting  out the standards
they are proposing to meet with respect to promptness in—
(a) the carrying out of their different functions; and
(b) the transaction of business for purposes connected with the carrying
out of those functions.
(2) This section does not require standards to be set out with r espect to anything
which (apart from this section) is required to be done by a tim e, or within a
period, provided for by or under an enactment.
(3) OFCOM may, if they think fit, at any time revise the stateme nt for the time
being in force under this section.
(4) It shall be the duty of OFCOM—
(a) in carrying out their functions, and
(b) in transacting business for purposes connected with the carr ying out of
their functions,
to have regard to the statement for the time being in force und er this section.
(5) Where OFCOM revise a statement under this section, they must  publish the
revision as soon as practicable.
(6) The publication under this section of a statement, or of a r evision of a
statement, must be in such manner as OFCOM consider appropriate  for
bringing it to the attention of the persons who, in their opini on, are likely to be
affected by the matters to which it relates.
(7) OFCOM’s report under paragraph 12 of the Schedule to the Off ice of
Communications Act 2002 (c. 11) (annual report) for each financi al year must
contain a statement by OFCOM summarising the extent to which th ey have
complied during that year with the standards set out under this  section.
9 Secretary of State’s powers in relation to promptness standard s
(1) Where the Secretary of State considers that the statement pu blished by
OFCOM under section 8 is not adequate for securing that they me et
satisfactory promptness standards, he may give them a notificat ion to that
effect.
(2) If the period of three months after the date of the giving o f a notification under
subsection (1) expires without OFCOM taking steps which the Sec retary of
State is satisfied remedy the situation, he may give them a dir ection under this
section. 
(3) A direction under this section is one requiring OFCOM to iss ue a new or
revised statement under section 8 in accordance with the direct ion.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM11
(4) Before giving a direction under this section, the Secretary of State must—
(a) give OFCOM an opportunity of making representations to him a bout
his proposed direction; and
(b) have regard to any representations made to him by them.
(5) Where the Secretary of State gives a direction to OFCOM unde r this section, he
must publish a copy of it in such manner as he considers approp riate for
bringing it to the attention of persons who, in his opinion, ar e likely to be
affected by OFCOM’s promptness standards.
(6) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to revise their statement unde r section 8 in
accordance with any direction of the Secretary of State under t his section.
(7) In this section “promptness standards” means standards of pr omptness in—
(a) the carrying out by OFCOM of their different functions; and
(b) the transaction by them of business for purposes connected w ith the
carrying out of those functions.
(8) No notification is to be given under subsection (1) at any t ime in the period of
twelve months beginning with the commencement of section 8.
Accessible domestic communications apparatus
10 Duty to encourage availability of easily usable apparatus
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to take such steps, and to ent er into such
arrangements, as appear to them calculated to encourage others to secure—
(a) that domestic electronic communications apparatus is develop ed
which is capable of being used with ease, and without modificat ion, by
the widest possible range of individuals (including those withdisabilities); and
(b) that domestic electronic communications apparatus which is c apable of
being so used is as widely available as possible for acquisitio n by those
wishing to use it.
(2) It shall be the duty of OFCOM from time to time to review wh ether they need
to take further steps, or to enter into further arrangements, f or the purpose of
performing their duty under this section.
(3) OFCOM must not do anything under this section that would be inconsistent
with the Community requirements set out in section 4.
(4) In this section “electronic communications apparatus” means apparatus that is
designed or adapted for a use which consists of or includes the  sending or
receiving of communications or other signals that are transmitt ed by means of
an electronic communications network.
(5) For the purposes of this section electronic communications a pparatus is
domestic electronic communications apparatus except to the exte nt that it is
designed or adapted for use solely for the purposes of, or in c onnection with, a
business.
(6) In this section “signal” includes—
(a) anything comprising speech, music, sounds, visual images or
communications or data of any description; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM12
(b) signals serving for the impartation of anything between pers ons,
between a person and a thing or between things, or for the actu ation or
control of apparatus.
Media literacy
11 Duty to promote media literacy
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to take such steps, and to ent er into such
arrangements, as appear to them calculated—
(a) to bring about, or to encourage others to bring about, a bet ter public
understanding of the nature and characteristics of material pub lished
by means of the electronic media;
(b) to bring about, or to encourage others to bring about, a bet ter public
awareness and understanding of the processes by which such mate rial
is selected, or made available, for publication by such means;
(c) to bring about, or to encourage others to bring about, the d evelopment
of a better public awareness of the available systems by which access to
material published by means of the electronic media is or can b e
regulated;
(d) to bring about, or to encourage others to bring about, the d evelopment
of a better public awareness of the available systems by which persons
to whom such material is made available may control what is rec eived
and of the uses to which such systems may be put; and
(e) to encourage the development and use of technologies and sys tems for
regulating access to such material, and for facilitating contro l over what
material is received, that are both effective and easy to use.
(2) In this section, references to the publication of anything b y means of the
electronic media are references to its being— 
(a) broadcast so as to be available for reception by members of the public
or of a section of the public; or
(b) distributed by means of an electronic communications network  to
members of the public or of a section of the public.
OFCOM’s Content Board
12 Duty to establish and maintain Content Board
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in accordance with the follow ing provisions of
this section, to exercise their powers under paragraph 14 of th e Schedule to the
Office of Communications Act 2002 (c. 11) (committees of OFCOM) to establish
and maintain a committee to be known as “the Content Board”.
(2) The Content Board shall consist of—
(a) a chairman appointed by OFCOM; and
(b) such number of other members appointed by OFCOM as OFCOM
think fit.
(3) The chairman of the Content Board must be a non-executive me mber of
OFCOM but is not to be the chairman of OFCOM.
(4) At least one of the other members of the Content Board must also be a non-
executive member of OFCOM other than the chairman of OFCOM.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM13
(5) In appointing persons to be members of the Content Board, OF COM must
secure that, for each of the following parts of the United King dom—
(a) England,
(b) Scotland,
(c) Wales, and
(d) Northern Ireland,
there is a different member of the Board capable of representin g the interests
and opinions of persons living in that part of the United Kingd om.
(6) In appointing a person for the purposes of subsection (5)(a) , OFCOM must
have regard to the desirability of ensuring that the person app ointed is able to
represent the interests and opinions of persons living in all t he different
regions of England.
(7) The validity of any proceedings of the Content Board shall n ot be affected by
any failure by OFCOM to comply with subsection (5) or (6).
(8) It shall be the duty of OFCOM when appointing members of the  Content Board
to secure, so far as practicable, that a majority of the member s of the Board
(counting the chairman) consists of persons who are neither mem bers nor
employees of OFCOM.
(9) The following shall be disqualified from being the chairman or another
member of the Content Board—
(a) governors and employees of the BBC;
(b) members and employees of the Welsh Authority; and
(c) members and employees of C4C.
(10) Before appointing a person to be the chairman or another me mber of the
Content Board, OFCOM must satisfy themselves that he will not h ave any
financial or other interest which would be likely prejudicially  to affect the
carrying out by him of any of his functions as chairman or memb er of the
Content Board.
(11) A person is not to be taken to have such an interest by rea son only that he is or
will be a member or employee of OFCOM.
(12) Every person whom OFCOM propose to appoint to be the chairm an or another
member of the Content Board, shall, whenever requested to do so  by OFCOM,
furnish OFCOM with any information they consider necessary for the
performance of their duty under subsection (10).
(13) In addition to paying remuneration and expenses under parag raph 14(4) of the
Schedule to the Office of Communications Act 2002 (c. 11), OFCOM  may— 
(a) pay to, or in respect of, any member of the Content Board wh o is not a
member or employee of OFCOM, such sums by way of pensions,allowances or gratuities as OFCOM may determine; and
(b) provide for the making of such payments to or in respect of any such
member of the Content Board.
(14) In subsection (13)—
(a) the reference to pensions, allowances and gratuities include s a
reference to similar benefits payable on death or retirement; a nd
(b) the reference to providing for the payment of a pension, all owance or
gratuity to, or in respect of, a person includes a reference to  the making
of payments towards the provision or payment of a pension, allo wanceCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM14
or gratuity, or of any such similar benefits, to or in respect of that
person.
13 Functions of the Content Board
(1) The Content Board shall have such functions as OFCOM, in exe rcise of their
powers under the Schedule to the Office of Communications Act 2 002 (c. 11),
may confer on the Board.
(2) The functions conferred on the Board must include, to such e xtent and subject
to such restrictions and approvals as OFCOM may determine, the carrying out
on OFCOM’s behalf of—
(a) functions in relation to matters that concern the contents o f anything
which is or may be broadcast or otherwise transmitted by means of
electronic communications networks; and
(b) functions in relation to the promotion of public understandi ng or
awareness of matters relating to the publication of matter by m eans of
the electronic media.
(3) In determining what functions to confer on the Content Board , OFCOM must
have particular regard to the desirability of securing that the  Board have at
least a significant influence on decisions which—
(a) relate to the matters mentioned in subsection (2); and
(b) involve the consideration of different interests and other f actors as
respects different parts of the United Kingdom.
(4) It shall be the duty of the Content Board to ensure, in rela tion to—
(a) the carrying out of OFCOM’s functions under Part 3 of this A ct, Parts 1
and 3 of the 1990 Act and Parts 1 and 2 of the 1996 Act,
(b) the matters with respect to which functions are conferred on  the Board,
and
(c) such other matters mentioned in subsection (2) as OFCOM may
determine,
that OFCOM are aware of the different interests and other facto rs which, in the
Board’s opinion, need to be taken into account as respects the different parts of
the United Kingdom in relation to the carrying out of OFCOM’s f unctions.
(5) The power of OFCOM to determine the Content Board’s function s includes
power to authorise the Board to establish committees and panels  to advise the
Board on the carrying out of some or all of the Board’s functio ns.
(6) The power of OFCOM to authorise the establishment of a commi ttee or panel
by the Content Board includes power to authorise the establishm ent of a
committee or panel that includes persons who are not members of  the Board.
(7) In this section references to the publication of anything by  means of the
electronic media are references to its being— 
(a) broadcast so as to be available for reception by members of the public
or of a section of the public; or
(b) distributed by means of an electronic communications network  to
members of the public or of a section of the public.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM15
Functions for the protection of consumers
14 Consumer research 
(1) OFCOM must make arrangements for ascertaining—
(a) the state of public opinion from time to time about the mann er in which
electronic communications networks and electronic communication s
services are provided;
(b) the state of public opinion from time to time about the mann er in which
associated facilities are made available;
(c) the experiences of consumers in the markets for electronic
communications services and associated facilities, in relation to the
manner in which electronic communications networks and electron ic
communications services are provided and associated facilities m ade
available;
(d) the experiences of such consumers in relation to the handlin g, by
communications providers and by persons making such facilitiesavailable, of complaints made to them by such consumers;
(e) the experiences of such consumers in relation to the resolut ion of
disputes with communications providers or with persons makingassociated facilities available; and
(f) the interests and experiences of such consumers in relation to other
matters that are incidental to, or are otherwise connected with , their
experiences of the provision of electronic communications netwo rks
and electronic communications services or of the availability o f
associated facilities. 
(2) The matters to which the arrangements must relate do not inc lude the
incidence or investigation of interference (within the meaning of the Wireless
Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54)) with wireless telegraphy.
(3) The matters to which the arrangements must relate do not (ex cept so far as
authorised or required by subsections (4) to (6)) include publi c opinion with
respect to— 
(a) the contents of anything broadcast or otherwise published by  means of
an electronic communications network; or
(b) the experiences or interests of consumers in any market for electronic
communications services with respect to anything so broadcast o r
published.
(4)  OFCOM must make arrangements for ascertaining—
(a) the state of public opinion from time to time concerning pro grammes
included in television and radio services;
(b) any effects of such programmes, or of other material publish ed by
means of the electronic media, on the attitudes or behaviour of  persons
who watch, listen to or receive the programmes or material; and
(c) so far as necessary for the purpose mentioned in subsection (5), the
types of programmes that members of the public would like to se e
included in television and radio services.
(5) That purpose is the carrying out by OFCOM of their functions  under Chapter
4 of Part 3 of this Act.
(6) OFCOM must make arrangements for the carrying out of researc h into the
following—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM16
(a) the matters mentioned in section 11(1);
(b) matters relating to, or connected with, the setting of stand ards under
section 319 of this Act;
(c) matters relating to, or connected with, the observance of th ose
standards by persons providing television and radio services;
(d) matters relating to, or connected with, the prevention of un just or
unfair treatment in programmes included in such services; and
(e) matters relating to, or connected with, the prevention of un warranted
infringements of privacy resulting from activities carried on f or the
purposes of such services.
(7) Arrangements made by OFCOM for the purposes of this section may include
arrangements for the carrying out of research in one or more of  the following
ways—
(a) by members or employees of OFCOM;
(b) by the Content Board;
(c) in accordance with arrangements made by that Board;
(d) by persons who are neither members nor employees of OFCOM.
(8) In this section references to the publication of anything by  means of the
electronic media are references to its being— 
(a) broadcast so as to be available for reception by members of the public
or of a section of the public; or
(b) distributed by means of an electronic communications network  to
members of the public or of a section of the public.
(9) This section does not restrict OFCOM’s power to make any arr angements they
consider to be incidental or conducive to the carrying out of a ny of their
functions. 
15 Duty to publish and take account of research
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM—
(a) to publish the results of any research carried out by them o r on their
behalf under section 14; and
(b) to consider and, to such extent as they think fit, to take a ccount of the
results of such research in the carrying out of their functions .
(2) OFCOM are not required under this section— 
(a) to publish any matter that is confidential in accordance wit h subsection
(3) or (4); or
(b) to publish anything that it would not be reasonably practica ble to
publish without disclosing such a matter.
(3) A matter is confidential under this subsection if— 
(a) it relates specifically to the affairs of a particular body;  and
(b) publication of that matter would or might, in OFCOM’s opinio n,
seriously and prejudicially affect the interests of that body.
(4) A matter is confidential under this subsection if—
(a) it relates to the private affairs of an individual; and
(b) publication of that matter would or might, in OFCOM’s opinio n,
seriously and prejudicially affect the interests of that indivi dual.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM17
(5) The publication of research under this section must be in su ch manner as
OFCOM consider appropriate. 
16 Consumer consultation
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to establish and maintain effe ctive arrangements
for consultation about the carrying out of their functions with —
(a) consumers in the markets for the services and facilities in relation to
which OFCOM have functions;
(b) consumers in the markets for apparatus used in connection wi th any
such services or facilities;
(c) consumers in the markets for directories capable of being us ed in
connection with the use of an electronic communications network  or
electronic communications service.
(2) The arrangements must include the establishment and maintena nce of a panel
of persons (in this Act referred to as “the Consumer Panel”) wi th the function
of advising both—
(a) OFCOM; and
(b) such other persons as the Panel think fit.
(3) The arrangements must secure that the matters about which th e Consumer
Panel are able to give advice include the interests of domestic  and small
business consumers in relation to the following matters—
(a) the provision of electronic communications networks;
(b) the provision and making available of the services and facil ities
mentioned in subsection (4);
(c) the supply of apparatus designed or adapted for use in conne ction with
any such services or facilities;
(d) the supply of directories capable of being used in connectio n with the
use of an electronic communications network or electroniccommunications service;
(e) the financial and other terms on which such services or faci lities are
provided or made available, or on which such apparatus or such a
directory is supplied;
(f) standards of service, quality and safety for such services, facilities,
apparatus and directories;
(g) the handling of complaints made by persons who are consumers  in the
markets for such services, facilities, apparatus or directories  to the
persons who provide the services or make the facilities availab le, or
who are suppliers of the apparatus or directories;
(h) the resolution of disputes between such consumers and the pe rsons
who provide such services or make such facilities available, or  who are
suppliers of such apparatus or directories;
(i) the provision of remedies and redress in respect of matters that form
the subject-matter of such complaints or disputes;
(j) the information about service standards and the rights of co nsumers
that is made available by persons who provide or make available  such
services or facilities, or who are suppliers of such apparatus or
directories;
(k) any other matter appearing to the Panel to be necessary for securing
effective protection for persons who are consumers in the marke ts for
any such services, facilities, apparatus or directories.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM18
(4) Those services and facilities are—
(a) electronic communications services;
(b) associated facilities;
(c) directory enquiry facilities;
(d) a service consisting in the supply of information for use in  responding
to directory enquiries or of an electronic programme guide; and
(e) every service or facility not falling within any of the prec eding
paragraphs which is provided or made available to members of th e
public—
(i) by means of an electronic communications network; and
(ii) in pursuance of agreements entered into between the person by
whom the service or facility is provided or made available andeach of those members of the public.
(5) The matters about which the Consumer Panel are to be able to  give advice do
not include any matter that concerns the contents of anything w hich is or may
be broadcast or otherwise transmitted by means of electronic co mmunications
networks.
(6) The arrangements made by OFCOM under this section must also secure that
the Consumer Panel are able, in addition to giving advice on th e matters
mentioned in subsection (3), to do each of the following—
(a) at the request of OFCOM, to carry out research for OFCOM in relation
to any of the matters in relation to which OFCOM have functions  under
section 14;
(b) to make arrangements for the carrying out of research into s uch other
matters appearing to the Panel to be relevant to the carrying o ut of the
Panel’s functions as they think fit;
(c) to give advice to OFCOM in relation to any matter referred t o the Panel
by OFCOM for advice;
(d) to publish such information as the Panel think fit about the  advice they
give, about the carrying out of the Panel’s other functions and  about the
results of research carried out by them or on their behalf.
(7) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in the carrying out of their functions, to
consider and, to such extent as they think appropriate, to have  regard to—
(a) any advice given to OFCOM by the Consumer Panel; and
(b) any results notified to OFCOM of any research undertaken by that
Panel.
(8) It shall also be the duty of OFCOM (subject to subsection (9 ))—
(a) to provide the Consumer Panel with all such information as, having
regard, in particular, to the need to preserve commercialconfidentiality, OFCOM consider appropriate to disclose to the Panel
for the purpose of enabling the Panel to carry out their functi ons; and
(b) to provide the Panel with all such further information as th e Panel may
require.
(9) OFCOM is not required to provide information by virtue of su bsection (8)(b)
if, having regard to— 
(a) the need to preserve commercial confidentiality, and
(b) any other matters that appear to OFCOM to be relevant, 
it is reasonable for OFCOM to refuse to disclose it to the Pane l.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM19
(10) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in the case of any advice or  opinion received
from and published by the Panel which OFCOM propose to disregar d in whole
or in part, or with which OFCOM disagree in whole or in part—
(a) to ensure that the Panel know OFCOM’s reasons for disregardi ng or
disagreeing with the advice or opinion; and
(b) to ensure that those reasons are or have been published in s uch manner
as OFCOM consider appropriate for bringing them to the attentio n of
persons who are aware of the Panel’s advice or opinion.
(11) The Consumer Panel must—
(a) as soon as practicable after the end of the period of twelve  months
beginning with the commencement of this section, and
(b) as soon as practicable after the end of each subsequent peri od of twelve
months,
prepare a report on the carrying out of their functions in that  period.
(12) The Consumer Panel must publish each report—
(a) as soon as practicable after its preparation is complete; an d
(b) in such manner as they consider appropriate.
(13) In this section— 
“domestic and small business consumer” means a person who—
(a) is a consumer in the market for services or facilities menti oned
in subsection (4) or for apparatus designed or adapted for use in
connection with any such services or facilities; but
(b) is neither—
(i) a communications provider or a person who makes
associated facilities available; nor
(ii) a person who is a consumer in the market in respect of an
undertaking carried on by him for which more than tenindividuals work (whether as employees or volunteers orotherwise);
“electronic programme guide” means a service which consists of—
(a) the listing or promotion, or both the listing and the promot ion,
of some or all of the programmes included in any one or moreprogramme services the providers of which are or includepersons other than the provider of the guide; and
(b) a facility for obtaining access, in whole or in part, to the
programme service or services listed or promoted in the guide.
17 Membership etc. of the Consumer Panel
(1) The members of the Consumer Panel shall be appointed by OFCO M and shall
comprise a chairman and such other members as OFCOM may determi ne.
(2) The approval of the Secretary of State is required for the a ppointment of a
person to be the chairman or to be another member of the Panel.
(3) In appointing persons to be members of the Consumer Panel, O FCOM must
secure that, for each of the following parts of the United King dom—
(a) England,
(b) Scotland,
(c) Wales, andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM20
(d) Northern Ireland,
there is a different member of the Panel capable of representin g the interests
and opinions of persons living in that part of the United Kingd om.
(4) In appointing persons to be members of the Consumer Panel, O FCOM must
secure, so far as practicable, that the Panel are able to give informed advice
about matters referable to each of the following—
(a) the interests of persons living in rural areas;
(b) the interests of persons living in urban areas;
(c) the interests of small businesses;
(d) the interests of disadvantaged persons, persons with low inc omes and
persons with disabilities; and
(e) the interests of the elderly.
(5) The validity of any proceedings of the Consumer Panel shall not be affected by
any failure by OFCOM to comply with subsection (3) or (4).
(6) It shall be the duty of the Consumer Panel, in carrying out their functions, to
have regard to the following interests—
(a) the interests of persons from the different parts of the Uni ted Kingdom;
and
(b) the interests specified in subsection (4).
(7) A person shall be disqualified from being the chairman or a member of the
Consumer Panel if he is a member or employee of OFCOM.
(8) The chairman and every member of the Consumer Panel—
(a) shall be appointed for a fixed period specified in the terms  of his
appointment but shall be eligible for re-appointment at the end  of that
period; and
(b) may at any time be removed from the Panel by a notice given by
OFCOM with the approval of the Secretary of State.
(9) OFCOM may pay to the chairman and to any other member of the  Consumer
Panel such remuneration and allowances as OFCOM consider approp riate.
18 Committees and other procedure of the Consumer Panel
(1) The Consumer Panel may make such arrangements as they think fit for
committees established by the Panel to give advice to them abou t matters
relating to the carrying out of the Panel’s functions.
(2) The Consumer Panel may make such other arrangements for regu lating their
own procedure, and for regulating the procedure of the committe es
established by them, as they think fit.
(3) Those arrangements may include arrangements as to quorums an d as to the
making of decisions by a majority.
(4) The committees established by the Panel may include committe es the
membership of which includes persons (including persons constit uting a
majority of the committee) who are not members of the Panel.
(5) The membership of every committee established by the Consume r Panel must
contain at least one person who is a member of the Panel.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM21
(6) Where a person who is not a member of the Consumer Panel is a member of a
committee established by the Panel, OFCOM may pay to that perso n such
remuneration and expenses as OFCOM may determine.
19 Power to amend remit of Consumer Panel
(1) The Secretary of State may by order modify subsection (3) of  section 16 so as to
add to the matters about which the Consumer Panel are required to be able to
give advice.
(2) Before making an order under this section the Secretary of S tate must consult
OFCOM and such other persons as he thinks fit.
(3) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.
(4) The power to amend or revoke an order under this section doe s not include
power to provide for a matter to cease to be a matter about whi ch the
Consumer Panel are required to be able to give advice.
Advisory committees
20 Advisory committees for different parts of the United Kingdom
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in accordance with the follow ing provisions of
this section, to exercise their powers under paragraph 14 of th e Schedule to the
Office of Communications Act 2002 (c. 11) (committees of OFCOM) to establish
and maintain a committee for each of the following parts of the  United
Kingdom— 
(a) England;
(b) Wales;
(c) Scotland; and
(d) Northern Ireland.
(2) Each committee shall consist of—
(a) a chairman appointed by OFCOM; and
(b) such number of other members appointed by OFCOM as OFCOM
think fit.
(3) In appointing a person in accordance with this section to be  a member of a
committee, OFCOM must have regard to the desirability of ensuri ng that the
person appointed is able to represent the interests and opinion s, in relation to
communications matters, of persons living in the part of the Un ited Kingdom
for which the committee has been established.
(4) The function of each committee shall be to provide advice to  OFCOM
(including other committees established by OFCOM) about the int erests and
opinions, in relation to communications matters, of persons liv ing in the part
of the United Kingdom for which the committee has been establis hed.
(5) A committee established under this section may also, at the request of the
Consumer Panel, provide advice about those interests and opinio ns to the
Consumer Panel.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM22
(6) The consent of OFCOM is required for the giving of advice un der subsection
(5).
(7) In this section “communications matters” has the same meanin g as in section 3.
21 Advisory committee on elderly and disabled persons
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in accordance with the follow ing provisions of
this section, to exercise their powers under paragraph 14 of th e Schedule to the
Office of Communications Act 2002 (c. 11) (committees of OFCOM) to establish
and maintain a committee to provide the advice specified in thi s section.
(2) The committee shall consist of—
(a) a chairman appointed by OFCOM; and
(b) such number of other members appointed by OFCOM as OFCOM
think fit.
(3) In appointing persons to be members of the committee, OFCOM must have
regard to the desirability of ensuring that the members of the committee
include—
(a) persons who are familiar with the needs of the elderly; and
(b) persons who are familiar with the needs of persons with disa bilities.
(4) The function of the committee shall be to provide advice to OFCOM (including
other committees established by OFCOM) about the interests, in relation to
communications matters, of— 
(a) the elderly; and
(b) persons with disabilities.
(5) The committee may also, at the request of the Consumer Panel , provide advice
about those interests to the Consumer Panel.
(6) The consent of OFCOM is required for the giving of advice un der subsection
(5).
(7) In this section “communications matters” has the same meanin g as in section 3.
International matters
22 Representation on international and other bodies
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to do, as respects the United Kingdom, such of
the following things as they are required to do by the Secretar y of State—
(a) provide representation on behalf of Her Majesty’s Government  in the
United Kingdom on international and other bodies havingcommunications functions;
(b) become or serve as a member of an international or other bod y having
such functions;
(c) subscribe to such a body;
(d) provide representation on behalf of Her Majesty’s Government  in the
United Kingdom at international meetings about communications.
(2) OFCOM shall also have the power, if requested to do so by th e Secretary of
State, to do one or more of those things as respects any of the  Channel Islands,
the Isle of Man or a British overseas territory.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM23
(3) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to carry out their functions u nder this section in
accordance with such general or specific directions as may be g iven to them by
the Secretary of State.
(4) The Secretary of State—
(a) is not entitled to direct OFCOM to comply with a request mad e under
subsection (2); but
(b) may give directions about how OFCOM are to carry out any
representative role that they undertake in accordance with such  a
request.
(5) In this section— 
“communications functions” means—
(a) functions relating to the use of the electro-magnetic spectr um
for wireless telegraphy;
(b) functions relating to the regulation of television or radio
broadcasting or the provision of television and radio services;and
(c) any other function which relates to, or is connected with, a
matter in respect of which OFCOM have functions;
“international meetings about communications” means internation al
meetings relating to, or to matters connected with, one or more  of the
following—
(a) the use of the electro-magnetic spectrum for wireless
telegraphy;
(b) the regulation of television or radio broadcasting or of the
provision of television and radio services;
(c) any other matter in respect of which OFCOM have functions.
(6) In relation to—
(a) a part of the British Islands outside the United Kingdom, or
(b) a British overseas territory,
the references in subsection (5) to matters in respect of which  OFCOM have
functions include references to matters corresponding, in the c ase of that part
of those Islands or of that territory, to matters in respect of  which OFCOM’s
functions are confined to the United Kingdom.
(7) In subsection (5) “television or radio broadcasting” include s the provision by
means other than broadcasting of services similar to those prov ided by
television or radio broadcasts.
23 Directions for international purposes in respect of broadcast ing functions
(1) This section applies to— 
(a) OFCOM’s functions under the enactments relating to broadcast ing;
and
(b) the matters in relation to which those functions are conferr ed.
(2) It shall be the duty of OFCOM—
(a) to carry out those functions in accordance with any general or specific
directions given to them by the Secretary of State for the purp ose
mentioned in subsection (3); andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM24
(b) to carry out such other functions in relation to the matters  to which this
this section applies as they are required to carry out by any g eneral or
specific directions so given.
(3) The Secretary of State is not to give a direction under this  section except for the
purpose of securing compliance, in relation to a matter to whic h this section
applies, with an international obligation of the United Kingdom .
(4) A direction under this section must be contained in an order  made by the
Secretary of State.
(5) In this section “the enactments relating to broadcasting” me ans—
(a) the 1990 Act; 
(b) the 1996 Act;
(c) Part 3 of this Act; and
(d) the other provisions of this Act so far as relating to the 1 990 Act, the
1996 Act or that Part.
General information functions
24 Provision of information to the Secretary of State 
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to comply with a direction by the Secretary of
State to provide him with information falling within subsection  (2).
(2) The information that may be the subject of a direction under  this section is any
information reasonably required by the Secretary of State for t he purpose of
enabling him to secure compliance with an international obligat ion of the
United Kingdom.
(3) Information that is required to be provided by a direction u nder this section
must be provided in such manner and at such times as may be req uired by the
direction.
25 Community requirement to provide information
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the European Commission requires OFCOM to provide it with
information for the purpose of enabling it to perform any of it s
functions in relation to electronic communications networks, el ectronic
communications services or associated facilities; and
(b) the information is information obtained by OFCOM in the cour se of
carrying out any of their functions under—
(i) Part 2; or
(ii) the enactments relating to the management of the radio
spectrum that are not contained in that Part.
(2) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to comply with the requirement .
(3) If information provided to the European Commission under thi s section has
been obtained by OFCOM from a person who is or, at the time the  information
was obtained from him, was—
(a) a communications provider, or 
(b) a person making associated facilities available,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM25
OFCOM must notify him that they have provided the information t o the
Commission.
(4) It shall be for OFCOM to determine the manner in which a not ification is given
under subsection (3).
26 Publication of information and advice for consumers etc.
(1) OFCOM may arrange for the publication of such information an d advice about
matters in relation to which they have functions as it appears to them to be
appropriate to make available to the persons mentioned in subse ction (2).
(2) Those persons are—
(a) the customers of communications providers;
(b) the customers of persons who make associated facilities avai lable;
(c) persons who use electronic communications networks, electron ic
communications services or associated facilities; and
(d) persons to whom radio and television services are provided o r who are
otherwise able or likely to take advantage of any of those serv ices.
(3) In arranging for the publication of information or advice un der this section,
OFCOM must have regard to the need to exclude from publication,  so far as
that is practicable, the matters which are confidential in acco rdance with
subsections (4) and (5).
(4) A matter is confidential under this subsection if— 
(a) it relates specifically to the affairs of a particular body;  and
(b) publication of that matter would or might, in OFCOM’s opinio n,
seriously and prejudicially affect the interests of that body.
(5) A matter is confidential under this subsection if—
(a) it relates to the private affairs of an individual; and
(b) publication of that matter would or might, in OFCOM’s opinio n,
seriously and prejudicially affect the interests of that indivi dual.
(6) The publication of information or advice under this section must be in such
manner as OFCOM consider appropriate.
Employment in broadcasting
27 Training and equality of opportunity
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to take all such steps as they  consider
appropriate for promoting the development of opportunities for the training
and retraining of persons—
(a) for employment by persons providing television and radio ser vices;
and
(b) for work in connection with the provision of such services o therwise
than as an employee.
(2) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to take all such steps as they  consider
appropriate for promoting equality of opportunity in relation t o both— 
(a) employment by those providing television and radio services;  and
(b) the training and retraining of persons for such employment.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM26
(3) It shall also be the duty of OFCOM, in relation to such empl oyment, training
and retraining, to take all such steps as they consider appropr iate for
promoting the equalisation of opportunities for disabled person s.
(4) The reference in subsection (2) to equality of opportunity i s a reference to
equality of opportunity—
(a) between men and women; and
(b) between persons of different racial groups.
(5) In this section—
“disabled” has the same meaning as in the Disability Discrimina tion Act
1995 (c. 50);
“racial group” has the same meaning as in the Race Relations Ac t 1976
(c. 74) or, in Northern Ireland, the Race Relations (Northern Ir eland)
Order 1997 (S.I. 1997/869 (N.I. 6)).
(6) The Secretary of State may by order amend subsection (4) by adding any other
form of equality of opportunity that he considers appropriate.
(7) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by su bsection (6)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.
Charging
28 General power to charge for services
(1) OFCOM may provide a service to which this section applies to  any person on
such terms as to the making of payments to OFCOM— 
(a) as they may determine in advance; or
(b) as may be agreed between that person and OFCOM.
(2) This section applies to a service which is provided by OFCOM  to a person in
the course of carrying out their functions and is neither—
(a) a service which OFCOM are under a duty to provide to that pe rson; nor
(b) one in respect of which express provision is made by or unde r an
enactment for authorising or forbidding the payment of fees or charges.
(3) In this section references to providing a service to a perso n include references
to a service consisting in—
(a) the giving of advice to that person;
(b) the entry of his particulars in a register or other record k ept by OFCOM
otherwise than in pursuance of an express statutory duty to kee p the
register or record; or
(c) the taking of steps for the purposes of determining whether to grant an
application for an entry in a register or record so kept.
Guarantees
29 Secretary of State guarantees for OFCOM borrowing
(1) The Secretary of State may guarantee—
(a) the repayment of the principal of any borrowing by OFCOM;
(b) the payment of interest on any such borrowing; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM27
(c) the discharge of other financial obligations incurred by OFC OM in
connection with any such borrowing.
(2) The power of the Secretary of State to give a guarantee unde r this section is a
p o w e r  ( s u b j e c t  t o  s u b s e c t i o n  ( 3 ) )  t o  g i v e  i t  i n  s u c h  m a n n e r  a n d  on such
conditions as he thinks fit.
(3) The Secretary of State must not give a guarantee under this section if the
aggregate of— 
(a) the amounts that he may be required to pay for fulfilling th at
guarantee, and
(b) the amounts that he may be required to pay for fulfilling ot her
guarantees previously given under this section and still in for ce,
exceeds £5 million.
(4) The Secretary of State may by order substitute another amoun t for the amount
for the time being specified in subsection (3).
(5) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by su bsection (4)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of the House of Commons.
(6) Immediately after a guarantee is given under this section, t he Secretary of State
must lay a statement of the guarantee before each House of Parl iament.
(7) Where any sum is paid by the Secretary of State under a guar antee given under
this section, he must lay a statement relating to that sum befo re each House of
Parliament as soon as practicable after the end of each of the financial years—
(a) beginning with the one in which the sum is paid; and
(b) ending with the one in which OFCOM’s liabilities under subse ction (8)
in respect of that sum are finally discharged.
(8) If sums are paid by the Secretary of State in fulfilment of a guarantee given
under this section OFCOM must pay him—
(a) such amounts in or towards the repayment to him of those sum s as he
may direct; and
(b) interest, at such rates as he may determine, on amounts outs tanding
under this subsection.
(9) Payments to the Secretary of State under subsection (8) must  be made at such
times and in such manner as he may determine.
Provisions supplemental to transfer of functions
30 Transfers of property etc. from pre-commencement regulators
(1) The Secretary of State may, by a direction to any of the pre -commencement
regulators, require that regulator to make one or more schemes for the transfer
from that regulator to OFCOM of such of the regulator’s propert y, rights and
liabilities as may be specified or described in the direction.
(2) Where a pre-commencement regulator is required to make a sch eme, the
scheme must be made by such date as may be specified in the dir ection. 
(3) Before making a scheme in pursuance of a direction under sub section (1), a pre-
commencement regulator must consult OFCOM.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM28
(4) A pre-commencement regulator who makes a scheme in pursuance  of a
direction under subsection (1) shall submit that scheme to the Secretary of State
for approval.
(5) A scheme that is required to be so submitted shall have effe ct only if, and to the
extent that, it is approved by the Secretary of State.
(6) The Secretary of State, in approving a scheme, may do so sub ject to such
modifications as he thinks fit.
(7) Where the Secretary of State approves a scheme subject to mo difications
specified by him, it shall have effect with those modifications .
(8) A scheme approved by the Secretary of State under this secti on shall come into
force either—
(a) if no time is appointed under paragraph (b), at the time whe n the
approval is given; or
(b) if the Secretary of State appoints a later time for the comi ng into force
of the scheme (whether when approving the scheme or bysubsequently varying a time appointed under this paragraph), at  that
later time.
(9) Where a scheme is submitted to the Secretary of State under this section, he
must—
(a) consult OFCOM about any proposal of his to approve the schem e; and
(b) consult both OFCOM and the pre-commencement regulator in
question about any modifications subject to which he proposes t o give
his approval, or about any proposal of his to refuse approval.
(10) The Secretary of State may, after consulting OFCOM, himself  make a scheme
for the transfer of property, rights and liabilities—
(a) from a pre-commencement regulator to OFCOM; or
(b) from himself to OFCOM;
and such a scheme shall come into force on such day as the Secr etary of State
may appoint (whether in the scheme or subsequently).
(11) The Secretary of State is not to make a scheme for the tran sfer of property,
rights and liabilities from a pre-commencement regulator to OFC OM unless—
(a) that regulator has failed to comply with a direction under s ubsection
(1); or
(b) that regulator has complied with such a direction by submitt ing a
scheme to the Secretary of State that he has decided not to app rove
(with or without modifications).
(12) Schedule 2 (which makes further provision about schemes und er this section)
shall have effect.
31 Transitional functions and abolition of pre-commencement regu lators
(1) It shall be the duty of the pre-commencement regulators to t ake all such steps
as are necessary or expedient for ensuring that OFCOM are able effectively to
carry out OFCOM’s functions from the time when they are vested in OFCOM.
(2) The pre-commencement regulators, in taking those steps, must  comply with
every direction given to them by the Secretary of State.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 1 — Functions of OFCOM29
(3) The pre-commencement regulators and OFCOM shall each have a duty to
provide the Secretary of State with all such information and as sistance as he
may require for the purposes of, or in connection with—
(a) his power to give directions under subsection (1) of section  30; and
(b) his powers and duties in relation to the approval and making  of
schemes under that section.
(4) On such day as the Secretary of State may by order appoint—
(a) the office of the Director General of Telecommunications sha ll be
abolished; and
(b) the Broadcasting Standards Commission, the Independent Telev ision
Commission and the Radio Authority shall cease to exist.
(5) Section 54 of the Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12) (which provides for the
establishment of advisory bodies) shall cease to have effect; a nd each of the
bodies established under that section shall cease to exist on s uch day as the
Secretary of State may by order appoint.
(6) Different days may be appointed under this section for the D irector General of
Telecommunications and for each of the different bodies mention ed in
subsections (4)(b) and (5).
PART 2
NETWORKS , SERVICES  AND  THE RADIO  SPECTRUM
CHAPTER  1
ELECTRONIC  COMMUNICATIONS  NETWORKS  AND  SERVICES
Preliminary
32 Meaning of electronic communications networks and services
(1) In this Act “electronic communications network” means— 
(a) a transmission system for the conveyance, by the use of elec trical,
magnetic or electro-magnetic energy, of signals of any descript ion; and
(b) such of the following as are used, by the person providing t he system
and in association with it, for the conveyance of the signals—
(i) apparatus comprised in the system;
(ii) apparatus used for the switching or routing of the signals;  and
(iii) software and stored data.
(2) In this Act “electronic communications service” means a serv ice consisting in,
or having as its principal feature, the conveyance by means of an electronic
communications network of signals, except in so far as it is a content service.
(3) In this Act “associated facility” means a facility which—
(a) is available for use in association with the use of an elect ronic
communications network or electronic communications service
(whether or not one provided by the person making the facilityavailable); and
(b) is so available for the purpose of—
(i) making the provision of that network or service possible;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services30
(ii) making possible the provision of other services provided by
means of that network or service; or
(iii) supporting the provision of such other services.
(4) In this Act—
(a) references to the provision of an electronic communications network
include references to its establishment, maintenance or operati on;
(b) references, where one or more persons are employed or engage d to
provide the network or service under the direction or control o f another
person, to the person by whom an electronic communications netw ork
or electronic communications service is provided are confined t o
references to that other person; and
(c) references, where one or more persons are employed or engage d to
make facilities available under the direction or control of ano ther
person, to the person by whom any associated facilities are mad e
available are confined to references to that other person.
(5) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (4) apply in relation t o references in
subsection (1) to the provision of a transmission system as the y apply in
relation to references in this Act to the provision of an elect ronic
communications network.
(6) The reference in subsection (1) to a transmission system inc ludes a reference to
a transmission system consisting of no more than a transmitter used for the
conveyance of signals.
(7) In subsection (2) “a content service” means so much of any s ervice as consists
in one or both of the following—
(a) the provision of material with a view to its being comprised  in signals
conveyed by means of an electronic communications network;
(b) the exercise of editorial control over the contents of signa ls conveyed by
means of a such a network. 
(8) In this section references to the conveyance of signals incl ude references to the
transmission or routing of signals or of parts of signals and t o the broadcasting
of signals for general reception.
(9) For the purposes of this section the cases in which software  and stored data are
to be taken as being used for a particular purpose include case s in which they—
(a) have been installed or stored in order to be used for that p urpose; and
(b) are available to be so used.
(10) In this section “signal” includes—
(a) anything comprising speech, music, sounds, visual images or
communications or data of any description; and
(b) signals serving for the impartation of anything between pers ons,
between a person and a thing or between things, or for the actu ation or
control of apparatus.
Notification by providers
33 Advance notification to OFCOM
(1) A person shall not—
(a) provide a designated electronic communications network,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services31
(b) provide a designated electronic communications service, or
(c) make available a designated associated facility,
unless, before beginning to provide it or to make it available,  he has given a
notification to OFCOM of his intention to provide that network or service, or
to make that facility available.
(2) An electronic communications network, electronic communicati ons service or
associated facility is designated for the purposes of this sect ion if it is of a
description of networks, services or facilities that is for the  time being
designated by OFCOM as a description of networks, services or f acilities for
which notification under this section is required.
(3) A person who has given a notification for the purposes of su bsection (1) must,
before— 
(a) providing or making available the notified network, service or facility
with any significant differences, or
(b) ceasing to provide it or to make it available,
give a notification to OFCOM of the differences or (as the case  may be) of his
intention to cease to provide the network or service or to make  the facility
available. 
(4) A notification for the purposes of this section must—
(a) be sent to OFCOM in such manner as OFCOM may require; and
(b) contain all such information as OFCOM may require.
(5) The only information OFCOM may require a notification to con tain is—
(a) a declaration of the relevant proposal of the person giving the
notification;
(b) the time when it is intended that effect should be given to the relevant
proposal;
(c) particulars identifying the person giving the notification;
(d) particulars identifying one or more persons with addresses i n the
United Kingdom who, for the purposes of matters relating to thenotified network, service or facility, are authorised to accept  service at
an address in the United Kingdom on behalf of the person giving  the
notification;
(e) particulars identifying one or more persons who may be conta cted if
there is an emergency that is caused by or affects the provisio n of the
notified network, service or facility;
(f) addresses and other particulars necessary for effecting serv ice on or
contacting each of the persons mentioned in paragraphs (c) to ( e).
(6) The declaration of the relevant proposal that may be require d under subsection
(5) is whichever of the following is appropriate in the case of  the person giving
the notification—
(a) a declaration of his proposal to provide the network or serv ice
described in the notification or to make available the facility  so
described;
(b) a declaration of his proposal to make the modifications that  are so
described of the network, service or facility specified in the notification;
or 
(c) a declaration of his proposal to cease to provide the networ k or service
so specified or to cease to make available the facility so spec ified.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services32
(7) Requirements imposed under subsection (4) are not to require  a notification by
a person to contain particulars falling within subsection (5)(d ) in a case in
which—
(a) that person is resident in a member State or has a place of business in a
member State;
(b) the notification contains a statement under subsection (8);
(c) the notification sets out an address in a member State at wh ich service
will be accepted by the person who, in accordance with that sta tement,
is authorised to accept it; and
(d) OFCOM are satisfied that adequate arrangements exist for eff ecting
service on that person at that address.
(8) That statement is one which—
(a) declares that the person authorised, for the purposes of mat ters relating
to the notified network, service or facilities, to accept servi ce on behalf
of the person giving the notification is that person himself; o r
(b) identifies another person who is resident in a member State,  or has a
place of business in such State, as the person so authorised.
(9) The reference in subsection (3) to providing or making avail able a notified
network, service or facility with significant differences is a reference to
continuing to provide it, or to make it available, after a chan ge in whatever
falling within subsection (5)(a) to (f) was last notified to OF COM under this
section.
(10) References in this section to accepting service at an addre ss are references— 
(a) to accepting service of documents or process at that address ; or
(b) otherwise to receiving notifications at that address;
and the reference in subsection (7) to effecting service at an address is to be
construed accordingly.
(11) Where a description of electronic communications network, e lectronic
communications service or associated facility is designated for  the purposes of
this section at a time when a network, service or facility of t hat description is
already being provided or made available by a person—
(a) that person’s obligation under this section to give a notifi cation before
beginning to provide or make available that network, service or  facility
shall have effect as an obligation to give a notification withi n such
period after the coming into force of the designation as may bespecified in the notice in which the designation is contained; and
(b) that notification is to be one stating that that person is a lready
providing the network or service, or making the facility availa ble
(rather than that it is his intention to do so).
(12) Subsection (11) has effect subject to any transitional prov ision— 
(a) which is contained in the notification setting out the desig nation; and
(b) treats a person as having given the notification required by  that
subsection.
34 Designations and requirements for the purposes of s. 33
(1) Before— 
(a) making or withdrawing a designation for the purposes of sect ion 33, orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services33
(b) imposing or modifying a requirement under subsection (4) of that
section,
OFCOM must consult such of the persons who, in their opinion, a re likely to
be affected by it as they think fit. 
(2) Before making or withdrawing a designation for the purposes of section 33
OFCOM must also consult the Secretary of State.
(3) The way in which a designation for the purposes of section 3 3 or a requirement
under subsection (4) of that section— 
(a) is to be made or imposed, or
(b) may be withdrawn or modified,
is by a notice published in such manner as OFCOM consider appro priate for
bringing the designation, requirement, withdrawal or modificati on to the
attention of the persons who, in their opinion, are likely to b e affected by it.
(4) A designation for the purposes of section 33 may be framed b y reference to any
such description of networks, services or facilities, or such o ther factors, as
OFCOM think fit.
(5) Requirements imposed under section 33(4) may make different provision for
different cases.
35 Notification of contraventions of s. 33
(1) Where OFCOM determine that there are reasonable grounds for believing that
a person has contravened section 33, they may give him a notifi cation under
this section.
(2) A notification under this section is one which— 
(a) sets out the determination made by OFCOM; and
(b) specifies the period during which the person notified has an
opportunity of doing the things specified in subsection (3).
(3) Those things are—
(a) making representations about the determination; and
(b) providing OFCOM with the information which the notified pers on
should have provided for the purposes of section 33 but has not .
(4) Subject to subsections (5) to (7), the period for doing thos e things must be the
period of one month beginning with the day after the one on whi ch the
notification was given.
(5) OFCOM may, if they think fit, allow a longer period for doin g those things
either—
(a) by specifying a longer period in the notification; or
(b) by subsequently, on one or more occasions, extending the spe cified
period.
(6) The person notified shall have a shorter period for doing th ose things if a
shorter period is agreed between OFCOM and the person notified.
(7) The person notified shall also have a shorter period if—
(a) OFCOM have reasonable grounds for believing that the contrav ention
is a repeated contravention;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services34
(b) they have determined that, in those circumstances, a shorter  period
would be appropriate; and
(c) the shorter period has been specified in the notification.
(8) A notification under this section—
(a) may be given in respect of more than one contravention of se ction 33;
and
(b) if it is given in respect of a continuing contravention, may  be given in
respect of any period during which the contravention has contin ued.
(9) Where a notification under this section has been given to a person in respect of
a contravention of section 33, OFCOM may give a further notific ation in
respect of the same contravention if, and only if—
(a) the subsequent notification is in respect of so much of a pe riod during
which the contravention in question was continuing as falls aft er a
period to which the earlier notification relates; or 
(b) the earlier notification has been withdrawn without a penalt y having
been imposed by reference to the notified contravention.
(10) For the purposes of this section a contravention is a repea ted contravention, in
relation to a notification with respect to that contravention, if—
(a) a previous notification under this section has been given in  respect of
the same contravention or in respect of another contravention o f section
33; and
(b) the subsequent notification is given no more than twelve mon ths after
the day of the making by OFCOM of a determination for the purpo ses
of section 36(2) or 37(2) that the contravention to which the p revious
notification related did occur.
36 Enforcement notification for contravention of s. 33
(1) This section applies where—
(a) a person (“the notified provider”) has been given a notifica tion under
section 35; 
(b) OFCOM have allowed the notified provider an opportunity of m aking
representations about the notified determination; and
(c) the period allowed for the making of the representations has  expired.
(2) OFCOM may give the notified provider an enforcement notifica tion if they are
satisfied—
(a) that he has, in one or more of the respects notified, been i n
contravention of section 33; and
(b) that he has not, during the period allowed under section 35,  provided
OFCOM with all the information which he should have provided tothem to remedy the contravention.
(3) An enforcement notification is a notification which imposes a requirement on
the notified provider to take all such steps for providing OFCO M with that
information as may be specified in the notification.
(4) A decision of OFCOM to give an enforcement notification to a  person—
(a) must be notified to that person, together with the reasons f or the
decision, no later than a week after the day on which it is tak en; and
(b) must fix a reasonable period for the taking of the steps req uired by the
notification.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services35
(5) It shall be the duty of a person to whom an enforcement noti fication has been
given to comply with it.
(6) That duty shall be enforceable in civil proceedings by OFCOM —
(a) for an injunction;
(b) for specific performance of a statutory duty under section 4 5 of the
Court of Session Act 1988 (c. 36); or
(c) for any other appropriate remedy or relief.
37 Penalties for contravention of s. 33
(1) This section applies (in addition to section 36) where—
(a) a person (“the notified provider”) has been given a notifica tion under
section 35; 
(b) OFCOM have allowed the notified provider an opportunity of m aking
representations about the matters notified; and
(c) the period allowed for the making of the representations has  expired.
(2) OFCOM may impose a penalty on the notified provider if he—
(a) has, in one or more of the respects notified, been in contra vention of
section 33; and
(b) has not, during the period allowed under section 35, provide d OFCOM
with all the information which he should have provided to remed y the
contravention.
(3) Where a notification under section 35 relates to more than o ne contravention,
a separate penalty may be imposed in respect of each contravent ion.
(4) Where such a notification relates to a continuing contravent ion, no more than
one penalty may be imposed in respect of the period of contrave ntion specified
in the notification.
(5) OFCOM may also impose a penalty on the notified provider if he has
contravened, or is contravening, a requirement of an enforcemen t notification
given under section 36 in respect of the notified contravention .
(6) The amount of a penalty imposed under this section is to be such amount not
exceeding £10,000 as OFCOM determine to be—
(a) appropriate; and
(b) proportionate to the contravention in respect of which it is  imposed.
(7) In making that determination OFCOM must have regard to—
(a) any representations made to them by the notified provider; a nd
(b) any steps taken by him towards complying with his obligation s under
section 33.
(8) Where OFCOM impose a penalty on a person under this section,  they shall—
(a) within one week of making their decision to impose the penal ty, notify
that person of that decision and of their reasons for that deci sion; and
(b) in that notification, fix a reasonable period after it is gi ven as the period
within which the penalty is to be paid.
(9) A penalty imposed under this section—
(a) must be paid to OFCOM; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services36
(b) if not paid within the period fixed by them, is to be recove rable by them
accordingly.
(10) The Secretary of State may by order amend this section so a s to substitute a
different maximum penalty for the maximum penalty for the time being
specified in subsection (6).
(11) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by s ubsection (10)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.
Administrative charges imposed on providers
38 Fixing of charges
(1) A person who, at any time in a charging year, is a person to  whom this section
applies shall— 
(a) in respect of the network, service or facility provided or m ade available
by him,
(b) in respect of the application to him of a universal service condition
relating to matters mentioned in section 66(3),
(c) in respect of the application to him of an SMP apparatus con dition, or
(d) in respect of the application of the electronic communicatio ns code in
his case,
pay to OFCOM the administrative charge (if any) that is fixed b y them for the
case that is applicable to him.
(2) This section applies to a person at a time if, at that time,  he is—
(a) providing an electronic communications network of a descript ion
which is, at that time, designated for the purposes of this sec tion;
(b) providing an electronic communications service of a descript ion which
is, at that time, so designated;
(c) making available an associated facility of a description whi ch is, at that
time, so designated;
(d) a person who without being a communications provider is desi gnated
in accordance with regulations under section 66;
(e) a supplier of apparatus to whom an SMP apparatus condition a pplies;
or
(f) a person in whose case the electronic communications code ap plies by
virtue of a direction given under section 106 otherwise than fo r the
purposes of the provision by him of an electronic communication s
network of a designated description.
(3) OFCOM are not to fix the administrative charge for a chargin g year unless—
(a) at the time the charge is fixed there is in force a statemen t by OFCOM
of the principles that OFCOM are proposing to apply in fixing c harges
under this section for that year; and
(b) the charge is fixed in accordance with those charging princi ples.
(4) Those principles must be such as appear to OFCOM to be likel y to secure, on
the basis of such estimates of the likely costs as it is practi cable for them to
make—
(a) that, on a year by year basis, the aggregate amount of the c harges
payable to OFCOM is sufficient to meet, but does not exceed, th eCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services37
annual cost to OFCOM of carrying out the functions mentioned in
subsection (5);
(b) that the cost of carrying out those functions is met by the imposition of
charges that are objectively justifiable and proportionate to t he matters
in respect of which they are imposed; 
(c) that the relationship between meeting the cost of carrying o ut those
functions and the amounts of the charges is transparent;
(d) that the charges fixed for persons who are liable to charges  by reason
only of being persons to whom SMP apparatus conditions apply ar e
referable only to things done in, or in connection with, the se tting,
modification or enforcement of SMP apparatus conditions or thecarrying out of the functions mentioned in subsection (6)(l); a nd
(e) that the charges fixed for persons who are liable to charges  by reason
only of being persons falling within subsection (2)(f), are ref erable only
to costs incurred in, or in connection with, the carrying out o f the
functions mentioned in subsection (6)(g) and (l).
(5) Those functions are—
(a) the relevant Chapter 1 functions; 
(b) the carrying out for a Chapter 1 purpose of any research by OFCOM or
the Consumer Panel into any of the matters mentioned in section14(1)(c) to (f); 
(c) the publication under section 26 of any information or advic e that it
appears to OFCOM to be appropriate to make available to the per sons
mentioned in subsection (2)(a) to (c) of that section; and
(d) the function of taking any steps that OFCOM consider it nece ssary to
take— 
(i) in preparation for the carrying out of any of the functions
mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (c) of this subsection; or
(ii) for the purpose of facilitating the carrying out of those f unctions
or otherwise in connection with carrying them out.
(6) The relevant Chapter 1 functions are—
(a) OFCOM’s functions under sections 33 to 37 and 44;
(b) the setting, modification and enforcement of conditions unde r section
45;
(c) the supervision, as respects the requirements of sections 33  to 37 and of
any such conditions, of communications providers and of persons  who
make associated facilities available;
(d) the monitoring of compliance with those requirements and wit h any
such conditions;
(e) the functions conferred on OFCOM by or under section 55;
(f) their functions under section 105;
(g) their functions under sections 106 to 119;
(h) their functions under sections 185 to 191;
(i) securing international co-operation in relation to the regul ation of
electronic communications networks, electronic communicationsservices and associated facilities;
(j) securing the harmonisation and standardisation of the regula tion of
electronic communications networks, electronic communicationsservices and associated facilities;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services38
(k) market analysis and any monitoring of the controls operating  in the
markets for electronic communications networks, electroniccommunications services and associated facilities; 
(l) OFCOM’s functions under this section and sections 39 to 43.
(7) A purpose is a Chapter 1 purpose for the purposes of subsect ion (5)(b) if it is
the purpose of ascertaining the effectiveness of one or more of  the following—
(a) the regulation of the provision of electronic communications  networks
or electronic communications services;
(b) the regulation of the making available of associated facilit ies; 
(c) the mechanisms in place for the handling, by communications
providers and by persons making such facilities available, ofcomplaints made to them by consumers in markets for such servic es or
facilities;
(d) the mechanisms in place for resolving disputes between such
consumers and communications providers or persons who make suchfacilities available.
(8) OFCOM’s power to fix charges for a particular case includes—  
(a) power to provide that the charges in that case are to be equ al to the
amounts produced by a computation made in the manner, and byreference to the factors, specified by them;
(b) power to provide for different charges to be imposed in that  case on
different descriptions of persons; and
(c) power to provide for particular descriptions of persons fall ing within
subsection (2)(d) to (f) to be excluded from the liability to p ay charges
in that case.
(9) As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each char ging year, OFCOM
must publish a statement setting out, in respect of that year—
(a) the aggregate amounts of the administrative charges for that  year that
have been received by OFCOM;
(b) the aggregate amount of the administrative charges for that year that
remain outstanding and are likely to be paid or recovered; and
(c) the cost to OFCOM of carrying out the functions mentioned in
subsection (5).
(10) Any deficit or surplus shown (after applying this subsectio n for all previous
years) by a statement under subsection (9) shall be carried for ward and taken
into account in determining what is required to satisfy the req uirement
imposed by virtue of subsection (4)(a) in relation to the follo wing year.
(11) Section 34 applies in relation to the making and withdrawal  of a designation
for the purposes of this section as it applies to the making an d withdrawal of a
designation for the purposes of section 33.
(12) In this section “charging year” means—
(a) the period beginning with the commencement of this section a nd
ending with the next 31st March; or
(b) any subsequent period of twelve months beginning with 1st Ap ril.
39 Supplemental provision about fixing charges
(1) OFCOM’s power to fix a charge under section 38— Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services39
(a) is to be exercisable only by the publication or giving of su ch notification
as they consider appropriate for bringing the charge to the att ention of
the persons who, in their opinion, are likely to be affected by  it; and
(b) includes power, by setting it out in that notification, to f ix the time at
which the charge is to become due to OFCOM.
(2) A charge fixed under section 38 for a charging year may be f ixed in terms
providing for a deduction from the charge on a proportionate ba sis to be made
for a part of the year during which—
(a) the network, service or facility in respect of which it is f ixed is not
provided or made available by the person otherwise liable to th e
charge;
(b) the universal service condition in respect of which it is fi xed does not
apply in that person’s case; 
(c) the SMP apparatus condition in respect of which it is fixed does not
apply in that person’s case; or
(d) the electronic communications code does not apply in that pe rson’s
case.
(3) Such a charge may also be fixed (subject to subsection (4)) so that it is referable,
in whole or in part—
(a) to the provision or making available of a network, service o r facility
during a part of the year falling before the fixing of the char ge; 
(b) to the application of a universal service condition to a per son for a part
of the year so falling;
(c) to a person’s being a person to whom an SMP apparatus condit ion
applies for a part of the year so falling; or
(d) to the application of the electronic communications code in a person’s
case during a part of the year so falling.
(4) A charge may be fixed so as to be referable to a time before  it is fixed to the
extent only that both—
(a) the imposition of the charge, and
(b) the amount of the charge,
are required by, and consistent with, the statement of charging  principles in
force at the beginning of the charging year.
(5) Before making or revising a statement of charging principles , OFCOM must
consult such of the persons who, in OFCOM’s opinion, are likely  to be affected
by those principles as they think fit.
(6) The way in which a statement of charging principles must be made or may be
revised is by the publication of the statement or revised state ment in such
manner as OFCOM consider appropriate for bringing it to the att ention of the
persons who, in their opinion, are likely to be affected by it.
(7) References in this section to a statement of charging princi ples are references to
a statement by OFCOM of the principles that they are proposing to apply in
fixing charges under section 38 for a charging year.
(8) In this section “charging year” has the same meaning as in s ection 38.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services40
40 Notification of non-payment of charges
(1) OFCOM are not entitled to bring proceedings for the recovery  from a person
of an administrative charge fixed for any year under section 38  unless they
have given that person a notification under this section with r espect to the
amount they are seeking to recover.
(2) Where OFCOM determine that there are reasonable grounds for believing that
a person is in contravention (whether in respect of the whole o r a part of a
charge) of a requirement to pay such an administrative charge, they may give
him a notification under this section.
(3) A notification under this section is one which— 
(a) sets out the determination made by OFCOM; and
(b) specifies the period during which the person notified has an
opportunity of doing the things specified in subsection (4).
(4) Those things are—
(a) making representations about the notified determination; and
(b) paying the unpaid charge or (as the case may be) the amount
outstanding.
(5) Subject to subsections (6) to (8), the period for doing thos e things must be the
period of one month beginning with the day after the one on whi ch the
notification was given.
(6) OFCOM may, if they think fit, allow a longer period for doin g those things
either—
(a) by specifying a longer period in the notification; or
(b) by subsequently, on one or more occasions, extending the spe cified
period.
(7) The person notified shall have a shorter period for doing th ose things if a
shorter period is agreed between OFCOM and the person notified.
(8) The person notified shall also have a shorter period if—
(a) OFCOM have reasonable grounds for believing that the contrav ention
is a repeated contravention;
(b) they have determined that, in those circumstances, a shorter  period
would be appropriate; and
(c) the shorter period has been specified in the notification.
(9) A notification under this section—
(a) may be given in respect of contraventions of more than one
requirement to pay an administrative charge; and
(b) if it is given in respect of a continuing contravention, may  be given in
respect of any period during which the contravention has contin ued.
(10) Where a notification under this section has been given to a  person in respect of
an amount outstanding, OFCOM may give a further notification in  respect of
the whole or a part of that amount if, and only if—
(a) the subsequent notification is in respect of so much of a pe riod during
which that amount was outstanding as falls after a period to wh ich the
earlier notification relates; or 
(b) the earlier notification has been withdrawn without a penalt y having
been imposed in respect of the matters notified.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services41
(11) For the purposes of this section a contravention is a repea ted contravention, in
relation to a notification with respect to that contravention, if—
(a) a previous notification under this section has been given in  respect of
the same contravention or in respect of another contravention o f a
requirement to pay an administrative charge; and
(b) the subsequent notification is given no more than twelve mon ths after
the day of the making by OFCOM of a determination for the purpo ses
of section 41(2) that the contravention to which the previousnotification related did occur.
41 Penalties for non-payment of charges
(1) This section applies where—
(a) a person (“the notified charge payer”) has been given a noti fication
under section 40; 
(b) OFCOM have allowed the notified charge payer an opportunity of
making representations about the notified determination; and
(c) the period allowed for the making of the representations has  expired.
(2) OFCOM may impose a penalty on the notified charge payer if h e—
(a) has, in one or more of the respects notified, been in contra vention of a
requirement to pay an administrative charge fixed under section  38;
and
(b) has not, during the period allowed under section 40, paid th e whole of
the notified amount outstanding.
(3) Where a notification under section 40 relates to more than o ne contravention,
a separate penalty may be imposed in respect of each contravent ion.
(4) Where such a notification relates to a continuing contravent ion, no more than
one penalty may be imposed in respect of the period of contrave ntion specified
in the notification.
(5) The amount of a penalty imposed under this section is to be such amount, not
exceeding twice the amount of the charge fixed for the relevant  year, as
OFCOM determine to be—
(a) appropriate; and
(b) proportionate to the contravention in respect of which it is  imposed.
(6) In making that determination OFCOM must have regard to—
(a) any representations made to them by the notified charge paye r; and
(b) any steps taken by him towards paying the amounts that he wa s
notified under section 40 were outstanding.
(7) Where OFCOM impose a penalty on a person under this section,  they shall—
(a) within one week of making their decision to impose the penal ty, notify
that person of that decision and of their reasons for that deci sion; and
(b) in that notification, fix a reasonable period after it is gi ven as the period
within which the penalty is to be paid.
(8) A penalty imposed under this section—
(a) must be paid to OFCOM; and
(b) if not paid within the period fixed by them, is to be recove rable by them
accordingly.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services42
(9) In this section “the relevant year”, in relation to a contra vention of a
requirement to pay the whole or a part of the administrative ch arge fixed for
any year, means that year.
(10) The provisions of this section do not affect OFCOM’s power,  apart from those
provisions, to bring proceedings (whether before or after the i mposition of a
penalty under this section) for the recovery of the whole or pa rt of an amount
due to them under section 38(1).
42 Suspending service provision for non-payment
(1) OFCOM may give a direction under this section to a person wh o is a
communications provider or who makes associated facilities avai lable (“the
contravening provider”) if they are satisfied—
(a) that he is or has been in serious and repeated contravention  of
requirements to pay administrative charges fixed under section 38
(whether in respect of the whole or a part of the charges);
(b) that the contraventions are not contraventions relating only  to charges
in respect of the application to the contravening provider of S MP
apparatus conditions; 
(c) that the bringing of proceedings for the recovery of the amo unts
outstanding has failed to secure complete compliance by thecontravening provider with the requirements to pay the charges fixed
in his case, or has no reasonable prospect of securing such com pliance; 
(d) that an attempt, by the imposition of penalties under sectio n 41, to
secure such compliance has failed; and
(e) that the giving of the direction is appropriate and proporti onate to the
seriousness (when repeated as they have been) of the contravent ions.
(2) A direction under this section is—
(a) a direction that the entitlement of the contravening provide r to provide
electronic communications networks or electronic communicationsservices, or to make associated facilities available, is suspen ded (either
generally or in relation to particular networks, services or fa cilities); or
(b) a direction that that entitlement is restricted in the respe cts set out in the
direction.
(3) A direction under this section— 
(a) must specify the networks, services and facilities to which it relates; and
(b) except so far as it otherwise provides, takes effect for an indefinite
period beginning with the time at which it is notified to the p erson to
whom it is given.
(4) A direction under this section—
(a) in providing for the effect of a suspension or restriction t o be postponed
may provide for it to take effect only at a time determined by or in
accordance with the terms of the direction; and
(b) in connection with the suspension or restriction contained i n the
direction or with the postponement of its effect, may impose su ch
conditions on the contravening provider as appear to OFCOM to b e
appropriate for the purpose of protecting that provider’s custo mers.
(5) Those conditions may include a condition requiring the makin g of payments—
(a) by way of compensation for loss or damage suffered by the
contravening provider’s customers as a result of the direction;  orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services43
(b) in respect of annoyance, inconvenience or anxiety to which t hey have
been put in consequence of the direction.
(6) OFCOM are not to give a direction under this section unless they have—
(a) notified the contravening provider of the proposed direction  and of the
conditions (if any) which they are proposing to impose by thatdirection;
(b) provided him with an opportunity of making representations a bout the
proposals and of proposing steps for remedying the situation; a nd
(c) considered every representation and proposal made to them du ring the
period allowed by them for the contravening provider to takeadvantage of that opportunity.
(7) That period must be one ending not less than one month after  the day of the
giving of the notification.
(8) If OFCOM consider it appropriate to do so (whether or not in  consequence of
any representations or proposals made to them), they may revoke  a direction
under this section, or modify its conditions—
(a) with effect from such time as they may direct;
(b) subject to compliance with such requirements as they may spe cify; and
(c) to such extent and in relation to such networks, services or  facilities, or
parts of a network, service or facility, as they may determine.
(9) For the purposes of this section there are repeated contrave ntions by a person
of requirements to pay administrative charges to the extent tha t—
(a) in the case of a previous notification given to that person under section
40, OFCOM have determined for the purposes of section 41(2) tha t such
a contravention did occur; and
(b) in the period of twelve months following the day of the maki ng of that
determination, one or more further notifications have been give n to
that person in respect of the same or different failures to payadministrative charges.
43 Enforcement of directions under s. 42
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if he provides an electroni c communications
network or electronic communications service, or makes availabl e any
associated facility— 
(a) while his entitlement to do so is suspended by a direction u nder section
42; or
(b) in contravention of a restriction contained in such a direct ion.
(2) A person guilty of an offence under subsection (1) shall be liable—
(a) on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding the statutory
maximum; 
(b) on conviction on indictment, to a fine.
(3) The duty of a person to comply with a condition of a directi on under section 42
shall be a duty owed to every person who may be affected by a c ontravention
of the condition.
(4) Where a duty is owed by virtue of subsection (3) to a person —
(a) a breach of the duty that causes that person to sustain loss  or damage,
andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services44
(b) an act which—
(i) by inducing a breach of the duty or interfering with its
performance, causes that person to sustain loss or damage, and
(ii) is done wholly or partly for achieving that result,
shall be actionable at the suit or instance of that person.
(5) In proceedings brought against a person by virtue of subsect ion (4)(a) it shall
be a defence for that person to show that he took all reasonabl e steps and
exercised all due diligence to avoid contravening the condition  in question.
(6) Sections 94 to 99 apply in relation to a contravention of co nditions imposed by
a direction under section 42 as they apply in relation to a con travention of
conditions set under section 45.
Register of providers required to notify or to pay charges
44 Duty of OFCOM to keep publicly accessible register
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to establish and maintain a re gister for the
purposes of section 33.
(2) OFCOM must record in the register—
(a) every designation by them for the purposes of section 33 or 38;
(b) every withdrawal by them of such a designation;
(c) every notification given to them under section 33; and
(d) every notification treated as given to them under that secti on by a
transitional provision made under subsection (12) of that secti on.
(3) Information recorded in the register must be so recorded in such manner as
OFCOM consider appropriate.
(4) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to publish a notification sett ing out—
(a) the times at which the register is for the time being availa ble for public
inspection; and
(b) the fees that must be paid for, or in connection with, an in spection of
the register.
(5) The publication of a notification under subsection (4) must be in such manner
as OFCOM consider appropriate for bringing it to the attention of the persons
who, in their opinion, are likely to be affected by it.
(6) OFCOM must make the register available for public inspection —
(a) during such hours, and
(b) on payment of such fees,
as are set out in the notification for the time being in force under subsection (4).
Conditions of entitlement to provide network or service etc.
45 Power of OFCOM to set conditions
(1) OFCOM shall have the power to set conditions under this sect ion binding the
persons to whom they are applied in accordance with section 46.
(2) A condition set by OFCOM under this section must be either—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services45
(a) a general condition; or
(b) a condition of one of the following descriptions—
(i) a universal service condition;
(ii) an access-related condition;
(iii) a privileged supplier condition;
(iv) a significant market power condition (an “SMP condition”).
(3) A general condition is a condition which contains only provi sions authorised
or required by one or more of sections 51, 52, 57, 58 or 64.
(4) A universal service condition is a condition which contains only provisions
authorised or required by section 67.
(5) An access-related condition is a condition which contains on ly provisions
authorised by section 73.
(6) A privileged supplier condition is a condition which contain s only the
provision required by section 77.
(7) An SMP condition is either—
(a) an SMP services condition; or
(b) an SMP apparatus condition.
(8) An SMP services condition is a condition which contains only  provisions
which—
(a) are authorised or required by one or more of sections 87 to 92; or
(b) in the case of a condition applying to a person falling with in section
46(8)(b), correspond to provision authorised or required by one  or more
of sections 87 to 89.
(9) An SMP apparatus condition is a condition containing only pr ovisions
authorised by section 93.
(10) OFCOM’s power to set a condition under this section making provision
authorised or required by this Chapter includes each of the fol lowing—
(a) power to impose a requirement on the person or persons to wh om the
condition is applied to comply with such directions with respec t to the
matters to which the condition relates as may be given from tim e to
time by OFCOM or by another person specified in the condition; 
(b) power to impose an obligation with respect to those matters that is
framed by reference to, or is conditional upon, the giving of a  consent
or of an approval, or on the making of a recommendation, by OFC OM
or by another person so specified;
(c) power, for the purposes of provision made by virtue of eithe r of the
preceding paragraphs, to confer a discretion exercisable from t ime to
time by OFCOM or by another person specified in the condition o r
determined in accordance with provision contained in it;
(d) power (subject to section 51(3)) to set different conditions  for different
cases (including different conditions in relation to different parts of the
United Kingdom); and
(e) power to revoke or modify the conditions for the time being in force.
(11) The directions that may be authorised by virtue of subsecti on (10) do not
include directions withdrawing, suspending or restricting a per son’s
entitlement—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services46
(a) to provide, in whole or in part, any electronic communicatio ns network
or electronic communications service; or
(b) to make available, in whole or in part, any associated facil ities.
46 Persons to whom conditions may apply
(1) A condition set under section 45 is not to be applied to a p erson except in
accordance with the following provisions of this section.
(2) A general condition may be applied generally— 
(a) to every person providing an electronic communications netwo rk or
electronic communications service; or
(b) to every person providing such a network or service of a par ticular
description specified in the condition.
(3) A universal service condition, access-related condition, pri vileged supplier
condition or SMP condition may be applied to a particular perso n specified in
the condition.
(4) A privileged supplier condition may also be applied generall y— 
(a) to every person to whom such a condition is required to appl y under
section 77; or 
(b) to every such person who is of a particular description spec ified in the
condition.
(5) The particular person to whom a universal service condition is applied— 
(a) except in the case of a condition relating to matters mentio ned in
subsection (3) of section 66, must be a communications providerdesignated in accordance with regulations under that section; a nd
(b) in that excepted case, must be a communications provider so
designated or a person who is not such a provider but who is sodesignated for the purposes only of conditions relating to thos e
matters.
(6) The particular person to whom an access-related condition is  applied—
(a) in the case of a condition falling within section 74(1), may  be any person
whatever; and
(b) in any other case, must be a person who provides an electron ic
communications network or makes associated facilities available .
(7) The particular person to whom an SMP services condition is a pplied must—
(a) be a communications provider or a person who makes associate d
facilities available; and 
(b) fall within subsection (8).
(8) A person falls within this subsection if—
(a) he is a person whom OFCOM have determined to be a person hav ing
significant market power in a specific market for electroniccommunications networks, electronic communications services orassociated facilities (a “services market”); or
(b) it appears to OFCOM that he is a person on whom it is necess ary, for
the purpose of securing compliance with an international obliga tion of
the United Kingdom, to impose a condition containing provision that
corresponds to provision which, in the case of a person falling  withinCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services47
paragraph (a), must be made (or may be made) under any of secti ons
87 to 89.
(9) The particular person to whom an SMP apparatus condition is applied must
be—
(a) a person who supplies electronic communications apparatus; a nd 
(b) a person whom OFCOM have determined to be a person having
significant market power in a specific market for electroniccommunications apparatus (an “apparatus market”).
47 Test for setting or modifying conditions
(1) OFCOM must not, in exercise or performance of any power or d uty under this
Chapter— 
(a) set a condition under section 45, or
(b) modify such a condition,
unless they are satisfied that the condition or (as the case ma y be) the
modification satisfies the test in subsection (2).
(2) That test is that the condition or modification is—
(a) objectively justifiable in relation to the networks, service s, facilities,
apparatus or directories to which it relates; 
(b) not such as to discriminate unduly against particular person s or against
a particular description of persons;
(c) proportionate to what the condition or modification is inten ded to
achieve; and
(d) in relation to what it is intended to achieve, transparent.
48 Procedure for setting, modifying and revoking conditions 
(1) Subject to the following provisions of this Chapter—
(a) the way in which conditions are to be set or modified under section 45
is by the publication of a notification setting out the conditi ons or
modifications; and
(b) the way in which such a condition is to be revoked is by the  publication
of a notification stating that the condition is revoked.
(2) Before setting conditions under section 45, or modifying or revoking a
condition so set, OFCOM must publish a notification—
(a) stating that they are proposing to set, modify or revoke the  conditions
that are specified in the notification;
(b) setting out the effect of those conditions, modifications or  revocations;
(c) giving their reasons for making the proposal; and
(d) specifying the period within which representations may be ma de to
OFCOM about their proposal.
(3) That period must end no less than one month after the day of  the publication
of the notification.
(4) In the case of a notification under subsection (2) with resp ect to an SMP
condition, the applicable requirements of sections 79 to 86 mus t also be
complied with.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services48
(5) OFCOM may give effect, with or without modifications, to a p roposal with
respect to which they have published a notification under subse ction (2) only
if—
(a) they have considered every representation about the proposal  that is
made to them within the period specified in the notification; a nd
(b) they have had regard to every international obligation of th e United
Kingdom (if any) which has been notified to them for the purpos es of
this paragraph by the Secretary of State.
(6) The publication of a notification under this section must be  in such manner as
appears to OFCOM to be appropriate for bringing the contents of  the
notification—
(a) in the case of a notification setting general conditions, to  the attention
of such persons as OFCOM consider appropriate; and
(b) in any other case, to the attention of the persons who, in O FCOM’s
opinion, are likely to be affected by the contents of the notif ication.
(7) Nothing in the following provisions of this Chapter imposing  a duty on
OFCOM to set or modify a condition shall be taken as dispensing  with any of
the requirements of this section.
49 Directions and approvals for the purposes of a s. 45 conditio n
(1) This section applies where—
(a) a condition set under section 45 has effect by reference to directions,
approvals or consents given by a person (whether OFCOM themselv es
or another); and
(b) that person is proposing to give a direction, approval or co nsent that
affects the operation of that condition or to modify or withdra w a
direction, approval or consent so as to affect the condition’s operation.
(2) A person must not give, modify or withdraw the direction, ap proval or consent
unless he is satisfied that to do so is—
(a) objectively justifiable in relation to the networks, service s, facilities,
apparatus or directories to which it relates; 
(b) not such as to discriminate unduly against particular person s or against
a particular description of persons;
(c) proportionate to what it is intended to achieve; and
(d) in relation to what it is intended to achieve, transparent.
(3) In giving, modifying or withdrawing the direction, approval or consent, a
person other than OFCOM shall be under the same duty as OFCOM t o act in
accordance with the six Community requirements set out in secti on 4.
(4) Before the direction, approval or consent is given, modified  or withdrawn, a
notification must be published—
(a) stating that there is a proposal to give, modify or withdraw  it; 
(b) identifying the person whose proposal it is;
(c) setting out the direction, approval or consent to which the proposal
relates;
(d) setting out the effect of the direction, approval or consent  or of its
proposed modification or withdrawal; 
(e) giving reasons for the making of the proposal; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services49
(f) specifying the period within which representations may be ma de about
the proposal to the person whose proposal it is.
(5) That period must be one ending not less than one month after  the day of the
publication of the notification.
(6) But, where—
(a) the person giving the notification is satisfied that there a re exceptional
circumstances justifying the use of a shorter period, and
(b) the notification is not one that is required to be sent to t he European
Commission under section 50(4) or (5),
the period specified as the period for making representations m ay be whatever
shorter period that person considers reasonable in those circum stances.
(7) In a case in which— 
(a) a person other than OFCOM is proposing to give, modify or wi thdraw
a direction, approval or consent, and
(b) the condition for the purposes of which the direction, appro val or
consent has effect, or will have effect, provides for notificat ions of
proposals for the purposes of that condition to be given by tha t person,
the obligation of publishing the notification for the purposes of subsection (4)
of that proposal falls on that person.
(8) In any other case, the obligation of publishing a notificati on for the purposes of
subsection (4) falls on OFCOM.
(9) The person who is authorised to give the direction, approval  or consent may
give effect, with or without modifications, to a proposal with respect to which
a notification has been given under subsection (4) only if—
(a) he has considered every representation about the proposal th at is made
to him within the period specified in the notification; and
(b) he has had regard to every international obligation of the U nited
Kingdom (if any) which has been notified to OFCOM for the purpo ses
of this paragraph by the Secretary of State.
(10) The publication of a notification under this section must b e in such manner as
appears to the person publishing it to be appropriate for bring ing the contents
of the notification to the attention of such persons as he cons iders appropriate.
50 Delivery of copies of notifications etc. 
(1) The relevant person must send to the Secretary of State— 
(a) a copy of every notification published under section 48(1) o r (2);
(b) a copy of every notification published under section 49(4);
(c) a copy of every direction, approval or consent given for the  purpose of
giving effect to a proposal required to be published under sect ion 49(4);
and
(d) a copy of every instrument modifying or withdrawing a direct ion,
approval or consent for the purpose of giving effect to such a proposal.
(2) The relevant person must send to the European Commission— 
(a) a copy of every notification published under section 48(1) w ith respect
to an SMP services condition;
(b) a copy of every direction, approval or consent given for the  purposes of
such a condition; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services50
(c) a copy of every instrument modifying or withdrawing such a d irection,
approval or consent.
(3) OFCOM must send to the European Commission and to the regula tory
authorities of every other member State a copy of every notific ation published
by them under section 48(2) with respect to a proposal which—
(a) relates to the setting, modification or revocation of an acc ess-related
condition falling within section 73(2) or (4) or of an SMP serv ices
condition; and
(b) is a proposal which, in OFCOM’s opinion, would affect trade between
member States.
(4) OFCOM must send to the European Commission and to the regula tory
authorities of every other member State a copy of every notific ation published
by them under section 49(4) with respect to a proposal which—
(a) relates to the giving of a direction, approval or consent fo r the purposes
of—
(i) an access-related condition falling within section 73(2) or (4), or 
(ii) an SMP services condition,
or to the modification or withdrawal of such a direction, appro val or
consent; and
(b) is a proposal which, in OFCOM’s opinion, would affect trade between
member States.
(5) Where it is a person other than OFCOM who is the relevant pe rson who is
required to publish a notification under section 49(4) relating  to the giving,
modification or withdrawal of a direction, approval or consent given for
purposes mentioned in subsection (4)(a) of this section—
(a) that person must refer to OFCOM the question whether, in the ir
opinion, the proposal would affect trade between member States;
(b) OFCOM must immediately determine that question on that refer ence;
and
(c) the relevant person must send a copy of the notification to the
European Commission and to the regulatory authorities of every other
member State if OFCOM determine that the proposal is one which,  in
their opinion, would affect trade between member States.
(6) The relevant person must, in every other case in which it ap pears to him
appropriate to do so, send a copy of—
(a) every notification published under section 48(1) or (2) or 4 9(4),
(b) every direction, approval or consent given for the purposes of a
condition set under section 45, and
(c) every instrument modifying or withdrawing such a direction, approval
or consent,
to the European Commission and to such of the regulatory author ities of the
other member States as the relevant person thinks fit.
(7) Subsection (6) does not apply where— 
(a) the notification or the notified proposal relates to an SMP apparatus
condition, or to a direction, approval or consent for the purpo ses of
such a condition; or
(b) the direction, approval or consent given, modified or withdr awn is for
the purposes of such a condition.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services51
(8) In this section “the relevant person”, in relation to a noti fication, direction,
approval or consent—
(a) except in a case falling within paragraph (b), means the per son by
whom it is published or (as the case may be) the person by whom  it has
been or is to be given, modified or withdrawn; and
(b) in the case of a direction, approval or consent given, modif ied or
withdrawn by a person other than OFCOM for the purpose of givin g
effect to a proposal published by OFCOM under section 49(4), me ans
OFCOM.
General conditions: subject-matter
51 Matters to which general conditions may relate
(1) Subject to sections 52 to 64, the only conditions that may b e set under section
45 as general conditions are conditions falling within one or m ore of the
following paragraphs—
(a) conditions making such provision as OFCOM consider appropria te for
protecting the interests of the end-users of public electroniccommunications services;
(b) conditions making such provision as OFCOM consider appropria te for
securing service interoperability and for securing, or otherwis e relating
to, network access;
(c) conditions making such provision as OFCOM consider appropria te for
securing the proper and effective functioning of public electro nic
communications networks;
(d) conditions for giving effect to determinations or regulation s made
under section 71;
(e) conditions requiring or regulating the provision, availabili ty and use,
in the event of a disaster, of electronic communications networ ks,
electronic communications services and associated facilities;
(f) conditions making such provision as OFCOM consider appropria te for
securing the protection of public health by the prevention or a voidance
of the exposure of individuals to electro-magnetic fields creat ed in
connection with the operation of electronic communications netw orks;
(g) conditions requiring compliance with relevant international standards. 
(2) The power under subsection (1)(a) to set conditions for prot ecting the interests
of the end-users of public electronic communications services i ncludes power
to set conditions for that purpose which—
(a) relate to the supply, provision or making available of goods , services or
facilities in association with the provision of public electron ic
communications services; and
(b) give effect to Community obligations to provide protection f or such
end-users in relation to the supply, provision or making availa ble of
those goods, services or facilities.
(3) The power to set general conditions in relation to a descrip tion of electronic
communications network or electronic communications service doe s not
include power—
(a) to set conditions that are made applicable according to the identity of
the provider of a network or service; orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services52
(b) to set conditions that differ according to the identity of t he provider of
the networks or services to which they relate.
(4) The power to set general conditions falling within subsectio n (1)(b) does not
include power to set conditions containing provision which unde r—
(a) section 73, or
(b) any of sections 87 to 92,
must be or may be included, in a case in which it appears to OF COM to be
appropriate to do so, in an access-related condition or SMP con dition.
(5) The conditions falling within subsection (1)(c) include cond itions making such
provision as OFCOM consider appropriate for the purpose, in acc ordance with
Community obligations, of preventing or restricting electro-mag netic
interference—
(a) with the provision of an electronic communications network o r
electronic communications service; or
(b) with, or with the receipt of, anything conveyed or provided by means
of such a network or service.
(6) In this section “electro-magnetic interference” means interf erence by means of
the emission or reflection of electro-magnetic energy in the co urse of, or in
connection with, the provision any electronic communications ne twork or
electronic communications service.
(7) In this section “disaster” includes any major incident havin g a significant effect
on the general public; and for this purpose a major incident in cludes any
incident of contamination involving radioactive substances or o ther toxic
materials.
General conditions: customer interests
52 Conditions relating to customer interests
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to set such general conditions  (if any) as they
consider appropriate for securing that—
(a) public communications providers, or
(b) such descriptions of them as OFCOM consider appropriate,
establish and maintain procedures, standards and policies with respect to the
matters mentioned in subsection (2).
(2) Those matters are—
(a) the handling of complaints made to public communications pro viders
by any of their domestic and small business customers;
(b) the resolution of disputes between such providers and any of  their
domestic and small business customers;
(c) the provision of remedies and redress in respect of matters that form
the subject-matter of such complaints or disputes;
(d) the information about service standards and about the rights  of
domestic and small business customers that is to be made availa ble to
those customers by public communications providers;
(e) any other matter appearing to OFCOM to be necessary for secu ring
effective protection for the domestic and small business custom ers of
such providers.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services53
(3) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in setting conditions in acco rdance with
subsection (1), to secure so far as they consider appropriate—
(a) that the procedures established and maintained for the handl ing of
complaints and the resolution of disputes are easy to use, tran sparent
and effective;
(b) that domestic and small business customers have the right to  use those
procedures free of charge; and
(c) that where public communications providers are in contravent ion of
conditions set in accordance with the preceding provisions of t his
section, the providers follow such procedures as may be require d by
the general conditions.
(4) Subject to section 55, OFCOM’s duties under subsections (1) and (3) so far as
relating to procedures for the handling of complaints are to be  performed, to
such extent as they consider appropriate, by the setting of gen eral conditions
requiring public communications providers to establish and main tain
procedures that conform with a code of practice which is—
(a) applicable to the providers to whom the conditions apply; an d
(b) for the time being approved by OFCOM for the purposes of thi s
subsection.
(5) Subject to section 55, OFCOM’s duties under subsections (1) and (3) so far as
relating to procedures for resolving disputes are to be perform ed, to such
extent as they consider appropriate, by the setting of general conditions
requiring public communications providers—
(a) to establish and maintain procedures for resolving disputes;  and
(b) to secure that those procedures are, and continue to be, app roved by
OFCOM.
(6) In this section “domestic and small business customer”, in r elation to a public
communications provider, means a customer of that provider who is neither—
(a) himself a communications provider; nor
(b) a person who is such a customer in respect of an undertaking  carried on
by him for which more than ten individuals work (whether asemployees or volunteers or otherwise).
53 Approval of codes of practice for the purposes of s. 52
(1) Where a code of practice is submitted to OFCOM for approval,  they shall
approve that code if and only if, in their opinion, it makes al l such provision as
they consider necessary in relation to the matters dealt with i n the code for the
protection of the domestic and small business customers of the public
communications providers to whom the code applies.
(2) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to keep under review the codes  of practice for
the time being approved by them.
(3) OFCOM may at any time, by a notification given or published in such manner
as they consider appropriate—
(a) approve modifications that have been made to an approved cod e;
(b) withdraw their approval from a code; or
(c) give notice that the withdrawal of their approval will take effect from
such time as may be specified in the notification unless suchmodifications of the code as are specified in the notification are made
before that time. Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services54
(4) In considering— 
(a) whether to approve a code of practice, or
(b) whether or in what manner to exercise their powers under sub sections
(2) and (3) of this section,
 OFCOM must have regard to the matters mentioned in subsection (5).
(5) Those matters are—
(a) the need to secure that customers are able readily to compre hend the
procedures that are provided for by an approved code of practic e;
(b) the need to secure that there is consistency between the dif ferent codes
for the time being approved by OFCOM; and
(c) the need to secure that the number of different codes so app roved is
kept to a minimum.
(6) In this section—
“approval” means approval for the purposes of section 52(4) and
“approve” and “approved” are to be construed accordingly; and
“domestic and small business customer” has the same meaning as in
section 52.
54 Approval of dispute procedures for the purposes of s. 52
(1) Before giving their approval to any dispute procedures, OFCO M must consult
the Secretary of State.
(2) OFCOM are not to approve dispute procedures unless they are satisfied that
the arrangements under which the procedures have effect—
(a) are administered by person who is for practical purposes ind ependent
(so far as decisions in relation to disputes are concerned) of both
OFCOM and the communications providers to whom thearrangements apply;
(b) give effect to procedures that are easy to use, transparent and effective;
(c) give, in the case of every communications provider to whom t he
arrangements apply, a right to each of his domestic and small b usiness
customers to use the procedures free of charge;
(d) ensure that all information necessary for giving effect to t he procedures
is obtained;
(e) ensure that disputes are effectively investigated; 
(f) include provision conferring power to make awards of appropr iate
compensation; and
(g) are such as to enable awards of compensation to be properly enforced. 
(3) OFCOM may approve dispute procedures subject to such conditi ons
(including conditions as to the provision of information to OFC OM) as they
may think fit.
(4) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to keep under review the dispu te procedures for
the time being approved by them.
(5) OFCOM may at any time, by a notification given or published in such manner
as they consider appropriate— 
(a) modify the conditions of their approval of any dispute proce dures or
withdraw such an approval; orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services55
(b) give notice that the modification of those conditions, or th e withdrawal
of such an approval, will take effect from such time as may be specified
in the notification unless the procedures (or the arrangements under
which they have effect) are modified before that time in the ma nner
required by the notification. 
(6) In considering— 
(a) whether to approve dispute procedures, or
(b) whether or in what manner to exercise their powers under sub sections
(3) to (5),
OFCOM must have regard to the matters mentioned in subsection ( 7).
(7) Those matters are—
(a) the need to secure that customers are able readily to compre hend
dispute procedures;
(b) the need to secure that there is consistency between the dif ferent
procedures for the time being approved by OFCOM; and
(c) the need to secure that the number of different sets of proc edures so
approved is kept to a minimum.
(8) In this section—
“approval” means approval for the purposes of subsection (5) of  section
52 and “approve” and “approved” are to be construed accordingly ;
“dispute procedures” means any such procedures as may fall to b e
approved for the purposes of that subsection; and
“domestic and small business customer” has the same meaning as in
section 52.
55 Orders by OFCOM in the absence of conditions under s. 52
(1) OFCOM may make an order under this section if, at any time, they consider in
relation to any one or more public communications providers—
(a) that it is not practicable, or at least not appropriate, for  OFCOM’s duties
under subsections (1) and (3) of section 52 to be performed in a
particular respect by the setting of general conditions; and
(b) that it is necessary to make the order for the purpose—
(i) of securing the necessary protection for the customers of th at
provider or of those providers; or
(ii) of securing compliance with a Community obligation.
(2) An order under this section may make such of the following p rovisions as
OFCOM think fit— 
(a) provision imposing requirements with respect to the complain ts and
disputes mentioned in section 52(2);
(b) provision for the enforcement of those requirements; 
(c) provision making other arrangements for the purposes of thos e
requirements.
(3) The power to make provision by an order under this section i ncludes, in
particular—
(a) power to establish a body corporate with the capacity to mak e its own
rules and to establish its own procedures;
(b) power to determine the jurisdiction of a body established by  such an
order or, for the purposes of the order, of any other person;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services56
(c) power to confer jurisdiction with respect to any matter on O FCOM
themselves;
(d) power to provide for a person on whom jurisdiction is confer red by the
arrangements to make awards of compensation, to direct thereimbursement of costs or expenses, or to do both;
(e) power to provide for such a person to enforce, or to partici pate in the
enforcement of, any awards or directions made under such an ord er;
and
(f) power to make such other provision as OFCOM think fit for th e
enforcement of such awards and directions.
(4) An order under this section may require such public communic ations
providers as may be determined by or under the order to make pa yments to
OFCOM in respect of expenditure incurred by OFCOM in connection  with—
(a) the establishment and maintenance, in accordance with such a n order,
of a body corporate or of a procedure; or
(b) the making of any other arrangements for the purposes of the
requirements of such an order.
(5) The consent of the Secretary of State is required for the ma king by OFCOM of
an order under this section.
(6) Section 403 applies to the power of OFCOM to make an order u nder this
section.
(7) A statutory instrument containing an order made by OFCOM und er this
section shall be subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolut ion of either
House of Parliament.
General conditions: telephone numbers
56 The National Telephone Numbering Plan 
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to publish a document (to be k nown as “the
National Telephone Numbering Plan”) setting out—
(a) the numbers that they have determined to be available for al location by
them as telephone numbers;
(b) such restrictions as they consider appropriate on the adopti on of
numbers available for allocation in accordance with the plan; a nd
(c) such restrictions as they consider appropriate on the other uses to
which numbers available for allocation in accordance with the p lan
may be put.
(2) It shall be OFCOM’s duty—
(a) from time to time to review the National Telephone Numbering  Plan;
and
(b) to make any revision of that plan that they think fit in con sequence of
such a review;
but this duty must be performed in compliance with the requirem ents, so far
as applicable, of section 60.
(3) OFCOM must also keep such day to day records as they conside r appropriate
of the telephone numbers allocated by them in accordance with t he National
Telephone Numbering Plan.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services57
(4) The publication of the National Telephone Numbering Plan, or  of a revision of
it, must be in such manner as appears to OFCOM to be appropriat e for bringing
the contents of the Plan, or of the revised Plan, to the attent ion of such persons
as OFCOM consider appropriate.
(5) In this Chapter references to a telephone number are (subjec t to subsection (7))
references to any number that is used (whether or not in connec tion with
telephony) for any one or more of the following purposes—
(a) identifying the destination for, or recipient of, an electro nic
communication;
(b) identifying the origin, or sender, of an electronic communic ation;
(c) identifying the route for an electronic communication;
(d) identifying the source from which an electronic communicatio n or
electronic communications service may be obtained or accessed;
(e) selecting the service that is to be obtained or accessed, or  required
elements or characteristics of that service; or
(f) identifying the communications provider by means of whose ne twork
or service an electronic communication is to be transmitted, or  treated
as transmitted.
(6) In this Chapter references to the adoption of a telephone nu mber by a
communications provider are references to his doing any of the following in
relation to a number allocated (whether or not to that provider ) by OFCOM—
(a) allocating or transferring that number to a particular custo mer or piece
of apparatus;
(b) using that number for identifying a service or route used by  that
provider or by any of his customers;
(c) using that number for identifying a communication as one to be
transmitted by that provider;
(d) designating that number for use in selecting a service or th e required
elements or characteristics of a service;
(e) authorising the use of that number by others for any of the purposes
mentioned in subsection (5). 
(7) The Secretary of State may by order exclude such numbers as may be described
in the order from the numbers that are to be treated as telepho ne numbers for
the purposes of this Chapter.
(8) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by su bsection (7)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.
(9) References in this section to the allocation of a number are  references to its
allocation for the purposes of general conditions under section  58 or in
accordance with conditions under section 59.
(10) In this section—
“electronic communication” means a communication for transmissi on by
means of an electronic communications network; and
“number” includes data of any description.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services58
57 Conditions to secure access to telephone numbers
(1) General conditions may impose such requirements as OFCOM con sider
appropriate for securing that every end-user of a public electr onic
communications service is able, by means of that service— 
(a) to make calls or otherwise transmit electronic communication s to every
normal telephone number; and
(b) to receive every call or other electronic communication that  is made or
transmitted to him using such a service from apparatus identifi ed by a
normal telephone number.
(2) A normal telephone number is one which—
(a) has been made available, in accordance with the National Tel ephone
Numbering Plan, as a number to be used for the purpose of ident ifying
the destination for, or the recipient of, electronic communicat ions; and
(b) is for the time being—
(i) a number adopted by a communications provider to be used for
such a purpose; or
(ii) a number in use for such a purpose by a person other than a
communications provider to whom it has been allocated inaccordance with conditions under section 59.
(3) In this section “electronic communication” has the same mean ing as in section
56.
58 Conditions about allocation and adoption of numbers
(1) General conditions may include conditions which—
(a) prohibit the adoption of telephone numbers by a communicatio ns
provider except in cases where the numbers have been allocated by
OFCOM to a person; 
(b) regulate the use by a communications provider, for the purpo se of
providing an electronic communications network or electroniccommunications service, of telephone numbers not allocated to t hat
provider;
(c) impose restrictions on the adoption of telephone numbers by a
communications provider, and on other practices by communicatio ns
providers in relation to telephone numbers allocated to them;
(d) impose requirements on a communications provider in connecti on
with the adoption by him of telephone numbers;
(e) require an allocation of particular telephone numbers to be transferred
from one communications provider to another in the circumstance s
provided for in the conditions;
(f) impose such requirements and restrictions on a communication s
provider from whom an allocation is required to be transferred as may
be provided for, in relation to the transfer, in the conditions ;
(g) require payments of such amounts as may be determined by OFC OM
to be made to them by a person in respect of the allocation to him of
telephone numbers;
(h) require payments of such amounts as may be determined by OFC OM
to be made to them by a person in respect of transfers of alloc ations
from one person to another; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services59
(i) require communications providers to secure compliance with s uch
rules relating to the use of telephone numbers by their custome rs as
OFCOM may set out in general conditions or determine in accorda nce
with provision made by the general conditions.
(2) General conditions may also—
(a) provide for the procedure to be followed on the making of ap plications
to OFCOM for the allocation of telephone numbers;
(b) provide for the information that must accompany such applica tions
and for the handling of such applications;
(c) provide a procedure for telephone numbers to be reserved pen ding the
making and disposal of an application for their allocation;
(d) provide for the procedure to be followed on the making of ap plications
for telephone numbers to be reserved, and for the handling of s uch
applications;
(e) regulate the procedures to be followed, the system to be app lied and
the charges to be imposed for the purposes of, or in connection  with, the
adoption by a communications provider of telephone numbersallocated to that provider;
(f) regulate the procedures to be followed, the system to be app lied and
the charges to be imposed for the purposes of, or in connection  with, the
transfer of an allocation from one person to another.
(3) The conditions that may be set under subsection (1)(d) inclu de conditions
imposing requirements with respect to the provision of informat ion for
purposes connected with— 
(a) the compilation of directories; and
(b) the provision of directory enquiry facilities.
(4) The procedure to be followed on the making of an application  for the allocation
of numbers that are available for allocation in accordance with  the National
Telephone Numbering Plan must require OFCOM’s determination of the
application to be made—
(a) in the case of an application made in response to an invitat ion in
accordance with subsection (5), before the end of six weeks aft er the day
on which the application is received; and
(b) in any other case, before the end of three weeks after that day.
(5) Where OFCOM are proposing to allocate any telephone numbers,  they may—
(a) invite persons to indicate the payments each would be willin g to make
to OFCOM if allocated the numbers; and
(b) make the allocation according to the amounts indicated.
(6) General conditions providing for payments to be made to OFCO M in respect
of anything mentioned in subsection (1)(g) or (h)— 
(a) must set out the principles according to which the amounts o f the
payments are to be determined;
(b) may provide for the payments to consist of a lump sum in res pect of a
particular allocation or transfer or of sums payable periodical ly while
an allocation remains in force, or of both;
(c) may provide for the amounts to be determined by reference to — 
(i) any indication according to which the allocation has been ma de
as mentioned in subsection (5); orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services60
(ii) any other factors (including the costs incurred by OFCOM in
connection with the carrying out of their functions by virtue o f
section 56 and this section) as OFCOM think fit.
(7) General conditions may—
(a) make modifications from time to time of, or of the method of
determining, the amounts of periodic payments falling to be mad e by
virtue of conditions containing provision authorised by this se ction;
and 
(b) make different provision in relation to different descriptio ns of
communications provider and different descriptions of telephonenumber.
(8) Nothing in subsection (7) authorises the modification, after  it has been fixed, of
the amount of a periodic payment fixed in accordance with arran gements
made in relation to numbers allocated as mentioned in subsectio n (5)(b). 
(9) Payments that are required to be made to OFCOM in respect of  anything
mentioned in subsection (1)(g) or (h)— 
(a) must be paid to them as soon as they become due in accordanc e with
the conditions imposing the obligation to pay; and
(b) if not so paid, are to be recoverable by them accordingly.
59 Telephone numbering conditions binding non-providers
(1) OFCOM may set conditions under this section that apply to pe rsons other than
communications providers and relate to—
(a) the allocation of telephone numbers to such persons;
(b) the transfer of allocations to and from such persons; and
(c) the use of telephone numbers by such persons.
(2) The conditions that may be set under this section include co nditions imposing
obligations corresponding to any of the obligations that may be  imposed on
communications providers by general conditions making provision  for, or in
connection with—
(a)  the allocation of telephone numbers;
(b)  the transfer of allocations; or
(c) the use of telephone numbers.
(3) Subsection (10) of section 45 applies to OFCOM’s power to se t a condition
under this section as it applies to their power to set a condit ion under that
section.
(4) Sections 47 to 49 apply in relation to— 
(a) the setting of conditions under this section and the modific ation and
revocation of such conditions; and
(b) the giving, modification or withdrawal of any direction, app roval or
consent for the purposes of a condition under this section,
as they apply in the case of general conditions and in the case  of directions,
approvals and consents given for the purposes of general condit ions.
(5) It shall be the duty of a person who—
(a) is not a communications provider, but
(b) applies for the allocation of a telephone number, or is allo cated such a
number,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services61
to comply with any conditions set under this section.
(6) That duty shall be enforceable in civil proceedings by OFCOM —
(a) for an injunction;
(b) for specific performance of a statutory duty under section 4 5 of the
Court of Session Act 1988 (c. 36); or
(c) for any other appropriate remedy or relief.
(7) Subsection (6) does not apply in the case of a person agains t whom the
obligations contained in the condition in question are enforcea ble (by virtue of
his having become a communications provider) as obligations imp osed by
general conditions.
60 Modification of documents referred to in numbering conditions
(1) This section applies where numbering conditions for the time  being have effect
by reference to provisions, as they have effect from time to ti me, of—
(a) the National Telephone Numbering Plan; or 
(b) another document published by OFCOM.
(2) OFCOM must not revise or otherwise modify the relevant provi sions unless
they are satisfied that the revision or modification is—
(a) objectively justifiable in relation to the matters to which it relates; 
(b) not such as to discriminate unduly against particular person s or against
a particular description of persons;
(c) proportionate to what the modification is intended to achiev e; and
(d) in relation to what it is intended to achieve, transparent.
(3) Before revising or otherwise modifying the relevant provisio ns, OFCOM must
publish a notification—
(a) stating that they are proposing to do so;
(b) specifying the Plan or other document that they are proposin g to revise
or modify;
(c) setting out the effect of their proposed revisions or modifi cations; 
(d) giving their reasons for making the proposal; and
(e) specifying the period within which representations may be ma de to
OFCOM about their proposal.
(4) That period must be one ending not less than one month after  the day of the
publication of the notification.
(5) OFCOM may give effect, with or without modifications, to a p roposal with
respect to which they have published a notification under subse ction (3) only
if—
(a) they have considered every representation about the proposal  that is
made to them within the period specified in the notification; a nd
(b) they have had regard to every international obligation of th e United
Kingdom (if any) which has been notified to them for the purpos es of
this paragraph by the Secretary of State.
(6) The publication of a notification under this section must be  in such manner as
appears to OFCOM to be appropriate for bringing the contents of  the
notification to the attention of such persons as OFCOM consider  appropriate.
(7) In this section— Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services62
“numbering conditions” means—
(a) general conditions the making of which is authorised by sect ion
57 or 58;
(b) conditions set under section 59;
“the relevant provisions”, in relation to the Plan or document,  means the
provisions of the Plan or document by reference to which (as th ey have
effect from time to time) the numbering conditions in question have
effect.
61 Withdrawal of telephone number allocations
(1) Where OFCOM have allocated telephone numbers for the purpose s of any
numbering conditions, they may withdraw that allocation if, and  only if, the
case is one in which the withdrawal of an allocation is authori sed by this
section.
(2) The withdrawal of an allocation is authorised (subject to se ction 62) if—
(a) consent to the withdrawal is given by the person to whom the  numbers
are for the time being allocated;
(b) the withdrawal is made for the purposes of a transfer of the  allocation
required by numbering conditions;
(c) the withdrawal is made for the purposes of a numbering reorg anisation
applicable to a particular series of telephone numbers;
(d) the withdrawal is made in circumstances specified in the num bering
conditions and for the purpose of securing that what appears toOFCOM to be the best and most efficient use is made of the numb ers
and other data that are appropriate for use as telephone number s;
(e) the allocated numbers are numbers that have not been adopted  during
such period after their allocation as may be specified in the n umbering
conditions; or
(f) the allocated numbers are comprised in a series of numbers w hich have
not to a significant extent been adopted or used during such pe riod as
may be so specified.
(3) The withdrawal of an allocation is also authorised where—
(a) there have been serious and repeated contraventions, by the person to
whom the allocation is for the time being allocated, of the num bering
conditions; and
(b) it appears to OFCOM that the taking of other steps in respec t of the
contraventions is likely to prove ineffective for securing futu re
compliance.
(4) The withdrawal of an allocation is also authorised where—
(a) the person to whom the allocation is for the time being allo cated is not
a communications provider; and
(b) it appears to OFCOM that contraventions by that person of nu mbering
conditions makes the withdrawal of the allocation appropriate.
(5) OFCOM’s power to set conditions specifying circumstances for  the purposes
of subsection (2)(d), and their power to withdraw an allocation  in the specified
circumstances, are each exercisable only in a manner that does not discriminate
unduly—
(a) against particular communications providers;
(b) against particular users of the allocated numbers; orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services63
(c) against a particular description of such providers or users;
and the purposes for which those powers may be exercised do not  include the
carrying out of a numbering reorganisation of the sort mentione d in subsection
(2)(c).
(6) Where OFCOM are proposing to withdraw an allocation in exerc ise of the
power conferred by virtue of subsection (2)(e) or (f), they mus t—
(a) give a notification of their proposal;
(b) consider any representations made to them about the proposal  within
the period of one month following the day on which the notifica tion is
given; and
(c) ensure that the withdrawal (if OFCOM decide to proceed with it after
considering those representations) does not take effect until t he end of
the three months beginning with the end of the period mentioned  in
paragraph (b).
(7) A notification for the purposes of subsection (6) must be gi ven in such manner
as OFCOM consider appropriate for bringing it to the attention of—
(a) the person to whom the numbers to which the proposed withdra wal
relates are for the time being allocated;
(b) every person appearing to OFCOM to be a person to whom
communications are or may be transmitted using one of those num bers
for identifying the destination or route;
(c) every person who uses one or more of those numbers for obtai ning
access to services or for communication; and
(d) every other person who, in OFCOM’s opinion, is likely to be affected
by the proposal.
(8) For the purposes of this section there are repeated contrave ntions by a person
of numbering conditions to the extent that—
(a) in the case of a previous notification given to that person under section
94, OFCOM have determined for the purposes of section 95(2) or 96(2)
that a contravention of a numbering condition did occur; and
(b) in the period of twelve months following the day of the maki ng of that
determination, one or more further notifications have been give n to
that person in respect of contraventions of numbering condition s;
and for the purposes of this subsection it shall be immaterial whether the
notifications related to the same contravention or to different  contraventions of
the same or different conditions.
(9) In this section “numbering conditions” means—
(a) general conditions the making of which is authorised by sect ion 58; or
(b) conditions set under section 59.
62 Numbering reorganisations
(1) This section applies to the withdrawal of an allocation for the purposes of a
numbering reorganisation that is applicable to a particular ser ies of telephone
numbers.
(2) The allocation is to be withdrawn only if the reorganisation , so far as it relates
to numbers of any description, is not such as to discriminate u nduly—
(a) against particular communications providers;
(b) against particular users of the allocated numbers; orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services64
(c) against a particular description of such providers or users.
(3) The allocation must not be withdrawn if the reorganisation f ails to provide for
withdrawn allocations to be replaced by allocations of telephon e numbers so
nearly resembling the numbers to which the withdrawal relates a s the purpose
of the reorganisation allows. 
(4) Where a replacement allocation is made for the purposes of t he re-
organisation—
(a) no payment is to be made to OFCOM in respect of the making o f the
replacement allocation; but
(b) subsection (5) is to apply.
(5) Where this subsection applies—
(a) a provision for the making of periodic payments in respect o f the
withdrawn allocation is to be treated, to the extent that OFCOMdetermine that it should, as a provision requiring the making o f
periodic payments in respect of the replacement allocation; and
(b) OFCOM may, if they think fit, make such repayments or adjust ments
of a provision for payment as appear to them to be appropriate in
consequence of differences between—
(i) the numbers to which the withdrawn allocation relates; and
(ii) the numbers to which the replacement allocation relates.
63 General duty as to telephone numbering functions
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in the carrying out of their functions under
sections 56 to 62—
(a) to secure that what appears to them to be the best use is ma de of the
numbers that are appropriate for use as telephone numbers; and
(b) to encourage efficiency and innovation for that purpose. 
(2) It shall also be the duty of OFCOM, in carrying out those fu nctions, to secure
that there is no undue discrimination by communications provide rs against
other communications providers in relation to the adoption of t elephone
numbers for purposes connected with the use by one communicatio ns
provider, or his customers, of an electronic communications net work or
electronic communications service provided by another. 
(3) In this section “number” has the same meaning as in section 56.
General conditions: must-carry obligations
64 Must-carry obligations
(1) General conditions may include conditions making any provisi on that
OFCOM consider appropriate for securing that particular service s are
broadcast or otherwise transmitted by means of the electronic c ommunications
networks described in the conditions.
(2) A general condition containing provision authorised by this section is not
(subject to subsection (4)) to require a service to be broadcas t or otherwise
transmitted by means of an electronic communications network un less—
(a) the service is included in the list of must-carry services; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services65
(b) the effect of the requirement is confined to networks by mea ns of which
public electronic communications services are provided that are  used
by a significant number of end-users as their principal means o f
receiving television programmes.
(3) That list is as follows—
(a) any service of television programmes provided by the BBC so far as it
is provided in digital form and is a service in relation to whi ch OFCOM
have functions;
(b) the Channel 3 services so far as provided in digital form;
(c) Channel 4 so far as provided in digital form;
(d) Channel 5 so far as provided in digital form;
(e) S4C Digital;
(f) the digital public teletext service.
(4) General conditions making provision authorised by this secti on in relation to a
listed service must, to such extent as OFCOM consider appropria te (and
subject to subsection (5))— 
(a) apply the requirement to broadcast or otherwise transmit tha t service
to every service which is an ancillary service by reference to the listed
service; and
(b) provide for the listed service to be treated for the purpose s of the
conditions as constituting such other services comprised in or provided
with that service as may be determined by OFCOM.
(5) General conditions making provision authorised by this secti on must also
comply with all such restrictions (if any) as may be imposed by  order made by
the Secretary of State as to the maximum and minimum amounts, o r
proportions, of available capacity that are to be required by s uch conditions to
be used in the case of a network for the broadcasting or other transmission of
particular services, or descriptions of service.
(6) In making an order under subsection (5) the Secretary of Sta te must have
regard to—
(a) the objective of securing that services included in the list  of must-carry
services, and the other services to which conditions set in acc ordance
with this section are likely to be applied by virtue of subsect ion (4), are
available for reception by as many members of the public in the  United
Kingdom as practicable; and
(b) the need to secure that the amount of capacity available in the case of
every network for making other services available is reasonable  and,
accordingly, that the burden of complying with conditions set i n
accordance with this section is proportionate to the public ben efit to be
secured by that objective.
(7) It shall be the duty of the Secretary of State from time to time to review— 
(a) the list of must-carry services; and
(b) any requirements for the time being in force under this sect ion with
respect to the terms on which services must be broadcast or oth erwise
transmitted.
(8) Where the Secretary of State carries out such a review, he m ust consult the
following about the matters under review—
(a) OFCOM; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services66
(b) such persons who, in his opinion, are likely to be affected by a
modification of the list of must-carry services, or who represe nt any of
those persons, as he thinks fit.
(9) If, on such a review, he considers it appropriate to do so, the Secretary of State
may by order modify the list of must-carry services.
(10) In determining whether it is appropriate for the purposes o f subsection (9) to
add a service to the list of must-carry services or to remove i t, the Secretary of
State must have regard, in particular, to—
(a) the public benefit to be secured by the addition of the serv ice to the list,
or by its retention in the list;
(b) the extent to which the service (if it were not included in the list) would
nevertheless be made available to an acceptable technical stand ard by
means of the networks to which conditions set in accordance wit h this
section apply;
(c) the capacity left available, after the requirements of those  conditions
have been complied with, for the broadcasting or other transmis sion of
material by means of each of those networks; and
(d) the need to secure that the burden of complying with conditi ons so set
is proportionate to the objective of securing that the services  in the list
of must-carry services, and the other services to which conditi ons set in
accordance with this section are likely to applied by virtue ofsubsection (4), are available for reception by as many members of the
public in the United Kingdom as practicable.
(11) The Secretary of State may also, if (whether on such a revi ew or in any other
circumstances) he considers it appropriate to do so, by order m ake provision
imposing requirements as to what, as between—
(a) the person providing a must-carry service, and
(b) the person providing a network by means of which it is to be  provided,
are to be the terms on which the service is to be broadcast or otherwise
transmitted, in pursuance of general conditions set in accordan ce with this
section, by means of that network.
(12) An order under subsection (11) may provide for the terms to  be determined by
OFCOM in accordance with the provisions of the order.
(13) Before making an order under subsection (5), and before mak ing an order
under subsection (11) in a case in which there has been no revi ew under
subsection (7), the Secretary of State must consult—
(a) OFCOM, and
(b) such persons who, in his opinion, are likely to be affected by the order,
or who represent any of those persons, as he thinks fit.
(14) Section 362 applies for construing this section as it appli es for the purposes of
Part 3.
Universal service conditions
65 Obligations to be secured by universal service conditions
(1) The Secretary of State must by order (“the universal service  order”) set out the
extent to which the things falling within subsection (2) must, for the purpose
of securing compliance with Community obligations for the time being inCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services67
force, be provided, made available or supplied throughout the U nited
Kingdom.
(2) Those things are—
(a) electronic communications networks and electronic communicat ions
services;
(b) facilities capable of being made available as part of or in connection
with an electronic communications service;
(c) particular methods of billing for electronic communications services or
of accepting payment for them;
(d) directories capable of being used in connection with the use  of an
electronic communications network or electronic communicationsservice; and
(e) directory enquiry facilities capable of being used for purpo ses
connected with the use of such a network or service.
(3) The universal service order may contain guidance about matte rs relating to the
pricing of things that the order says must be provided, made av ailable or
supplied.
(4) Before making or varying the universal service order, the Se cretary of State
must consult OFCOM and such other persons as he considers appro priate.
66 Designation of universal service providers
(1) OFCOM may by regulations make provision for the designation of the persons
to whom universal service conditions are to be applicable.
(2) Subject to subsection (3), those regulations are not to auth orise the designation
of a person other than a communications provider.
(3) The regulations may provide for a person other than a commun ications
provider to be designated for the purposes only of conditions r elating to—
(a) the supply of directories capable of being used in connectio n with the
use of an electronic communications network or electroniccommunications service; and
(b) the making available of directory enquiry facilities capable  of being
used for purposes connected with the use of such a network or s ervice.
(4) OFCOM may from time to time—
(a) review the designations for the time being in force in accor dance with
regulations under this section; and
(b) on such a review, consider what (if any) universal service c onditions
should continue to apply to each of the designated persons.
(5) The procedure to be followed in the case of every such revie w must be the
procedure provided for in regulations made by OFCOM.
(6) Regulations made by OFCOM under this section must provide fo r a person’s
designation as a person to whom universal service conditions ar e to be
applicable to cease to have effect where, in any such case as m ay be described
in the regulations, the universal service conditions applied to  him are all
revoked.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services68
(7) Regulations made by OFCOM under this section providing a pro cedure for the
designation of persons, or for the conduct of a review under su bsection (4),
must not provide for any procedure other than one appearing to OFCOM— 
(a) to be efficient, objective and transparent; and
( b ) n o t  t o  i n v o l v e ,  o r  t o  t e n d  t o  g i v e  r i s e  t o ,  a n y  u n d u e  d i s c r i mination
against any person or description of persons.
(8) Where—
(a) OFCOM designate a person in accordance with regulations unde r this
section, or
(b) a designation of a person in accordance with any such regula tions
ceases to have effect,
they must give a notification of that designation, or of that f act, to the European
Commission.
(9) A notification under this section must identify the person w ho has been
designated, or the person whose designation has ceased to have effect.
(10) Section 403 applies to the power of OFCOM to make regulatio ns under this
section.
67 Subject-matter of universal service conditions
(1) OFCOM may set any such universal service conditions as they consider
appropriate for securing compliance with the obligations set ou t in the
universal service order.
(2) Universal service conditions applied to a person must includ e a condition
requiring him to publish information about his performance in c omplying with
the universal service conditions that apply to him.
(3) A condition set in accordance with subsection (2) must conta in provision
which—
(a) requires information published in accordance with it to be u pdated
from time to time and published again;
(b) requires information so published to satisfy the requirement s that
OFCOM consider appropriate for securing that it is adequate; an d
(c) requires information so published to be framed by reference to the
quality of service parameters, definitions and measurement meth ods
for the time being set out in Annex III to the Universal Servic e Directive.
(4) A condition set in accordance with that subsection may impos e requirements
as to—
(a) the times at which information published in accordance with it is to be
published; and
(b) the manner in which that information is to be published.
(5) Universal service conditions may impose an obligation on a p erson to whom
they apply to do one or both of the following, if required to d o so by OFCOM— 
(a) to make facilities available for enabling information publis hed in
pursuance of a condition applied to that person under subsectio n (2) to
be independently audited;
(b) to meet the costs of any independent auditing of that inform ation that
is required by OFCOM.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services69
(6) The reference in subsection (5) to the independent auditing of information is a
reference to its being audited by a qualified auditor—
(a) for accuracy; and
(b) for its usefulness in the making of comparisons with informa tion
published by other designated universal service providers.
(7) Universal service conditions may impose performance targets on designated
universal service providers with respect to any of the matters in relation to
which obligations may be imposed by such conditions.
(8) In setting a universal service condition, OFCOM must have re gard to any
guidance about matters relating to pricing that is contained in  the universal
service order.
(9) In this section “qualified auditor” means a person eligible,  in accordance with
Part 2 of the Companies Act 1989 (c. 40), for appointment as a c ompany
auditor.
68 Tariffs etc. for universal services 
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM—
(a) to keep under review universal service tariffs; and
(b) to monitor changes to those tariffs.
(2) Universal service conditions may require one or more of the following—
(a) the use of a common tariff, or of common tariffs, in relatio n to anything
mentioned in section 65(2);
(b) the use, in such cases as may be specified or described in t he conditions,
of such special tariffs in relation to anything so mentioned as  may be so
specified or described;
(c) the fixing of tariffs used in accordance with the conditions  by the use of
such methods, and by reference to such methods of computing cos ts, as
may be so specified or described.
(3) Universal service conditions must secure that the terms on w hich a person is
provided with anything required by the universal service order do not require
him—
(a) to pay for an unnecessary additional service; or
(b) to pay, in respect of anything required by the order, any am ount that is
attributable to the provision to him of such a service.
(4) The references in subsection (3), in relation to a person, t o an unnecessary
additional service are references to anything the provision of which—
(a) he has to accept by reason of his being provided, at his req uest, with
something required by the order (“the requested service”); and
(b) is not necessary for the purpose of providing him with the r equested
service.
(5) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in setting a universal servic e condition about
universal service tariffs, to have regard to anything ascertain ed by them in the
performance of their duty under subsection (1).
(6) References in this section to a universal service tariff are  references to any of
the tariffs used by designated universal service providers in r elation to the
things for the time being required by the universal service ord er.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services70
(7) References in this section to providing a person with anythi ng include
references to making it available or supplying it to him.
(8) In this section “tariff” includes a pricing structure.
69 Directories and directory enquiry facilities
(1) This section applies where universal service conditions requ ire a designated
universal service provider—
(a) to supply a directory capable of being used in connection wi th the use
of an electronic communications network or electroniccommunications service; or
(b) to make available directory enquiry facilities capable of be ing used for
purposes connected with use of such a network or service.
(2) The universal service conditions applied to the provider mus t include the
conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing that th e provider
does not unduly discriminate against a source of relevant infor mation—
(a) in the compiling of the directory or the answering of direct ory
enquiries; or
(b) in the treatment in the directory, or for the purposes of th e facilities, of
any relevant information from that source.
(3) In this section—
(a) references to relevant information are references to informa tion
provided for inclusion in the directory or for use in the answe ring of
directory enquiries; and
(b) references to a source of relevant information are reference s to a
communications provider or designated universal service provide r
who provides relevant information.
70 Review of compliance costs 
(1) OFCOM may from time to time review the extent (if any) of th e financial
burden for a particular designated universal service provider o f complying in
relation to any matter with any one or more of the universal se rvice conditions
applied to him.
(2) Where— 
(a) regulations under section 66 require the financial burden of  so
complying to be taken into account in determining whom to desig nate,
and
(b) the regulations provide for a particular method of calculati ng that
burden to be used for the purposes of that determination, 
that must be the method of calculation applied on a review unde r this section.
(3) Where subsection (2) does not apply, the financial burden of  so complying is to
be taken to be the amount calculated by OFCOM to be the net cos t of
compliance after allowing for market benefits accruing to the d esignated
universal service provider from— 
(a) his designation; and
(b) the application to him of universal service conditions.
(4) After carrying out a review under this section OFCOM must ei ther—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services71
(a) cause the calculations made by them on the review to be audi ted by a
person who appears to them to be independent of designated univ ersal
service providers; or
(b) themselves carry out an audit of those calculations.
(5) OFCOM must ensure, in the case of every audit carried out un der subsection
(4), that a report on the audit—
(a) is prepared; and
(b) if not prepared by OFCOM, is provided to them.
(6) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in the case of every review u nder this section,
to publish—
(a) their conclusions on the review; and
(b) a summary of the report of the audit which was carried out a s respects
the calculations made for the purposes of that review.
(7) The publication of anything under subsection (6) must be a p ublication in such
manner as OFCOM consider appropriate for bringing it to the att ention of the
persons who, in their opinion, are likely to be affected by it.
71 Sharing of burden of universal service obligations
(1) This section applies where OFCOM—
(a) have concluded, on a review under section 70, that complying  in
relation to any matter with universal service conditions impose s a
financial burden on a particular designated universal service p rovider;
and
(b) have published that conclusion in accordance with that secti on.
(2) OFCOM must determine, in the case of the designated universa l service
provider, whether they consider it would be unfair for that pro vider to bear, or
to continue to bear, the whole or any part of so much of the bu rden.
(3) If—
(a) OFCOM determine that it would be unfair for the designated u niversal
service provider to bear, or to continue to bear, the whole or a part of
the burden, and
(b) an application for a determination under this subsection is made to
OFCOM by that provider,
OFCOM may determine that contributions are to be made by commun ications
providers to whom general conditions are applicable for meeting  that burden.
(4) The making of any of the following must be in accordance wit h regulations
made by OFCOM—
(a) a determination by OFCOM of the extent of the financial burd en that
exists for the designated universal service provider of complyi ng in
relation to any matter with universal service conditions;
(b) an application for the purposes of subsection (3)(b);
(c) a determination by OFCOM of whether it is or would be unfair  for the
designated universal service provider to bear, or to continue t o bear,
the burden of complying in relation to any matter with universa l
service conditions;
(d) a determination of the extent (if any) to which that is or w ould be
unfair.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services72
(5) The assessment, collection and distribution of contributions  under subsection
(3) is not to be carried out except in accordance with a mechan ism provided for
in a scheme contained in regulations made by OFCOM.
(6) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to exercise their power to mak e regulations
under this section in the manner which they consider will secur e that the
assessment, collection and distribution of contributions under subsection (3) is
carried out—
(a) in an objective and transparent manner;
(b) in a manner that does not involve, or tend to give rise to, any undue
discrimination against particular communications providers orparticular designated universal service providers, or against aparticular description of them; and
(c) in a manner that avoids, or (if that is impracticable) at le ast minimises,
any distortion of competition or of customer demand.
(7) Regulations made by OFCOM under this section may provide for  a scheme
containing the provision mentioned in subsection (5), and for a ny fund set up
for the purposes of such a scheme, to be administered either—
(a) by OFCOM; or
(b) by such other person as may be specified in the regulations.
(8) A person other than OFCOM is not to be specified in regulati ons under this
section as the administrator of such a scheme or fund unless he  is a person who
OFCOM are satisfied is independent of both—
(a) the persons who are designated universal service providers; and
(b) communications providers to whom general conditions are appl icable.
(9) Section 403 applies to the powers of OFCOM to make regulatio ns under this
section.
72 Report on sharing mechanism
(1) This section applies where regulations under section 71 prov ide for a scheme
for the assessment, collection and distribution of contribution s under
subsection (3) of that section.
(2) OFCOM must prepare and publish a report setting out, in rela tion to the period
to which it applies—
(a) every determination by OFCOM that has had effect in relation  to a time
in that period as a determination of the costs of providing any thing
contained in the universal service order;
(b) the market benefits for each designated universal service pr ovider that
have accrued to him during that period from his designation and  from
the application to him of universal service conditions; and
(c) the contribution made under section 71(3) by every person wh o has
made a contribution during that period.
(3) The first report under this section must be prepared in rela tion to the period of
twelve months beginning with the coming into force of the first  regulations to
be made under section 71.
(4) Every subsequent report must be prepared in relation to the period of twelve
months beginning with the end of the period to which the previo us report
applied.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services73
(5) Every report under this section—
(a) must be prepared as soon as practicable after the end of the  period to
which it is to apply; and
(b) must be published as soon as practicable after its preparati on is
complete.
(6) OFCOM is not required under this section— 
(a) to publish any matter that is confidential in accordance wit h subsection
(7) or (8); or
(b) to publish anything that it would not be reasonably practica ble to
publish without disclosing such a matter.
(7) A matter is confidential under this subsection if— 
(a) it relates specifically to the affairs of a particular body;  and
(b) publication of that matter would or might, in OFCOM’s opinio n,
seriously and prejudicially affect the interests of that body.
(8) A matter is confidential under this subsection if—
(a) it relates to the private affairs of an individual; and
(b) publication of that matter would or might, in OFCOM’s opinio n,
seriously and prejudicially affect the interests of that indivi dual.
(9) The publication of a report under this section must be a pub lication in such
manner as OFCOM consider appropriate for bringing it to the att ention of the
persons who, in their opinion, are affected by the matters to w hich it relates.
Access-related conditions
73 Permitted subject-matter of access-related conditions
(1) The only conditions that may be set under section 45 as acce ss-related
conditions are those authorised by this section.
(2) Access-related conditions may include conditions relating to  the provision of
such network access and service interoperability as appears to OFCOM
appropriate for the purpose of securing—
(a) efficiency on the part of communications providers and perso ns
making associated facilities available;
(b) sustainable competition between them; and
(c) the greatest possible benefit for the end-users of public el ectronic
communications services.
(3) Access-related conditions may include conditions appearing t o OFCOM to be
appropriate for securing that persons to whom the electronic co mmunications
code applies participate, in cases where there are no viable al ternative
arrangements that may be made, in arrangements for—
(a) sharing the use of electronic communications apparatus; and
(b) apportioning and making contributions towards costs incurred  in
relation to shared electronic communications apparatus.
(4) Access-related conditions may include one which—
(a) is of a technical or operational nature;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services74
(b) appears to OFCOM to be appropriate for securing the proper o peration
of an electronic communications network in compliance with any SMP
services condition falling within section 87(3); and
(c) is applied to— 
(i) a person who is required by such an SMP services condition t o
confer any entitlements to network access; or
(ii) a person on whom such an entitlement is or may be conferred
in pursuance of a requirement imposed by such an SMPservices condition.
(5) Access-related conditions may include conditions containing any provision
required by section 75(2).
74 Specific types of access-related conditions
(1) The conditions that may be set by virtue of section 73(2) in clude conditions
which, for the purpose of securing end-to-end connectivity for the end-users of
public electronic communications services provided by means of a series of
electronic communications networks—
(a) impose obligations on a person controlling network access to  any of
those networks; and
(b) require the interconnection of the networks.
(2) The conditions that may be set by virtue of section 73(2) al so include such
conditions imposing obligations on a person providing facilitie s for the use of
application programme interfaces or electronic programme guides  as OFCOM
consider to be necessary for securing—
(a) that persons are able to have access to such programme servi ces
provided in digital form as OFCOM may determine; and
(b) that the facility for using those interfaces or guides is pr ovided on terms
which—
(i) are fair and reasonable; and
(ii) do not involve, or tend to give rise to, any undue discrimi nation
against any person or description of persons.
(3) In this section—
“application programme interface” means a facility for allowing  software
to make use, in connection with any of the matters mentioned insubsection (4), of facilities contained in other software;
“electronic programme guide” means a facility by means of which  a
person has access to any service which consists of—
(a) the listing or promotion, or both the listing and the promot ion,
of some or all of the programmes included in any one or moreprogramme services; and
(b) a facility for obtaining access, in whole or in part, to the
programme service or services listed or promoted in the guide;
“end-to-end connectivity” means the facility—
(a) for different end-users of the same public electronic
communications service to be able to communicate with eachother; and
(b) for the end-users of different such services to be able, eac h using
the service of which he is the end-user, to communicate witheach other.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services75
(4) The matters mentioned in subsection (3), in the definition o f “application
programme interface”, are—
(a) allowing a person to have access to programme services;
(b) allowing a person, other than a communications provider or a  person
who makes associated facilities available, to make use of an el ectronic
communications network by means of which a programme service isbroadcast or otherwise transmitted;
(c) allowing a person to become the end-user of a description of  public
electronic communications service.
(5) This section is not to be construed as restricting the provi sion that may be made
under section 73(2).
75 Conditional access systems and access to digital services
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, when setting a condition fall ing within section
73(4), to ensure that it contains all such provision as they co nsider appropriate
for the purpose of taking account of the relevant international  standards.
(2) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to ensure—
(a) that access-related conditions are applied to every person w ho
provides a conditional access system in relation to a protectedprogramme service; and
(b) that those conditions make all such provision as is required  by the
provision contained from time to time in Part I of Annex I to t he Access
Directive (conditions relating to access to digital programme s ervices).
(3) In this section—
“conditional access system” means any system, facility, arrange ments or
technical measure under or by means of which access to programm e
services requires—
(a) a subscription to the service or to a service that includes that
service; or
(b) an authorisation to view it, or to listen to it, on a partic ular
occasion;
“protected programme service” means a programme service the
programmes included in which cannot be viewed or listened to in  an
intelligible form except by the use of a conditional access sys tem.
76 Modification and revocation of conditions imposed under s. 75  
(1) This section applies in the case of conditions falling withi n section 75(2) which
have been set by OFCOM in relation to a particular person (“the  system
provider”).
(2) OFCOM must not give effect to a proposal to modify or revoke  any of the
conditions unless—
(a) they have carried out an analysis for the purpose of determi ning in
accordance with this Chapter whether that person is or remains a
person on whom SMP services conditions are capable of beingimposed;
(b) they have determined in consequence of that analysis that he  is not; and
(c) they are satisfied that the modification or revocation will not have an
adverse effect on any or all of the matters mentioned in subsec tion (3).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services76
(3) Those matters are—
(a) the accessibility to any persons of services that are for th e time being
included in the list of must-carry services in section 64;
(b) the prospects for effective competition in the market for pr ogramme
services provided by being broadcast or otherwise transmitted i n
digital form; and
(c) the prospects for effective competition in the markets for c onditional
access systems and other associated facilities.
(4) In this section “conditional access system” has the same mea ning as in section
75.
Privileged supplier conditions
77 Imposition of privileged supplier conditions
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to secure that privileged supp lier conditions
containing all such provision falling within subsection (3) as they consider
appropriate are applied to every public communications provider  to whom
this section applies.
(2) This section applies to every public communications provider  who—
(a) enjoys special or exclusive rights in relation to the provis ion of any non-
communications services; and
(b) is not such a provider in respect only of associated facilit ies.
(3) The provision that may be contained in a condition set under  section 45 as a
privileged supplier condition is any provision that OFCOM consi der
appropriate for any one or more of the following purposes—
(a) requiring the provider to whom it applies to keep separate a ccounts in
relation to his public electronic communications network or pub lic
electronic communications service and other matters;
(b) requiring that provider to submit the accounts of the differ ent parts of
his undertaking, and any financial report relating to a part of  that
undertaking, to a qualified auditor for auditing; 
(c) requiring the accounts of the different parts of his underta king to be
published;
(d) securing, by means other than the keeping of separate accoun ts, the
structural separation of the different parts of his undertaking .
(4) OFCOM is not required under this section to apply a conditio n to a person
where they are satisfied that that person has an annual turnove r in relation to
all his communications activities that is less than €50 million .
(5) Where in a case falling within subsection (4) OFCOM are not required to apply
a privileged supplier condition to a person, they may apply suc h a condition to
him if they think fit.
(6) The reference in subsection (4) to a person’s communications  activities is a
reference to any activities of his that consist in, or are conn ected with, either or
both of the following—
(a) the provision of any one or more electronic communications n etworks;
(b) the provision of any one or more electronic communications s ervices.
(7) The making, for the purposes of subsection (4), of—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services77
(a) a determination of the period in respect of which a person’s  annual
turnover in relation to any activities is computed, and
(b) a determination of the amount in Euros of that turnover for any period,
must be in accordance with such rules as OFCOM consider to be r easonable.
(8) OFCOM must publish any rules made by them for the purposes o f subsection
(7) in such manner as they consider appropriate for bringing th em to the
attention of the persons who, in their opinion, are likely to b e affected by them.
(9) In this section— 
“non-communications services”, in relation to a person, means s ervices
other than those consisting in, or connected with, the provisio n by him
of—
(a) an electronic communications network; or
(b) an electronic communications service;
“qualified auditor” means a person eligible, in accordance with  Part 2 of
the Companies Act 1989 (c. 40), for appointment as a company aud itor;
“special or exclusive rights” has the same meaning as in Articl e 86 of the
Treaty establishing the European Community.
SMP conditions: procedure
78 Circumstances required for the setting of SMP conditions
(1) For the purposes of this Chapter a person shall be taken to have significant
market power in relation to a market if he enjoys a position wh ich amounts to
or is equivalent to dominance of the market.
(2) References in this section to dominance of a market must be construed in
accordance with any applicable provisions of Article 14 of the Framework
Directive.
(3) A person is to be taken to enjoy a position of dominance of a market if he is one
of a number of persons who enjoy such a position in combination  with each
other.
(4) A person or combination of persons may also be taken to enjo y a position of
dominance of a market by reason wholly or partly of his or thei r position in a
closely related market if the links between the two markets all ow the market
power held in the closely related market to be used in a way th at influences the
other market so as to strengthen the position in the other mark et of that person
or combination of persons.
(5) The matters that must be taken into account in determining w hether a
combination of persons enjoys a position of dominance of a serv ices market
include, in particular, the matters set out in Annex II to the Framework
Directive.
79 Market power determinations
(1) Before making a market power determination, OFCOM must—
(a) identify (by reference, in particular, to area and locality)  the markets
which in their opinion are the ones which in the circumstances of the
United Kingdom are the markets in relation to which it is appro priate
to consider whether to make the determination; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services78
(b) carry out an analysis of the identified markets.
(2) In identifying or analysing any services market for the purp oses of this
Chapter, OFCOM must take due account of all applicable guidelin es and
recommendations which—
(a) have been issued or made by the European Commission in pursu ance
of the provisions of a Community instrument; and
(b) relate to market identification and analysis.
(3) In considering whether to make or revise a market power dete rmination in
relation to a services market, OFCOM must take due account of a ll applicable
guidelines and recommendations which—
(a) have been issued or made by the European Commission in pursu ance
of the provisions of a Community instrument; and
(b) relate to market analysis or the determination of what const itutes
significant market power.
(4) The way in which—
(a) a market is to be identified for the purposes of this sectio n, or
(b) a market power determination is to be made,
is by the publication of a notification containing the identifi cation or
determination.
(5) Notifications for the purposes of subsection (4)—
(a) may be given separately;
(b) may be contained in a single notification relating to both t he
identification of a market and the making of a market determina tion in
relation to that market; or
(c) may be contained in a single notification under section 48(1 ) with
respect to the setting or modification of an SMP condition and either—
(i) the making of the market power determination by reference to
which OFCOM set or modify that condition; or
(ii) the making of that market power determination and the
identification of the market in relation to which they make tha t
determination.
(6) The publication of a notification under this section must be  in such manner as
appears to OFCOM to be appropriate for bringing the contents of  the
notification to the attention of the persons who, in OFCOM’s op inion, are likely
to be affected by the matters notified.
(7) References in this section to guidelines and recommendations  issued by the
European Commission and to a Community instrument include refer ences,
respectively, to guidelines and recommendations issued after th e
commencement of this section and to a Community instrument made  after the
commencement of this section.
80 Proposals for identifying markets and for market power determ inations
(1) Before OFCOM—
(a) identify a market for the purposes of making a market power
determination, or
(b) make a market power determination,
they must publish a notification of what they are proposing to do.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services79
(2) Notifications for the purposes of subsection (1)—
(a) may be given separately;
(b) may be contained in a single notification relating to both t he
identification of a market and the making of a market determina tion in
relation to that market; or
(c) may be contained in a single notification under section 48(2 ) with
respect to the setting or modification of an SMP condition and either—
(i) the making of the market power determination by reference to
which OFCOM are proposing to set or modify that condition; or
(ii) the making of that market power determination and the
identification of the market in relation to which they areproposing to make that determination.
(3) A notification under this section relating to a proposal to identify a market or
to make a market power determination must—
(a) state that OFCOM are proposing to identify that market or to  make that
market power determination;
(b) set out the effect of the proposal;
(c) give their reasons for making the proposal; and
(d) specify the period within which representations may be made to
OFCOM about their proposal.
(4) That period must be a period of not less than one month afte r the day of the
publication of the notification.
(5) The publication of a notification under this section must be  in such manner as
appears to OFCOM to be appropriate for bringing the contents of  the
notification to the attention of the persons who, in OFCOM’s op inion, are likely
to be affected by the matters notified.
(6) OFCOM may give effect, with or without modifications, to a p roposal with
respect to which they have given a notification under this sect ion only if—
(a) they have considered every representation about the proposal  that is
made to them within the period specified in the notification; a nd
(b) they have had regard to every international obligation of th e United
Kingdom (if any) which has been notified to them for the purpos es of
this paragraph by the Secretary of State.
(7) The power of OFCOM to give effect to such a proposal is subj ect to sections 82
and 83.
81 Delivery of copies of notifications under ss. 79 and 80
(1) OFCOM must send a copy of every notification published under  section 79(4)
or 80 to the Secretary of State.
(2) OFCOM must send to the European Commission a copy of every n otification
published under section 79(4) with respect to a market power de termination in
relation to a services market.
(3) OFCOM must send a copy of every notification published under  section 80
which—
(a) relates to a proposal to identify a services market or to ma ke a market
power determination in relation to such a market; and
(b) in OFCOM’s opinion would affect trade between member States,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services80
to the European Commission and to the regulatory authorities of  every other
member State.
(4) OFCOM must, in every other case in which it appears to them appropriate to
do so, send—
(a) to the European Commission, and
(b) to such of the regulatory authorities of the other member St ates as
OFCOM think fit,
a copy of a notification published under section 80 which relat es to a proposal
to identify a services market or to make a market power determi nation in
relation to such a market.
82 European Commission’s powers in respect of proposals 
(1) This section applies, in the case of a notification under se ction 80 with respect
to a proposal—
(a) to identify a particular market; or
(b) to make a market power determination.
(2) If, within the representations period, OFCOM are notified by  the European
Commission for the purposes of Article 7(4) of the Framework Di rective
(market identifications that do not conform to Commission recom mendations
and determinations that affect trade between member States)—
(a) that the Commission considers that giving effect to the prop osal would
create a barrier in relation to the single European market, or
(b) that the Commission has serious doubts as to whether giving effect to
the proposal would be compatible with the requirements of anyCommunity obligations,
OFCOM are not to give effect to the proposal before the end of a further two
months beginning with the end of the representations period.
(3) Where, before the end of that two month period, the European  Commission
makes a decision in accordance with Article 7(4) of the Framewo rk Directive
that the proposal should be withdrawn, OFCOM—
(a) must withdraw it; and
(b) shall not be entitled to give effect to it.
(4) In this section “the representations period”, in relation to  a notification under
section 80, means the period specified in that notification for  the making of
representations about the proposals contained in it.
83 Special rules for transnational markets
(1) This section applies where a services market is for the time  being identified by
a decision of the European Commission under Article 15(4) of th e Framework
Directive as a transnational market.
(2) Where the market area includes the whole or a part of the Un ited Kingdom,
OFCOM must enter into and maintain arrangements with the other relevant
regulatory authorities about— 
(a) the extent to which the agreement of all the relevant regula tory
authorities is required for the doing of any of the things ment ioned in
subsection (3); andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services81
(b) the procedures to be followed for securing that agreement wh ere it is
required. 
(3) Those things are—
(a) the identification of the whole or a part of the market as a  market in
relation to which it is appropriate to determine whether a pers on has
significant market power;
(b) the making of such a determination in relation to the whole or a part of
the market;
(c) the setting of a condition the setting of which requires suc h a
determination to have been made;
(d) the modification or revocation of such a condition.
(4) OFCOM must not do any of the things mentioned in subsection (3) except in
accordance with arrangements maintained under that subsection.
(5) Those arrangements may include arrangements requiring OFCOM,  when
doing any of those things, to comply with—
(a) a decision made, by one or more other regulatory authorities ; or
(b) a decision made by a person appointed under the arrangements  to act
on behalf of some or all of the relevant regulatory authorities .
(6) In this section—
“market area”, in relation to a services market identified by t he European
Commission as a transnational market, means the area identified  by
that Commission as the area for which the market operates; and
“relevant regulatory authorities”, in relation to such a market , means the
regulatory authorities for each member State the whole or a par t of
which is comprised in the market area. 
84 Review of services market identifications and determinations
(1) This section applies where OFCOM have identified and analyse d a services
market for the purposes of making a market power determination.
(2) OFCOM must, at such intervals as they consider appropriate, carry out further
analyses of the identified market for one or both of the follow ing purposes—
(a) reviewing market power determinations made on the basis of a n earlier
analysis; 
(b) deciding whether to make proposals for the modification of S MP
conditions set by reference to a market power determination mad e on
such a basis.
(3) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to carry out such a further an alysis of a services
market as soon as reasonably practicable after recommendations are made by
the European Commission that affect the matters that were taken  into account,
or could have been taken into account, in the case of the last analysis by
OFCOM of that market.
(4) Where on, or in consequence of, a further analysis under thi s section, OFCOM
determine that a person to whom any SMP conditions apply is no longer a
person with significant market power in that market, they must revoke every
SMP services condition applied to that person by reference to t he market
power determination made on the basis of the earlier analysis.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services82
(5) Before carrying out a further analysis under subsection (2),  OFCOM may
review any decision of theirs identifying the markets which it was appropriate
to consider for the purpose of carrying out an earlier analysis .
(6) Where, on such a review, OFCOM conclude that the appropriate  markets have
changed—
(a) they must identify the markets they now consider to be the a ppropriate
ones; and
(b) those markets shall be the identified markets for the purpos es of the
further analysis.
(7) Sections 79 to 83 apply— 
(a) in relation to the identification of a services market for t he purposes of
reviewing a market power determination under this section, as t hey
apply in relation to the identification of such a market for th e purpose
of making a market determination; and
(b) in relation to the review of such a determination, as they a pply in
relation to the making of such a determination.
85 Review of apparatus market identifications and determinations  
(1) This section applies where OFCOM have identified and analyse d an apparatus
market for the purposes of making a market power determination.
(2) OFCOM must, at such intervals as they consider appropriate, carry out further
analyses of the identified market for one or both of the follow ing purposes—
(a) reviewing market power determinations made on the basis of a n earlier
analysis; 
(b) deciding whether to make proposals for the modification of S MP
conditions set by reference to any such market power determinat ion.
(3) Where on, or in consequence of, a further analysis under thi s section, OFCOM
determine that a person to whom any SMP conditions apply is no longer a
person with significant market power in that market, they shall  revoke every
SMP apparatus condition applied to that person by reference to the market
power determination made on the basis of the earlier analysis.
(4) Before carrying out any further analysis under subsection (2 ), OFCOM may
review any decision of theirs identifying the markets which it was appropriate
to consider for the purpose of carrying out any earlier analysi s.
(5) Where on such a review OFCOM conclude that the appropriate m arkets have
changed—
(a) they shall identify the markets they now consider to be the appropriate
ones; and
(b) those markets shall be the identified markets for the purpos es of the
further analysis.
(6) Where on such a review OFCOM conclude that there is no perso n at all with
significant market power in relation to the identified market—
(a) they must so inform the Secretary of State; and
(b) the Secretary of State may by order remove or restrict OFCOM ’s power
under this Chapter to set SMP apparatus conditions by reference  to that
market.
(7) Sections 79, 80 and 81(1) apply— Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services83
(a) in relation to the identification of a apparatus market for the purposes
of reviewing a market power determination under this section, a s they
apply in relation to the identification of such a market for th e purpose
of making a market determination; and
(b) in relation to the review of such a determination, as they a pply in
relation to the making of such a determination.
86 Cases where review required
(1) OFCOM must not set an SMP services condition by a notificati on which does
not also make the market power determination by reference to wh ich the
condition is set unless—
(a) the condition is set by reference to a market power determin ation
which has been reviewed under section 84 and, in consequence of  that
review, is confirmed in the notification setting the condition;  or
(b) the condition is set by reference to a market power determin ation made
in relation to a market in which OFCOM are satisfied there has been no
material change since the determination was made.
(2) OFCOM must not modify or revoke SMP services conditions appl ying to a
person except in a case falling within subsection (3) or (4).
(3) The first case is where, for the purpose of determining whet her to make the
modification or revocation, OFCOM have— 
(a) carried out a further analysis under section 84 of the marke t in question;
and
(b) reviewed the market power determination for the time being i n force in
that person’s case.
(4) The second case is where OFCOM are satisfied that there has not—
(a) in the case of an unmodified condition, since the condition was set, or
(b) in any other case, since the condition was last modified,
been a material change in the market identified or otherwise us ed for the
purposes of the market power determination by reference to whic h the
condition was set or last modified.
(5) OFCOM must not modify SMP apparatus conditions applying to a  person
except where, for the purpose of determining whether to make th e
modification or revocation, they have—
(a) carried out a further analysis under section 85 of the marke t in question;
and
(b) reviewed the market power determination for the time being i n force in
that person’s case.
(6) A change is a material change for the purposes of subsection  (1) or (4) if it is one
that is material to—
(a) the setting of the condition in question; or
(b) the modification or revocation in question.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services84
SMP services conditions: subject-matter
87 Conditions about network access etc.
(1) Where OFCOM have made a determination that a person to whom this section
applies (“the dominant provider”) has significant market power in an
identified services market, they shall—
(a) set such SMP conditions authorised by this section as they c onsider it
appropriate to apply to that person in respect of the relevant network
or relevant facilities; and
(b) apply those conditions to that person.
(2) This section applies to—
(a) a person who provides a public electronic communications net work;
and
(b) a person who makes available facilities that are associated facilities by
reference to such a network.
(3) This section authorises SMP conditions requiring the dominan t provider to
give such entitlements as OFCOM may from time to time direct as  respects—
(a) the provision of network access to the relevant network;
(b) the use of the relevant network; and 
(c) the availability of the relevant facilities.
(4) In determining what conditions authorised by subsection (3) to set in a
particular case, OFCOM must take into account, in particular, t he following
factors—
(a) the technical and economic viability, having regard to the s tate of
market development, of installing and using facilities that wou ld make
the proposed network access unnecessary;
(b) the feasibility of the provision of the proposed network acc ess;
(c) the investment made by the person initially providing or mak ing
available the network or other facility in respect of which anentitlement to network access is proposed;
(d) the need to secure effective competition in the long term;
(e) any rights to intellectual property that are relevant to the  proposal; and
(f) the desirability of securing that electronic communications services are
provided that are available throughout the member States.
(5) The conditions authorised by subsection (3) may include prov ision—
(a) for securing fairness and reasonableness in the way in which  requests
for network access are made and responded to; and
(b) for securing that the obligations contained in the condition s are
complied with within the periods and at the times required by o r under
the conditions.
(6) The SMP conditions authorised by this section also include o ne or more of the
following—
(a) a condition requiring the dominant provider not to discrimin ate
unduly against particular persons, or against a particular desc ription of
persons, in relation to matters connected with network access t o the
relevant network or with the availability of the relevant facil ities;
(b) a condition requiring the dominant provider to publish, in s uch
manner as OFCOM may from time to time direct, all such informat ionCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services85
as they may direct for the purpose of securing transparency in relation
to such matters;
(c) a condition requiring the dominant provider to publish, in s uch
manner as OFCOM may from time to time direct, the terms andconditions on which he is willing to enter into an access contr act;
(d) a condition requiring the terms and conditions on which the dominant
provider is willing to enter into an access contract to include  such terms
and conditions as may be specified or described in the conditio n;
(e) a condition requiring the dominant provider to make such
modifications as OFCOM may direct of any offer by that providerwhich sets out the terms and conditions on which he is willing to enter
into an access contract.
(7) The SMP conditions authorised by this section also include c onditions
requiring the dominant provider to maintain a separation for ac counting
purposes between such different matters relating— 
(a) to network access to the relevant network, or
(b) to the availability of the relevant facilities,
as OFCOM may from time to time direct.
(8) The SMP conditions authorised by subsection (7) include cond itions imposing
requirements about the accounting methods to be used in maintai ning the
separation.
(9) The SMP conditions authorised by this section also include ( subject to section
88) conditions imposing on the dominant provider—
(a) such price controls as OFCOM may direct in relation to matte rs
connected with the provision of network access to the relevantnetwork, or with the availability of the relevant facilities;
(b) such rules as they may make in relation to those matters abo ut the
recovery of costs and cost orientation;
(c) such rules as they may make for those purposes about the use  of cost
accounting systems; and
(d) obligations to adjust prices in accordance with such directi ons given by
OFCOM as they may consider appropriate.
(10) The SMP conditions authorised by subsection (9) include con ditions requiring
the application of presumptions in the fixing and determination  of costs and
charges for the purposes of the price controls, rules and oblig ations imposed
by virtue of that subsection. 
(11) Where OFCOM set a condition authorised by this section whic h imposes rules
on the dominant provider about the use of cost accounting syste ms, it shall be
their duty also to set, and to apply to him, an SMP condition w hich imposes on
him an obligation—
(a) to make arrangements for a description to be made available to the
public of the cost accounting system used in pursuance of thatcondition; and
(b) to include in that description details of—
(i) the main categories under which costs are brought into accou nt
for the purposes of that system; and
(ii) the rules applied for the purposes of that system with resp ect to
the allocation of costs.
(12) In this section—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services86
“access contract” means—
(a) a contract for the provision by a person to whom this sectio n
applies to another person of network access to the relevantnetwork; or
(b) a contract under which the relevant facilities are made avai lable
by a person to whom this section applies to another person;
“the relevant facilities”, in relation to a person to whom this  section
applies, means the associated facilities made available by that  person in
relation to a public electronic communications network; and
“the relevant network”, in relation to such a person, means the  public
electronic communications network provided by him.
88 Conditions about network access pricing etc.
(1) OFCOM are not to set an SMP condition falling within section  87(9) except
where—
(a) it appears to them from the market analysis carried out for the purpose
of setting that condition that there is a relevant risk of adve rse effects
arising from price distortion; and
(b) it also appears to them that the setting of the condition is  appropriate
for the purposes of— 
(i) promoting efficiency;
(ii) promoting sustainable competition; and
(iii) conferring the greatest possible benefits on the end-users  of
public electronic communications services.
(2) In setting an SMP condition falling within section 87(9) OFC OM must take
account of the extent of the investment in the matters to which  the condition
relates of the person to whom it is to apply.
(3) For the purposes of this section there is a relevant risk of  adverse affects arising
from price distortion if the dominant provider might—
(a) so fix and maintain some or all of his prices at an excessiv ely high level,
or
(b) so impose a price squeeze,
as to have adverse consequences for end-users of public electro nic
communications services.
(4) In considering the matters mentioned in subsection (1)(b) OF COM may— 
(a) have regard to the prices at which services are available in  comparable
competitive markets;
(b) determine what they consider to represent efficiency by usin g such cost
accounting methods as they think fit.
(5) In this section “the dominant provider” has the same meaning  as in section 87.
89 Conditions about network access in exceptional cases
(1) This section applies where— 
(a) OFCOM have made a determination that a person (“the dominant
provider”) has significant market power in an identified servic es
market;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services87
(b) that person is the provider of an electronic communications network or
a person who makes associated facilities available; and
(c) OFCOM consider that there are exceptional circumstances maki ng it
appropriate for conditions with respect to the provision of net work
access to be applied to the dominant provider in addition to th ose that
are required to be or may be applied to him apart from this sec tion.
(2) OFCOM may set the additional SMP conditions and apply them t o the
dominant provider if—
(a) they have submitted the additional conditions to the Europea n
Commission for approval; and
(b) the Commission has approved the imposition on the dominant
provider of the obligations contained in those conditions.
90 Conditions about carrier selection and pre-selection
(1) This section applies where— 
(a) OFCOM have made a determination that a person (“the dominant
provider”) has significant market power in an identified servic es
market; and
(b) it appears to OFCOM that the market is a market relating to services for
the provision of public electronic communications networks for use by
means of connections at fixed locations.
(2) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to set, and to apply to the do minant provider,
such SMP conditions authorised by this section as they think fi t.
(3) The SMP conditions authorised by this section are conditions  requiring the
dominant provider to do one or both of the following—
(a) to make a relevant connection facility available to every pe rson to
whom he provides a public electronic communications service;
(b) for the purpose of making such a connection facility availab le to such
persons, to make facilities for interconnection available to a person
providing an electronic communications service.
(4) Where OFCOM set a condition requiring the dominant provider to make a
relevant connection facility available, they shall also set suc h SMP conditions
as they consider appropriate—
(a) with respect to the relationship to costs of any prices fixe d for the use
of the facility; and
(b) for the purpose of securing that prices and other charges im posed on
the persons to whom public electronic communications services a re
provided by the dominant provider do not constitute a disincent ive to
the use of the facility.
(5) Where OFCOM set conditions authorised by this section, those  conditions may
include provision imposing obligations as to the manner in whic h one or both
of the following are to be made available in accordance with th e conditions—
(a) the relevant connection facility in question; 
(b) the facilities for interconnection that are to be made avail able to a
person providing an electronic communications service.
(6) In this section “relevant connection facility” is a facility  which— 
(a) allows a person to whom a public electronic communications s ervice is
provided by means of an electronic communications network to se lectCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services88
which public electronic communications service provided wholly or
partly by means of that network is the service that he wishes t o use; and
(b) enables that selection to be made either—
(i) by the use of a telephone number on each separate occasion o n
which a selection is made; or
(ii) by designating in advance the selection that is to apply on  every
occasion when no such selection as is mentioned in sub-paragraph (i) is made.
91 Conditions about regulation of services etc. for end-users
(1) Where— 
(a) OFCOM have made a determination that a person (“the dominant
provider”) has significant market power in an identified servic es
market (“the relevant market”),
(b) the relevant market is one for the end-users of public elect ronic
communications services that are available in that market, and
(c) it appears to OFCOM that the test in subsection (2) is satis fied in the
case of that provider,
they shall set, and apply to that provider, such SMP conditions  authorised by
this section as they consider appropriate.
(2) That test is that OFCOM are unable, by the setting of condit ions of the sorts
specified in subsection (3), to perform, or fully to perform, t heir duties under
section 4 in relation to the market situation in the relevant m arket.
(3) The sorts of conditions referred to in subsection (2) are—
(a) access-related conditions; and
(b) SMP conditions authorised or required by sections 87 to 90.
(4) The reference in subsection (2) to the market situation in t he relevant market is
a reference to the situation revealed by such market analyses o f that market as
may have been carried out for the purposes of this Chapter.
(5) The SMP conditions authorised by this section are conditions  imposing on the
dominant provider such regulatory controls as OFCOM may from ti me to time
direct in relation to the provision by that provider of any pub lic electronic
communications service to the end-users of that service.
(6) Where OFCOM set a condition which is authorised by this sect ion and imposes
regulatory control on tariffs or other matters to which costs a re relevant, they
shall also set, and apply to the dominant provider, an SMP cond ition which
requires him, to the extent that they consider it appropriate—
(a) to use such cost accounting systems as may be determined by them;
(b) to have the use of those systems audited annually by a quali fied
auditor; and
(c) to publish an annual statement about compliance by the domin ant
provider with the obligations imposed by virtue of paragraph (a ).
(7) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to provide the European Commis sion with all
such information as the Commission requires them to provide abo ut—
(a) conditions authorised by this section that are set by OFCOM;  and
(b) the cost accounting systems used, by the persons to whom tho se
conditions apply, in relation to the services regulated in acco rdance
with the conditions.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services89
(8) In this section “qualified auditor” means a person eligible,  in accordance with
Part 2 of the Companies Act 1989 (c. 40), for appointment as a c ompany
auditor.
92 Conditions about leased lines
(1) This section applies where— 
(a) OFCOM have made a determination that a person (“the dominant
provider”) has significant market power in an identified servic es
market; and
(b) it appears to OFCOM that the market in relation to which tha t market
power determination has been made is a market relating to theprovision of any such leased lines as are for the time being id entified by
the European Commission in the List of Standards published in t he
Official Journal of the European Communities.
(2) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to set, and to apply to the do minant provider,
such SMP conditions authorised by this section as they consider  appropriate.
(3) The SMP conditions authorised by this section are conditions  for applying, so
far as required by the provisions for the time being contained in Annex VII to
the Universal Service Directive, the principles of non-discrimi nation, cost
orientation and transparency in relation to the leased lines id entified as
mentioned in subsection (1).
(4) In this section “leased line” means an electronic communicat ions service the
provision of which consists in the reservation of a fixed amoun t of transmission
capacity between fixed points on the same or different electron ic
communications networks.
SMP apparatus conditions: subject-matter
93 Conditions about apparatus supply
(1) Where OFCOM have made a determination that a person (“the do minant
supplier”) has significant market power in an identified appara tus market,
they may—
(a) set such SMP conditions authorised by this section as they c onsider it
appropriate to apply to that person in respect of the supply of  electronic
communications apparatus; and
(b) apply those conditions to that person.
(2) This section authorises the setting of SMP conditions of eac h of the following
descriptions—
(a) conditions requiring the dominant supplier to maintain such a
separation for accounting purposes between matters relating to the
supply of electronic communications apparatus and other matters  as
may be described in the conditions;
(b) conditions imposing requirements about the accounting method s to be
used in maintaining the separation; and
(c) conditions imposing such rules as OFCOM may make, for the pu rpose
of securing the maintenance of the separation, about the use of  cost
accounting systems.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services90
(3) This section also authorises the setting of SMP conditions i mposing price
controls in relation to the hiring of telephones which are hard wired to an
electronic communications network.
(4) Conditions set under this section must not make provision in  relation to the
supply of electronic communications apparatus unless the appara tus is of a
description of apparatus as respects the supply of which the do minant supplier
has been found to have significant market power.
(5) For the purposes of this section a telephone is hardwired to  an electronic
communications network where, in order for it to be used with t hat network—
(a) it has to be physically attached to apparatus comprised in t he network;
and
(b) the attachment has to be effected by a process that requires  the use of a
tool.
Enforcement of conditions
94 Notification of contravention of conditions
(1) Where OFCOM determine that there are reasonable grounds for believing that
a person is contravening, or has contravened, a condition set u nder section 45,
they may give that person a notification under this section. 
(2) A notification under this section is one which— 
(a) sets out the determination made by OFCOM;
(b) specifies the condition and contravention in respect of whic h that
determination has been made; and
(c) specifies the period during which the person notified has an
opportunity of doing the things specified in subsection (3).
(3) Those things are—
(a) making representations about the matters notified; 
(b) complying with notified conditions of which he remains in
contravention; and
(c) remedying the consequences of notified contraventions.
(4) Subject to subsections (5) to (7) and section 98(3), the per iod for doing those
things must be the period of one month beginning with the day a fter the one
on which the notification was given.
(5) OFCOM may, if they think fit, allow a longer period for doin g those things
either—
(a) by specifying a longer period in the notification; or
(b) by subsequently, on one or more occasions, extending the spe cified
period.
(6) The person notified shall have a shorter period for doing th ose things if a
shorter period is agreed between OFCOM and the person notified.
(7) The person notified shall also have a shorter period if—
(a) OFCOM have reasonable grounds for believing that the contrav ention
is a repeated contravention;
(b) they have determined that, in those circumstances, a shorter  period
would be appropriate; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services91
(c) the shorter period has been specified in the notification.
(8) A notification under this section—
(a) may be given in respect of more than one contravention; and
(b) if it is given in respect of a continuing contravention, may  be given in
respect of any period during which the contravention has contin ued.
(9) Where a notification under this section has been given to a person in respect of
a contravention of a condition, OFCOM may give a further notifi cation in
respect of the same contravention of that condition if, and onl y if—
(a) the contravention is one occurring after the time of the giv ing of the
earlier notification; 
(b) the contravention is a continuing contravention and the subs equent
notification is in respect of so much of a period as falls afte r a period to
which the earlier notification relates; or 
(c) the earlier notification has been withdrawn without a penalt y having
been imposed in respect of the notified contravention.
(10) OFCOM must not give a notification under this section in a case in which—
(a) they decide that a more appropriate way of proceeding in rel ation to
the contravention in question would be under the Competition Ac t
1998 (c. 41); and
(b) they publish a statement to that effect in such manner as th ey consider
appropriate for bringing their decision to the attention of the  persons
who, in their opinion, are likely to be affected by it.
(11) For the purposes of this section a contravention is a repea ted contravention, in
relation to a notification with respect to that contravention, if—
(a) a previous notification under this section has been given in  respect of
the same contravention or in respect of another contravention o f the
same condition; and
(b) the subsequent notification is given no more than twelve mon ths after
the day of the making by OFCOM of a determination for the purpo ses
of section 95(2) or 96(2) that the contravention to which the p revious
notification related did occur.
95 Enforcement notification for contravention of conditions
(1) This section applies where—
(a) a person (“the notified provider”) has been given a notifica tion under
section 94; 
(b) OFCOM have allowed the notified provider an opportunity of m aking
representations about the matters notified; and
(c) the period allowed for the making of the representations has  expired.
(2) OFCOM may give the notified provider an enforcement notifica tion if they are
satisfied—
(a) that he has, in one or more of the respects notified, been i n
contravention of a condition specified in the notification unde r section
94; and
(b) that he has not, during the period allowed under that sectio n, taken all
such steps as they consider appropriate—
(i) for complying with that condition; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services92
(ii) for remedying the consequences of the notified contraventio n of
that condition.
(3) An enforcement notification is a notification which imposes one or both of the
following requirements on the notified provider—
(a) a requirement to take such steps for complying with the noti fied
condition as may be specified in the notification; 
(b) a requirement to take such steps for remedying the consequen ces of the
notified contravention as may be so specified.
(4) A decision of OFCOM to give an enforcement notification to a  person—
(a) must be notified by them to that person, together with the r easons for
the decision, no later than one week after the day on which it is taken;
and
(b) must fix a reasonable period for the taking of the steps req uired by the
notification.
(5) It shall be the duty of a person to whom an enforcement noti fication has been
given to comply with it.
(6) That duty shall be enforceable in civil proceedings by OFCOM —
(a) for an injunction;
(b) for specific performance of a statutory duty under section 4 5 of the
Court of Session Act 1988 (c. 36); or
(c) for any other appropriate remedy or relief.
96 Penalties for contravention of conditions
(1) This section applies (in addition to section 95) where—
(a) a person (“the notified provider”) has been given a notifica tion under
section 94; 
(b) OFCOM have allowed the notified provider an opportunity of m aking
representations about the matters notified; and
(c) the period allowed for the making of the representations has  expired.
(2) OFCOM may impose a penalty on the notified provider if he—
(a) has, in one or more of the respects notified, been in contra vention of a
condition specified in the notification under section 94; and
(b) has not, during the period allowed under that section, taken  the steps
OFCOM consider appropriate—
(i) for complying with the notified condition; and
(ii) for remedying the consequences of the notified contraventio n of
that condition.
(3) Where a notification under section 94 relates to more than o ne contravention,
a separate penalty may be imposed in respect of each contravent ion.
(4) Where such a notification relates to a continuing contravent ion, no more than
one penalty may be imposed in respect of the period of contrave ntion specified
in the notification.
(5) OFCOM may also impose a penalty on the notified provider if he has
contravened, or is contravening, a requirement of an enforcemen t notification
given under section 95 in respect of the notified contravention .
(6) Where OFCOM impose a penalty on a person under this section,  they shall—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services93
(a) within one week of making their decision to impose the penal ty, notify
that person of that decision and of their reasons for that deci sion; and
(b) in that notification, fix a reasonable period after it is gi ven as the period
within which the penalty is to be paid.
(7) A penalty imposed under this section—
(a) must be paid to OFCOM; and
(b) if not paid within the period fixed by them, is to be recove rable by them
accordingly.
97 Amount of penalty under s. 96
(1) The amount of a penalty imposed under section 96 is to be su ch amount not
exceeding ten per cent. of the turnover of the notified provide r’s relevant
business for the relevant period as OFCOM determine to be—
(a) appropriate; and
(b) proportionate to the contravention in respect of which it is  imposed.
(2) In making that determination OFCOM must have regard to—
(a) any representations made to them by the notified provider;
(b) any steps taken by him towards complying with the conditions
contraventions of which have been notified to him under section  94;
and
(c) any steps taken by him for remedying the consequences of tho se
contraventions.
(3) For the purposes of this section—
(a) the turnover of a person’s relevant business for a period sh all be
calculated in accordance with such rules as may be set out by o rder
made by the Secretary of State; and
(b) provision may also be made by such an order for determining what is
to be treated as the network, service, facility or business by reference to
which the calculation of that turnover falls to be made.
(4) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by su bsection (3)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.
(5) In this section—
“relevant business” means (subject to the provisions of an orde r under
subsection (3) and to subsections (6) and (7)) so much of any b usiness
carried on by the notified provider as consists in any one or m ore of the
following— 
(a) the provision of an electronic communications network;
(b) the provision of an electronic communications service;
(c) the making available of associated facilities;
(d) the supply of directories for use in connection with the use  of
such a network or service; 
(e) the making available of directory enquiry facilities for use  for
purposes connected with the use of such a network or service;
(f) any business not falling within any of the preceding paragra phs
which is carried on in association with any business in respectof which any access-related condition is applied to the personcarrying it on; Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services94
“relevant period”, in relation to a contravention by a person o f a condition
set under section 45, means—
(a) except in a case falling within paragraph (b) or (c), the pe riod of
one year ending with the 31st March next before the time whennotification of the contravention was given under section 94;
(b) in the case of a person who at that time has been carrying o n that
business for a period of less than a year, the period, ending w ith
that time, during which he has been carrying it on; and
(c) in the case of a person who at that time has ceased to carry  on
that business, the period of one year ending with the time whenhe ceased to carry it on.
(6) In the case of a contravention of an SMP apparatus condition  the relevant
business is so much of any business carried on by the person in  respect of
whose contravention the penalty is imposed as consists in the s upply of
electronic communications apparatus.
(7) So much of any business of a person on whom the penalty is i mposed as falls
within paragraph (f) of the definition of a relevant business s hall be
disregarded for the purposes of this section except in relation  to— 
(a) a contravention of an access-related condition imposed in re spect of
that business; or
(b) a contravention of an enforcement notification given under s ection 95
relating to such a condition.
(8) In this section “the notified provider” has the same meaning  as in section 96.
98 Power to deal with urgent cases
(1) This section applies where OFCOM determine—
(a) that they are entitled to give a notification under section 94 with respect
to a contravention by a person (“the contravening provider”) of  a
condition set under section 45, other than an SMP apparatus con dition;
(b) that there are reasonable grounds for suspecting that the ca se is an
urgent case; and
(c) that the urgency of the case makes it appropriate for OFCOM to take
action under this section.
(2) A case is an urgent case for the purposes of this section if  the contravention has
resulted in, or creates an immediate risk of—
(a) a serious threat to the safety of the public, to public heal th or to national
security;
(b) serious economic or operational problems for persons (other than the
contravening provider) who are communications providers or pers ons
who make associated facilities available; or
(c) serious economic or operational problems for persons who mak e use of
electronic communications networks, electronic communicationsservices or associated facilities.
(3) OFCOM may, in a notification under section 94 with respect t o the
contravention, specify a period of less than one month for doin g the things
mentioned in subsection (3) of that section.
(4) OFCOM shall also have power to give to the contravening prov ider—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services95
(a) a direction that his entitlement to provide electronic commu nications
networks or electronic communications services, or to make asso ciated
facilities available, is suspended (either generally or in rela tion to
particular networks, services or facilities); or
(b) a direction that that entitlement is restricted in the respe cts set out in the
direction.
(5) A direction under subsection (4)— 
(a) must specify the networks, services and facilities to which it relates; and
(b) except so far as it otherwise provides, takes effect for an indefinite
period beginning with the time at which it is notified to the p erson to
whom it is given.
(6) A direction under subsection (4)—
(a) in providing for the effect of a suspension or restriction t o be
postponed, may provide for it to take effect only at a time det ermined
by or in accordance with the terms of the direction; and
(b) in connection with the suspension or restriction contained i n the
direction or with the postponement of its effect, may impose su ch
conditions on the contravening provider as appear to OFCOM to b e
appropriate for the purpose of protecting his customers.
(7) Those conditions may include a condition requiring the makin g of payments—
(a) by way of compensation for loss or damage suffered by the
contravening provider’s customers as a result of the direction;  or
(b) in respect of annoyance, inconvenience or anxiety to which t hey have
been put in consequence of the direction.
(8) OFCOM have power to revoke a direction given under subsectio n (4)—
(a) with effect from such time as they may direct;
(b) subject to compliance with such requirements as they may spe cify; and
(c) to such extent and in relation to such networks, services or  facilities, or
parts of a network, service or facility, as they may determine.
99 Confirmation of directions under s. 98
(1) As soon as reasonably practicable after giving a direction u nder section 98(4),
OFCOM must give the person to whom it is given—
(a) an opportunity of making representations to them about the g rounds
on which it was given and its effect; and
(b) an opportunity of proposing steps to remedy the situation.
(2) As soon as practicable after the period allowed by OFCOM for  making those
representations has ended, they must determine—
(a) whether the contravention providing the grounds for the givi ng of the
direction did occur; and
(b) whether the circumstances made it an urgent case justifying the giving
of the direction.
(3) If OFCOM decide that the contravention did occur and that th e direction was
justified, they may confirm the direction.
(4) If not, they must exercise their power to revoke it.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services96
(5) As soon as reasonably practicable after determining whether to confirm the
direction, OFCOM must notify the person to whom it was given of  their
decision.
(6) Conditions included in a direction by virtue of section 98(7 ) have effect only if
the direction is confirmed.
100 Suspending service provision for contraventions of condition s
(1) OFCOM may give a direction under this section to a person wh o is a
communications provider or makes associated facilities availabl e (“the
contravening provider”) if they are satisfied—
(a) that he is or has been in serious and repeated contravention  of
conditions set under section 45, other than an SMP apparatuscondition;
(b) that an attempt, by the imposition of penalties or the givin g of
enforcement notifications under section 95 or both, to securecompliance with the contravened conditions has failed; and
(c) that the giving of the direction is appropriate and proporti onate to the
seriousness (when repeated as they have been) of the contravent ions.
(2) A direction under this section is—
(a) a direction that the entitlement of the contravening provide r to provide
electronic communications networks or electronic communicationsservices, or to make associated facilities available, is suspen ded (either
generally or in relation to particular networks, services or fa cilities); or
(b) a direction that that entitlement is restricted in the respe cts set out in the
direction.
(3) A direction under this section— 
(a) must specify the networks, services and facilities to which it relates; and
(b) except so far as it otherwise provides, takes effect for an indefinite
period beginning with the time at which it is notified to the p erson to
whom it is given.
(4) A direction under this section—
(a) in providing for the effect of a suspension or restriction t o be
postponed, may provide for it to take effect only at a time det ermined
by or in accordance with the terms of the direction; and
(b) in connection with the suspension or restriction contained i n the
direction or with the postponement of its effect, may impose su ch
conditions on the contravening provider as appear to OFCOM to b e
appropriate for the purpose of protecting that provider’s custo mers.
(5) Those conditions may include a condition requiring the makin g of payments—
(a) by way of compensation for loss or damage suffered by the
contravening provider’s customers as a result of the direction;  or
(b) in respect of annoyance, inconvenience or anxiety to which t hey have
been put in consequence of the direction.
(6) If OFCOM consider it appropriate to do so (whether or not in  consequence of
representations or proposals made to them), they may revoke a d irection under
this section or modify its conditions—
(a) with effect from such time as they may direct;
(b) subject to compliance with such requirements as they may spe cify; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services97
(c) to such extent and in relation to such networks, services or  facilities, or
parts of a network, service or facility, as they may determine.
(7) For the purposes of this section there are repeated contrave ntions by a person
of conditions set under section 45 to the extent that—
(a) in the case of a previous notification given to that person under section
section 94, OFCOM have determined for the purposes of section 9 5(2)
or 96(2) that such a contravention did occur; 
(b) in the period of twelve months following the day of the maki ng of that
determination, one or more further notifications have been give n to
that person in respect of contraventions of a condition set und er section
45; and
(c) the previous notification and the subsequent ones all relate  to
contraventions of the same condition (whether the same contrave ntion
or different contraventions).
101 Suspending apparatus supply for contraventions of conditions
(1) OFCOM may give a direction under this section to a person wh o supplies
electronic communications apparatus (“the contravening supplier ”) if they are
satisfied—
(a) that he is or has been in serious and repeated contravention  of any SMP
apparatus conditions;
(b) that an attempt, by the imposition of penalties or the givin g of
enforcement notifications under section 95 or both, to securecompliance with the contravened conditions has failed; and
(c) that the giving of the direction is appropriate and proporti onate to the
seriousness (when repeated as they have been) of the contravent ions.
(2) A direction under this section is—
(a) a direction to the contravening supplier to cease to act as a supplier of
electronic communications apparatus (either generally or in rel ation to
apparatus of a particular description); or
(b) a direction imposing such restrictions as may be set out in the direction
on the supply by that supplier of electronic communications app aratus
(either generally or in relation to apparatus of a particular d escription).
(3) A direction under this section takes effect, except so far a s it otherwise
provides, for an indefinite period beginning with the time at w hich it is notified
to the person to whom it is given.
(4) A direction under this section—
(a) may provide for a prohibition or restriction to take effect only at a time
determined by or in accordance with the terms of the direction;  and
(b) in connection with a prohibition or restriction contained in  the
direction or with the postponement of its effect, may impose su ch
conditions on the contravening supplier as appear to OFCOM to b e
appropriate for the purpose of protecting that supplier’s custo mers.
(5) Those conditions may include a condition requiring the makin g of payments—
(a) by way of compensation for loss or damage suffered by the
contravening supplier’s customers as a result of the direction;  or
(b) in respect of annoyance, inconvenience or anxiety to which t hey have
been put in consequence of the direction.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services98
(6) If OFCOM consider it appropriate to do so (whether or not in  consequence of
representations or proposals made to them), they may at any tim e revoke a
direction under this section or modify its conditions—
(a) with effect from such time as they may direct;
(b) subject to compliance with such requirements as they may spe cify; and
(c) to such extent and in relation to such apparatus or descript ions of
apparatus as they may determine.
(7) For the purposes of this section there are repeated contrave ntions by a person
of SMP apparatus conditions to the extent that—
(a) in the case of a previous notification given to that person under section
94, OFCOM have determined for the purposes of section 95(2) or 96(2)
that such a contravention did occur; 
(b) in the period of twelve months following the day of the maki ng of that
determination, one or more further notifications have been give n to
that person in respect of contraventions of an SMP apparatus co ndition;
and
(c) the previous notification and the subsequent ones all relate  to
contraventions of the same condition (whether the same contrave ntion
or different contraventions).
102 Procedure for directions under ss. 100 and 101
(1) Except in an urgent case, OFCOM are not to give a direction under section 100
or 101 unless they have—
(a) notified the contravening provider or contravening supplier of the
proposed direction and of the conditions (if any) which they ar e
proposing to impose by that direction;
(b) provided him with an opportunity of making representations a bout the
proposals and of proposing steps for remedying the situation; a nd
(c) considered every representation and proposal made to them du ring the
period allowed by them for the contravening provider or thecontravening supplier to take advantage of that opportunity.
(2) That period must be one ending not less than one month after  the day of the
giving of the notification.
(3) As soon as practicable after giving a direction under sectio n 100 or 101 in an
urgent case, OFCOM must, provide the contravening provider or c ontravening
supplier with an opportunity of—
(a) making representations about the effect of the direction and  of any of
its conditions; and
(b) proposing steps for remedying the situation.
(4) A case is an urgent case for the purposes of this section if  OFCOM— 
(a) consider that it would be inappropriate, because the contrav entions in
question fall within subsection (5), to allow time, before givi ng a
direction under section 100 or 101, for the making and consider ation of
representations; and
(b) decide for that reason to act in accordance with subsection (3), instead
of subsection (1).
(5) The contraventions fall within this subsection if they have resulted in, or create
an immediate risk of—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services99
(a) a serious threat to the safety of the public, to public heal th or to national
security;
(b) serious economic or operational problems for persons (apart from the
contravening provider or contravening supplier) who arecommunications providers or persons who make associated facilit ies
available; or
(c) serious economic or operational problems for persons who mak e use of
electronic communications networks, electronic communicationsservices or associated facilities.
(6) In this section—
“contravening provider” has the same meaning as in section 100;  and
 “contravening supplier” has the same meaning as in section 101 .
103 Enforcement of directions under ss. 98, 100 and 101
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if he provides an electroni c communications
network or electronic communications service, or makes availabl e any
associated facility— 
(a) while his entitlement to do so is suspended by a direction u nder section
98(4) or 100; or
(b) in contravention of a restriction contained in such a direct ion.
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if he supplies electronic c ommunications
apparatus— 
(a) while prohibited from doing so by a direction under section 101; or
(b) in contravention of a restriction contained in such a direct ion.
(3) A person guilty of an offence under this section shall be li able—
(a) on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding the statutory
maximum; 
(b) on conviction on indictment, to a fine.
(4) Sections 94 to 99 apply in relation to a contravention of co nditions imposed by
a direction under section 98, 100 or 101 as they apply in relat ion to a
contravention of conditions set under section 45.
104 Civil liability for breach of conditions or enforcement noti fication
(1) The obligation of a person to comply with—
(a) the conditions set under section 45 which apply to him, 
(b) requirements imposed on him by an enforcement notification u nder
section 95, and
(c) the conditions imposed by a direction under section 98 or 10 0,
shall be a duty owed to every person who may be affected by a c ontravention
of the condition or requirement.
(2) Where a duty is owed by virtue of this section to a person—
(a) a breach of the duty that causes that person to sustain loss  or damage,
and
(b) an act which—
(i) by inducing a breach of the duty or interfering with its
performance, causes that person to sustain loss or damage, andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services100
(ii) is done wholly or partly for achieving that result,
shall be actionable at the suit or instance of that person.
(3) In proceedings brought against a person by virtue of subsect ion (2)(a) it shall
be a defence for that person to show that he took all reasonabl e steps and
exercised all due diligence to avoid contravening the condition  or requirement
in question.
(4) The consent of OFCOM is required for the bringing of proceed ings by virtue of
subsection (1)(a).
(5) Where OFCOM give a consent for the purposes of subsection (4 ) subject to
conditions relating to the conduct of the proceedings, the proc eedings are not
to be carried on by that person except in compliance with those  conditions.
OFCOM’s duty to intervene on network access issues
105 Consideration and determination of network access questions
(1) This section applies where—
(a) it appears to OFCOM that a network access question has arise n and
needs to be determined; and
(b) they consider that, for the purpose of determining that ques tion, it
would be appropriate for them to exercise their powers under th is
Chapter to set, modify or revoke conditions falling within subs ection
(2).
(2) Conditions falling within this subsection are—
(a) access-related conditions authorised by section 73(2) or (4) ; and
(b) SMP services conditions authorised by section 87.
(3) Before considering whether, for the purpose of determining t he question that
has arisen, to set, modify or revoke conditions falling within subsection (2),
OFCOM must publish a notification of their proposal to consider  that matter.
(4) If, after considering that matter, OFCOM decide not to exerc ise their powers to
set, modify or revoke conditions falling within subsection (2),  they must
publish a notification of their decision.
(5) A notification under this section must be published in the m anner that OFCOM
consider appropriate for bringing it to the attention of the pe rsons who, in
OFCOM’s opinion, would be likely to be affected by action taken  for
determining the network access question that appears to them to  have arisen.
(6) In this section “network access question” means a question r elating to network
access or the terms or conditions on which it is or may be prov ided in a
particular case.
Electronic communications code
106 Application of the electronic communications code
(1) In this Chapter “the electronic communications code” means t he code set out
in Schedule 2 to the Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services101
(2) Schedule 3 (which amends Schedule 2 to the Telecommunication s Act 1984
(c. 12) for the purpose of translating the telecommunications co de into a code
applicable in the context of the new regulatory regime establis hed by this Act)
shall have effect.
(3) The electronic communications code shall have effect—
(a) in the case of a person to whom it is applied by a direction  given by
OFCOM; and
(b) in the case of the Secretary of State or any Northern Irelan d department
where the Secretary of State or that department is providing orproposing to provide an electronic communications network.
(4) The only purposes for which the electronic communications co de may be
applied in a person’s case by a direction under this section ar e—
(a) the purposes of the provision by him of an electronic commun ications
network; or
(b) the purposes of the provision by him of a system of conduits  which he
is making available, or proposing to make available, for use byproviders of electronic communications networks for the purpose s of
the provision by them of their networks. 
(5) A direction applying the electronic communications code in a ny person’s case
may provide for that code to have effect in his case—
(a) in relation only to such places or localities as may be spec ified or
described in the direction;
(b) for the purposes only of the provision of such electronic
communications network, or part of an electronic communicationsnetwork, as may be so specified or described; or
(c) for the purposes only of the provision of such conduit syste m, or part
of a conduit system, as may be so specified or described.
(6) The Secretary of State may by order provide for the electron ic communications
code to have effect for all purposes with a different amount su bstituted for the
amount for the time being specified in paragraph 16(3) of the c ode (minimum
compensation).
(7) In this section “conduit” includes a tunnel, subway, tube or  pipe.
107 Procedure for directions applying code
(1) OFCOM are not to give a direction applying the electronic co mmunications
code in any person’s case except on an application made for the  purpose by
that person.
(2) If OFCOM publish a notification setting out their requiremen ts with respect
to—
(a) the content of an application for a direction applying the e lectronic
communications code, and 
(b) the manner in which such an application is to be made,
such an application must be made in accordance with the require ments for the
time being in force.
(3) OFCOM may—
(a) from time to time review the requirements for the time being  in force
for the purposes of subsection (2); andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services102
(b) on any such review, modify them in such manner as they think  fit by
giving a notification of the revised requirements.
(4) In considering whether to apply the electronic communication s code in any
person’s case, OFCOM must have regard, in particular, to each o f the following
matters—
(a) the benefit to the public of the electronic communications n etwork or
conduit system by reference to which the code is to be applied to that
person;
(b) the practicability of the provision of that network or syste m without the
application of the code;
(c) the need to encourage the sharing of the use of electronic
communications apparatus;
(d) whether the person in whose case it is proposed to apply the  code will
be able to meet liabilities arising as a consequence of—
(i) the application of the code in his case; and 
(ii) any conduct of his in relation to the matters with which th e code
deals. 
(5) For the purposes of subsections (6) and (7) of section 3 OFC OM’s duty under
subsection (4) ranks equally with their duties under that secti on.
(6) Before giving a direction under section 106, OFCOM must— 
(a) publish a notification of their proposal to give the directi on; and
(b) consider any representations about that proposal that are ma de to them
within the period specified in the notification.
(7) A notification for the purposes of subsection (6)(a) must co ntain the
following—
(a) a statement of OFCOM’s proposal;
(b) a statement of their reasons for that proposal;
(c) a statement of the period within which representations may b e made to
them about the proposal.
(8) The statement of OFCOM’s proposal must—
(a) contain a statement that they propose to apply the code in t he case of
the person in question;
(b) set out any proposals of theirs to impose terms under sectio n 106(5);
but this subsection is subject to sections 113(7) and 115(5).
(9) The period specified as the period within which representati ons may be made
must end no less than one month after the day of the publicatio n of the
notification.
(10) The publication by OFCOM of a notification for any of the p urposes of this
section must be a publication in such manner as OFCOM consider appropriate
for bringing the notification to the attention of the persons w ho, in their
opinion, are likely to be affected by it.
108 Register of persons in whose case code applies
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to establish and maintain a re gister of persons
in whose case the electronic communications code applies by vir tue of a
direction under section 106.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services103
(2) OFCOM must record in the register every direction given unde r that section.
(3) Information recorded in the register must be recorded in suc h manner as
OFCOM consider appropriate.
(4) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to publish a notification sett ing out—
(a) the times at which the register is for the time being availa ble for public
inspection; and
(b) the fees that must be paid for, or in connection with, an in spection of
the register.
(5) The publication of a notification under subsection (4) must be a publication in
such manner as OFCOM consider appropriate for bringing it to th e attention
of the persons who, in their opinion, are likely to be affected  by it.
(6) OFCOM must make the register available for public inspection —
(a) during such hours, and
(b) on payment of such fees,
as are set out in the notification for the time being in force under subsection (4).
109 Restrictions and conditions subject to which code applies
(1) Where the electronic communications code is applied in any p erson’s case by
a direction given by OFCOM, that code is to have effect in that  person’s case
subject to such restrictions and conditions as may be contained  in regulations
made by the Secretary of State.
(2) In exercising his power to make regulations under this secti on it shall be the
duty of the Secretary of State to have regard to each of the fo llowing—
(a) the duties imposed on OFCOM by sections 3 and 4;
(b) the need to protect the environment and, in particular, to c onserve the
natural beauty and amenity of the countryside;
(c) the need to ensure that highways are not damaged or obstruct ed, and
traffic not interfered with, to any greater extent than is reas onably
necessary;
(d) the need to encourage the sharing of the use of electronic
communications apparatus;
(e) the need to secure that a person in whose case the code is a pplied will
be able to meet liabilities arising as a consequence of—
(i) the application of the code in his case; and 
(ii) any conduct of his in relation to the matters with which th e code
deals. 
(3) The power of the Secretary of State to provide by regulation s for the
restrictions and conditions subject to which the electronic com munications
code has effect includes power to provide for restrictions and conditions which
are framed by reference to any one or more of the following—
(a) the making of a determination in accordance with the regulat ions by a
person specified in the regulations;
(b) the giving of an approval or consent by a person so specifie d; or
(c) the opinion of any person.
(4) Before making any regulations under this section, the Secret ary of State must
consult—
(a) OFCOM; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services104
(b) such other persons as he considers appropriate.
110 Enforcement of restrictions and conditions
(1) Where OFCOM determine that there are reasonable grounds for believing that
a person in whose case the electronic communications code appli es is
contravening, or has contravened, a requirement imposed by virt ue of any
restrictions or conditions under section 109, they may give him  a notification
under this section.
(2) A notification under this section is one which— 
(a) sets out the determination made by OFCOM;
(b) specifies the requirement and the contravention in respect o f which that
determination has been made; and
(c) specifies the period during which the person notified has an
opportunity of doing the things specified in subsection (3).
(3) Those things are—
(a) making representations about the matters notified; 
(b) complying with any notified requirement of which he remains in
contravention; and
(c) remedying the consequences of notified contraventions.
(4) Subject to subsections (5) to (7), the period for doing thos e things must be the
period of one month beginning with the day after the one on whi ch the
notification was given.
(5) OFCOM may, if they think fit, allow a longer period for doin g those things
either—
(a) by specifying a longer period in the notification; or
(b) by subsequently, on one or more occasions, extending the spe cified
period.
(6) The person notified shall have a shorter period for doing th ose things if a
shorter period is agreed between OFCOM and the person notified.
(7) The person notified shall also have a shorter period if—
(a) OFCOM have reasonable grounds for believing that the contrav ention
is a repeated contravention;
(b) they have determined that, in those circumstances, a shorter  period
would be appropriate; and
(c) the shorter period has been specified in the notification.
(8) A notification under this section—
(a) may be given in respect of more than one contravention; and
(b) if it is given in respect of a continuing contravention, may  be given in
respect of any period during which the contravention has contin ued.
(9) Where a notification under this section has been given to a person in respect of
a contravention of a requirement, OFCOM may give a further noti fication in
respect of the same contravention of that requirement if, and o nly if—
(a) the contravention is one occurring after the time of the giv ing of the
earlier notification; Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services105
(b) the contravention is a continuing contravention and the subs equent
notification is in respect of so much of a period as falls afte r a period to
which the earlier notification relates; or 
(c) the earlier notification has been withdrawn without a penalt y having
been imposed in respect of the notified contravention.
(10) For the purposes of this section a contravention is a repea ted contravention, in
relation to a notification with respect to that contravention, if—
(a) a previous notification under this section has been given in  respect of
the same contravention or in respect of another contravention o f the
same requirement; and
(b) the subsequent notification is given no more than twelve mon ths after
the day of the making by OFCOM of a determination for the purpo ses
of section 111(2) or 112(2) that the contravention to which the  previous
notification related did occur.
111 Enforcement notification for contravention of code restricti ons
(1) This section applies where—
(a) a person (“the notified provider”) has been given a notifica tion under
section 110; 
(b) OFCOM have allowed the notified provider an opportunity of m aking
representations about the matters notified; and
(c) the period allowed for the making of the representations has  expired.
(2) OFCOM may give the notified provider an enforcement notifica tion if they are
satisfied—
(a) that he has been in contravention, in one or more of the res pects
notified, of a requirement specified in the notification under section
110; and
(b) that he has not, during the period allowed under section 110 , taken all
such steps as they consider appropriate—
(i) for complying with that requirement; and
(ii) for remedying the consequences of the notified contraventio n of
that requirement.
(3) An enforcement notification is a notification which imposes one or both of the
following requirements on the notified provider—
(a) a requirement to take such steps for complying with the noti fied
requirement as may be specified in the notification; 
(b) a requirement to take such steps for remedying the consequen ces of the
notified contravention as may be so specified.
(4) A decision of OFCOM to give an enforcement notification to a  person—
(a) must be notified by them to that person, together with the r easons for
the decision, no later than one week after the day on which it is taken;
and
(b) must fix a reasonable period for the taking of the steps req uired by the
notification.
(5) It shall be the duty of a person to whom an enforcement noti fication has been
given to comply with it.
(6) That duty shall be enforceable in civil proceedings by OFCOM —Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services106
(a) for an injunction;
(b) for specific performance of a statutory duty under section 4 5 of the
Court of Session Act 1988 (c. 36); or
(c) for any other appropriate remedy or relief.
112 Penalties for contravention of code restrictions 
(1) This section applies (in addition to section 111) where—
(a) a person (“the notified provider”) has been given a notifica tion under
section 110; 
(b) OFCOM have allowed the notified provider an opportunity of m aking
representations about the matters notified; and
(c) the period allowed for the making of the representations has  expired.
(2) OFCOM may impose a penalty on the notified provider if he—
(a) has been in contravention, in any of the respects notified, of a
requirement specified in the notification under section 110; an d
(b) has not, during the period allowed under that section, taken  all such
steps as they consider appropriate—
(i) for complying with the notified requirement; and
(ii) for remedying the consequences of the notified contraventio n of
that requirement.
(3) Where a notification under section 110 relates to more than one contravention,
a separate penalty may be imposed in respect of each contravent ion.
(4) Where such a notification relates to a continuing contravent ion, no more than
one penalty may be imposed under this section in respect of the  period of
contravention specified in the notification.
(5) OFCOM may also impose a penalty on the notified provider if he has
contravened, or is contravening, a requirement of an enforcemen t notification.
(6) The amount of a penalty imposed under this section is to be such amount not
exceeding £10,000 as OFCOM determine to be—
(a) appropriate; and
(b) proportionate to the contravention in respect of which it is  imposed.
(7) In making that determination OFCOM must have regard to—
(a) any representations made to them by the notified provider;
(b) any steps taken by him towards complying with the requiremen ts
contraventions of which have been notified to him under section  110;
and
(c) any steps taken by him for remedying the consequences of tho se
contraventions.
(8) Where OFCOM impose a penalty on a person under this section,  they shall—
(a) within one week of making their decision to impose the penal ty, notify
that person of that decision and of their reasons for that deci sion; and
(b) in that notification, fix a reasonable period after it is gi ven as the period
within which the penalty is to be paid.
(9) A penalty imposed under this section—
(a) must be paid to OFCOM; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services107
(b) if not paid within the period fixed by them, is to be recove rable by them
accordingly.
(10) The Secretary of State may by order amend this section so a s to substitute a
different maximum penalty for the maximum penalty for the time being
specified in subsection (6).
(11) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by s ubsection (10)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.
113 Suspension of application of code
(1) OFCOM may suspend the application of the electronic communic ations code
in any person’s case if they are satisfied—
(a) that he is or has been in serious and repeated contravention  of
requirements to pay administrative charges fixed under section 38
(whether in respect of the whole or a part of the charges); 
(b) that the bringing of proceedings for the recovery of the amo unts
outstanding has failed to secure complete compliance by thecontravening provider with the requirements to pay the charges fixed
in his case, or has no reasonable prospect of securing such com pliance; 
(c) that an attempt, by the imposition of penalties under sectio n 41, to
secure such compliance has failed; and
(d) that the suspension of the application of the code is approp riate and
proportionate to the seriousness (when repeated as they have be en) of
the contraventions.
(2) OFCOM may, to the extent specified in subsection (3), suspen d the application
in that person’s case of the electronic communications code if—
(a) the electronic communications code has been applied by a dir ection
under section 106 in any person’s case; and
(b) OFCOM give a direction under section 42, 100, 132 or 140 for  the
suspension or restriction of that person’s entitlement to provi de an
electronic communications network, or a part of such a network.
(3) The extent, in any person’s case, of a suspension under subs ection (2) must not
go beyond the application of the code for the purposes of so mu ch of an
electronic communications network as that person is prohibited from
providing by virtue of the suspension or restriction of his ent itlement to
provide such a network, or part of a network.
(4) OFCOM may, to the extent specified in subsection (5), suspen d the application
in that person’s case of the electronic communications code if—
(a) the electronic communications code has been applied by a dir ection
under section 106 in any person’s case; and
(b) that person is a person in whose case there have been repeat ed and
serious contraventions of requirements imposed by virtue of anyrestrictions or conditions under section 109.
(5) The extent, in any person’s case, of a suspension under subs ection (4) must not
go beyond the following applications of the code in his case—
(a) its application for the purposes of electronic communication s
networks, or parts of such a network, which are not yet in exis tence at
the time of the suspension; Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services108
(b) its application for the purposes of conduit systems, or part s of such
systems, which are not yet in existence or not yet used for the  purposes
of electronic communications networks; and
(c) its application for other purposes in circumstances in which  the
provision of an electronic communications network, or part of s uch a
network, would not have to cease if its application for those p urposes
were suspended.
(6) A suspension under this section of the application of the co de in any person’s
case must be by a further direction given to that person by OFC OM under
section 106.
(7) The statement required by section 107(8) to be included, in the case of a
direction for the purposes of this section, in the statement of  OFCOM’s
proposal is a statement of their proposal to suspend the applic ation of the code.
(8) A suspension of the application of the electronic communicat ions code in any
person’s case—
(a) shall cease to have effect if the suspension is under subsec tion (2) and
the network suspension or restriction ceases to have effect; bu t
(b) subject to that shall continue in force until such time (if any) as it is
withdrawn by OFCOM.
(9) In subsection (8) the reference to the network suspension or  restriction, in
relation to a suspension of the application of the electronic c ommunications
code, is a reference to the suspension or restriction of an ent itlement to provide
an electronic communications network, or part of such a network , which is the
suspension or restriction by reference to which the application  of the code was
suspended under subsection (2).
(10) Subject to subsection (11), where the application of the el ectronic
communications code is suspended in a person’s case, he shall n ot, while it is
so suspended, be entitled to exercise any right conferred on hi m by or by virtue
of the code.
(11) The suspension, in a person’s case, of the application of t he electronic
communications code does not, except so far as otherwise provid ed by a
scheme contained in an order under section 117—
(a) affect (as between the original parties to it) any agreement  entered into
for the purposes of the code or any agreement having effect inaccordance with it;
(b) affect anything done under the code before the suspension of  its
application; or
(c) require the removal of, or prohibit the use of, any apparatu s lawfully
installed on, in or over any premises before that suspension.
(12) Subsection (9) of section 42 applies for the purposes of su bsection (1) as it
applies for the purposes of that section.
114 Procedure for directions under s. 113
(1) Except in an urgent case, OFCOM are not to give a direction under section
113(4) suspending the application of the electronic communicati ons code in the
case of any person (“the operator”) unless they have—
(a) notified the operator of the proposed suspension and of the steps (if
any) that they are proposing to take under section 117;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services109
(b) provided him with an opportunity of making representations a bout the
proposals and of proposing steps for remedying the situation th at has
given rise to the proposed suspension; and
(c) considered every representation and proposal made to them du ring the
period allowed by them for the operator to take advantage of th at
opportunity.
(2) That period must be one ending not less than one month after  the day of the
giving of the notification.
(3) As soon as practicable after giving a direction under sectio n 113 in an urgent
case, OFCOM must provide the operator with an opportunity of—
(a) making representations about the effect of the direction and  of any
steps taken under section 117 in connection with the suspension ; and
(b) proposing steps for remedying the situation that has given r ise to the
situation.
(4) A case is an urgent case for the purposes of this section if  OFCOM— 
(a) consider that it would be inappropriate, because the circums tances
appearing to OFCOM to require the suspension fall within subsec tion
(5), to allow time, before giving a direction under section 113 , for the
making and consideration of representations; and
(b) decide for that reason to act in accordance with subsection (3), instead
of subsection (1).
(5) Circumstances fall within this subsection if they have resul ted in, or create an
immediate risk of—
(a) a serious threat to the safety of the public, to public heal th or to national
security;
(b) serious economic or operational problems for persons (apart from the
operator) who are communications providers or persons who makeassociated facilities available; or
(c) serious economic or operational problems for persons who mak e use of
electronic communications networks, electronic communicationsservices or associated facilities.
115 Modification and revocation of application of code
(1) OFCOM may at any time modify the terms on which, by virtue o f section
106(5), the code is applied in a person’s case.
(2) OFCOM may revoke a direction applying the electronic communi cations code
in a person’s case if an application for the revocation has bee n made by that
person.
(3) If at any time it appears to OFCOM that a person in whose ca se the electronic
communications code has been applied is not the provider of an electronic
communications network or conduit system for the purposes of wh ich the code
applies, OFCOM may revoke the direction applying the code in hi s case.
(4) A modification or revocation under this section shall be by a further direction
under section 106 to the person in whose case the electronic co mmunications
code has been applied by the direction being modified or revoke d.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services110
(5) The matters required by section 107(8) to be included, in th e case of a direction
for the purposes of this section, in the statement of OFCOM’s p roposal are
whichever of the following is applicable—
(a) a statement of their proposal to modify terms imposed under section
106(5); 
(b) a statement of their proposal to revoke the direction applyi ng the code.
116 Notification of cessation by person to whom code applies
(1) This section applies where, by virtue of a direction under s ection 106, the
electronic communications code applies in any person’s case for  the purposes
of the provision by him of—
(a) an electronic communications network which is not of a descr iption
designated for the purposes of section 33; or
(b) such a system of conduits as is mentioned in section 106(4)( b).
(2) If that person ceases to provide that network or conduit sys tem, he must notify
OFCOM of that fact.
(3) A notification under this section must be given within such period and in such
manner as may be required by OFCOM.
(4) OFCOM may impose a penalty on a person who fails to comply w ith a
requirement imposed by or under this section.
(5) The amount of a penalty imposed on a person under this secti on is to be such
amount not exceeding £1,000 as OFCOM may determine to be both—
(a) appropriate; and
(b) proportionate to the matter in respect of which it is impose d.
(6) Where OFCOM impose a penalty on a person under this section,  they shall—
(a) within one week of making their decision to impose the penal ty, notify
that person of that decision and of their reasons for that deci sion; and
(b) in that notification, fix a reasonable period after it is gi ven as the period
within which the penalty is to be paid.
(7) A penalty imposed under this section—
(a) must be paid to OFCOM; and
(b) if not paid within the period fixed by them, is to be recove rable by them
accordingly.
(8) The Secretary of State may by order amend this section so as  to substitute a
different maximum penalty for the maximum penalty for the time being
specified in subsection (5).
(9) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by su bsection (8)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.
117 Transitional schemes on cessation of application of code
(1) Where it appears to OFCOM—
(a) that the electronic communications code has ceased or is to cease to
apply, to any extent, in the case of any person (“the former op erator”),Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services111
( b ) t h a t  i t  h a s  c e a s e d  o r  w i l l  c e a s e  s o  t o  a p p l y  f o r  e i t h e r  o f  t he reasons
specified in subsection (2), and
(c) that it is appropriate for transitional provision to be made  in connection
with it ceasing to apply in the case of the former operator,
they may by order make a scheme containing any such transitiona l provision
as they think fit in that case.
(2) Those reasons are—
(a) the suspension under section 113 of the application of the c ode in the
former operator’s case; 
(b) the revocation or modification under section 115 of the dire ction
applying the code in his case.
(3) A scheme contained in an order under this section may, in pa rticular—
(a) impose any one or more obligations falling within subsection  (4) on the
former operator;
(b) provide for those obligations to be enforceable in such mann er
(otherwise than by criminal penalties) and by such persons as m ay be
specified in the scheme;
(c) authorise the retention of apparatus on any land pending its
subsequent use for the purposes of an electronic communicationsnetwork, electronic communications service or conduit system to  be
provided by any person;
(d) provide for the transfer to such persons as may be specified  in, or
determined in accordance with, the scheme of any rights or liab ilities
arising out of any agreement or other obligation entered into o r
incurred in pursuance of the code by the former operator;
(e) provide, for the purposes of any provision contained in the scheme by
virtue of any of the preceding paragraphs, for such questions a rising
under the scheme as are specified in the scheme, or are of a de scription
so specified, to be referred to, and determined by, OFCOM.
(4) The obligations referred to in subsection (3)(a) are—
(a) an obligation to remove anything installed in pursuance of a ny right
conferred by or in accordance with the code;
(b) an obligation to restore land to its condition before anythi ng was done
in pursuance of any such right; or
(c)  an obligation to pay the expenses of any such removal or re storation.
(5) Sections 110 to 112 apply in relation to the requirements im posed by virtue of
a scheme contained in an order under this section as they apply  in relation to a
requirement imposed by virtue of restrictions or conditions und er section 109.
(6) Section 403 applies to the power of OFCOM to make an order u nder this
section.
118 Compulsory acquisition of land etc.
Schedule 4 (which provides for compulsory acquisition of land b y the provider
of an electronic communications network in whose case the elect ronic
communications code applies and for entry on land by persons no minated by
such a provider) shall have effect.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services112
119 Power to give assistance in relation to certain proceedings
(1) This section applies where any actual or prospective party t o any proceedings
falling within subsection (2) (other than the operator, within the meaning of the
electronic communications code) applies to OFCOM for assistance  under this
section in relation to those proceedings.
(2) The proceedings falling within this subsection are any actua l or prospective
proceedings in which there falls to be determined any question arising under,
or in connection with—
(a) the electronic communications code as applied in any person’ s case by
a direction under section 106; or
(b) any restriction or condition subject to which that code appl ies.
(3) OFCOM may grant the application if, on any one or more of th e following
grounds, they think fit to do so—
(a) on the ground that the case raises a question of principle;
(b) on the ground that it is unreasonable, having regard to the complexity
of the case or to any other matter, to expect the applicant to deal with
the case without assistance under this section; 
(c) by reason of any other special consideration.
(4) Assistance by OFCOM under this section may include—
(a) giving advice or arranging for the giving of advice by a sol icitor or
counsel;
(b) procuring or attempting to procure the settlement of the mat ter in
dispute;
(c) arranging for the giving of any assistance usually given by a solicitor or
counsel—
(i) in the steps preliminary or incidental to proceedings; or
( i i ) i n  a r r i v i n g  a t ,  o r  g i v i n g  e f f e c t  t o ,  a  c o m p r o m i s e  t o  a v o i d
proceedings or to bring them to an end;
(d) arranging for representation by a solicitor or counsel;
(e) arranging for the giving of any other assistance by a solici tor or counsel;
(f) any other form of assistance which OFCOM consider appropriat e.
(5) Nothing in subsection (4)(d) shall be taken to affect the la w and practice
regulating the descriptions of persons who may appear in, condu ct or defend
any proceedings, or who may address the court in any proceeding s.
(6) In so far as expenses are incurred by OFCOM in providing the  applicant with
assistance under this section, the recovery of those expenses ( as taxed or
assessed in such manner as may be prescribed by rules of court)  shall constitute
a first charge for the benefit of OFCOM—
(a) on any costs or expenses which (whether by virtue of a judgm ent or
order of a court, or an agreement or otherwise) are payable to the
applicant by any other person in respect of the matter in conne ction
with which the assistance is given; and
(b) so far as relates to costs or expenses, on the applicant’s r ights under a
compromise or settlement arrived at in connection with that mat ter to
avoid proceedings, or to bring them to an end.
(7) A charge conferred by subsection (6) is subject to—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services113
(a) any charge imposed by section 10(7) of the Access to Justice  Act 1999
(c. 22) and any provision made by or under Part 1 of that Act fo r the
payment of any sum to the Legal Services Commission; 
(b) any charge or obligation for payment in priority to other de bts under
the Legal Aid (Scotland) Act 1986 (c. 47); or
(c) any charge under the Legal Aid, Advice and Assistance (North ern
Ireland) Order 1981 (S.I. 1981/228 (N.I. 8)).
Regulation of premium rate services
120 Conditions regulating premium rate services
(1) OFCOM shall have the power, for the purpose of regulating th e provision,
content, promotion and marketing of premium rate services, to s et conditions
under this section that bind the persons to whom they are appli ed.
(2) Conditions under this section may be applied either—
(a) generally to every person who provides a premium rate servic e; or
(b) to every person who is of a specified description of such pe rsons, or
who provides a specified description of such services.
(3) The only provision that may be made by conditions under this  section is
provision requiring the person to whom the condition applies to  comply, to the
extent required by the condition, with— 
(a) directions given in accordance with an approved code by the
enforcement authority and for the purpose of enforcing its prov isions;
and
(b) if there is no such code, the provisions of the order for th e time being in
force under section 122.
(4) The power to set a condition under this section includes pow er to modify or
revoke the conditions for the time being in force under this se ction.
(5) Sections 47 and 48 apply to the setting, modification and re vocation of a
condition under this section as they apply to the setting, modi fication and
revocation of a condition under section 45.
(6) OFCOM must send a copy of every notification published under  section 48(1)
with respect to a condition under this section to the Secretary  of State.
(7) A service is a premium rate service for the purposes of this  Chapter if—
(a) it is a service falling within subsection (8);
(b) there is a charge for the provision of the service;
(c) the charge is required to be paid to a person providing an e lectronic
communications service by means of which the service in questio n is
provided; and
(d) that charge is imposed in the form of a charge made by that person for
the use of the electronic communications service.
(8) A service falls within this subsection if its provision cons ists in—
(a) the provision of the contents of communications transmitted by means
of an electronic communications network; or
(b) allowing the user of an electronic communications service to  make use,
by the making of a transmission by means of that service, of a facility
made available to the users of the electronic communications se rvice.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services114
(9) For the purposes of this Chapter a person provides a premium  rate service
(“the relevant service”) if—
(a) he provides the contents of the relevant service;
(b) he exercises editorial control over the contents of the rele vant service;
(c) he is a person who packages together the contents of the rel evant
service for the purpose of facilitating its provision;
(d) he makes available a facility comprised in the relevant serv ice; or
(e) he falls within subsection (10), (11) or (12).
(10) A person falls within this subsection if—
(a) he is the provider of an electronic communications service u sed for the
provision of the relevant service; and
(b) under arrangements made with a person who is a provider of t he
relevant service falling within subsection (9)(a) to (d), he is  entitled to
retain some or all of the charges received by him in respect of  the
provision of the relevant service or of the use of his electron ic
communications service for the purposes of the relevant service .
(11) A person falls within this subsection if—
(a) he is the provider of an electronic communications network u sed for
the provision of the relevant service; and
(b) an agreement relating to the use of the network for the prov ision of that
service subsists between the provider of the network and a pers on who
is a provider of the relevant service falling within subsection  (9)(a) to
(d).
(12) A person falls within this subsection if—
(a) he is the provider of an electronic communications network u sed for
the provision of the relevant service; and
(b) the use of that network for the provision of premium rate se rvices, or of
services that include or may include premium rate services, isauthorised by an agreement subsisting between that person and e ither
an intermediary service provider or a person who is a provider of the
relevant service by virtue of subsection (10) or (11).
(13) Where one or more persons are employed or engaged under the  direction of
another to do any of the things mentioned in subsection (9)(a) to (d), only that
other person shall be a provider of the relevant service for th e purposes of this
Chapter.
(14) References in this section to a facility include, in partic ular, references to—
(a) a facility for making a payment for goods or services; 
(b) a facility for entering a competition or claiming a prize; a nd
(c) a facility for registering a vote or recording a preference.
(15) In this section—
“approved code” means a code for the time being approved under section
121; 
“enforcement authority”, in relation to such a code, means the person who
under the code has the function of enforcing it; and
“intermediary service provider” means a person who—
(a) provides an electronic communications service used for the
provision of the relevant service or an electroniccommunications network so used; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services115
(b) is a party to an agreement with—
(i) a provider of the relevant service falling within subsection
(9)(a) to (d), or
(ii) another intermediary service provider,
which relates to the use of that electronic communications
service or network for the provision of premium rate services,or of services that include or may include premium rateservices.
121 Approval of code for premium rate services
(1) If it appears to OFCOM—
(a) that a code has been made by any person for regulating the p rovision
and contents of premium rate services, and the facilities made available
in the provision of such services;
(b) that the code contains provision for regulating, to such ext ent (if any)
as they think fit, the arrangements made by the providers of pr emium
rate services for promoting and marketing those services; and
(c) that it would be appropriate for them to approve that code f or the
purposes of section 120,
they may approve that code for those purposes.
(2) OFCOM are not to approve a code for those purposes unless th ey are
satisfied—
(a) that there is a person who, under the code, has the function  of
administering and enforcing it; and
(b) that that person is sufficiently independent of the provider s of
premium rate services;
(c) that adequate arrangements are in force for funding the acti vities of
that person in relation to the code;
(d) that the provisions of the code are objectively justifiable in relation to
the services to which it relates; 
(e) that those provisions are not such as to discriminate unduly  against
particular persons or against a particular description of perso ns;
(f) that those provisions are proportionate to what they are int ended to
achieve; and
(g) that, in relation to what those provisions are intended to a chieve, they
are transparent.
(3) OFCOM are not for those purposes to approve so much of a cod e as imposes
an obligation as respects a premium rate service on a person wh o is a provider
of the service by virtue only of section 120(12) (“the relevant  provider”) unless
they are satisfied that the obligation—
(a) arises only if there is no one who is a provider of the serv ice otherwise
than by virtue of section 120(12) against whom it is practicabl e to take
action;
(b) arises only after a notice identifying the service and setti ng out respects
in which requirements of the code have been contravened in rela tion to
it has been given to the relevant provider by the person respon sible for
enforcing the code; and
(c) is confined to an obligation to secure that electronic commu nications
networks provided by the relevant provider are not used for mak ing
the service available to persons who are in the United Kingdom.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services116
(4) The provision that may be contained in a code and approved u nder this section
includes, in particular, provision about the pricing of premium  rate services
and provision for the enforcement of the code.
(5) The provision for the enforcement of a code that may be appr oved under this
section includes—
(a) provision for the payment, to a person specified in the code , of a
penalty not exceeding the maximum penalty for the time beingspecified in section 123(2);
(b) provision requiring a provider of a premium rate service to secure that
the provision of the service is suspended or otherwise ceases o r is
restricted in any respect;
(c) provision for the imposition on a person, in respect of a co ntravention
of the code, of a temporary or permanent prohibition or restric tion on
his working in connection with the provision of premium rate se rvices
or, in the case of a body corporate, on its providing such serv ices or on
its carrying on other activities in connection with their provi sion.
(6) OFCOM may, at any time, for the purposes of section 120—
(a) approve modifications that have been made to an approved cod e; or
(b) withdraw their approval from an approved code.
(7) Where OFCOM give or withdraw an approval for the purposes of  section 120,
they must give notification of their approval or of its withdra wal.
(8) The notification must be published in such manner as OFCOM c onsider
appropriate for bringing it to the attention of the persons who , in OFCOM’s
opinion, are likely to be affected by the approval or withdrawa l.
122 Orders by OFCOM in the absence of a code under s. 121
(1) OFCOM may make an order under this section if, at any time, they consider
that there is no code in force to which they think it would be appropriate to
give, or to continue to give, their approval under section 121.
(2) An order under this section may make such of the following p rovisions as
OFCOM think fit— 
(a) provision imposing requirements with respect to the provisio n and
contents of premium rate services, and with respect to the faci lities
made available in the provision of such services (including pro vision
about pricing);
(b) provision imposing requirements with respect to the arrangem ents
made by the providers of premium rate services for the promotio n and
marketing of those services;
(c) provision for the enforcement of requirements imposed by vir tue of
paragraph (a) or (b); 
(d) provision making other arrangements for the purposes of thos e
requirements.
(3) The power to make provision by an order under this section i ncludes, in
particular—
(a) power to establish a body corporate with the capacity to mak e its own
rules and to establish its own procedures;
(b) power to determine the jurisdiction of a body established by  such an
order or, for the purposes of the order, of any other person;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services117
(c) power to confer jurisdiction with respect to any matter on O FCOM
themselves;
(d) power to provide for a person on whom jurisdiction is confer red by the
arrangements to make awards of compensation, to direct thereimbursement of costs or expenses, or to do both;
(e) power to provide for such a person to enforce, or to partici pate in the
enforcement of, any awards or directions made under such an ord er;
(f) power to make provision falling within section 121(5)(c) for  the
enforcement of the provisions of the order; and
(g) power to make such other provision as OFCOM think fit for th e
enforcement of such awards and directions.
(4) An order under this section may require such providers of pr emium rate
services as may be determined by or under the order to make pay ments to
OFCOM in respect of expenditure incurred by OFCOM in connection  with—
(a) the establishment and maintenance, in accordance with such a n order,
of any body corporate or procedure; or
(b) the making of other arrangements for the purposes of the req uirements
of such an order.
(5) An order under this section is not to impose an obligation a s respects a
premium rate service on a person who is a provider of the servi ce by virtue
only of section 120(12) (“the relevant provider”) unless the ob ligation—
(a) arises only if there is no one who is a provider of the serv ice otherwise
than by virtue of section 120(12) against whom it is practicabl e to take
action;
(b) arises only after a notice identifying the service and setti ng out respects
in which requirements of the order have been contravened in rel ation
to it has been given to the relevant provider by OFCOM; and
(c) is confined to an obligation to secure that electronic commu nications
networks provided by the relevant provider are not used for mak ing
the service available to persons who are in the United Kingdom.
(6) The consent of the Secretary of State is required for the ma king by OFCOM of
an order under this section.
(7) Section 403 applies to the power of OFCOM to make an order u nder this
section.
(8) A statutory instrument containing an order made by OFCOM und er this
section shall be subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolut ion of either
House of Parliament.
123 Enforcement of s. 120 conditions
(1) Sections 94 to 96 apply in relation to a contravention of co nditions set under
section 120 as they apply in relation to a contravention of a c ondition set under
section 45.
(2) The amount of the penalty imposed under section 96 as applie d by this section
is to be such amount not exceeding £100,000 as OFCOM determine to be—
(a) appropriate; and
(b) proportionate to the contravention in respect of which it is  imposed.
(3) In making that determination OFCOM must have regard to—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services118
(a) any representations made to them by the notified provider;
(b) any steps taken by him towards complying with the conditions
contraventions of which have been notified to him under section  94 (as
applied); and
(c) any steps taken by him for remedying the consequences of tho se
contraventions.
(4) The Secretary of State may by order amend this section so as  to substitute a
different maximum penalty for the maximum penalty for the time being
specified in subsection (2).
(5) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by su bsection (4)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.
124 Suspending service provision for contraventions of s. 120 co nditions
(1) OFCOM may give a direction under this section to a person wh o is a
communications provider (“the contravening provider”) if they a re satisfied—
(a) that he is or has been in serious and repeated contravention  of
conditions set under section 120;
(b) that an attempt, by the imposition of penalties or the givin g of
enforcement notifications under section 95 (as applied by secti on 123)
or both, to secure compliance with the contravened conditions h as
failed;
(c) that the giving of the direction is appropriate and proporti onate to the
seriousness (when repeated as they have been) of the contravent ions;
and
(d) that the giving of the direction is required for reasons of public policy.
(2) OFCOM may also give a direction under this section to a pers on who is a
communications provider (“the contravening provider”) if they a re satisfied—
(a) that he is, or has been, in contravention of conditions set under section
120 in respect of a premium rate service;
(b) that the circumstances of the contravention make it appropri ate for
OFCOM to suspend or restrict the provision of premium rate serv ices
provided by the contravening provider without the conditions se t out
in subsection (1) being satisfied; and
(c) that in those circumstances the giving of the direction is u rgently
required for reasons of public policy.
(3) A direction under this section is—
(a) a direction to the contravening provider to secure the suspe nsion of the
provision of premium rate services provided by him; or
(b) a direction requiring him to secure compliance with restrict ions, set out
in the direction, on the provision of such services.
(4) A direction under this section— 
(a) must specify the services to which it relates; and
(b) except so far as it otherwise provides, takes effect for an indefinite
period beginning with the time at which it is notified to the p erson to
whom it is given.
(5) A direction under this section—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services119
(a) in providing for the effect of a suspension or restriction t o be
postponed, may provide for it to take effect only at a time det ermined
by or in accordance with the terms of the direction; and
(b) in connection with the suspension or restriction contained i n the
direction or with the postponement of its effect, may impose su ch
conditions on the contravening provider as appear to OFCOM to b e
appropriate for the purpose of protecting that provider’s custo mers.
(6) Those conditions may include a condition requiring the makin g of payments—
(a) by way of compensation for loss or damage suffered by the
contravening provider’s customers as a result of the direction;  or
(b) in respect of annoyance, inconvenience or anxiety to which t hey have
been put in consequence of the direction.
(7) If OFCOM consider it appropriate to do so (whether or not in  consequence of
representations or proposals made to them), they may revoke a d irection under
this section or modify its conditions—
(a) with effect from such time as they may direct;
(b) subject to compliance with such requirements as they may spe cify; and
(c) to such extent and in relation to such services as they may determine.
(8) Sections 102 and 103 apply in the case of a direction under this section as they
apply in the case of a direction under section 100, but as if r eferences in section
103(1) to an electronic communications network or electronic co mmunications
service were references to a premium rate service.
(9) For the purposes of this section there are repeated contrave ntions by a person
of conditions set under section 120 to the extent that—
(a) in the case of a previous notification given to that person under section
section 94 (as applied by section 123), OFCOM have determined f or the
purposes of section 95(2) or 96(2) (as so applied) that such acontravention did occur; and
(b) in the period of twelve months following the day of the maki ng of that
determination, one or more further notifications have been give n to
that person in respect of contraventions of a condition set und er section
120.
(10) For the purposes of this section the seriousness of repeate d contraventions of
conditions set under section 120 has to be determined by refere nce to the
seriousness of the contraventions of the approved code or order  by reference
to which the conditions have effect.
Offences relating to networks and services
125 Dishonestly obtaining electronic communications services
(1) A person who—
(a) dishonestly obtains an electronic communications service, an d
(b) does so with intent to avoid payment of a charge applicable to the
provision of that service,
is guilty of an offence.
(2) It is not an offence under this section to obtain a service mentioned in section
297(1) of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 (c. 48) (d ishonestlyCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services120
obtaining a broadcasting or cable programme service provided fr om a place in
the UK).
(3) A person guilty of an offence under this section shall be li able—
(a) on summary conviction, to imprisonment for a term not exceed ing six
months or to a fine not exceeding the statutory maximum, or to both;
(b) on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding
five years or to a fine, or to both.
126 Possession or supply of apparatus etc. for contravening s. 1 25 
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if, with an intention falli ng within subsection
(3), he has in his possession or under his control anything tha t may be used—
(a) for obtaining an electronic communications service; or
(b) in connection with obtaining such a service.
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if—
(a) he supplies or offers to supply anything which may be used a s
mentioned in subsection (1); and
(b) he knows or believes that the intentions in relation to that  thing of the
person to whom it is supplied or offered fall within subsection  (3).
(3) A person’s intentions fall within this subsection if he inte nds—
(a) to use the thing to obtain an electronic communications serv ice
dishonestly;
(b) to use the thing for a purpose connected with the dishonest obtaining
of such a service;
(c) dishonestly to allow the thing to be used to obtain such a s ervice; or
(d) to allow the thing to be used for a purpose connected with t he dishonest
obtaining of such a service.
(4) An intention does not fall within subsection (3) if it relat es exclusively to the
obtaining of a service mentioned in section 297(1) of the Copyr ight, Designs
and Patents Act 1988 (c. 48).
(5) A person guilty of an offence under this section shall be li able—
(a) on summary conviction, to imprisonment for a term not exceed ing six
months or to a fine not exceeding the statutory maximum, or to both;
and
(b) on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding
five years or to a fine, or to both.
(6) In this section, references, in the case of a thing used for  recording data, to the
use of that thing include references to the use of data recorde d by it.
127 Improper use of public electronic communications network
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if he—
(a) sends by means of a public electronic communications network  a
message or other matter that is grossly offensive or of an inde cent,
obscene or menacing character; or
(b) causes any such message or matter to be so sent.
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if, for the purpose of caus ing annoyance,
inconvenience or needless anxiety to another, he—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services121
(a) sends by means of a public electronic communications network , a
message that he knows to be false,
(b) causes such a message to be sent; or 
(c) persistently makes use of a public electronic communications  network.
(3) A person guilty of an offence under this section shall be li able, on summary
conviction, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months  or to a fine
not exceeding level 5 on the standard scale, or to both.
(4) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to anything done in the  course of
providing a programme service (within the meaning of the Broadc asting Act
1990 (c. 42)).
Persistent misuse of network or service
128 Notification of misuse of networks and services
(1) Where OFCOM determine that there are reasonable grounds for believing that
a person has persistently misused an electronic communications network or
electronic communications services, they may give that person a  notification
under this section. 
(2) A notification under this section is one which— 
(a) sets out the determination made by OFCOM;
(b) specifies the use that OFCOM consider constitutes persistent  misuse;
and
(c) specifies the period during which the person notified has an
opportunity of making representations about the matters notifie d.
(3) That period must not be less than the following—
(a) in an urgent case, seven days; and
(b) in any other case, one month.
(4) A case is an urgent case for the purposes of subsection (3) if OFCOM
consider—
(a) that the misuse in question is continuing; and
(b) that the harm it causes makes it necessary for it to be stop ped as soon
as possible.
(5) For the purposes of this Chapter a person misuses an electro nic
communications network or electronic communications service if—
(a) the effect or likely effect of his use of the network or ser vice is to cause
another person unnecessarily to suffer annoyance, inconvenience  or
anxiety; or
(b) he uses the network or service to engage in conduct the effe ct or likely
effect of which is to cause another person unnecessarily to suf fer
annoyance, inconvenience or anxiety.
(6) For the purposes of this Chapter the cases in which a person  is to be treated as
persistently misusing a network or service include any case in which his
misuse is repeated on a sufficient number of occasions for it t o be clear that the
misuse represents—
(a) a pattern of behaviour or practice; or
(b) recklessness as to whether persons suffer annoyance, inconve nience or
anxiety.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services122
(7) For the purpose of determining whether misuse on a number of  different
occasions constitutes persistent misuse for the purposes of thi s Chapter, each
of the following is immaterial—
(a) that the misuse was in relation to a network on some occasio ns and in
relation to a service on others;
(b) that different networks or services were involved on differe nt
occasions; and
(c) that the persons who were or were likely to suffer annoyance
inconvenience or anxiety were different on different occasions.
(8) If he considers that appropriate alternative means of dealin g with it exists, the
Secretary of State may by order provide that a use of a descrip tion specified in
the order is not to be treated for the purposes of this Chapter  as a misuse of an
electronic communications network or electronic communications service.
129 Enforcement notifications for stopping persistent misuse
(1) This section applies where—
(a) a person (“the notified misuser”) has been given a notificat ion under
section 128; 
(b) OFCOM have allowed the notified misuser an opportunity of ma king
representations about the matters notified; and
(c) the period allowed for the making of the representations has  expired.
(2) OFCOM may give the notified misuser an enforcement notificat ion if they are
satisfied—
(a) that he has, in one or more of the notified respects, persis tently misused
an electronic communications network or electronic communicatio ns
service; and
(b) that he has not, since the giving of the notification, taken  all such steps
as OFCOM consider appropriate for—
(i) securing that his misuse is brought to an end and is not
repeated; and
(ii) remedying the consequences of the notified misuse.
(3) An enforcement notification is a notification which imposes a requirement on
the notified misuser to take all such steps for—
(a) securing that his misuse is brought to an end and is not rep eated, and
(b) remedying the consequences of the notified misuse,
as may be specified in the notification.
(4) A decision of OFCOM to give an enforcement notification to a  person must fix
a reasonable period for the taking of the steps required by the  notification.
(5) It shall be the duty of a person to whom an enforcement noti fication has been
given to comply with it.
(6) That duty shall be enforceable in civil proceedings by OFCOM —
(a) for an injunction;
(b) for specific performance of a statutory duty under section 4 5 of the
Court of Session Act 1988 (c. 36); or
(c) for any other appropriate remedy or relief.
(7) References in this section to remedying the consequences of misuse include
references to paying an amount to a person—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services123
(a) by way of compensation for loss or damage suffered by that p erson; or
(b) in respect of annoyance, inconvenience or anxiety to which h e has been
put.
130 Penalties for persistent misuse
(1) This section applies (in addition to section 129) where—
(a) a person (“the notified misuser”) has been given a notificat ion under
section 128; 
(b) OFCOM have allowed the notified misuser an opportunity of ma king
representations about the matters notified; and
(c) the period allowed for the making of the representations has  expired.
(2) OFCOM may impose a penalty on the notified misuser if he has , in one or more
of the notified respects, persistently misused an electronic co mmunications
network or electronic communications service.
(3) OFCOM may also impose a penalty on the notified misuser if h e has
contravened a requirement of an enforcement notification given in respect of
the notified misuse.
(4) The amount of a penalty imposed is to be such amount not exc eeding £5,000 as
OFCOM determine to be—
(a) appropriate; and
(b) proportionate to the misuse in respect of which it is impose d.
(5) In making that determination OFCOM must have regard to—
(a) any representations made to them by the notified misuser;
(b) any steps taken by him for securing that his misuse is broug ht to an end
and is not repeated; and
(c) any steps taken by him for remedying the consequences of the  notified
misuse.
(6) Where OFCOM impose a penalty on a person under this section,  they shall—
(a) notify the person penalised; and
(b) in that notification, fix a reasonable period after it is gi ven as the period
within which the penalty is to be paid.
(7) A penalty imposed under this section—
(a) must be paid to OFCOM; and
(b) if not paid within the period fixed by them, is to be recove rable by them
accordingly.
(8) It is to be possible for a person to be both liable for an o ffence under sections
125 to 127 and to have a penalty imposed on him under this sect ion in respect
of the same conduct.
(9) The Secretary of State may by order amend this section so as  to substitute a
different maximum penalty for the maximum penalty for the time being
specified in subsection (4).
(10) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by s ubsection (9)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services124
131 Statement of policy on persistent misuse
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to prepare and publish a state ment of their
general policy with respect to the exercise of their powers und er sections 128
to 130.
(2) OFCOM may from time to time revise that statement as they th ink fit.
(3) Where OFCOM make or revise their statement of policy under t his section,
they must publish that statement or (as the case may be) the re vised statement
in such manner as they consider appropriate for bringing it to the attention of
the persons who, in their opinion, are likely to be affected by  it.
(4) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in exercising the powers conf erred on them by
sections 128 to 130, to have regard to the statement for the ti me being in force
under this section.
Powers to deal with emergencies
132 Powers to require suspension or restriction of a provider’s entitlement
(1) If the Secretary of State has reasonable grounds for believi ng that it is necessary
to do so—
(a) to protect the public from any threat to public safety or pu blic health, or
(b) in the interests of national security,
he may, by a direction to OFCOM, require them to give a directi on under
subsection (3) to a person (“the relevant provider”) who provid es an electronic
communications network or electronic communications service or who makes
associated facilities available.
(2) OFCOM must comply with a requirement of the Secretary of Sta te under
subsection (1) by giving to the relevant provider such directio n under
subsection (3) as they consider necessary for the purpose of co mplying with the
Secretary of State’s direction.
(3) A direction under this section is—
(a) a direction that the entitlement of the relevant provider to  provide
electronic communications networks or electronic communicationsservices, or to make associated facilities available, is suspen ded (either
generally or in relation to particular networks, services or fa cilities); or
(b) a direction that that entitlement is restricted in the respe cts set out in the
direction.
(4) A direction under subsection (3)— 
(a) must specify the networks, services and facilities to which it relates; and
(b) except so far as it otherwise provides, takes effect for an indefinite
period beginning with the time at which it is notified to the p erson to
whom it is given.
(5) A direction under subsection (3)—
(a) in providing for the effect of a suspension or restriction t o be
postponed, may provide for it to take effect only at a time det ermined
by or in accordance with the terms of the direction; and
(b) in connection with the suspension or restriction contained i n the
direction or with the postponement of its effect, may impose su chCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services125
c o n d i t i o n s  o n  t h e  r e l e v a n t  p r o v i d e r  a s  a p p e a r  t o  O F C O M  t o  b e
appropriate for the purpose of protecting that provider’s custo mers.
(6) Those conditions may include a condition requiring the makin g of payments—
(a) by way of compensation for loss or damage suffered by the re levant
provider’s customers as a result of the direction; or
(b) in respect of annoyance, inconvenience or anxiety to which t hey have
been put in consequence of the direction.
(7) Where OFCOM give a direction under subsection (3), they shal l, as soon as
practicable after doing so, provide that person with an opportu nity of— 
(a) making representations about the effect of the direction; an d
(b) proposing steps for remedying the situation.
(8) If OFCOM consider it appropriate to do so (whether in conseq uence of any
representations or proposals made to them under subsection (3) or otherwise),
they may, without revoking it, at any time modify the terms of a direction
under subsection (3) in such manner as they consider appropriat e.
(9) If the Secretary of State considers it appropriate to do so,  he may, by a direction
to OFCOM, require them to revoke a direction under subsection ( 3).
(10) Where OFCOM modify or revoke a direction they have given un der subsection
(3), they may do so—
(a) with effect from such time as they may direct;
(b) subject to compliance with such requirements as they may spe cify; and
(c) to such extent and in relation to such networks, services or  facilities, or
parts of a network, service or facility, as they may determine.
(11) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to comply with—
(a) a requirement under subsection (9) to revoke a direction; an d
(b) a requirement contained in that direction as to how they sho uld
exercise their powers under subsection (10) in the case of the required
revocation.
133 Enforcement of directions under s. 132
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if he provides an electroni c communications
network or electronic communications service, or makes availabl e any
associated facility— 
(a) while his entitlement to do so is suspended by a direction u nder section
132; or
(b) in contravention of a restriction contained in such a direct ion.
(2) A person guilty of an offence under subsection (1) shall be liable—
(a) on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding the statutory
maximum; 
(b) on conviction on indictment, to a fine.
(3) The duty of a person to comply with a condition of a directi on under section
132 shall be a duty owed to every person who may be affected by  a
contravention of the condition.
(4) Where a duty is owed by virtue of subsection (3) to a person —
(a) a breach of the duty that causes that person to sustain loss  or damage,
andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services126
(b) an act which—
(i) by inducing a breach of the duty or interfering with its
performance, causes that person to sustain loss or damage, and
(ii) is done wholly or partly for achieving that result,
shall be actionable at the suit or instance of that person.
(5) In proceedings brought against a person by virtue of subsect ion (4)(a) it shall
be a defence for that person to show that he took all reasonabl e steps and
exercised all due diligence to avoid contravening the condition  in question.
(6) Sections 94 to 99 apply in relation to a contravention of co nditions imposed by
a direction under section 132 as they apply in relation to a co ntravention of
conditions set under section 45.
Restrictions in leases and licences
134 Restrictions in leases and licences
(1) This section applies where provision contained in a lease, l icence or other
agreement relating to premises has the effect of imposing on th e occupier a
prohibition or restriction under which his choice of—
(a) the person from whom he obtains electronic communications se rvices,
or particular electronic communications services, or
(b) the person through whom he arranges to be provided with elec tronic
communications services, or particular electronic communication s
services,
is confined to a person with an interest in the premises, to a person selected by
a person with such an interest or to persons who are one or the  other.
(2) This section also applies where—
(a) provision contained in a lease for a year or more has the ef fect of
imposing any other prohibition or restriction on the lessee wit h respect
to an electronic communications matter; or
(b) provision contained in an agreement relating to premises to which a
lease for a year or more applies has the effect of imposing a p rohibition
or restriction on the lessee with respect to such a matter.
(3) A provision falling within subsection (1) shall have effect—
(a) as if the prohibition or restriction applied only where the lessor,
licensor or other party to the agreement has not given his cons ent to a
departure from the requirements imposed by the prohibition orrestriction; and
(b) as if the lessor, licensor or other party were required not to withhold
that consent unreasonably.
(4) A provision falling within subsection (2)(a) or (b) shall ha ve effect—
(a) in relation to things done inside a building occupied by the  lessee under
the lease, or
(b) for purposes connected with the provision to the lessee of a n electronic
communications service,
as if the prohibition or restriction applied only where the les sor has not given
his consent in relation to the matter in question and as if the  lessor were
required not to withhold that consent unreasonably.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services127
(5) Where (whether by virtue of this section or otherwise) a pro vision falling
within subsection (1) or (2) imposes a requirement on a lessor,  licensor or party
to an agreement not unreasonably to withhold his consent—
(a) in relation to an electronic communications matter, or
(b) to the obtaining by the occupier of premises of an electroni c
communications service from or through a particular person, 
the question whether the consent is unreasonably withheld has t o be
determined having regard to all the circumstances and to the pr inciple that no
person should unreasonably be denied access to an electronic co mmunications
network or to electronic communications services.
(6) OFCOM may by order provide for this section not to apply in the case of such
provisions as may be described in the order.
(7) References in this section to electronic communications matt ers are references
to—
(a) the provision of an electronic communications network or ele ctronic
communications service;
(b) the connection of electronic communications apparatus to a r elevant
electronic communications network or of any such network to ano ther;
and
(c) the installation, maintenance, adjustment, repair, alteratio n or use for
purposes connected with the provision of such a network or serv ice of
electronic communications apparatus. 
(8) In this section—
“alteration” has the same meaning as in the electronic communic ations
code;
“lease” includes—
(a) a leasehold tenancy (whether in the nature of a head lease, sub-
lease or under lease) and an agreement to grant such a tenancy,and
(b) in Scotland, a sub-lease and an agreement to grant a sub-lea se,
and “lessor” and “lessee” are to be construed accordingly;
“relevant electronic communications network” means—
(a) a public electronic communications network that is specified  for
the purposes of this section in an order made by the Secretary of
State; or
(b) an electronic communications network that is, or is to be,
connected (directly or indirectly) to such a network.
(9) This section applies to provisions contained in leases, lice nces or agreements
granted or entered into before the commencement of this section  to the extent
only that provision to that effect is contained in an order mad e by OFCOM.
(10) This section is not to be construed as affecting the operat ion of paragraph 2(3)
of the electronic communications code (lessees etc. bound by ri ghts granted
under code by owners).
(11) The consent of the Secretary of State is required for the m aking by OFCOM of
an order under this section.
(12) Section 403 applies to the powers of OFCOM to make orders u nder this section.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services128
(13) A statutory instrument containing an order made by OFCOM un der this
section shall be subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolut ion of either
House of Parliament.
Information provisions
135 Information required for purposes of Chapter 1 functions
(1) OFCOM may require a person falling within subsection (2) to provide them
with all such information as they consider necessary for the pu rpose of
carrying out their functions under this Chapter.
(2) The persons falling within this subsection are—
(a) a communications provider;
(b) a person who has been a communications provider;
(c) a person who makes, or has made, any associated facilities a vailable to
others;
(d) a person, other than a communications provider, to whom a un iversal
service condition applies or has applied;
(e) a person who supplies electronic communications apparatus;
(f) a person not falling within the preceding paragraphs who app ears to
OFCOM to have information required by them for the purpose ofcarrying out their functions under this Chapter.
(3) The information that may be required by OFCOM under subsecti on (1)
includes, in particular, information that they require for any one or more of the
following purposes— 
(a) ascertaining whether a contravention of a condition or other
requirement set or imposed by or under this Chapter has occurre d or is
occurring;
(b) ascertaining or verifying the charges payable by a person un der section
38; 
(c) ascertaining whether a provision of a condition set under se ction 45
which is for the time being in force continues to be effective for the
purpose for which it was made;
(d) ascertaining or verifying amounts payable by virtue of a con dition
falling within section 51(1)(d);
(e) making a designation in accordance with regulations made und er
section 66;
(f) carrying out a review under section 66 or 70;
(g) identifying markets and carrying out market analyses in acco rdance
with, or for the purposes of, any provision of this Chapter; 
(h) ascertaining whether a question has arisen that gives rise t o their duty
under section 105;
(i) considering a matter in exercise of that duty;
(j) statistical purposes connected with the carrying out of any of
OFCOM’s functions under this Chapter.
(4) A person required to provide information under this section must provide it in
s u c h  m a n n e r  a n d  w i t h i n  s u c h  r e a s o n a b l e  p e r i o d  a s  m a y  b e  s p e c i f i ed by
OFCOM.
(5) The powers in this section are subject to the limitations in  section 137.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services129
136 Information required for related purposes
(1) OFCOM may require—
(a)  a communications provider, or
(b)  a person who makes associated facilities available to other s,
to provide OFCOM with all such information as they consider nec essary for
the purpose specified in subsection (2).
(2) That purpose is the carrying out—
(a) with a view to publication, and
(b) in the interest of the end-users of public electronic commun ications
services,
of comparative overviews of the quality and prices of such serv ices.
(3) OFCOM may also require—
(a)  a communications provider, or
(b)  a person who makes associated facilities available to other s,
to provide them, for use for such statistical purposes as they think fit, with
information relating to any electronic communications network, electronic
communications service or associated facilities.
(4) A person required to provide information under this section must provide it in
s u c h  m a n n e r  a n d  w i t h i n  s u c h  r e a s o n a b l e  p e r i o d  a s  m a y  b e  s p e c i f i ed by
OFCOM.
(5) The powers in this section are subject to the limitations in  section 137.
137 Restrictions on imposing information requirements 
(1) This section limits the purposes for which, and manner in wh ich, information
may be required under sections 135 and 136.
(2) OFCOM are not to require the provision of information for th e purpose of
ascertaining whether a contravention of a general condition has  occurred, or is
occurring, unless—
(a) the requirement is imposed for the purpose of investigating a matter
about which OFCOM have received a complaint;
(b) the requirement is imposed for the purposes of an investigat ion that
OFCOM have decided to carry out into whether or not the generalcondition in question has been complied with;
(c) the condition in question is one which OFCOM have reason to suspect
is one that has been or is being contravened; or
(d) the condition in question is one falling within section 51(1 )(d).
(3) OFCOM are not to require the provision of information under section 135 or
136 except—
(a) by a demand for the information that describes the required
information and sets out OFCOM’s reasons for requiring it; and
(b) where the making of a demand for the information is proporti onate to
the use to which the information is to be put in the carrying o ut of
OFCOM’s functions. 
(4) The reasons for requiring information for statistical purpos es under section 135
or 136 must set out the statistical purposes for which the info rmation is
required.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services130
(5) Except in the case of a demand made in the manner authorised  by subsection
(6), a demand for information required under section 135 or 136  must be
contained in a notice served on the person from whom the inform ation is
required.
(6) In the case of information required by OFCOM for the purpose  of ascertaining
who is liable to charges under section 38, the demand may—
(a) be made by being published in such manner as OFCOM consider
appropriate for bringing it to the attention of the persons who  are
described in the demand as the persons from whom the informatio n is
required; and
(b) take the form of a general demand for a person so described to provide
information when specified conditions relevant to his liability  to such
charges are satisfied in his case.
138 Notification of contravention of information requirements
(1) Where OFCOM determine that there are reasonable grounds for believing that
a person is contravening, or has contravened, a requirement imp osed under
section 135 or 136, they may give that person a notification un der this section.
(2) A notification under this section is one which— 
(a) sets out the determination made by OFCOM;
(b) specifies the requirement and contravention in respect of wh ich that
determination has been made; and
(c) specifies the period during which the person notified has an
opportunity of doing the things specified in subsection (3).
(3) Those things are—
(a) making representations about the matters notified; and
(b) complying with any notified requirement of which he remains in
contravention.
(4) Subject to subsections (5) to (7), the period for doing thos e things must be the
period of one month beginning with the day after the one on whi ch the
notification was given.
(5) OFCOM may, if they think fit, allow a longer period for doin g those things
either—
(a) by specifying a longer period in the notification; or
(b) by subsequently, on one or more occasions, extending the spe cified
period.
(6) The person notified shall have a shorter period for doing th ose things if a
shorter period is agreed between OFCOM and the person notified.
(7) The person notified shall also have a shorter period if—
(a) OFCOM have reasonable grounds for believing that the contrav ention
is a repeated contravention;
(b) they have determined that, in those circumstances, a shorter  period
would be appropriate; and
(c) the shorter period has been specified in the notification.
(8) A notification under this section—
(a) may be given in respect of more than one contravention; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services131
(b) if it is given in respect of a continuing contravention, may  be given in
respect of any period during which the contravention has contin ued.
(9) Where a notification under this section has been given to a person in respect of
a contravention of a requirement, OFCOM may give a further noti fication in
respect of the same contravention of that requirement if, and o nly if—
(a) the contravention is one occurring after the time of the giv ing of the
earlier notification; 
(b) the contravention is a continuing contravention and the subs equent
notification is in respect of so much of a period as falls afte r a period to
which the earlier notification relates; or 
(c) the earlier notification has been withdrawn without a penalt y having
been imposed in respect of the notified contravention.
(10) For the purposes of this section a contravention is a repea ted contravention, in
relation to a notification with respect to that contravention, if—
(a) a previous notification under this section has been given in  respect of
the same contravention or in respect of another contravention o f the
same requirement; and
(b) the subsequent notification is given no more than twelve mon ths after
the day of the making by OFCOM of a determination for the purpo ses
of section 139(2) that the contravention to which the previousnotification related did occur.
139 Penalties for contravention of information requirements
(1) This section applies where—
(a) a person (“the notified person”) has been given a notificati on under
section 138; 
(b) OFCOM have allowed the notified person an opportunity of mak ing
representations about the matters notified; and
(c) the period allowed for the making of the representations has  expired.
(2) OFCOM may impose a penalty on the notified person if—
(a) they are satisfied that he has, in one or more of the respec ts notified,
been in contravention of the requirement notified under section  138;
(b) he has not, during the period allowed under that section, co mplied
with the notified requirement; and
(c) no proceedings for an offence under section 144 have been br ought
against the notified person in respect of the contravention.
(3) Where a notification under section 138 relates to more than one contravention,
a separate penalty may be imposed in respect of each contravent ion.
(4) Where such a notification relates to a continuing contravent ion, no more than
one penalty may be imposed in respect of the period of contrave ntion specified
in the notification.
(5) The amount of a penalty imposed under this section is to be such amount not
exceeding £50,000 as OFCOM determine to be both—
(a) appropriate; and
(b) proportionate to the contravention in respect of which it is  imposed.
(6) In making that determination OFCOM must have regard to—
(a) any representations made to them by the notified person; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services132
(b) any steps taken by him towards complying with the requiremen ts
contraventions of which have been notified to him under section  138.
(7) Where OFCOM impose a penalty on a person under this section,  they shall—
(a) within one week of making their decision to impose the penal ty, notify
that person of that decision and of their reasons for that deci sion; and
(b) in that notification, fix a reasonable period after it is gi ven as the period
within which the penalty is to be paid.
(8) A penalty imposed under this section—
(a) must be paid to OFCOM; and
(b) if not paid within the period fixed by them, is to be recove rable by them
accordingly.
(9) The Secretary of State may by order amend this section so as  to substitute a
different maximum penalty for the maximum penalty for the time being
specified in subsection (5).
(10) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by s ubsection (9)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.
140 Suspending service provision for information contraventions
(1) OFCOM may give a direction under this section to a person wh o is a
communications provider or who makes associated facilities avai lable (“the
contravening provider”) if they are satisfied—
(a) that he is or has been in serious and repeated contravention  of
requirements imposed under sections 135 and 136, or either of t hem;
(b) the requirements are not requirements imposed for purposes
connected with the carrying out of OFCOM’s functions in relatio n to
SMP apparatus conditions;
(c) that an attempt, by the imposition of penalties under sectio n 139 or the
bringing of proceedings for an offence under section 144, to se cure
compliance with the contravened requirements has failed; and
(d) that the giving of the direction is appropriate and proporti onate to the
seriousness (when repeated as they have been) of the contravent ions.
(2) A direction under this section is—
(a) a direction that the entitlement of the contravening provide r to provide
electronic communications networks or electronic communicationsservices, or to make associated facilities available, is suspen ded (either
generally or in relation to particular networks, services or fa cilities); or
(b) a direction that that entitlement is restricted in the respe cts set out in the
direction.
(3) A direction under this section— 
(a) must specify the networks, services and facilities to which it relates; and
(b) except so far as it otherwise provides, takes effect for an indefinite
period beginning with the time at which it is notified to the p erson to
whom it is given.
(4) A direction under this section—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services133
(a) in providing for the effect of a suspension or restriction t o be
postponed, may provide for it to take effect only at a time det ermined
by or in accordance with the terms of the direction; and
(b) in connection with the suspension or restriction contained i n the
direction or with the postponement of its effect, may impose su ch
conditions on the contravening provider as appear to OFCOM to b e
appropriate for the purpose of protecting that provider’s custo mers.
(5) Those conditions may include a condition requiring the makin g of payments—
(a) by way of compensation for loss or damage suffered by the
contravening provider’s customers as a result of the direction;  or
(b) in respect of annoyance, inconvenience or anxiety to which t hey have
been put in consequence of the direction.
(6) If OFCOM consider it appropriate to do so (whether or not in  consequence of
any representations or proposals made to them), they may revoke  a direction
under this section or modify its conditions—
(a) with effect from such time as they may direct;
(b) subject to compliance with such requirements as they may spe cify; and
(c) to such extent and in relation to such networks, services or  facilities, or
parts of a network, service or facility, as they may determine.
(7) For the purposes of this section there are repeated contrave ntions by a person
of requirements imposed under sections 135 and 136, or either o f them, to the
extent that—
(a) in the case of a previous notification given to that person under section
138, OFCOM have determined for the purposes of section 139(2) t hat
such a contravention did occur; and
(b) in the period of twelve months following the day of the maki ng of that
determination, one or more further notifications have been give n to
that person in respect of contraventions of such requirements;
and for the purposes of this subsection it shall be immaterial whether the
notifications related to the same contravention or to different  contraventions of
the same or different requirements or of requirements under dif ferent sections.
141 Suspending apparatus supply for information contraventions
(1) OFCOM may give a direction under this section to a person wh o supplies
electronic communications apparatus (“the contravening supplier ”) if they are
satisfied—
(a) that he is or has been in serious and repeated contravention  of
requirements imposed under section 135;
(b) that an attempt, by the imposition of penalties under sectio n 139 or the
bringing of proceedings for an offence under section 144, to se cure
compliance with the contravened requirements has failed; and
(c) that the giving of the direction is appropriate and proporti onate to the
seriousness (when repeated as they have been) of the contravent ions.
(2) A direction under this section is—
(a) a direction to the contravening supplier to cease to act as a supplier of
electronic communications apparatus (either generally or in rel ation to
apparatus of a particular description); orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services134
(b) a direction imposing such restrictions as may be set out in the direction
on the supply by that supplier of electronic communications app aratus
(either generally or in relation to apparatus of a particular d escription).
(3) A direction under this section takes effect, except so far a s it otherwise
provides, for an indefinite period beginning with the time at w hich it is notified
to the person to whom it is given.
(4) A direction under this section—
(a) may provide for a prohibition or restriction to take effect only at a time
determined by or in accordance with the terms of the direction;  and
(b) in connection with a prohibition or restriction contained in  the
direction or with the postponement of its effect, may impose su ch
conditions on the contravening supplier as appear to OFCOM to b e
appropriate for the purpose of protecting that supplier’s custo mers.
(5) Those conditions may include a condition requiring the makin g of payments—
(a) by way of compensation for loss or damage suffered by the
contravening supplier’s customers as a result of the direction;  or
(b) in respect of annoyance, inconvenience or anxiety to which t hey have
been put in consequence of the direction.
(6) If OFCOM consider it appropriate to do so (whether or not in  consequence of
representations or proposals made to them), they may revoke a d irection under
this section or modify its conditions—
(a) with effect from such time as they may direct;
(b) subject to compliance with such requirements as they may spe cify; and
(c) to such extent and in relation to such apparatus or descript ions of
apparatus as they may determine.
(7) For the purposes of this section contraventions by a person of requirements
imposed under section 135 are repeated contraventions if—
(a) in the case of a previous notification given to that person under section
138, OFCOM have determined for the purposes of section 139(2) t hat
such a contravention did occur; and
(b) in the period of twelve months following the day of the maki ng of that
determination, one or more further notifications have been give n to
that person in respect of contraventions of such requirements;
and for the purposes of this subsection it shall be immaterial whether the
notifications related to the same contravention or to different  contraventions of
the same or different requirements.
142 Procedure for directions under ss. 140 and 141
(1) Except in an urgent case, OFCOM are not to give a direction under section 140
or 141 unless they have—
(a) notified the contravening provider or contravening supplier of the
proposed direction and of the conditions (if any) which they ar e
proposing to impose by that direction;
(b) provided him with an opportunity of making representations a bout the
proposals and of proposing steps for remedying the situation; a nd
(c) considered every representation and proposal made to them du ring the
period allowed by them for the contravening provider or thecontravening supplier to take advantage of that opportunity.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services135
(2) That period must be one ending not less than one month after  the day of the
giving of the notification.
(3) As soon as practicable after giving a direction under sectio n 140 or 141 in an
urgent case, OFCOM must provide the contravening provider or co ntravening
supplier with an opportunity of—
(a) making representations about the effect of the direction and  of any of
its conditions; and
(b) proposing steps for remedying the situation.
(4) A case is an urgent case for the purposes of this section if  OFCOM— 
(a) consider that it would be inappropriate, because the contrav entions in
question fall within subsection (5), to allow time, before givi ng a
direction under section 140 or 141, for the making and consider ation of
representations; and
(b) decide for that reason to act in accordance with subsection (3), instead
of subsection (1).
(5) The contraventions fall within this subsection if they have resulted in, or create
an immediate risk of—
(a) a serious threat to the safety of the public, to public heal th or to national
security;
(b) serious economic or operational problems for persons (apart from the
contravening provider or contravening supplier) who arecommunications providers or persons who make associated facilit ies
available; or
(c) serious economic or operational problems for persons who mak e use of
electronic communications networks, electronic communicationsservices or associated facilities.
(6) In this section—
“contravening provider” has the same meaning as in section 140;  and
 “contravening supplier” has the same meaning as in section 141 .
143 Enforcement of directions under ss. 140 and 141
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if he provides an electroni c communications
network or electronic communications service, or makes availabl e any
associated facility— 
(a) while his entitlement to do so is suspended by a direction u nder section
140; or
(b) in contravention of a restriction contained in such a direct ion.
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if he supplies electronic c ommunications
apparatus— 
(a) while prohibited from doing so by a direction under section 141; or
(b) in contravention of a restriction contained in such a direct ion.
(3) A person guilty of an offence under this section shall be li able—
(a) on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding the statutory
maximum; 
(b) on conviction on indictment, to a fine.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services136
(4) Sections 94 to 99 apply in relation to a contravention of co nditions imposed by
a direction under section 140 or 141 as they apply in relation to a contravention
of conditions set under section 45.
144 Offences in connection with information requirements
(1) A person who fails to provide information in accordance with  a requirement of
OFCOM under section 135 or 136 is guilty of an offence and shal l be liable—
(a) on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding the statutory
maximum;
(b) on conviction on indictment, to a fine.
(2) In proceedings against a person for an offence under subsect ion (1) it shall be
a defence for that person to show—
(a) that it was not reasonably practicable for him to comply wit h the
requirement within the period specified by OFCOM; but
(b) that he has taken all reasonable steps to provide the requir ed
information after the end of that period.
(3) A person is guilty of an offence if—
(a) in pursuance of any requirement under section 135 or 136, he  provides
any information that is false in any material particular; and
(b) at the time he provides it, he either knows it to be false o r is reckless as
to whether or not it is false.
(4) A person guilty of an offence under subsection (3) shall be liable—
(a) on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding the statutory
maximum;
(b) on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding
two years or to a fine, or to both.
(5) Proceedings for an offence under subsection (1) may be broug ht in respect of a
contravention by a person of a requirement imposed under sectio n 135 or 136
only if—
(a) OFCOM have given the person a notification under section 138  in
respect of that contravention;
(b) the period allowed under that section for doing the things m entioned
in subsection (3) of that section has expired without the requi red
information having been provided; and
(c) OFCOM have not imposed a financial penalty under section 139  in
respect of that contravention.
145 Statement of policy on information gathering
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to prepare and publish a state ment of their
general policy with respect to—
(a) the exercise of their powers under sections 135 to 136; and
(b) the uses to which they are proposing to put information obta ined under
those sections.
(2) OFCOM may from time to time revise that statement as they th ink fit.
(3) Where OFCOM make or revise their statement of policy under t his section,
they must publish that statement or (as the case may be) the re vised statementCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services137
in such manner as they consider appropriate for bringing it to the attention of
the persons who, in their opinion, are likely to be affected by  it.
(4) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in exercising the powers conf erred on them by
sections 135 to 144 to have regard to the statement for the tim e being in force
under this section.
146 Provision of information by OFCOM
(1) OFCOM must comply with a request made by a person for the pu rposes of this
section—
(a) to notify the person whether or not a notification is requir ed to be
submitted by him under section 33;
(b) to notify the person whether a notification submitted by him  for the
purposes of that section satisfies the requirements of this Cha pter; 
(c) to provide the person with such information about his rights  as may be
necessary for the purpose of facilitating the negotiation by hi m of his
right to network access; or
(d) to provide the person with such information as they consider  necessary
to enable the applicant to apply for a direction under section 106 to be
made in his case.
(2) A request for the purposes of this section must be made in s uch manner as
OFCOM may require.
(3) OFCOM is not required to comply with a request under this se ction if (without
having been asked to do so) they have already given that person  the
notification or information for which he is asking.
(4) Any notification or information which under subsection (1) m ust be given or
provided by OFCOM must be given or provided before the end of t he period
of one week beginning with the day on which the request for the  notification
or information was made to OFCOM.
Abolition of telecommunications licensing etc.
147 Repeal of provisions of Telecommunications Act 1984
The following provisions of the Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12) shall
cease to have effect—
(a) sections 5 to 8 (licensing provisions);
(b) sections 9 to 11 (public telecommunications systems);
(c) sections 12 to 15 (modification of licences);
(d) sections 16 to 19 (enforcement of licences); and
(e) sections 27A to 27L (standards of performance of designated public
telecommunications operators).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services138
Local authority powers in relation to networks and services
148 Powers of local authorities in connection with networks
(1) A local authority may borrow money for the purpose of provid ing a public
electronic communications network or public electronic communic ations
service.
(2) A local authority may—
(a) provide a public electronic communications network part of w hich is
outside their area; and
(b) provide a public electronic communications service even if s ome of the
persons to whom they provide the service are outside their area .
(3) In this section, a ‘local authority’ means—
(a) in relation to England, a London borough council or a distri ct council;
(b) in relation to Wales, a county council or a county borough c ouncil;
(c) in Scotland, a council constituted under section 2 of the Lo cal
Government etc. (Scotland) Act 1994 (c. 39).
Grants for networks and services in Northern Ireland
149 Grants by Department of Enterprise, Trade and Investment
(1) The Department of Enterprise, Trade and Investment may, in a ccordance with
this section, make payments to persons engaged in, or in commer cial activities
connected with—
(a) the provision of electronic communications networks and elec tronic
communications services in Northern Ireland; or
(b) improving the extent, quality and reliability of such networ ks or
services.
(2) A payment shall not be made under this section unless in the  opinion of the
Department of Enterprise, Trade and Investment—
(a) the making of the payment is likely to achieve—
(i) one or more of the purposes set out in subsection (1); and
(ii) any other purposes prescribed by regulations made by that
Department with the approval of the Department of Financeand Personnel; and
(b) the amount of the payment is reasonable having regard to all  the
circumstances.
(3) Payments under this section shall—
(a) be of such amounts, and
(b) be made subject to such conditions (including conditions as to
repayment),
as the Department of Enterprise, Trade and Investment may deter mine.
(4) This section extends only to Northern Ireland.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services139
150 Grants by district councils
(1) This section applies where a district council in Northern Ir eland consider that
it would be for the benefit of their area—
(a) for a public electronic communications network or electronic
communications service to be provided by a particular person;
( b ) f o r  f a c i l i t i e s  t o  b e  m a d e  a v a i l a b l e  b y  a  p a r t i c u l a r  p e r s o n  f or the
purposes of, or in connection with, the provision of such a net work or
service; or
(c) for such a network or service that is being provided by a pa rticular
person, or for any such facilities that are being so made avail able by a
particular person, to continue to be provided or made available . 
(2) The district council may—
(a) undertake to pay to that person, and 
(b) pay him,
whatever sums they think appropriate for, or towards, compensat ing him for
losses sustained in the provision of the network or service or in making the
facilities available.
(3) For the purposes of this section it is immaterial—
(a) in the case of a network, whether any part of the network is  situated in
the council’s area; and
(b) in the case of a service or facility, whether any of the per sons to whom
the service or facility is provided or made available are in th at area.
Interpretation of Chapter 1
151 Interpretation of Chapter 1
(1) In this Chapter—
“the Access Directive” means Directive 2002/19/EC of the Europe an
Parliament and of the Council on access to, and interconnection  of,
electronic communications networks and associated facilities;
“access-related condition” means a condition set as an access-r elated
condition under section 45;
“allocation” and “adoption”, in relation to telephone numbers, and
cognate expressions, are to be construed in accordance with sec tion 56;
“apparatus market”, in relation to a market power determination , is to be
construed in accordance with section 46(9)(b);
“designated universal service provider” means a person who is f or the
time being designated in accordance with regulations under sect ion 66
as a person to whom universal service conditions are applicable ;
“electronic communications apparatus”—
(a) in relation to SMP apparatus conditions and in section 141,
means apparatus that is designed or adapted for a use whichconsists of or includes the sending or receiving ofcommunications or other signals (within the meaning of section32) that are transmitted by means of an electroniccommunications network; and
(b) in all other contexts, has the same meaning as in the electr onic
communications code;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services140
“the electronic communications code” has the meaning given by s ection
106(1);
“end-user”, in relation to a public electronic communications s ervice,
means—
(a) a person who, otherwise than as a communications provider, i s
a customer of the provider of that service;
(b) a person who makes use of the service otherwise than as a
communications provider; or
(c) a person who may be authorised, by a person falling within
paragraph (a), so to make use of the service;
“the Framework Directive” means Directive 2002/21/EC of the Eur opean
Parliament and of the Council on a common regulatory framework for
electronic communications networks and services;
“general condition” means a condition set as a general conditio n under
section 45;
“interconnection” is to be construed in accordance with subsect ion (2);
“market power determination” means—
(a) a determination, for the purposes of provisions of this Chap ter,
that a person has significant market power in an identifiedservices market or an identified apparatus market, or
(b) a confirmation for such purposes of a market power
determination reviewed on a further analysis under section 84or 85;
“misuse”, in relation to an electronic communications network o r
electronic communications service, is to be construed in accord ance
with section 128(5) and (8), and cognate expressions are to be construed
accordingly;
“network access” is to be construed in accordance with subsecti on (3);
“persistent” and “persistently”, in relation to misuse of an el ectronic
communications network or electronic communications service, ar e to
be construed in accordance with section 128(6) and (7);
“premium rate service” is to be construed in accordance with se ction
120(7);
“privileged supplier condition” means a condition set as a priv ileged
supplier condition under section 45;
“provider”, in relation to a premium rate service, is to be con strued in
accordance with section 120(9) to (12), and cognate expressions  are to
be construed accordingly;
“public communications provider” means—
(a) a provider of a public electronic communications network;
(b) a provider of a public electronic communications service; or
(c) a person who makes available facilities that are associated
facilities by reference to a public electronic communicationsnetwork or a public electronic communications service;
“public electronic communications network” means an electronic
communications network provided wholly or mainly for the purpos e
of making electronic communications services available to membe rs of
the public;
“public electronic communications service” means any electronic
communications service that is provided so as to be available f or use by
members of the public;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services141
“regulatory authorities” is to be construed in accordance with subsection
(5);
“relevant international standards” means—
(a) any standards or specifications from time to time drawn up a nd
published in accordance with Article 17 of the FrameworkDirective;
(b) the standards and specifications from time to time adopted
by—
(i) the European Committee for Standardisation,
(ii) the European Committee for Electrotechnical
Standardisation; or
(iii) the European Telecommunications Standards Institute;
and
(c) the international standards and recommendations from time to
time adopted by— 
(i) the International Telecommunication Union;
(ii) the International Organisation for Standardisation; or
(iii) the International Electrotechnical Committee;
“service interoperability” means interoperability between diffe rent
electronic communications services;
“services market”, in relation to a market power determination or market
identification, is to be construed in accordance with section 4 6(8)(a);
“significant market power” is to be construed in accordance wit h section
78;
“SMP condition” means a condition set as an SMP condition under  section
45, and “SMP services condition” and “SMP apparatus condition” are
to be construed in accordance with subsections (8) and (9) of t hat
section respectively;
“telephone number” has the meaning given by section 56(5);
“the Universal Service Directive” means Directive 2002/22/EC of  the
European Parliament and of the Council on universal service andusers’ rights relating to electronic communications networks an d
services;
“universal service condition” means a condition set as a univer sal service
condition under section 45;
“the universal service order” means the order for the time bein g in force
under section 65.
(2) In this Chapter references to interconnection are references  to the linking
(whether directly or indirectly by physical or logical means, o r by a
combination of physical and logical means) of one public electr onic
communications network to another for the purpose of enabling t he persons
using one of them to be able— 
(a) to communicate with users of the other one; or
(b) to make use of services provided by means of the other one ( whether
by the provider of that network or by another person).
(3) In this Chapter references to network access are references to—
(a) interconnection of public electronic communications networks ; or
(b) any services, facilities or arrangements which—
(i) are not comprised in interconnection; butCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 1 — Electronic communications networks and services142
(ii) are services, facilities or arrangements by means of which a
communications provider or person making availableassociated facilities is able, for the purposes of the provisio n of
an electronic communications service (whether by him or byanother), to make use of anything mentioned in subsection (4);
and references to providing network access include references t o providing
any such services, making available any such facilities or ente ring into any
such arrangements.
(4) The things referred to in subsection (3)(b) are—
(a) any electronic communications network or electronic communic ations
service provided by another communications provider;
(b) any apparatus comprised in such a network or used for the pu rposes of
such a network or service;
(c) any facilities made available by another that are associated  facilities by
reference to any network or service (whether one provided by th at
provider or by another);
(d) any other services or facilities which are provided or made available by
another person and are capable of being used for the provision of an
electronic communications service.
(5) References in this Chapter to the regulatory authorities of member States are
references to such of the authorities of the member States as h ave been notified
to the European Commission as the regulatory authorities of tho se States for
the purposes of the Framework Directive.
(6) For the purposes of this Chapter, where there is a contraven tion of an
obligation that requires a person to do anything within a parti cular period or
before a particular time, that contravention shall be taken to continue after the
end of that period, or after that time, until that thing is don e.
(7) References in this Chapter to remedying the consequences of a contravention
include references to paying an amount to a person—
(a) by way of compensation for loss or damage suffered by that p erson; or
(b) in respect of annoyance, inconvenience or anxiety to which h e has been
put.
(8) In determining for the purposes of provisions of this Chapte r whether a
contravention is a repeated contravention for any purposes, a n otification of a
contravention under that provision shall be disregarded if it h as been
withdrawn before the imposition of a penalty in respect of the matters notified. 
(9) For the purposes of this section a service is made available  to members of the
public if members of the public are customers, in respect of th at service, of the
provider of that service.
C
HAPTER  2
SPECTRUM  USE
General functions relating to spectrum use
152 General functions of OFCOM in relation to radio spectrum
(1) It shall be a function of OFCOM—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use143
(a) to give such advice in relation to the use of the electro-ma gnetic
spectrum for wireless telegraphy,
(b) to provide such other services, and
(c) to maintain such records,
as they consider appropriate for the purpose of facilitating or  managing the use
of that spectrum for wireless telegraphy.
(2) It shall be a function of OFCOM, in relation to the use of t he electro-magnetic
spectrum for wireless telegraphy—
(a) to give such further advice,
(b) to provide such other services, and
(c) to maintain such other records,
as the Secretary of State may, for the purpose of securing comp liance with the
international obligations of the United Kingdom, require them t o provide.
(3) The advice, the other services and the records that OFCOM ma y give, provide
or maintain under this section include advice, other services a nd records with
respect to the use of the electro-magnetic spectrum at places o utside the United
Kingdom.
(4) The powers of OFCOM to carry out research, or to arrange for  others to carry
out research, are to be exercisable, in particular, for ascerta ining, for the
purpose of carrying out their functions under this section, inf ormation about—
(a) the demands for use of the electro-magnetic spectrum for wir eless
telegraphy in the United Kingdom; 
(b) the effects, in the United Kingdom, of any such use of that spectrum;
(c) likely future developments in relation to those matters; and
(d) any other connected matters that OFCOM think relevant.
(5) OFCOM may make a grant to any person if, in their opinion, t he making of the
grant is likely to promote—
(a) the efficient use in the United Kingdom of the electro-magne tic
spectrum for wireless telegraphy; or
(b) the efficient management of that use.
(6) A grant—
(a) may be made to a person holding a wireless telegraphy licenc e or a
grant of recognised spectrum access under section 159 or to any  other
person; and
(b) is to be made on such terms and conditions as OFCOM consider
appropriate;
and those terms and conditions may include terms requiring the repayment of
the grant in specified circumstances.
(7) The consent of the Treasury is to be required—
(a) for the making of a grant under subsection (5); and
(b) for the terms and conditions on which such a grant is made.
(8) Where OFCOM are required to give advice or provide another s ervice to a
person under this section, they are to be entitled to make the giving of the
advice or the provision of the other service conditional on the  payment to them
of such sums— 
(a) as they may determine in advance; or
(b) as may be agreed between them and that person.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use144
(9) In this section references to providing a service to a perso n include references
to a service consisting in—
(a) the entry of that person’s particulars in a register or othe r record kept
by OFCOM for the purpose of carrying out their functions under this
section; or
(b) the taking of steps for the purposes of determining whether to grant an
application for an entry in a register or record so kept.
153 United Kingdom Plan for Frequency Authorisation 
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, from time to time as they thi nk fit, to publish a
document (to be known as “the United Kingdom Plan for FrequencyAuthorisation”).
(2) The plan must set out—
(a) the frequencies that, in relation to the United Kingdom, hav e been
allocated for particular purposes for wireless telegraphy and a re
available for assignment; and
(b) the purposes for which the different frequencies have been a llocated.
154 Duties of OFCOM when carrying out spectrum functions
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in carrying out their functio ns under the
enactments relating to the management of the radio spectrum, to  have regard,
in particular, to—
(a) the extent to which the electro-magnetic spectrum is availab le for use,
or further use, for wireless telegraphy; 
(b) the demand for use of that spectrum for wireless telegraphy;  and
(c) the demand that is likely to arise in future for the use of that spectrum
for wireless telegraphy.
(2) It shall also be their duty, in carrying out their functions  under those
enactments to have regard, in particular, to the desirability o f promoting—
(a) the efficient management and use of the part of the electro- magnetic
spectrum available for wireless telegraphy;
(b) the economic and other benefits that may arise from the use of wireless
telegraphy;
(c) the development of innovative services; and
(d) competition in the provision of electronic communications se rvices.
(3) In the application of this section to the functions of OFCOM  under the
enactments relating to the management of the radio spectrum oth er than
section 2 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998 (c. 6) (exercise o f power to
prescribe wireless telegraphy licence fees), OFCOM may disregar d such of the
matters mentioned in the preceding subsections as appear to the m—
(a) to be matters to which they are not required to have regard apart from
this section; and
(b) to have no application to the case in question.
(4) Where it appears to OFCOM that any of their duties under thi s section conflict
with one or more of their duties under sections 3 to 6, priorit y must be given to
their duties under those sections.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use145
(5) Where it appears to OFCOM that any of their duties under thi s section conflict
w i t h  e a c h  o t h e r  i n  a  p a r t i c u l a r  c a s e ,  t h e y  m u s t  s e c u r e  t h a t  t h e  conflict is
resolved in the manner they think best in the circumstances.
155 Advisory service in relation to interference
(1) It shall be a function of OFCOM to provide a service consist ing in the giving of
advice and assistance to persons complaining of interference wi th wireless
telegraphy.
(2) In this section “interference”, in relation to wireless tele graphy, has the same
meaning as in the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54).
156 Directions with respect to the radio spectrum
(1) The Secretary of State may by order give general or specific  directions to
OFCOM about the carrying out by OFCOM of their functions under the
enactments relating to the management of the radio spectrum.
(2) The directions that may be given under this section include a direction
requiring OFCOM to secure that such frequencies of the electro- magnetic
spectrum as may be specified in the direction are kept availabl e or become
available—
(a) for such uses or descriptions of uses, or
(b) for such users or descriptions of users,
as may be so specified.
(3) The directions that may be given under this section include a direction
requiring OFCOM to exercise their powers under the provisions m entioned in
subsection (4)—
(a) in such cases,
(b) in such manner, 
(c) subject to such restrictions and constraints, and
(d) with a view to achieving such purposes,
as may be specified in the direction or as may be determined by  the Secretary
of State in accordance with the order.
(4) Those provisions are—
(a) the proviso to section 1 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949
(exemptions from requirement of wireless telegraphy licence); a nd
(b) sections 1 to 3A of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998 (c. 6) ( payments in
respect of wireless telegraphy licences and grants of recognise d
spectrum access).
(5) This section is not to be construed as restricting the power  of the Secretary of
State under section 5, without the making of an order, to give a direction for
any of the purposes for the time being specified in subsection (3) of that section.
157 Procedure for directions under s. 156
(1) An order containing a direction under section 156, if it is not one falling within
subsection (2) or (3) of that section, must state the purpose f or which the
direction is given.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use146
(2) Before making an order containing a direction under section 156, the Secretary
of State must consult both—
(a) OFCOM; and
(b) such other persons as he thinks fit.
(3) Subsection (2) does not apply where the Secretary of State c onsiders that the
urgency of the case makes it inexpedient to carry out the consu ltation before
making the order.
(4) Subject to subsection (5), no order is to be made containing  provision
authorised by section 156 unless a draft of the order has been laid before
Parliament and approved by a resolution of each House.
(5) Subsection (4) does not apply where the Secretary of State c onsiders either—
(a) before or in the course of the consultation required by subs ection (2); or 
(b) after the consultation and before or after a draft of the or der has been
laid before Parliament,
that the urgency of the case is or has become such that he shou ld make the
order straight away.
(6) Where under subsection (5) the Secretary of State makes an o rder containing a
direction under section 156 without a draft of the order having  been approved,
the order shall cease to have effect at the end of the period o f forty days
beginning with the day on which it was made unless, before the end of that
period, it has been approved by a resolution of each House of P arliament.
(7) For the purposes of subsection (6)—
(a) the order’s ceasing to have effect is without prejudice to a nything
previously done, or to the making of a new order; and
(b) in reckoning the period of forty days no account shall be ta ken of any
period during which Parliament is dissolved or prorogued or dur ing
which both Houses are adjourned for more than four days.
Reservation of spectrum for multiplex use
158 Special duty in relation to television multiplexes
(1) This section applies where OFCOM, in exercise of their funct ions under the
enactments relating to the management of the radio spectrum, ha ve reserved
frequencies for the broadcasting of television programmes.
(2) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in the carrying out of their functions under
those enactments, to exercise their powers so as to secure, so far as practicable,
that the requirement of subsection (3) is satisfied.
(3) That requirement is that sufficient capacity is made availab le on the reserved
frequencies for ensuring, in the case of every licensed televis ion multiplex
service, that the qualifying services are broadcast by means of  that multiplex
service.
(4) In subsection (3) “licensed television multiplex service” me ans a television
multiplex service the provision of which is authorised by a lic ence under Part
1 of the 1996 Act.
(5) In this section “qualifying service” and “television multipl ex service” each has
the same meaning as in Part 3 of this Act.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use147
Recognised spectrum access
159 Grant of recognised spectrum access
(1) This section applies where— 
(a) a person is proposing to use or to continue to use a station  or apparatus
for wireless telegraphy;
(b) the circumstances of the use are circumstances specified for  the
purposes of this section in regulations made by OFCOM;
(c) that use does not require a wireless telegraphy licence but will involve
the emission of electro-magnetic energy with a view to the rece ption of
anything at places in the United Kingdom or in the territorial waters
adjacent to the United Kingdom;
and for the purposes of this section it is immaterial whether t he emissions are
from a place within the United Kingdom or from a place outside the United
Kingdom.
(2) On an application by that person, OFCOM may make a grant of recognised
spectrum access in respect of any use by him of anything for wi reless
telegraphy that is specified in the grant.
(3) A grant of recognised spectrum access made to a person shall  set out, by
reference to such factors as OFCOM think fit (including, so far  as they think fit,
frequencies, times and places of reception and strength and typ e of signal), the
respects in which the use of anything by that person for wirele ss telegraphy is
recognised by the grant.
(4) A grant of recognised spectrum access to a person is made by  giving him a
notification containing the grant.
(5) A grant of recognised spectrum access may be made subject to  such restrictions
and conditions as OFCOM think fit, including, in particular, re strictions or
conditions as to strength or type of signal, as to times of use  and as to the
sharing of frequencies. 
(6) The restrictions and conditions of a grant of recognised spe ctrum access made
to a person must not duplicate obligations already imposed on h im by general
conditions set under section 45.
(7) Where a grant of recognised spectrum access is made subject to restrictions and
conditions, the restrictions and conditions must be set out in the notification by
which the grant is made.
(8) Schedule 5 (which makes provision about the grant, revocatio n and
modification of recognised spectrum access) shall have effect.
(9) Section 403 applies to the power of OFCOM to make regulation s under
subsection (1).
(10) Expressions used in this section and in the Wireless Telegr aphy Act 1949 (c. 54)
have the same meanings in this section as in that Act.
160 Effect of grant of recognised spectrum access
(1) This section applies to the following functions of OFCOM—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use148
(a) their functions under section 1 of the Wireless Telegraphy A ct 1949
(c. 54) (licensing of the use of the radio spectrum) with respec t to the
granting of wireless telegraphy licences;
(b) their functions under section 159 of this Act with respect t o the making
of grants of recognised spectrum access; and
(c) any of their other functions under the enactments relating t o the
management of the radio spectrum in the carrying out of which i t is
appropriate for them to have regard to— 
(i) whether wireless telegraphy licences are in force; or
(ii) the terms, provisions or limitations of wireless telegraphy
licences that are for the time being in force.
(2) In carrying out the functions to which this section applies it shall be the duty
of OFCOM to take into account— 
(a) the existence of any grant of recognised spectrum access tha t is for the
time being in force, and
(b) the provisions imposing the restrictions and conditions subj ect to
which the grant has effect,
to the same extent as they would take into account a wireless t elegraphy licence
with terms, provisions or limitations making equivalent provisi on.
161 Charges in respect of grants of recognised spectrum access
(1) The Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998 (c. 6) (which makes provisio n about the
sums that may be charged in respect of the issue and renewal of  wireless
telegraphy licences etc.) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In section 1 (charges for wireless telegraphy licences)— 
(a) in subsection (1), after “this Act” there shall be inserted—
“(a) references to a grant of recognised spectrum access are
references to a grant made under section 159 of theCommunications Act 2003 (recognised spectrumaccess); and
(b)”;
(b) in subsection (2), for the words from “or renewal”, where th ey first
occur, to “is issued” there shall be substituted “of a wireless  telegraphy
licence or the making of a grant of recognised spectrum access and,
where regulations under this section so provide, subsequently a t such
times during the term of the licence or grant and such times in  respect
of its variation, modification or revocation, as may be prescri bed by the
regulations, there shall be paid to OFCOM by the person to whom  the
licence is issued or the grant made”; and
(c) in subsection (4), for the words from “or renewal”, where th ey first
occur, to “the licence” there shall be substituted “of a licenc e or the
making of a grant of recognised spectrum access, OFCOM may, on the
issue of the licence or the making of the grant,”. 
(3) After section 3 of that Act there shall be inserted the foll owing section—
“3A Bidding for grants of recognised spectrum access
(1) Having regard to the desirability of promoting the optimal u se of the
electro-magnetic spectrum, OFCOM may by regulations provide tha t,
in such cases as may be specified in the regulations, applicati ons for
grants of recognised spectrum access must be made in accordance  withCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use149
a procedure which involves the making by the applicant of a bid
specifying an amount which he is willing to pay to OFCOM in res pect
of the grant.
(2) Regulations under this section may make provision with respe ct to the
grants to which they apply and the restrictions and conditions subject
to which such grants are made.
(3) The regulations may, in particular—
(a) require the applicant’s bid to specify the amount which he i s
willing to pay;
(b) require that amount to be expressed—
(i) as a cash sum;
(ii) as a sum determined by reference to a variable (such as
i n c o m e  a t t r i b u t a b l e  w h o l l y  o r  i n  p a r t  t o  t h e  u s e  o fwireless telegraphy to which the grant relates);
(iii) as a combination of the two; or
(iv) (at the applicant’s choice) in any one of the ways falling
within the preceding sub-paragraphs that is authorisedby the regulations;
(c) require that amount to be expressed in terms of—
(i) the making of a single payment;
(ii) the making of periodic payments;
(iii) a combination of the two; or
(iv) (at the applicant’s choice) in any one of the ways falling
within the preceding sub-paragraphs that is authorisedby the regulations;
(d) specify requirements (such as, for example, technical or
financial requirements, requirements relating to the use ofwireless telegraphy to which the grant relates and requirementsintended to restrict the holding of two or more grants ofrecognised spectrum access by any one person) which must bemet by applicants for a grant;
(e) require any such applicant to pay a deposit to OFCOM;
(f) specify circumstances in which such a deposit is, or is not,  to be
refundable;
(g) specify matters to be taken into account by OFCOM (in additi on
to the bids made in accordance with the prescribed procedure)in deciding whether, or to whom, to make a grant of recognisedspectrum access;
(h) specify the other restrictions and conditions subject to whi ch a
grant to which the regulations apply is to be made; and 
(i) make any provision referred to in section 1(3).
(4) Regulations under this section are not to be construed as bi nding
OFCOM to make a grant on the completion of the procedure provid ed
for in the regulations except in such circumstances as may be p rovided
for in the regulations.
(5) A grant of recognised spectrum access made in accordance wit h
regulations under this section shall specify either—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use150
(a) the sum or sums which in consequence of the bids made are, i n
accordance with the regulations, to be payable in respect of th e
grant; or
(b) the method for determining that sum or those sums;
and that sum or those sums shall be paid to OFCOM by the person  to
whom the grant is made in accordance with the conditions of the  grant.
(6) In determining the sum or sums payable in respect of a grant , regard
may be had to bids made for other grants of recognised spectrum  access
and for wireless telegraphy licences.
(7) Regulations under this section may provide that where a pers on—
(a) makes an application for a grant of recognised spectrum acce ss
in accordance with a procedure provided for by suchregulations, but
(b) subsequently refuses the grant applied for,
that person shall make such payments to OFCOM as may be
determined in accordance with the regulations by reference to b ids
made for the grant.
(8) Subsection (4) of section 1 is to apply in relation to sums that will or
may become payable under regulations under this sectionsubsequently to the making of a grant of recognised spectrum ac cess as
it applies to sums that will or may become payable under regula tions
under that section.”
162 Conversion into and from wireless telegraphy licences
(1) OFCOM may by regulations make provision for—
(a) the conversion, on the application of the licence holder, of  a wireless
telegraphy licence into a grant of recognised spectrum access; and
(b) the conversion, on the application of the holder of the gran t, of a grant
of recognised spectrum access into a wireless telegraphy licenc e.
(2) Section 403 applies to the power of OFCOM to make regulation s under this
section.
Crown use of the radio spectrum
163 Payments for use of radio spectrum by the Crown
(1) The Secretary of State may, out of money provided by Parliam ent, make
payments to OFCOM of such amounts as he considers appropriate i n respect
of—
(a) the establishment and use by or on behalf of the Crown, of a  station for
wireless telegraphy;
(b) the installation and use by or on behalf of the Crown, of ap paratus for
wireless telegraphy;
(c) any grant of recognised spectrum access made to the Crown.
(2) The payments made under this section shall be made at such t imes and, so far
as made in relation to use, in relation to such periods as the Secretary of State
considers appropriate.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use151
(3) Expressions used in this section and in the Wireless Telegra phy Act 1949 (c. 54)
have the same meanings in this section as in that Act.
Limitations and exemptions applied to spectrum use
164 Limitations on authorised spectrum use
(1) If they consider it appropriate, for the purpose of securing  the efficient use of
the electro-magnetic spectrum, to impose limitations on the use  of particular
frequencies, OFCOM must make an order imposing the limitations.
(2) An order under this section may do one or both of the follow ing—
(a) specify frequencies for the use of which OFCOM will grant or  make
only a limited number of wireless telegraphy licences and grant s of
recognised spectrum access; or
(b) specify uses for which, on specified frequencies, OFCOM will  grant or
make only a limited number of wireless telegraphy licences and grants
of recognised spectrum access.
(3) Where OFCOM make an order under this section, it must set ou t the criteria
which OFCOM will apply in determining in accordance with the or der—
(a) the limit on the number of wireless telegraphy licences and grants of
recognised spectrum access to be granted or made for the specif ied
frequencies or uses;
( b ) t h e  p e r s o n s  t o  wh o m  l i c e n c e s  w i l l  b e  g r a nt e d  o r  g r a nt s  o f  s p ectrum
access made.
(4) OFCOM must satisfy themselves that any criteria set out by v irtue of
subsection (3) are—
(a) objectively justifiable in relation to the frequencies or us es to which
they relate; 
(b) not such as to discriminate unduly against particular person s or against
a particular description of persons;
(c) proportionate to what they are intended to achieve; and
(d) in relation to what they are intended to achieve, transparen t.
(5) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to exercise the following powe rs in accordance
with the orders for the time being in force under this section—  
(a) their powers under the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 and the Wireless
Telegraphy Act 1998 (c. 6) with respect to wireless telegraphy l icences;
and
(b) their powers under the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998 and this  Chapter
with respect to grants of recognised spectrum access.
(6) OFCOM must keep under review any order for the time being in  force under
this section.
(7) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to make an order revoking or a mending the
provisions of an order under this section if, on reviewing it, they consider it
necessary to do so for the purpose of securing the efficient us e of the electro-
magnetic spectrum.
(8) An order under this section may make provision by reference to
determinations which—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use152
(a) are made from time to time by OFCOM in accordance with the
provisions of such an order; and
(b) are published by them from time to time in such manner as ma y be
provided for in such an order.
(9) Section 403 applies to the power of OFCOM to make an order u nder this
section.
165 Terms etc. of wireless telegraphy licences
In section 1 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54), after subsection (2)
(terms, provisions and limitations of the licence) there shall be inserted—
“(2A) Those terms, provisions and limitations may also include, in
particular— 
(a) terms, provisions and limitations as to strength or type of
signal, as to times of use and as to the sharing of frequencies ; 
(b) terms, provisions or limitations imposing prohibitions on th e
transmission or broadcasting of particular matters by the holde r
of the licence; and
(c) terms or provisions requiring the transmission or broadcasti ng
of particular matters by that person. 
(2B) A licence under this section may be granted either—
(a) in relation to a particular station or particular apparatus;  or
(b) in relation to any station or apparatus falling within a
description specified in the licence;
and such a description may be expressed by reference to such fa ctors
(including factors confined to the manner in which it is establ ished,
installed or used) as OFCOM think fit.
(2C) The terms, provisions and limitations of a licence granted under this
section to a person must not duplicate obligations already impo sed on
him by general conditions set under section 45 of the Communica tions
Act 2003.”
166 Exemption from need for wireless telegraphy licence
After section 1 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 there shall  be inserted—
“1AA Exemption from need for wireless telegraphy licence
(1) If OFCOM are satisfied that the condition in subsection (2) is satisfied
as respects the use of stations or apparatus of any particulardescription, they shall make regulations under section 1 of thi s Act
exempting the establishment, installation and use of any statio n or
apparatus of that description from the prohibition in that sect ion.
(2) That condition is that the use of stations or apparatus of t hat description
is not likely to involve any undue interference with wirelesstelegraphy.”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use153
Award and transfer of licences
167 Bidding for wireless telegraphy licences
(1) Section 3 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998 (c. 6) (bidding  for wireless
telegraphy licences) shall be amended as follows.
(2) The following shall cease to have effect—
(a) in subsection (1), the words “or determined by him under” an d
paragraph (a) (requirement to set out procedure for bidding in a notice
issued under regulations); and
(b) subsection (2) (matters to be included in regulations).
(3) In subsection (3) (provision that may be contained in regula tions)—
(a) for paragraph (a) there shall be substituted—
“(a) require the applicant’s bid to specify the amount he is
willing to pay;
(aa) require that amount to be expressed—
(i) as a cash sum;
(ii) as a sum determined by reference to a variable
(such as income attributable wholly or in part tothe holding of the licence);
(iii) as a combination of the two; or
(iv) (at the applicant’s choice) in any one of the ways
falling within the preceding sub-paragraphs thatis authorised by the regulations;
(ab) require that amount to be expressed in terms of—
(i) the making of a single payment;
(ii) the making of periodic payments;
(iii) a combination of the two; or
(iv) (at the applicant’s choice) in any one of the ways
falling within the preceding sub-paragraphs thatis authorised by the regulations;”
(b) in paragraph (f), for “any licence” there shall be substitut ed “a licence
to which the regulations apply”; and
(c) the word “and” shall be inserted at the end of paragraph (f)  and
paragraph (h) shall cease to have effect.
(4) For subsection (4) (notice not to create binding obligation to grant licence) there
shall be substituted—
“(4) Regulations under this section are not to be construed as b inding
OFCOM to grant a licence on the completion of the procedure pro vided
for in the regulations except in such circumstances as may be p rovided
for in the regulations.”
(5) For subsection (5) (licence to specify the amount payable in  accordance with
the applicant’s bid) there shall be substituted—
“(5) A wireless telegraphy licence granted in accordance with re gulations
under this section shall specify either—
(a) the sum or sums which in consequence of the bids made are, i n
accordance with the regulations, to be payable in respect of th e
licence; orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use154
(b) the method for determining that sum or those sums;
and that sum or those sums shall be paid to OFCOM by the person  to
whom the licence is granted in accordance with the terms of thelicence.”
(6) For subsection (6) there shall be substituted—
“(5A) In determining the sum or sums payable in respect of a wir eless
telegraphy licence, regard may be had to bids made for other wi reless
telegraphy licences and for grants of recognised spectrum acces s.
(5B) Regulations under this section may provide that where a per son—
(a) makes an application for a licence in accordance with a
procedure provided for by such regulations, but
(b) subsequently refuses the licence applied for,
that person shall make such payments to OFCOM as may be
determined in accordance with the regulations by reference to b ids
made for the licence.
(6) Subsection (4) of section 1 is to apply in relation to sums that will or
may become payable under regulations under this sectionsubsequently to the grant of a wireless telegraphy licence as i t applies
to sums that will or may become payable under regulations under  that
section.”
168 Spectrum trading
(1) OFCOM may by regulations authorise the transfer to another p erson by— 
(a) the holder of a wireless telegraphy licence, or 
(b) the holder of a grant of recognised spectrum access,
of rights and obligations arising by virtue of such a licence o r grant.
(2) The transfers that may be authorised by regulations under th is section are—
(a) such transfers of all or any of the rights and obligations u nder a licence
or grant as have the effect that the rights and obligations of the person
making the transfer become rights and obligations of the transf eree to
the exclusion of the person making the transfer;
(b) such transfers of all or any those rights and obligations as  have the
effect that the transferred rights and obligations become right s and
obligations of the transferee while continuing, concurrently, t o be
rights and obligations of the person making the transfer; and
(c) transfers falling within either of the preceding paragraphs under which
the rights and obligations that are acquired by the transferee take
effect—
(i) if they are rights and obligations under a wireless telegrap hy
licence, as rights and obligations under a grant of recognisedspectrum access; and
(ii) if they are rights and obligations under such a grant, as r ights
and obligations under a wireless telegraphy licence.
(3) Regulations authorising the transfer of rights and obligatio ns under a wireless
telegraphy licence or grant of recognised spectrum access may—
(a) authorise a partial transfer to be made by reference to such  factors and
apportionments, and to have effect in relation to such matters andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use155
periods, as may be described in the regulations, or as may be
determined in accordance with them;
(b) by reference to such factors (including the terms and condit ions of the
licence or grant in question) as may be specified in or determi ned in
accordance with the regulations, restrict the circumstances in which,
the extent to which and the manner in which a transfer may be m ade;
(c) require the approval or consent of OFCOM for the making of a  transfer;
(d) provide for a transfer to be effected by the surrender of a licence or
grant of recognised spectrum access and the grant or making of a new
one in respect of the transfer;
(e) confer power on OFCOM to direct that a transfer must not be made, or
is to be made only after compliance with such conditions as OFC OM
may impose in accordance with the regulations;
(f) authorise OFCOM to require the payment to them of such sums as may
be determined by or in accordance with the regulations in respe ct of
determinations made by OFCOM for the purposes of the regulation s or
in respect of an approval or consent given for those purposes;
(g) make provision for the giving of security (whether by the gi ving of
deposits or otherwise) in respect of sums payable in pursuance of any
regulations under this section;
(h) make provision as to the circumstances in which security giv en under
such regulations is to be returned or may be retained;
(i) impose requirements as to the procedure to be followed for t he making
of a transfer and, in particular, as to the notification about a transfer that
must be given to OFCOM, or must be published, both in advance o f its
being made and afterwards;
(j) impose requirements as to the records to be kept in connecti on with any
transfer, and as to the persons to whom such records are to be made
available;
(k) set out the matters to be taken into account in the making o f
determinations under regulations under this section.
(4) The transfer of rights and obligations under a wireless tele graphy licence or
grant of recognised spectrum access shall be void except to the  extent that it is
made—
(a) in accordance with regulations under this section; or
(b) in accordance with a provision specified in subsection (5).
(5) That provision is a provision which—
(a) is contained in a wireless telegraphy licence granted before  the
commencement of this section or in the first or any subsequent renewal
after the commencement of this section of a licence so granted;  and
(b) allows the holder of the licence to confer the benefit of th e licence on
another in respect of any station or apparatus to which the lic ence
relates.
(6) A transfer shall also be void if it is made in contravention  of a direction given
by OFCOM in exercise of a power conferred by regulations under this section.
(7) Section 403 applies to the power of OFCOM to make regulation s under this
section.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use156
Variation and revocation of licences
169 Variation and revocation of wireless telegraphy licences
(1) For section 1E of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54) (v ariation and
revocation of licences for the provision of a telecommunication  service) there
shall be substituted—
“1E Variation or revocation of a licence
(1) Where OFCOM propose to vary or revoke a wireless telegraphy
licence, they shall give the person holding the licence a notif ication
under this subsection—
(a) stating the reasons for the proposed variation or revocation ; and
(b) specifying the period during which the person notified has a n
opportunity to do the things specified in subsection (2).
(2) Those things are—
(a) making representations about the proposal; and
(b) if the proposal is the result of a contravention of a term,
provision or limitation of the licence, complying with that ter m,
provision or limitation.
(3) Subject to subsections (4) to (6), the period for doing thos e things must
be the period of one month beginning with the day after the one  on
which the notification was given.
(4) OFCOM may, if they think fit, allow a longer period for doin g those
things either—
(a) by specifying a longer period in the notification; or
(b) by subsequently, on one or more occasions, extending the
specified period.
(5) The person notified shall have a shorter period for doing th ose things if
a shorter period is agreed between OFCOM and the person notifie d.
(6) The person notified shall also have a shorter period if—
(a) OFCOM have reasonable grounds for believing that the case is
a case of serious and repeated contravention or an urgent case;
(b) they have determined that, in the circumstances, a shorter
period would be appropriate; and
(c) the shorter period has been specified in the notification.
(7) A case is an urgent case if the failure to vary or revoke th e licence will
result in, or create an immediate risk of—
(a) a serious threat to the safety of the public, to public heal th or to
national security; or
(b) serious economic or operational problems for persons, other
than the person in contravention, who— 
(i) use stations or apparatus for wireless telegraphy; or
(ii) are communications providers or make associated
facilities available.
(8) Subsection (1) does not apply to a proposal to vary or revok e a licence
if the proposal is made at the request or with the consent of t he licence
holder.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use157
(9) For the purposes of this section a contravention of a term, provision or
limitation of a licence is a repeated contravention, in relatio n to a
proposal to vary or revoke a licence, if it falls within subsec tion (10).
(10) A contravention falls within this subsection if—
(a) a previous notification under subsection (1) has been given in
respect of the same contravention or in respect of anothercontravention of a term, provision or limitation of the samelicence; and
(b) the subsequent notification under that subsection is given n o
more than twelve months after the day of the making byOFCOM of a determination for the purposes of subsection (11)that the contravention to which the previous notification relat ed
did occur.
(11) Where OFCOM have given a notification under subsection (1),  they
shall, within the period of one month beginning with the end of  the
period for the making of representations about the proposal con tained
in that notification—
(a) decide whether or not to vary or revoke the licence in
accordance with their proposal, or in accordance with thatproposal but with modifications; and
(b) give the person holding the licence a notification of their
decision.
(12) The notification under subsection (11)—
(a) must be given no more than one week after the making of the
decision to which it relates; and
(b) must, in accordance with that decision, either vary or revok e the
licence or withdraw the proposal for a variation or revocation.
(13) The reference in subsection (10) to a contravention of a te rm, provision
or limitation of the same licence includes a reference to a con travention
of a term, provision or limitation contained in a previous lice nce of
which the licence in question is a direct or indirect renewal.
(14) In this section, ‘communications provider’ and ‘associated facility’
have the same meaning as in the Communications Act 2003.”
(2) Nothing in this section is to apply in any case in which a n otice under section
1E(1) of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54) was served bef ore the
commencement of this section.
Wireless telegraphy register
170 Wireless telegraphy register
(1) OFCOM may by regulations make provision for the establishmen t and
maintenance of a register of relevant information.
(2) OFCOM are to include relevant information in the register if , and only if, it is
relevant information of a description prescribed by regulations  under this
section.
(3) Information is relevant information for the purposes of subs ection (1) if it
relates to—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use158
(a) the issue, renewal, transfer, variation or revocation of wir eless
telegraphy licences; or
(b) the making, renewal, transfer, modification or revocation of  grants of
recognised spectrum access.
(4) Subject to such conditions (including conditions as to payme nt) as may be
prescribed by regulations under this section, a register establ ished by virtue of
subsection (1) shall be open to inspection by the public.
(5) Section 403 applies to the power of OFCOM to make regulation s under this
section.
Information requirements
171 Information requirements in relation to wireless telegraphy licences
(1) In Part 3 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54) (supple mental provisions),
before section 14 there shall be inserted—
“13A Information requirements
(1) Subject to the following provisions of this section, OFCOM m ay require
a person who is using or has established, installed or used a s tation or
apparatus for wireless telegraphy to provide OFCOM with all suc h
information relating to—
(a) the establishment, installation or use of the station or app aratus,
and
(b) any related matters,
as OFCOM may require for statistical purposes.
(2) OFCOM are not to require the provision of information under this
section except—
(a) by a demand for the information that sets out OFCOM’s reason s
for requiring the information and the statistical purposes forwhich it is required; and
(b) where the making of a demand for that information is
proportionate to the use to which the information is to be put in
the carrying out of OFCOM’s functions. 
(3) A demand for information required under this section must be
contained in the notice served on the person from whom theinformation is required.
(4) A person required to provide information under this section must
provide it in such manner and within such reasonable period as may be
specified by OFCOM.
(5) A person who fails to provide information in accordance with  a
requirement of OFCOM under this section is guilty of an offence .
(6) In proceedings against a person for an offence under subsect ion (1) it
shall be a defence for that person to show—
(a) that it was not reasonably practicable for him to comply wit h
the requirement within the period specified by OFCOM; but
(b) that he has taken all reasonable steps to provide the requir ed
information after the end of that period.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use159
(7) A person is guilty of an offence if—
(a) in pursuance of any requirement under this section, he provi des
information that is false in any material particular; and
(b) at the time he provides it, he either knows it to be false o r is
reckless as to whether or not it is false.
13B Statement of policy on information gathering
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to prepare and publish a state ment of
their general policy with respect to—
(a) the exercise of their powers under section 13A; and
(b) the uses to which they are proposing to put information
obtained under that section.
(2) OFCOM may from time to time revise that statement as they th ink fit.
(3) Where OFCOM make or revise their statement of policy under t his
section, they must publish that statement or (as the case may b e) the
revised statement in such manner as they consider appropriate f or
bringing it to the attention of the persons who, in their opini on, are
likely to be affected by it.
(4) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in exercising the powers conf erred on
them by section 13A, to have regard to the statement for the ti me being
in force under this section.”
(2) In section 14(1A) of that Act (summary offences carrying a m aximum fine of
level 3 on the standard scale), before paragraph (f) there shal l be inserted—
“(ea)  any offence under section 13A(1) of this Act; or”.
Criminal proceedings etc.
172 Contraventions of conditions for use of wireless telegraphy
(1) Where OFCOM determine that there are reasonable grounds for believing that
a person is contravening, or has contravened—
(a) a term, provision or limitation of a wireless telegraphy lic ence, or
(b) a term, provision or limitation of an exemption under the pr oviso to
section 1(1) of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54) (exempt ions
from licensing requirement),
they may give that person a notification under this section.
(2) A notification under this section is one which— 
(a) sets out the determination made by OFCOM;
(b) specifies the term, provision or limitation, and the contrav ention, in
respect of which that determination has been made; and
(c) specifies the period during which the person notified has an
opportunity of doing the things specified in subsection (3).
(3) Those things are—
(a) making representations about the matters notified; and
(b) complying with any notified term, provision or limitation of  which he
remains in contravention.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use160
(4) Subject to subsections (5) to (7), the period for doing thos e things must be the
period of one month beginning with the day after the one on whi ch the
notification was given.
(5) OFCOM may, if they think fit, allow a longer period for doin g those things
either—
(a) by specifying a longer period in the notification; or
(b) by subsequently, on one or more occasions, extending the spe cified
period.
(6) The person notified shall have a shorter period for doing th ose things if a
shorter period is agreed between OFCOM and the person notified.
(7) The person notified shall also have a shorter period if—
(a) OFCOM have reasonable grounds for believing that the case is  a case of
repeated contravention;
(b) they have determined that, in those circumstances, a shorter  period
would be appropriate; and
(c) the shorter period has been specified in the notification.
173 Meaning of “repeated contravention” in s. 172
(1) For the purposes of section 172 a contravention is a repeate d contravention, in
relation to a notification with respect to that contravention, if— 
(a) in the case of a contravention of a term, provision or limit ation of a
licence, it falls within subsection (2) or (3); or 
(b) in the case of a contravention of a term, provision or limit ation of an
exemption, it falls within subsection (4) or (5). 
(2) A contravention of a term, provision or limitation of a lice nce falls within this
subsection if—
(a) a previous notification under section 172 has been given in respect of
the same contravention or in respect of another contravention o f a term,
provision or limitation of the same licence; 
(b) the person who was given that notification subsequently took  steps for
remedying the notified contravention; and
(c) the subsequent notification is given no more than twelve mon ths after
the day of the giving of the previous notification.
(3) A contravention of a term, provision or limitation of a lice nce falls within this
subsection if— 
(a) the person concerned has been convicted of an offence under section
1(1) of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54) in respect of t he
contravention to which the notification relates or in respect o f another
contravention of a term, provision or limitation of the same li cence; and
(b) the subsequent notification is given before the end of the p eriod of
twelve months from the contravention in respect of which that p erson
was convicted of that offence.
(4) A contravention of a term, provision or limitation of an exe mption falls within
this subsection if—
(a) a previous notification under section 172 has been given in respect of
the same contravention or in respect of another contravention o f the
same term, provision or limitation;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use161
(b) the person who was given that notification subsequently took  steps for
remedying the notified contravention; and
(c) the subsequent notification is given no more than twelve mon ths after
the day of the giving of the previous notification.
(5) A contravention of a term, provision or limitation of an exe mption falls within
this subsection if— 
(a) the person concerned has been convicted of an offence under section
1(1) of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54) in respect of t he
contravention to which the notification relates or in respect o f another
contravention of the same term, provision or limitation; and
(b) the subsequent notification is given before the end of the p eriod of
twelve months from the contravention in respect of which that p erson
was convicted of that offence.
(6) In calculating the periods of twelve months mentioned in sub sections (3)(b)
and (5)(b), the period between the institution of the criminal proceedings
which led to the conviction and the conclusion of those proceed ings shall be
left out of account.
(7) For the purposes of subsection (6) criminal proceedings shal l be taken to be
concluded when no further appeal against conviction may be brou ght without
the permission of the court and—
(a) in a case where there is no fixed period within which that p ermission
can be sought, permission has been refused or has not been soug ht; or
(b) in a case where there is a fixed period within which that pe rmission can
be sought, that permission has been refused or that period has expired
without permission having been sought.
(8) References in this section to remedying a contravention incl ude references to
each of the following—
(a) doing any thing the failure to do which, or the failure to d o which
within a particular period or before a particular time, constit uted the
whole or a part of the contravention;
(b) paying an amount to a person by way of compensation for loss  or
damage suffered by that person in consequence of the contravent ion; 
(c) paying an amount to a person by way of compensation in respe ct of
annoyance, inconvenience or anxiety to which he has been put inconsequence of the contravention; and
(d) otherwise acting in a manner that constitutes an acknowledge ment that
the notified contravention did occur.
(9) References in this section to a contravention of a term, pro vision or limitation
of a licence include a reference to a contravention of a term, provision or
limitation contained in a previous licence of which the licence  in question is a
direct or indirect renewal.
174 Procedure for prosecutions of wireless telegraphy offences
(1) This section applies to proceedings against a person (“the d efendant”) for an
offence under section 1 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 con sisting in the
contravention of— 
(a) the terms, provisions or limitations of a wireless telegraph y licence; orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use162
(b) the terms, provisions or limitations of an exemption under t he proviso
to section 1(1) of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54) (exe mptions
from licensing requirement).
(2) Proceedings to which this section applies are not to be brou ght at any time after
the coming into force of this section unless, before they are b rought, OFCOM
have—
(a) given the defendant a notification under section 172 in resp ect of the
contravention to which the proceedings relate; and
(b) considered any representations about the matters notified wh ich were
made by the defendant within the period allowed under that sect ion.
(3) Proceedings to which this section applies are not to be brou ght at any time after
the coming into force of this section in respect of a contraven tion if—
(a) it is a contravention to which a notification given to that person under
section 172 relates; and
(b) that person has, during the period allowed under that sectio n,
complied with the notified term, provision or limitation.
(4) Subsection (2) does not apply where OFCOM have certified tha t it would be
inappropriate to follow the procedure in section 172 because of  an immediate
risk of—
(a) a serious threat to the safety of the public, to public heal th or to national
security; or
(b) serious economic or operational problems for persons (other than the
defendant) who—
(i) use stations or apparatus for wireless telegraphy; or
(ii) are communications providers or make associated facilities
available.
(5) Where—
(a) proceedings to which this section applies are brought by vir tue of
subsection (4) without a notification having been given to thedefendant, and
(b) the defendant is convicted in those proceedings of the offen ce under
section 1 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949,
the court, in determining how to deal with that person, shall h ave regard, in
particular, to the matters specified in subsection (6).
(6) Those matters are—
(a) whether the defendant has ceased to be in contravention of t he terms,
provisions or limitations in question and (if so) when; and
(b) any steps taken by the defendant (whether before or after th e
commencement of the proceedings) for securing compliance with t he
obligations imposed on him by virtue of those terms, provisions  or
limitations.
(7) Notwithstanding anything in section 127 of the Magistrates’ Courts Act 1980
(c. 43) or Article 19 of the Magistrates’ Courts (Northern Irela nd) Order 1981
(S.I. 1981/1675 (N.I. 26)) (limitation on time for bringing summa ry
proceedings) where— 
(a) OFCOM give a notification under section 172 in respect of a
contravention, and
(b) that notification is given before the end of six months afte r the day of
the contravention,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use163
the time for the bringing of proceedings for a summary offence in respect of
that contravention shall be extended until the end of six month s from the end
of the period allowed, in the case of that notification, for do ing the things
mentioned in section 172(3) of this Act.
(8) In this section, “stations for wireless telegraphy” and “app aratus for wireless
telegraphy” have the same meanings as in the Wireless Telegraph y Act 1949
(c. 54).
175 Special procedure for contraventions by multiplex licence ho lders
(1) OFCOM may impose a penalty on a person if—
(a) that person is or has been in contravention in any respect o f the terms,
provisions or limitations of a general multiplex licence;
(b) the contravention relates to terms, provisions or limitation s falling
within section 1(2A)(b) or (c) of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1 949
(terms, provisions and limitations about service content);
(c) OFCOM have notified that person that it appears to them that  those
terms, provisions or limitations have been contravened in that respect;
and
(d) that contravention is not one in respect of which proceeding s for an
offence under that Act have been brought against that person.
(2) Where OFCOM impose a penalty on a person under this section,  they shall—
(a) notify that person of that decision and of their reasons for  that decision;
and
(b) in that notification, fix a reasonable period after it is gi ven as the period
within which the penalty is to be paid.
(3) A penalty imposed under this section—
(a) must be paid to OFCOM; and
(b) if not paid within the period fixed by them, is to be recove rable by them
accordingly.
(4) No proceedings for an offence under the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 shall be
commenced against a person in respect of a contravention in res pect of which
a penalty has been imposed by OFCOM under this section. 
(5) For the purposes of this section a licence is a general mult iplex licence, in
relation to the time of a contravention, if—
(a) it is a wireless telegraphy licence containing terms, provis ions or
limitations by virtue of which the services for the purposes of  which the
use of the licensed station or apparatus is authorised are conf ined to, or
are allowed to include, one or more multiplex services; and
(b) at that time, there is no licence under Part 1 or 2 of the 1 996 Act in force
in respect of a multiplex service to be broadcast using that st ation or
apparatus.
(6) In this section “multiplex service” means—
(a) a service for broadcasting for general reception that consis ts in the
packaging together of two or more services that are provided fo r
inclusion together in that service by a combination of the rele vant
information in digital form; orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use164
(b) a service provided with a view to its being a service fallin g within
paragraph (a) but in the case of which only one service is for the time
being comprised in digital form in what is provided.
176 Amount of penalty under s. 175
(1) The amount of a penalty imposed under section 175 is to be s uch amount, not
exceeding the greater of the following, as OFCOM think fit, nam ely—
(a) £250,000; and
(b) 5 per cent. of the relevant amount of gross revenue. 
(2) In subsection (1) “the relevant amount of gross revenue” mea ns the amount
specified in section 177.
(3) The Secretary of State may by order amend this section so as  to substitute a
different amount for the amount for the time being specified in  subsection
(1)(a).
(4) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by su bsection (3)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.
177 “Relevant amount of gross revenue” for the purposes of s. 17 6
(1) The relevant amount of gross revenue for the purposes of sec tion 176, in
relation to a penalty imposed on a person, is—
(a) where the last accounting period of that person which falls before the
contravention was a period of twelve months, the relevant part of his
gross revenue for that period; and
(b) in any other case, the amount which, by making any appropria te
apportionments or other adjustments of the relevant part of his  gross
revenue for the accounting period or periods mentioned in subse ction
(2), is computed to be the amount representing the annual rate for the
relevant part of his gross revenues.
(2) The accounting period or periods referred to in subsection ( 1) are—
(a) every accounting period of his to end within the period of t welve
months immediately preceding the contravention; and
(b) if there is no such accounting period, the accounting period  of his
which is current at the time of the contravention.
(3) In this section, a reference to the relevant part of a perso n’s gross revenue, in
relation to a contravention of the terms, provisions or limitat ions of a licence,
is a reference to so much of his gross revenue as is attributab le to the provision
of the service to which that licence relates.
(4) For the purposes of this section—
(a) the gross revenue of a person for a period, and
(b) the extent to which a part of a person’s gross revenue is at tributable to
the provision of any service,
shall be ascertained in accordance with such principles as may be set out in a
statement made by OFCOM.
(5) Such a statement may provide for the amount of a person’s gr oss revenue for
an accounting period that is current when the amount falls to b e calculated to
be taken to be the amount estimated by OFCOM, in accordance wit h theCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use165
principles set out in the statement, to be the amount that will  be his gross
revenue for that period.
(6) OFCOM may revise a statement made under subsection (4) from time to time.
(7) A statement made or revised under this section may set out d ifferent principles
for different cases.
(8) Before making or revising a statement under this section, OF COM must
consult the Secretary of State and the Treasury.
(9) OFCOM must—
(a) publish the statement made under subsection (4) and every re vision of
it; and
(b) send a copy of the statement and of every such revision to t he Secretary
of State;
and the Secretary of State must lay copies of the statement and  of every such
revision before each House of Parliament.
(10) Section 13A of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54) is t o apply for the
purpose of ascertaining the amount of a person’s gross revenue for any period
for the purposes of section 176 of this Act and this section as  it applies for the
purpose of obtaining information for statistical purposes about  matters
relating to the establishment, installation or use by that pers on of a station or
apparatus.
(11) In this section—
“accounting period”, in relation to a person, means a period in  respect of
which accounts of the undertaking carried on by him are prepare d or,
if one such period is comprised in another, whichever of those periods
is or is closest to a twelve month period; and
“gross revenue”, in relation to a person, means the gross reven ue of an
undertaking carried on by that person.
178 Proceedings for an offence relating to apparatus use 
(1) Section 11 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (notices enfo rcing regulations
on the use of apparatus) shall have effect with the following a mendments in
relation to any notice under subsection (1) or (2) of that sect ion that is served
after the coming into force of this subsection—
(a) paragraph (i) of the proviso to subsection (1) shall be omit ted; and
(b) for subsections (3) to (6) there shall be substituted—
“(2A) Where an appeal with respect to a notice under this sectio n is
pending—
(a) proceedings for an offence of contravening that notice
(whether instituted before or after the bringing of theappeal) shall be stayed until the appeal has been finallydetermined; and
(b) any such proceedings shall be discharged if the notice is
set aside in consequence of the appeal;
but this subsection does not affect proceedings in which a
person has been convicted at a time when there was no pendingappeal.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use166
(2B) For the purposes of this section an appeal under section 19 2 of
the Communications Act 2003 with respect to a notice underthis section or a further appeal relating to the decision on su ch
an appeal is pending unless—
(a) that appeal has been brought to a conclusion or
withdrawn and there is no further appeal pending inrelation to the decision on the appeal; or 
(b) no further appeal against a decision made on the appeal
or on any such further appeal may be brought withoutthe permission of the court and—
(i) in a case where there is no fixed period within
which that permission can be sought, thatpermission has been refused or has not beensought; or
(ii) in a case where there is a fixed period within
which that permission can be sought, thatpermission has been refused or that period hasexpired without permission having been sought. 
(2C) No proceedings for an offence of contravening a notice unde r
this section may be commenced in Scotland—
(a) until the time during which an appeal against such a
notice may be brought has expired; or
( b ) w h e r e  s u c h  a n  a p p e a l  h a s  b e e n  b r o u g h t ,  u n t i l  t h a t
appeal has been determined.
(2D) Such proceedings in Scotland must be commenced within six
months of—
(a) where no appeal has been brought, the time referred to
in paragraph (a) of subsection (2C); and
(b) where an appeal has been brought and determined, the
date of that determination.”
(2) Section 12 of that Act (enforcement of regulations as to sal es of apparatus etc.)
shall have effect in relation to any notices served under subse ction (1) of that
section after the coming into force of this section with the su bstitution of the
following subsections for subsections (2) to (4)—
“(1A) Where an appeal with respect to a notice under subsection (1) of this
section is pending—
(a) proceedings for an offence of contravening that notice (whet her
instituted before or after the bringing of the appeal) shall bestayed until the appeal has been finally determined; and
(b) any such proceedings shall be discharged if the notice is se t
aside in consequence of the appeal;
but this subsection does not affect proceedings in which a pers on has
been convicted at a time when there was no pending appeal.
(1B) For the purposes of this section any appeal under section 1 92 of the
Communications Act 2003 with respect to a notice under this sec tion or
a further appeal relating to the decision on that appeal is pen ding
unless—
(a) that appeal has been brought to a conclusion or withdrawn an d
there is no further appeal pending in relation to the decision;  or Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use167
(b) no further appeal against any decision made on the appeal or  on
any such further appeal may be brought without the permissionof the court and—
(i) in a case where there is no fixed period within which
that permission can be sought, that permission has beenrefused or has not been sought; or
(ii) in a case where there is a fixed period within which that
permission can be sought, that permission has beenrefused or that period has expired without permissionhaving been sought. 
(1C) No proceedings for an offence of contravening a notice unde r this
section may be commenced in Scotland—
(a) until the time during which an appeal against such a notice may
be brought has expired; or
(b) where such an appeal has been brought, until that appeal has
been determined.
(1D) Such proceedings in Scotland must be commenced within six m onths
of—
( a ) w h e r e  n o  a p p e a l  h a s  b e e n  b r o u g h t ,  t h e  t i m e  r e f e r r e d  t o  i n
paragraph (a) of subsection (1C); and
(b) where an appeal has been brought and determined, the date of
that determination.”
179 Modification of penalties for certain wireless telegraphy of fences
(1) In subsection (1) of section 14 of the Wireless Telegraphy A ct 1949 (c. 54) (either
way offences), for paragraphs (aa) and (ab) there shall be subs tituted—
“(aa) any offence under section 1(1) of this Act consisting in t he
establishment or use of a station for wireless telegraphy, or t he
installation or use of wireless telegraphy apparatus, for thepurpose of making a broadcast (within the meaning of section 9of the Marine, &c., Broadcasting (Offences) Act 1967 (c. 41));
(ab) any offence under section 1A of this Act where the relevant
contravention of section 1 would constitute an offence fallingwithin paragraph (aa);”.
(2) After subsection (1A), there shall be inserted—
“(1AA) A person committing—
(a) an offence under section 1(1) of this Act other than—
(i) one which falls within subsection (1)(aa), or
(ii) one which falls within subsection (1A)(a), or
(b) an offence under section 1A of this Act other than—
(i) one which falls within subsection (1)(ab), or
(ii) one which falls within subsection (1A)(aa),
shall be liable, on summary conviction, to imprisonment for a t erm not
exceeding six months or to a fine not exceeding level 5 on the standard
scale, or to both.”
(3) In section 79(1) of the Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12) ( offences in respect
of which apparatus may be seized), after paragraph (b) there sh all beCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use168
inserted—
“(bza) any offence under section 1A of that Act other than one w here
the relevant contravention of section 1 of that Act wouldconstitute an offence so consisting;”.
(4) This section only applies in relation to offences committed after the
commencement of this section.
180 Fixed penalties for certain wireless telegraphy offences
Schedule 6 (which makes provision as respects fixed penalty not ices for
summary offences under the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54))  shall have
effect.
181 Power of arrest
(1) In Schedule 1A to the Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1984 (c. 60) (offences
for which power of summary arrest available), after paragraph 2  there shall be
inserted—
“Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949
2A An offence mentioned in section 14(1) of the Wireless Telegra phy Act
1949 (offences under that Act which are triable either way).”
(2) In Article 26(2) of the Police and Criminal Evidence (Northe rn Ireland) Order
1989 (S.I. 1989/1341 (N.I. 12)) (offences for which power of summ ary arrest
available), after paragraph (i) there shall be inserted—
“(j) an offence mentioned in section 14(1) of the Wireless
Telegraphy Act 1949 (offences under that Act which are triableeither way);”.
182 Forfeiture etc. of restricted apparatus
(1) Apparatus to which this section applies shall be liable to f orfeiture if,
immediately before being seized, it was in a person’s custody o r control in
contravention of a prohibition imposed by an order under sectio n 7 of the
Wireless Telegraphy Act 1967 (c. 72) (restriction on dealings in  and custody of
certain apparatus).
(2) This section applies to apparatus if it has been seized—
(a) in pursuance of a warrant granted under section 15(1) of the  Wireless
Telegraphy Act 1949; or
(b) in the exercise of the power conferred by section 79(3) of t he
Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12).
(3) Apparatus forfeited under this section is to be forfeited to  OFCOM and may be
disposed of by them in any manner they think fit.
(4) Schedule 7 (which makes provision in relation to the seizure  and forfeiture of
apparatus) shall have effect.
(5) The preceding provisions of this section and Schedule 7 appl y only in relation
to apparatus seized after the commencement of this section.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 2 — Spectrum use169
(6) Sections 80 and 81 of the Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12)  (which make
provision for forfeiture of apparatus) are not to apply in rela tion to apparatus
seized after the commencement of this section.
(7) In section 7(5) of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1967 (c. 72), paragraph (b) (which
allows a person to have custody or control of restricted appara tus when
authorised otherwise than by the Secretary of State) shall ceas e to have effect.
Construction of 1949 Act
183 Modification of definition of “undue interference”
For subsection (5) of section 19 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act  1949 (c. 54)
(meaning of undue interference) there shall be substituted—
“(5) Interference with any wireless telegraphy is not to be rega rded as
undue for the purposes of this Act unless it is also harmful.
(5A)  For the purposes of this Act interference is harmful if—
(a) it creates dangers, or risks of danger, in relation to the
functioning of any service provided by means of wirelesstelegraphy for the purposes of navigation or otherwise forsafety purposes; or
(b) it degrades, obstructs or repeatedly interrupts anything whi ch
is being broadcast or otherwise transmitted— 
(i) by means of wireless telegraphy; and 
(ii) in accordance with a licence under this Act, regulations
under the proviso to section 1(1) of this Act or a grant ofrecognised spectrum access under Chapter 2 of Part 2 ofthe Communications Act 2003 or otherwise lawfully.”
184 Modification of definition of “wireless telegraphy”
(1) The Secretary of State may by order modify the definition of  “wireless
telegraphy” in section 19(1) of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 194 9 by
substituting a different frequency for the frequency (at the pa ssing of this Act,
3,000 GHz) that is for the time being specified in that definit ion.
(2) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.
C
HAPTER  3
DISPUTES  AND  APPEALS
Disputes
185 Reference of disputes to OFCOM
(1) This section applies in the case of a dispute relating to th e provision of network
access if it is—
(a) a dispute between different communications providers;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 3 — Disputes and appeals170
(b) a dispute between a communications provider and a person who
makes associated facilities available;
(c)  a dispute between different persons making such facilities available; 
(d) a dispute relating to the subject-matter of a condition set under section
74(1) between a communications provider or person who makesassociated facilities available and a person who (without being  such a
person) is a person to whom such a condition applies; or
(e) a dispute relating to the subject-matter of such a condition  between
different persons each of whom (without being a communicationsprovider or a person who makes associated facilities available)  is a
person to whom such a condition applies.
(2) This section also applies in the case of any other dispute i f—
(a) it relates to rights or obligations conferred or imposed by or under this
Part or any of the enactments relating to the management of the  radio
spectrum that are not contained in this Part; 
(b) it is a dispute between different communications providers; and
(c) it is not an excluded dispute. 
(3) Any one or more of the parties to the dispute may refer it t o OFCOM.
(4) A reference made under this section is to be made in such ma nner as OFCOM
may require.
(5) The way in which a requirement under subsection (4)— 
(a) is to be imposed, or
(b) may be withdrawn or modified,
is by a notice published in such manner as OFCOM consider appro priate for
bringing the requirement, withdrawal or modification to the att ention of the
persons who, in their opinion, are likely to be affected by it.
(6) Requirements imposed under subsection (4) may make different  provision for
different cases.
(7) A dispute is an excluded dispute for the purposes of subsect ion (2) if it is
about—
(a) obligations imposed on a communications provider by SMP appa ratus
conditions;
(b) contraventions of sections 125 to 127;
(c) obligations imposed on a communications provider by or under  any of
sections 128 to 131; or
(d) the operation in the case of a communications provider of se ction 134.
(8) For the purposes of this section—
(a) the disputes that relate to the provision of network access include
disputes as to the terms or conditions on which it is or may be  provided
in a particular case; and
(b) the disputes that relate to an obligation include disputes a s to the terms
or conditions on which any transaction is to be entered into fo r the
purpose of complying with that obligation.
186 Action by OFCOM on dispute reference
(1) This section applies where a dispute is referred to OFCOM un der and in
accordance with section 185.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 3 — Disputes and appeals171
(2) OFCOM must decide whether or not it is appropriate for them to handle the
dispute.
(3) Unless they consider—
(a) that there are alternative means available for resolving the  dispute,
(b) that a resolution of the dispute by those means would be con sistent
with the Community requirements set out in section 4, and
(c) that a prompt and satisfactory resolution of the dispute is likely if those
alternative means are used for resolving it,
their decision must be a decision that it is appropriate for th em to handle the
dispute.
(4) As soon as reasonably practicable after OFCOM have decided—
(a) that it is appropriate for them to handle the dispute, or
(b) that it is not,
they must inform each of the parties to the dispute of their de cision and of their
reasons for it.
(5) The notification must state the date of the decision.
(6) Where—
(a) OFCOM decide that it is not appropriate for them to handle t he
dispute, but
(b) the dispute is not resolved by other means before the end of  the four
months after the day of OFCOM’s decision,
the dispute may be referred back to OFCOM by one or more of the  parties to
the dispute.
187 Legal proceedings about referred disputes
(1) Where a dispute is referred or referred back to OFCOM under this Chapter, the
reference is not to prevent—
(a) the person making it,
(b) another party to the dispute,
(c) OFCOM, or
(d) any other person,
from bringing, or continuing, any legal proceedings with respec t to any of the
matters under dispute.
(2) Nor is the reference or reference back to OFCOM under this C hapter of a
dispute to prevent OFCOM from—
(a) giving a notification in respect of something that they have  reasonable
grounds for believing to be a contravention of any obligation i mposed
by or under any an enactment;
(b) exercising any of their other powers under any enactment in relation to
a contravention of such an obligation; or
(c) taking any other step in preparation for or with a view to d oing
anything mentioned in the preceding paragraphs.
(3) If, in any legal proceedings with respect to a matter to whi ch a dispute relates,
the court orders the handling of the dispute by OFCOM to be sta yed or sisted—
(a) OFCOM is required to make a determination for resolving the dispute
only if the stay or sist is lifted or expires; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 3 — Disputes and appeals172
(b) the period during which the stay or sist is in force must be  disregarded
in determining the period within which OFCOM are required to ma ke
such a determination.
(4) Subsection (1) is subject to section 190(8) and to any agree ment to the contrary
binding the parties to the dispute.
(5) In this section “legal proceedings” means civil or criminal proceedings in or
before a court.
188 Procedure for resolving disputes
(1) This section applies where—
(a) OFCOM have decided under section 186(2) that it is appropria te for
them to handle a dispute; or
(b) a dispute is referred back to OFCOM under section 186(6).
(2) OFCOM must— 
(a) consider the dispute; and
(b) make a determination for resolving it.
(3) The procedure for the consideration and determination of the  dispute is to be
the procedure that OFCOM consider appropriate.
(4) In the case of a dispute referred back to OFCOM under sectio n 186(6), that
procedure may involve allowing the continuation of a procedure that has
already been begun for resolving the dispute by alternative mea ns.
(5) Except in exceptional circumstances and subject to section 1 87(3), OFCOM
must make their determination no more than four months after th e following
day—
(a) in a case falling within subsection (1)(a), the day of the d ecision by
OFCOM that it is appropriate for them to handle the dispute; an d
(b) in a case falling within subsection (1)(b), the day on which  the dispute
is referred back to them.
(6) Where it is practicable for OFCOM to make their determinatio n before the end
o f  t h e  f o u r  m o n t h  p e r i o d ,  t h e y  m u s t  m a k e  i t  a s  s o o n  i n  t h a t  p e r iod as
practicable.
(7) OFCOM must—
(a) send a copy of their determination, together with a full sta tement of
their reasons for it, to every party to the dispute; and
(b) publish so much of their determination as (having regard, in  particular,
to the need to preserve commercial confidentiality) they consid er it
appropriate to publish.
(8) The publication of information under this section must be in  such manner as
OFCOM consider appropriate for bringing it to the attention, to  the extent that
they consider appropriate, of members of the public.
189 Disputes involving other member States
(1) This section applies where it appears to OFCOM that a disput e referred or
referred back to them under this Chapter relates partly to a ma tter falling
within the jurisdiction of the regulatory authorities of anothe r member State.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 3 — Disputes and appeals173
(2) A dispute relates to matters falling within the jurisdiction  of the regulatory
authorities of another member State to the extent that— 
(a) it relates to the carrying on of activities by one or both o f the parties to
the dispute in more than one member State or to activities carr ied on by
different parties to the dispute in different member States; an d
(b) the activities to which the dispute relates, so far as they are carried on
in another member State, are carried on in the member State for  which
those authorities are the regulatory authorities. 
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) the activities that are c arried on in a member
State include anything done by means of an electronic communica tions
network, or part of such a network, which is situated in that m ember State.
(4) Before taking any steps under this Chapter in relation to th e reference or the
dispute, OFCOM must consult the other regulatory authorities wi thin whose
jurisdiction the matter falls.
(5) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to secure that steps taken in relation to the
reference or dispute (whether taken by them or by the other reg ulatory
authorities) are, so far as practicable, agreed between OFCOM a nd those
authorities.
(6) Accordingly, section 188 is to have effect in relation to th e reference as if the
period for making a determination which is specified in subsect ion (5) of that
section were such period (if any) as may be agreed between— 
(a) OFCOM; and
(b) the other regulatory authorities within whose jurisdiction t he matter
falls.
190 Resolution of referred disputes
(1) Where OFCOM make a determination for resolving a dispute ref erred to them
under this Chapter, their only powers are those conferred by th is section.
(2) Their main power (except in the case of a dispute relating t o rights and
obligations conferred or imposed by or under the enactments rel ating to the
management of the radio spectrum) is to do one or more of the f ollowing—
(a) to make a declaration setting out the rights and obligations  of the
parties to the dispute;
(b) to give a direction fixing the terms or conditions of transa ctions
between the parties to the dispute;
(c) to give a direction imposing an obligation, enforceable by t he parties to
the dispute, to enter into a transaction between themselves on the terms
and conditions fixed by OFCOM; and
(d) for the purpose of giving effect to a determination by OFCOM  of the
proper amount of a charge in respect of which amounts have been  paid
by one of the parties of the dispute to the other, to give a di rection,
enforceable by the party to whom the sums are to be paid, requi ring the
payment of sums by way of adjustment of an underpayment oroverpayment.
(3) Their main power in the excepted case is just to make a decl aration setting out
the rights and obligations of the parties to the dispute.
(4) Nothing in this section prevents OFCOM from exercising the f ollowing powers
in consequence of their consideration under this Chapter of any  dispute—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 3 — Disputes and appeals174
(a) their powers under Chapter 1 of this Part to set, modify or revoke
general conditions, universal service conditions, access relate d
conditions, privileged supplier conditions or SMP conditions;
(b) their powers to vary, modify or revoke wireless telegraphy l icences or
grants of recognised spectrum access;
(c) their power to make, amend or revoke regulations under secti on 1 or 3
of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54).
(5) In the case of a dispute referred back to OFCOM under sectio n 186(6)—
(a) OFCOM may, in making their determination, take account of de cisions
already made by others in the course of an attempt to resolve t he
dispute by alternative means; and
(b) the determination made by OFCOM may include provision ratify ing
decisions so made.
(6) Where OFCOM make a determination for resolving a dispute, th ey may
require a party to the dispute— 
(a) to make payments to another party to the dispute in respect of costs and
expenses incurred by that other party in consequence of the ref erence
of the dispute to OFCOM, or in connection with it; and
(b) to make payments to OFCOM in respect of costs and expenses i ncurred
by them in dealing with the dispute.
(7) OFCOM are not, under subsection (6)(b), to require payments to be made to
them by a party to the dispute except—
(a) in a case where the dispute relates to the rights and obliga tions of the
parties to the dispute under the enactments relating to the man agement
of the radio spectrum; or
(b) where it appears to OFCOM that the reference of the dispute by that
party was frivolous or vexatious or that that party has otherwi se
abused the right of reference conferred by this Chapter.
(8) A determination made by OFCOM for resolving a dispute referr ed or referred
back to them under this Chapter binds all the parties to the di spute.
(9) Subsection (8) is subject to section 192.
191 OFCOM’s power to require information in connection with disp ute
(1) Where a dispute has been referred or referred back to OFCOM under this
Chapter, they may require any person to whom subsection (2) app lies to
provide them with all such information as they may require for the purpose
of—
(a) deciding whether it is appropriate for them to handle the di spute; 
(b) determining whether it is necessary for them to consult the regulatory
authorities of another member State; or
(c) considering the dispute and making a determination for resol ving it.
(2) This subsection applies to—
(a) a party to the dispute; and
(b) a person who is not a party to the dispute but appears to OF COM to
have information that is relevant to the matters mentioned insubsection (1)(a) to (c).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 3 — Disputes and appeals175
(3) A person required to provide information under this section must provide it in
s u c h  m a n n e r  a n d  w i t h i n  s u c h  r e a s o n a b l e  p e r i o d  a s  m a y  b e  s p e c i f i ed by
OFCOM.
(4) In fixing the period within which information is to be provi ded in accordance
with a requirement under this section OFCOM must have regard, i n particular,
to—
(a) their obligation to make a determination for resolving the d ispute
within the period specified in section 188;
(b) the nature of the dispute; and
(c) the information that is required.
(5) Sections 138 to 144 apply for the enforcement of a requireme nt under this
section as they apply for the enforcement of requirements under  section 135 or
136.
(6) In its application for the enforcement of this section, sect ion 138 is to have effect
as if it allowed OFCOM to specify such period of less than one month for doing
the things mentioned in subsection (3) of that section as they consider
appropriate for the purpose of enabling them to comply with an obligation of
theirs to make a determination within a particular period.
Appeals
192 Appeals against decisions by OFCOM, the Secretary of State e tc.
(1) This section applies to the following decisions—
(a) a decision by OFCOM under this Part, the Wireless Telegraphy  Act
1949 (c. 54) or the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998 (c. 6) that is n ot a
decision specified in Schedule 8;
(b) a decision (whether by OFCOM or another) to which effect is given by
a direction, approval or consent given for the purposes of a pr ovision
of a condition set under section 45;
(c) a decision to which effect is given by the modification or w ithdrawal of
such a direction, approval or consent;
(d) a decision by the Secretary of State to which effect is give n by one of the
following—
(i) a specific direction under section 5 that is not about the m aking
of a decision specified in Schedule 8;
(ii) a restriction or condition set by regulations under section  109;
(iii) a direction to OFCOM under section 132;
(iv) a specific direction under section 156 that is not about th e
making of a decision specified in Schedule 8.
(2) A person affected by a decision to which this section applie s may appeal
against it to the Tribunal.
(3) The means of making an appeal is by sending the Tribunal a n otice of appeal
in accordance with Tribunal rules.
(4) The notice of appeal must be sent within the period specifie d, in relation to the
decision appealed against, in those rules.
(5) The notice of appeal must set out— Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 3 — Disputes and appeals176
(a) the provision under which the decision appealed against was taken;
and
(b) the grounds of appeal.
(6) The grounds of appeal must be set out in sufficient detail t o indicate—
(a) to what extent (if any) the appellant contends that the deci sion
appealed against was based on an error of fact or was wrong in law or
both; and
(b) to what extent (if any) the appellant is appealing against t he exercise of
a discretion by OFCOM, by the Secretary of State or by another person.
(7) In this section and Schedule 8 references to a decision unde r an enactment—
(a) include references to a decision that is given effect to by the exercise or
performance of a power or duty conferred or imposed by or under  an
enactment; but
(b) include references to a failure to make a decision, and to a  failure to
exercise a power or to perform a duty, only where the failureconstitutes a failure to grant an application or to comply with  any other
form of request to make the decision, to exercise the power or to
perform the duty;
and references in the following provisions of this Chapter to a  decision
appealed against are to be construed accordingly.
(8) For the purposes of this section and the following provision s of this Chapter a
decision to which effect is given by the exercise or performanc e of a power or
duty conferred or imposed by or under an enactment shall be tre ated, except
where provision is made for the making of that decision at a di fferent time, as
made at the time when the power is exercised or the duty perfor med.
193 Reference of price control matters to the Competition Commis sion
(1) Tribunal rules must provide in relation to appeals under sec tion 192(2) relating
to price control that the price control matters arising in that  appeal, to the
extent that they are matters of a description specified in the rules, must be
referred by the Tribunal to the Competition Commission for dete rmination.
(2) Where a price control matter is referred in accordance with Tribunal rules to
the Competition Commission for determination, the Commission is  to
determine that matter—
(a) in accordance with the provision made by the rules;
(b) in accordance with directions given to them by the Tribunal in exercise
of powers conferred by the rules; and
(c) subject to the rules and any such directions, using such pro cedure as
the Commission consider appropriate.
(3) The provision that may be made by Tribunal rules about the d etermination of
a price control matter referred to the Competition Commission i n accordance
with the rules includes provision about the period within which  that matter is
to be determined by that Commission.
(4) Where the Competition Commission determines a price control matter in
accordance with Tribunal rules, they must notify the Tribunal o f the
determination they have made.
(5) The notification must be given as soon as practicable after the making of the
notified determination. Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 3 — Disputes and appeals177
(6) Where a price control matter arising in an appeal is require d to be referred to
the Competition Commission under this section, the Tribunal, in  deciding the
appeal on the merits under section 195, must decide that matter  in accordance
with the determination of that Commission.
(7) Subsection (6) does not apply to the extent that the Tribuna l decides, applying
the principles applicable on an application for judicial review , that the
determination of the Competition Commission is a determination that would
fall to be set aside on such an application.
(8) Section 117 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40) (offences of s upplying false or
misleading information) shall have effect in relation to inform ation supplied to
the Competition Commission in connection with their functions u nder this
section as it has effect in relation to information supplied to  them in connection
with their functions under Part 3 of that Act.
(9) For the purposes of this section an appeal relates to price control if the matters
to which the appeal relates are or include price control matter s.
(10) In this section “price control matter” means a matter relat ing to the imposition
of any form of price control by an SMP condition the setting of  which is
authorised by—
(a) section 87(9);
(b) section 91; or
(c) section 93(3).
194 Composition of Competition Commission for price control refe rences
(1) The Secretary of State must appoint not less than three memb ers of the
Competition Commission for the purposes of references under sec tion 193.
(2) In selecting a group to perform the Commission’s functions i n relation to a
reference under section 193, the chairman of the Commission mus t select at
least one, and not more than three, of the members appointed un der this
section to be members of the group.
195 Decisions of the Tribunal
(1) The Tribunal shall dispose of an appeal under section 192(2)  in accordance
with this section.
(2) The Tribunal shall decide the appeal on the merits and by re ference to the
grounds of appeal set out in the notice of appeal.
( 3 ) T h e  T r i b u n a l ’ s  d e c i s i o n  m u s t  i n c l u d e  a  d e c i s i o n  a s  t o  w h a t  ( if any) is the
appropriate action for the decision-maker to take in relation t o the subject-
matter of the decision under appeal.
(4) The Tribunal shall then remit the decision under appeal to t he decision-maker
with such directions (if any) as the Tribunal considers appropr iate for giving
effect to its decision.
(5) The Tribunal must not direct the decision-maker to take any action which he
would not otherwise have power to take in relation to the decis ion under
appeal.
(6) It shall be the duty of the decision-maker to comply with ev ery direction given
under subsection (4).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 3 — Disputes and appeals178
(7) In the case of an appeal against a decision given effect to by a restriction or
condition set by regulations under section 109, the Tribunal mu st take only
such steps for disposing of the appeal as it considers are not detrimental to
good administration.
(8) In its application to a decision of the Tribunal under this section, paragraph
1(2)(b) of Schedule 4 to the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40) (exclus ion of commercial
information from documents recording Tribunal decisions) is to have effect as
if for the reference to the undertaking to which commercial inf ormation relates
there were substituted a reference to any person to whom it rel ates.
(9) In this section “the decision-maker” means—
(a) OFCOM or the Secretary of State, according to who took the d ecision
appealed against; or
(b) in the case of an appeal against—
(i) a direction, approval or consent given by a person other tha n
OFCOM or the Secretary of State, or
(ii) the modification or withdrawal by such a person of such a
direction, approval or consent,
that other person.
196 Appeals from the Tribunal
(1) A decision of the Tribunal on an appeal under section 192(2)  may itself be
appealed.
(2) An appeal under this section—
(a) lies to the Court of Appeal or to the Court of Session; and
(b) must relate only to a point of law arising from the decision  of the
Tribunal.
(3) An appeal under this section may be brought by—
(a) a party to the proceedings before the Tribunal; or
(b) any other person who has a sufficient interest in the matter .
(4) An appeal under this section requires the permission of the Tribunal or of the
court to which it is to be made.
(5) In this section references to a decision of the Tribunal inc lude references to a
direction given by it under section 195(4).
Interpretation of Chapter 3
197 Interpretation of Chapter 3
(1) In this Chapter—
“network access” has the same meaning as in Chapter 1 of this P art;
“the Tribunal” means the Competition Appeal Tribunal; and
“Tribunal rules” means rules made under section 15 of the Enter prise Act
2002.
(2) References in this Chapter, in relation to a dispute, to the  regulatory authorities
of other member States are references to such of the authoritie s of the other
member States as have been notified under the Framework Directi ve to theCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 2 — Networks, services and the radio spectrum
Chapter 3 — Disputes and appeals179
European Commission as the regulatory authorities of those Stat es for the
purposes of the matters to which the dispute relates.
(3) In this section “the Framework Directive” has the same meani ng as in Chapter
1 of this Part.
PART 3
TELEVISION  AND  RADIO  SERVICES
CHAPTER  1
THE BBC, C4C THE WELSH  AUTHORITY  AND  THE GAELIC  MEDIA  SERVICE
The BBC
198 Functions of OFCOM in relation to the BBC
(1) It shall be a function of OFCOM, to the extent that provisio n for them to do so
is contained in—
(a) the BBC Charter and Agreement, and
(b) the provisions of this Act and of Part 5 of the 1996 Act,
to regulate the provision of the BBC’s services and the carryin g on by the BBC
of other activities for purposes connected with the provision o f those services.
(2) For the purposes of the carrying out of that function OFCOM—
(a) are to have such powers and duties as may be conferred on th em by or
under the BBC Charter and Agreement; and
(b) are entitled, to the extent that they are authorised to do s o by the
Secretary of State or under the terms of that Charter and Agree ment, to
act on his behalf in relation to that Charter and Agreement.
(3) The BBC must pay OFCOM such penalties in respect of contrave ntions by the
BBC of provision made by or under—
(a) this Part, or
(b) the BBC Charter and Agreement,
as are imposed by OFCOM in exercise of powers conferred on them  by that
Charter and Agreement.
( 4 ) T h e  B B C  a r e  a l s o  t o  b e  l i a b l e  t o  p a y  O F C O M  s u c h  s u m s  i n  r e s p ect of the
carrying out by OFCOM of their functions in relation to the BBC  as may be—
(a) agreed from time to time between the BBC and OFCOM; or
(b) (in default of agreement) fixed by the Secretary of State.
(5) The maximum penalty that may be imposed on the BBC on any oc casion by
OFCOM in exercise of a power conferred by virtue of the BBC Cha rter and
Agreement is £250,000.
(6) The Secretary of State may by order substitute a different s um for the sum for
the time being specified in subsection (5).
(7) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by su bsection (6)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 1 — The BBC, C4C the Welsh Authority and the Gaelic med ia service180
(8) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to have regard to their functi ons under this
section when carrying out their functions under the 1990 Act, t he 1996 Act and
this Part in relation to services provided by persons other tha n the BBC.
(9) In this section “the BBC’s services” means such of the servi ces provided by the
BBC (excluding the services comprised in the World Service) as are of a
description of service which, if provided by a BBC company, wou ld fall to be
regulated by OFCOM by virtue of section 211 or 245.
C4C
199 Functions of C4C
(1) The activities that C4C are able to carry on include any act ivities which appear
to them—
(a) to be activities that it is appropriate for them to carry on  in association
with the carrying out of their primary functions; and
(b) to be connected, otherwise than merely in financial terms, w ith
activities undertaken by them for the carrying out of those fun ctions.
(2) C4C’s primary functions are—
(a) securing the continued provision of Channel 4; and
(b) the fulfilment of the public service remit for that Channel under section
265.
(3) Section 24(5)(b) and (6) of the 1990 Act (power of C4C to es tablish, acquire an
interest in or assist a qualifying company) shall cease to have  effect.
(4) For sub-paragraphs (3) and (4) of paragraph 1 of Schedule 3 to the 1990 Act
(power of C4C to do things incidental or conducive to the carry ing out of their
functions) there shall be substituted—
“(3) The Corporation may do anything which appears to them to be
incidental or conducive to the carrying out of their functions.
(4) The powers of the Corporation under sub-paragraph (3) includ e
power, to the extent that it appears to them incidental or cond ucive
to the carrying out of their functions to do so—
(a) to borrow money;
(b) to carry on activities (other than those comprised in their
duty to carry out their primary functions) through Channel 4companies; and
(c) to participate with others in the carrying on of any such
activities.”
(5) Schedule 9 (which makes provision for the approval by OFCOM,  and for the
enforcement, of arrangements made by C4C about the carrying on of their
activities) shall have effect.
200 Removal of members of C4C
(1) In paragraph 3 of Schedule 3 to the 1990 Act (term of office  of members of C4C),
after sub-paragraph (2) there shall be inserted—
“(2A) OFCOM may at any time, by notice to a member of the Corpor ation,
terminate the appointment of that member.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 1 — The BBC, C4C the Welsh Authority and the Gaelic med ia service181
(2B) Before terminating a person’s appointment under sub-paragra ph
(2A), OFCOM must consult the Secretary of State.”
(2) This section applies only to a member whose appointment was made, or last
renewed, after the coming into force of this section.
201 Deficits and surpluses of C4C
(1) Sections 26 and 27 of the 1990 Act (revenue deficits of C4C to be funded by
providers of Channel 3 services and application of excess reven ues of C4C)
shall cease to have effect.
(2) This section has effect in relation to a deficit or excess f or a year ending after
the commencement of this section.
202 Borrowing limit for C4C
(1) The Secretary of State may by order provide for a limit on t he borrowing that
C4C is allowed to undertake.
(2) The order may fix the limit either—
(a) by specifying the sum which the outstanding borrowing of C4C  must
not at any time exceed; or
(b) by providing a method of determining the sum which that borr owing
must not exceed.
(3) C4C are not to borrow money if the effect of the borrowing w ould be to cause
the amount of their outstanding borrowing to be, or to remain, in excess of the
limit (if any) that is for the time being in force.
(4) For the purposes of this section the amount of C4C’s outstan ding borrowing at
any time is the aggregate amount outstanding at that time in re spect of the
principal of sums borrowed by them, but after allowing sums bor rowed to
repay existing loans to be applied for that purpose.
(5) Before making an order under this section, the Secretary of State must consult
C4C.
(6) The consent of the Treasury is required for the making of an  order under this
section.
The Welsh Authority
203 Function of OFCOM in relation to the Welsh Authority
It shall be a function of OFCOM, to the extent that provision f or them to do so
is contained in this Act and Part 5 of the 1996 Act, to regulat e the services
provided by the Welsh Authority.
204 Welsh Authority’s function of providing S4C and S4C Digital 
(1) The Welsh Authority shall continue in existence with the sub stitution of the
following function for their functions under section 57 of the 1990 Act.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 1 — The BBC, C4C the Welsh Authority and the Gaelic med ia service182
(2) The Welsh Authority shall have the function of providing tel evision
programme services of high quality with a view to their being a vailable for
reception wholly or mainly by members of the public in Wales.
(3) The carrying out of that function—
(a) must include the continuing provision of the television broa dcasting
service known as Sianel Pedwar Cymru (“S4C”); and
(b) may include the continuing provision of the service provided  in digital
form and known as S4C Digital.
(4) The power of the Welsh Authority to provide S4C Digital incl udes a power to
secure that arrangements are made and remain in force for it to  be broadcast in
digital form.
(5) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to secure that S 4C and S4C Digital
each represents a public service for the dissemination of infor mation,
education and entertainment.
(6) The Welsh Authority may use part of the signals carrying S4C  to provide—
(a) subtitling in relation to programmes included in the service ; and
(b) other services which are ancillary to programmes included in  S4C and
which are directly related to their contents.
(7) In providing S4C Digital the Welsh Authority may also provid e—
(a) assistance for disabled people in relation to programmes inc luded in
the service; and
(b) any other service (other than one mentioned in paragraph (a) ) which is
an ancillary service in relation to S4C Digital.
(8) The Secretary of State may by order modify this Act and such  other enactments
as he thinks fit for the purpose of—
(a) replacing the requirement of the Welsh Authority to provide S4C with
a requirement to provide a service in digital form;
(b) requiring the Welsh Authority to secure that arrangements ar e made
for that service and S4C Digital to be merged and provided as o ne
service (also to be known as “S4C Digital”); and
(c) applying enactments relating to the provision of S4C or S4C Digital to
the provision of the merged service.
(9) An order under subsection (8) may require the Welsh Authorit y to ensure that,
from the coming into force of a requirement to provide a merged  service in
digital form until a time determined in the manner described in  the order, the
whole or a part of the merged service is also to be provided fo r broadcasting in
analogue form.
(10) In this section “programme” does not include an advertiseme nt.
205 Powers to provide other services 
(1) The Welsh Authority are not, in the carrying out of their fu nction under section
204, to provide any television programme service (apart from S4 C and S4C
Digital) unless—
(a) the service appears to them to satisfy the requirements of s ubsection
(3); and
(b) the provision by them of the service has been approved by an  order
made by the Secretary of State.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 1 — The BBC, C4C the Welsh Authority and the Gaelic med ia service183
(2) The functions of the Welsh Authority include the provision o f services that are
neither television programme services nor sound services but—
(a) are provided with a view to being made available for recepti on wholly
or mainly by members of the public in Wales or otherwise to bereceived or used by persons in Wales;
(b) are services appearing to them to satisfy the requirements o f subsection
(3); and
(c) are services the provision of which by the Authority has bee n approved
by an order made by the Secretary of State.
(3) A service provided under this section must be a public servi ce of high quality
for the dissemination of information, education or entertainmen t (or a
combination of them) wholly or mainly to members of the public in Wales.
(4) The Welsh Authority are not to provide a television programm e service under
this section unless it is one the provision of which by them br oadens the range
of television programme services available for reception by mem bers of the
public in Wales.
(5) The Welsh Authority must ensure, in the case of every televi sion programme
service provided with the approval of the Secretary of State un der this section,
that a substantial proportion of the programmes included in the  service
consists of programmes in Welsh.
(6) An order under this section approving the provision of a ser vice must set out—
(a) the nature and other characteristics of the service that is approved; and
(b) in the case of a service that is a television programme serv ice, a public
service remit for that service.
(7) In providing a service approved under this section the Welsh  Authority may
also provide—
(a) assistance for disabled people in relation to programmes inc luded in
the service;
(b) other services which are ancillary to programmes included in  the
service and which are directly related to their contents; and
(c) any other service (other than one mentioned in paragraph (a)  or (b))
which is an ancillary service in relation to so much of the ser vice as is
provided in digital form.
(8) A television programme service provided under this section i n digital form is
a qualifying service for the purposes of the 1996 Act.
(9) In this section “sound service” means a service which would fall to be
regulated under section 245 if provided by an S4C company.
206 Other activities of Welsh Authority
(1) The activities that the Welsh Authority are able to carry on  include activities
which appear to them—
(a) to be activities that it is appropriate for them to carry on  in association
with the carrying out of their function of providing S4C, S4C D igital or
a service the provision of which is approved under section 205;  and
(b) to be connected, otherwise than merely in financial terms, w ith
activities undertaken by them for the carrying out of that func tion.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 1 — The BBC, C4C the Welsh Authority and the Gaelic med ia service184
(2) The approval of the Secretary of State is required for the c arrying on by the
Welsh Authority of activities authorised only by subsection (1) .
(3) The approval of the Secretary of State— 
(a) must be contained in an order made by him; and
(b) may be a general approval in relation to a description of ac tivities or a
specific approval in relation to particular activities.
(4) The activities capable of being authorised under subsection (1)—
(a) do not include the provision of a licensable service; but
(b) do include activities for securing the provision of such a s ervice by an
S4C company and other activities connected with the provision o f such
a service by such a company.
(5) The activities referred to in subsection (4)(b) include—
(a) the formation of a company to provide a programme service;
(b) the taking of steps by means of which a company that is prov iding such
a service becomes an S4C company.
(6) For sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) of paragraph 1 of Schedule 6 to the 1990 Act
(power of Welsh Authority to do things incidental or conducive to the carrying
out of their functions) there shall be substituted—
“(2) The Authority may do anything which appears to them to be
incidental or conducive to the carrying out of their functions.
(3) The powers of the Authority under sub-paragraph (2) include
power, to the extent that it appears to them incidental or cond ucive
to the carrying out of their functions to do so—
(a) to carry on activities (other than those comprised in their
duty to carry out their functions under section 204 of theCommunications Act 2003) through S4C companies; and
(b) to participate with others in the carrying on of any such
activities.”
(7) In this section “licensable service” means a service that wo uld fall to be
regulated under section 211 or 245 if provided by an S4C compan y.
(8) Section 57(1A)(b) and (1B) of the 1990 Act (power of Welsh A uthority to
establish, acquire an interest in or assist a qualifying compan y) shall cease to
have effect.
207 Welsh Authority finances
(1) The Welsh Authority must not, whether directly or indirectly , impose charges
on persons—
(a) in respect of their reception or use in Wales of any of the Authority’s
public services;
(b) in respect of their reception in Wales of any service consis ting in the
provision of assistance for disabled people in relation to prog rammes
included in any one or more of those services; or
(c) in respect of their reception in Wales of any service (other  than one
mentioned in paragraph (b)) which is an ancillary service in re lation to
any of the Authority’s public services provided in digital form .
(2) It shall be unlawful to impose a charge in contravention of subsection (1).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 1 — The BBC, C4C the Welsh Authority and the Gaelic med ia service185
(3) The power of the Welsh Authority to do anything that appears  to them to be
conducive or incidental to the carrying out of their functions includes power,
subject to subsection (4), to borrow money.
(4) The Welsh Authority are not to borrow money except with the approval of the
Secretary of State.
(5) The consent of the Treasury is to be required for the giving  of an approval for
the purposes of subsection (4).
(6) The Welsh Authority are to be liable to pay OFCOM such sums in respect of
the carrying out by OFCOM of their functions in relation to the  Authority as
may be—
(a) agreed from time to time between the Authority and OFCOM; or
(b) (in default of agreement) fixed by the Secretary of State.
(7) In section 61(4) of the 1990 Act (power of Secretary of Stat e to increase amount
of grant to the Welsh Authority), for “transmitting S4C and the  service referred
to in section 57(1A)(a), by order” there shall be substituted— 
“(a) providing services that are public services of the Authorit y
(within the meaning of section 207 of the Communications Act2003), and
(b) arranging for the broadcasting or distribution of those serv ices,
by order”.
(8) In section 61A of the 1990 Act (the public service fund)—
(a) in subsection (2) (application of fund), for “their function s under
section 57(1) or (1A)(a)” there shall be substituted “their fun ctions in
relation to the provision of the services that are public servi ces of the
Authority (within the meaning of section 207 of the Communicati ons
Act 2003).”; and
(b) in subsection (4) (programmes to be broadcast first on S4C o r S4C
Digital), for the words from “on S4C” onwards there shall besubstituted “on a television programme service that is one of t heir
public services (within the meaning of section 207 of theCommunications Act 2003)”.
(9) In this section references to the Welsh Authority’s public s ervices are
references to the following—
(a) S4C;
(b) S4C Digital; and
(c) the services the provision of which by the Authority is auth orised by or
under section 205.
The Gaelic Media Service
208 The Gaelic Media Service
(1) The body established for the purposes of section 183 of the 1990 Act (financing
of programmes in Gaelic out of the Gaelic Television Fund) is h ereby renamed
Seirbheis nam Meadhanan Gàidhlig (the Gaelic Media Service).
(2) References in any instrument or other document to Comataidh Craolaidh
Gaidhlig or to the Gaelic Broadcasting Committee are to be cons trued
accordingly.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 1 — The BBC, C4C the Welsh Authority and the Gaelic med ia service186
(3) For subsection (4) of that section there shall be substitute d—
“(3B) The functions of the Service shall be to secure that a wid e and diverse
range of high quality programmes in Gaelic are broadcast or oth erwise
transmitted so as to be available to persons in Scotland.
(4) The Service may— 
(a) make grants out of the Fund, or
(b) otherwise apply it,
for any of the purposes of carrying out their functions or for any
purpose connected with the carrying out of those functions.
(4A) In carrying out their functions, the Service may finance, o r engage in,
any of the following—
(a) the making of programmes in Gaelic with a view to those
programmes being broadcast or otherwise transmitted so as tobe available to persons in Scotland;
(b) the provision of training for persons employed, or to be
employed, in connection with the making of programmes inGaelic to be so broadcast or otherwise transmitted;
(c) research into the types of programmes in Gaelic that members
of the Gaelic-speaking community would like to be broadcast orotherwise transmitted.
(4B) But the Service are not to be entitled, for the purpose of carrying out
their functions, to provide—
(a) a Channel 3 service;
(b) Channel 4;
(c) Channel 5;
(d) a national sound broadcasting service;
(e) a national digital sound programme service; or
(f) a television multiplex service or a radio multiplex service. ”
(4) For subsection (9) of that section there shall be substitute d—
“(9) In this section, section 183A and Schedule 19—
‘Channel 3 service’, ‘Channel 4’ and ‘Channel 5’ each has the s ame
meaning as in Part 1;
‘national digital sound programme service’ has the same meaning
as in Part 2 of the Broadcasting Act 1996;
‘national sound broadcasting service’ means a sound
broadcasting service within the meaning of Part 3 which, undersubsection (4)(a) of section 245 of the Communications Act 2003 ,
is a national service for the purposes of that section;
‘Gaelic’ means the Gaelic language as spoken in Scotland;
‘programme’ includes any item included in a programme service;‘radio multiplex service’ has the same meaning as in Part 2 of the
Broadcasting Act 1996;
‘the Service’ means the body established under subsection (3) a nd
known as Seirbheis nam Meadhanan Gàidhlig (the GaelicMedia Service);
‘television multiplex service’ has the meaning given by section
241(1) of the Communications Act 2003 to a multiplex servicewithin the meaning of Part 1 of the Broadcasting Act 1996;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 1 — The BBC, C4C the Welsh Authority and the Gaelic med ia service187
and a reference to being available to persons in Scotland inclu des a
reference to being available both to persons in Scotland and to  others.”
209 Membership of the Service
After section 183 of the 1990 Act there shall be inserted—
“183A Membership of the Gaelic Media Service
(1) The Service shall consist of not more than twelve members.
(2) The members of the Service are to be appointed by OFCOM
(3) OFCOM must appoint one of the members to be the chairman of the
Service.
(4) The approval of the Secretary of State is required for the a ppointment
of a person as a member of the Service, and for the appointment  of a
member as their chairman.
(5) The members of the Service must include—
(a) a member nominated by the BBC;
(b) a member nominated by Highlands and Islands Enterprise; and
(c) a member nominated by Bòrd Gàidhlig na h-Alba (the Gaelic
Development Agency).
(6) When appointing members of the Service, OFCOM must have rega rd
to—
(a) the desirability of having members of the Service who are
proficient in written and spoken Gaelic; and
(b) any guidance issued by the Secretary of State for the purpos es
of this section.
(7) OFCOM must secure, so far as practicable, that the membershi p of the
Service is such that the interests of each of the following are  adequately
represented—
(a) the holders of licences to provide regional Channel 3 servic es
for areas wholly in Scotland;
(b) the holders of licences to provide regional Channel 3 servic es in
respect of which determinations under section 184(4)(b) are forthe time being in force;
(c) the independent television and radio production industries i n
Scotland;
(d) other persons and bodies concerned with the promotion and
use of the Gaelic language, including those concerned witheducation in Gaelic and in Gaelic culture.
(8) Schedule 19 to this Act shall have effect with respect to th e Service.
(9) In this section—
‘Bòrd Gàidhlig na h-Alba’ means the body of that name formed
under section 5 of the National Heritage (Scotland) Act 1985;
‘regional Channel 3 service’ has the same meaning as in Part 1.
(10) The Secretary of State may by order amend the reference in subsection
(5) to Bòrd Gàidhlig na h-Alba (the Gaelic Development Agency)—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 1 — The BBC, C4C the Welsh Authority and the Gaelic med ia service188
(a) by substituting a reference to another body formed under
section 5 of the National Heritage (Scotland) Act 1985 withfunctions relating to the promotion of Gaelic; or
(b) for the purpose of giving effect to a change to the name of the
body referred to in that subsection.
(11) An order under this section shall be subject to annulment i n pursuance
of a resolution of either House of Parliament.”
210 Supplementary provisions about the Service
(1) Schedule 19 to the 1990 Act (supplementary provisions about the Gaelic
Broadcasting Committee) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In paragraph 2 (tenure of office and remuneration)—
(a) in sub-paragraph (1), for “sub-paragraph (2)” there shall be  substituted
“sub-paragraphs (1A) and (2)”;
(b) after sub-paragraph (1) there shall be inserted—
“(1A) A person is not to be appointed as a member of the Service  for
a term of more than four years (but a person so appointedshall be eligible for re-appointment at the end of his term ofoffice).”
(3) In paragraph 7 (employees of the Committee), after sub-parag raph (3) there
shall be inserted—
“(4) A person who is an employee of the Service is not to be eli gible to be
appointed as a member of the Service.”
(4) After paragraph 8 (financial provision) there shall be inser ted—
“8A (1) The Service must pay all their receipts to OFCOM.
(2) OFCOM must hold amounts received by them under this paragrap h
to the credit of the Gaelic Broadcasting Fund (and, accordingly , those
amounts are not to be regarded as forming part of OFCOM’srevenues).”
(5) In paragraph 12 (annual reports), after sub-paragraph (1) th ere shall be
inserted—
“(1A) The report must include a statement of how the Service are
proposing to carry out their functions during the next financia l year.”
C
HAPTER  2
REGULATORY  STRUCTURE  FOR INDEPENDENT  TELEVISION  SERVICES
Preliminary
211 Regulation of independent television services
(1) It shall be a function of OFCOM to regulate the following se rvices in
accordance with this Act, the 1990 Act and the 1996 Act— 
(a) services falling within subsection (2) that are provided oth erwise than
by the BBC or the Welsh Authority; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices189
(b) services falling within subsection (3) that are provided oth erwise than
by the BBC.
(2) The services referred to in subsection (1)(a) are—
(a) television broadcasting services that are provided from plac es in the
United Kingdom with a view to their being broadcast otherwise t han
only from a satellite;
(b) television licensable content services that are provided by persons
under the jurisdiction of the United Kingdom for the purposes o f the
Television without Frontiers Directive;
(c) digital television programme services that are provided by p ersons
under the jurisdiction of the United Kingdom for the purposes o f that
Directive;
(d) restricted television services that are provided from places  in the
United Kingdom; and
(e) additional television services that are provided from places  in the
United Kingdom.
(3) The services referred to in subsection (1)(b) are—
(a) television multiplex services that are provided from places in the
United Kingdom; and
(b) digital additional television services that are provided by persons
under the jurisdiction of the United Kingdom for the purposes o f the
Television without Frontiers Directive.
212 Abolition of function of assigning television frequencies
The Secretary of State shall cease to have any function under t he 1990 Act or
the 1996 Act of assigning frequencies for the purposes of any o f the following— 
(a) services falling to be licensed under Part 1 of the 1990 Act ;
(b) S4C; or
(c) television multiplex services falling to be licensed under P art 1 of the
1996 Act.
213 Abolition of licensing for local cable systems
On and after the television transfer date no licence shall be r equired under Part
2 of the 1990 Act for the provision of a local delivery service .
Channels 3 and 5
214 Digital Channel 3 and Channel 5 licences
(1) This section applies to the grant by OFCOM, at any time on o r after the
television transfer date, of a licence under Part 1 of the 1990  Act to provide a
Channel 3 service or to provide Channel 5.
(2) The licence must—
(a) be a licence to provide the licensed service with a view to its being
broadcast in digital form; and
(b) contain such condition (if any) requiring the provider of th e service to
ensure that the whole or a part of the service is also provided  for
broadcasting in analogue form as OFCOM consider appropriate.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices190
(3) The conditions included in a licence by virtue of subsection  (2)(b) must be such
as to enable effect to be given to any directions given from ti me to time by the
Secretary of State to OFCOM about the continuance of the provis ion of services
in analogue form.
(4) Where the licence contains a condition falling within subsec tion (2)(b), it must
also contain a condition that—
(a) the programmes (apart from the advertisements) that are incl uded in
the service provided in analogue form, and
(b) the times at which they are broadcast,
are to be the same as in the case of, or of the specified part of, the service
provided for broadcasting in digital form.
(5) The licence—
(a) must be a licence which continues in force, from the time fr om which it
takes effect, until the end of the licensing period beginning o r current
at that time; and
(b) shall be renewable, on one or more occasions, under section 216.
(6) For the purposes of subsection (5) a licensing period is—
(a) the period beginning with the commencement of this section a nd
ending with the initial expiry date; or
(b) any subsequent period of ten years beginning with the end of  the
previous licensing period.
(7) The licence must contain the conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for
the purpose of performing their duty under section 263.
(8) The conditions of the licence must also include conditions p rohibiting the
imposition, whether directly or indirectly, of the following—
(a) charges on persons in respect of their reception in the Unit ed Kingdom
of the licensed service;
(b) charges on persons in respect of their reception in the Unit ed Kingdom
of any service consisting in the provision of assistance for di sabled
people in relation to programmes included in the licensed servi ce; and
(c) charges on persons in respect of their reception in the Unit ed Kingdom
of any service (other than one mentioned in paragraph (b)) whic h is an
ancillary service in relation to so much of the licensed servic e as is
provided in digital form.
(9) It shall be unlawful to impose a charge in contravention of a condition imposed
under subsection (8).
215 Replacement of existing Channel 3 and Channel 5 licences
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to make an offer under this se ction to every
person who, when the offer is made, is the holder of a licence (an “existing
licence”)—
(a) to provide a Channel 3 service; or
(b)  to provide Channel 5.
(2) The offer made to a person under this section— 
(a) must be an offer to exchange his existing licence for a repl acement
licence; and
(b) must be made as soon as practicable after the television tra nsfer date.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices191
(3) The replacement licence offered must be one granted in accor dance with the
provisions of—
(a) Part 1 of the 1990 Act; and
(b) section 214 of this Act;
but sections 15 to 17A of the 1990 Act (award of licences) are not to apply in the
case of the replacement licence.
(4) Subject to subsection (5), where OFCOM make an offer under t his section to a
person, the service which they are proposing to license by the replacement
licence must be a service which—
(a) is provided with a view to its being broadcast in digital fo rm; but
(b) subject to that and to any requirements of section 214, appe ars to
OFCOM to be a service that is equivalent in all material respec ts to the
service the provision of which in analogue form was authorised by the
existing licence.
(5) An offer under this section may, to such extent as OFCOM thi nk fit, propose
the grant of a licence to provide a service for an area or at t imes which, though
substantially the same as in the case of the existing licence, are not identical.
(6) The offer must propose the inclusion in the replacement lice nce of conditions
as to the payment of amounts to OFCOM which require the payment  of—
(a) the same amount in respect of each complete calendar year fa lling
wholly or partly within the period for which the replacement li cence is
in force, and
(b) an amount equal to the same percentage of the qualifying rev enue for
each accounting period of the licence holder falling within tha t period,
as would have been payable under the existing licence had that licence
continued in force until the end of the period for which the re placement licence
is granted.
(7) That offer must also propose the conditions for allowing amo unts paid for a
period under the existing licence to be set off against liabili ties for the same
period arising under the replacement licence.
(8) An offer under this section must set out—
(a) the terms of the proposed replacement licence;
(b) the conditions on which OFCOM are proposing to grant the
replacement licence; 
(c) the period for which the offer is open; 
(d) the date on which the proposed replacement licence will be g ranted if
the offer is accepted;
(e) the time as from which it is proposed that that licence will  take effect if
the offer is accepted; and
(f) the time from which the existing licence will cease to have effect if the
offer is not accepted.
(9) The times set out under subsection (8) must— 
(a) in the case of the time set out under paragraph (e), be in t he period of
twelve months beginning with the television transfer date; and
(b) in the case of the time set out under paragraph (f), be in t he period of
eighteen months after the end of the period set out under parag raph (c)
of that subsection.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices192
(10) Where a person to whom an offer has been made under this se ction elects, by
notification to OFCOM, to exchange his licence for the replacem ent licence
offered to him—
(a) he is entitled, on the date set out in the offer, to be gran ted, in
accordance with Part 1 of the 1990 Act and section 214 of this Act, a
replacement licence under that Part in the terms, and on the co nditions,
so set out;
(b) the replacement licence shall come into force, and the exist ing licence
cease to have effect, at the time specified in the offer, or su ch later time
as OFCOM may, with the consent of that person, direct; and
(c) the service which he is authorised to provide by the replace ment
licence, so far as it is provided in digital form, shall be a q ualifying
service for the purposes of Part 1 of the 1996 Act.
(11) Where the person to whom an offer has been made under this section—
(a) does not elect, during the period for which the offer is ope n, to
exchange the existing licence for the replacement licence, or
(b) rejects the offer before the end of that period,
the existing licence shall have effect as if the period for whi ch it is to continue
in force ended with the time specified in the offer for the pur poses of
subsection (8)(f).
(12) In this section “qualifying revenue” has the same meaning a s in section 19 of
the 1990 Act.
216 Renewal of Channel 3 and 5 licences
(1) The holder of—
(a) a licence to provide a Channel 3 service, or
(b) a licence to provide Channel 5,
may apply to OFCOM for the renewal of his licence for a period of ten years
from the end of the licensing period current at the time of the  application.
(2) An application for renewal may only be made in the period wh ich—
(a) begins four years before the end of the current licensing pe riod; and
(b) ends three months before the day that OFCOM have determined to be
the day by which they would need to publish a tender notice if they
were proposing to grant a fresh licence to take effect from the  end of
that period.
(3) A determination for the purposes of subsection (2)(b)—
(a) must be made at least one year before the day determined; an d
(b) must be notified by OFCOM to every person who, at the time o f the
determination, holds a licence in respect of which there is rig ht to apply
for renewal under this section.
(4) Where OFCOM receive an application under this section for th e renewal of a
licence, they must— 
(a) decide whether they will be renewing the licence;
(b) if they decide that they will be, determine in accordance wi th section
217 the financial terms on which the licence will be renewed; a nd
(c) notify the applicant of their decision and determination.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices193
(5) Section 17(5) to (7) of the 1990 Act (suspect sources of fun ds) apply in relation
to an applicant for a renewal under this section as they apply in relation to an
applicant mentioned in section 17(5) of that Act, but as if ref erences to the
award of a licence were references to its renewal.
(6) OFCOM may decide not to renew the licence if they are not sa tisfied that the
applicant (if his licence were renewed) would provide a service  complying
with the requirements imposed under Chapter 4 of this Part by c onditions
relating to—
(a) the public service remit for the licensed service;
(b) programming quotas;
(c) news and current affairs programmes; and
(d) programme production and regional programming.
(7) OFCOM may also decide not to renew the licence if they propo se to grant a
fresh licence for a service replacing the licensed service whic h would differ
from the licensed service in—
(a) the area for which it would be provided; or
(b) the times of the day, or days of the week, between or on whi ch it would
be provided.
(8) In all cases in which— 
(a) the applicant notifies OFCOM that he accepts the terms notif ied to him
under subsection (4)(c), and
(b) they are not required or allowed by subsections (5) to (7) t o refuse a
renewal, 
they must grant the renewal as soon as reasonably practicable.
(9) But OFCOM must not grant a renewal under this section more t han eighteen
months before the end of the licensing period from the end of w hich the
renewal will take effect.
(10) Where a licence is renewed under this section, it must be r enewed on the same
terms and conditions, subject only to such modifications as are  required to give
effect, in accordance with the determination under subsection ( 4)(b), to the
requirements imposed by section 217(4).
(11) Nothing in this section requires OFCOM, following the recei pt of an
application for the renewal of a licence—
(a) to make a decision or determination, or
(b) to take any other step under this section,
at any time after an order under section 230 has come into forc e preventing the
renewal of the licence.
(12) For the purposes of this section a licensing period is—
(a) the period beginning with the commencement of this section a nd
ending with the initial expiry date; or
(b) any subsequent period of ten years beginning with the end of  the
previous licensing period.
(13) In this section “tender notice” means a notice under sectio n 15 of the 1990 Act.
217 Financial terms of licence renewed under s. 216
(1) The determination under section 216(4)(b) must comprise—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices194
(a) a determination of the amount which the holder of the renewe d licence
will be required by the conditions of that licence to pay to OF COM in
respect of the first complete calendar year falling within the renewal
period; and
(b) a determination of the percentage of qualifying revenue for each
accounting period of the licence holder falling within the rene wal
period which the holder of that licence will be required by tho se
conditions to pay to OFCOM.
(2) The amount determined under subsection (1)(a) must be equal to the amount
which, in OFCOM’s opinion, would have been the cash bid of the licence
holder were the licence (instead of being renewed) to be grante d for the period
of the renewal on an application made in accordance with sectio n 15 of the 1990
Act.
(3) For the purposes of subsection (1)(b)—
(a) different percentages may be determined for different accoun ting
periods; and
(b) the percentages that may be determined for an accounting per iod
include a nil percentage.
(4) The renewed licence is required, as renewed, to include cond itions requiring
the licence holder to pay to OFCOM—
(a) in addition to any fees required to be paid by virtue of sec tion 4(1)(b) of
the 1990 Act, but
(b) instead of the amounts payable under the corresponding provi sion
applicable under the conditions of the licence to the period be fore the
renewal takes effect,
the amounts specified in subsection (5).
(5) Those amounts are—
(a) in respect of the first complete calendar year falling withi n the renewal
period, the amount determined under subsection (1)(a);
(b) in respect of each subsequent year falling wholly or partly within the
renewal period, that amount increased by the appropriate percen tage;
and
(c) in respect of each accounting period of the licence holder f alling within
the renewal period, an amount representing a specified percenta ge of
qualifying revenue for that accounting period.
(6) The percentage specified for the purposes of subsection (5)( c) in respect of an
accounting period must be the amount determined for that period  under
subsection (1)(b).
(7) In this section—
“the appropriate percentage” and “qualifying revenue” each has the same
meaning as in section 19 of the 1990 Act; and
“renewal period”, in relation to a licence, means the period fo r which the
licence is in force by reason of its renewal.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices195
The public teletext service
218 Duty to secure the provision of a public teletext service
(1) OFCOM must do all that they can to secure the provision, in accordance with
this Chapter and Part 1 of the 1996 Act, of a teletext service that is available
nationwide.
(2) The service must consist of—
(a) a single teletext service provided in digital form with a vi ew to its being
broadcast by means of a television multiplex service; and
(b) for so long as Channel 4, S4C and one or more Channel 3 serv ices are
broadcast in analogue form, an analogue teletext service.
(3) The service, if licensed to do so in accordance with section  219, may continue
to include an analogue teletext service after it is no longer r equired under
subsection (2)(b) to include such a service.
(4) The analogue teletext service that must be or may be compris ed in the public
teletext service is a single additional television service that  uses the combined
spare capacity available for the provision of additional televi sion services on
the frequencies on which Channel 3 services, Channel 4 and S4C (or any of
them) are broadcast in analogue form.
(5) For so long as the public teletext service must consist of b oth a teletext service
provided in digital form and an analogue teletext service, OFCO M must secure
that both services are provided by the same person. 
(6) But nothing in this section— 
(a) requires the contents of the two services comprised in the p ublic
teletext service to be the same; 
(b) prevents the service from including different items for diff erent parts of
the United Kingdom or prevents the different items from being m ade
available only in the parts of the United Kingdom for which the y are
included; or
(c) prevents the licence holder from making arrangements authori sed by
virtue of section 220 for the provision of the whole or a part of the
public teletext service by another.
(7) OFCOM must exercise their powers—
(a) to make frequencies available for the purposes of Channel 3 services,
Channel 4 and S4C; and
(b) to make determinations for the purposes of section 48(2)(b) of the 1990
Act (determinations of spare capacity),
in a manner that takes account of their duty under this section .
219 Licensing of the public teletext service
(1) The licence that is required for the purposes of section 13 of the 1990 Act in
respect of the public teletext service is a licence under Part 1 of that Act
complying with this section.
(2) The licence— 
(a) must be a licence which continues in force, from the time fr om which it
takes effect, until the end of the licensing period beginning o r current
at that time; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices196
(b) shall be renewable, on one or more occasions, under section 222.
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) a licensing period is—
(a) the period beginning with the commencement of this section a nd
ending with the initial expiry date; or
(b) any subsequent period of ten years beginning with the end of  the
previous licensing period.
(4) The licence must contain the conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for
the purpose of performing their duty under section 263.
(5) The conditions of the licence must also include conditions p rohibiting the
imposition, whether directly or indirectly, of any charges on p ersons in respect
of their reception in the United Kingdom of the licensed servic e.
(6) It shall be unlawful to impose a charge in contravention of a condition imposed
under subsection (5).
(7) The service authorised by a licence under this section, so f ar as it comprises a
service provided in digital form, is a qualifying service for t he purposes of Part
1 of the 1996 Act.
(8) Schedule 10 (which makes further provision about the award a nd grant of the
licence for the public teletext service and about the condition s and enforcement
of that licence) shall have effect.
220 Delegation of provision of public teletext service
(1) The licence for the provision of the public teletext service  may—
(a) include provision enabling the licence holder to authorise a n eligible
person to provide the whole or a part of the public teletext se rvice on
his behalf; and
(b) impose conditions subject to and in accordance with which th e whole
or a part of that service may be provided by a person authorise d by the
licence holder.
(2) The conditions of the licence to provide the public teletext  service apply in
relation to its provision by a person authorised to do so on th e licence holder’s
behalf as they apply to its provision by the licence holder.
(3) A contravention of those conditions by a person so authorise d shall be treated
for the purposes of this Chapter and the 1990 Act as a contrave ntion on the part
of the licence holder.
(4) In this section “eligible person” means a person who is not a disqualified
person under Part 2 of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act in relation t o the licence for
the public teletext service.
221 Replacement of existing public teletext provider’s licence
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to make an offer under this se ction to the person
who, when the offer is made, is the holder of the licence to pr ovide the existing
service (the “existing licence”).
(2) The offer made to a person under this section— 
(a) must be an offer to exchange his existing licence for a repl acement
licence; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices197
(b) must be made as soon as practicable after the television tra nsfer date.
(3) The replacement licence is to be one which is granted— 
(a) for the purposes of section 218 of this Act; and
(b) in accordance with section 219 of this Act and the provision s of Part 1
of the 1990 Act;
but Part 1 of Schedule 10 to this Act is not to apply in the ca se of the
replacement licence.
(4) Where OFCOM make an offer under this section, the service wh ich they are
proposing to license by or under the replacement licence must b e a service
which comprises both—
(a) a service that appears to OFCOM to be equivalent in all mate rial
respects to the existing service; and
(b) a service that appears to them to be equivalent in all mater ial respects
to the teletext service in digital form which that person is re quired to
provide by virtue of section 30 of the 1996 Act.
(5) The offer must propose the inclusion in the replacement lice nce of conditions
as to the payment of amounts to OFCOM which require the payment  of—
(a) the same amount in respect of each complete calendar year fa lling
wholly or partly within the period for which the replacement li cence is
in force, and
(b) an amount equal to the same percentage of the qualifying rev enue for
each accounting period of the licence holder falling within tha t period,
as would have been payable under the existing licence had that licence
continued in force until the end of the period for which the re placement licence
is granted.
(6) That offer must also propose conditions allowing amounts pai d for a period
under the existing licence to be set off against liabilities fo r the same period
arising under the replacement licence.
(7) An offer under this section must set out—
(a) the terms of the proposed replacement licence;
(b) the conditions on which OFCOM are proposing to grant the
replacement licence;
(c) the period for which the offer is open;
(d) the time as from which it is proposed the replacement licenc e will take
effect if the offer is accepted; and
(e) the time from which the existing licence will cease to have effect if the
offer is not accepted.
(8) The times set out under subsection (7) must— 
(a) in the case of the time set out under paragraph (d), be in t he period of
twelve months beginning with the television transfer date; and
(b) in the case of the time set out under paragraph (e), be in t he period of
eighteen months after the end of the period set out under parag raph (c)
of that subsection.
(9) Where the person to whom an offer has been made under this s ection elects, by
notification to OFCOM, to exchange his licence for the replacem ent licence
offered to him—
(a) he is entitled to be granted the replacement licence in the terms, and on
the conditions, set out in the offer; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices198
(b) the replacement licence shall come into force, and the exist ing licence
cease to have effect, at the time specified in the offer, or su ch later time
as OFCOM may, with the consent of that person, direct.
(10) Where the person to whom an offer has been made under this section—
(a) does not elect, during the period for which the offer is ope n, to
exchange the existing licence for the replacement licence, or
(b) rejects the offer before the end of that period,
the existing licence shall have effect as if the period for whi ch it is to continue
in force ended with the time specified in the offer for the pur poses of
subsection (7)(e).
(11) In this section “the existing service” means the teletext s ervice which—
(a) is being provided immediately before the television transfer  date on the
combined spare capacity available for the provision of addition al
television services on frequencies on which Channel 3 services and
Channel 4 are provided; and
(b) is the service by reference to which the Independent Televis ion
Commission have discharged their duty under section 49(2) of th e 1990
Act.
(12) In this section “qualifying revenue” means the revenue whic h would be
qualifying revenue (within the meaning of section 52 of the 199 0 Act) in
relation to the holder of a licence to provide the analogue tel etext service
comprised in the public teletext service.
222 Renewal of public teletext licence
(1) The holder of the licence to provide the public teletext ser vice may apply to
OFCOM for the renewal of his licence for a period of ten years from the end of
the licensing period current at the time of the application.
(2) An application for renewal may only be made in the period wh ich—
(a) begins four years before the end of the current licensing pe riod; and
(b) ends three months before the day that OFCOM have determined to be
the day by which they would need to publish a tender notice if they
were proposing to grant a fresh licence to take effect from the  end of
that period.
(3) A determination for the purposes of subsection (2)(b)—
(a) must be made at least one year before the day determined; an d
(b) must be notified by OFCOM to the holder, at the time of the
determination, of the licence to provide the public teletext se rvice.
(4) Where OFCOM receive an application under this section for th e renewal of a
licence, they must— 
(a) decide whether they will be renewing the licence;
(b) if they decide that they will be, determine in accordance wi th section
223 the financial terms on which the licence will be renewed; a nd
(c) notify the applicant of their decision and determination.
(5) Section 17(5) to (7) of the 1990 Act (suspect sources of fun ds) apply in relation
to an applicant for a renewal under this section as they apply in relation to an
applicant mentioned in section 17(5) of that Act, but as if— 
(a) references to the award of a licence were references to its renewal; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices199
(b) the reference in subsection (7)(a) to section 19(1) of that Act were a
reference to paragraph 7 of Schedule 10.
(6) OFCOM may decide not to renew the licence if they are not sa tisfied that the
applicant (if his licence were renewed) would provide a service  complying
with the requirements imposed under Chapter 4 of this Part by c onditions
relating to—
(a) the public service remit for the public teletext service;
(b) news; and
(c) regional matters.
(7) OFCOM may also decide not to renew the licence if they propo se to grant a
fresh licence for the public teletext service which would diffe r in any material
respect from the licensed service.
(8) In all cases in which— 
(a) the applicant notifies OFCOM that he accepts the terms notif ied to him
under subsection (4)(c), and
(b) they are not required or allowed by subsections (5) to (7) t o refuse a
renewal, 
they must grant the renewal as soon as reasonably practicable.
(9) But OFCOM must not grant a renewal under this section more t han eighteen
months before the end of the licensing period from the end of w hich the
renewal will take effect.
(10) Where a licence is renewed under this section, it must be r enewed on the same
terms and conditions subject only to such modifications as are required to give
effect, in accordance with the determination under subsection ( 4)(b), to
paragraph 7 of Schedule 10.
(11) Nothing in this section requires OFCOM, following the recei pt of an
application for the renewal of a licence—
(a) to make a decision or determination, or
(b) to take any other step under this section,
at any time after an order under section 230 has come into forc e preventing the
renewal of the licence.
(12) For the purposes of this section a licensing period is—
(a) the period beginning with the commencement of this section a nd
ending with the initial expiry date; or
(b) any subsequent period of ten years beginning with the end of  the
previous licensing period.
(13) In this section “tender notice” means a notice under paragr aph 1 of Schedule
10.
223 Financial terms of licence renewed under s. 222
(1) The determination under section 222(4)(b) must comprise—
(a) a determination of the amount which the holder of the renewe d licence
will be required by the conditions of that licence to pay to OF COM in
respect of the first complete calendar year falling within the renewal
period; Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices200
(b) a determination of the percentage of qualifying revenue for each
accounting period of the licence holder falling within the rene wal
period which he will be required by those conditions to pay to OFCOM.
(2) The amount determined under subsection (1)(a) must be equal to the amount
which, in OFCOM’s opinion, would have been the cash bid of the licence
holder were the licence (instead of being renewed) to be grante d for the period
of the renewal on an application made in accordance with Part 1  of Schedule
10.
(3) For the purposes of subsection (1)(b)—
(a) different percentages may be determined for different accoun ting
periods; and
(b) the percentages that may be determined for an accounting per iod
include a nil percentage.
(4) In this section “renewal period”, in relation to a licence, means the period for
which the licence is in force by reason of its renewal.
(5) Part 3 of Schedule 10 applies for construing this section as  it applies for
construing that Schedule.
Meaning of initial expiry date
224 Meaning of “initial expiry date”
(1) Subject to any postponement under this section, the date whi ch is the initial
expiry date for the purposes of this Part is 31st December 2014 . 
(2) The Secretary of State may (on one or more occasions) by ord er postpone the
initial expiry date.
(3) The Secretary of State’s power to postpone the initial expir y date—
(a) is to be exercisable before 30th June 2013 only if he has fi xed a date after
30th June 2013 as the date for digital switchover; and
(b) is not to be exercisable on or after 30th June 2013 if he ha s fixed 30th
June 2013 or an earlier date as the date for digital switchover .
(4) Where the Secretary of State makes an order under this secti on at a time after
he has fixed a date for digital switchover, the date to which t he initial expiry
date is postponed must be a date not less than eighteen months after the date
for digital switchover.
(5) The Secretary of State must exercise his power to postpone t he initial expiry
date if it at any time appears to him that that date would othe rwise fall within
the period of eighteen months immediately following the date fi xed for digital
switchover.
(6) Where an order under this section extends a licensing period  for which a
licence has been granted in accordance with section 214 or 219,  the 1990 Act
and this Part shall have effect (subject to subsection (7)) as if the licence had
originally been granted for the extended period.
(7) Where an order under this section extends the period for whi ch a licence is to
continue in force—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices201
(a) that order shall not affect the earliest time at which an ap plication for
the renewal of that licence may be made in accordance with sect ion
216(2)(a) or 222(2)(a);
(b) as soon as reasonably practicable after making the order, OF COM must
make such modification of any determination made by them in the  case
of that licence for the purposes of section 216(2)(b) or 222(2) (b) as they
consider appropriate in consequence of the extension; and
(c) neither section 216(3)(a) nor section 222(3)(a) applies to t he making of
that modification.
(8) In this section a reference to the date for digital switchov er is a reference to the
date fixed by the Secretary of State for the purposes of this s ection as the date
which appears to him, in consequence of directions given by him  for the
purposes of the conditions of the licences for the relevant pub lic broadcasting
services, to be the date after which none of those services wil l be broadcast to
any significant extent in analogue form.
(9) In this section “the relevant public broadcasting service” m eans any of the
following—
(a) the services comprised in Channel 3; and
(b) Channel 5.
Reviews relating to licensing of Channels 3 & 5 and teletext
225 Application for review of financial terms of replacement lic ences
(1) The holder of a replacement licence granted under section 21 5 or 221 may
apply to OFCOM, at any time in the first or any subsequent revi ew period, for
a review of the financial terms on which that licence is held.
(2) For the purposes of this section the first review period is the period which—
(a) begins four years before the first notional expiry date; and
(b) ends with the day before the day that OFCOM have determined to be
the one by which they would need to publish a tender notice if they
were proposing to grant a fresh licence to take effect from the  first
notional expiry date.
(3) For the purposes of this section a subsequent review period in the case of a
replacement licence is so much (if any) of the following period  as falls before
the end of the initial expiry date, namely, the period which—
(a) begins four years before a subsequent notional expiry date; and
(b) ends with the day before the day that OFCOM have determined to be
the one by which they would need to publish a tender notice if they
were proposing to grant a fresh licence to take effect from tha t notional
expiry date.
(4) A determination for the purposes of subsection (2)(b) or (3) (b) in respect of a
replacement licence—
(a) must be made at least one year before the day determined; an d
(b) must be notified by OFCOM to the person who, at the time of the
determination, holds the licence in question.
(5) No application under this section for a review of the financ ial terms on which
a replacement licence is held is to be made—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices202
(a) at any time when an application under section 226 for a revi ew of those
terms is pending; or
(b) at any time in the period of twelve months following the day  on which
a determination by OFCOM on such an application is notified to the
licence holder.
(6) For the purposes of this section an application for a review  under section 226
is pending from the time when the application is made until the  end of the day
on which OFCOM’s determination on the review is notified to the  licence
holder.
(7) In this section—
“the first notional expiry date”, in relation to a replacement licence, means
the date with which (apart from this Act) the existing licence would
have expired if not renewed;
“subsequent notional expiry date”, in relation to a replacement  licence,
means—
(a) in a case in which an application by the licence holder for a
review under this section was made during the review periodbeginning four years before the last notional expiry date, thetenth anniversary of the date on which OFCOM’sdetermination on that review was notified to the licence holder ;
and
(b) in any other case, the tenth anniversary of the last notiona l
expiry date;
“tender notice” means a notice under section 15(1) of the 1990 Act or (as
the case may be) paragraph 1 of Schedule 10.
(8) In subsection (7) “existing licence” has the same meaning as  in section 215 or
(as the case may be) 221.
226 Application for review of financial terms in consequence of new obligations
(1) This section applies where an order is made under section 41 1 that brings
section 272, 273 or 274 (or any two or more of them) into force  for the purpose
of including conditions in the regulatory regime for—
(a) a Channel 3 service; 
(b) Channel 5; or
(c) the public teletext service.
(2) The holder of a licence in which conditions mentioned in sec tion 272, 273 or 274
will fall to be included when the order comes into force may ap ply to OFCOM,
at any time in the review period, for a review of the financial  terms on which
the licence is held.
(3) For the purposes of this section the review period in the ca se of an order under
section 411 is the period which—
(a) begins with the day on which the order is made; and
(b) ends with the time at which, by virtue of the order, one or more of
sections 272, 273 and 274 come into force in the case of the li cence in
question.
(4) If in the case of the same order there is more than one time  falling within
subsection (3)(b), the review period ends with the later or lat est of them.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices203
227 Reviews under ss. 225 and 226
(1) This section applies where an application is made under sect ion 225 or 226 for
a review of the financial terms on which a licence is held.
(2) As soon as reasonably practicable after receiving the applic ation, OFCOM
must—
(a) determine the amount to be paid to them under the conditions  of the
licence for the first calendar year falling wholly or partly wi thin the
period under review to begin after the application date; and
(b) determine the percentage to be used for computing the paymen ts to be
made to them under those conditions in respect of each accounti ng
period falling within the period under review to begin after th at date.
(3) The amount determined under subsection (2)(a) must be equal to the amount
which, in OFCOM’s opinion, would have been the cash bid of the licence
holder were the licence being granted afresh on an application made in
accordance with—
(a) section 15 of the 1990 Act (licences for Channel 3 service o r Channel 5);
or
(b) paragraph 3 of Schedule 10 to this Act.
(4) The determination required by subsection (2)(b) is a determi nation of the
percentage of qualifying revenue for each accounting period tha t is to be paid
to OFCOM.
(5) For the purposes of subsection (2)(b)—
(a) different percentages may be determined for different accoun ting
periods; and
(b) the percentages that may be determined for an accounting per iod
include a nil percentage.
(6) In making their determinations on an application under secti on 226 OFCOM
are to have regard, in particular, to any additional costs that  are likely to be
incurred by the licence holder in consequence of the commenceme nt of so
much of section 272, 273 or 274 (or any two or more of them) as  is brought into
force by the commencement order in question.
(7) References in this section to qualifying revenue for an acco unting period are to
be construed—
(a) in the case of the holder of a licence to provide a Channel 3 service or
Channel 5, in accordance with section 19 of and Part 1 of Sched ule 7 to
the 1990 Act; and
(b) in the case of the holder of the licence to provide the publ ic teletext
service, in accordance with Part 3 of Schedule 10 to this Act.
(8) In this section—
“the application date”, in relation to a review, means the date  of the
making under section 225 or 226 of the application for the revi ew; and
“the period under review”, in relation to a review of the finan cial terms of
a licence, means so much of the period for which the licence wi ll (if not
renewed) continue in force after the application date.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices204
228 Giving effect to reviews under ss. 225 and 226
(1) As soon as reasonably practicable after making a determinati on under section
227 on an application under section 225 or 226, OFCOM must give  a
notification of their determination to the applicant.
(2) The notification must set out—
(a) the determination made by OFCOM;
(b) the modifications of the applicant’s licence that are requir ed to give
effect to the determination;
(c) a date by which the applicant must notify OFCOM whether or n ot he
accepts the determination and modifications; and
(d) a subsequent date by which the applicant’s licence will ceas e to have
effect if he does not.
(3) The modifications set out in accordance with subsection (2)( b) must secure that
the amount falling to be paid under the conditions of the appli cant’s licence for
each calendar year subsequent to that for which an amount has b een
determined in accordance with section 227(2)(a) is the amount s o determined
as increased by the appropriate percentage.
(4) In the case of a determination on an application under secti on 225, the date
specified in accordance with subsection (2)(d) must not fall be fore whichever
is the earlier of —
(a) the next notional expiry date after the application for the review; and
(b) the end of the licensing period in which that application wa s made.
(5) Where the applicant notifies OFCOM that he accepts the deter mination— 
(a) his licence is to have effect with the modifications set out  in OFCOM’s
notification; and
(b) all such adjustments by way of payment or repayment as may b e
necessary for giving effect to the modifications are to be made  in
respect of any payments already made for years or periods affec ted by
the modifications.
(6) Where the applicant does not, before the date specified in a ccordance with
paragraph (c) of subsection (2), notify OFCOM that he accepts t he
determination, his licence shall have effect as if the period f or which it is to
continue in force ended with the time specified in accordance w ith paragraph
(d) of that subsection.
(7) Where the time at which a licence would cease to have effect  in accordance
with subsection (6) is the end of a licensing period, that subs ection does not
affect any rights of the licence holder with respect to the ren ewal of his licence
from the end of that period.
(8) In this section— 
“the appropriate percentage” has the same meaning as in section  19 of the
1990 Act;
 “licensing period” means—
(a) the period beginning with the commencement of this section
and ending with the initial expiry date; or
(b) any subsequent period of ten years beginning with the end of
the previous licensing period;
“notional expiry date” means a first or subsequent notional exp iry date
within the meaning of section 225.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices205
229 Report in anticipation of new licensing round
(1) OFCOM must, in anticipation of the end of each licensing per iod—
(a) prepare a report under this section; and
(b) submit it to the Secretary of State no later than thirty mon ths before the
end of that period.
(2) A report under this section must set out OFCOM’s opinion on the effect of each
of the matters mentioned in subsection (3) on the capacity of t he holders of
relevant licences to contribute, in the next licensing period, to the fulfilment of
the purposes of public service television broadcasting in the U nited Kingdom
at a cost to the licence holders that is commercially sustainab le.
(3) Those matters are—
(a) the arrangements that (but for an order under section 230) w ould allow
for the renewal of relevant licences from the end of the curren t licensing
period; and
(b) the conditions included in the regulatory regimes for the se rvices
provided under relevant licences.
(4) A report under this section must also include the recommenda tions (if any)
which OFCOM consider, in the light of the opinion set out in th e report, should
be made to the Secretary of State for the exercise by him of—
(a) his power under section 230; or
(b) any of the powers to make statutory instruments that are con ferred on
him by Chapter 4 of this Part.
(5) Where the Secretary of State makes an order under section 22 4 after receiving
a report under this section in anticipation of the end of the l icensing period that
is extended by the order—
(a) he may require OFCOM to prepare a supplementary report in th e light
of the postponement of the beginning of the next licensing peri od; and
(b) it shall be the duty of OFCOM, within such period as may be specified
by the Secretary of State, to prepare the required supplementar y report
and to submit it to him.
(6) In this section—
“licensing period” means—
(a) the period beginning with the commencement of this section
and ending with the initial expiry date; or
(b) any subsequent period of ten years beginning with the end of
the previous licensing period;
“relevant licence” means—
(a) a licence to provide a Channel 3 service;
(b) a licence to provide Channel 5; or
(c) the licence to provide the public teletext service.
230 Orders suspending rights of renewal
(1) This section applies where the Secretary of State has receiv ed and considered
a report submitted to him by OFCOM under section 229.
(2) If—
(a) the report contains a recommendation by OFCOM for the making  of an
order under this section, orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices206
(b) the Secretary of State considers, notwithstanding the absenc e of such a
recommendation, that it would be appropriate to do so,
he may by order provide that licences for the time being in for ce that are of the
description specified in the order are not to be renewable unde r section 216 or
222 from the end of the licensing period in which he received t he report.
(3) An order under this section preventing the renewal of licenc es from the end of
a licensing period must be made at least eighteen months before  the end of that
period.
(4) The Secretary of State is not to make an order under this se ction preventing the
renewal of licences from the end of the initial licensing perio d unless he has
fixed a date before the end of that period as the date for digi tal switchover.
(5) Where the Secretary of State postpones the date for digital switchover after
making an order under this section preventing the renewal of li cences from the
end of the initial licensing period, the order shall have effec t only if the date to
which digital switchover is postponed falls before the end of t hat period.
(6) Subsection (5) does not affect the power of the Secretary of  State to make
another order under this section after postponing the date for digital
switchover.
(7) An order under this section with respect to Channel 3 licenc es must be an order
of one of the following descriptions—
(a) an order applying to every licence to provide a Channel 3 se rvice;
(b) an order applying to every licence to provide a national Cha nnel 3
service; or
(c) an order applying to every licence to provide a regional Cha nnel 3
service.
(8) An order under this section does not affect—
(a) the person to whom a licence may be granted on an applicatio n made
under section 15 of the 1990 Act or under paragraph 3 of Schedu le 10 to
this Act; or
(b) rights of renewal in respect of licences first granted so as  to take effect
from the beginning of a licensing period beginning after the ma king of
the order, or from a subsequent time.
(9) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.
(10) Subsection (8) of section 224 applies for construing refere nces in this section to
the date for digital switchover as it applies for the purposes of that section.
(11) In this section—
“initial licensing period” means the licensing period ending wi th the
initial expiry date; and
“licensing period” has the same meaning as in section 229.
Replacement of Channel 4 licence
231 Replacement of Channel 4 licence
(1) On the commencement of this subsection—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices207
(a) Channel 4 shall cease to be licensed under the licence in fo rce for the
purposes of section 24(3) of the 1990 Act immediately before th e
commencement of this subsection; and
(b) a licence granted for those purposes in accordance with the following
provisions of this section shall come into force as the licence  under
which Channel 4 is licensed.
(2) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, as soon as practicable after the television
transfer date—
(a) to prepare a draft of a licence under Part 1 of the 1990 Act  to replace the
licence that is likely to be in force for the purposes of secti on 24(3) of the
1990 Act when subsection (1) of this section comes into force;
(b) to notify C4C of the terms and conditions of the replacement  licence
they propose; and
(c) after considering any representations made by C4C, to grant such a
replacement licence to C4C so that it takes effect in accordanc e with
paragraph (b) of subsection (1) of this section.
(3) A replacement licence proposed or granted under this section —
(a) must be a licence to provide a service with a view to its be ing broadcast
in digital form; and
(b) must contain such conditions (if any) requiring C4C to ensur e that the
whole or a part of Channel 4 is also provided for broadcasting in
analogue form as OFCOM consider appropriate.
(4) The conditions included in a licence by virtue of subsection  (3)(b) must be such
as to enable effect to be given to any directions given from ti me to time by the
Secretary of State to OFCOM about the continuance of the provis ion of services
in analogue form.
(5) Where a replacement licence proposed or granted under this s ection contains
a condition falling within subsection (3)(b), it must also cont ain a condition
that—
(a) the programmes (apart from the advertisements) that are incl uded in
the service provided in analogue form, and
(b) the times at which they are broadcast,
are to be the same as in the case of, or of the specified part of, the service
provided for broadcasting in digital form.
(6) The terms of a replacement licence proposed or granted under  this section
must provide for it to continue in force until the end of 2014.
(7) But— 
(a) such a licence may be renewed, on one or more occasions, for  such
period as OFCOM may think fit in relation to the occasion in qu estion;
and
(b) the provisions of this section (apart from subsections (1), (2) and (6)) are
to apply in the case of a licence granted by way of a renewal o f a licence
granted under this section as they apply in the case of the rep lacement
licence.
(8) The conditions of a replacement licence proposed or granted under this section
must include the conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for  the purpose
of performing their duty under section 263.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices208
(9) The conditions of such a licence must also include a conditi on prohibiting the
imposition, whether directly or indirectly, of the following—
(a) charges on persons in respect of their reception in the Unit ed Kingdom
of Channel 4; 
(b) charges on persons in respect of their reception in the Unit ed Kingdom
of any service consisting in the provision of assistance for di sabled
people in relation to programmes included in Channel 4; and
(c) charges on persons in respect of their reception in the Unit ed Kingdom
of any service (other than one mentioned in paragraph (b)) whic h is an
ancillary service in relation to so much of Channel 4 as is pro vided in
digital form.
(10) It shall be unlawful to impose a charge in contravention of  a condition falling
within subsection (9).
Television licensable content services
232 Meaning of “television licensable content service”
(1) In this Part “television licensable content service” means ( subject to section 233)
any service falling within subsection (2) in so far as it is pr ovided with a view
to its availability for reception by members of the public bein g secured by one
or both of the following means—
(a) the broadcasting of the service (whether by the person provi ding it or
by another) from a satellite; or
(b) the distribution of the service (whether by that person or b y another) by
any means involving the use of an electronic communications net work.
(2) A service falls within this subsection if it—
(a) is provided (whether in digital or in analogue form) as a se rvice that is
to be made available for reception by members of the public; an d
(b) consists of television programmes or electronic programme gu ides, or
both.
(3) Where—
(a) a service consisting of television programmes, an electronic
programme guide or both (“the main service”) is provided by a p erson
as a service to be made available for reception by members of t he
public, and
(b) that person provides the main service with other services or  facilities
that are ancillary to, or otherwise relate to, the main service  and are also
provided so as to be so available or in order to make a service  so
available,
subsection (1) has effect as if the main service and such of th e other services or
facilities as are relevant ancillary services and are not two-w ay services
constituted a single service falling within subsection (2).
(4) Where a person providing the main service provides it with a  facility giving
access to another service, the other service shall also be take n for the purposes
of this section as provided by that person with the main servic e only if what is
comprised in the other service is something over which that per son has general
control.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices209
(5) A service is a two-way service for the purposes of this sect ion if it is provided
by means of an electronic communications network and an essenti al feature of
the service is that the purposes for which it is provided invol ve the use of that
network, or a part of it, both—
(a) for the transmission of visual images or sounds (or both) by  the person
providing the service to users of the service; and
(b) for the transmission of visual images or sounds (or both) by  those users
for reception by the person providing the service or by other u sers of
the service.
(6) In this section— 
“electronic programme guide” means a service which consists of—
(a) the listing or promotion, or both the listing and the promot ion,
of some or all of the programmes included in any one or moreprogramme services the providers of which are or includepersons other than the provider of the guide; and
(b) a facility for obtaining access, in whole or in part, to the
programme service or services listed or promoted in the guide;
“relevant ancillary service”, in relation to the main service, means a
service or facility provided or made available by the provider of the
main service that consists of or gives access to—
(a) assistance for disabled people in relation to some or all of  the
programmes included in the main service;
(b) a service (apart from advertising) which is not an electroni c
programme guide but relates to the promotion or listing ofprogrammes so included; or
(c) any other service (apart from advertising) which is ancillar y to
one or more programmes so included and relates directly totheir contents.
233 Services that are not television licensable content services
(1) A service is not a television licensable content service to the extent that it is
provided with a view to its being broadcast by means of a multi plex service.
(2) A service is not a television licensable content service to the extent that it
consists of a service the provision of which is authorised by— 
(a) a licence to provide a television broadcasting service; 
(b) the licence to provide the public teletext service; or
(c) a licence to provide additional television services.
(3) A service is not a television licensable content service to the extent that it is
provided by means of an electronic communications service if— 
(a) it forms part only of a service provided by means of that el ectronic
communications service or is one of a number of services access  to
which is made available by means of a service so provided; and
(b) the service of which it forms part, or by which it may be ac cessed, is
provided for purposes that do not consist wholly or mainly in m aking
available television programmes or radio programmes (or both) f or
reception by members of the public.
(4) A service is not a television licensable content service if it is a two-way service
(within the meaning of section 232).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices210
(5) A service is not a television licensable content service if—  
(a) it is distributed by means of an electronic communications n etwork
only to persons all of whom are on a single set of premises; an d
(b) that network is wholly within those premises and is not conn ected to
an electronic communications network any part of which is outsi de
those premises.
(6) For the purposes of subsection (5)—
(a) a set of premises is a single set of premises if, and only i f, the same
person is the occupier of all the premises; and
(b) two or more vehicles are capable of constituting a single se t of premises
if, and only if, they are coupled together.
(7) A service is not a television licensable content service if it is provided for the
purpose only of being received by persons who have qualified as  users of the
service by reason of being—
(a) persons who have a business interest in the programmes inclu ded in
the service; or
(b) persons who are to receive the programmes for the purpose on ly of
showing them to persons falling within sub-paragraph (a) or to persons
all of whom are on the business premises of the person receivin g them.
(8) For the purposes of subsection (7) a person has a business i nterest in
programmes if he has an interest in receiving or watching them—  
(a) for the purposes of a business carried on by him; or
(b) for the purposes of his employment.
(9) In this section— 
“business premises”, in relation to a person, means premises at  or from
which any business of that person is carried on;
“multiplex service” means a television multiplex service, a rad io
multiplex service or a general multiplex service;
“premises” includes a vehicle;
“vehicle” includes a vessel, aircraft or hovercraft.
( 1 0 ) R e f e r e n c e s  i n  t h i s  s e c t i o n ,  i n  r e l a t i o n  t o  a  p e r s o n ,  t o  a  b usiness include
references to— 
(a) any business or other activities carried on by a body of whi ch he is a
member and the affairs of which are managed by its members; and
(b) the carrying out of any functions conferred on that person, or on any
such body, by or under any enactment.
234 Modification of ss. 232 and 233 
(1) The Secretary of State may by order modify any of the provis ions of section 232
or 233 if it appears to him appropriate to do so having regard to any one or
more of the following—
(a) the protection which, taking account of the means by which t he
programmes and services are received or may be accessed, is exp ected
by members of the public as respects the contents of televisionprogrammes;
(b) the extent to which members of the public are able, before t elevision
programmes are watched or accessed, to make use of facilities f orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices211
exercising control, by reference to the contents of the program mes, over
what is watched or accessed;
(c) the practicability of applying different levels of regulatio n in relation to
different services;
(d) the financial impact for providers of particular services of  any
modification of the provisions of that section; and
(e) technological developments that have occurred or are likely to occur.
(2) The Secretary of State may also by order provide, in cases w here it otherwise
appears to him appropriate to do so, that a description of serv ice specified in
the order is not to be treated as a television licensable conte nt service for the
purposes of the provisions of this Act that are so specified.
(3) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.
235 Licensing of television licensable content services
(1) The licence that is required for the purposes of section 13 of the 1990 Act in
respect of a television licensable content service is a licence  granted under Part
1 of that Act on an application complying with this section.
(2) An application for a licence to provide a television licensa ble content service— 
(a) must be made in such manner, 
(b) must contain such information about the applicant, his busin ess and
the service he proposes to provide, and
(c) must be accompanied by such fee (if any),
as OFCOM may determine.
(3) Where an application is made to OFCOM in accordance with sub section (2) for
a licence to provide a television licensable content service, O FCOM are entitled
to refuse the application only if—
(a) they are required to do so by section 3(3) of the 1990 Act ( licences to be
held only by fit and proper persons); 
(b) they are required to do so by section 5 of the 1990 Act (res trictions on
the holding of licences); or
(c) they are satisfied that, if the application were to be grant ed, the
provision of the service would be likely to involve contraventi ons of— 
(i) standards set under section 319 of this Act; or
(ii) the provisions of a code of practice in force under Part 5 of the
1996 Act (fairness).
(4) The provision of more than one television licensable content  service shall
require a separate licence under Part 1 of the 1990 Act to be g ranted and held
in respect of each service.
(5) A single licence to provide a television licensable content service may authorise
the provision of a service which consists (to any extent) of di fferent
programmes to be broadcast simultaneously, or virtually so.
(6) A licence to provide a television licensable content service  shall continue in
force until such time as it is surrendered or is revoked in acc ordance with any
of the provisions of this Chapter or of the 1990 Act.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices212
236 Direction to licensee to take remedial action 
(1) This section applies if OFCOM are satisfied—
(a) that the holder of a licence to provide a television licensa ble content
service has contravened a condition of the licence; and
(b) that the contravention can be appropriately remedied by the inclusion
in the licensed service of a correction or a statement of findi ngs (or
both).
(2) OFCOM may direct the licence holder to include a correction or a statement of
findings (or both) in the licensed service.
(3) A direction may require the correction or statement of findi ngs to be in such
form, and to be included in programmes at such time or times, a s OFCOM may
determine.
(4) OFCOM are not to give a person a direction under this sectio n unless they have
given him a reasonable opportunity of making representations to  them about
the matters appearing to them to provide grounds for the giving  of the
direction.
(5) Where the holder of a licence includes a correction or a sta tement of findings
in the licensed service in pursuance of a direction under this section, he may
announce that he is doing so in pursuance of such a direction.
(6) If OFCOM are satisfied that the inclusion of a programme in a television
licensable content service involved a contravention of a condit ion of the licence
to provide that service, they may direct the holder of the lice nce not to include
that programme in that service on any future occasion.
(7) Where OFCOM—
(a) give a direction to a BBC company under subsection (2), or
(b) receive representations from a BBC company by virtue of subs ection
(4),
they must send a copy of the direction or representations to th e Secretary of
State.
(8) For the purposes of this section a statement of findings, in  relation to a case in
which OFCOM are satisfied that the holder of a licence has cont ravened the
conditions of his licence, is a statement of OFCOM’s findings i n relation to that
contravention.
237 Penalties for contravention of licence condition or directio n
(1) If OFCOM are satisfied that the holder of a licence to provi de a television
licensable content service— 
(a) has contravened a condition of the licence, or
(b) has failed to comply with a direction given by OFCOM under o r by
virtue of a provision of this Part, Part 1 of the 1990 Act or P art 5 of the
1996 Act,
they may serve on him a notice requiring him to pay them, withi n a specified
period, a specified penalty.
(2) The amount of the penalty under this section must not exceed  the maximum
penalty given by subsection (3).
(3) The maximum penalty is whichever is the greater of—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices213
(a) £250,000; and
(b) 5 per cent. of the qualifying revenue for the licence holder ’s last
complete accounting period falling within the period for which his
licence has been in force (‘the relevant period’).
(4) In relation to a person whose first complete accounting peri od falling within
the relevant period has not ended when the penalty is imposed, subsection (3)
i s  t o  b e  c o n s t r u e d  a s  r e f e r r i n g  t o  5  p e r  c e n t  o f  t h e  a m o u n t  w h i ch OFCOM
estimate will be the qualifying revenue for that accounting per iod.
(5) Section 19(2) to (6) of the 1990 Act and Part 1 of Schedule 7 to that Act
(calculation of qualifying revenue), with any necessary modific ations, are to
apply for the purposes of subsection (3) as they apply for the purposes of Part
1 of that Act.
(6) OFCOM are not to serve a notice on a person under subsection  (1) unless they
have given him a reasonable opportunity of making representatio ns to them
about the matters appearing to them to provide grounds for the service of the
notice.
(7) Where OFCOM—
(a) serve a notice on a BBC company under subsection (1), or
(b) receive representations from a BBC company by virtue of subs ection
(6),
they must send a copy of the notice or representations to the S ecretary of State.
(8) An exercise by OFCOM of their powers under subsection (1) do es not preclude
any exercise by them of their powers under section 236 in respe ct of the same
contravention.
(9) The Secretary of State may by order substitute a different s um for the sum for
the time being specified in subsection (3)(a).
(10) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by s ubsection (9)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.
238 Revocation of television licensable content service licence
(1) OFCOM must serve a notice under subsection (2) on the holder  of a licence to
provide a television licensable content service if they are sat isfied—
(a) that the holder of the licence is in contravention of a cond ition of the
licence or is failing to comply with a direction given by them under or
by virtue of any provision of this Part, Part 1 of the 1990 Act  or Part 5 of
the 1996 Act; and
(b) that the contravention or failure, if not remedied, would ju stify the
revocation of the licence.
(2) A notice under this subsection must—
(a) state that OFCOM are satisfied as mentioned in subsection (1 );
(b) specify the respects in which, in their opinion, the licence  holder is
contravening the condition or failing to comply with the direct ion; and
(c) state that OFCOM will revoke the licence unless the licence holder
takes, within such period as is specified in the notice, such s teps to
remedy the failure as are so specified.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices214
(3) If, at the end of the period specified in a notice under sub section (2), OFCOM
are satisfied—
(a) that the person on whom the notice was served has failed to take the
steps specified in it, and
(b) that it is necessary in the public interest to revoke his li cence,
they shall serve a notice on him revoking his licence.
(4) If OFCOM are satisfied in the case of a licence to provide a  television licensable
content service—
(a) that the holder of the licence has ceased to provide the lic ensed service,
and
(b) that it is appropriate for them to do so,
they shall serve a notice on him revoking his licence.
(5) If OFCOM are satisfied—
(a) that the holder of a licence to provide a television licensa ble content
service has provided them, in connection with his application f or the
licence, with information which was false in a material particu lar, or
(b) that, in connection with his application for the licence, th e holder of
such a licence withheld any material information with the inten tion of
causing them to be misled,
they may serve a notice on him revoking his licence.
(6) A notice under this section revoking a licence to provide a television licensable
content service takes effect as from the time when it is served  on the licence
holder.
(7) OFCOM are not to serve a notice on a person under this secti on unless they
have given him a reasonable opportunity of making representatio ns to them
about the matters in respect of which it is served.
(8) Where OFCOM—
(a) serve a notice on a BBC company under this section, or
(b) receive representations from a BBC company by virtue of subs ection
(7),
they must send a copy of the notice or representations to the S ecretary of State.
(9) Nothing in this section applies to the revocation of a licen ce in exercise of the
power conferred by section 239.
239 Action against licence holders who incite crime or disorder
(1) OFCOM must serve a notice under subsection (2) on the holder  of a licence to
provide a television licensable content service if they are sat isfied—
(a) that the holder of the licence has included in the service o ne or more
programmes containing material likely to encourage or to incite  the
commission of crime, or to lead to disorder;
(b) that, in doing so, he has contravened conditions contained b y virtue of
Chapter 4 of this Part in the licence to provide that service; and
(c) that the contravention is such as to justify the revocation of the licence.
(2) A notice under this subsection must—
(a) state that OFCOM are satisfied as mentioned in subsection (1 );Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices215
(b) specify the respects in which, in their opinion, the licence  holder has
contravened the condition mentioned in paragraph (b) of thatsubsection;
(c) state that OFCOM may revoke the licence after the end of the  period of
twenty-one days beginning with the day on which the notice is s erved
on the licence holder; and
(d) inform the licence holder of his right to make representatio ns to
OFCOM within that period about the matters appearing to OFCOM t o
provide grounds for revoking the licence.
(3) The effect of a notice under subsection (2) shall be to susp end the licence as
from the time when the notice is served on the licence holder u ntil either—
(a) the revocation of the licence takes effect; or
(b) OFCOM decide not to revoke the licence.
(4) If, after considering any representations made to them by th e licence holder
within the period specified for the purposes of subsection (2)( c), OFCOM are
satisfied that it is necessary in the public interest to revoke  the licence, they
shall serve a notice of revocation on the licence holder.
(5) The revocation of a licence by a notice under subsection (4)  takes effect from
such time as may be specified in the notice.
(6) A notice of revocation under subsection (4) must not specify  a time for it to take
effect that falls before the end of the period of twenty-eight days beginning
with the day on which the notice is served on the licence holde r.
240 Abolition of separate licences for certain television servic es
(1) The authorisations that are to be capable of being granted o n or after the
television transfer date by or under a licence under Part 1 of the 1990 Act do
not include the authorisation of the provision, as such, of—
(a) any satellite television service (as defined, disregarding i ts repeal by
this Act, in section 43(1) of the 1990 Act); or
(b) any licensable programme service (as defined, disregarding i ts repeal
by this Act, in section 46(1) of that Act).
(2) Subsection (1) does not affect OFCOM’s power, by means of a licence
authorising the provision of a service falling within section 2 11(1), to authorise
the provision of so much of any formerly regulated television s ervice as is
comprised in the licensed service.
(3) So much of any relevant existing licence as authorises the p rovision of a service
which consists in or includes a television licensable content s ervice— 
(a) shall have effect, on and after the television transfer date , as a licence
under Part 1 of the 1990 Act authorising the provision of the t elevision
licensable content service comprised in the licensed service;
(b) shall so have effect as a licence which, notwithstanding its  terms and
conditions, is to continue in force until such time as it is su rrendered or
is revoked in accordance with provisions of this Chapter or of the 1990
Act; and
(c) shall otherwise have effect as a licence on the same terms a nd
conditions as those on which it had effect immediately before t he
television transfer date.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices216
(4) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to exercise their power under section 3 of the
1990 Act to make such variations of any licence having effect i n accordance
with subsection (3) of this section as (after complying with su bsection (4)(b) of
that section) they consider appropriate for the purpose of perf orming their
duty under section 263 of this Act.
(5) In this section—
“formerly regulated television service” means a service mention ed in
subsection (1); and
“relevant existing licence”, means any licence which—
(a) was granted by the Independent Television Commission under
Part 1 of the 1990 Act before the television transfer date; and
(b) is in force immediately before the television transfer date as a
licence authorising the provision of a formerly regulatedservice.
Television multiplex services
241 Television multiplex services
(1) Subject to the following provisions of this section, referen ces in Part 1 of the
1996 Act to a multiplex service, other than those comprised in express
references to a general multiplex service, shall have effect as  references to any
service (“a television multiplex service”) which—
(a) falls within subsection (2); and
(b) is provided for broadcasting for general reception but other wise than
from a satellite.
(2) A service falls within this subsection if—
(a) it consists in the packaging together of two or more service s which
include at least one relevant television service and are provid ed for
inclusion together in the service by a combination of the relev ant
information in digital form; or
(b) it is a service provided with a view to its being a service falling within
paragraph (a) but is one in the case of which only one service is for the
time being comprised in digital form in what is provided.
(3) The provision, at a time after the commencement of this sect ion, of a television
multiplex service the provision of which is not authorised by o r under a licence
under Part 1 of the 1996 Act is not to be an offence under sect ion 13 of the 1990
Act.
(4) Accordingly, after the commencement of this section, a licen ce under Part 1 of
the 1996 Act shall be required for the provision of a televisio n multiplex service
only in so far as it is required for the purposes of a limitati on falling within
subsection (5) that is contained in a wireless telegraphy licen ce, or is deemed
to be so contained.
(5) A limitation falls within this subsection, in relation to a wireless telegraphy
licence, if it provides that the only television multiplex serv ices that are
authorised to be broadcast using the station or apparatus to wh ich the licence
relates are those that are licensed under Part 1 of the 1996 Ac t.
(6) Where immediately before the coming into force of this secti on—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices217
(a) a television multiplex service is licensed under Part 1 of t he 1996 Act;
and
(b) that service is one broadcast using a station or apparatus t he use of
which is authorised by a wireless telegraphy licence,
that wireless telegraphy licence shall be deemed to contain a l imitation falling
within subsection (5).
(7) In any case where a wireless telegraphy licence is deemed by  virtue of
subsection (6) to contain a limitation falling within subsectio n (5) and the
person providing the television multiplex service in question—
(a) ceases to be licensed under Part 1 of the 1996 Act in respec t of that
service, or
(b) ceases to exist,
OFCOM may revoke the wireless telegraphy licence.
(8) Subsection (7) is not to be construed as restricting the pow ers of revocation
exercisable apart from this section.
(9) In subsection (2) “relevant television service” means any of  the following—
(a) any Channel 3 service in digital form;
(b) Channel 4 in digital form;
(c) Channel 5 in digital form;
(d) S4C Digital;
(e) any digital television programme service;
(f) the digital public teletext service.
242 Composition of services in television multiplexes
(1) In subsection (1) of section 12 of the 1996 Act—
(a) in paragraph (c), (digital programmes services included in m ultiplex
must be provided by a licence holder or EEA broadcaster), after“section 18” there shall be inserted “, by the BBC”;
(b) in paragraph (d), (digital additional services included in m ultiplex
must be provided by a licence holder or EEA broadcaster), after“section 25” there shall be inserted “, by the BBC”;
(c) after that paragraph there shall be inserted—
“(da) that the only digital sound programme services
broadcast under the licence are services provided by theholder of a national digital sound programme licence(within the meaning of section 60) or by the BBC;”
(d) in paragraph (e), after “digital programme services” there s hall be
inserted “, digital sound programme services”; 
(e) in paragraph (f), after “digital programme service” there sh all be
inserted “, a digital sound programme service”; and
(f) for paragraph (h) (conditions as to composition of multiplex  service),
there shall be substituted—
“(h) that, while the licence is in force, at least the required
percentage of the digital capacity on the frequency orfrequencies on which the service is broadcast is used, orleft available to be used, for the broadcasting of servicesfalling within subsection (1A).”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices218
(2) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(1A) The services falling within this subsection are—
(a) qualifying services;
(b) digital programme services licensed under this Part or
provided by the BBC;
(c) digital sound programme services provided by the BBC;
(d) programme-related services; and
(e) relevant technical services.”
(3) In subsection (3) of that section—
(a) after the words “digital programme services”, in the first p lace where
they occur, there shall be inserted “or digital sound programmeservices”; and
(b) for “digital programme services broadcast under the licence”  there
shall be substituted “so much of what is broadcast under the li cence as
consists of digital programme services, or of such services tog ether
with digital sound programme services,”.
(4) In subsection (4) of that section (interpretation of subsect ion (1)(h))—
(a) for “(1)(h)” there shall be substituted “(1A)”;
(b) in paragraph (a), for “the qualifying teletext service” ther e shall be
substituted “the digital public teletext service”;
(c) in paragraph (b)(i), after “the 1990 Act)” there shall be in serted “, or in
one or more digital sound programme services provided by the BB C,”
(d) in paragraph (c), for “digital programme services” there sha ll be
substituted “services falling within subsection (1A) which arecomprised in the multiplex in question”.
(5) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(4A) In subsection (1)(h), the reference to the required percen tage is a
reference to such percentage equal to or more than 90 per cent.  as
OFCOM— 
(a) consider appropriate; and
(b) specify in the condition.”
(6) In subsection (5) of that section (power to change percentag e in subsection
(1)(h)), for “(1)(h)” there shall be substituted “(4A)”.
243 Powers where frequencies reserved for qualifying services
(1) The Secretary of State may by order provide, in relation to the matters
mentioned in subsection (2)—
(a) for any or all of the provisions of sections 7 to 16 and of sections 18 and
19 of the 1996 Act to have effect with the modifications specif ied in the
order; and
(b) for provision made by the order to have effect in place of a ny or all of
those provisions. 
(2) Those matters are—
(a) licences under Part 1 of the 1996 Act, and
(b) the awarding and grant of such licences,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices219
in a case in which the licence is, or is to be, a licence to pr ovide a service for
broadcasting on any one or more reserved frequencies.
(3) An order under this section may require OFCOM to include con ditions falling
within subsection (4) in any Broadcasting Act licence to provid e a television
multiplex service to be broadcast on a reserved frequency.
(4) Conditions falling within this subsection are conditions tha t OFCOM consider
appropriate for securing that, in consideration for the making by any relevant
public service broadcaster of such payments as are from time to  time—
(a) agreed between the broadcaster and the holder of the licence  to provide
the television multiplex service, or
(b) in default of agreement, determined by OFCOM in accordance w ith the
order,
the holder of that licence will use digital capacity reserved i n accordance with
conditions imposed under section 12 of the 1996 Act or any orde r under this
section for the broadcasting of services provided by that broad caster.
(5) Subsection (3) is not to be construed as restricting the pro vision that may be
made under subsection (1).
(6) A frequency is a reserved frequency for the purposes of this  section if it is one
as respects which OFCOM have made a determination, in exercise of their
functions under the enactments relating to the management of th e radio
spectrum, that the frequency should be reserved for the broadca sting of
television multiplex services.
(7) In this section “relevant public service broadcaster” means any of the
following—
(a) the holder of a licence to provide a Channel 3 service;
(b) C4C;
(c) the holder of a licence to provide Channel 5;
(d) the Welsh Authority;
(e) the public teletext provider.
Local digital television services
244 Local digital television services
(1) The Secretary of State may by order provide for—
(a) any of the provisions of this Part (apart from this section and the
provisions relating exclusively to sound services), or 
(b) any provision of Part 1 of the 1990 Act or of Part 1 of the 1996 Act
(regulation of television services),
to have effect, in relation to services of such descriptions as  may be set out in
an order under this section, with such modifications as he cons iders necessary
or appropriate for services of that description.
(2) The Secretary of State is not to make an order under this se ction in relation to
a description of services except where—
(a) the description is of services to be provided in digital for m with a view
to their being included in a television multiplex service;
(b) the description is confined to services falling within one o r both of
subsections (3) and (4); andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 2 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Television Ser vices220
(c) the Secretary of State is satisfied that the making of an or der under this
section in relation to that description of services will make p ossible,
facilitate or encourage the provision of services so falling.
(3) Services fall within this subsection if they are—
(a) intended for reception only at a particular establishment or  otherwise
on particular premises; or
(b) provided for the purposes only of a particular event.
(4) Services fall within this subsection if the Secretary of Sta te considers that they
are services in relation to which all the following conditions are satisfied—
(a) they are intended for reception only within a particular are a or locality;
(b) their provision meets, or would meet, the needs of the area or locality
where they are received;
(c) their provision is or would be likely to broaden the range o f television
programmes available for viewing by persons living or working i n that
area or locality; and
(d) their provision is or would be likely to increase the number  and range
of the programmes about that area or locality that are availabl e for such
viewing, or to increase the number of programmes made in that a rea or
locality that would be so available.
(5) Services shall be taken for the purposes of subsection (4) t o meet the needs of
an area or locality if, and only if—
(a) their provision brings social or economic benefits to the ar ea or locality,
or to different categories of persons living or working in that  area or
locality; or
(b) they cater for the tastes, interests and needs of some or al l of the
different descriptions of people living or working in the area or locality
(including, in particular, tastes, interests and needs that are  of special
relevance in the light of the descriptions of people who do so live and
work).
(6) In subsections (4) and (5), the references to persons living  or working in an area
or locality include references to persons undergoing education or training in
that area or locality.
(7) An order under this section in relation to a description of services may, in
particular, impose prohibitions or limitations on the inclusion  of
advertisements in services of that description and on the spons orship of
programmes included in the services.
(8) The power, by an order under this section, to make incidenta l, supplemental or
consequential provision in connection with provision authorised  by subsection
(1) includes power to make incidental, supplemental or conseque ntial
provision modifying provisions of the 1990 Act, the 1996 Act or  this Act that
are not mentioned in that subsection.
(9) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 3 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Radio Services221
CHAPTER  3
REGULATORY  STRUCTURE  FOR INDEPENDENT  RADIO  SERVICES
Preliminary
245 Regulation of independent radio services
(1) It shall be a function of OFCOM to regulate the following se rvices in
accordance with this Act, the 1990 Act and the 1996 Act—
(a) services specified in subsection (2) that are provided from places in the
United Kingdom and otherwise than by the BBC;
(b) services so specified that do not fall within paragraph (a) but are
provided by a person, other than the BBC, whose principal place  of
business is in the United Kingdom.
(2) The services referred to in subsection (1)(a) are—
(a) sound broadcasting services to which subsection (3) applies;
(b) radio licensable content services;
(c) additional radio services;
(d) radio multiplex services;
(e) digital sound programme services;
(f) digital additional sound services. 
(3) This subsection applies to a sound broadcasting service whic h—
(a) is provided with a view to its being broadcast otherwise tha n only from
a satellite; and
(b) is a national service, local service or restricted service.
(4) For the purposes of this section—
(a) a service is a national service if it is a sound broadcastin g service
provided as mentioned in subsection (3)(a) with a view to its b eing
broadcast for reception in any such minimum area of the UnitedKingdom as may be determined in accordance with section 98(2) o f the
1990 Act;
(b) a service is a local service if it is a sound broadcasting s ervice which
(without being a national service) is provided as mentioned insubsection (3)(a) with a view to its being broadcast for recept ion in a
particular area or locality in the United Kingdom; and
(c) a service is a restricted service if it is a sound broadcast ing service
provided as mentioned in subsection (3)(a) with a view to its b eing
broadcast for reception—
(i) within a particular establishment in the United Kingdom or a t
another defined location in the United Kingdom; or
(ii) for the purposes of a particular event taking place within the
United Kingdom.
(5) The services that are to be treated for the purposes of this  section as provided
from places in the United Kingdom include every radio licensabl e content
service which would not fall to be so treated apart from this s ubsection but
which—
(a) is provided with a view to its being broadcast from a satell ite;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 3 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Radio Services222
(b) is a service the broadcasting of which involves its transmis sion to the
satellite by means of an electronic communications network from  a
place in the United Kingdom; and
(c) is not a service the provision of which is licensed or other wise
authorised under the laws of another EEA State.
(6) The services that are to be treated as so provided also incl ude every service
provided by a BBC company, a C4 company or an S4C company.
(7) A reference in subsection (4)(b) to an area of the United Ki ngdom does not
include an area which comprises or includes the whole of Englan d.
246 Abolition of function of assigning radio frequencies
The Secretary of State shall cease to have any function under t he 1990 Act or
the 1996 Act of assigning frequencies—
(a) for any of the purposes of Part 3 of the 1990 Act (regulatio n of radio
services); or
(b) for the purposes of the provision of any radio multiplex ser vices.
Radio licensable content services
247 Meaning of “radio licensable content services”
(1) In this Part “radio licensable content service” means (subje ct to section 248) any
service falling within subsection (2) in so far as it is provid ed with a view to its
availability for reception by members of the public being secur ed by one or
both of the following means—
(a) the broadcasting of the service (whether by the person provi ding it or
by another) from a satellite; or
(b) the distribution of the service (whether by that person or b y another) by
any means involving the use of an electronic communications net work.
(2) A service falls within this subsection if it—
(a) consists of sound programmes; and
(b) is provided (whether in digital or in analogue form) as a se rvice that is
to be made available for reception by members of the public.
248 Services that are not radio licensable content services
(1) A service is not a radio licensable content service to the e xtent that—
(a) it is provided with a view to its being broadcast by means o f a multiplex
service;
(b) it is a sound broadcasting service to which subsection (3) o f section 245
applies; or
(c) it is comprised in a television licensable content service.
(2) A service is not a radio licensable content service to the e xtent that it is
provided by means of an electronic communications service if— 
(a) it forms part only of a service provided by means of that el ectronic
communications service or is one of a number of services access  to
which is made available by means of a service so provided; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 3 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Radio Services223
(b) the service of which it forms part, or by which it may be ac cessed, is
provided for purposes that do not consist wholly or mainly in m aking
available services of radio programmes or television programmes  (or
both) for reception by members of the public.
(3) A service is not a radio licensable content service if it is  a two-way service.
(4) A service is a two-way service for the purposes of subsectio n (3) if it is provided
by means of an electronic communications network and an essenti al feature of
the service is that the purposes for which it is provided invol ve the use of that
network, or a part of it, both—
(a) for the transmission of sounds by the person providing the s ervice to
users of the service; and
(b) for the transmission of sounds by those users for reception by the
person providing the service or by other users of the service.
(5) A service is not a radio licensable content service if— 
(a) it is distributed by means of an electronic communications n etwork
only to persons all of whom are on a single set of premises; an d
(b) that network is wholly within those premises and is not conn ected to
an electronic communications network any part of which is outsi de
those premises.
(6) For the purposes of subsection (5)—
(a) a set of premises is a single set of premises if, and only i f, the same
person is the occupier of all the premises; and
(b) two or more vehicles are capable of constituting a single se t of premises
if, and only if, they are coupled together.
(7) A service is not a radio licensable content service if it is  provided for the
purpose only of being received by persons who have qualified as  users of the
service by reason of being—
(a) persons who have a business interest in the programmes inclu ded in
the service; or
(b) persons who are to receive the programmes for the purpose on ly of
allowing them to be listened to by persons falling within sub-paragraph (a) or by persons all of whom are on the business pre mises
of the person receiving them.
(8) For the purposes of subsection (7) a person has a business i nterest in
programmes if he has an interest in receiving or listening to t hem— 
(a) for the purposes of a business carried on by him; or
(b) for the purposes of his employment.
(9) In this section— 
“business premises”, in relation to a person, means premises at  or from
which any business of that person is carried on;
“multiplex service” means a television multiplex service, a rad io
multiplex service or a general multiplex service;
“premises” includes a vehicle;“vehicle” includes a vessel, aircraft or hovercraft.
( 1 0 ) R e f e r e n c e s  i n  t h i s  s e c t i o n ,  i n  r e l a t i o n  t o  a  p e r s o n ,  t o  a  b usiness include
references to— Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 3 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Radio Services224
(a) any business or other activities carried on by a body of whi ch he is a
member and the affairs of which are managed by its members; and
(b) the carrying out of any functions conferred on that person, or on any
such body, by or under any enactment.
249 Modification of ss. 247 and 248 
(1) The Secretary of State may by order modify any of the provis ions of section 247
or 248 if it appears to him appropriate to do so having regard to any one or
more of the following—
(a) the protection which is expected by members of the public as  respects
the contents of sound programmes;
(b) the practicability of applying different levels of regulatio n in relation to
different services;
(c) the financial impact for providers of particular services of  any
modification of the provisions of that section; and
(d) technological developments that have occurred or are likely to occur.
(2) The Secretary of State may also by order provide, in cases w here it otherwise
appears to him appropriate to do so, that a description of serv ice specified in
the order is not to be treated as a radio licensable content se rvice for the
purposes of the provisions of this Act that are so specified.
(3) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.
250 Licensing of radio licensable content services
(1) The licence that is required for the purposes of section 97 of the 1990 Act in
respect of a radio licensable content service is a licence gran ted under Part 3 of
that Act on an application complying with this section.
(2) An application for a licence under Part 3 of the 1990 Act to  provide a radio
licensable content service— 
(a) must be made in such manner,
(b) must contain such information about the applicant, his busin ess and
the service he proposes to provide, and
(c) must be accompanied by such fee (if any),
as OFCOM may determine.
(3) Sections 109 to 111A of the 1990 Act (enforcement of licence s) apply in relation
to licences for radio licensable content services as they apply  in relation to
licences under Chapter 2 of Part 3 of the 1990 Act but with—
(a) the substitution of the word “or” for paragraph (b) of subse ction (1) of
section 110 (power to shorten licence period); and
(b) the omission of “(b)” in subsection (4) of that section and of subsection
(5) of that section (which refer to the power disapplied by par agraph (a)
of this subsection).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 3 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Radio Services225
251 Abolition of separate licences for certain sound services
(1) The authorisations that are to be capable of being granted o n or after the radio
transfer date by or under a licence under Part 3 of the 1990 Ac t do not include
the authorisation of the provision, as such, of—
(a) any satellite service (as defined, disregarding its repeal b y this Act, in
section 84(2)(b) of the 1990 Act); or
(b) any licensable sound programme service (as defined, disregar ding its
repeal by this Act, in section 112(1) of that Act).
(2) Subsection (1) does not affect OFCOM’s power, by means of a licence
authorising the provision of a service falling within section 2 45(1), to authorise
the provision of so much of any formerly regulated radio servic e as is
comprised in the licensed service.
(3) So much of any relevant existing licence as authorises the p rovision of a service
which consists in or includes a radio licensable content servic e— 
(a) shall have effect, on and after the radio transfer date, as a licence under
Part 3 of the 1990 Act authorising the provision of the radio l icensable
content service comprised in the licensed service;
(b) shall so have effect as a licence which, notwithstanding its  terms and
conditions, is to continue in force until such time as it is su rrendered or
is revoked in accordance with provisions of the 1990 Act; and
(c) shall otherwise have effect as a licence on the same terms a nd
conditions as those on which it had effect immediately before t he radio
transfer date.
(4) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to exercise their power under section 86 of the
1990 Act to make such variations of any licence having effect i n accordance
with subsection (3) of this section as (after complying with su bsection (5)(b) of
that section) they consider appropriate for the purpose of perf orming their
duty under section 263 of this Act. 
(5) In this section—
“formerly regulated radio service” means a service mentioned in
subsection (1); and
“relevant existing licence” means any licence which—
(a) was granted by the Radio Authority under Part 3 of the 1990 Act
before the radio transfer date; and
(b) is in force immediately before the radio transfer date as a licence
authorising the provision of a formerly regulated service.
Licence periods etc.
252 Extension of licence periods
(1) In subsection (1) of section 86 of the 1990 Act (period of l icences), for the words
from “for such period” onwards there shall be substituted “(sub ject to a
suspension of the licence under section 111B)—
(a) in the case of a licence to provide radio licensable content
services, until such time as it is surrendered or is revoked inaccordance with any of the following provisions of this Part;andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 3 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Radio Services226
(b) in any other case, until whichever is the earlier of any suc h time
or the end of the period specified in the licence.”
(2) For subsection (3) of that section there shall be substitute d—
“(3) A licence to provide a local or national service or to prov ide an
additional service must specify a period of no more than twelve  years
as the period for which it is to be in force.”
253 Extension and modification of existing licences
(1) A person who immediately before the radio transfer date hold s a pre-transfer
national licence or a pre-transfer local licence is entitled, i n accordance with the
following provisions of this section, to apply to OFCOM for an extension of the
licence.
(2) The period for which a licence may be extended on such an ap plication is a
period ending not more than four years after the end of the per iod for which it
was granted originally or (if it has been renewed) for which it  was last
renewed.
(3) An application under subsection (1) may only be made in the period which—
(a) begins three years before the date on which the licence woul d
otherwise expire; and
(b) ends three months before the day that OFCOM have determined to be
the day by which they would need to publish a notice under sect ion
98(1) or 104(1) of the 1990 Act if they were proposing to grant  a fresh
licence to take effect from that date.
(4) A determination for the purposes of subsection (3)(b)—
(a) must be made at least one year before the day determined; an d
(b) must be notified by OFCOM to the person who holds the licenc e in
question.
(5) An application under subsection (1)—
(a) must be made in such manner,
(b) must contain such information about the applicant, his busin ess and
the service he proposes to provide, and
(c) must be accompanied by such fee (if any),
as OFCOM may determine.
(6) If, on an application for an extension under subsection (1),  OFCOM are
satisfied as to the matters mentioned in subsection (7), they s hall—
(a) modify the licence by extending the period for which the lic ence is to be
in force by such period authorised by subsection (2) as they th ink fit;
and
(b) make such other modifications as appear to them to be necess ary for the
purpose of securing that the provisions of the licence correspo nd to
those that would be contained in a national sound broadcasting licence
or (as the case may be) a local sound broadcasting licence gran ted after
the radio transfer date.
(7) Those matters are—
(a) the ability of the licence holder to maintain the service fo r the period of
the extension; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 3 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Radio Services227
(b) the likelihood of a contravention by the licence holder of a  requirement
imposed by—
(i) a condition included in the licence by virtue of section 106  of the
1990 Act; or
(ii) a condition of the licence varied in accordance with subsec tion
(8).
(8) For the purposes of the modification under this section of a  national licence,
OFCOM—
(a) shall determine an amount which is to be payable to OFCOM by  the
licence holder in respect of the first complete calendar year f alling
within the period for which the licence is extended; and
(b) may, in relation to any accounting period of the licence hol der during
the period of the extension, modify a condition included in the  licence
in pursuance of section 102(1)(c) of the 1990 Act (additional p ayments
to be made in respect of national licences) by specifying a dif ferent
percentage of the qualifying revenue for that accounting period  from
that which was previously specified in the condition.
(9) The amount determined by OFCOM under subsection (8)(a) must be the
amount which, in OFCOM’s opinion, would have been the cash bid of the
licence holder were the licence (instead of being extended) bei ng granted
afresh on an application made in accordance with section 98 of the 1990 Act.
(10) For the purposes of subsection (8)(b)—
(a) different percentages may be specified for different account ing periods;
and
(b) the percentages that may be specified for an accounting peri od include
a nil percentage.
(11) The modifications set out in accordance with subsection (6) (b) must secure—
(a) that the amount falling to be paid under the conditions of t he licence for
each calendar year subsequent to that for which an amount has b een
determined in accordance with subsection (8)(a) is the amount s o
determined as increased by the appropriate percentage; and
(b) that such adjustments as are appropriate are made as respect s sums
already paid in respect of any year or accounting period to whi ch a
modification under subsection (8) applies.
(12) Where OFCOM have granted a person’s application under this section, the
extensions and modifications take effect only if that person— 
(a) has been notified by OFCOM of their proposals for modificati ons by
virtue of subsection (6)(b) or (8)(b), and for the making of adetermination under subsection (8)(a); and
(b) has consented to the extension on the terms proposed. 
(13) In this section—
“the appropriate percentage” has the same meaning as in section  102 of
the 1990 Act;
“national sound broadcasting licence” means a licence under Par t 3 of the
1990 Act to provide a sound broadcasting service which, undersubsection (4)(a) of section 245 is a national service for the purposes of
that section;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 3 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Radio Services228
“pre-transfer licence” means a licence which was granted under Part 3 of
the 1990 Act before the radio transfer date and has not been mo dified
under this section or renewed at any time on or after that date ;
“pre-transfer local licence” means a pre-transfer licence which  was
granted as a local licence (within the meaning of Part 3 of the  1990 Act,
as it had effect without the amendments made by this Act);
“pre-transfer national licence” means a pre-transfer licence gr anted or last
renewed as a national licence (within the meaning of Part 3 of the 1990
Act, as it had effect without the amendments made by this Act).
254 Renewal of local licences
In section 104A(5) of the 1990 Act (conditions of renewal of lo cal licence), after
paragraph (b) there shall be inserted—
“(c) they are satisfied that the period for which the nominated local
digital sound programme service will be available for receptionand the times at which it will be available will not besignificantly different, week by week, from those for which andat which the licensed local service will be broadcast;”.
255 Extension of special application procedure for local licence s
In section 104B(1) of the 1990 Act (special application procedu re for local
licences for areas with 4.5 million residents or fewer)—
(a) the word “and” shall be inserted at the end of paragraph (a) ; and
(b) paragraph (b) (which excludes areas with more than 4.5 milli on
residents) shall cease to have effect.
.
Provision of simulcast radio services
256 Definition of simulcast radio services
(1) In section 41 of the 1996 Act (meaning of simulcast radio se rvice), for
subsection (2) there shall be substituted—
“(2) In this Part, a ‘simulcast radio service’ means a service p rovided by a
person for broadcasting in digital form and corresponding to a service
which is a national service within the meaning of Part 3 of the  1990 Act
and is provided by that person.”
(2) In subsection (1) of section 126 of the 1990 Act (interpreta tion of Part 3), before
the definition of “sound broadcasting service” there shall be i nserted—
“‘simulcast radio service’ means a simulcast radio
service within the meaning given by section 41(2) ofthe Broadcasting Act 1996 for the purposes of Part 2 ofthat Act;”.
(3) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(1A) For the purposes of this Part a simulcast radio service co rresponds to a
national service if, in accordance with section 41(3) of the Br oadcasting
Act 1996, it falls to be treated as so corresponding for the pu rposes of
Part 2 of that Act.”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 3 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Radio Services229
257 Promotion of simulcast radio services
(1) Chapter 2 of Part 3 of the 1990 Act (sound broadcasting serv ices) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In section 98(1) (notices of proposals to grant national lic ences), after paragraph
(b)(ii) there shall be inserted—
“(iia) the digital capacity that is likely, in their opinion, to  be
available from the holders of national radio multiplexlicences for the broadcasting of a simulcast radio servicecorresponding to the service;”.
(3) In section 98(3) (applications for national licences), after  paragraph (a) there
shall be inserted—
“(aa) the applicant’s proposals (if any) for providing a simulca st
radio service corresponding to the service;”.
(4) In section 98(7) (construction of section), after “this sect ion” there shall be
inserted—
“‘national radio multiplex licence’ has the same meaning as in Part
2 of the Broadcasting Act 1996; and”.
(5) In section 100 (award of national licence to person submitti ng highest cash bid),
for subsection (2) there shall be substituted—
“(1A) If, in a case in which one or more of the applicants has m ade a proposal
to provide a simulcast radio service corresponding to the servi ce to be
licensed (a ‘simulcast applicant’), the highest cash bid is mad e by an
applicant who is not a simulcast applicant, OFCOM may—
(a) disregard the requirement imposed by subsection (1); and
(b) award the licence to the simulcast applicant whose cash bid is
the highest of the bids submitted by simulcast applicants.
(2) Where—
(a) two or more applicants for a licence have submitted cash bid s
specifying an identical amount and that amount is higher thanthe amount of every other bid, or
(b) two or more simulcast applicants have submitted cash bids
specifying an identical amount and that amount is higher thanthe amount of every other bid submitted by a simulcastapplicant,
OFCOM must invite those applicants and (in a case falling withi n
paragraph (b)) every applicant who has made a higher bid to sub mit
further cash bids in respect of that licence.
(2A) OFCOM may decide not to invite an applicant to submit a fur ther cash
bid under subsection (2) if—
(a) the applicant is not a simulcast applicant and they propose to
exercise their power under subsection (1A); or
(b) they propose to exercise their power under subsection (3).
(2B) Subsection (2A) is not to be construed as preventing OFCOM from
making a decision to exercise their power under subsection (1A)  or (3)
after they have received further bids in response to invitation s under
subsection (2).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 3 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Radio Services230
(2C) In this Part references to a person’s cash bid, in relation  to a person who
has submitted a further cash bid in pursuance of subsection (2) , have
effect as references to his further bid.”
(6) After section 100 there shall be inserted—
“100A Licence conditions relating to simulcast radio services
Where OFCOM award a national licence to a person whose applicat ion
for that licence included proposals to provide a simulcast radi o service,
that licence must include a condition requiring the licence hol der—
(a) to provide, from a date specified in the licence, a simulcas t radio
service corresponding to the licensed service; and
(b) to do all that he can to secure the broadcasting of that ser vice.”
Multiplexes broadcasting sound programmes
258 Radio multiplex services
(1) Subject to the following provisions of this section, referen ces in Part 2 of the
1996 Act to a radio multiplex service shall have effect as refe rences to any
service which—
(a) falls within subsection (2);
(b) is provided for broadcasting for general reception but other wise than
from a satellite; and
(c) is not a television multiplex service.
(2) A service falls within this subsection if—
(a) it consists in the packaging together (with or without other  services) of
two or more relevant sound services which are provided for incl usion
together in that service by a combination of the relevant infor mation in
digital form; or
(b) it is a service provided with a view to its being a service falling within
paragraph (a) but is one in the case of which only one relevant  sound
service is for the time being comprised in digital form in what  is
provided.
(3) The provision, at a time after the commencement of this sect ion, of a radio
multiplex service the provision of which is not authorised by o r under a licence
under Part 2 of the 1996 Act is not to be an offence under sect ion 97 of the 1990
Act.
(4) Accordingly, after the commencement of this section, a licen ce under Part 2 of
the 1996 Act shall be required for the provision of a radio mul tiplex service
only in so far as it is required for the purposes of a limitati on falling within
subsection (5) which is contained in a wireless telegraphy lice nce, or is deemed
to be so contained.
(5) A limitation falls within this subsection, in relation to a wireless telegraphy
licence, if it provides that the only radio multiplex services that are authorised
to be broadcast using the station or apparatus to which the lic ence relates are
those that are licensed under Part 2 of the 1996 Act.
(6) Where immediately before the coming into force of this secti on—
(a) a radio multiplex service is licensed under Part 2 of the 19 96 Act; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 3 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Radio Services231
(b) that service is one broadcast using a station or apparatus t he use of
which is authorised by a wireless telegraphy licence,
that wireless telegraphy licence shall be deemed to contain a l imitation falling
within subsection (5).
(7) In any case where a wireless telegraphy licence is deemed by  virtue of
subsection (6) to contain a limitation falling within subsectio n (5) and the
person providing the radio multiplex service in question—
(a) ceases to be licensed under Part 2 of the 1996 Act in respec t of that
service, or
(b) ceases to exist,
OFCOM may revoke the wireless telegraphy licence.
(8) Subsection (7) is not to be construed as restricting the pow ers of revocation
exercisable apart from this section.
(9) In subsection (2) “relevant sound service” means any of the following—
(a) a digital sound programme service;
(b) a simulcast radio service; and
(c) a digital additional sound service.
259 Composition of services in radio multiplexes
(1) Section 54 of the 1996 Act (conditions attached to radio mul tiplex licences) shall
be amended as follows.
(2) For paragraph (h) of subsection (1) (conditions as to compos ition of service)
there shall be substituted—
“(h) that, while the licence is in force, at least the required percentage
of the digital capacity on the frequency or frequencies on whic h
the service is broadcast is used, or left available to be used,  for
the broadcasting of services falling within subsection (1A).”
(3) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(1A) The services falling within this subsection are—
(a) digital sound programme services;
(b) simulcast radio services;
(c) programme-related services; and
(d) relevant technical services.”
(4) In subsection (2) (meaning of services referred to in paragr aph (h) of subsection
(1))—
(a) for “paragraph (1)(h)” there shall be substituted “subsectio n (1A)”; and
(b) in sub-paragraph (i), for the words from “(within” to “1990 Act” there
shall be substituted “(within the meaning of section 245 of theCommunications Act 2003)”.
(5) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(2A) In subsection (1)(h), the reference to the required percen tage is a
reference to such percentage equal to or more than 80 per cent.  as
OFCOM—
(a) consider appropriate; and
(b) specify in the condition.”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 3 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Radio Services232
(6) In subsection (3) (power to vary percentage in subsection (1 )(h))—
(a) for “subsection (1)” there shall be substituted “subsection (2A)”; and
(b) for “paragraph (h) of that subsection” there shall be substi tuted “that
subsection”.
260 Digital sound services for inclusion in non-radio multiplexe s
(1) In section 60(1)(a) of the 1996 Act (national digital sound programme services
defined as services broadcast with a view to being broadcast by  means of a
national radio multiplex service), after “national radio multip lex service” there
shall be inserted “, by means of a television multiplex service  or by means of a
general multiplex service”.
(2) In section 63(1) of the 1996 Act (meaning of digital additio nal sound service),
for paragraph (a) there shall be substituted—
“(a) is provided by a person with a view to its being broadcast in
digital form (whether by him or some other person) so as to beavailable for reception by members of the public;
(aa) is so provided with a view to the broadcasting being by mea ns
of a radio multiplex service or by means of a general multiplexservice; and”.
(3) After subsection (3) of section 63 of the 1996 Act there sha ll be inserted—
“(3A) In this section ‘available for reception by members of the  public’ shall
be construed in accordance with section 361 of the Communicatio ns
Act 2003.”
(4) In section 72(1) of the 1996 Act (interpretation of Part 2)—
(a) after the definitions of “digital sound programme service” a nd “digital
sound programme licence” there shall be inserted—
“‘general multiplex service’ has the same meaning as in Part 3 of
the Communications Act 2003;”
(b) after the definition of “technical service” there shall be i nserted—
“‘television multiplex service’ has the meaning given by sectio n
241 of the Communications Act 2003.”
261 Renewal of radio multiplex licences
In section 58(2) of the 1996 Act (renewal for twelve years of r adio multiplex
licences granted within six years of commencement)—
(a) for “which is granted within six years” there shall be subst ituted
“granted within ten years”; and
(b) for the words from “for a period” onwards there shall be sub stituted—
“(a) in the case of a licence granted within six years of that
commencement, for a period of twelve years beginning with thedate on which it would otherwise expire; and
(b) in any other case, for a period of eight years beginning wit h that
date.”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 3 — Regulatory Structure for Independent Radio Services233
Community radio
262 Community radio
(1) The Secretary of State may by order provide for—
(a) any of the provisions of this Part (apart from this section and the
provisions relating exclusively to television), or 
(b) any provision of Part 3 of the 1990 Act or of Part 2 of the 1996 Act
(regulation of radio services),
to have effect, in relation to services of such descriptions as  may be set out in
an order under this section, with such modifications as he cons iders necessary
or appropriate for services of that description.
(2) The Secretary of State is not to make an order under this se ction in relation to
a description of services unless—
(a) the description is of services to be provided primarily for the good of
members of the public or of a particular community, rather than  for
commercial reasons; and
(b) he considers that the provision of services of that descript ion confer, or
would confer, significant benefits on the public or on the comm unities
for which they are provided.
(3) An order under this section in relation to a description of services may, in
particular, impose prohibitions or limitations on the inclusion  of
advertisements in services of that description and on the spons orship of
programmes included in the services.
(4) The power, by an order under this section, to make incidenta l, supplemental or
consequential provision in connection with provision authorised  by subsection
(1) includes power to make incidental, supplemental or conseque ntial
provision modifying provisions of the 1990 Act, the 1996 Act or  this Act that
are not mentioned in that subsection.
(5) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.
CHAPTER  4
REGULATORY  PROVISIONS
Application of regulatory regimes
263 Application of regulatory regimes
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, by exercising—
(a) their powers under the 1990 Act and the 1996 Act, and 
(b) their powers under this Part,
to secure that the holder of every Broadcasting Act licence at all times holds his
licence on the conditions which are for the time being included , under this
Chapter and Chapter 5 of this Part, in the regulatory regime fo r the licensed
service.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions234
(2) It shall also be the duty of OFCOM to do all that they can t o secure that the
holder of every such licence complies, in relation to the licen sed service, with
the conditions so included in the regulatory regime for that se rvice.
(3) Where— 
(a) the licence for a Channel 3 service, for Channel 4, for Chan nel 5 or for
the public teletext service (“the main service”) authorises or requires a
corresponding or additional service to be provided in analogue form,
and
(b) the regulatory regime for the main service imposes obligatio ns in
relation to programmes and other items included in that service ,
those obligations are to apply equally to programmes that are i ncluded in the
analogue service without being included in the main service.
(4) The Secretary of State may by order provide for conditions w hich are included
by virtue of a provision of this Act in the regulatory regime f or any service to
cease to be so included.
(5) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by su bsection (4)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.
(6) This section does not restrict OFCOM’s powers and duties apa rt from this
section to impose obligations by means of the inclusion of cond itions in a
Broadcasting Act licence. 
The public service remit for television
264 OFCOM reports on the fulfilment of the public service remit
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM—
(a) as soon as practicable after the end of the period of twelve  months
beginning with the commencement of this section, and
(b) as soon as practicable after the end of each such subsequent  period as
may be selected by OFCOM for the purposes of this section,
to satisfy, for that period, the review and reporting obligatio ns of
subsection (3).
(2) The period selected by OFCOM for the purposes of subsection (1)(b) must be a
period of not more than five years beginning with the end of th e previous
period for which OFCOM have satisfied those review and reportin g
obligations.
(3) The review and reporting obligations for a period are—
(a) an obligation to carry out a review of the extent to which t he public
service broadcasters have, during that period, provided relevan t
television services which (taking them all together over the pe riod as a
whole) fulfil the purposes of public service television broadca sting in
the United Kingdom; and
(b) an obligation, with a view to maintaining and strengthening the quality
of public service television broadcasting in the United Kingdom , to
prepare a report on the matters found on the review.
(4) The purposes of public service television broadcasting in th e United Kingdom
are—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions235
(a) the provision of relevant television services which secure t hat
programmes dealing with a wide range of subject-matters are mad e
available for viewing;
(b) the provision of relevant television services in a manner wh ich (having
regard to the days on which they are shown and the times of day  at
which they are shown) is likely to meet the needs and satisfy t he
interests of as many different audiences as practicable;
(c) the provision of relevant television services which (taken t ogether and
having regard to the same matters) are properly balanced, so fa r as their
nature and subject-matters are concerned, for meeting the needs  and
satisfying the interests of the available audiences; and 
(d) the provision of relevant television services which (taken t ogether)
maintain high general standards with respect to the programmesincluded in them, and, in particular with respect to—
(i) the contents of the programmes;
(ii) the quality of the programme making; and
(iii) the professional skill and editorial integrity applied in the
making of the programmes.
(5) When—
(a) determining the extent to which any of the purposes of publi c service
television broadcasting in the United Kingdom are fulfilled, an d
(b) reviewing and reporting on that matter,
OFCOM must have regard to the desirability of those purposes be ing fulfilled
in a manner that is compatible with subsection (6).
(6) A manner of fulfilling the purposes of public service televi sion broadcasting in
the United Kingdom is compatible with this subsection if it ens ures—
(a) that the relevant television services (taken together) compr ise a public
service for the dissemination of information and for the provis ion of
education and entertainment;
(b) that cultural activity in the United Kingdom, and its divers ity, are
reflected, supported and stimulated by the representation in th ose
services (taken together) of drama, comedy and music, by the in clusion
of feature films in those services and by the treatment of othe r visual
and performing arts;
(c) that those services (taken together) provide, to the extent that is
appropriate for facilitating civic understanding and fair and w ell-
informed debate on news and current affairs, a comprehensive an d
authoritative coverage of news and current affairs in, and in t he
different parts of, the United Kingdom and from around the worl d;
(d) that those services (taken together) satisfy a wide range of  different
sporting and other leisure interests;
(e) that those services (taken together) include what appears to  OFCOM to
be a suitable quantity and range of programmes on educationalmatters, of programmes of an educational nature and of otherprogrammes of educative value;
(f) that those services (taken together) include what appears to  OFCOM to
be a suitable quantity and range of programmes dealing with eac h of
the following, science, religion and other beliefs, social issu es, matters
of international significance or interest and matters of specia list
interest;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions236
(g) that the programmes included in those services that deal wit h religion
and other beliefs include—
(i) programmes providing news and other information about
different religions and other beliefs;
(ii) programmes about the history of different religions and oth er
beliefs; and
(iii) programmes showing acts of worship and other ceremonies
and practices (including some showing acts of worship andother ceremonies in their entirety);
(h) that those services (taken together) include what appears to  OFCOM to
be a suitable quantity and range of high quality and originalprogrammes for children and young people;
(i) that those services (taken together) include what appears to  OFCOM to
be a sufficient quantity of programmes that reflect the lives a nd
concerns of different communities and cultural interests and tr aditions
within the United Kingdom, and locally in different parts of th e United
Kingdom;
(j) that those services (taken together), so far as they include  programmes
made in the United Kingdom, include what appears to OFCOM to bean appropriate range and proportion of programmes made outside the
M25 area.
(7) In carrying out a review under this section OFCOM must consi der—
(a) the costs to persons providing relevant television services of the
fulfilment of the purposes of public service television broadca sting in a
manner compatible with subsection (6); and
(b) the sources of income available to each of them for meeting those costs. 
(8) Every report under this section must—
(a) specify, and comment on, whatever changes appear to OFCOM to  have
occurred, during the period to which the report relates, in the  extent to
which the purposes of public service television broadcasting in  the
United Kingdom have been satisfied;
(b) specify, and comment on, whatever changes appear to OFCOM to  have
occurred, during that period, in the manner in which those purp oses
are fulfilled;
(c) set out the findings of OFCOM on their consideration of the matters
mentioned in subsection (7) and any conclusions they have arriv ed at
in relation to those findings; and
(d) set out OFCOM’s conclusions on the current state of public s ervice
television broadcasting in the United Kingdom.
(9) In performing their duties under this section, OFCOM must ha ve regard, in
particular, to—
(a) every statement of programme or service policy which has bee n made
by virtue of this Chapter by a public service broadcaster, or w hich is
treated as such a statement;
(b) every equivalent statement of policy made by the BBC in purs uance of
the BBC Charter and Agreement; and
(c) such matters arising at times before the coming into force o f this section
as OFCOM consider material.
(10) Every report prepared by OFCOM under this section must be p ublished by
them—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions237
(a) as soon as practicable after its preparation is complete; an d
(b) in such manner as they consider appropriate.
(11) The following are relevant television services for the purp oses of this section—
(a) the television broadcasting services provided by the BBC;
(b) the television programme services that are public services o f the Welsh
Authority (within the meaning of section 207);
(c) every Channel 3 service;
(d) Channel 4;
(e) Channel 5;
(f) the public teletext service.
(12) The following are public service broadcasters for the purpo ses of this section—
(a) the BBC;
(b) the Welsh Authority;
(c) the providers of the licensed public service channels; and
(d) the public teletext provider.
(13) In this section— 
“belief” means a collective belief in, or other adherence to, a  systemised set
of ethical or philosophical principles or of mystical or transc endental
doctrines; and
“drama” includes contemporary and other drama in a variety of d ifferent
formats.
265 Public service remits of licensed providers
(1) The regulatory regime for every licensed public service chan nel, and for the
public teletext service, includes a condition requiring the pro vider of the
channel or service to fulfil the public service remit for that channel or service.
(2) The public service remit— 
(a) for every Channel 3 service, and 
(b) for Channel 5,
is the provision of a range of high quality and diverse program ming.
(3) The public service remit for Channel 4 is the provision of a  broad range of high
quality and diverse programming which, in particular—
(a) demonstrates innovation, experiment and creativity in the fo rm and
content of programmes;
(b) appeals to the tastes and interests of a culturally diverse society;
(c) makes a significant contribution to meeting the need for the  licensed
public service channels to include programmes of an educationalnature and other programmes of educative value; and
(d) exhibits a distinctive character.
(4) The public service remit for the public teletext service is the provision of a
range of high quality and diverse text material.
(5) For so long as the public teletext service comprises both—
(a) an analogue teletext service, and
(b) a teletext service provided in digital form,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions238
the conditions imposed under this section must require the publ ic service remit
of the public teletext service to be fulfilled separately in th e case of each of those
services.
266 Statements of programme policy
(1) The regulatory regime for every licensed public service chan nel includes a
condition requiring the provider of the channel—
(a) as soon as practicable after the coming into force of this s ection and
subsequently at annual intervals, to prepare a statement of pro gramme
policy; and
(b) to monitor his own performance in the carrying out of the pr oposals
contained in the statements made in pursuance of the condition.
(2) The condition must require every statement of programme poli cy prepared in
accordance with the condition to set out the proposals of the p rovider of the
channel for securing that, during the following year—
(a) the public service remit for the channel will be fulfilled; and
(b) the duties imposed on the provider by virtue of sections 277  to 296 will
be performed.
(3) The condition must also require every such statement to cont ain a report on the
performance of the provider of the channel in the carrying out,  during the
period since the previous statement, of the proposals contained  in that
statement.
(4) The condition must also provide that every such statement—
(a) must be prepared having regard to guidance given by OFCOM;
(b) must be prepared taking account of the reports previously pu blished
by OFCOM under sections 264 and 358;
(c) must take special account of the most recent such reports;
(d) must be published by the provider of the channel in question  as soon as
practicable after its preparation is complete; and 
(e) must be published in such manner as, having regard to any gu idance
given by OFCOM, the provider considers appropriate. 
(5) In preparing guidance about the preparation of such a statem ent, OFCOM
must have regard, in particular, to the matters which, in the l ight of the
provisions of section 264(4) and (6), they consider should be i ncluded in
statements of programme policy.
(6) It shall be the duty of OFCOM— 
(a) from time to time to review the guidance for the time being in force for
the purposes of this section; and
(b) to make such revisions of that guidance as they think fit.
(7) The conditions of a licence to provide a licensed public ser vice channel may
provide that a previous statement of policy made by the provide r of the
channel is to be treated for the purposes of this Part—
(a) as if it were a statement made in relation to such period as  may be so
specified; and 
(b) were a statement of programme policy for the purposes of a c ondition
imposed under this section.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions239
(8) The reference in subsection (7) to a previous statement of p olicy is a reference
to any statement made by the provider of the channel—
(a) whether before or after the commencement of this section, fo r the
purposes of his application for a Broadcasting Act licence for the
channel; or
(b) at any time before the commencement of this section, for any  other
purpose.
(9) A condition under subsection (7) cannot contain provision th e effect of which
is to postpone the time at which a licence holder is required t o make the first
statement of programme policy which (apart from that subsection ) he is
required to make in pursuance of a condition imposed under this  section.
267 Changes of programme policy
(1) The regulatory regime for every licensed public service chan nel includes a
condition requiring compliance with subsection (2) in the case of a statement
of programme policy containing proposals for a significant chan ge.
(2) This subsection requires the provider of the channel—
(a) to consult OFCOM before preparing the statement; and
(b) to take account, in the preparation of the statement, of any  opinions
expressed to the provider of the channel by OFCOM.
(3) A condition imposed under this section must further provide that, if it appears
to OFCOM that a statement of programme policy has been prepared  by the
provider of the channel in contravention of a condition imposed  under
subsection (1), the provider is—
(a) to revise that statement in accordance with any directions g iven to him
by OFCOM; and
(b) to publish a revision of the statement in accordance with an y such
directions only after the revision has been approved by OFCOM.
(4) A change is a significant change for the purposes of this se ction if it is a change
as a result of which the channel would in any year be materiall y different in
character from in previous years.
(5) In determining for the purposes of any condition under this section whether a
change is a significant change—
(a) regard must be had to any guidance issued by OFCOM;
(b) the changes to be considered include any changes that, toget her with
any proposed change for a particular year, would constitute a c hange
occurring gradually over a period of not more than three years;  and
(c) the previous years with which a comparison is to be made mus t be
those immediately preceding the year in which the change is mad e, or
in which the changes comprised in it began to occur.
(6) It shall be the duty of OFCOM—
(a) from time to time to review the guidance for the time being in force for
the purposes of this section; and
(b) to make such revisions of that guidance as they think fit.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions240
268 Statements of service policy by the public teletext provider
(1) The regulatory regime for the public teletext service includ es a condition
requiring the public teletext provider—
(a) as soon as practicable after the coming into force of this s ection and
subsequently at annual intervals, to prepare a statement of ser vice
policy; and
(b) to monitor his own performance in the carrying out of the pr oposals
contained in statements made in pursuance of the condition.
(2) The condition must require every statement of service policy  prepared in
accordance with the condition to set out the proposals of the p ublic teletext
provider for securing that, during the following year, the publ ic service remit
for the public teletext service will be fulfilled. 
(3) The condition must also require every such statement to cont ain a report on the
performance of the public teletext provider in the carrying out , during the
period since the previous statement, of the proposals contained  in that
statement.
(4) The condition must provide that the proposals or report for a period in the
course of which the public teletext service will comprise or ha s comprised
both— 
(a) an analogue teletext service, and
(b) a teletext service provided in digital form,
must deal separately with each of those services.
(5) The condition must also provide that every statement in purs uance of the
condition—
(a) must be prepared having regard to guidance given by OFCOM;
(b) must be prepared taking account of the reports previously pu blished
by OFCOM under sections 264 and 358;
(c) must take special account of the most recent such reports;
(d) must be published by the public teletext provider as soon as  practicable
after its preparation is complete; and
(e) must be published in such manner as, having regard to any gu idance
given by OFCOM, that provider considers appropriate. 
(6) In preparing guidance about the preparation of such a statem ent, OFCOM
must have regard, in particular, to the matters which, in the l ight of the
provisions of section 264(4) and (6), they consider should be i ncluded in
statements of service policy by the public teletext provider.
(7) It shall be the duty of OFCOM— 
(a) from time to time to review the guidance for the time being in force for
the purposes of this section; and
(b) to make such revisions of that guidance as they think fit.
(8) The conditions of the licence to provide the public teletext  service may provide
that a previous statement of policy made by the public teletext  provider is to be
treated for the purposes of this Part—
(a) as if it were a statement made in relation to such period as  may be so
specified; and 
(b) were a statement of service policy for the purposes of a con dition
imposed under this section.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions241
(9) The reference in subsection (8) to a previous statement of p olicy is a reference
to any statement made by the public teletext provider—
(a) whether before or after the commencement of this section, fo r the
purposes of his application for a Broadcasting Act licence for the public
teletext service or for the existing service (within the meanin g of section
221); or
(b) at any time before the commencement of this section, for any  other
purpose.
(10) A condition under subsection (8) cannot contain provision t he effect of which
is to postpone the time at which a licence holder is required t o make the first
statement of service policy which (apart from that subsection) he is required to
make in pursuance of a condition imposed under this section.
269 Changes of service policy
(1) The regulatory regime for the public teletext service includ es a condition
requiring compliance with subsection (2) in the case of a state ment of service
policy containing proposals for a significant change.
(2) This subsection requires the provider of the service—
(a) to consult OFCOM before preparing the statement; and
(b) to take account, in the preparation of the statement, of any  opinions
expressed to the provider of the service by OFCOM.
(3) A condition imposed under this section must further provide that, if it appears
to OFCOM that a statement of service policy has been prepared b y the public
teletext provider in contravention of a condition imposed under  subsection (1),
that provider is—
(a) to revise that statement in accordance with any directions g iven to him
by OFCOM; and
(b) to publish a revision of the statement in accordance with an y such
directions only after the revision has been approved by OFCOM.
(4) A change is a significant change for the purposes of this se ction if it is a change
as a result of which the service would in any year be materiall y different in
character from in previous years.
(5) In determining for the purposes of any condition under this section whether a
change is a significant change—
(a) regard must be had to any guidance issued by OFCOM;
(b) the changes to be considered include any changes that, toget her with
any proposed change for a particular year, would constitute a c hange
occurring gradually over a period of not more than three years;
(c) the previous years with which a comparison is to be made mus t be
those immediately preceding the year in which the change is mad e, or
in which the changes comprised in it began to occur; and
(d) any change that is a significant change in relation to so mu ch of the
public teletext service as is provided in digital form or in re lation to so
much of it as is provided in analogue form is to be regarded as  a
significant change in relation to the whole service.
(6) It shall be the duty of OFCOM—
(a) from time to time to review the guidance for the time being in force for
the purposes of this section; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions242
(b) to make such revisions of that guidance as they think fit.
270 Enforcement of public service remits
(1) This section applies if OFCOM are of the opinion that the pr ovider of a licensed
public service channel or the public teletext provider—
(a) has failed to fulfil the public service remit for that chann el or the public
teletext service; or
(b) has failed, in any respect, to make an adequate contribution  towards
the fulfilment of the purposes of public service television bro adcasting
in the United Kingdom.
(2) This section does not apply unless—
(a) OFCOM are of the opinion that the failure of the provider is  serious and
is not excused by economic or market conditions; and
(b) OFCOM determine that the situation requires the exercise of their
powers under this section.
(3) In making a determination under subsection (2)(b), OFCOM mus t have regard,
in particular, to—
(a) the public service remit of that provider;
(b) the statements of programme policy or statements of service policy
made (or treated as made) by the provider under section 266 or 268;
(c) the record generally of the provider in relation to the carr ying out of
obligations imposed by conditions of licences under the 1990 Ac t and
the 1996 Act (including past obligations);
(d) the effectiveness and efficiency of the provider in monitori ng his own
performance; and
(e) general economic and market conditions affecting generally t he
providers of television programme services or the providers oftelevision multiplex services, or both of them.
(4) OFCOM shall have power to give directions to the provider to  do one or both
of the following—
(a) to revise the provider’s latest statement of programme polic y, or
statement of service policy, in accordance with the directions;  and
(b) to take such steps for remedying the provider’s failure as O FCOM may
specify in the direction as necessary for that purpose.
(5) A direction given under this section must set out—
(a) a reasonable timetable for complying with it; and
(b) the factors that will be taken into account by OFCOM in dete rmining—
(i) whether or not a failure of the provider has been remedied; and
(ii) whether or not to exercise their powers under subsection (6 ).
(6) If OFCOM are satisfied— 
(a) that the provider of a public service channel or the public teletext
provider has failed to comply with a direction under this secti on,
(b) that that provider is still failing to fulfil the public ser vice remit for that
channel or service or adequately to contribute to the fulfilmen t of the
purposes of public service television broadcasting in the Unite d
Kingdom, andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions243
(c) that it would be both reasonable and proportionate to the se riousness
of that failure to vary the provider’s licence in accordance wi th this
subsection,
OFCOM may, by notice to the provider, vary that licence so as t o replace self-
regulation with detailed regulation.
(7) For the purposes of subsection (6) a variation replacing sel f-regulation with
detailed regulation is a variation which—
(a) omits the conditions imposed by virtue of sections 265 to 26 9; and
(b) replaces those conditions with such specific conditions as O FCOM
consider appropriate for securing that the provider—
(i) fulfils the public service remit for his service; and
(ii) makes an adequate contribution towards the fulfilment of th e
purposes of public service television broadcasting in the Unite d
Kingdom.
(8) If, at any time following a variation in accordance with sub section (6) of a
provider’s licence, OFCOM consider that detailed regulation is no longer
necessary, they may again vary the licence so as, with effect f rom such time as
they may determine—
(a) to provide for the conditions required by virtue of sections  265 to 269
again to be included in the regulatory regime for the service p rovided
by that provider; and
(b) to remove or modify some or all of the specific conditions i nserted
under that subsection.
(9) Before giving a direction under this section to a provider o r exercising their
power under this section to vary a provider’s licence, OFCOM mu st consult
that provider.
(10) In accordance with section 265(5), the reference in subsect ion (1) to a failure to
fulfil the public service remit for the public teletext service  includes a failure to
fulfil that remit as respects only one of the services comprise d in that service.
271 Power to amend public service remits
(1) The Secretary of State may by order modify any one or more o f the following—
(a) the public service remit for any licensed public service cha nnel or for
the public teletext service;
(b) the purposes of public service television broadcasting in th e United
Kingdom (within the meaning given by subsection (4) of section 264);
(c) the matters to which OFCOM are to have regard under subsecti ons (5)
and (6) of that section.
(2) The Secretary of State is not to make an order under this se ction except where—
(a) OFCOM have made a recommendation for the making of such an o rder
in their most recent report under section 229 or 264; or
(b) subsection (3) applies to the order.
(3) This subsection applies to an order if—
(a) it is made by the Secretary of State less than twelve months  after the
date on which he has received a report under section 229; 
(b) he has considered that report; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions244
(c) he is satisfied that the making of the order is required, no twithstanding
the absence of a recommendation by OFCOM, by circumstances orother matters which are dealt with in that report or which (in his
opinion) should have been.
(4) Before including a recommendation for the making of an order  under this
section in a report under section 229 or 264, OFCOM must consul t—
(a) members of the public in the United Kingdom;
(b) such public service broadcasters as they consider are likely  to be
affected if the Secretary of State gives effect to the recommen dation
they are proposing to make; and
(c) such of the other persons providing television and radio ser vices as
OFCOM consider appropriate.
(5) Before making an order under this section, the Secretary of State must consult
the persons mentioned in subsection (6) about its terms (even i f the order is the
one recommended by OFCOM).
(6) Those persons are—
(a) OFCOM;
(b) such public service broadcasters as they consider are likely  to be
affected by the order; and
(c) such of the other persons providing television and radio ser vices as he
considers appropriate.
(7) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.
(8) In this section “public service broadcaster” means any of th e persons who are
public service broadcasters for the purposes of section 264.
Must-offer obligations etc. affecting public service television
272 Must-offer obligations in relation to networks
(1) The regulatory regime for—
(a) every licensed public service channel,
(b) the public teletext service, and
(c) every licensed television service added by order under secti on 64 to the
list of must-carry services,
includes the conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for sec uring the
three objectives set out in this section (so far as they are no t secured by
provision made under section 243).
(2) The first objective is that the channel or other service, so  far as it is provided in
digital form, is at all times offered as available (subject to the need to agree
terms) to be broadcast or distributed by means of every appropr iate network.
(3) The second objective is that the person providing the channe l or other service
does his best to secure that arrangements are entered into, and  kept in force,
that ensure—
(a) that the channel or other service, so far as it is provided in digital form,
is broadcast or distributed on appropriate networks; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions245
(b) that the broadcasting and distribution of the channel or oth er service,
in accordance with those arrangements, result in its being avai lable for
reception, by means of appropriate networks, by as many members  of
its intended audience as practicable.
(4) The third objective is that the arrangements entered into an d kept in force for
the purpose of securing the second objective prohibit the impos ition, for or in
connection with the provision of an appropriate network, of any  charge that is
attributable (whether directly or indirectly) to the conferring  of an entitlement
to receive the channel or other service in question in an intel ligible form by
means of that network.
(5) The three objectives apply only in relation to times when th e channel or other
service in its digital form is included in the list of must-car ry services in section
64. 
(6) Conditions imposed under this section in relation to a chann el or other service
must, to such extent as OFCOM consider appropriate— 
(a) require arrangements made or kept in force for the purpose o f securing
the second objective to apply in the case of every service whic h is an
ancillary service by reference to the channel or other service in question
as they apply to the channel or other service itself; and
(b) provide for the channel or other service to which the condit ions apply
to be treated, in relation to particular appropriate networks, as
constituting such services comprised in or provided with that c hannel
or other service as may be determined by OFCOM.
(7) In this section—
“appropriate network” means (subject to subsection (8)) an elec tronic
communications network by means of which public electroniccommunications services are provided that are used by a signifi cant
number of end-users as their principal means of receiving telev ision
programmes;
“intended audience”, in relation to a channel or other service,  means—
(a) if the channel or other service is one provided only for a
particular area or locality of the United Kingdom, members ofthe public in that area or locality; 
(b) if the channel or other service is one provided for members of a
particular community, members of that community; and
(c) in any other case, members of the public in the United
Kingdom;
“licensed television service” means a service falling to be lic ensed under
Part 1 of the 1990 Act or Part 1 of the 1996 Act.
(8) For the purposes of this section an electronic communication s network is not
an appropriate network in relation to so much of a channel or o ther service as
is provided only for a particular area or locality of the Unite d Kingdom unless
it is a network by means of which electronic communications ser vices are
provided to persons in that area or locality
(9) In subsection (7) “public electronic communications service”  and “end-user”
each has the same meaning as in Part 2.
(10) An order under section 411 must not appoint a day for provi sions of this
section to come into force that falls less than six months afte r the day on which
the order is made.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions246
273 Must-offer obligations in relation to satellite services 
(1) The regulatory regime for—
(a) every licensed public service channel,
(b) the public teletext service, and
(c) every other licensed television service specified for the pu rposes of this
section in an order made by the Secretary of State,
includes the conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for sec uring the
three objectives set out in this section (so far as they are no t secured by
conditions imposed under section 272).
(2) The first objective is that the channel or other service, so  far as it is provided in
digital form, is at all times offered as available (subject to the need to agree
terms) to be broadcast by means of every satellite television s ervice that is
available for reception by members of the public in the whole o r a part of the
United Kingdom.
(3) The second objective is that the person providing the channe l or other service
does his best to secure that arrangements are entered into, and  kept in force,
that ensure—
(a) that the channel or other service, so far as it is provided in digital form,
is broadcast by means of satellite television services that are  broadcast
so as to be available for reception by members of the public in  the
United Kingdom; and
(b) that the broadcasting, in accordance with those arrangements , of the
channel or other service by means of those satellite television  services
results in its being available for reception in an intelligible  form and by
means of those services by as many members of its intended audi ence
as practicable.
(4) The third objective is that the arrangements entered into an d kept in force for
the purpose of securing the second objective prohibit the impos ition, for or in
connection with the provision of a satellite television service , of any charge that
is attributable (whether directly or indirectly) to the conferr ing of an
entitlement to receive the channel or other service in question  in an intelligible
form by means of that service.
(5) The three objectives apply only in relation to a time when t he channel or service
is included, in its digital form, in the list of services that are must-provide
services for the purposes of section 274.
(6) Conditions imposed under this section in relation to a chann el or other service
must, to such extent as OFCOM consider appropriate— 
(a) require arrangements made or kept in force for the purpose o f securing
the second objective to apply in the case of every service whic h is an
ancillary service by reference to the channel or other service in question
as they apply to the channel or other service itself; and
(b) provide for the channel or other service to which the condit ions apply
to be treated, in relation to particular satellite television s ervices, as
constituting such services comprised in or provided with the ch annel
or other service as may be determined by OFCOM.
(7) In this section—
“intended audience”, in relation to a channel or other service,  means—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions247
(a) if the channel or other service is one provided only for a
particular area or locality of the United Kingdom, members ofthe public in that area or locality; 
(b) if the channel or other service is one provided for members of a
particular community, members of that community; and
(c) in any other case, members of the public in the United
Kingdom;
“licensed television service” means a service falling to be lic ensed under
Part 1 of the 1990 Act or Part 1 of the 1996 Act; and
“satellite television service” means a service which—
(a) consists in or involves the broadcasting of television
programme services from a satellite; and
(b) is used by a significant number of the persons by whom the
broadcasts are received in an intelligible form as their princi pal
means of receiving television programmes.
(8) An order under section 411 must not appoint a day for provis ions of this
section to come into force that falls less than six months afte r the day on which
the order is made.
274 Securing reception of must-provide services in certain areas
(1) The regulatory regime for—
(a) every licensed public service channel,
(b) the public teletext service, and
(c) every licensed television service added by order under secti on 275 to
the list of must-provide services,
includes the conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for sec uring that
arrangements satisfying the requirements of this section are en tered into and
maintained by all the persons who provide must-provide services .
(2) The conditions imposed on a person under this section may in clude the
conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing, in a c ase where— 
(a) the persons providing must-provide services fail to enter in to or
maintain arrangements satisfying the requirements of this secti on, and
(b) OFCOM make and impose arrangements of their own instead,
that the person bound by the conditions is required to act in a ccordance with
arrangements imposed by OFCOM.
(3) The arrangements that are to be entered into, or may be impo sed, are
arrangements that secure—
(a) that a facility for receiving each must-provide service is m ade available
to every member of the intended audience for that service who i s
unable, without the use of that facility, to receive it an inte lligible form
and free of charge;
(b) that the facility is one under which every such member of th e intended
audience for a must-provide service is entitled, free of charge , to receive
in an intelligible form so much of a service broadcast from a s atellite as
includes that must-provide service;
(c) that the cost of making that facility available is shared, i n appropriate
proportions, by all the persons providing must-provide services ; 
(d) that procedures are established and maintained for dealing w ith
complaints from persons claiming to be entitled, in accordance with theCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions248
arrangements, to receive a service free of charge, and for reso lving
disputes about the existence or extent of such an entitlement;
(e) that the availability of those procedures is adequately publ icised in
accordance with guidance given from time to time by OFCOM.
(4) Arrangements entered into by the providers of must-provide s ervices for the
purposes of subsection (3), and any modifications of such arran gements made
by the parties to them, are to have effect only if approved by OFCOM.
(5) Before imposing any arrangements for the purposes of a condi tion under
subsection (2), OFCOM must consult all the persons who provide must-
provide services.
(6) For the purposes of this section the reception of a service is not free of charge— 
(a) if reception of the service is made conditional on the accep tance of an
entitlement to receive another service in relation to which a c harge is
imposed (whether directly or indirectly);
(b) if a charge is made for or in connection with the provision of a service
which is an ancillary service in relation to the service in que stion;
(c) if any consideration is required from the persons to whom it  is made
available for the provision of assistance for disabled people i n respect
of programmes included in the service; or
(d) if any other consideration is required to be given, by the p erson entitled
to receive it, for or in connection with its provision or avail ability.
(7) A service is not prevented from being free of charge by a re quirement to pay
sums in accordance with regulations under section 365.
(8) The quality of reception that is required before someone is to be treated for the
purposes of any conditions imposed under this section as able t o receive a
service in an intelligible form is to be determined by OFCOM.
(9) References in this section to a facility for receiving a mus t-provide service
include references to—
(a) software to be used in giving effect to the entitlement to r eceive a must-
provide service in an intelligible form, and
(b) apparatus to be used in associating apparatus capable of bei ng used for
receiving such a service, or for putting it into an intelligibl e form, with
a person having such an entitlement,
but do not otherwise include references to apparatus.
(10) In this section— 
“intended audience”, in relation to a must-provide service, mea ns—
(a) if the service is one provided only for a particular area or
locality of the United Kingdom, members of the public in thatarea or locality; 
(b) if the service is one provided for members of a particular
community, members of that community; and
(c) in any other case, members of the public in the United
Kingdom;
“licensed television service” means a service falling to be lic ensed under
Part 1 of the 1990 Act or Part 1 of the 1996 Act;
“must-provide service” means a service for the time being inclu ded in the
list of must-provide services in section 275.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions249
(11) An order under section 411 must not appoint a day for provi sions of this
section to come into force that falls less than six months afte r the day on which
the order is made.
275 Must-provide services for the purposes of s. 274
(1) For the purposes of section 274 the list of must-provide ser vices is as follows—
(a) every service of television programmes provided by the BBC s o far as
it is provided in digital form and is a service in relation to which
OFCOM have functions;
(b) the Channel 3 services so far as provided in digital form;
(c) Channel 4 so far as provided in digital form;
(d) Channel 5 so far as provided in digital form;
(e) S4C Digital;
(f) the digital public teletext service.
(2) The Secretary of State may by order modify the list of must- provide services in
subsection (1).
(3) In determining whether it is appropriate, by an order under subsection (2), to
add a service to the list of must-provide services or to remove  a service from
that list, the Secretary of State must have regard, in particul ar, to—
(a) the public benefit to be secured by the addition of the serv ice to the list,
or by its retention in the list;
(b) the likely effect of the proposed modification as respects t he costs to be
borne, under arrangements entered into or imposed under section  274,
by the persons who, after the coming into force of the modifica tion,
would have to be parties to those arrangements; and
(c) the extent to which that effect is proportionate to the bene fit mentioned
in paragraph (a).
276 Co-operation with the public teletext provider
(1) The regulatory regime for every Channel 3 service and for Ch annel 4 includes
the conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing tha t the
provider of the service or channel grants access to the facilit ies mentioned in
subsection (2)—
(a) to the public teletext provider; and
(b) to any person authorised by virtue of section 220 to provide  the whole
or a part of the public teletext service on his behalf.
(2) Those facilities are the facilities that are reasonably requ ired by the public
teletext provider or the authorised person for the purposes of,  or in connection
with, the provision of the public teletext service.
(3) A licence holder granting access to facilities in pursuance of a condition
imposed under this section may require the public teletext prov ider or
authorised person to pay a reasonable charge in respect of the facilities.
(4) In the event of a dispute, the amount of the charge is to be  determined by
OFCOM.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions250
Programming quotas for public service television
277 Programming quotas for independent productions
(1) The regulatory regime for every licensed public service chan nel includes the
conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing that, i n each year,
not less than 25 per cent. of the total amount of time allocate d to the
broadcasting of qualifying programmes included in the channel i s allocated to
the broadcasting of a range and diversity of independent produc tions.
(2) In this section—
(a) a reference to qualifying programmes is a reference to progr ammes of
such description as the Secretary of State may by order specify  as
describing the programmes that are to be qualifying programmes for
the purposes of this section;
(b) a reference to independent productions is a reference to pro grammes of
such description as the Secretary of State may by order specify  as
describing the programmes that are to be independent production s for
the purposes of this section; and
(c) a reference to a range of independent productions is a refer ence to a
range of such productions in terms of cost of acquisition as we ll as in
terms of the types of programme involved.
(3) The Secretary of State may by order amend subsection (1) by substituting a
different percentage for the percentage for the time being spec ified in that
subsection.
(4) The Secretary of State may also by order provide for the reg ulatory regime for
every licensed public service channel to include conditions fal ling within
subsection (5), either instead of or as well as those falling w ithin subsection (1).
(5) The conditions falling within this subsection are those that  OFCOM consider
appropriate for securing that, in each year, not less than the percentage
specified in the order of the programming budget for that year for that channel
is applied in the acquisition of independent productions.
(6) The power to make an order under subsection (4) includes pow er to provide
that conditions that have previously ceased under such an order  to be included
in the regulatory regime for every licensed public service chan nel are again so
included, in addition to or instead of the conditions already s o included (apart
from the exercise of that power) by virtue of this section.
(7) The Secretary of State is not to make an order for the regul atory regime of every
licensed public service channel to include or exclude condition s falling within
subsection (1) or conditions falling within subsection (5) unle ss—
(a) OFCOM have made a recommendation to him for those conditions  to
be included or excluded; and
(b) the order gives effect to that recommendation.
(8) The regulatory regime for every licensed public service chan nel also includes
a condition requiring the provider of the channel to comply wit h directions
given to him by OFCOM for the purpose of— 
(a) carrying forward to one or more subsequent years determined in
accordance with the direction any shortfall for any year in hiscompliance with the requirements of conditions imposed by virtu e of
subsection (1) or (4); andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions251
(b) thereby increasing the percentage applicable for the purpose s of those
conditions to the subsequent year or years.
(9) For the purposes of conditions imposed by virtue of this sec tion— 
(a) the amount of the programming budget for a licensed public s ervice
channel for a year, and
(b) the means of determining the amount of that budget that is a pplied for
any purpose,
are to be computed in accordance with such provision as may be set out in an
order made by the Secretary of State, or as may be determined b y OFCOM in
accordance with such an order.
(10) The powers of the Secretary of State to make orders under t his section do not
include— 
(a) power to specify different percentages for the purposes of s ubsection
(1), or of a condition falling within subsection (5), for diffe rent regional
Channel 3 services or for different national Channel 3 services ; or
(b) power to make different provision for different licensed pub lic service
channels as to whether conditions falling within subsection (1)  or
conditions falling within subsection (5), or both, are included  in the
regulatory regimes for those services.
(11) Before making an order under this section the Secretary of State must consult
OFCOM, the BBC and the Welsh Authority.
(12) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by t his section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.
(13) In this section—
“acquisition”, in relation to a programme, includes commissioni ng and
the acquisition of a right to include it in a service or to hav e it broadcast;
“programme” does not include an advertisement; and
“programming budget” means the budget for the production and
acquisition of qualifying programmes.
278 Programming quotas for original productions 
(1) The regulatory regime for every licensed public service chan nel includes the
conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing— 
(a) that the time allocated, in each year, to the broadcasting o f original
productions included in that channel is no less than what appea rs to
them to be an appropriate proportion of the total amount of tim e
allocated to the broadcasting of all the programmes included in  the
channel; and
(b) that the time allocated to the broadcasting of original prod uctions is
split in what appears to them to be an appropriate manner betwe en
peak viewing times and other times.
(2) The proportion determined by OFCOM for the purposes of subse ction (1)— 
(a) must, in the case of each licensed public service channel, b e such
proportion as OFCOM consider appropriate for ensuring that thechannel is consistently of a high quality; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions252
(b) may, for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that subsection, b e expressed
as the cumulative effect of two different minimum proportions, one
applying to peak viewing times and the other to other times.
(3) A condition contained in a licence by virtue of this section  may provide—
(a) that specified descriptions of programmes are to be excluded  in
determining the programmes a proportion of which is to consist of
original productions; 
(b) that, in determining for the purposes of the condition wheth er a
programme is of a description of programmes excluded by virtue of
paragraph (a), regard is to be had to any guidance prepared andpublished, and from to time revised, by OFCOM.
(4) Before imposing a condition under this section, OFCOM must c onsult the
person on whom it is to be imposed.
(5) The requirement to consult is satisfied, in the case of the imposition of a
condition by way of a variation of a licence, by compliance wit h section 3(4)(b)
of the 1990 Act (obligation to give opportunity to make represe ntations about
variation).
(6) References in this section, in relation to a licensed public  service channel, to
original productions are references to programmes of such descr iption as the
Secretary of State may by order specify as describing the progr ammes that are
to be original productions for the purposes of this section.
(7) The power to specify descriptions of programmes by order und er subsection
(6) includes power to confer such discretions on OFCOM as the S ecretary of
State thinks fit.
(8) Before making an order under this section the Secretary of S tate must consult
OFCOM, the BBC and the Welsh Authority.
(9) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.
(10) In this section—
“peak viewing time”, in relation to a licensed public service c hannel,
means a time that appears to OFCOM to be, or to be likely to be , a peak
viewing time for that channel; and
“programme” does not include an advertisement.
(11) Before determining for the purposes of this section what co nstitutes a peak
viewing time for a channel, OFCOM must consult the provider of the channel.
News provision etc. on public service television
279 News and current affairs programmes
(1) The regulatory regime for every licensed public service chan nel includes the
conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing—
(a) that the programmes included in the channel include news
programmes and current affairs programmes;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions253
(b) that the news programmes and current affairs programmes incl uded in
the service are of high quality and deal with both national andinternational matters; and
(c) that the news programmes so included are broadcast for viewi ng at
intervals throughout the period for which the channel is provid ed.
(2) That regime also includes the conditions that OFCOM consider  appropriate for
securing that, in each year—
(a) the time allocated to the broadcasting of news programmes in cluded in
the service, and
(b) the time allocated to the broadcasting of current affairs pr ogrammes so
included,
each constitutes no less than what appears to OFCOM to be an ap propriate
proportion of the time allocated to the broadcasting of all the  programmes
included in the channel.
(3) It further includes the conditions that OFCOM consider appro priate for
securing that the time allocated—
(a) to the broadcasting of news programmes included in the servi ce, and
(b) to the broadcasting of current affairs programmes so include d,
is, in each case, split in what appears to OFCOM to be an appro priate manner
between peak viewing times and other times.
(4) The proportion determined by OFCOM for the purposes of subse ction (2) may,
for the purposes of subsection (3), be expressed as the cumulat ive effect of two
different minimum proportions, one applying to peak viewing tim es and the
other to other times.
(5) In this section “peak viewing time”, in relation to a licens ed public service
channel, means a time determined by OFCOM to be, or to be likel y to be, a peak
viewing time for that channel.
(6) Before determining for the purposes of this section—
(a) the proportion of time to be allocated to the broadcasting o f news
programmes or current affairs programmes; or
(b) what constitutes a peak viewing time for a channel,
OFCOM must consult the provider of the channel or (as the case may be) the
person who is proposing to provide it.
(7) The requirement to consult is satisfied, in the case of the imposition of a
condition by way of a variation of a licence, by compliance wit h section 3(4)(b)
of the 1990 Act (obligation to give opportunity to make represe ntations about
variation).
280 Appointed news providers for Channel 3
(1) The regulatory regime for every regional Channel 3 service i ncludes the
conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing the nat ionwide
broadcasting, on the regional Channel 3 services (taken togethe r), of news
programmes that are able to compete effectively with other tele vision news
programmes broadcast nationwide in the United Kingdom.
(2) The conditions imposed under this section must include a con dition requiring
the holder of a regional Channel 3 licence to do all that he ca n to ensure— Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions254
(a) that arrangements for the appointment of a single body corpo rate as the
appointed news provider are maintained between all the holders of
regional Channel 3 licences; and
(b) that, at all times while he is providing a regional Channel 3 service,
there is in force an appointment made in accordance with thosearrangements.
(3) The arrangements that are required to be maintained by virtu e of conditions
imposed under subsection (2) must provide—
(a) for the terms on which a body is appointed as the appointed news
provider to include the terms appearing to OFCOM to be appropri ate
for securing that the body’s finances are adequate, throughout the
period of its appointment, to ensure that the Channel 3 newsobligations are capable of being met; and
(b) for the approval of OFCOM to be required for the purposes of
paragraph (a) to the terms on which an appointment is made.
(4) The conditions imposed under this section must include the c onditions that
OFCOM consider appropriate for securing that arrangements maint ained
between— 
(a) the holders of regional Channel 3 licences, and
(b) the body which is the appointed news provider,
ensure that that body is subject to an obligation, enforceable by OFCOM, to
provide OFCOM with all such information as they may require for  the purpose
of carrying out their functions.
(5) The conditions imposed under this section must include a con dition requiring
the news programmes included in a regional Channel 3 service—
(a) to be programmes provide by the body which is for the time b eing the
appointed news provider for the purposes of this section; and
(b) to be so included in that service as to be broadcast simulta neously with
the broadcasting of news programmes included, in accordance wit h
conditions imposed under this subsection, in other regional Cha nnel 3
services.
(6) Those conditions must also require the news programmes provi ded by the
appointed news provider which, in accordance with a condition i mposed
under subsection (5), are included in a regional Channel 3 serv ice to be
programmes that are presented live.
(7) OFCOM— 
(a) may issue guidance as to the terms that will satisfy require ments
imposed by virtue of subsection (3)(a); and
(b) must have regard to guidance for the time being in force und er this
subsection when considering whether to give an approval for thepurposes of provision made by virtue of subsection (3)(b).
(8) For the purposes of this section the Channel 3 news obligati ons are—
(a) the requirements of any conditions imposed in relation to re gional
Channel 3 services under section 279; and
(b) the nationwide broadcasting on the regional Channel 3 servic es (taken
together) of news programmes that are able to compete effective ly with
other television news programmes broadcast nationwide in the Un ited
Kingdom.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions255
(9) Conditions imposed under this section are not to require arr angements to
make provision falling within subsection (3)(a) or (b) or (4) i n relation to
appointments made before the commencement of this section.
(10) Section 32 of the 1990 Act (nomination of bodies eligible f or appointment as
news providers) shall cease to have effect.
281 Disqualification from appointment as news provider
(1) The regulatory regime for every regional Channel 3 service i ncludes the
conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing—
(a) that a body is not appointed as the appointed news provider if it falls
within subsection (2); and
(b) that the appointment of a body as the appointed news provide r ceases
to have effect if it becomes a body falling within that subsect ion.
(2) A body falls within this subsection if—
(a) it is a disqualified person under Part 2 of Schedule 2 to th e 1990 Act in
relation to a Channel 3 licence; or
(b) there would be a contravention of Part 1 of Schedule 14 to t his Act
(whether by that body or by another person) if that body held a  licence
to provide a Channel 3 service, or held a licence to provide su ch a
service for a particular area for which such a service is provi ded.
282 Power to repeal or modify Channel 3 news provider provisions  
(1) If it appears to the Secretary of State appropriate to do so , he may by order
repeal or otherwise modify any of the provisions of section 280  or 281.
(2) Except in a case to which subsection (3) applies, the Secret ary of State must
consult OFCOM before making an order under this section.
(3) Consultation with OFCOM is not required if the order is conf ined to giving
effect to recommendations by OFCOM that are contained in a repo rt of a
review under section 391.
(4) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.
283 News providers for Channel 5 
(1) If it appears to the Secretary of State appropriate to do so , he may by order
make provision requiring news programmes included in Channel 5 to be
provided by a person appointed as a news provider in accordance  with the
order.
(2) An order under this section may make provision in relation t o Channel 5 that
corresponds, with such modifications as the Secretary of State thinks fit, to any
provision made in relation to regional Channel 3 services by se ction 280 or 281.
(3) Subsection (2) applies irrespective of any repeal or other m odification by an
order under this Act of section 280 or 281.
(4) An order under this section may include provision for sectio n 194A of the 1990
Act (application of Competition Act 1998 to Channel 3 news prov ision) to have
effect (with such modifications as may be specified in the orde r) in relation toCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions256
the appointment of a person as a news provider for Channel 5 as  it has effect in
relation to the appointment of a body as a news provider for Ch annel 3. 
(5) The Secretary of State is not to make an order under this se ction for the
imposition of obligations in relation to Channel 5 unless he is  satisfied that
Channel 5’s share of the audience for television broadcasting s ervices is
broadly equivalent to that of the services comprising Channel 3 .
(6) An order under this section must require a licence holder to  have a reasonable
opportunity of making representations to OFCOM before his licen ce is varied
in pursuance of the order.
(7) Except in a case to which subsection (8) applies, the Secret ary of State must
consult OFCOM before making an order under this section.
(8) Consultation with OFCOM is not required if the order is conf ined to giving
effect to recommendations by OFCOM that are contained in a repo rt of a
review under section 391.
(9) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.
284 News provision on the public teletext service
(1) The regulatory regime for the public teletext service includ es the conditions
that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing—
(a) that the service includes what appears to OFCOM to be a suit able
quantity and variety of news items; and
(b) that the news items included in the service are up to date a nd regularly
revised.
(2) Conditions imposed under this section in relation to a time when the public
teletext service comprises both—
(a) an analogue teletext service, and
(b) a teletext service provided in digital form,
must apply to both services but may make different provision fo r each of them.
Independent and regional productions and programmes for public service television
285 Code relating to programme commissioning
(1) The regulatory regime for every licensed public service chan nel includes the
conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing that th e provider of
the channel draws up and from time to time revises a code of pr actice setting
out the principles he will apply when agreeing terms for the co mmissioning of
independent productions.
(2) That regime also includes the conditions that OFCOM consider  appropriate for
securing that the provider of every licensed public service cha nnel— 
(a) at all times complies with a code of practice which has been  drawn up
by him by virtue of this section and is for the time being in f orce; and
(b) exercises his power to revise his code to take account of re visions from
time to time of the guidance issued by OFCOM for the purposes o f this
section.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions257
(3) The conditions imposed under this section must ensure that t he code for the
time being in force in the case of every licensed public servic e channel secures,
in the manner described in guidance issued by OFCOM—
(a) that a reasonable timetable is applied to negotiations for t he
commissioning of an independent production and for the conclusi on of
a binding agreement;
(b) that there is what appears to OFCOM to be sufficient clarity , when an
independent production is commissioned, about the differentcategories of rights to broadcast or otherwise to make use of o r exploit
the commissioned production that are being disposed of;
(c) that there is what appears to OFCOM to be sufficient transpa rency
about the amounts to be paid in respect of each category of rig hts;
(d) that what appear to OFCOM to be satisfactory arrangements ar e made
about the duration and exclusivity of those rights;
(e) that procedures exist for reviewing the arrangements adopted  in
accordance with the code and for demonstrating compliance with it;
(f) that those procedures include requirements for the monitorin g of the
application of the code and for the making of reports to OFCOM;
(g) that provision is made for resolving disputes arising in res pect of the
provisions of the code (by independent arbitration or otherwise ) in a
manner that appears to OFCOM to be appropriate.
(4) The conditions imposed under this section must also ensure t hat the drawing
up or revision of a code by virtue of this section is in accord ance with guidance
issued by OFCOM as to—
(a) the times when the code is to be drawn up or reviewed with a  view to
revision;
(b) the consultation to be undertaken before a code is drawn up or revised;
and
(c) the publication of every code or revised code.
(5) The provision that may be included in a condition imposed un der this section
includes—
(a) provision requiring a draft of a code or of any revision of a code to be
submitted to OFCOM for approval; 
(b) provision for the code or revision to have effect only if ap proved by
OFCOM; and
(c) provision for a code or revision that is approved by OFCOM s ubject to
modifications to have effect with those modifications.
(6) OFCOM—
(a) must issue and may from time to time revise guidance for the  purposes
of this section;
(b) must ensure that there is always guidance for those purposes  in force; 
(c) must, before issuing their guidance or revised guidance, con sult the
providers of licensed public service channels, persons who makeindependent productions (or persons appearing to OFCOM torepresent them), the BBC and the Welsh Authority; and
(d) must publish their guidance or revised guidance in such mann er as
they think appropriate.
(7) Guidance issued by OFCOM for the purposes of this section mu st be general
guidance and is not to specify particular terms to be included in agreements to
which the guidance relates.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions258
(8) Conditions imposed under this section requiring a code to be  drawn up or
approved may include transitional provision for treating a code  drawn up
before the imposition of the condition —
(a) as satisfying the requirements of that condition; and
(b) as a code approved by OFCOM for the purposes of conditions s o
imposed.
(9) In this section “independent production” has the same meanin g as in section
277.
286 Regional programme-making for Channels 3 and 5
(1) The regulatory regime for every Channel 3 service includes t he conditions (if
any) that OFCOM consider appropriate in the case of that servic e for
securing—
(a) that what appears to OFCOM to be a suitable proportion of Ch annel 3
programmes made in the United Kingdom are programmes made inthe United Kingdom outside the M25 area; 
(b) that the Channel 3 programmes that are made in the United Ki ngdom
outside the M25 area (taken together) constitute what appears t o
OFCOM to be a suitable range of programmes;
(c) that what appears to OFCOM to be a suitable proportion of th e
expenditure of the providers of Channel 3 services on Channel 3programmes made in the United Kingdom is referable to programmeproduction at different production centres outside the M25 area ; and
(d) that the different programme production centres to which tha t
expenditure is referable constitute what appears to OFCOM to be  a
suitable range of such production centres.
(2) In the case of a national Channel 3 service, subsection (1) requires the inclusion
of conditions in the licence for the service only where OFCOM c onsider, having
regard to the nature of the service, that it would be appropria te for conditions
falling within that subsection to be so included.
(3) The regulatory regime for Channel 5 includes the conditions that OFCOM
consider appropriate for securing—
(a) that what appears to OFCOM to be a suitable proportion of th e
programmes made in the United Kingdom for viewing on that Chann el
are programmes made in the United Kingdom outside the M25 area;  
(b) that the programmes for such viewing that are made in the Un ited
Kingdom outside the M25 area (taken together) constitute whatappears to OFCOM to be a suitable range of programmes;
(c) that what appears to OFCOM to be a suitable proportion of th e
expenditure of the provider of Channel 5 on programmes made in the
United Kingdom for viewing on that Channel is referable toprogramme production at different production centres outside th e M25
area; and
(d) that the different programme production centres to which tha t
expenditure is referable constitute what appears to OFCOM to be  a
suitable range of such production centres.
(4) Before imposing a condition under this section, OFCOM must c onsult the
person on whom it is to be imposed.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions259
(5) The requirement to consult is satisfied, in the case of the imposition of a
condition by way of a variation of a licence, by compliance wit h section 3(4)(b)
of the 1990 Act (obligation to give opportunity to make represe ntations about
variation).
(6) A proportion is not to be regarded by OFCOM as suitable for the purposes of
a provision of this section if it constitutes less than a signi ficant proportion of
the programmes or expenditure in question.
(7) In this section—
“Channel 3 programmes” means programmes made for viewing on
Channel 3 in more than one area for which regional Channel 3 se rvices
are provided, including any programme made for viewing on anational Channel 3 service other than a regional programme;
“expenditure”, in relation to a programme, means—
(a) expenditure which constitutes an investment in or is otherwi se
attributable to the making of the programme; or
(b) expenditure on the commissioning or other acquisition of the
programme or on the acquisition of a right to include it in aservice or to have it broadcast;
“programme” does not include an advertisement; and
“regional programme” means a programme made with a view to its
inclusion in a national Channel 3 service as a programme of par ticular
interest to persons living within a particular area of the Unit ed
Kingdom.
287 Regional programmes on Channel 3
(1) The regulatory regime for every regional Channel 3 service i ncludes the
conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing—
(a) that what appears to OFCOM, in the case of that service, to be a
sufficient amount of time is given in the programmes included i n the
service to what appears to them to be a suitable range of progr ammes
(including regional news programmes) which are of particular in terest
to persons living within the area for which the service is prov ided;
(b) that the regional programmes included in the service are of high
quality;
(c) that what appears to OFCOM, in the case of that service, to be a suitable
proportion of the regional programmes included in the service c onsists
of programmes made in that area;
(d) that the regional news programmes included in the service ar e
broadcast for viewing at intervals throughout the period for wh ich the
service is provided and, in particular, at peak viewing times;
(e) that what appears to OFCOM, in the case of that service, to be a suitable
proportion of the other regional programmes that are included i n the
service consists of programmes broadcast for viewing— 
(i) at peak viewing times; and
(ii) at times immediately preceding or following those times.
(2) The regulatory regime for every local Channel 3 service incl udes the conditions
that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing— 
(a) that what appears to OFCOM, in the case of that service, to be a
sufficient amount of time is given in the programmes included i n theCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions260
service to what appears to them to be a suitable range of local
programmes;
(b) that, in the case of each part of an area or each community for which the
service is provided, the range of local programmes is a range o f
programmes (including news programmes) which are of particularinterest to persons living within that part of that area or to that
community;
(c) that the local programmes included in the service are of hig h quality;
(d) that what appears to OFCOM, in the case of that service, to be a suitable
proportion of the local programmes included in the service cons ists of
programmes made in the area for which the service is provided;
(e) that the local news programmes included in the service are b roadcast
for viewing at intervals throughout the period for which the se rvice is
provided and, in particular, at peak viewing times;
(f) that what appears to OFCOM, in the case of that service, to be a suitable
proportion of the other local programmes that are included in t he
service consists of programmes broadcast for viewing—
(i) at peak viewing times; and
(ii) at times immediately preceding or following those times.
(3) In the case of a local Channel 3 service, the conditions inc luded in the
regulatory regime for the service include conditions falling wi thin subsection
(1) to the extent only that it appears to OFCOM that the requir ements of
subsection (1) are not adequately met by conditions falling wit hin subsection
(2).
(4) In the case of a national Channel 3 service in the case of w hich OFCOM
consider that it would be appropriate to impose conditions unde r this
subsection, the regulatory regime for the service includes the conditions that
OFCOM consider appropriate for securing—
(a) that what appears to OFCOM, in the case of that service, to be a
sufficient amount of time is given in the programmes included i n the
service to what appears to them to be a suitable range of progr ammes
(including regional news programmes) which are of particular in terest
to persons living within particular areas of the United Kingdom ;
(b) that the regional programmes included in the service are of high
quality;
(c) that what appears to OFCOM, in the case of that service, to be a suitable
proportion of the regional programmes included in the service c onsists
of programmes made in the area by reference to which they areregional programmes;
(d) that the regional news programmes included in the service ar e
broadcast for viewing at intervals throughout the period for wh ich the
service is provided and, in particular, at peak viewing times;
(e) that what appears to OFCOM, in the case of that service, to be a suitable
proportion of the other regional programmes that are included i n the
service consists of programmes broadcast for viewing—
(i) at peak viewing times; and
(ii) at times immediately preceding or following those times.
(5) Before imposing a condition under this section, OFCOM must c onsult the
person on whom it is to be imposed.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions261
(6) The requirement to consult is satisfied, in the case of the imposition of a
condition by way of a variation of a licence, by compliance wit h section 3(4)(b)
of the 1990 Act (obligation to give opportunity to make represe ntations about
variation).
(7) A proportion is not to be regarded by OFCOM as suitable for the purposes of
a provision of this section if it constitutes less than a signi ficant proportion of
the programmes in question.
(8) In this section—
“local Channel 3 service” means a regional Channel 3 service th e
provision of which includes the provision (in pursuance of adetermination under section 14(3) of the 1990 Act) of differentprogrammes for different parts of an area or for different comm unities
living within an area;
“local programme”, in relation to a service provided for differ ent parts of
an area or for different communities, means a programme include d in
that service for any of the parts of that area or for any of th ose
communities, and “local news programme” is to be construedaccordingly;
“peak viewing time”, in relation to a service, means a time det ermined by
OFCOM to be, or to be likely to be, a peak viewing time for tha t service;
“programme” does not include an advertisement;
“regional programme”—
(a) in relation to a regional Channel 3 service, means a program me
included in that service with a view to its being of particularinterest to persons living within the area for which the servic e is
provided; 
(b) in relation to a national Channel 3 service, means a program me
included in that service with a view to its being of particularinterest to persons living within a particular area of the Unit ed
Kingdom; 
and “regional news programme” is to be construed accordingly.
288 Regional programme-making for Channel 4
(1) The regulatory regime for Channel 4 includes the conditions that OFCOM
consider appropriate for securing—
(a) that what appears to OFCOM to be a suitable proportion of
programmes made in the United Kingdom for viewing on Channel 4are programmes made in the United Kingdom outside the M25 area;
(b) that the programmes for such viewing that are made in the Un ited
Kingdom outside the M25 area (taken together) constitute whatappears to OFCOM to be a suitable range of programmes;
(c) that what appears to OFCOM to be a suitable proportion of th e
expenditure of C4C on programmes made in the United Kingdom forviewing on Channel 4 is referable to programme production atdifferent production centres outside the M25 area; and
(d) that the different programme production centres to which tha t
expenditure is referable constitute what appears to OFCOM to be  a
suitable range of such production centres.
(2) Before imposing a condition under this section, OFCOM must c onsult C4C.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions262
(3) The requirement to consult is satisfied, in the case of the imposition of a
condition by way of a variation of a licence, by compliance wit h section 3(4)(b)
of the 1990 Act (obligation to give opportunity to make represe ntations about
variation).
(4) A proportion is not to be regarded by OFCOM as suitable for the purposes of
a provision of this section if it constitutes less than a signi ficant proportion of
the programmes or expenditure in question.
(5) In this section—
“expenditure”, in relation to a programme, means—
(a) expenditure which constitutes an investment in or is otherwi se
attributable to the making of the programme; or
(b) expenditure on the commissioning or other acquisition of the
programme or on the acquisition of a right to include it in aservice or to have it broadcast; and
“programme” does not include an advertisement.
289 Regional matters in the public teletext service
(1) The regulatory regime for the public teletext service includ es the conditions
that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing that the service i ncludes what
appears to them to be an appropriate proportion of material tha t is of particular
interest to persons living in different parts of the United Kin gdom.
(2) Conditions imposed under this section in relation to a time when the public
teletext service comprises both—
(a) an analogue teletext service, and
(b) a teletext service provided in digital form,
must apply to both services but may make different provision fo r each of them.
Networking arrangements for Channel 3
290 Proposals for arrangements
(1) An application for a regional Channel 3 licence, in addition  to being
accompanied by the proposals mentioned in section 15(3)(b) of t he 1990 Act,
must be accompanied by the applicant’s proposals for participat ing in
networking arrangements.
(2) OFCOM may publish general guidance to applicants for regiona l Channel 3
licences as to the kinds of proposals which they are likely to consider
satisfactory.
(3) The publication of guidance under subsection (2) is to be in  such manner as
OFCOM consider appropriate.
(4) Arrangements are networking arrangements for the purposes of  this Part if
they—
(a) apply to all the holders of regional Channel 3 licences;
(b) provide for programmes made, commissioned or acquired by or on
behalf of one or more of the holders of such licences to be ava ilable for
broadcasting in all regional Channel 3 services; and
(c) are made for the purpose of enabling regional Channel 3 serv ices (taken
as a whole) to be a nationwide system of services which is able  toCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions263
compete effectively with other television programme services pr ovided
in the United Kingdom.
291 Obligation as to making and continuance of approved arrangem ents
(1) The regulatory regime for every regional Channel 3 service i ncludes the
conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing that th e licence
holder does all that he can to ensure that approved networking arrangements
are in force whenever—
(a) the licence holder is providing the licensed service; and
(b) no networking arrangements imposed by OFCOM under section 29 2
are in force.
(2) In this section “approved networking arrangements” means net working
arrangements which are for the time being approved by OFCOM in accordance
with Schedule 11.
(3) In paragraph 5 of Schedule 2 to the Competition Act 1998 (c. 41) (exclusion of
networking arrangements from Chapter I prohibition), for sub-pa ragraph (1)
there shall be substituted—
“(1) The Chapter I prohibition does not apply in respect of any
networking arrangements to the extent that they—
(a) have been approved for the purposes of licence conditions
imposed under section 291 of the Communications Act 2003;or
(b) are arrangements that have been considered under Schedule
4 to the Broadcasting Act 1990 and fall to be treated as soapproved;
nor does that prohibition apply in respect of things done with a view
to arrangements being entered into or approved to the extent th at
those things have effect for purposes that are directly related  to, and
necessary for compliance with, conditions so imposed.”
(4) For sub-paragraph (4) of that paragraph there shall be subst ituted—
“(4) In this paragraph ‘networking arrangements’ has the same me aning
as in Part 3 of the Communications Act 2003.”
292 OFCOM’s power to impose arrangements
(1) This section applies on each occasion on which OFCOM—
(a) are proposing to award one or more regional Channel 3 licenc es; and
(b) for that purpose publish a notice under section 15(1) of the  1990 Act.
(2) OFCOM must— 
(a) determine the date by which the holders of the licences awar ded and all
other regional Channel 3 providers (if any) must have entered i nto
networking arrangements (the “networking date”); and
(b) set out that date in that notice.
(3) The networking date must be the date by which, in OFCOM’s op inion, the
networking arrangements must have been entered into if approvednetworking arrangements are to be fully in force before the per sons awarded
licences begin to provide their licensed services.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions264
(4) If—
(a) no suitable networking arrangements exist by the networking date, or
(b) the suitable networking arrangements that exist at that date  cease to
apply to all regional Channel 3 providers on or after that date ,
OFCOM may impose on all regional Channel 3 providers the networ king
arrangements that OFCOM consider appropriate.
(5) For the purposes of subsection (4) arrangements are suitable  networking
arrangements if it appears to OFCOM that they— 
(a) have been submitted to them for approval or have been approv ed by
them; and
(b) will be in force as approved networking arrangements when th e
persons awarded licences begin to provide their licensed servic es.
(6) Arrangements imposed under this section come into force on t he date
determined by OFCOM.
(7) The regulatory regime for every regional Channel 3 service i ncludes the
conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing that th e licence
holder complies with the provisions of any networking arrangeme nts imposed
under this section.
(8) Where—
(a) networking arrangements are imposed under this section,
(b) other networking arrangements are entered into between the l icence
holders bound by the imposed arrangements, and
(c) the other arrangements entered into are approved by OFCOM,
the imposed arrangements shall cease to have effect on the comi ng into force
of the other arrangements as approved networking arrangements.
(9) In this section—
“approved networking arrangements” has the same meaning as in s ection
291; and
“regional Channel 3 providers” means persons who will be licens ed to
provide regional Channel 3 services and will be providing suchservices when the licences to be awarded come into force.
293 Review of approved networking arrangements etc.
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM from time to time to carry out  general reviews
of the networking arrangements (whether approved or imposed by OFCOM)
that are in force.
(2) The first such review must be carried out no later than six months after the date
on which the offers made under section 215(1) close or (if thos e offers close on
different dates) the latest of those dates.
(3) Every subsequent review must be carried out no more than one  year after the
previous one.
(4) OFCOM may also, at any other time, carry out a review of whe ther those
arrangements continue to satisfy one of the two competition tes ts set out in
paragraph 6 of Schedule 11.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions265
(5) If, on a review under this section, OFCOM are satisfied that  modifications are
required of the networking arrangements for the time being in f orce, they
may—
(a) require the holders of regional Channel 3 licences to give e ffect to the
modifications proposed by OFCOM; or
(b) in the case of arrangements imposed by OFCOM, make those
modifications themselves.
(6) OFCOM must not exercise any of their powers under this Act o r the 1990 Act
so as to modify the requirements imposed on the holder of a reg ional Channel
3 licence by approved networking arrangements that are already in force
except—
(a) following a review under this section; or
(b) with the consent of the licence holder.
(7) The regulatory regime for every Channel 3 service includes t he conditions that
OFCOM consider appropriate for securing that the licence holder  does all that
he can to ensure that modifications proposed by OFCOM under thi s section are
given effect to.
(8) In this section “approved networking arrangements” has the s ame meaning as
in section 291.
294 Supplemental provision about networking arrangements
(1) Schedule 11 (which makes provision about the approval of net working
arrangements and the imposition or modification of such arrange ments) shall
have effect.
(2) The obligations arising under conditions imposed in accordan ce with sections
291 to 293 are subject to the rights of appeal conferred by tha t Schedule.
Special obligations for Channel 4
295 Involvement of C4 Corporation in programme-making
(1) The regulatory regime for Channel 4 includes a condition req uiring C4C not to
be involved, except to such extent as OFCOM may allow, in the m aking of
programmes to be broadcast on Channel 4.
(2) In this section “programme” does not include an advertisemen t.
296 Schools programmes on Channel 4
(1) The regulatory regime for Channel 4 includes the conditions that OFCOM
consider appropriate for securing that what appears to them to be a suitable
proportion of the programmes which are included in Channel 4 ar e schools
programmes.
(2) A licence under the 1990 Act to provide Channel 4 may also i nclude conditions
authorised by the following provisions of this section.
(3) The conditions authorised by this section include conditions  requiring C4C— 
(a) to finance the production of schools programmes; and
(b) to acquire schools programmes provided by other persons.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions266
(4) The conditions authorised by this section include conditions  requiring C4C to
ensure that schools programmes on Channel 4—
(a) are of high quality; and
(b) are suitable to meet the needs of schools throughout the Uni ted
Kingdom.
(5) The conditions authorised by this section include conditions  specifying the
minimum number of hours in term time, or within normal school h ours, that
are to be allocated to the broadcasting of schools programmes o n Channel 4.
(6) The conditions authorised by this section include conditions  requiring C4C to
provide such material for use in connection with the schools pr ogrammes
broadcast by them as may be necessary to secure that effective use is made of
those programmes in schools.
(7) The conditions authorised by this section include conditions  requiring C4C
from time to time to consult such persons who—
(a) are concerned with schools or with the production of schools
programmes, or
(b) have an interest in schools or in the production of schools programmes,
as OFCOM think fit.
(8) Before imposing a condition under this section, OFCOM must c onsult C4C.
(9) The requirement to consult is satisfied, in the case of the imposition of a
condition by way of a variation of a licence, by compliance wit h section 3(4)(b)
of the 1990 Act (obligation to give opportunity to make represe ntations about
variation).
(10) In determining for the purposes of subsection (1) what prop ortion of the
programmes included in Channel 4 should be schools programmes, OFCOM
must take into account services, facilities and materials which  C4C provide to
schools, or make available for schools, otherwise than by the i nclusion of
programmes in Channel 4.
(11) Section 34 of the 1990 Act (requirement as to schools progr ammes in relation to
all licensed public service channels taken together) shall ceas e to have effect.
(12) In this section “schools programmes” means programmes which  are intended
for use in schools.
297 Channel 4 contribution towards national television archive
(1) Section 185 of the 1990 Act (contributions towards maintenan ce of the national
television archive) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsections (1) and (3), after “Channel 3” there shall be  inserted “, Channel
4”.
(3) In subsection (5), at the end there shall be inserted—
“‘Channel 4 licence’ means—
(a) the licence referred to in section 231(1)(b) of the
Communications Act 2003; and
(b) a licence renewing that licence on the first or any
subsequent occasion.”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions267
(4) This section has effect in relation only to financial years beginning after the
television transfer date.
Special obligation for the public teletext provider
298 Conditions prohibiting interference with other services
The regulatory regime for the public teletext service includes the conditions
that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing that the provision  of so much
of the public teletext service as is provided in analogue form does not cause
interference with—
(a) the television broadcasting service or services on whose fre quency or
frequencies it is provided; or
(b) any other wireless telegraphy transmissions.
Sporting and other events of national interest
299 Categorisation of listed events
(1) For subsections (1) and (2) of section 97 of the 1996 Act (l isted events), there
shall be substituted—
“(1) The Secretary of State may, for the purposes of this Part, maintain a list
of sporting and other events of national interest, and an event  for the
time being included in the list is referred to in this Part as a ‘listed
event’.
(1A) A list maintained under subsection (1) must be divided into  two
categories, and those categories are referred to in this Part a s ‘Group A’
and ‘Group B’.
(1B) Each listed event must be allocated either to Group A or to  Group B.
(2) Before drawing up such a list, or revising or ceasing to mai ntain it, the
Secretary of State must consult—
(a) OFCOM, 
(b) the BBC,
(c) the Welsh Authority, and
(d) in relation to a relevant event, the person from whom the ri ghts
to televise that event may be acquired.
(2A) For the purposes of subsection (2)(d), a relevant event is an event which
the Secretary of State proposes—
(a) to include in a list maintained under subsection (1),
(b) to omit from such a list, or
(c) to move from one category in such a list to the other.”
(2) In subsection (3)(b) of that section, the words “by the Comm ission” and “by
them” shall be omitted.
(3) In subsection (5) of that section—
(a) for the words “addition of any relevant event to” there shal l be
substituted “inclusion of any event in”; and
(b) in paragraph (a), for “addition” there shall be substituted “inclusion”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions268
(4) After that subsection, there shall be inserted—
“(5A) The allocation or transfer of an event to group A does not  affect the
validity of a contract entered into before the day on which the  Secretary
of State consulted the persons mentioned in subsection (2) in r elation to
the proposed allocation or transfer.
(5B) The Secretary of State may direct that, for the transitiona l purposes set
out in the direction, the transfer of a Group B event to Group A is not
to affect the application to that event of provisions of this P art relating
to a Group B event.”
300 Effects of categorisation of listed events
(1) In section 99(1) of the 1996 Act (avoidance of contracts for  exclusive rights to
televise listed events), for “listed event” there shall be subs tituted “Group A
listed event”.
(2) In section 101 of that Act (restriction on televising of lis ted events), for
subsection (1) there shall be substituted—
“(1) A television programme provider who—
(a) is providing a service (‘the first service’) falling within either
category, and
(b) is providing it with a view to its being available (within t he
meaning of Part 3 of the Communications Act 2003) forreception by members of the public in the United Kingdom, orin any area of the United Kingdom,
must not include live coverage of a listed event in that servic e unless it
is authorised by subsection (1A), (1B) or (1C).
(1A) Live coverage of a listed event is authorised by this subse ction if—
(a) a television programme provider (other than the provider of the
first service) has acquired the right to include live coverage of
the event in his service (‘the second service’); and 
(b) the second service—
(i) falls into a different category from the first service, and
(ii) is provided for an area that consists of or includes all or
almost all of the area for which the first service isprovided.
(1B) Live coverage of a listed event is authorised by this subse ction if
OFCOM have consented in advance to inclusion of that coverage i n the
first service.
(1C) Live coverage of a listed event is authorised by this subse ction if—
(a) the listed event is a Group B event,
(b) rights to provide coverage of the event have been acquired b y
one or more persons in addition to the provider of the firstservice,
(c) that additional coverage constitutes adequate alternative
coverage of the event, and
(d) the person or persons who have acquired rights to provide th e
additional coverage satisfy the requirements in relation to tha tCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions269
coverage of any regulations made under section 104ZA for the
purposes of this paragraph.
(1D) Subsections (1) to (1C) apply to the coverage of a part of a listed event
as they apply to the coverage of the whole of that event.”
(3) In subsection (2) of that section, for “under subsection (1) ” there shall be
substituted “for the purposes of subsection (1B).”
(4) After subsection (4) of that section there shall be inserted —
“(5) References in this section to a category of service are ref erences to a
category of service set out in section 98(1).”
(5) In section 102(2) of that Act (penalties), for “under subsec tion (1) of section 101”
there shall be substituted “for the purposes of section 101(1B) ”.
(6) In section 103(2) of that Act (reports to the Secretary of S tate), for “under
subsection (1) of section 101” there shall be substituted “for the purposes of
section 101(1B)”.
301 Code relating to listed events
(1) For subsection (1) of section 104 of the 1996 Act (code in r elation to listed
events) there shall be substituted—
“(1) OFCOM shall draw up, and may from time to time revise, a co de giving
guidance—
(a) as to the matters which they will take into account in
determining whether to give or to revoke their consent for thepurposes of section 101(1B) or section 101B(1); and 
(b) as to the matters which they will take into account in
determining for the purposes of section 102(1) or 103(1),whether in all the circumstances it is unreasonable to expect atelevision programme provider to comply with section 101(1) orsection 101B(1).”
(2) Where OFCOM are required to draw up a code by virtue of this  section—
(a) they shall do so as soon as practicable after the commenceme nt of this
section; but
(b) the code shall have no effect in relation to any time before  the
commencement of section 300 of this Act.
302 Regulations about coverage of listed events
(1) After section 104 of the 1996 Act there shall be inserted—
“104ZA Regulations about coverage of listed events
(1) OFCOM may make regulations for determining for the purposes of this
Part—
(a) the circumstances in which the televising of listed events
generally, or of a particular listed event, is or is not to be treated
as live;
(b) what (whether generally or in relation to particular
circumstances) is to be taken to represent the provision ofadequate alternative coverage; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions270
(c) the requirements that must be satisfied for the purposes of
section 101(1C)(d) by persons who have acquired rights toprovide adequate alternative coverage.
(2) The power conferred by subsection (1)(a) does not include po wer to
define ‘live’ for the purposes of section 101B.
(3) Section 403 of the Communications Act 2003 (procedure for re gulations
and orders made by OFCOM) applies to the power of OFCOM to makeregulations under this section.”
(2) In section 105(1) (interpretation of Part 4), before the def inition of “Channel 4”
there shall be inserted—
“‘adequate alternative coverage’ and ‘live’ are to be construed  in
accordance with any regulations under section 104ZA;”.
Television services for the deaf and visually impaired
303 Code relating to provision for the deaf and visually impaire d
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to draw up, and from time to t ime to review and
revise, a code giving guidance as to—
(a) the extent to which the services to which this section appli es should
promote the understanding and enjoyment by—
(i) persons who are deaf or hard of hearing, 
(ii) persons who are blind or partially-sighted, and
(iii) persons with a dual sensory impairment,
of the programmes to be included in such services; and
(b) the means by which such understanding and enjoyment should b e
promoted.
(2) The code must include provision for securing that every prov ider of a service
to which this section applies ensures that adequate information  about the
assistance for disabled people that is provided in relation to that service is
made available to those who are likely to want to make use of i t.
(3) The code must also require that, from the fifth and tenth an niversaries of the
relevant date, the obligations in subsections (4) and (5), resp ectively, must be
fulfilled by reference to averages computed over each of the fo llowing—
(a) the twelve month period beginning with the anniversary in qu estion;
and
(b) every twelve month period ending one week after the end of t he
previous period for which an average fell to be computed.
(4) The obligation to be fulfilled from the fifth anniversary of  the relevant date is
that at least 60 per cent. of so much of every service which—
(a) is a service to which this section applies, and
(b) has a relevant date after the passing of this Act,
as consists of programmes that are not excluded programmes must  be
accompanied by subtitling.
(5) The obligations to be fulfilled from the tenth anniversary o f the relevant date
are—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions271
(a) that at least 90 per cent. of so much of a Channel 3 service  or of Channel
4 as consists of programmes that are not excluded programmes mu st be
accompanied by subtitling;
(b) that at least 80 per cent. of so much of every other service  to which this
section applies as consists of programmes that are not excludedprogrammes must be accompanied by subtitling;
(c) that at least 10 per cent. of so much of every service to wh ich this section
applies as consists of programmes that are not excluded program mes
must be accompanied by audio-description for the blind; and
(d) that at least 5 per cent. of so much of every service to whi ch this section
applies as consists of programmes that are not excluded program mes
must be presented in, or translated into, sign language. 
(6) A reference in subsection (4) or in any paragraph of subsect ion (5) to excluded
programmes is a reference to programmes of the description for the time being
set out under subsection (7) in relation to that subsection or paragraph and also
in relation to the service in question.
(7) The code must set out, in relation to subsection (4) and eac h of the paragraphs
of subsection (5), the descriptions of programmes that OFCOM co nsider
should be excluded programmes for the purposes of the requireme nt
contained in that subsection or paragraph.
(8) In complying with subsection (7), OFCOM must have regard, in  particular,
to—
(a) the extent of the benefit which would be conferred by the pr ovision of
assistance for disabled people in relation to the programmes; 
(b) the size of the intended audience for the programmes;
(c) the number of persons who would be likely to benefit from th e
assistance and the extent of the likely benefit in each case;
(d) the extent to which members of the intended audience for the
programmes are resident in places outside the United Kingdom;
(e) the technical difficulty of providing the assistance; and
(f) the cost, in the context of the matters mentioned in paragra phs (a) to (e),
of providing the assistance.
(9) The exclusions that may be set out in the code under subsect ion (7)—
(a) may include different descriptions of programmes in relation  to
different services to which this section applies; and
(b) in the case of a service which OFCOM are satisfied (having r egard to
the matters mentioned in subsection (8)) is a special case, may  include
all the programmes included in the service.
(10) The requirements that may be imposed by the code include, i n particular—
(a) requirements on persons providing services to which this sec tion
applies to meet interim targets falling within subsection (11),  from
dates falling before an anniversary mentioned in subsection (3) ;
(b) requirements on persons providing such services to meet furt her
targets from dates falling after the anniversary mentioned in s ubsection
(5); and
(c) requirements with respect to the provision of assistance for  disabled
people in relation to excluded programmes, or in relation to a particular
description of them.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions272
(11) The interim targets mentioned in subsection (10)(a) are the  targets with respect
to the provision of assistance for disabled people which OFCOM consider it
appropriate to impose as targets on the way to meeting the targ ets imposed in
pursuance of subsection (3).
(12) This section applies to the following services—
(a) S4C Digital or any other television programme service provid ed by the
Welsh Authority for broadcasting in digital form so as to be av ailable
for reception by members of the public;
(b) any licensed public service channel;
(c) a digital television programme service but not an electronic
programme guide;
(d) a television licensable content service but not an electroni c programme
guide;
(e) a restricted television service.
(13) In this section—
“electronic programme guide” means a service which—
(a) is or is included in a television licensable content service  or a
digital television programme service; and
(b) consists of—
(i) the listing or promotion, or both the listing and the
promotion, of some or all of the programmes included inany one or more programme services the providers ofwhich are or include persons other than the provider of theguide; and
(ii) a facility for obtaining access, in whole or in part, to th e
programme service or services listed or promoted in theguide;
“programme” does not include an advertisement.
304 Procedure for issuing and revising code under s. 303
(1) Before drawing up a code under section 303 or reviewing or r evising it in
pursuance of that section, OFCOM must consult—
(a) such persons appearing to them to represent the interests of  persons
falling within subsection (1)(a)(i), (ii) or (iii) of that sect ion as OFCOM
think fit; and 
(b) such persons providing services to which that section applie s as
OFCOM think fit.
(2) OFCOM must publish the code drawn up under section 303, and every
revision of it, in such manner as, having regard to the need to  make the code or
revision accessible to— 
(a) persons who are deaf or hard of hearing, 
(b) persons who are blind or partially sighted, and
(c) persons with a dual sensory impairment,
they consider appropriate.
305 Meaning of “relevant date” in s. 303
(1) In relation to a service, the relevant date for the purposes  of section 303 is—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions273
(a) in a case to which any of subsections (2) to (4) applies, th e date given by
that subsection; and
(b) in any other case, the date (whether before or after the pas sing of this
Act) when the provision of that service began or begins.
(2) In the case of a service the provision of which began before  the television
transfer date but which is not—
(a) a service provided by the Welsh Authority,
(b) a licensed public service channel, or
(c) a digital television programme service,
the relevant date is the date of the coming into force of this section.
(3) In the case of— 
(a) a Channel 3 service the provision of which began before the date of the
passing of this Act, and
(b) Channel 4 and S4C Digital,
the relevant date is 1st January 2000.
(4) In the case of Channel 5, so far as it consists of a service  the provision of which
began before the date of the passing of this Act, the relevant date is 1st January
1998.
(5) OFCOM may determine that a service provided by a person is t o be treated for
the purposes of section 303 and this section as a continuation of a service
previously provided by him.
306 Power to modify targets in s. 303
(1) Where it appears to the Secretary of State, in the case of s ervices of a particular
description, that the obligation specified in section 303(4) ha s been or is likely
to be fulfilled in their case before the anniversary so specifi ed, he may by order
modify section 303 so as to do one or both of the following—
(a) increase the percentage so specified in relation to services  of that
description;
(b) substitute a different anniversary for the anniversary by wh ich that
obligation must be fulfilled in the case of such services.
(2) The Secretary of State may by order modify section 303 so as  to do one or both
of the following—
(a) substitute a later anniversary for the anniversary by which the
obligations specified in subsection (5) of that section must be  fulfilled;
(b) substitute a higher percentage for the percentage for the ti me being
specified in any paragraph of that subsection. 
(3) The provision that may be made by an order under this sectio n includes— 
(a) modifications for requiring the code to set out additional o bligations to
be fulfilled once the obligations previously required to be set  out in the
code have been fulfilled; and
(b) savings for the obligations previously set out in the code.
(4) Before making an order under this section the Secretary of S tate must consult
OFCOM.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions274
(5) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.
307 Observance of code under s. 303 
(1) The regulatory regime for every service to which this sectio n applies includes
the conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing tha t the code
maintained by them under section 303 is observed in the provisi on of those
services.
(2) This section applies to every service to which section 303 a pplies which is
licensed by a Broadcasting Act licence.
308 Assistance for the visually impaired with the public teletex t service
The regulatory regime for the public teletext service includes the conditions
that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing, so far as it is r easonable and
practicable, by the inclusion of features in that service, to d o so, that persons
with disabilities affecting their sight are able to make use of  the service.
Programming quotas for digital television programme services
309 Quotas for independent programmes
(1) The regulatory regime for every digital television programme  service that is
not comprised in a licensed public service channel includes the  conditions that
OFCOM consider appropriate for securing that, in each year, not  less than 10
per cent. of the total amount of time allocated to the broadcas ting of qualifying
programmes included in the service is allocated to the broadcas ting of a range
and diversity of independent productions.
(2) In subsection (1)—
(a) the reference to qualifying programmes is a reference to pro grammes
of such description as the Secretary of State may by order spec ify as
describing the programmes that are to be qualifying programmes for
the purposes of that subsection; 
(b) the reference to independent productions is a reference to p rogrammes
of such description as the Secretary of State may by order spec ify as
describing the programmes that are to be independent production s for
the purposes of that subsection; and
(c) the reference to a range of independent productions is a ref erence to a
range of such productions in terms of cost of acquisition as we ll as in
terms of the types of programme involved.
(3) The Secretary of State may by order amend subsection (1) by substituting a
different percentage for the percentage for the time being spec ified in that
subsection.
(4) Before making an order under this section the Secretary of S tate must consult
OFCOM.
(5) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions275
(6) In this section “programme” does not include an advertisemen t.
Regulation of electronic programme guides
310 Code of practice for electronic programme guides
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to draw up, and from time to t ime to review and
revise, a code giving guidance as to the practices to be follow ed in the
provision of electronic programme guides.
(2) The practices required by the code must include the giving, in the manner
provided for in the code, of such degree of prominence as OFCOM  consider
appropriate to—
(a) the listing or promotion, or both the listing and promotion,  for
members of its intended audience, of the programmes included in  each
public service channel; and
(b) the facilities, in the case of each such channel, for member s of its
intended audience to select or access the programmes included i n it.
(3) The practices required by the code must also include the inc orporation of such
features in electronic programme guides as OFCOM consider appro priate for
securing that persons with disabilities affecting their sight o r hearing or both —
(a) are able, so far as practicable, to make use of such guides for all the
same purposes as persons without such disabilities; and
(b) are informed about, and are able to make use of, whatever as sistance
for disabled people is provided in relation to the programmes l isted or
promoted.
(4) Subject to subsection (5), in subsection (2) the reference t o the public service
channels is a reference to any of the following—
(a) any service of television programmes provided by the BBC in digital
form so as to be available for reception by members of the publ ic;
(b) any Channel 3 service in digital form;
(c) Channel 4 in digital form;
(d) Channel 5 in digital form;
(e) S4C Digital;
(f) the digital public teletext service.
(5) The Secretary of State may by order— 
(a) add any programme service to the services for the time being  specified
in subsection (4) as public service channels; or
(b) delete a service from that subsection.
(6) Before making an order under subsection (5) the Secretary of  State must
consult OFCOM.
(7) In this section “intended audience”, in relation to a servic e of any description,
means—
(a) if the service is provided only for a particular area or loc ality of the
United Kingdom, members of the public in that area or locality;  
(b) if it is provided for members of a particular community, mem bers of
that community; and
(c) in any other case, members of the public in the United Kingd om.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions276
(8) In this section “electronic programme guide” means a service  which consists
of—
(a) the listing or promotion, or both the listing and the promot ion, of some
or all of the programmes included in any one or more programmeservices the providers of which are or include persons other th an the
provider of the guide; and
(b) a facility for obtaining access, in whole or in part, to the  programme
service or services listed or promoted in the guide.
311 Conditions to comply with code under s. 310
(1) The regulatory regime for every service consisting in or inc luding an electronic
programme guide includes whatever conditions (if any) OFCOM con sider
appropriate for securing that the code maintained by them under  section 310 is
observed in the provision of those services.
(2) In this section “electronic programme guide” has the same me aning as in
section 310.
Character and coverage of radio services
312 Character and coverage of sound broadcasting services
(1) Section 106 of the 1990 Act (requirements as to character an d coverage of local
and national radio services) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), the words from “except” onwards shall be omitted.
(3) After subsection (1) (duty to ensure character preserved sub ject to departures
that do not restrict service) there shall be inserted—
“(1A) Conditions included in a licence for the purposes of subse ction (1) may
provide that OFCOM may consent to a departure from the characte r of
the licensed service if, and only if, they are satisfied—
(a) that the departure would not substantially alter the charact er of
the service;
(b) that the departure would not narrow the range of programmes
available by way of relevant independent radio services topersons living in the area or locality for which the service islicensed to be provided;
(c) that, in the case of a local licence, the departure would be
conducive to the maintenance or promotion of fair and effectivecompetition in that area or locality; or
(d) that, in the case of a local licence, there is evidence that , amongst
persons living in that area or locality, there is a significantdemand for, or significant support for, the change that wouldresult from the departure.
(1B) The matters to which OFCOM must have regard in determining for the
purposes of this section the character of a service provided un der a
local licence include, in particular, the selection of spoken m aterial and
music in programmes included in the service.”
(4) For subsection (5) (restriction on power to extend licence t o new area orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions277
locality) there shall be substituted—
“(5) OFCOM shall only exercise the power conferred on them by su bsection
(4) if it appears to them—
(a) that to do so would not result in a significant increase of the area
or locality for which the service in question is licensed to beprovided; or
(b) that the increase that would result is justifiable in the
exceptional circumstances of the case.”
(5) After subsection (6) of that section there shall be inserted —
“(7) In this section ‘relevant independent radio services’ means  the
following services so far as they are services falling to be re gulated
under section 245 of the Communications Act 2003—
(a) sound broadcasting services;
(b) radio licensable content services;
(c) additional services;
but, in relation to a departure from the character of a service  provided
under a local licence, does not include a service that is provi ded
otherwise than wholly or mainly for reception by persons living  and
working in the area or locality in question.”
313 Consultation about change of character of local services
After section 106 of the 1990 Act there shall be inserted—
“106ZA Consultation about change of character of local services
(1) Before deciding for the purposes of a condition imposed unde r
subsection (1A) of section 106 whether to consent to a departur e from
the character of a service provided under a local licence on an y of the
grounds mentioned in paragraphs (b) to (d) of that subsection, OFCOM
must publish a notice specifying—
(a) the proposed departure; and
(b) the period in which representations may be made to OFCOM
about the proposal.
(2) That period must end not less than 28 days after the date of  publication
of the notice.
(3) The notice must be published in such manner as appears to OF COM to
be appropriate for bringing it to the attention of the persons who, in
OFCOM’s opinion, are likely to be affected by the departure.
(4) OFCOM—
(a) are not required to publish a notice under this section, and
(b) may specify a period of less than 28 days in such a notice a s the
period for representations,
if they consider that the publication of the notice, or allowin g a longer
period for representations, would result in a delay that would be likely
prejudicially to affect the interests of the licence holder.
(5) OFCOM are not required under this section—
(a) to publish any matter that is confidential in accordance wit h
subsection (6) or (7); orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions278
(b) to publish anything that it would not be reasonably practica ble
to publish without disclosing such a matter.
(6) A matter is confidential under this subsection if—
(a) it relates specifically to the affairs of a particular body;  and
(b) its publication would or might, in OFCOM’s opinion, seriousl y
and prejudicially affect the interests of that body.
(7) A matter is confidential under this subsection if—
(a) it relates specifically to the private affairs of an individ ual; and
(b) its publication would or might, in OFCOM’s opinion, seriousl y
and prejudicially affect the interests of that individual.”
314 Local content and character of local sound broadcasting serv ices
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to carry out their functions i n relation to local
sound broadcasting services in the manner that they consider is  best calculated
to secure—
(a) that programmes consisting of or including local material ar e included
in such services but, in the case of each such service, only if  and to the
extent (if any) that OFCOM consider appropriate in that case; a nd
(b) that, where such programmes are included in such a service, w hat
appears to OFCOM to be a suitable proportion of them consists o f
locally-made programmes.
(2) OFCOM must— 
(a) draw up guidance as to how they consider the requirements of
subsection (1)(a) and (b) should be satisfied; and
(b) have regard to that guidance in carrying out their functions  in relation
to local sound broadcasting services.
(3) The guidance may be different for different descriptions of services.
(4) OFCOM may revise the guidance from time to time.(5) Before drawing up or revising the guidance, OFCOM must consu lt—
(a) such persons as appear to them to represent the interests of  persons for
whom local sound broadcasting services are or would be provided ;
(b) persons holding licences to provide local sound broadcasting  services
or persons appearing to represent such persons, or both; and
(c) such other persons as they consider appropriate.
(6) OFCOM must publish the guidance and every revision of it in such manner as
they consider appropriate.
(7) In this section—
 “local material”, in relation to a local sound broadcasting se rvice, means
material which is of particular interest—
(a) to persons living or working within the area or locality for
which the service is provided;
(b) to persons living or working within a part of that area or
locality; or
(c) to particular communities living or working within that area  or
locality or a part of it;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions279
“locally-made”, in relation to programmes included in a local s ound
broadcasting service, means made wholly or partly at premises i n the
area or locality for which that service is provided;
“material” includes news, information and other spoken material  and
music; and
“programme” does not include an advertisement.
(8) References in this section to persons living or working with in an area or
locality include references to persons undergoing education or training in that
area or locality.
315 Variations of radio multiplex licences affecting service cha racteristics
For subsection (6) of section 54 of the 1996 Act (variations of  radio multiplex
licence affecting service characteristics) there shall be subst ituted—
“(6) Where the licence holder applies to OFCOM for the variation  of a
condition which—
(a) was imposed under subsection (1)(b), and
(b) relates to the characteristics of digital sound programme
services to be broadcast under the licence,
then (subject to subsections (6A) and (6B)) OFCOM must vary the
condition in accordance with the application.
(6A) OFCOM are not to vary a national radio multiplex licence in
accordance with an application under subsection (6) if it appea rs to
them that, if the application were granted, the capacity of the  digital
sound programme services broadcast under the licence to appeal to a
variety of tastes and interests would be unacceptably diminishe d.
(6B) OFCOM are to vary a local radio multiplex licence in accord ance with
such an application only if they are satisfied—
(a) that the variation would not unacceptably narrow the range o f
programmes available by way of local digital soundprogramme services to persons living in the area or locality fo r
which the licensed multiplex service is provided;
(b) that the variation would be conducive to the maintenance or
promotion of fair and effective competition in that area orlocality; or
(c) that there is evidence that, amongst persons living in that area
or locality, there is a significant demand for, or significantsupport for, the change that would result from the variation.”
Competition between licensed providers etc.
316 Conditions relating to competition matters
(1) The regulatory regime for every licensed service includes th e conditions (if
any) that OFCOM consider appropriate for ensuring fair and effe ctive
competition in the provision of licensed services or of connect ed services.
(2) Those conditions must include the conditions (if any) that O FCOM consider
appropriate for securing that the provider of the service does not—
(a) enter into or maintain any arrangements, orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions280
(b) engage in any practice,
which OFCOM consider, or would consider, to be prejudicial to f air and
effective competition in the provision of licensed services or of connected
services.
(3) A condition imposed under this section may require a licence  holder to comply
with one or both of the following— 
(a) a code for the time being approved by OFCOM for the purposes  of the
conditions; and
(b) directions given to him by OFCOM for those purposes.
(4) In this section—
“connected services”, in relation to licensed services, means t he provision
of programmes for inclusion in licensed services and any other services
provided for purposes connected with, or with the provision of,licensed services; and
“licensed service” means a service licensed by a Broadcasting A ct licence.
317 Exercise of Broadcasting Act powers for a competition purpos e
(1) This section applies to the following powers of OFCOM (their  “Broadcasting
Act powers”)—
(a) their powers under this Part of this Act and under the 1990 Act and the
1996 Act to impose or vary the conditions of a Broadcasting Act  licence;
(b) every power of theirs to give an approval for the purposes o f provision
contained in the conditions of such a licence;
(c) every power of theirs to give a direction to a person who is  required to
comply with it by the conditions of such a licence; and
(d) every power of theirs that is exercisable for the purpose of  enforcing an
obligation imposed by the conditions of such a licence.
(2) Before exercising any of their Broadcasting Act powers for a  competition
purpose, OFCOM must consider whether a more appropriate way ofproceeding in relation to some or all of the matters in questio n would be under
the Competition Act 1998 (c. 41).
(3) If OFCOM decide that a more appropriate way of proceeding in  relation to a
matter would be under the Competition Act 1998, they are not, t o the extent of
that decision, to exercise their Broadcasting Act powers in rel ation to that
matter.
(4) If OFCOM have decided to exercise any of their Broadcasting Act powers for a
competition purpose, they must, on or before doing so, give a n otification of
their decision.
(5) A notification under subsection (4) must—
(a) be given to such persons, or published in such manner, as ap pears to
OFCOM to be appropriate for bringing it to the attention of the  persons
who, in OFCOM’s opinion, are likely to be affected by their dec ision;
and
(b) must describe the rights conferred by subsection (6) on the persons
affected by that decision.
(6) A person affected by a decision by OFCOM to exercise any of their
Broadcasting Act powers for a competition purpose may appeal to  theCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions281
Competition Appeal Tribunal against so much of that decision as  relates to the
exercise of that power for that purpose.
(7) Sections 192(3) to (8), 195 and 196 apply in the case of an appeal under
subsection (6) as they apply in the case of an appeal under sec tion 192(2).
(8) The jurisdiction of the Competition Appeal Tribunal on an ap peal under
subsection (6) excludes—
(a) whether OFCOM have complied with subsection (2); and
(b) whether any of OFCOM’s Broadcasting Act powers have been
exercised in contravention of subsection (3);
and, accordingly, those decisions by OFCOM on those matters fal l to be
questioned only in proceedings for judicial review.
(9) For the purposes of this section a power is exercised by OFC OM for a
competition purpose if the only or main reason for exercising i t is to secure that
the holder of a Broadcasting Act licence does not—
(a) enter into or maintain arrangements, or
(b) engage in a practice,
which OFCOM consider, or would consider, to be prejudicial to f air and
effective competition in the provision of licensed services or of connected
services.
(10) Nothing in this section applies to— 
(a) the exercise by OFCOM of any of their powers under sections 290 to 294
or Schedule 11; 
(b) the exercise by them of any power for the purposes of any pr ovision of
a condition included in a licence in accordance with any of tho se
sections;
(c) the exercise by them of any power for the purpose of enforci ng such a
condition.
(11) In subsection (9) “connected services” and “licensed servic e” each has the same
meaning as in section 316.
(12) References in this section to the exercise of a power inclu de references to an
exercise of a power in pursuance of a duty imposed on OFCOM by or under an
enactment.
318 Review of powers exercised for competition purposes
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, at such intervals as they con sider appropriate,
to carry out a review of so much of each of the following as ha s effect for a
competition purpose—
(a) every code made or approved by them under or for the purpose s of a
broadcasting provision;
(b) the guidance issued by them under or for the purposes of bro adcasting
provisions; and
(c) every direction given by them under or for the purposes of a
broadcasting provision.
(2) Before modifying or revoking, or withdrawing their approval from, anything
which is subject to periodic review under this section, OFCOM m ust consult
such persons as they consider appropriate.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions282
(3) Subsection (2) applies irrespective or whether the modificat ion, revocation or
withdrawal is in consequence of a review under this section.
(4) For the purposes of this section a provision has effect for a competition purpose
to the extent that its only or main purpose is to secure that t he holder of a
Broadcasting Act licence does not—
(a) enter into or maintain arrangements, or
(b) engage in a practice,
which OFCOM consider, or would consider, to be prejudicial to f air and
effective competition in the provision of licensed services or of connected
services.
(5) In this section “broadcasting provision” means—
(a) a provision of this Part of this Act, of the 1990 Act or of the 1996 Act, or
(b) any provision of a Broadcasting Act licence,
other than provision contained in any of sections 290 to 294 of  this Act or
Schedule 11 to this Act.
Programme and fairness standards for television and radio
319 OFCOM’s standards code
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to set, and from time to time to review and
revise, such standards for the content of programmes to be incl uded in
television and radio services as appear to them best calculated  to secure the
standards objectives.
(2) The standards objectives are—
(a) that persons under the age of eighteen are protected;
(b) that material likely to encourage or to incite the commissio n of crime or
to lead to disorder is not included in television and radio ser vices;
(c) that news included in television and radio services is prese nted with
due impartiality and that the impartiality requirements of sect ion 320
are complied with;
(d) that news included in television and radio services is repor ted with due
accuracy;
(e) that the proper degree of responsibility is exercised with r espect to the
content of programmes which are religious programmes;
(f) that generally accepted standards are applied to the content s of
television and radio services so as to provide adequate protect ion for
members of the public from the inclusion in such services of of fensive
and harmful material;
(g) that advertising that contravenes the prohibition on politic al
advertising set out in section 321(2) is not included in televi sion or radio
services;
(h) that the inclusion of advertising which may be misleading, h armful or
offensive in television and radio services is prevented;
(i) that the international obligations of the United Kingdom wit h respect
to advertising included in television and radio services are co mplied
with;
(j) that the unsuitable sponsorship of programmes included in te levision
and radio services is prevented;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions283
(k) that there is no undue discrimination between advertisers wh o seek to
have advertisements included in television and radio services; and
(l) that there is no use of techniques which exploit the possibi lity of
conveying a message to viewers or listeners, or of otherwiseinfluencing their minds, without their being aware, or fully aw are, of
what has occurred.
(3) The standards set by OFCOM under this section must be contai ned in one or
more codes.
(4) In setting or revising any standards under this section, OFC OM must have
regard, in particular and to such extent as appears to them to be relevant to the
securing of the standards objectives, to each of the following matters—
(a) the degree of harm or offence likely to be caused by the inc lusion of any
particular sort of material in programmes generally, or in prog rammes
of a particular description;
(b) the likely size and composition of the potential audience fo r
programmes included in television and radio services generally,  or in
television and radio services of a particular description;
(c) the likely expectation of the audience as to the nature of a  programme’s
content and the extent to which the nature of a programme’s con tent
can be brought to the attention of potential members of the aud ience;
(d) the likelihood of persons who are unaware of the nature of a
programme’s content being unintentionally exposed, by their ownactions, to that content;
(e) the desirability of securing that the content of services id entifies when
there is a change affecting the nature of a service that is bei ng watched
or listened to and, in particular, a change that is relevant to  the
application of the standards set under this section; and
(f) the desirability of maintaining the independence of editoria l control
over programme content.
(5) OFCOM must ensure that the standards from time to time in fo rce under this
section include—
(a) minimum standards applicable to all programmes included in
television and radio services; and
(b) such other standards applicable to particular descriptions o f
programmes, or of television and radio services, as appear to t hem
appropriate for securing the standards objectives.
(6) Standards set to secure the standards objective specified in  subsection (2)(e)
shall, in particular, contain provision designed to secure that  religious
programmes do not involve—
(a) any improper exploitation of any susceptibilities of the aud ience for
such a programme; or
(b) any abusive treatment of the religious views and beliefs of those
belonging to a particular religion or religious denomination.
(7) In setting standards under this section, OFCOM must take acc ount of such of
the international obligations of the United Kingdom as the Secr etary of State
may notify to them for the purposes of this section.
(8) In this section “news” means news in whatever form it is inc luded in a service.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions284
320 Special impartiality requirements
(1) The requirements of this section are—
(a) the exclusion, in the case of television and radio services (other than a
restricted service within the meaning of section 245), from pro grammes
included in any of those services of all expressions of the vie ws or
opinions of the person providing the service on any of the matt ers
mentioned in subsection (2);
(b) the preservation, in the case of every television programme service,
teletext service, national radio service and national digital s ound
programme service, of due impartiality, on the part of the pers on
providing the service, as respects all of those matters;
(c) the prevention, in the case of every local radio service, lo cal digital
sound programme service or radio licensable content service, of  the
giving of undue prominence in the programmes included in the se rvice
to the views and opinions of particular persons or bodies on an y of
those matters.
(2) Those matters are—
(a) matters of political or industrial controversy; and
(b) matters relating to current public policy.
(3) Subsection (1)(a) does not require—
(a) the exclusion from television programmes of views or opinion s relating
to the provision of programme services; or
(b) the exclusion from radio programmes of views or opinions rel ating to
the provision of programme services.
(4) For the purposes of this section—
(a) the requirement specified in subsection (1)(b) is one that ( subject to any
rules under subsection (5)) may be satisfied by being satisfied  in
relation to a series of programmes taken as a whole;
(b) the requirement specified in subsection (1)(c) is one that n eeds to be
satisfied only in relation to all the programmes included in th e service
in question, taken as a whole. 
(5) OFCOM’s standards code shall contain provision setting out t he rules to be
observed in connection with the following matters—
(a) the application of the requirement specified in subsection ( 1)(b);
(b) the determination of what, in relation to that requirement, constitutes a
series of programmes for the purposes of subsection (4)(a);
(c) the application of the requirement in subsection (1)(c).
(6) Any provision made for the purposes of subsection (5)(a) mus t, in particular,
take account of the need to ensure the preservation of impartia lity in relation
to the following matters (taking each matter separately)—
(a) matters of major political or industrial controversy, and
(b) major matters relating to current public policy,
as well as of the need to ensure that the requirement specified  in subsection
(1)(b) is satisfied generally in relation to a series of progra mmes taken as a
whole.
(7) In this section “national radio service” and “local radio se rvice” mean,
respectively, a sound broadcasting service which is a national service withinCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions285
the meaning of section 245 and a sound broadcasting service whi ch is a local
service within the meaning of that section.
321 Objectives for advertisements and sponsorship
(1) Standards set by OFCOM to secure the objectives mentioned in  section
319(2)(a) and (g) to (j)—
(a) must include general provision governing standards and pract ice in
advertising and in the sponsoring of programmes; and
(b) may include provision prohibiting advertisements and forms a nd
methods of advertising or sponsorship (whether generally or inparticular circumstances).
(2) For the purposes of section 319(2)(g) an advertisement contr avenes the
prohibition on political advertising if it is—
(a) an advertisement which is inserted by or on behalf of a body  whose
objects are wholly or mainly of a political nature;
(b) an advertisement which is directed towards a political end; or
(c) an advertisement which has a connection with an industrial d ispute.
(3) For the purposes of this section objects of a political natu re and political ends
include each of the following—
(a) influencing the outcome of elections or referendums, whether  in the
United Kingdom or elsewhere;
(b) bringing about changes of the law in the whole or a part of the United
Kingdom or elsewhere, or otherwise influencing the legislative process
in any country or territory; 
(c) influencing the policies or decisions of local, regional or national
governments, whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere;
(d) influencing the policies or decisions of persons on whom pub lic
functions are conferred by or under the law of the United Kingd om or
of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom;
(e) influencing the policies or decisions of persons on whom fun ctions are
conferred by or under international agreements;
(f) influencing public opinion on a matter which, in the United Kingdom,
is a matter of public controversy;
(g) promoting the interests of a party or other group of persons  organised,
in the United Kingdom or elsewhere, for political ends.
(4) OFCOM—
(a) shall, in relation to programme services, have a general res ponsibility
with respect to advertisements and methods of advertising andsponsorship; and
(b) in the discharge of that responsibility may include conditio ns in any
licence which is granted by them for any such service that enab le
OFCOM to impose requirements with respect to any of those matte rs
that go beyond the provisions of OFCOM’s standards code.
(5) OFCOM must, from time to time, consult the Secretary of Stat e about—
(a) the descriptions of advertisements that should not be includ ed in
programme services; and
(b) the forms and methods of advertising and sponsorship that sh ould not
be employed in, or in connection with, the provision of such se rvices.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions286
(6) The Secretary of State may give OFCOM directions as to the m atters mentioned
in subsection (5); and it shall be the duty of OFCOM to comply with any such
direction.
(7) Provision included by virtue of this section in standards se t under section 319
is not to apply to, or to be construed as prohibiting the inclu sion in a
programme service of—
(a) an advertisement of a public service nature inserted by, or on behalf of,
a government department; or
(b) a party political or referendum campaign broadcast the inclu sion of
which is required by a condition imposed under section 333 or b y
paragraph 18 of Schedule 12 to this Act.
(8) In this section “programme service” does not include a servi ce provided by the
BBC.
322 Supplementary powers relating to advertising
(1) The regulatory regime for each of the following—
(a) every television programme service licensed by a Broadcastin g Act
licence,
(b) the public teletext service, and
(c) every other teletext service so licensed that consists in an  additional
television service or a digital additional television service,
includes a condition requiring the person providing the service  to comply with
every direction given to him by OFCOM with respect to any of th e matters
mentioned in subsection (2).
(2) Those matters are—
(a) the maximum amount of time to be given to advertisements in any
hour or other period;
(b) the minimum interval which must elapse between any two perio ds
given over to advertisements;
(c) the number of such periods to be allowed in any programme or  in any
hour or day; and
(d) the exclusion of advertisements from a specified part of a l icensed
service.
(3) Directions under this section—
(a) may be either general or specific;
(b) may be qualified or unqualified; and
(c) may make different provision for different parts of the day,  different
days of the week, different types of programmes or for other di ffering
circumstances.
(4) In giving a direction under this section, OFCOM must take ac count of such of
the international obligations of the United Kingdom as the Secr etary of State
may notify to them for the purposes of this section.
323 Modification of matters to be taken into account under s. 31 9
(1) The Secretary of State may by order modify the list of matte rs in section 319(4)
to which OFCOM are to have regard when setting or revising stan dards.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions287
(2) Before making an order under this section, the Secretary of State must consult
OFCOM.
(3) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by su bsection (1)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.
324 Setting and publication of standards
(1) Before setting standards under section 319, OFCOM must publi sh, in such
manner as they think fit, a draft of the proposed code containi ng those
standards.
(2) After publishing the draft code and before setting the stand ards, OFCOM must
consult every person who holds a relevant licence and such of t he following as
they think fit—
(a) persons appearing to OFCOM to represent the interests of tho se who
watch television programmes;
(b) persons appearing to OFCOM to represent the interests of tho se who
make use of teletext services; and
(c) persons appearing to OFCOM to represent the interests of tho se who
listen to sound programmes.
(3) After publishing the draft code and before setting the stand ards, OFCOM must
also consult—
(a) the Welsh Authority, about so much of the draft code as rela tes to
television programme services; 
(b) the BBC, about so much of the draft code as contains standar ds other
than those for advertising or sponsorship; and
(c) such of the persons mentioned in subsection (4) as OFCOM thi nk fit,
about so much of the draft code as contains standards for adver tising
or sponsorship.
(4) Those persons are—
(a) persons appearing to OFCOM to represent the interests of tho se who
will have to take account of the contents of the proposed stand ards for
advertising or sponsorship;
(b) bodies and associations appearing to OFCOM to be concerned w ith the
application of standards of conduct in advertising; and
(c) professional organisations appearing to OFCOM to be qualifie d to give
relevant advice in relation to the advertising of particular pr oducts. 
(5) If it appears to OFCOM that a body exists which represents t he interests of a
number of the persons who hold relevant licences, they may perf orm their
duty under subsection (2) of consulting such persons, so far as  it relates to the
persons whose interests are so represented, by consulting that body.
(6) OFCOM may set standards under section 319 either— 
(a) in the terms proposed in a draft code published under subsec tion (1); or
(b) with such modifications as OFCOM consider appropriate in the  light of
the consultation carried out as a result of subsections (2) to ( 5).
(7) Subsections (1) to (6) apply to a proposal by OFCOM to revis e standards set
under section 319 as they apply to a proposal to set such stand ards.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions288
(8) Where OFCOM set standards under section 319, they must publi sh the code
containing the standards in such manner as they consider approp riate for
bringing it to the attention of the persons who, in their opini on, are likely to be
affected by the standards.
(9) Where OFCOM revise standards set under section 319, they sha ll so publish
the code containing the standards as revised.
(10) Where OFCOM publish a code under subsection (8) or (9), the y shall send a
copy of it—
(a) to the Secretary of State;
(b) except in the case of a code containing standards for advert ising or
sponsorship, to the BBC; and
(c) if the code relates to television programme services, to the  Welsh
Authority.
(11) A code (or draft code) contains standards for advertising o r sponsorship for the
purposes of this section to the extent that it sets standards u nder section 319 for
securing any of the objectives mentioned in any of paragraphs ( g) to (k) of
subsection (2) of that section.
(12) In this section “relevant licence”, in relation to a draft code, means—
(a) to the extent that the draft code relates to 
(i) television programme services,
(ii) the public teletext service, or
(iii) an additional television service,
a licence under Part 1 of the 1990 Act (independent television services),
under section 18 of the 1996 Act (digital television programme services)
under section 25 of that Act (digital additional television ser vices) or
under section 219 of this Act; and
(b) to the extent that the draft code relates to radio programme  services,
any licence under Part 3 of the 1990 Act (independent radio ser vices),
under section 60 of the 1996 Act (digital sound programme servi ce) or
under section 64 of that Act (digital additional services).
325 Observance of standards code
(1) The regulatory regime for every programme service licensed b y a Broadcasting
Act licence includes conditions for securing—
(a) that standards set under section 319 are observed in the pro vision of
that service; and
(b) that procedures for the handling and resolution of complaint s about the
observance of those standards are established and maintained.
(2) It shall be the duty of OFCOM themselves to establish proced ures for the
handling and resolution of complaints about the observance of s tandards set
under section 319.
(3) OFCOM may from time to time make a report to the Secretary o f State on any
issues with respect to OFCOM’s standards code which—
(a) have been identified by them in the course of carrying out t heir
functions; and
(b) appear to them to raise questions of general broadcasting po licy.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions289
(4) The conditions of a licence which is granted by OFCOM for a programme
service must, for the purpose of securing compliance—
(a) with OFCOM’s standards code, so far as it relates to adverti sing and
the sponsorship of programmes, and
(b) with any such requirements as are mentioned in section 321(4 ) which
relate to advertising and sponsorship but go beyond that code,
include a condition requiring the licence holder to comply with  every direction
given to him by OFCOM with respect to any of the matters mentio ned in
subsection (5).
(5) Those matters are—
(a) the exclusion from the service of a particular advertisement , or its
exclusion in particular circumstances;
(b) the descriptions of advertisements and methods of advertisin g to be
excluded from the service (whether generally or in particularcircumstances); and
(c) the forms and methods of sponsorship to be excluded from the  service
(whether generally or in particular circumstances).
(6) OFCOM’s powers and duties under this section are not to be c onstrued as
restricting any power of theirs, apart from this section—
(a) to include conditions with respect to the content of program mes
included in any service in the licence to provide that service;  or
(b) to include conditions in a licence requiring the holder of a  licence to
comply with directions given by OFCOM or by any other person.
326 Duty to observe fairness code
The regulatory regime for every programme service licensed by a  Broadcasting
Act licence includes the conditions that OFCOM consider appropr iate for
securing observance—
(a) in connection with the provision of that service, and
(b) in relation to the programmes included in that service,
of the code for the time being in force under section 107 of th e 1996 Act (the
fairness code).
327 Standards with respect to fairness
(1) Part 5 of the 1996 Act (functions of the Broadcasting Standa rds Commission
which are transferred to OFCOM so far as they relate to codes o f practice and
complaints with respect to fairness and privacy) shall be amend ed as follows.
(2) No person shall be entitled to make a standards complaint un der that Part at
any time after the coming into force of this section, and no pe rson shall be
required to entertain any such complaint that is so made.
(3) In section 115 (consideration of fairness complaint)—
(a) in subsection (4) (matters to be provided in response to a f airness
complaint), after paragraph (d) there shall be inserted—
“(da) to provide OFCOM with such other things appearing to
OFCOM to be relevant to their consideration of thecomplaint, and to be in the possession of the relevantperson, as may be specified or described by OFCOM;”
(b) in subsection (7) (requests in relation to which the relevan t person isCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions290
required to secure the compliance of another), after paragraph (c) there
shall be inserted—
“(ca) a request to provide OFCOM with such other things
appearing to OFCOM to be relevant to theirconsideration of the complaint, and to be in thepossession of the person requested, as may be specifiedor described by OFCOM;”.
(4) For subsection (7) of section 119 (directions on determinati on of fairness
complaint) there shall be substituted—
“(7) The regulatory regime for every licensed service includes t he
conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing that th e
licence holder complies with every direction given to him under  this
section.
(7A) Section 263 of the Communications Act 2003 applies in relat ion to
conditions included by virtue of subsection (7) in the regulato ry regime
for a licensed service as it applies in relation to conditions which are so
included by virtue of a provision of Chapter 4 of Part 3 of tha t Act.
(7B) It is hereby declared that, where—
(a) OFCOM exercise their powers under this Part to adjudicate
upon a fairness complaint or to give a direction undersubsection (1), and
(b) it appears to them that the matters to which the complaint i n
question relates consist in or include a contravention of theconditions of the licence for a licensed service,
the exercise by OFCOM of their powers under this Part is not to
preclude the exercise by them of their powers under any otherenactment in respect of the contravention.
(7C) Where OFCOM are proposing to exercise any of their powers i n respect
of a contravention of a licence condition in a case in which th e
contravention relates to matters that have been the subject-mat ter of a
fairness complaint—
(a) OFCOM may have regard, in the exercise of those powers, to
any matters considered or steps taken by them for the purposeof adjudicating upon that complaint and to any direction givenby them under this section; but
(b) steps taken for the purposes of this Part do not satisfy a
requirement to give the licence holder in relation to whom thos e
powers are to be exercised a reasonable opportunity, beforethey are exercised, of making representations to OFCOM.” 
(5) For subsection (2) of section 120 of that Act (reports on su pplementary action
taken in response to findings on fairness complaint) there shal l be
substituted—
“(2) Where the relevant programme was included in a licensed ser vice, the
licence holder shall send to OFCOM a report of any supplementar y
action taken by him or by any other person responsible for the making
or provision of the relevant programme.” Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions291
328 Duty to publicise OFCOM’s functions in relation to complaint s
(1) The regulatory regime for every programme service licensed b y a Broadcasting
Act licence includes the conditions that OFCOM consider appropr iate for
securing that—
(a) the procedures which, by virtue of section 325, are establis hed and
maintained for handling and resolving complaints about theobservance of standards set under section 319, and
(b) their functions under Part 5 of the 1996 Act in relation to that service,
are brought to the attention of the public (whether by means of  broadcasts or
otherwise).
(2) Conditions included in a licence by virtue of subsection (1)  may require the
holder of the licence to comply with every direction given to h im by OFCOM
for the purpose mentioned in that subsection.
Power to proscribe unacceptable foreign television and radio se rvices
329 Proscription orders
(1) Where—
(a) a foreign service to which this section applies comes to OFC OM’s
attention, and
(b) they consider that the service is unacceptable and should be  the subject
of an order under this section,
they must send a notification to the Secretary of State giving details of the
service and their reasons for considering that an order should be made.
(2) A service is not to be considered unacceptable by OFCOM unle ss they are
satisfied that— 
(a) programmes containing objectionable matter are included in t he
service; and
(b) that the inclusion of objectionable matter in programmes so included is
occurring repeatedly.
(3) Matter is objectionable for the purposes of subsection (2) o nly if—
(a) it offends against taste or decency;
(b) it is likely to encourage or to incite the commission of cri me;
(c) it is likely to lead to disorder; or
(d) it is likely to be offensive to public feeling.
(4) Where the Secretary of State has received a notification und er this section in the
case of a service, he may make an order—
(a) identifying the service in such manner as he thinks fit; and
(b) proscribing it.
(5) The Secretary of State is not to make an order proscribing a  service unless he is
satisfied that the making of the order is—
(a) in the public interest; and
(b) compatible with the international obligations of the United Kingdom.
(6) The television and sound services to which this section appl ies are—
(a) television licensable content services provided otherwise th an by
broadcasting from a satellite;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions292
(b) digital television programme services;
(c) digital additional television services;
(d) radio licensable sound services provided otherwise than by b eing
broadcast from a satellite;
(e) digital sound programme services; and
(f) digital additional sound services.
(7) A service to which this section applies is a foreign service  if it—
(a) is a service capable of being received in the United Kingdom  for the
provision of which no Broadcasting Act licence is either in for ce or
required to be in force; but
(b) is also a service for the provision of which such a licence would be
required—
(i) in the case of a service falling within subsection (6)(a) to  (c), if
the person providing it were under the jurisdiction of theUnited Kingdom for the purposes of the Television withoutFrontiers Directive; and
(ii) in any other case, if the person providing it provided it f rom a
place in the United Kingdom or were a person whose principalplace of business is in the United Kingdom.
330 Effect of proscription order
(1) This section applies where a service is for the time being p roscribed by an order
under section 329.
(2) The proscribed service is not to be included in—
(a) a multiplex service; or
(b) a cable package.
(3) In this section “multiplex service” means a television multi plex service, a radio
multiplex service or a general multiplex service.
(4) In this section “cable package” means (subject to subsection  (5)) a service by
means of which programme services are packaged together with a view to
their being distributed— 
(a) by means of an electronic communications service;
(b) so as to be available for reception by members of the public  in the
United Kingdom; and
(c) without the final delivery of the programme services to the persons to
whom they are distributed being by wireless telegraphy.
(5) Programme services distributed by means of an electronic com munications
service do not form part of a cable package if—
(a) the distribution of those services forms only part of a serv ice provided
by means of that electronic communications service; and
(b) the purposes for which the service of which it forms a part is provided
do not consist wholly or mainly in making available televisionprogrammes or radio programmes (or both) for reception by membe rs
of the public.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions293
331 Notification for enforcing proscription
(1) Where OFCOM determine that there are reasonable grounds for believing that
there has been a contravention of section 330 in relation to a multiplex service
or a cable package, they may give a notification under this sec tion to—
(a) the provider of that multiplex service; or
(b) the person providing the cable package.
(2) A notification under this section is one which—
(a) sets out the determination made by OFCOM; and
(b) requires the person to whom it is given to secure that the p roscribed
service (so long as it remains proscribed) is not—
(i) included in the notified person’s multiplex service, or 
(ii) distributed as part of his cable package,
at any time more than seven days after the day of the giving of  the
notification.
(3) If it is reasonably practicable for a person to whom a notif ication is given under
this section to secure that the proscribed service ceases to be  included in that
person’s multiplex service, or to be distributed as part of his  cable package,
before the end of that seven days, then he must do so.
(4) It shall be the duty of a person to whom a notification is g iven under this
section to comply with the requirements imposed by the notifica tion and by
subsection (3).
(5) That duty shall be enforceable in civil proceedings by OFCOM —
(a) for an injunction;
(b) for specific performance of a statutory duty under section 4 5 of the
Court of Session Act 1988 (c. 36); or
(c) for any other appropriate remedy or relief.
(6) In this section “cable package” and “multiplex service” each  has the same
meaning as in section 330.
332 Penalties for contravention of notification under s. 331
(1) OFCOM may impose a penalty on a person who contravenes a req uirement
imposed on him by or under section 331.
(2) Before imposing a penalty on a person under this section OFC OM must give
him a reasonable opportunity of making representations to them about their
proposal to impose the penalty.
(3) The amount of the penalty imposed on a person is to be such amount not
exceeding £5,000 as OFCOM determine to be—
(a) appropriate; and
(b) proportionate to contravention in respect of which it is imp osed.
(4) In making that determination OFCOM must have regard to—
(a) any representations made to them by the person notified unde r section
331; and
(b) any steps taken by him for complying with the requirements i mposed
on him under that section.
(5) Where OFCOM impose a penalty on a person under this section,  they shall—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions294
(a) notify the person penalised; and
(b) in that notification, fix a reasonable period after it is gi ven as the period
within which the penalty is to be paid.
(6) A penalty imposed under this section must be paid to OFCOM w ithin the
period fixed by them.
(7) The Secretary of State may by order amend this section so as  to substitute a
different maximum penalty for the maximum penalty for the time being
specified in subsection (3).
(8) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by su bsection (7)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.
(9) For the purposes of this section there is a separate contrav ention in respect of
every day on which the proscribed service is at any time includ ed in a person’s
multiplex service or distributed as part of his cable package.
(10) In this section “multiplex service” and “cable package” eac h has the same
meaning as in section 330.
Party political broadcasts on television and radio
333 Party political broadcasts
(1) The regulatory regime for every licensed public service chan nel, and the
regulatory regime for every national radio service, includes—
(a) conditions requiring the inclusion in that channel or servic e of party
political broadcasts and of referendum campaign broadcasts; and
(b) conditions requiring that licence holder to observe such rul es with
respect to party political broadcasts and referendum campaignbroadcasts as may be made by OFCOM.
(2) The rules made by OFCOM for the purposes of this section may , in particular,
include provision for determining—
(a) the political parties on whose behalf party political broadc asts may be
made;
(b) in relation to each political party on whose behalf such bro adcasts may
be made, the length and frequency of the broadcasts; and
(c) in relation to each designated organisation on whose behalf
referendum campaign broadcasts are required to be broadcast, th e
length and frequency of such broadcasts.
(3) Those rules are to have effect subject to sections 37 and 12 7 of the Political
Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000 (c. 41) (only regist ered parties and
designated organisations to be entitled to party political broa dcasts or
referendum campaign broadcasts).
(4) Rules made by OFCOM for the purposes of this section may mak e different
provision for different cases.
(5) Before making any rules for the purposes of this section, OF COM must have
regard to any views expressed by the Electoral Commission.
(6) In this section—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions295
“designated organisation”, in relation to a referendum, means a  person or
body designated by the Electoral Commission under section 108 o f the
Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000 (c. 41) in  respect
of that referendum;
“national radio service” means a national service within the me aning of
section 245 of this Act; and
“referendum campaign broadcast” has the meaning given by sectio n 127
of that Act.
Monitoring of programmes
334 Retention and production of recordings
(1) The regulatory regime for every programme service licensed b y a Broadcasting
Act licence includes conditions imposing on the provider of the  service—
(a) a requirement in respect of every programme included in the service to
retain a recording of the programme in a specified form and for  a
specified period after its inclusion; 
(b) a requirement to comply with any request by OFCOM to produce  to
them for examination or reproduction a recording retained inpursuance of the conditions in the licence; and
(c) a requirement, if the provider is able to do so, to comply w ith any
request by OFCOM to produce to them a script or transcript of aprogramme included in the programme service.
(2) The period specified for the purposes of a condition under s ubsection (1)(a)
must be—
(a) in the case of a programme included in a television programm e service,
a period not exceeding ninety days; and
(b) in the case of a programme included in a radio programme ser vice, a
period not exceeding forty-two days.
(3) For the purpose of maintaining supervision of the programmes  included in
programme services, OFCOM may themselves make and use recording s of
those programmes or any part of them.
(4) Nothing in this Part is to be construed as requiring OFCOM, in the carrying out
of their functions under this Part as respects programme servic es and the
programmes included in them, to view or listen to programmes in  advance of
their being included in such services.
International obligations
335 Conditions securing compliance with international obligation s
(1) The regulatory regime for every service to which this sectio n applies includes
the conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for securing tha t the relevant
international obligations of the United Kingdom are complied wi th.
(2) In this section “relevant international obligations of the U nited Kingdom”
means the international obligations of the United Kingdom which  have been
notified to OFCOM by the Secretary of State for the purposes of  this section.
(3) This section applies to the following services—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions296
(a) any Channel 3 service;
(b) Channel 4;
(c) Channel 5;
(d) the public teletext service;
(e) any television licensable content service;
(f) any digital television programme service;
(g) any additional television service;
(h) any digital additional television service;
(i) any restricted television service.
(4) The conditions included in any licence in accordance with th e other provisions
of this Chapter are in addition to any conditions included in t hat licence in
pursuance of this section and have effect subject to them.
Government requirements for licensed services
336 Government requirements for licensed services
(1) If it appears to the Secretary of State or any other Ministe r of the Crown to be
appropriate to do so in connection with any of his functions, t he Secretary of
State or that Minister may at any time by notice require OFCOM to give a
direction under subsection (2).
(2) A direction under this subsection is a direction to the hold ers of the
Broadcasting Act licences specified in the notice under subsect ion (1) to include
an announcement so specified in their licensed services.
(3) The direction may specify the times at which the announcemen t is to be
broadcast or otherwise transmitted.
(4) Where the holder of a Broadcasting Act licence includes an a nnouncement in
his licensed service in pursuance of a direction under this sec tion, he may
announce that he is doing so in pursuance of such a direction.
(5) The Secretary of State may, at any time, by notice require O FCOM to direct the
holders of the Broadcasting Act licences specified in the notic e to refrain from
including in their licensed services any matter, or description  of matter,
specified in the notice.
(6) Where—
(a) OFCOM have given the holder of a Broadcasting Act licence a direction
in accordance with a notice under subsection (5), 
(b) in consequence of the revocation by the Secretary of State o f such a
notice, OFCOM have revoked such a direction, or
(c) such a notice has expired,
the holder of the licence in question may include in the licens ed service an
announcement of the giving or revocation of the direction or of  the expiration
of the notice, as the case may be.
(7) OFCOM must comply with every requirement contained in a noti ce under this
section.
(8) The powers conferred by this section are in addition to any powers specifically
conferred on the Secretary of State by or under this Act or any  other enactment.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions297
(9) In this section “Minister of the Crown” includes the Treasur y.
Equal opportunities and training
337 Promotion of equal opportunities and training
(1) The regulatory regime for every service to which this sectio n applies includes
the conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for requiring th e licence
holder to make arrangements for promoting, in relation to emplo yment with
the licence holder, equality of opportunity—
(a) between men and women; and
(b) between persons of different racial groups.
(2) That regime includes conditions requiring the licence holder  to make
arrangements for promoting, in relation to employment with the licence
holder, the equalisation of opportunities for disabled persons.
(3) The regulatory regime for every service to which this sectio n applies includes
the conditions that OFCOM consider appropriate for requiring th e licence
holder to make arrangements for the training and retraining of persons whom
he employs, in or in connection with— 
(a) the provision of the licensed service; or
(b) the making of programmes to be included in that service.
(4) The conditions imposed by virtue of subsections (1) to (3) m ust contain
provision, in relation to the arrangements made in pursuance of  those
conditions, requiring the person providing the service in quest ion—
(a) to take appropriate steps to make those affected by the arra ngements
aware of them (including such publication of the arrangements a s may
be required in accordance with the conditions);
(b) from time to time, to review the arrangements; and
(c) from time to time (and at least annually) to publish, in suc h manner as
he considers appropriate, his observations on the current opera tion and
effectiveness of the arrangements.
(5) The conditions imposed by virtue of this section may include  provision for
treating obligations to make the arrangements mentioned in subs ections (1) to
(3), or to do anything mentioned in subsection (4), as discharg ed where a
member of a group of companies to which the licence holder belo ngs—
(a) has made the required arrangements in relation to employment  with
the licence holder; or
(b) has done anything required by subsection (4) in relation to those
arrangements.
(6) This section applies to a service if—
(a) it is a service the provision of which is authorised by a Br oadcasting Act
licence; and
(b) the requirements of both subsections (7) and (8) are satisfi ed in the case
of that service.
(7) The requirements of this subsection are satisfied in the cas e of a service
provided by a person if—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions298
(a) that person employs, or is likely to employ, more than the t hreshold
number of individuals in connection with the provision of licen sed
services; or
(b) the threshold number is exceeded by the aggregate number of
individuals who are, or are likely to be, employed in that conn ection by
members of a group of companies comprising that person and one or
more other bodies corporate. 
(8) The requirements of this subsection are satisfied in the cas e of a service if the
licence authorising the provision of that service authorises ei ther that service
or another service authorised by that licence to be provided on  a number of
days in any year which exceeds the threshold number of days (wh ether or not
the service is in fact provided on those days).
(9) In this section—
“disabled” has the same meaning as in the Disability Discrimina tion Act
1995 (c. 50);
“licensed service”, in relation to an employee or likely employ ee of a
person, means a service the provision of which—
(a) by that person, or
(b) by a body corporate which is a member of the same group of
companies as that person,
is authorised by a Broadcasting Act licence;
“racial group” has the same meaning as in the Race Relations Ac t 1976
(c. 74) or, in Northern Ireland, the Race Relations (Northern Ir eland)
Order 1997 (S.I. 1997/869 (N.I. 6));
“the threshold number” means—
(a) in relation to individuals, twenty; and
(b) in relation to days, thirty-one.
(10) For the purposes of this section a person is a member of a group of companies
to which a person licensed to provide a service belongs if, and  only if, both of
them are bodies corporate and either—
(a) one of them is controlled by the other; or
(b) both of them are controlled by the same person.
(11) In subsection (10) “controlled” has the same meaning as in Part 1 of Schedule 2
to the 1990 Act.
(12) The Secretary of State may, by order—
(a) amend subsection (1) by adding any other form of equality of
opportunity that he considers appropriate;
(b) amend the definition of “the threshold number” in subsection  (9).
(13) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by s ubsection (12)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions299
Corresponding rules for the BBC and Welsh Authority
338 Corresponding rules for the BBC and the Welsh Authority
Schedule 12 (which provides for the imposition on the BBC and t he Welsh
Authority of obligations corresponding to obligations included in the
regulatory regime for licensed providers) shall have effect.
Enforcement against the Welsh Authority
339 Review of fulfilment by Welsh Authority of public service re mits
(1) The Secretary of State may carry out a review of the perform ance by the Welsh
Authority of their duty to secure that each of the following pu blic service
remits— 
(a) that for S4C;
(b) that for S4C Digital; and
(c) that for each of the television programme services provided by them
with the approval of the Secretary of State under section 205,
is fulfilled in relation the services to which it applies.
(2) The first review carried out under this section—
(a) shall be a review relating to the period since the passing o f this Act; and
(b) must not be carried out before the end of the period of five  years
beginning with the day of the passing of this Act.
(3) A subsequent review—
(a) shall be a review relating to the period since the end of th e period to
which the previous review related; and 
(b) must not be carried out less than five years after the day o f the
publication of the report of the previous review.
(4) On a review under this section the Secretary of State—
(a) shall consult the National Assembly for Wales and the Welsh Authority
on the matters under review; and
(b) shall have regard to their opinions when reaching his conclu sions.
(5) The Secretary of State shall also consult such other persons  as he considers are
likely to be affected by whether, and in what manner, the Welsh  Authority
perform the duty mentioned in subsection (1).
(6) As soon as practicable after the conclusion of a review unde r this section the
Secretary of State must publish a report of his conclusions.
340 Directions to Welsh Authority to take remedial action
(1) This section applies if the Secretary of State’s conclusions  on a review under
section 339 include a finding—
(a) that the Welsh Authority has failed in any respect to perfor m their duty
to secure that the public service remit for a service mentioned  in that
section is fulfilled; and
(b) that there is no reasonable excuse for the failure.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions300
(2) The Secretary of State may give the Welsh Authority general or specific
directions requiring them to take the steps that he considers w ill ensure that the
Authority perform their duty properly in future.
(3) The Secretary of State is not to give a direction under this  section unless a draft
of the proposed direction has been laid before Parliament and a pproved by a
resolution of each House.
(4) Before laying a proposed direction before Parliament, the Se cretary of State
must consult the Welsh Authority.
(5) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to comply with e very direction
under this section.
341 Imposition of penalties on the Welsh Authority
(1) This section applies to the following requirements so far as  they are imposed
on the Welsh Authority in relation to services provided by them —
(a) the requirements imposed by or under paragraphs 7 and 8 of S chedule
12 (programme quotas);
(b) the requirements imposed by paragraph 9(1) and (3) of that S chedule
(news and current affairs);
(c) the requirements imposed by paragraph 10 of that Schedule (c ode
relating to programme commissioning) or by a direction under su b-
paragraph (3)(d) of that paragraph;
(d) the requirement imposed by virtue of paragraph 12 of that Sc hedule to
comply with standards set under section 319, so far as that req uirement
relates to standards set otherwise than for the purpose of secu ring the
objectives set out in subsection (2)(c) or (d) of that section;
(e) the requirements imposed by paragraphs 14 and 16 of that Sch edule
(advertising or sponsorship) to comply with a direction under t hose
paragraphs;
(f) the requirement imposed by paragraph 17 of that Schedule (ob servance
of the fairness code);
(g) the requirement imposed by paragraph 19 of that Schedule (pu blicising
complaints procedure);
(h) the requirement imposed by paragraph 20 of that Schedule (mo nitoring
of programmes);
(i) the requirement imposed by paragraph 21 of that Schedule
(international obligations) to comply with a direction under th at
paragraph;
(j) the requirement under paragraph 22 of that Schedule (assista nce for
disabled people) to comply with the code for the time being in force
under section 303;
(k) the requirement to comply with a direction under section 119 (1) of the
1996 Act (directions in respect of fairness matters).
(2) If OFCOM are satisfied that there has been a contravention o f a requirement to
which this section applies, they may serve on the Welsh Authori ty a notice
requiring the Authority, within the specified period, to pay OF COM a
specified penalty.
(3) The amount of the penalty must not exceed £250,000.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions301
(4) OFCOM are not to serve a notice on the Welsh Authority under  this section
unless they have given them a reasonable opportunity of makingrepresentations to OFCOM about the matters appearing to OFCOM t o provide
grounds for the service of the notice.
(5) An exercise by OFCOM of their powers under this section does  not preclude
any exercise by them of their powers under paragraph 15 of Sche dule 12 in
respect of the same contravention.
(6) The Secretary of State may by order substitute a different s um for the sum for
the time being specified in subsection (3).
(7) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by su bsection (6)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.
342 Contraventions recorded in Welsh Authority’s annual report
In paragraph 13 of Schedule 6 to the 1990 Act (annual report of  the Welsh
Authority)—
(a) in sub-paragraph (2), the words from “and shall include” onw ards shall
be omitted; and
(b) after that sub-paragraph there shall be inserted—
“(3) The report shall also—
(a) set out every contravention notification given by
OFCOM to the Authority during the year; and
(b) include such other information (including
information relating to the Authority’s financialposition) as the Secretary of State may from time totime direct. 
(4) In sub-paragraph (3), ‘contravention notification’ means a
notification of a determination by OFCOM of a contraventionby the Authority of any obligation imposed by or under thisAct, the 1996 Act or Part 3 of the Communications Act 2003.”
343 Provision of information by Welsh Authority
(1) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to comply with e very direction
given to them by OFCOM to provide OFCOM with information fallin g within
subsection (2).
(2) The information that the Welsh Authority may be directed to provide is any
information which OFCOM may reasonably require for the purposes  of
carrying out their functions in relation to the Welsh Authority  under this Act,
the 1990 Act or the 1996 Act.
(3) Information that is required to be provided by a direction u nder this section
must be provided in such manner and at such times as may be req uired by the
direction.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions302
Enforcement of licence conditions
344 Transmission of statement of findings 
(1) Sections 40 and 109 of the 1990 Act (power to direct license e to broadcast
correction or apology) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “apology”, wherever occurring, there shall be substitute d “a statement of
findings”.
(3) After subsection (5), there shall be inserted—
“(6) For the purposes of this section a statement of findings, i n relation to a
case in which OFCOM are satisfied that the holder of a licence has
contravened the conditions of his licence, is a statement of OF COM’s
findings in relation to that contravention.”
345 Financial penalties imposable on licence holders
Schedule 13 (which modifies the maximum penalties that may be i mposed on
the holders of Broadcasting Act licences) shall have effect.
346 Recovery of fees and penalties
(1) This section applies to the following amounts—
(a) any amount payable to OFCOM under a Broadcasting Act licence ;
(b) the amount of a penalty imposed by OFCOM under Part 1 or 3 o f the
1990 Act, Part 1 or 2 of the 1996 Act or this Part of this Act.
(2) Every amount to which this section applies shall be recovera ble by OFCOM as
a debt due to them from the person obliged to pay it.
(3) The following liabilities—
(a) a person’s liability to have a penalty imposed on him under Part 1 or 3
of the 1990 Act, Part 1 or 2 of the 1996 Act or this Part in re spect of acts
or omissions of his occurring while he was the holder of a Broa dcasting
Act licence, and
(b) a liability of a person as the holder of such a licence to p ay an amount
to which this section applies, 
are not affected by that person’s Broadcasting Act licence havi ng ceased (for
any reason) to be in force before the imposition of the penalty  or the payment
of that amount.
Broadcasting Act licence fees
347 Statement of charging principles
(1) OFCOM are not to fix a tariff under section 4(3) or 87(3) of  the 1990 Act or
under section 4(3) or 43(3) of the 1996 Act (tariffs for fees p ayable under
Broadcasting Act licences for recovering OFCOM’s costs) unless—
(a) at the time they do so, there is in force a statement of the  principles that
OFCOM are proposing to apply in fixing that tariff; and
(b) the tariff is fixed in accordance with those principles.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 4 — Regulatory provisions303
(2) Those principles must be such as appear to OFCOM to be likel y to secure, on
the basis of such estimates of the likely costs that it is prac ticable for them to
make— 
(a) that the aggregate amount of the Broadcasting Act licence fe es that are
required to be paid to OFCOM during a financial year is suffici ent to
enable them to meet, but does not exceed, the cost to them of t he
carrying out during that year of their functions relating to th e
regulation of broadcasting;
(b) that the requirement imposed by virtue of paragraph (a) is s atisfied by
the application to such fees of tariffs that are justifiable an d
proportionate to the matters in respect of which they are impos ed; and
(c) that the relationship between meeting the cost of carrying o ut those
functions and the tariffs applied to such fees is transparent.
(3) Before making or revising a statement of principles OFCOM mu st consult such
of the persons who, in OFCOM’s opinion, are likely to be affect ed by those
principles as they think fit.
(4) The making or revision of a statement of principles for the purposes of this
section has to be by the publication of the statement, or revis ed statement, in
such manner as OFCOM consider appropriate for bringing it to th e attention
of the persons who, in their opinion, are likely to be affected  by it.
(5) As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each fina ncial year, OFCOM
must publish a statement setting out, for that year—
(a) the aggregate amount received by them during that year in re spect of
Broadcasting Act licence fees required to be paid during that y ear;
(b) the aggregate amount outstanding and likely to be paid or re covered in
respect of Broadcasting Act licence fees that are required to b e so paid;
and
(c) the cost to OFCOM of the carrying out during that year of th eir
functions relating to the regulation of broadcasting.
(6) Any deficit or surplus shown (after applying this subsection  for all previous
years) by a statement under subsection (5) shall be—
(a) carried forward; and
(b) taken into account in determining what is required to satisf y the
requirement imposed by virtue of subsection (2)(a) in relation to the
following year.
(7) References in this section to OFCOM’s functions relating to the regulation of
broadcasting do not include references to any of their function s in relation to
the BBC or the Welsh Authority.
(8) In this section—
“Broadcasting Act licence fee” means a fee required to be paid to OFCOM
in pursuance of conditions included in a Broadcasting Act licen ce
under any of the following provisions—
(a) section 4(1)(b) or 87(1)(c) of the 1990 Act; or
(b) section 4(1)(b) or 43(1)(c) of the 1996 Act;
“financial year” means a period of twelve months ending with 31 st March.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 5 — Media ownership and control304
CHAPTER  5
MEDIA  OWNERSHIP  AND  CONTROL
Restrictions on licence holders
348 Modification of disqualification provisions
(1) In Part 2 of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act (disqualification fr om holding licences),
paragraphs (a) and (b) of paragraph 1(1) (individuals and bodie s from outside
the member States) shall cease to have effect.
(2) In sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 2 of that Part (disqualifi cation of religious
bodies etc.), for the words before paragraph (a) there shall be  substituted—
“2 (1) The following persons are disqualified persons in relation  only to
licences falling within sub-paragraph (1A)—”.
(3) For sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) of that paragraph there shall  be substituted—
“(1A) A licence falls within this sub-paragraph if it is—
(a) a Channel 3 licence;
(b) a Channel 5 licence;
(c) a national sound broadcasting licence;
(d) a public teletext licence;
(e) an additional television service licence;
(f) a television multiplex licence; or
(g) a radio multiplex licence.
(1B) In this paragraph—
‘additional television service licence’ means a licence under
Part 1 of this Act to provide an additional television servicewithin the meaning of Part 3 of the Communications Act2003;
‘Channel 3 licence’ and ‘Channel 5 licence’ each has the same
meaning as in Part 1 of this Act;
‘national sound broadcasting licence’ means a licence to
provide a sound broadcasting service (within the meaningof Part 3 of this Act) which is a national service (within themeaning of that Part);
‘public teletext licence’ means a licence to provide the public
teletext service (within the meaning of Part 3 of theCommunications Act 2003);
‘radio multiplex licence’ means a licence under Part 2 of the
Broadcasting Act 1996 to provide a radio multiplex servicewithin the meaning of that Part; and
‘television multiplex licence’ means a licence under Part 1 of
the Broadcasting Act 1996 to provide a multiplex servicewithin the meaning of that Part.”
(4) In paragraph 4(2)(b) of that Part (bodies that are relevant bodies for the
purposes of general disqualification on grounds of undue influe nce) for “as
mentioned in paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) above” there shall be sub stituted—
“(i) by a person falling within paragraph 1(1)(c) to (g)
above;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 5 — Media ownership and control305
(ii) by a person falling within paragraph 3 above; or
(iii) by two or more persons taken together each of whom
falls within sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) (whether or notthey all fall within the same sub-paragraph).” 
(5) The Secretary of State may by order make provision—
(a) for repealing paragraph 2 of Part 2 of Schedule 2 to the 199 0 Act; or
(b) for making such other modifications of that paragraph and an y
enactment referring to it as he thinks fit.
(6) Before making an order under subsection (5) (other than one that is confined to
giving effect to recommendations made by OFCOM in a report of a  review
under section 391), the Secretary of State must consult OFCOM.
(7) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by su bsection (5)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.
349 Licence holding by local authorities
(1) In Part 2 of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act (disqualification fr om holding licences),
in paragraph 1 (which includes a disqualification for local aut horities)— 
(a) in sub-paragraph (1), for “sub-paragraph (2)” there shall be  substituted
“sub-paragraph (1A)”; and
(b) after that sub-paragraph there shall be inserted—
“(1A) Where a service is provided exclusively for the purposes o f
the carrying out of the functions of a local authority undersection 142 of the Local Government Act 1972 (provision bylocal authorities of information relating to their activities),  a
p e r s o n  i s  d i s q u a l i f i e d  b y  v i r t u e  o f  s u b - p a r a g r a p h  ( 1 )  i nrelation to a licence to provide that service only if he wouldbe so disqualified disregarding paragraph (c) of that sub-paragraph.”
(2) In section 142 of the Local Government Act 1972 (c. 70) (prov ision by local
authorities of information relating to their activities), after  subsection (1A)
there shall be inserted—
“(1AA) A local authority may—
(a) for the purpose of broadcasting or distributing information
falling within subsection (1AB), provide an electroniccommunications network or electronic communicationsservice, or
(b) arrange with the provider of such a network or service for t he
broadcasting or distribution of such information by means ofthe network or service. 
(1AB) Information falls within this subsection, in relation to a  local authority,
if it is one or both of the following—
(a) information concerning the services within the area of the
authority that are provided either by the authority themselvesor by other authorities mentioned in subsection (1B) below;
(b) information relating to the functions of the authority. Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 5 — Media ownership and control306
(1AC) Nothing in subsection (1AA) entitles a local authority to do anything in
contravention of a requirement or restriction imposed by or und er—
(a) the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949,
(b) the Broadcasting Act 1990,
(c) the Broadcasting Act 1996, or
(d) the Communications Act 2003,
and in that subsection ‘electronic communications network’ and
‘electronic communications service’ each has the same meaning a s in
the Communications Act 2003.”
(3) In section 2(1) of the Local Government Act 1986 (c. 10) (res triction on
publication by a local authority of material designed to affect  support for a
political party), after “publish” there shall be inserted “, or arrange for the
publication of,”.
350 Relaxation of licence-holding restrictions
(1) Parts 3 to 5 of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act (restrictions on accumulations of
interests and on licence holding by newspaper proprietors and p ublic
telecommunications providers) shall cease to have effect.
(2) In each of sections 5 and 88 of the 1990 Act and of sections  5 and 44 of the 1996
Act (under which the provisions of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act a re given effect),
for paragraph (b) of subsection (1) there shall be substituted—
“(b) that a person does not become the holder of a licence if
requirements imposed by or under Schedule 14 to theCommunications Act 2003 would be contravened were he to doso; and
(c) that those requirements are not contravened in the case of a
person who already holds a licence.”
(3) Schedule 14 (which provides for the imposition of requiremen ts which, in the
case of Channel 3 services and certain radio services, replace those imposed by
or under Parts 3 and 4 of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act and requir es approval for
the holding of certain licences by religious bodies etc.) shall  have effect.
(4) The Secretary of State must not by order under section 411 a ppoint a day falling
before the commencement day for paragraph 11 of Schedule 14 as the day for
the coming into force of the repeal by this Act of any of the p rovisions of Parts
3 and 4 of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act so far as they relate to the holding of
licences for the provision of any local services (within the me aning of Part 3 of
that Act).
(5) The Secretary of State must not by order under section 411 a ppoint a day falling
before the commencement day for paragraph 12 of Schedule 14 as the day for
the coming into force of the repeal by this Act of any of the p rovisions of Parts
3 and 4 of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act so far as they relate to the holding of local
digital sound programme licences or the provision of local digi tal sound
programme services.
(6) In this section “the commencement day”, in relation paragrap h 11 or 12 of
Schedule 14, means the day on which the first order to be made under that
paragraph comes into force.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 5 — Media ownership and control307
Changes of control
351 Changes of control of Channel 3 services
(1) The regulatory regime for every Channel 3 service provided b y a body
corporate includes—
(a) a condition requiring the licence holder to give OFCOM advan ce
notification of any proposals known to the body that may give r ise to a
relevant change of control; and
(b) a condition requiring the licence holder to provide OFCOM, i n such
manner and at such times as they may reasonably require, with s uch
information as they consider necessary for the purposes of exer cising
their functions under this section and section 352.
(2) OFCOM must carry out a review where—
(a) they receive notification, in accordance with a condition of  a Channel 3
licence, of proposals that may give rise to a relevant change o f control;
or
(b) a relevant change of control takes place (whether or not tha t change has
been previously notified to OFCOM).
(3) The review shall be a review of the effects or likely effect s, in relation to the
matters mentioned in subsections (4) to (7), of—
(a) the change to which the proposals may give rise; or
(b) the change that has taken place.
(4) The matters mentioned in this subsection are—
(a) the extent to which time available for broadcasting programm es
included in the service is allocated to programmes of each of t he
following descriptions—
(i) original productions;
(ii) news programmes; and
(iii) current affairs programmes;
(b) the extent to which programmes of each of those descriptions  that are
included in the service are broadcast at peak viewing times.
(5) The matters mentioned in this subsection are—
(a) the extent to which Channel 3 programmes made in the United
Kingdom that are included in the service are programmes madeoutside the M25 area;
(b) the range of Channel 3 programmes made in the United Kingdom
outside that area that are included in the service;
(c) the extent to which the expenditure of the provider of the s ervice on
Channel 3 programmes is referable to programme production atdifferent production centres outside the M25 area;
(d) the range of different such production centres to which that
expenditure is referable.
(6) The matters mentioned in this subsection are—
(a) the quality and range of regional programmes included in the  service;
(b) the quality and range of other programmes included in the se rvice
which contribute to the regional character of the service;
(c) the quality and range of the programmes made available by th e licence
holder for the purposes of inclusion in the nationwide system o fCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 5 — Media ownership and control308
services referred to in section 14(1) of the 1990 Act (nationwi de Channel
3 service). 
(7) The matters mentioned in this subsection are—
(a) the amount of time given, in the programmes included in the service—
(i) to regional programmes; and
(ii) to programmes included in the service which contribute to t he
regional character of the service;
(b) the proportion of regional programmes included in the servic e which
are made within the area for which the service is provided;
(c) the extent of the use, in connection with the service, of th e services of
persons employed (whether by the licence holder or any other pe rson)
within that area;
(d) the extent to which managerial or editorial decisions relati ng to
programmes to be included in the service are taken by persons s o
employed within that area.
(8) In relation to a national Channel 3 service, subsections (3)  to (7) have effect as
if—
(a) subsection (5) applied only where the service is subject to conditions
imposed by virtue of a decision of OFCOM under section 286(2) o r
OFCOM otherwise consider, having regard to the nature of the se rvice,
that it is appropriate to consider the matters mentioned in tha t
subsection;
(b) references to regional programmes were references to program mes
which are regional programmes (within the meaning of section 28 7) in
relation to that service and are included in it in accordance w ith a
condition imposed under subsection (4)(a) of that section; 
(c) references to the regional character of the service were ref erences to the
regional character of parts of the service;
(d) subsection (6)(c) of this section were omitted; and
(e) references, in relation to programmes such as are mentioned in
paragraph (b), to the area for which the service is provided we re
references to the part of that area where the people are living  to whom
those programmes are likely to be of particular interest.
(9) Where OFCOM carry out a review under subsection (2), they mu st publish a
report of that review—
(a) setting out their conclusions; and
(b) specifying any steps which they propose to take under sectio n 352.
(10) In this section—
“Channel 3 programmes” and “expenditure” each has the same mean ing
as in section 286;
“original production” has the same meaning as in section 278;
“peak viewing time”—
(a) in relation to original productions, means a time determined  by
OFCOM for the purposes of section 278 to be a peak viewingtime for the service in question; and
(b) in relation to news programmes or current affairs programmes ,
means a time so determined for the purposes of section 279;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 5 — Media ownership and control309
“regional programme”, in relation to a Channel 3 service, means  (subject
to subsection (8)) a programme (including a news programme) whi ch
is of particular interest—
(a) to persons living within the area for which the service is
provided;
(b) to persons living within a part of that area; or
(c) to particular communities living within that area;
“relevant change of control” means a change in the persons havi ng control
over—
(a) a body holding the licence to provide a Channel 3 service; o r
(b) any body which—
(i) is connected with a body holding such a licence; and
(ii) is involved, to a substantial extent, in the provision of t he
programmes included in the service provided under thatlicence, or is likely to become so involved.
(11) Expressions used in this section and in Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act
(restrictions on licence holders) have the same meanings in thi s section as in
that Part.
352 Action following review under s. 351
(1) If, on a review under subsection (2) of section 351, it appe ars to OFCOM that
the relevant change of control is or would be prejudicial to on e or more of the
matters mentioned in subsections (4) to (6) of that section, th ey shall vary the
licence in accordance with subsection (2).
(2) The variation—
(a) must be made with a view to ensuring that the relevant chang e of
control is not prejudicial to any of the matters so mentioned; and
(b) must be a variation for the inclusion in the licence of such  conditions
relating to any of those matters as they consider appropriate.
(3) If it appears to OFCOM, having regard to the matters mention ed in subsection
(7) of section 351—
(a) that the proposed change of control would be prejudicial to the regional
character of the service or (as the case may be) of any parts o f it, or
(b) that the actual change of control is so prejudicial,
they may vary the licence so as to include in it such condition s relating to any
of those matters as they consider appropriate.
(4) Subject to subsection (5), any new or varied condition impos ed under this
section in relation to any matter may be more onerous than the conditions
relating to that matter having effect before the relevant chang e of control.
(5) A variation under this section must not provide for the incl usion of a new or
varied condition in a licence unless the new condition, or the condition as
varied, is one which (with any necessary modifications) would h ave been
satisfied by the licence holder throughout the twelve months im mediately
before the relevant date.
(6) In subsection (5) “the relevant date” is the date of the rel evant change of control
or, if earlier, the date on which OFCOM exercise their powers u nder this
section.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 5 — Media ownership and control310
(7) A variation of a licence under this section shall be effecte d by the service of a
notice of the variation on the licence holder.
(8) OFCOM are not to serve a notice of a variation under this se ction unless they
have given the body on whom it is served a reasonable opportuni ty, after the
publication of the report of the review under section 351, of m aking
representations to them about the variation.
(9) Where, in a case of a proposed change of control, a notice v arying a licence
under this section is served before the change to which it rela tes takes place, the
variation is not to take effect until the change takes place.
(10) A condition included in a licence by a variation under this  section may be
further varied by OFCOM either—
(a) with the consent of the licence holder; or
(b) in any other case, after complying with the requirements of section
3(4)(b) of the 1990 Act (variation after giving opportunity forrepresentations by the licence holder).
(11) Expressions used in this section and section 351 have the s ame meanings in this
section as in that.
353 Changes of control of Channel 5
(1) The regulatory regime for Channel 5 includes, in every case where it is
provided by a body corporate—
(a) a condition requiring the licence holder to give OFCOM advan ce
notification of any proposals known to the body that may give r ise to a
relevant change of control; and
(b) a condition requiring the licence holder to provide OFCOM, i n such
manner and at such times as they may reasonably require, with s uch
information as they consider necessary for the purposes of exer cising
their functions under this section and section 354.
(2) OFCOM must carry out a review where—
(a) they receive notification, in accordance with a condition of  the licence
to provide Channel 5, of proposals that may give rise to a rele vant
change of control; or
(b) a relevant change of control takes place (whether or not tha t change has
been previously notified to OFCOM).
(3) The review shall be a review of the effects or likely effect s, in relation to the
matters mentioned in subsections (4) and (5), of—
(a) the change to which the proposals may give rise; or
(b) the change that has taken place.
(4) The matters mentioned in this subsection are—
(a) the extent to which time available for broadcasting programm es
included in Channel 5 is allocated to programmes of each of thefollowing descriptions— 
(i) original productions;
(ii) news programmes; and
(iii) current affairs programmes;
(b) the extent to which programmes of each of those descriptions  that are
included in that Channel are broadcast at peak viewing times.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 5 — Media ownership and control311
(5) The matters mentioned in this subsection are—
(a) the extent to which programmes made in the United Kingdom th at are
included in the service are programmes made outside the M25 are a;
(b) the range of programmes made in the United Kingdom outside t hat
area that are included in Channel 5;
(c) the extent to which the expenditure of the provider of Chann el 5 on
programmes made in the United Kingdom is referable to programmeproduction at different production centres outside the M25 area ;
(d) the range of different such production centres to which that
expenditure is referable.
(6) Where OFCOM carry out a review under subsection (2), they mu st publish a
report of that review—
(a) setting out their conclusions; and
(b) specifying any steps which they propose to take under sectio n 354.
(7) In this section—
“expenditure”, in relation to a programme, means—
(a) expenditure which constitutes an investment in or is otherwi se
attributable to the making of the programme; or
(b) expenditure on the commissioning or other acquisition of the
programme or on the acquisition of a right to include it in aservice or to have it broadcast;
“original production” has the same meaning as in section 278;
“peak viewing time”—
(a) in relation to original productions, means a time determined  by
OFCOM for the purposes of section 278 to be a peak viewingtime for Channel 5; and
(b) in relation to news programmes or current affairs programmes ,
means a time so determined for the purposes of section 279;
“relevant change of control” means a change in the persons havi ng control
over—
(a) a body holding a licence to provide Channel 5; or
(b) any body which—
(i) is connected with a body holding such a licence; and
(ii) is involved, to a substantial extent, in the provision of t he
programmes included in that channel, or is likely tobecome so involved.
(8) Expressions used in this section and in Part 1 of Schedule 2  to the 1990 Act
(restrictions on licence holders) have the same meanings in thi s section as in
that Part.
354 Action following review under s. 353
(1) If, on a review under subsection (2) of section 353, it appe ars to OFCOM that
the relevant change of control is or would be prejudicial to on e or more of the
matters mentioned in subsections (4) and (5) of that section, t hey shall vary the
licence in accordance with subsection (2).
(2) The variation—
(a) must be made with a view to ensuring that the relevant chang e of
control is not prejudicial to any of the matters so mentioned; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 5 — Media ownership and control312
(b) must be a variation for the inclusion in the licence of such  conditions
relating to any of those matters as they consider appropriate.
(3) Subject to subsection (4), any new or varied condition impos ed under this
section in relation to any matter may be more onerous than the conditions
relating to that matter having effect before the relevant chang e of control.
(4) A variation under this section must not provide for the incl usion of a new or
varied condition in a licence unless the new condition, or the condition as
varied, is one which (with any necessary modifications) would h ave been
satisfied by the licence holder throughout the twelve months im mediately
before the relevant date.
(5) In subsection (4) “the relevant date” is the date of the rel evant change of control
or, if earlier, the date on which OFCOM exercise their powers u nder this
section.
(6) A variation of a licence under this section shall be effecte d by the service of a
notice of the variation on the licence holder.
(7) OFCOM are not to serve a notice of a variation under this se ction unless they
have given the body on whom it is served a reasonable opportuni ty, after the
publication of the report of the review under section 353, of m aking
representations to them about the variation.
(8) Where, in a case of a proposed change of control, a notice v arying a licence
under this section is served before the change to which it rela tes takes place, the
variation is not to take effect until the change takes place.
(9) A condition included in a licence by a variation under this section may be
further varied by OFCOM either—
(a) with the consent of the licence holder; or
(b) in any other case, after complying with the requirements of section
3(4)(b) of the 1990 Act (variation after giving opportunity forrepresentations by the licence holder).
(10) Expressions used in this section and section 353 have the s ame meanings in this
section as in that.
355 Variation of local licence following change of control
(1) The regulatory regime for every local sound broadcasting ser vice provided by
a body corporate includes—
(a) a condition requiring the licence holder to give OFCOM advan ce
notification of any proposals known to it that may give rise to  a relevant
change of control; and
(b) a condition requiring the licence holder to provide OFCOM, i n such
manner and at such times as they may reasonably require, with s uch
information as they consider necessary for the purposes of exer cising
their functions under this section and section 356.
(2) OFCOM must carry out a review where—
(a) they receive notification, in accordance with a condition of  a local
sound broadcasting licence, of proposals that may give rise to a
relevant change of control; or
(b) a relevant change of control takes place (whether or not tha t change has
been previously notified to OFCOM).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 5 — Media ownership and control313
(3) The review shall be a review of the effects or likely effect s, in relation to the
matters mentioned in subsection (4), of—
(a) the change to which the proposals may give rise; or
(b) the change that has taken place.
(4) Those matters are—
(a) the quality and range of programmes included in the service;
(b) the character of the service;
(c) the extent to which OFCOM’s duty under section 314 is perfor med in
relation to the service.
(5) The matters to which OFCOM must have regard in determining f or the
purposes of this section the character of a local sound broadca sting service,
include, in particular, the selection of spoken material and mu sic in
programmes included in the service.
(6) Where OFCOM carry out a review under subsection (2), they mu st publish a
report of that review—
(a) setting out their conclusions; and
(b) specifying any steps which they propose to take under sectio n 356.
(7) In this section “relevant change of control” means a change in the persons
having control over—
(a) a body holding the licence to provide a local sound broadcas ting
service; or
(b) any body which—
(i) is connected with a body holding such a licence; and
(ii) is involved, to a substantial extent, in the provision of t he
programmes included in the service provided under thatlicence, or is likely to become so involved.
(8) Expressions used in this section and in Schedule 2 to the 19 90 Act (restrictions
on licence holders) have the same meanings in this section as i n that Schedule.
356 Action following review under s. 355
(1) If, on a review under section 355, it appears to OFCOM that the relevant change
of control is or would be prejudicial to one or more of the mat ters mentioned
in subsection (4) of that section, they must vary the local lic ence in accordance
with subsection (2).
(2) The variation—
(a) must be made with a view to ensuring that the relevant chang e of
control is not prejudicial to any of the matters so mentioned; and
(b) must be a variation for the inclusion in the licence of such  conditions
relating to any of those matters as they consider appropriate.
(3) Subject to subsection (4), any new or varied condition impos ed under this
section in relation to any matter may be more onerous than the conditions
relating to that matter having effect before the relevant chang e of control.
(4) A variation under this section must not provide for the incl usion of any new or
varied condition in a licence unless the new condition, or the condition as
varied, is one which (with any necessary modifications) would h ave been
satisfied by the licence holder throughout—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 5 — Media ownership and control314
(a) the three months immediately before the relevant date; or
(b) such other three month period as has been notified under sub section
(5).
(5) If OFCOM consider that the performance of the licence holder  during the three
month period immediately preceding the relevant date is not typ ical of his
performance during the twelve months before the relevant date t hey—
(a) may determine that subsection (4) is to apply by reference t o such other
three month period falling within those twelve months as they m ay
determine; and
(b) must notify any determination under this subsection to the l icence
holder.
(6) In subsection (4) “the relevant date” is the date of the rel evant change of control
or, if earlier, the date on which OFCOM exercise their powers u nder this
section.
(7) A variation of a licence under this section shall be effecte d by the service of a
notice of the variation on the licence holder.
(8) OFCOM are not to serve a notice of a variation under this se ction unless they
have given the body on whom it is served a reasonable opportuni ty, after the
publication of the report of the review under section 355, of m aking
representations to them about the variation.
(9) Where, in a case of a proposed change of control, a notice v arying a licence
under this section is served before the change to which it rela tes takes place, the
variation is not to take effect until that change takes place.
(10) A condition included in a licence by a variation under this  section may be
further varied by OFCOM either—
(a) with the consent of the licence holder; or
(b) in any other case, after complying with the requirements of section
86(5)(b) of the 1990 Act (variation after giving opportunity fo r
representations by the licence holder).
(11) Expressions used in this section and section 355 have the s ame meanings in this
section as in that.
Meaning of control
357 Meaning of “control”
(1) In paragraph 1(3)(b) of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act  (control where a
person will be able, without having at least a 50 per cent. int erest in it, to have
the affairs of a body conducted in accordance with his wishes)—
(a) for “will be able” there shall be substituted “would (if he chose to) be
able in most cases or in significant respects”; and
(b) for “the affairs” there shall be substituted “affairs”.
(2) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to publish guidance setting ou t their intentions
concerning the inclusion of particular matters in the matters t hat they will take
into account when determining whether a person has control of a  body, within
the meaning of paragraph 1(3)(b) of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the  1990 Act.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 5 — Media ownership and control315
(3) OFCOM may from time to time revise the guidance issued by th em under this
section.
(4) OFCOM must publish the guidance and, where they revise it, t he revised
guidance in such manner as they consider appropriate for bringi ng it to the
attention of the persons who, in their opinion, are likely to b e affected by it.
CHAPTER  6
OTHER  PROVISIONS  ABOUT  TELEVISION  AND  RADIO  SERVICES
Annual report on television and radio
358 Annual factual and statistical report
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM—
(a) as soon as practicable after the end of the period of twelve  months
beginning with the commencement of this section, and
(b) as soon as practicable after the end of every subsequent per iod of
twelve months,
to satisfy for that period the review and reporting requirement s of this section.
(2) For any period those obligations are—
(a) to carry out a review of the provision of the television and  radio
services available for reception by members of the public in th e United
Kingdom during that period; and
(b) to prepare a factual and statistical report for that period on the
provision of those services and on the state of the market in w hich they
are provided.
(3) In carrying out a review for any period under this section, OFCOM must
consider, in particular, each of the following—
(a) the extent to which programmes included during that period i n
television and radio services are representative of what OFCOMconsider to be the principal genres for such programmes;
(b) the extent to which codes made by OFCOM under this Part or P art 4 or
5 of the 1996 Act (listed events and fairness) have been compli ed with
during that period;
(c) the extent to which any guidance given by OFCOM under sectio n 314
has been followed during that period;
(d) any trends appearing or operating during that period in the size and
behaviour of the audience for radio and television services;
(e) the financial condition during that period of the market in which those
services are provided and of the market in which programmes for  such
services are produced;
(f) what it is appropriate to achieve by conditions and duties u nder section
277 and paragraphs 1 and 7 of Schedule 12 and the effectiveness  for that
purpose of the conditions and duties for the time being in forc e;
(g) whether it would be appropriate to recommend to the Secretar y of State
that he exercises any of his powers under that section or thoseparagraphs;
(h) the extent to which work on independent productions (within the
meaning of that section and those paragraphs) that are produced  in theCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 6 — Other provisions about television and radio service s316
United Kingdom is done in a range of production centres outside  the
M25 area;
(i) any issues relating to intellectual property in programmes t hat have
arisen or been of significance during that period;
(j) developments in technology that have occurred or become impo rtant
during that period and are relevant to the provision, broadcast ing or
distribution of television and radio programmes;
(k) the availability during that period of persons with skills t hat are used
or likely to be useful in connection with the provision of tele vision and
radio services and the production of programmes for inclusion i n such
services;
(l) the availability during that period of facilities for the pr ovision of
training in such skills.
(4) Every report under this section must set out OFCOM’s finding s on their
consideration of the matters mentioned in subsection (3).
(5) Every report prepared by OFCOM under this section must be pu blished by
them—
(a) as soon as practicable after its preparation is complete; an d
(b) in such manner as they consider appropriate.
(6) OFCOM’s duties under this section are in addition to their d uties under section
264.
Community radio and local digital television
359 Grants to providers
(1) OFCOM may make such grants as they consider appropriate to t he provider of
any service of a description of service in relation to which pr ovision is for the
time being in force under section 262.
(2) The Secretary of State may by order provide that OFCOM may a lso make such
grants as they consider appropriate to the provider of any serv ice of a
description of service in relation to which provision is for th e time being in
force under section 244.
( 3 ) A  g r a n t  m a d e  b y  v i r t u e  o f  t h i s  s e c t i o n  m a y  b e  m a d e  o n  s u c h  t erms and
conditions, and shall become repayable to OFCOM in such circums tances, as
may be specified by OFCOM when making the grant.
(4) A person is not—
(a) by reason of the making to him of a grant by virtue of this section, or
(b) by reason of any terms or conditions (including any provisio ns for
repayment) subject to which such a grant is or has been made to  him,
to be a disqualified person by virtue of any provision of Sched ule 2 to the 1990
Act in relation to a licence mentioned in subsection (5).
(5) Those licences are—
(a) a licence under Part 1 of the 1990 Act, or under Part 1 of t he 1996 Act,
which is granted in accordance with any provision made by an or der
under section 244 of this Act; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 6 — Other provisions about television and radio service s317
(b) a licence under Part 3 of the 1990 Act, or under Part 2 of t he 1996 Act,
which is granted in accordance with any provision made by an or der
under section 262 of this Act.
(6) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.
Supplemental provisions of Part 3
360 Amendments of the 1990 and 1996 Acts 
(1) In section 201 of the 1990 Act (programme services), in subs ection (1)— 
(a) for paragraphs (a) to (bb) there shall be substituted—
“(aa) any service which is a programme service within the
meaning of the Communications Act 2003;”
(b) in paragraph (c), for “a telecommunication system” there sha ll be
substituted “an electronic communications network (within themeaning of the Communications Act 2003)”.
(2) For subsection (2) of that section there shall be substitute d—
“(2A) Subsection (1)(c) does not apply to so much of a service c onsisting only
of sound programmes as—
(a) is a two-way service (within the meaning of section 248(4) o f the
Communications Act 2003);
(b) satisfies the conditions in section 248(5) of that Act; or
(c) is provided for the purpose only of being received by person s
who have qualified as users of the service by reason of beingpersons who fall within paragraph (a) or (b) of section 248(7) of
that Act.
(2B) Subsection (1)(c) does not apply to so much of a service no t consisting
only of sound programmes as—
(a) is a two-way service (within the meaning of section 232 of t he
Communications Act 2003);
(b) satisfies the conditions in section 233(5) of that Act; or
(c) is provided for the purpose only of being received by person s
who have qualified as users of the service by reason of beingpersons who fall within paragraph (a) or (b) of section 233(7) of
that Act.”
(3) Schedule 15 (which makes minor and consequential amendments of the 1990
Act and the 1996 Act for purposes connected with the other prov isions of this
Chapter) shall have effect.
361 Meaning of “available for reception by members of the public ”
(1) The services that are to be taken for the purposes of this P art to be available for
reception by members of the public include (subject to subsecti on (2)) any
service which—
(a) is made available for reception, or is made available for re ception in an
intelligible form, only to persons who subscribe to the service  (whetherCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 6 — Other provisions about television and radio service s318
for a period or in relation to a particular occasion) or who ot herwise
request its provision; but
(b) is a service the facility of subscribing to which, or of oth erwise
requesting its provision, is offered or made available to membe rs of the
public.
(2) A service is not to be treated as available for reception by  members of the
public if each of the three conditions set out in subsections ( 3) to (5) is satisfied. 
(3) The first condition is that the service is confined to the p rovision of a facility— 
(a) for the making by users of the service of individual selecti ons of the
material to be received; and
(b) for receiving whatever is selected.
(4) The second condition is that it is only in response to a sel ection made by a user
of the service that anything (whether encrypted or not)— 
(a) is broadcast from a satellite or by means of a multiplex ser vice; or
(b) is otherwise transmitted by means of an electronic communica tions
network.
(5) The third condition is that the individual selections that m ay be made do not
include any that are limited to electing to be one of the recip ients of material
that is or has been offered for reception on the basis—
(a) that it is material selected by the provider of the service for the purpose
of being made available for broadcasting or distributionsimultaneously, or virtually so, to an audience consisting of u sers of the
service; and
(b) that it will be broadcast or distributed simultaneously, or virtually so,
to every member of the audience (if any) that consists of the u sers of the
service who have elected to receive it.
(6) References in this section to members of the public are refe rences to members
of the public in, or in any area of, any one or more countries or territories
(which may or may not include the United Kingdom).
(7) The Secretary of State may by order modify any of the provis ions of this section
if it appears to him appropriate to do so having regard to any one or more of
the following—
(a) the protection which, taking account of the means by which t he
programmes and services are received or may be accessed, is exp ected
by members of the public as respects the contents of televisionprogrammes or sound programmes;
(b) the extent to which members of the public are able, before t elevision
programmes are watched or accessed, to make use of facilities f or
exercising control, by reference to the contents of the program mes, over
what is watched or accessed;
(c) the practicability of applying different levels of regulatio n in relation to
different services;
(d) the financial impact for providers of particular services of  any
modification of the provisions of that section; and
(e) technological developments that have occurred or are likely to occur.
(8) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by su bsection (7)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 6 — Other provisions about television and radio service s319
(9) In this section “multiplex service” means a television multi plex service, a radio
multiplex service or a general multiplex service.
362 Interpretation of Part 3
(1) In this Part—
“additional radio service” means an additional service within t he
meaning given by section 114(1) of the 1990 Act for the purpose s of Part
3 of that Act;
“additional television service” (except in the expression “digi tal
additional television service”) means an additional service wit hin the
meaning given by section 48 of the 1990 Act for the purposes of  Part 1
of the 1990 Act;
“analogue teletext service” is to be construed in accordance wi th section
218(4);
“ancillary service” has the same meaning as it has, by virtue o f section
24(2) of the 1996 Act, in Part 1 of that Act;
 “assistance for disabled people” means any of the following—
(a) subtitling;
(b) audio-description for the blind and partially sighted; and
(c) presentation in, or translation into, sign language;
“available for reception by members of the public” is to be con strued in
accordance with section 361;
“the BBC Charter and Agreement” means the following documents, or
any one or more of them, so far as they are for the time being in force—
(a) a Royal Charter for the continuance of the BBC;
(b) supplemental Charters obtained by the BBC under such a Royal
Charter;
(c) an agreement between the BBC and the Secretary of State
entered into (whether before or after the passing of this Act) for
purposes that include the regulation of activities carried on b y
the BBC;
“BBC company” means—
(a) a body corporate which is controlled by the BBC; or
(b) a body corporate in which the BBC or a body corporate
controlled by the BBC is (to any extent) a participant;
“C4 company” means—
(a) a body corporate which is controlled by C4C; or
(b) a body corporate in which C4C or a body corporate controlled
by C4C is (to any extent) a participant;
“Channel 3”,“Channel 4” and “Channel 5” each has the same meani ng as
in Part 1 of the 1990 Act (see section 71 of that Act);
“Channel 3 licence” means a licence to provide a Channel 3 serv ice;
“a Channel 3 service” means a television broadcasting service c omprised
in Channel 3;
“digital additional sound service” means a digital additional s ervice
within the meaning given by section 63 of the 1996 Act for the purposes
of Part 2 of that Act;
“digital additional television service” means a digital additio nal service
within the meaning given by section 24(1) of the 1996 Act for t he
purposes of Part 1 of that Act;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 6 — Other provisions about television and radio service s320
“the digital public teletext service” means so much of the publ ic teletext
service as consists of a service provided in digital form;
“digital sound programme licence” and “digital sound programme
service” each has the same meaning as in Part 2 of the 1996 Act  (see
sections 40 and 72 of that Act);
“digital television programme service” means a digital programm e
service within the meaning given by section 1(4) of the 1996 Ac t for the
purposes of Part 1 of that Act;
“EEA State” means the United Kingdom or any other State that is  a
contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Are a
signed at Oporto on 22nd May 1992, as adjusted by the Protocol signed
at Brussels on 17th March 1993, and “another EEA State” means a n EEA
State other than the United Kingdom;
“general multiplex service” means a multiplex service within th e meaning
of section 175 which is neither a television multiplex service nor a radio
multiplex service;
“initial expiry date” has the meaning given by section 224;“licensed public service channel” means any of the following se rvices
(whether provided for broadcasting in digital or in analogue fo rm)—
(a) any Channel 3 service;
(b) Channel 4;
(c) Channel 5;
“local digital sound programme licence” and “local digital soun d
programme service” each has the same meaning as in Part 2 of th e 1996
Act (see sections 60 and 72 of that Act);
“local radio multiplex licence” and “local radio multiplex serv ice” each
has the same meaning as in Part 2 of the 1996 Act (see sections  40 and
72 of that Act);
“local sound broadcasting licence” means a licence under Part 3  of the
1990 Act to provide a local sound broadcasting service; 
“local sound broadcasting service” means a sound broadcasting s ervice
which, under subsection (4)(b) of section 245, is a local servi ce for the
purposes of that section;
“the M25 area” means the area the outer boundary of which is re presented
by the London Orbital Motorway (M25);
“national Channel 3 service” means a Channel 3 service provided  between
particular times of the day for more than one area for which re gional
Channel 3 services are provided;
“national digital sound programme service” has the same meaning  as in
Part 2 of the 1996 Act;
“national radio multiplex licence” and “national radio multiple x service”
each has the same meaning as in Part 2 of the 1996 Act (see sec tions 40
and 72 of that Act);
“networking arrangements” has the meaning given by section 290;
“OFCOM’s standards code” means any code or codes for the time b eing
in force containing standards set by OFCOM under section 319(whether originally or by way of any revision of any standardspreviously so set);
“provision”, in relation to a service, is to be construed (subj ect to
subsection (3)) in accordance with subsection (2), and cognateexpressions are to be construed accordingly;
“the public teletext provider” means— Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 6 — Other provisions about television and radio service s321
(a) subject to paragraph (b), the person holding the licence und er
section 219 to provide the public teletext service; and
(b) in relation to a time before the grant of the first licence to be
granted under that section, the person holding the BroadcastingAct licence to provide the existing service (within the meaningof section 221);
“the public teletext service” means the service the provision o f which is
required to be secured in accordance with section 218;
“qualifying service” has the same meaning as in Part 1 of the 1 996 Act (see
section 2(2) of that Act);
“radio licensable content service” has the meaning given by sec tion 247;
“radio multiplex service” has the same meaning as (by virtue of  section
258 of this Act) it has in Part 2 of the 1996 Act;
“radio programme service” means any of the following—
(a) a service the provision of which is licensed under Part 3 of  the
1990 Act;
(b) a digital sound programme service the provision of which is
licensed under Part 2 of the 1996 Act;
(c) a digital additional sound service the provision of which is
licensed under section 64 of the 1996 Act;
“regional Channel 3 licence” means a licence under Part 1 of th e 1990 Act
to provide a regional Channel 3 service;
“regional Channel 3 service” means a Channel 3 service provided  for a
particular area determined under section 14(2) of the 1990 Act;
“restricted television service” means any restricted service wi thin the
meaning given by section 42A of the 1990 Act for the purposes o f Part
1 of that Act;
“S4C” and “S4C Digital” means the services so described in sect ion 204(3);
“S4C company” means—
(a) a body corporate which is controlled by the Welsh Authority;  or
(b) a body corporate in which that Authority or a body corporate
controlled by that Authority is (to any extent) a participant;
“simulcast radio service” means any simulcast radio service wit hin the
meaning given by section 41(2) of the 1996 Act for the purposes  of Part
2 of that Act;
“sound broadcasting service” has the same meaning as in Part 3 of the
1990 Act (see section 126 of that Act);
“standards objectives” has the meaning given by section 319(2);
“subtitling” means subtitling for the deaf or hard of hearing, whether
provided by means of a teletext service or otherwise;
“television broadcasting service” means (subject to subsection (4)) a
service which—
(a) consists in a service of television programmes provided with  a
view to its being broadcast (whether in digital or in analogueform);
(b) is provided so as to be available for reception by members o f the
public; and
(c) is not—
(i) a restricted television service;
(ii) a television multiplex service;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 6 — Other provisions about television and radio service s322
(iii) a service provided under the authority of a licence under
Part 1 of the 1990 Act to provide a television licensablecontent service; or 
(iv) a service provided under the authority of a licence under
Part 1 of the 1996 Act to provide a digital televisionprogramme service;
“television licensable content service” has the meaning given b y section
232 of this Act;
“television multiplex service” has meaning given by section 241 (1) of this
Act to a multiplex service within the meaning of Part 1 of the 1996 Act;
“television programme service” means any of the following—
(a) a television broadcasting service;
(b) a television licensable content service;
(c) a digital television programme service;
(d) a restricted television service;
“the Television without Frontiers Directive” means Council Dire ctive 89/
552/EEC on the Co-ordination of certain provisions laid down by  law,
r e g u l a t i o n  o r  a d m i ni s t r a t i v e  a c t i o n  i n  m e m b e r  S t a t e s  c o n c e r n i n g  the
pursuit of television broadcasting activities, together with an y
modifications of that Directive by Directive 97/36/EC of the Eu ropean
Parliament and the Council;
“text service” means any teletext service or other service in t he case of
which the visual images broadcast or distributed by means of th e
service consist wholly or mainly of non-representational images .
(2) In the case of any of the following services—
(a) a television broadcasting service or sound broadcasting serv ice,
(b) the public teletext service;
(c) a television licensable content service or radio licensable content
service,
(d) a digital television programme service or digital sound prog ramme
service,
(e) a restricted television service,
(f) an additional television service or additional radio service ,
(g) a digital additional television service or a digital additio nal sound
service,
the person, and the only person, who is to be treated for the p urposes of this
Part as providing the service is the person with general contro l over which
programmes and other services and facilities are comprised in t he service
(whether or not he has control of the content of individual pro grammes or of
the broadcasting or distribution of the service).
(3) For the purposes of this Part— 
(a) the provision of a service by the BBC does not include its p rovision by
a BBC company;
(b)  the provision of a service by C4C does not include its prov ision by a C4
company;
(c) the provision of a service by the Welsh Authority does not i nclude its
provision by an S4C company;
and, accordingly, control that is or is capable of being exerci sed by the BBC,
C4C or the Welsh Authority over decisions by a BBC company, C4 company orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 3 — Television and Radio Services
Chapter 6 — Other provisions about television and radio service s323
S4C company about what is to be comprised in a service shall be  disregarded
for the purposes of subsection (2).
(4) References in this Part to a television broadcasting service  do not include
references to any text service.
( 5 ) R e f e r e n c e s  i n  t h i s  P a r t  t o  i m p o s i n g  a  c h a r g e  o n  a  p e r s o n  i n  respect of his
reception of a service in, or in a part of, the United Kingdom include references
to imposing charges—
(a) for his use of the service at a place in the United Kingdom or in that part
of it;
(b) for an entitlement of his to receive it at such place;
(c) for the use of a facility by means of which he exercises suc h an
entitlement; or
(d) for the service’s being made available for reception by him at such a
place.
(6) In subsection (1) “controlled” and “participant” each has th e same meaning as
in Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act.
(7) In this section “non-representational images” means visual i mages which are
neither still pictures nor comprised within sequences of visual  images capable
of being seen as moving pictures.
PART 4
LICENSING  OF TV RECEPTION
363 Licence required for use of TV receiver
(1) A television receiver must not be installed or used unless t he installation and
use of the receiver is authorised by a licence under this Part.
(2) A person who installs or uses a television receiver in contr avention of
subsection (1) is guilty of an offence.
(3) A person with a television receiver in his possession or und er his control
who—
(a) intends to install or use it in contravention of subsection (1), or
(b) knows, or has reasonable grounds for believing, that another  person
intends to install or use it in contravention of that subsectio n, 
is guilty of an offence.
(4) A person guilty of an offence under this section shall be li able, on summary
conviction, to a fine not exceeding level 3 on the standard sca le.
(5) Subsection (1) is not contravened by anything done in the co urse of the
business of a dealer in television receivers solely for one or more of the
following purposes—
(a) installing a television receiver on delivery;
(b) demonstrating, testing or repairing a television receiver.
(6) The Secretary of State may by regulations exempt from the re quirement of a
licence under subsection (1) the installation or use of televis ion receivers—
(a) of such descriptions,
(b) by such persons,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 4 — Licensing of TV reception324
(c) in such circumstances, and
(d) for such purposes,
as may be provided for in the regulations.
(7) Regulations under subsection (6) may make any exemption for which such
regulations provide subject to compliance with such conditions as may be
specified in the regulations.
364 TV licences
(1) A licence for the purposes of section 363 (“a TV licence”)—
(a) may be issued by the BBC subject to such restrictions and co nditions as
the BBC think fit; and
(b) must be issued subject to such restrictions and conditions a s the
Secretary of State may require by a direction to the BBC.
(2) The matters to which the restrictions and conditions subject  to which a TV
licence may be issued may relate include, in particular—
(a) the description of television receivers that may be installe d and used
under the licence;
(b) the persons authorised by the licence to install and use a t elevision
receiver;
(c) the places where the installation and use of the television receiver is
authorised by the licence; 
(d) the circumstances in which the installation and use of such a receiver is
so authorised;
(e) the purposes for which the installation and use of such a re ceiver is so
authorised;
(f) the use of such receiver in a manner that causes, or may cau se,
interference (within the meaning of the Wireless Telegraphy Act  1949
(c. 54)) with wireless telegraphy.
(3) The restrictions and conditions subject to which a TV licenc e may be issued do
not include—
(a) a provision conferring a power of entry to any premises; or
(b) a provision prohibited by a direction to the BBC by the Secr etary of
State.
(4) A TV licence shall continue in force, unless previously revo ked by the BBC, for
such period as may be specified in the licence.
(5) The BBC may revoke or modify a TV licence, or the restrictio ns or conditions
of such a licence—
(a) by a notice to the holder of the licence; or
(b) by a general notice published in such manner as may be speci fied in the
licence.
(6) It shall be the duty of the BBC to exercise their power unde r subsection (5) to
revoke or modify a TV licence, or any of its restrictions or co nditions, if they
are directed to do so by the Secretary of State.
(7) A direction by the Secretary of State under this section may  be given either
generally in relation to all TV licences (or all TV licences of  a particular
description) or in relation to a particular licence.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 4 — Licensing of TV reception325
(8) A notice under subsection (5)(a) must be given—
(a) in the manner specified in the licence; or
(b) if no manner of service is so specified, in the manner autho rised by
section 394.
(9) For the purposes of the application, in relation to the givi ng of such a notice,
of— 
(a) section 394; and
(b) section 7 of the Interpretation Act 1978 (c. 30) (service by post) in its
application for the purposes of that section,
a person’s proper address is any address where he is authorised  by a TV
licence to install or use a TV receiver or, if there is no such  address, his last
known address.
365 TV licence fees
(1) A person to whom a TV licence is issued shall be liable to p ay—
(a) on the issue of the licence (whether initially or by way of renewal), and
(b) in such other circumstances as regulations made by the Secre tary of
State may provide,
such sum (if any) as may be provided for by any such regulation s.
(2) Sums which a person is liable to pay by virtue of regulation s under subsection
(1) must be paid to the BBC and are to be recoverable by them a ccordingly.
(3) The BBC are entitled, in such cases as they may determine, t o make refunds of
sums received by them by virtue of regulations under this secti on.
(4) Regulations under this section may include provision—
(a) for the means by which an entitlement to a concession must b e
established; and
(b) for the payment of sums by means of an instalment scheme set  out in
the regulations.
(5) The reference to a concession in subsection (4) is a referen ce to any concession
under which a person is, on the satisfaction of specified requi rements—
(a) exempted from the liability to pay a sum in respect of a TV licence; or
(b) required to pay only a reduced sum in respect of such a lice nce.
(6) The consent of the Treasury shall be required for the making  of any regulations
under this section by the Secretary of State.
(7) Subject to subsection (8), sums received by the BBC by virtu e of any regulations
under this section must be paid into the Consolidated Fund.
(8) The BBC may retain, out of the sums received by them by virt ue of regulations
under this section, any sums they require for making refunds of  sums so
received.
366 Powers to enforce TV licensing
(1) If a justice of the peace, a sheriff in Scotland or a lay ma gistrate in Northern
Ireland is satisfied by information on oath that there are reas onable grounds
for believing—
(a) that an offence under section 363 has been or is being commi tted, Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 4 — Licensing of TV reception326
(b) that evidence of the commission of the offence is likely to be on
premises specified in the information, or in a vehicle so speci fied, and
(c) that one or more of the conditions set out in subsection (3)  is satisfied,
he may grant a warrant under this section.
(2) A warrant under this section is a warrant authorising any on e or more persons
authorised for the purpose by the BBC or by OFCOM—
(a) to enter the premises or vehicle at any time (either alone o r in the
company of one or more constables); and
(b) to search the premises or vehicle and examine and test any t elevision
receiver found there.
(3) Those conditions are—
(a) that there is no person entitled to grant entry to the premi ses or vehicle
with whom it is practicable to communicate;
(b) that there is no person entitled to grant access to the evid ence with
whom it is practicable to communicate;
(c) that entry to the premises or vehicle will not be granted un less a
warrant is produced;
(d) that the purpose of the search may be frustrated or seriousl y prejudiced
unless the search is carried out by a person who secures entryimmediately upon arriving at the premises or vehicle.
(4) A person is not to enter premises or a vehicle in pursuance of a warrant under
this section at any time more than one month after the day on w hich the
warrant was granted.
(5) The powers conferred by a warrant under this section on a pe rson authorised
by OFCOM are exercisable in relation only to a contravention or  suspected
contravention of a condition of a TV licence relating to interf erence with
wireless telegraphy.
(6) A person authorised by the BBC, or by OFCOM, to exercise a p ower conferred
by a warrant under this section may (if necessary) use such for ce as may be
reasonable in the exercise of that power.
(7) Where a person has the power by virtue of a warrant under th is section to
examine or test any television receiver found on any premises, or in any
vehicle, it shall be the duty— 
(a) of a person who is on the premises or in the vehicle, and
(b) in the case of a vehicle, of a person who has charge of it o r is present
when it is searched,
to give the person carrying out the examination or test all suc h assistance as
that person may reasonably require for carrying it out. 
(8) A person is guilty of an offence if he—
(a) intentionally obstructs a person in the exercise of any powe r conferred
on that person by virtue of a warrant under this section; or
(b) without reasonable excuse, fails to give any assistance that  he is under
a duty to give by virtue of subsection (7).
(9) A person guilty of an offence under subsection (8) shall be liable, on summary
conviction, to a fine not exceeding level 5 on the standard sca le.
(10) In this section—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 4 — Licensing of TV reception327
“interference”, in relation to wireless telegraphy, has the sam e meaning as
in the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54); and
“vehicle” includes vessel, aircraft or hovercraft.
(11) In the application of this section to Scotland, the referen ce in subsection (1) to
information on oath shall have effect as a reference to evidenc e on oath.
(12) In the application of this section to Northern Ireland, the  reference in
subsection (1) to a lay magistrate shall have effect, in relati on to times before
the coming into force of sections 9 and 10 of the Justice (Nort hern Ireland) Act
2002 (c. 26), as a reference to a justice of the peace.
367 Interpretation of provisions about dealer notification
(1) Section 6 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1967 (interpretatio n of provisions
requiring notification of sale and hire of television sets) sha ll be amended as
follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for the definitions of “television dealer ”, “television
programme” and “television set” there shall be substituted—
“‘television dealer’ means a person of any description specifie d in
regulations made by the Secretary of State setting out thedescriptions of persons who are to be television dealers for th e
purposes of this Part;
‘television set’ means any apparatus of a description specified  in
regulations made by the Secretary of State setting out thedescriptions of apparatus that are to be television sets for th e
purposes of this Part.”
(3) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(1A) Regulations under subsection (1) defining a television set  may provide
for references to such a set to include references to software used in
association with apparatus.” 
368 Meanings of “television receiver” and “use”
(1) In this Part “television receiver” means any apparatus of a description specified
in regulations made by the Secretary of State setting out the d escriptions of
apparatus that are to be television receivers for the purposes of this Part.
(2) Regulations under this section defining a television receive r may provide for
references to such a receiver to include references to software  used in
association with apparatus. 
(3) References in this Part to using a television receiver are r eferences to using it
for receiving television programmes.
(4) The power to make regulations under this section defining a television receiver
includes power to modify subsection (3).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 5 — Competition in communications markets
Chapter 1 — Functions of OFCOM under competition legislation328
PART 5
COMPETITION  IN COMMUNICATIONS  MARKETS
CHAPTER  1
FUNCTIONS  OF OFCOM UNDER  COMPETITION  LEGISLATION
369 Matters in relation to which OFCOM have competition function s
(1) In this Chapter references to communications matters are ref erences to any one
or more of the following—
(a) the provision of electronic communications networks;
(b) the provision of electronic communications services;
(c) the provision or making available of services or facilities which are
provided or made available—
(i) by means of, or in association with the provision (by the sa me
person or another) of, an electronic communications network orelectronic communications service; or
(ii) for the purpose of facilitating the use of any such network  or
service (whether provided by the same person or another); 
(d) apparatus used for providing or making available anything me ntioned
in the preceding paragraphs;
(e) broadcasting and related matters.
(2) The Secretary of State may by order make such amendments of subsection (1)
as he may consider appropriate for the purpose of modifying the  description
of activities in respect of which any of the provisions of this  Part—
(a) confer functions on OFCOM under Part 1 of the Competition Ac t 1998
(c. 41) or relate to the carrying out by OFCOM of those function s; or
(b) confer functions on OFCOM under Part 4 of the Enterprise Act  2002
(c. 40) or relate to the carrying out by OFCOM of those function s.
(3) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.
370 OFCOM’s functions under Part 4 of the Enterprise Act 2002
(1) The functions to which subsection (2) applies shall be concu rrent functions of
OFCOM and the Office of Fair Trading.
(2) This subsection applies to the functions of the Office of Fa ir Trading under Part
4 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (market investigations) (other tha n sections 166
and 171) so far as relating to commercial activities connected with
communications matters.
(3) So far as necessary for the purposes of, or in connection wi th, subsections (1)
and (2), references in Part 4 of the Enterprise Act 2002 to the  Office of Fair
Trading (including references in provisions of that Act applied  by that Part)
shall be construed as including references to OFCOM except—
(a) in sections 166 and 171; and
(b) where the context otherwise requires.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 5 — Competition in communications markets
Chapter 1 — Functions of OFCOM under competition legislation329
(4) In subsection (2) the reference to activities connected with  communications
matters, so far as it is a reference to activities connected wi th any apparatus
falling within paragraph (d) of section 369(1), includes a refe rence to— 
(a) the supply and export of any such apparatus; and
(b) the production or acquisition of any such apparatus for supp ly or
export.
(5) Before the Office of Fair Trading or OFCOM first exercises i n relation to any
matter functions which are exercisable concurrently by virtue o f this section,
that person shall consult the other.
(6) Neither the Office of Fair Trading nor OFCOM shall exercise in relation to any
matter functions which are exercisable concurrently by virtue o f this section if
functions which are so exercisable have been exercised in relat ion to that
matter by the other.
(7) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, for the purpose of assisting the Competition
Commission in carrying out an investigation on a reference made  to them by
OFCOM by virtue of subsection (1), to give to the Commission—
(a) any information which is in OFCOM’s possession and relates t o
matters falling within the scope of the investigation and—
(i) is requested by the Commission for that purpose, or
(ii) is information which, in OFCOM’s opinion, it would be
appropriate for that purpose to give to the Commission withoutany such request; 
and
(b) any other assistance which the Commission may require, and w hich it
is within OFCOM’s power to give, in relation to any such matter s,
and the Commission, for the purposes of carrying out any such i nvestigation,
shall take into account any information given to it for that pu rpose under this
subsection.
(8) If any question arises as to whether, by virtue of this sect ion, any functions fall
to be, or are capable of being, carried out by OFCOM in relatio n to any
particular case, that question shall be referred to and determi ned by the
Secretary of State.
(9) No objection shall be taken to anything done under Part 4 of  the Enterprise Act
2002 (c. 40) by or in relation to OFCOM on the ground that it sh ould have been
done by or in relation to the Office of Fair Trading.
(10) Section 117 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (offences of supplyi ng false or
misleading information) as applied by section 180 of that Act s hall have effect
so far as relating to functions exercisable by OFCOM by virtue of this section
as if the references in section 117(1)(a) and (2) to the Office  of Fair Trading
included references to OFCOM.
(11) Subject to subsection (12), section 3 does not apply in rel ation to anything done
by OFCOM in the carrying out of their functions by virtue of th is section.
(12) In the carrying out of any functions by virtue of this sect ion OFCOM may
nevertheless have regard to any of the matters in respect of wh ich a duty is
imposed by section 3(1) to (4) if it is a matter to which the O ffice of Fair Trading
is entitled to have regard in the carrying out of those functio ns. Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 5 — Competition in communications markets
Chapter 1 — Functions of OFCOM under competition legislation330
371 OFCOM’s functions under the Competition Act 1998
(1) The functions to which subsection (2) applies shall be concu rrent functions of
OFCOM and the Office of Fair Trading.
(2) This subsection applies to the functions of the Office of Fa ir Trading under the
provisions of Part 1 of the Competition Act 1998 (c. 41) (other than sections
38(1) to (6) and 51) so far as relating to—
(a) agreements, decisions or concerted practices which are of th e kind
mentioned in section 2(1) of that Act (agreements, decisions or  practices
affecting trade and having as their object or effect the preven tion,
restriction or distortion of competition) and which relate to a ctivities
connected with communications matters; or 
(b) conduct which is of the kind mentioned in section 18(1) of t hat Act
(conduct abusing a dominant position) and relates to such activ ities.
(3) So far as necessary for the purposes of, or in connection wi th, the provisions of
subsections (1) and (2), references to the Office of Fair Tradi ng in Part 1 of the
Competition Act 1998 are to be read as including references to OFCOM,
except—
(a) in sections 38(1) to (6), 51, 52(6) and (8) and 54, and
(b) where the context otherwise requires.
(4) In subsection (2), the reference to activities connected wit h communications
matters, so far as it is a reference to activities connected wi th any apparatus
falling within paragraph (d) of section 369(1), includes a refe rence to—
(a) the supply and export of any such apparatus; and
(b) the production or acquisition of any such apparatus for supp ly or
export.
(5) In section 54 of the Competition Act 1998—
(a) in subsection (1) (definition of “regulator” for the purpose s of Part 1 of
that Act), for paragraph (a) there shall be substituted—
“(a) the Office of Communications;”
(b) in subsection (4) (power to make regulations about concurren t
functions of the Office of Fair Trading and sectoral regulators ), “or by
Chapter V of Part I of the Transport Act 2000” there shall be i nserted “to
this Act, by Chapter 5 of Part 1 of the Transport Act 2000 or b y section
371 of the Communications Act 2003”.
(6) In paragraph 5 of Schedule 2 to the Competition Act 1998 (pu blication of list of
networking arrangements under the 1990 Act excluded from the Ch apter 1
prohibition)—
(a) in sub-paragraph (2), for “The Independent Television Commis sion
(‘ITC’)” there shall be substituted “OFCOM”; and
(b) in sub-paragraph (3), for “The ITC” there shall be substitut ed
“OFCOM”.
(7) In section 59(1) of the Competition Act 1998 (interpretation  of Part 1), after the
definition of “Minister of the Crown” there shall be inserted—
“‘OFCOM’ means the Office of Communications;”.
(8) OFCOM may carry out, in respect of activities connected with  communications
matters and concurrently with the Office of Fair Trading, the f unctions of the
Office of Fair Trading under any of paragraphs 3, 7, 19(3) and 36 to 39 of
Schedule 13 to the Competition Act 1998 (transitional provision s).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 5 — Competition in communications markets
Chapter 1 — Functions of OFCOM under competition legislation331
(9) If any question arises as to whether, by virtue of this sect ion, any functions fall
to be, or are capable of being, carried out by OFCOM in relatio n to a particular
case, that question shall be referred to and determined by the Secretary of State.
(10) No objection shall be taken to anything done under by or in  relation to OFCOM
under the Competition Act 1998 (c. 41) on the ground that it sho uld have been
done by or in relation to the Office of Fair Trading.
(11) Subject to subsection (12), section 3 does not apply in rel ation to anything done
by OFCOM in the carrying out of their functions by virtue of th is section.
(12) In the carrying out of any functions by virtue of this sect ion OFCOM may
nevertheless have regard to any of the matters in respect of wh ich a duty is
imposed by section 3(1) to (4) if it is a matter to which the O ffice of Fair Trading
is entitled to have regard in the carrying out of those functio ns. 
372 Application of the Competition Act 1998 to news provision
(1) Section 194A of the 1990 Act (which modifies the Competition  Act 1998 in
relation to agreements relating to Channel 3 news provision) sh all be amended
as follows.
(2) In subsection (1) (meaning of “relevant agreement”)—
(a) for “section 31A(a)” there shall be substituted “section 280  of the
Communications Act 2003”; and
(b) for “section 31(2)” (in both places) there shall be substitu ted “that
section”.
(3) In subsections (2), (6) and (7)(b)(i) (consultations with an d notifications to the
Office of Fair Trading), after the words “the OFT”, in each pla ce where they
occur, there shall be inserted “and OFCOM”.
(4) In subsection (3)(b)—
(a) for “section 31(2)” there shall be substituted “section 280 of the
Communications Act 2003”; and
(b) for “section 31(1) and (2)” there shall be substituted “that  section of that
Act of 2003”.
(5) In subsection (5)(c) (declaration without notification), aft er “the OFT” there
shall be inserted “or OFCOM or both of them”.
(6) In subsection (7) (restriction on exercise by Office of Fair  Trading of Chapter III
powers)—
(a) for “The OFT may not” there shall be substituted “Neither th e OFT nor
OFCOM may”; and
(b) for paragraph (a) there shall be substituted—
“(a) the Secretary of State has been notified by the OFT or (as
the case may be) by OFCOM of its or their intention todo so; and”.
(7) In subsection (8) (notice by Office of Fair Trading to the S ecretary of State), for
the words from the beginning to “assist” in paragraph (a) there  shall be
substituted—
“(8) Where the OFT or OFCOM is or are proposing to exercise any Chapter
III powers in respect of a relevant agreement, it or they must give theCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 5 — Competition in communications markets
Chapter 1 — Functions of OFCOM under competition legislation332
Secretary of State particulars of the agreement and such other
information—
(a) it considers or (as the case may be) they consider will assi st”.
(8) In subsection (9), in the definition of “Chapter III powers” , for “given to the
OFT by” there shall be substituted “of the OFT and of OFCOM und er”.
CHAPTER  2
MEDIA  MERGERS
Introductory
373 Repeal of existing newspaper merger regime
Sections 57 to 62 of the Fair Trading Act 1973 (c. 41) (newspape r merger
references) shall cease to have effect.
374 Repeal of exclusion for newspaper mergers from general merge r controls
Section 69 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40) (exclusion of news paper mergers
from references under Part 3 of that Act) shall cease to have e ffect.
Adaptation for media mergers of main merger regime
375 Media public interest considerations
(1) After subsection (2) of section 58 of the Enterprise Act 200 2 (considerations
specified as public interest considerations for the purpose of the main merger
regime) there shall be inserted—
“(2A) The need for—
(a) accurate presentation of news; and
(b) free expression of opinion;
in newspapers is specified in this section.
(2B) The need for, to the extent that it is reasonable and pract icable, a
sufficient plurality of views in newspapers in each market fornewspapers in the United Kingdom or a part of the United Kingdo m is
specified in this section.
(2C) The following are specified in this section—
(a) the need, in relation to every different audience in the Uni ted
Kingdom or in a particular area or locality of the UnitedKingdom, for there to be a sufficient plurality of persons withcontrol of the media enterprises serving that audience;
(b) the need for the availability throughout the United Kingdom of
a wide range of broadcasting which (taken as a whole) is bothof high quality and calculated to appeal to a wide variety oftastes and interests; and
(c) the need for persons carrying on media enterprises, and for
those with control of such enterprises, to have a genuinecommitment to the attainment in relation to broadcasting of theCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 5 — Competition in communications markets
Chapter 2 — Media mergers333
standards objectives set out in section 319 of the
Communications Act 2003.”
(2) After that section there shall be inserted, in Chapter 2 of Part 3—
“58A Construction of consideration specified in section 58(2C)
(1) For the purposes of section 58 and this section an enterpris e is a media
enterprise if it consists in or involves broadcasting.
(2) In the case of a merger situation in which at least one of t he enterprises
ceasing to be distinct consists in or involves broadcasting, th e
references in section 58(2C)(a) or this section to media enterp rises
include references to newspaper enterprises.
(3) In this Part “newspaper enterprise” means an enterprise cons isting in
or involving the supply of newspapers.
(4) Wherever in a merger situation two media enterprises serving  the same
audience cease to be distinct, the number of such enterprises s erving
that audience shall be assumed to be more immediately before th ey
cease to be distinct than it is afterwards.
(5) For the purposes of section 58, where two or more media ente rprises—
(a) would fall to be treated as under common ownership or
common control for the purposes of section 26, or
(b) are otherwise in the same ownership or under the same contro l,
they shall be treated (subject to subsection (4)) as all under the control
of only one person.
(6) A reference in section 58 or this section to an audience sha ll be
construed in relation to a media enterprise in whichever of thefollowing ways the decision-making authority considers appropri ate—
(a) as a reference to any one of the audiences served by that
enterprise, taking them separately;
(b) as a reference to all the audiences served by that enterpris e,
taking them together;
(c) as a reference to a number of those audiences taken together  in
such group as the decision-making authority considersappropriate; or
(d) as a reference to a part of anything that could be taken to be an
audience under any of paragraphs (a) to (c) above.
(7) The criteria for deciding who can be treated for the purpose s of this
section as comprised in an audience, or as comprised in an audi ence
served by a particular service—
(a) shall be such as the decision-making authority considers
appropriate in the circumstances of the case; and
(b) may allow for persons to be treated as members of an audienc e
if they are only potentially members of it.
(8) In this section ‘audience’ includes readership.
(9) The power under subsection (3) of section 58 to modify that section
includes power to modify this section.”
(3) In section 127(1) of that Act (associated persons to be trea ted as one person), forCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 5 — Competition in communications markets
Chapter 2 — Media mergers334
the word “and” at the end of paragraph (a) there shall be subst ituted—
“(aa) for the purposes of section 58(2C); and”.
376 Adaptation of role of OFT in initial investigations and repo rts
(1) In section 44(3)(b) of the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40) (initi al report by OFT in
public interest cases must include summary of representations a bout public
interest considerations) after the word “concerned” there shall  be inserted
“(other than a media public interest consideration)”.
(2) After section 44(5) of that Act there shall be inserted—
“(5A) The report may, in particular, contain a summary of any
representations about the case which have been received by the OFT
and which relate to any media public interest consideration men tioned
in the intervention notice concerned and which is or may be rel evant to
the Secretary of State’s decision as to whether to make a refer ence
under section 45.”
(3) After section 44(7) of that Act there shall be inserted—
“(8) In this Part ‘media public interest consideration’ means an y
consideration which, at the time of the giving of the intervent ion notice
concerned—
(a) is specified in section 58(2A) to (2C); or
(b) in the opinion of the Secretary of State, is concerned with
broadcasting or newspapers and ought to be specified in section58.
(9) In this Part ‘broadcasting’ means the provision of services the
provision of which—
(a) is required to be licensed under Part 1 or 3 of the Broadcas ting
Act 1990 or Part 1 or 2 of the Broadcasting Act 1996; or
(b) would be required to be so licensed if provided by a person
subject to licensing under the Part in question.
(10) In this Part ‘newspaper’ means a daily, Sunday or local (ot her than
daily or Sunday) newspaper circulating wholly or mainly in the United
Kingdom or in a part of the United Kingdom.
(11) The Secretary of State may by order amend subsections (9) a nd (10).”
377 Additional investigation and report by OFCOM
After section 44 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (investigation and report by OFT in
public interest cases) there shall be inserted—
“44A Additional investigation and report by OFCOM: media merger s
(1) Subsection (2) applies where—
(a) the Secretary of State has given an intervention notice in r elation
to a relevant merger situation; and
(b) the intervention notice mentions any media public interest
consideration.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 5 — Competition in communications markets
Chapter 2 — Media mergers335
(2) OFCOM shall, within such period as the Secretary of State ma y require,
give a report to the Secretary of State on the effect of the co nsideration
or considerations concerned on the case.
(3) The report shall contain—
(a) advice and recommendations on any media public interest
consideration mentioned in the intervention notice concernedand which is or may be relevant to the Secretary of State’sdecision as to whether to make a reference under section 45; an d
(b) a summary of any representations about the case which have
been received by OFCOM and which relate to any suchconsideration.
(4) OFCOM shall carry out such investigations as they consider
appropriate for the purposes of producing a report under this s ection.”
Extension of special public interest regime
378 Extension of special public interest regime for certain medi a mergers
(1) In section 59 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40) (interventio n by Secretary of
State in special public interest cases), for subsections (3) an d (4) (definition of
“special merger situation”) there shall be substituted—
“(3) For the purposes of this Part a special merger situation ha s been created
if—
(a) the condition mentioned in subsection (3A) is satisfied; and
(b) immediately before the enterprises concerned ceased to be
distinct—
(i) the conditions mentioned in subsection (3B) were
satisfied;
(ii) the condition mentioned in subsection (3C) was
satisfied; or
(iii) the condition mentioned in subsection (3D) was
satisfied.
(3A) The condition mentioned in this subsection is that—
(a) no relevant merger situation has been created because of sec tion
23(1)(b) and (2)(b); but
(b) a relevant merger situation would have been created if those
enactments were disregarded.
(3B) The conditions mentioned in this subsection are that—
(a) at least one of the enterprises concerned was carried on in the
United Kingdom or by or under the control of a body corporateincorporated in the United Kingdom; and
(b) a person carrying on one or more of the enterprises concerne d
was a relevant government contractor.
(3C) The condition mentioned in this subsection is that, in rela tion to the
supply of newspapers of any description, at least one-quarter o f all the
newspapers of that description which were supplied in the Unite d
Kingdom, or in a substantial part of the United Kingdom, weresupplied by the person or persons by whom one of the enterprise s
concerned was carried on.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 5 — Competition in communications markets
Chapter 2 — Media mergers336
(3D) The condition mentioned in this subsection is that, in rela tion to the
provision of broadcasting of any description, at least one-quar ter of all
broadcasting of that description provided in the United Kingdom , or in
a substantial part of the United Kingdom, was provided by the p erson
or persons by whom one of the enterprises concerned was carried  on.”
(2) After subsection (6) of that section there shall be inserted —
“(6A) The Secretary of State may by order amend the conditions m entioned
in subsection (3)(b)(ii) and (iii).”
(3) After that section there shall be inserted—
“59A Construction of conditions in section 59(3C) and (3D)
(1) For the purpose of deciding whether the proportion of one-qu arter
mentioned in section 59(3C) or (3D) is fulfilled with respect t o—
(a) newspapers of any description, or
(b) broadcasting of any description,
the decision-making authority shall apply such criterion (wheth er
value, cost, price, quantity, capacity, number of workers emplo yed or
some other criterion, of whatever nature), or such combination of
criteria, as the decision-making authority considers appropriat e.
(2) References in section 59(3C) to the supply of newspapers sha ll, in
relation to newspapers of any description which are the subject  of
different forms of supply, be construed in whichever of the fol lowing
ways the decision-making authority considers appropriate—
(a) as references to any of those forms of supply taken separate ly;
(b) as references to all those forms of supply taken together; o r
(c) as references to any of those forms of supply taken in group s.
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) the decision-making autho rity may
treat newspapers as being the subject of different forms of sup ply
whenever—
(a) the transactions concerned differ as to their nature, their parties,
their terms or their surrounding circumstances; and
(b) the difference is one which, in the opinion of the decision-
making authority, ought for the purposes of that subsection tobe treated as a material difference.
(4) References in section 59(3D) to the provision of broadcastin g shall, in
relation to broadcasting of any description which is the subjec t of
different forms of provision, be construed in whichever of thefollowing ways the decision-making authority considers appropri ate—
(a) as references to any of those forms of provision taken
separately;
(b) as references to all those forms of provision taken together ; or
(c) as references to any of those forms of provision taken in gr oups.
(5) For the purposes of subsection (4) the decision-making autho rity may
treat broadcasting as being the subject of different forms of p rovision
whenever—
(a) the transactions concerned differ as to their nature, their parties,
their terms or their surrounding circumstances; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 5 — Competition in communications markets
Chapter 2 — Media mergers337
(b) the difference is one which, in the opinion of the decision-
making authority, ought for the purposes of that subsection tobe treated as a material difference.
(6) The criteria for deciding when newspapers or broadcasting ca n be
treated, for the purposes of section 59, as newspapers or broad casting
of a separate description shall be such as in any particular ca se the
decision-making authority considers appropriate in the circumst ances
of that case.
(7) In section 59 and this section ‘provision’ and cognate expre ssions have
the same meaning in relation to broadcasting as in Part 3 of th e
Communications Act 2003; but this subsection is subject to subs ections
(4) and (5) of this section.”
379 Adaptation of role of OFT in special public interest regime
(1) Section 61 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40) (initial invest igation and report by
OFT in special public interest cases) shall be amended as follo ws.
(2) In subsection (3)(b) (report must include summary of represe ntations about
considerations specified in section 58) after the word “concern ed” there shall
be inserted “(other than a consideration which, at the time of the giving of the
notice, was specified in section 58(2A) to (2C))”.
(3) In subsection (4) for the words “59(4)(b)” there shall be su bstituted “59(3B)(b)”.
(4) After subsection (4) there shall be inserted—
“(4A) The report may, in particular, contain a summary of any
representations about the case which have been received by the OFT
and which relate to any consideration which—
(a) is mentioned in the special intervention notice concerned an d,
at the time of the giving of that notice, was specified in sect ion
58(2A) to (2C); and
(b) is or may be relevant to the Secretary of State’s decision a s to
whether to make a reference under section 62.”
380 Additional investigation and report by OFCOM: special public  interest cases
After section 61 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (initial investigat ion and report by
OFT in special public interest cases) there shall be inserted—
“61A Additional investigation and report by OFCOM: certain medi a 
mergers
(1) Subsection (2) applies where—
(a) the Secretary of State has given a special intervention noti ce in
relation to a special merger situation; and
(b) the special intervention notice mentions any consideration
which, at the time of the giving of the notice, was specified i n
section 58(2A) to (2C).
(2) OFCOM shall, within such period as the Secretary of State ma y require,
give a report to the Secretary of State on the effect of the co nsideration
or considerations concerned on the case.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 5 — Competition in communications markets
Chapter 2 — Media mergers338
(3) The report shall contain—
(a) advice and recommendations on any consideration which—
(i) is mentioned in the special intervention notice
concerned and, at the time of the giving of that notice,was specified in section 58(2A) to (2C); and
(ii) is or may be relevant to the Secretary of State’s decision
as to whether to make a reference under section 62; and
(b) a summary of any representations about the case which have
been received by OFCOM and which relate to any suchconsideration.
(4) OFCOM shall carry out such investigations as they consider
appropriate for the purposes of producing a report under this s ection.”
New general functions in relation to media mergers
381 Public consultation in relation to media mergers
After section 104 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40) there shall  be inserted—
“104A Public consultation in relation to media mergers
(1) Subsection (2) applies where the Commission—
(a) is preparing—
(i) a report under section 50 on a reference which specifies
a media public interest consideration; or
(ii) a report under section 65 on a reference which specifies
a consideration specified in section 58(2A) to (2C); and
(b) is not under a duty to disregard the consideration concerned .
(2) The Commission shall have regard (among other things) to the  need to
consult the public so far as they might be affected by the crea tion of the
relevant merger situation or special merger situation concerned  and so
far as such consultation is practicable.
(3) Any consultation of the kind mentioned in subsection (2) may  be
undertaken by the Commission by consulting such representativesample of the public or section of the public concerned as theCommission considers appropriate.”
382 General information duties in relation to media mergers
(1) Section 105 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (general information duties of OFT and
Competition Commission) shall be amended as follows.
(2) After subsection (1) there shall be inserted—
“(1A) Where OFCOM decide to investigate a matter so as to make a  report
under section 44A or 61A, they shall, so far as practicable, ta ke such
action as they consider appropriate to bring information about the
investigation to the attention of those who they consider might  be
affected by the creation of the relevant merger situation conce rned or
(as the case may be) the special merger situation concerned.”
(3) In subsection (2) (exclusion for merger notices) for the wor ds “Subsection (1)
does” there shall be substituted “Subsections (1) and (1A) do”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 5 — Competition in communications markets
Chapter 2 — Media mergers339
(4) In subsection (3) (duty of OFT to give requested assistance to Competition
Commission)—
(a) after the word “Commission”, where it occurs for the first t ime, there
shall be inserted “or OFCOM”; and
(b) after the word “Commission”, where it occurs for the second,  third and
fourth time, there shall be inserted “or (as the case may be) O FCOM”.
(5) After subsection (3) there shall be inserted—
“(3A) OFCOM shall give the Commission or the OFT—
(a) such information in their possession as the Commission or (a s
the case may be) the OFT may reasonably require to enable theCommission or (as the case may be) the OFT to carry out itsfunctions under this Part; and
(b) any other assistance which the Commission or (as the case ma y
be) the OFT may reasonably require for the purpose of assistingit in carrying out its functions under this Part and which it i s
within the power of OFCOM to give.”
(6) In subsection (4) (duty of OFT to give unrequested informati on to Competition
Commission)—
(a) after the word “Commission”, where it occurs for the first t ime, there
shall be inserted “or OFCOM”; and
(b) after the word “Commission”, where it occurs for the second and third
time, there shall be inserted “or (as the case may be) OFCOM”.
(7) After subsection (4) there shall be inserted—
“(4A) OFCOM shall give the Commission or the OFT any information  in their
possession which has not been requested by the Commission or (a s the
case may be) the OFT but which, in the opinion of OFCOM, would be
appropriate to give to the Commission or (as the case may be) t he OFT
for the purpose of assisting it in carrying out its functions u nder this
Part.”
(8) In subsection (5) (duty of OFT and Competition Commission to  give requested
assistance to the Secretary of State) after the word “OFT”, in both places where
it occurs, there shall be inserted “, OFCOM”.
(9) In subsection (6) (duty of OFT to give unrequested informati on to Secretary of
State)—
(a) after the word “OFT”, where it occurs for the first time, th ere shall be
inserted “and OFCOM”;
(b) for the word “its” there shall be substituted “their”; and
(c) after the word “OFT”, where it occurs for the second time, t here shall be
inserted “or (as the case may be) OFCOM”.
(10) In subsection (7) (duty to have regard to information given ) for the words “or
(4)” there shall be substituted “, (3A), (4) or (4A)”.
(11) After subsection (7) there shall be inserted—
“(7A) OFCOM shall have regard to any information given to them u nder
subsection (3) or (4); and the OFT shall have regard to any inf ormation
given to it under subsection (3A) or (4A).”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 5 — Competition in communications markets
Chapter 2 — Media mergers340
383 Advice and information in relation to media mergers
After section 106 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40) there shall  be inserted—
“106A Advice and information in relation to media mergers
(1) The Secretary of State may prepare and publish general advic e and
information about the considerations specified in section 58(2A ) to
(2C).
(2) The Secretary of State may at any time publish revised, or n ew, advice
or information.
(3) Advice or information published under this section shall be prepared
with a view to—
(a) explaining the considerations specified in section 58(2A) to  (2C)
to persons who are likely to be affected by them; and
(b) indicating how the Secretary of State expects this Part to o perate
in relation to such considerations.
(4) Any advice or information published by the Secretary of Stat e under
this section shall be published in such manner as the Secretary  of State
considers appropriate.
(5) In preparing any advice or information under this section, t he Secretary
of State shall consult the OFT, OFCOM, the Commission and such other
persons as he considers appropriate.”
384 General advisory functions of OFCOM in relation to media mer gers
After section 106A of the Enterprise Act 2002 there shall be in serted—
“106B General advisory functions of OFCOM
(1) OFCOM may, in connection with any case on which they are req uired
to give a report by virtue of section 44A or 61A, give such adv ice as they
consider appropriate to the Secretary of State in relation to—
(a) any report made in such a case by the Commission under
section 50 or 65; and
(b) the taking by the Secretary of State of enforcement action u nder
Schedule 7.
(2) OFCOM may, if requested to do so by the Secretary of State, give such
other advice as they consider appropriate to the Secretary of S tate in
connection with any case on which they are required to give a r eport by
virtue of section 44A or 61A.
(3) OFCOM shall publish any advice given by them under this sect ion but
advice given by them in relation to a report of the Commission under
section 50 or 65 or related enforcement action shall not be pub lished
before the report itself is published.”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 5 — Competition in communications markets
Chapter 2 — Media mergers341
385 Other general functions of OFCOM in relation to media merger s
After section 119 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40) there shal l be inserted—
“Further provision about media mergers
119A Other general functions of OFCOM in relation to this Part
(1) OFCOM have the function of obtaining, compiling and keeping under
review information about matters relating to the carrying out o f their
functions under this Part.
(2) That function is to be carried out with a view to (among oth er things)
ensuring that OFCOM have sufficient information to take informe d
decisions and to carry out their other functions effectively.
(3) In carrying out that function OFCOM may carry out, commissio n or
support (financially or otherwise) research.
(4) Section 3 of the Communications Act 2003 (general duties of OFCOM)
shall not apply in relation to functions of OFCOM under this Pa rt.”
386 Monitoring role for OFT in relation to media mergers
After section 119A of the Enterprise Act 2002 there shall be in serted—
“119B Monitoring role for OFT in relation to media mergers
(1) The OFT has the function of obtaining, compiling and keeping  under
review information about matters which may be relevant to theSecretary of State in deciding whether to give a special interv ention
notice mentioning a consideration specified in section 58(2A) t o (2C).
(2) That function is to be carried out with a view to (among oth er things)
ensuring that the Secretary of State is aware of cases where, i n the
opinion of the OFT, he might wish to consider giving such a not ice.
(3) That function does not extend to obtaining, compiling or kee ping under
review information with a view to carrying out a detailed analy sis in
each case of the operation in relation to that case of the cons ideration
specified in section 58(2A) to (2C).”
Supplemental provisions of Chapter 2
387 Enforcement powers in relation to newspaper and other media mergers
In Schedule 8 to the Enterprise Act 2002 (provision that may be  contained in
certain enforcement orders) after paragraph 20 there shall be i nserted—
“Newspaper mergers
20A(1) This paragraph applies in relation to any order—
(a) which is to be made following the giving of—
(i) an intervention notice which mentions a newspaper
public interest consideration; 
(ii) an intervention notice which mentions any other
media public interest consideration in relation to aCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 5 — Competition in communications markets
Chapter 2 — Media mergers342
relevant merger situation in which one of the
enterprises ceasing to be distinct is a newspaperenterprise;
(iii) a special intervention notice which mentions a
consideration specified in section 58(2A) or (2B); or
(iv) a special intervention notice which, in relation to a
special merger situation in which one of theenterprises ceasing to be distinct is a newspaperenterprise, mentions a consideration specified insection 58(2C); and
(b) to which the consideration concerned is still relevant.
(2) The order may make such provision as the person making the o rder
considers to be appropriate in all circumstances of the case.
(3) Such provision may, in particular, include provision requiri ng a
person to do, or not to do, particular things.
(4) Provision made by virtue of this paragraph may, in particul ar,
include provision—
(a) altering the constitution of a body corporate (whether in
connection with the appointment of directors, theestablishment of an editorial board or otherwise);
(b) requiring the agreement of the relevant authority or another
person before the taking of particular action (including theappointment or dismissal of an editor, journalists or directorsor acting as a shadow director);
(c) attaching conditions to the operation of a newspaper;
(d) prohibiting consultation or co-operation between
subsidiaries.
(5) In this paragraph ‘newspaper public interest consideration’ means a
media public interest consideration other than one which is suc h a
consideration—
(a) by virtue of section 58(2C); or
(b) by virtue of having been, in the opinion of the Secretary of
State, concerned with broadcasting and a consideration thatought to have been specified in section 58.
(6) This paragraph is without prejudice to the operation of the other
paragraphs of this Schedule in relation to the order concerned. ”
388 Alterations concerning newspaper panel of Competition Commis sion
In paragraph 1 of Schedule 7 to the Competition Act 1998 (c. 41)  (the
Competition Commission: interpretation), in the definition of “ newspaper
merger reference”, for the words from “newspaper”, where it occ urs for the
second time, to “Act” there shall be substituted “reference und er section 45 of
the Enterprise Act 2002 which specifies a newspaper public inte rest
consideration (within the meaning of paragraph 20A of Schedule 8 to that Act)
or a reference under section 62 of that Act which specifies a c onsideration
specified in section 58(2A) or (2B) of that Act”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 5 — Competition in communications markets
Chapter 2 — Media mergers343
389 Further provision in connection with media mergers
(1) Schedule 16 (which contains further amendments in connection  with media
mergers) shall have effect.
(2) Sections 276(2) and (3) and 277 of the Enterprise Act 2002 ( c. 40) (power to
make transitional and consequential amendments etc.) shall appl y in relation
to this Chapter of this Part of this Act and its related repeal s as they apply in
relation to that Act.
(3) For the avoidance of doubt, the power conferred by virtue of  subsection (2) by
applying section 277 of the Act of 2002 includes the power to m odify that Act.
(4) Section 402 shall not apply in relation to any power to make  an order which is
exercisable by the Secretary of State by virtue of subsection ( 2).
PART 6
MISCELLANEOUS  AND  SUPPLEMENTAL
Annual report
390 Annual report on the Secretary of State’s functions
(1) The Secretary of State must prepare and lay before Parliamen t regular reports
on the carrying out by him of the functions to which this secti on applies.
(2) This section applies to the Secretary of State’s functions u nder the following
enactments—
(a) this Act;
(b) the Office of Communications Act 2002 (c. 11);
(c) the enactments relating to the management of the radio spect rum so far
as not comprised in this Act;
(d) the 1990 Act;
(e) the 1996 Act.
(3) The first report under this section must relate to the perio d which—
(a) begins with 19th March 2002 (the date of the passing of the Office of
Communications Act 2002); and
(b) ends with the period of twelve months beginning with the fir st date to
be appointed for the purposes of section 2 of this Act.
(4) Every subsequent report must relate to the period of twelve months beginning
with the end of the period to which the previous report related .
(5) The obligation under this section to prepare and lay a repor t before Parliament
is an obligation to do that as soon as reasonably practicable a fter the end of the
period to which the report relates.
(6) Where a report for the purposes of this section relates to a  period the whole or
a part of which falls before the time when the whole of this Ac t is in force, the
functions referred to in subsection (2) are to be taken as excl uding all functions
under the specified enactments that will have ceased to be func tions of the
Secretary of State when the whole of this Act is in force.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental344
Review of media ownership
391 Review of media ownership
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM—
(a) to carry out regular reviews of the operation, taken togethe r, of all the
provisions to which this section applies; and
(b) to send a report on every such review to the Secretary of St ate.
(2) This section applies to—
(a) the provisions of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act;
(b) the provision made by or under Schedule 14 to this Act;
(c) the provisions of sections 280 and 281 of this Act;
(d) whatever provision (if any) has been made under section 283 of this
Act; and
(e) the provisions of Part 3 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40) s o far as they
relate to intervention by the Secretary of State in connection with
newspapers or other media enterprises.
(3) The first review must be carried out no more than three year s after the
commencement of this section, and subsequent reviews must be ca rried out at
intervals of no more than three years.
(4) The report to the Secretary of State on a review must set ou t OFCOM’s
recommendations, in consequence of their conclusions on the rev iew, for the
exercise by the Secretary of State of—
(a) his power to make an order under section 348(5);
(b) his powers to make orders under Schedule 14; 
(c) his powers under sections 282 and 283; and
(d) his powers under sections 44(11), 58(3) and 59(6A) of the En terprise Act
2002 (media mergers).
(5) OFCOM must publish every report sent by them to the Secretar y of State under
this section in such manner as they consider appropriate for br inging it to the
attention of persons who, in their opinion, are likely to be af fected by it.
Guidelines as to penalties
392 Penalties imposed by OFCOM
(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to prepare and publish a state ment containing
the guidelines they propose to follow in determining the amount  of penalties
imposed by them under provisions contained in this Act or any o ther
enactment apart from the Competition Act 1998 (c. 41).
(2) OFCOM may from time to time revise that statement as they th ink fit.
(3) Where OFCOM make or revise their statement under this sectio n, they must
publish the statement or (as the case may be) the revised state ment in such
manner as they consider appropriate for bringing it to the atte ntion of the
persons who, in their opinion, are likely to be affected by it.
(4) Before publishing a statement or revised statement under thi s section OFCOM
must consult both—
(a) the Secretary of State, andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental345
(b) such other persons as they consider appropriate,
about the guidelines they are proposing to include in the state ment.
(5) Before determining how to publish a statement or revised sta tement under this
section OFCOM must consult the Secretary of State.
(6) It shall be the duty of OFCOM, in determining the amount of any penalty to be
imposed by them under this Act or any other enactment (apart fr om the
Competition Act 1998 (c. 41)) to have regard to the guidelines c ontained in the
statement for the time being in force under this section.
(7) References in this section to penalties imposed by OFCOM und er provisions
contained in this Act include references to penalties which the  BBC is liable to
pay to OFCOM by virtue of section 198(3). 
Disclosure of information
393 General restrictions on disclosure of information
(1) Subject to the following provisions of this section, informa tion with respect to
a particular business which has been obtained in exercise of a power conferred
by—
(a) this Act,
(b) the enactments relating to the management of the radio spect rum (so
far as not contained in this Act),
(c) the 1990 Act, or
(d) the 1996 Act,
is not, so long as that business continues to be carried on, to  be disclosed
without the consent of the person for the time being carrying o n that business.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to any disclosure of informati on which is made—
(a) for the purpose of facilitating the carrying out by OFCOM of  any of
their functions;
(b) for the purpose of facilitating the carrying out by any rele vant person
of any relevant function;
(c) for the purpose of facilitating the carrying out by the Comp troller and
Auditor General of any of his functions;
(d) for any of the purposes specified in section 17(2)(a) to (d)  of the Anti-
terrorism, Crime and Security Act 2001 (c. 24) (criminal proceed ings
and investigations);
(e) for the purpose of any civil proceedings brought under or by  virtue of
this Act or any of the enactments or instruments mentioned insubsection (5); or
(f) for the purpose of securing compliance with an international  obligation
of the United Kingdom.
(3) Each of the following is a relevant person for the purposes of this section—
(a) a Minister of the Crown and the Treasury;
(b) the Scottish Executive;
(c) a Northern Ireland department;
(d) the Office of Fair Trading;
(e) the Competition Commission;
(f) the Consumer Panel;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental346
(g) the Welsh Authority;
(h) a local weights and measures authority in Great Britain;
(i) any other person specified for the purposes of this subsecti on in an
order made by the Secretary of State.
(4) The following are relevant functions for the purposes of thi s section—
(a) any function conferred by or under this Act;
(b) any function conferred by or under any enactment or instrume nt
mentioned in subsection (5);
(c) any other function specified for the purposes of this subsec tion in an
order made by the Secretary of State.
(5) The enactments and instruments referred to in subsections (2 ) and (4) are—
(a) the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54);
(b) the Marine, &c., Broadcasting (Offences) Act 1967 (c. 41);
(c) the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1967 (c. 72);
(d) the Trade Descriptions Act 1968 (c. 29);
(e) the Fair Trading Act 1973 (c. 41);
(f) the Consumer Credit Act 1974 (c. 39);
(g) the Competition Act 1980 (c. 21);
(h) the Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12);
(i) the Consumer Protection Act 1987 (c. 43);
(j) the 1990 Act;
(k) the 1996 Act;
(l) the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998 (c. 6);
(m) the Competition Act 1998 (c. 41);
(n) the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40);
(o) the Consumer Protection (Northern Ireland) Order 1987 (S.I. 1 987/2049
(N.I. 20));
(p) the Control of Misleading Advertisements Regulations 1988 (S .I. 1988/
915).
(6) Nothing in this section—
(a) limits the matters that may be published under section 15, 2 6 or 390;
(b) limits the matters that may be included in, or made public a s part of, a
report made by OFCOM by virtue of a provision of this Act or th e
Office of Communications Act 2002 (c. 11);
(c) prevents the disclosure of anything for the purposes of a re port of legal
proceedings in which it has been publicly disclosed;
(d) applies to information that has been published or made publi c as
mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (c).
(7) Nothing in this section applies to information obtained in e xercise of the
powers conferred by section 196 of the 1990 Act (powers of entr y and search).
(8) Information obtained by OFCOM in exercise of functions which  are exercisable
by them concurrently with the Office of Fair Trading under Part  1 of the
Competition Act 1998 is subject to Part 9 of the Enterprise Act  2002, and not to
the preceding provisions of this section.
(9) Section 18 of the Anti-terrorism, Crime and Security Act 200 1 (c. 24) (restriction
on disclosure of information for overseas purposes) shall have effect in relationCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental347
to a disclosure by virtue of subsection (2)(d) as it applies in  relation to a
disclosure in exercise of a power to which section 17 of that A ct applies. 
(10) A person who discloses information in contravention of this  section is guilty of
an offence and shall be liable—
(a) on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding the statutory
maximum;
(b) on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding
two years or to a fine, or to both.
(11) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by s ubsection (3) or (4)
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by a
resolution of each House.
(12) In this section “legal proceedings” means civil or criminal  proceedings in or
before any court, or proceedings before any tribunal establishe d by or under
any enactment.
Notifications etc. and electronic working
394 Service of notifications and other documents
(1) This section applies where provision made (in whatever terms ) by or under an
enactment specified in subsection (2) authorises or requires—
(a) a notification to be given to any person; or
(b) a document of any other description (including a copy of a d ocument)
to be sent to any person.
(2) Those enactments are—
(a) this Act;
(b) the Office of Communications Act 2002 (c. 11);
(c) the enactments relating to the management of the radio spect rum (so
far as not contained in this Act);
(d) Schedule 2 to the Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12);
(e) the 1990 Act; and
(f) the 1996 Act.
(3) The notification or document may be given or sent to the per son in question—
(a) by delivering it to him;
(b) by leaving it at his proper address; or
(c) by sending it by post to him at that address.
(4) The notification or document may be given or sent to a body corporate by
being given or sent to the secretary or clerk of that body.
(5) The notification or document may be given or sent to a firm by being given or
sent to— 
(a) a partner in the firm; or
(b) a person having the control or management of the partnership
business.
(6) The notification or document may be given or sent to an unin corporated body
or association by being given or sent to a member of the govern ing body of the
body or association.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental348
(7) For the purposes of this section and section 7 of the Interp retation Act 1978
(c. 30) (service of documents by post) in its application to thi s section, the
proper address of a person is—
(a) in the case of body corporate, the address of the registered  or principal
office of the body; 
(b) in the case of a firm, unincorporated body or association, t he address of
the principal office of the partnership, body or association;
(c) in the case of a person to whom the notification or other do cument is
given or sent in reliance on any of subsections (4) to (6), the  proper
address of the body corporate, firm or (as the case may be) oth er body
or association in question; and
(d) in any other case, the last known address of the person in q uestion.
(8) In the case of— 
(a) a company registered outside the United Kingdom,
(b) a firm carrying on business outside the United Kingdom, or
(c) an unincorporated body or association with offices outside t he United
Kingdom,
the references in subsection (7) to its principal office includ e references to its
principal office within the United Kingdom (if any).
(9) In this section— 
“document” includes anything in writing; and“notification” includes notice;
and references in this section to giving or sending a notificat ion or other
document to a person include references to transmitting it to h im and to
serving it on him.
(10) This section has effect subject to section 395.
395 Notifications and documents in electronic form
(1) This section applies where—
(a) section 394 authorises the giving or sending of a notificati on or other
document by its delivery to a particular person (“the recipient ”); and
(b) the notification or other document is transmitted to the rec ipient—
(i) by means of an electronic communications network; or
(ii) by other means but in a form that nevertheless requires the  use
of apparatus by the recipient to render it intelligible.
(2) The transmission has effect for the purposes of the enactmen ts specified in
section 394(2) as a delivery of the notification or other docum ent to the
recipient, but only if the requirements imposed by or under thi s section are
complied with.
(3) Where the recipient is OFCOM—
(a) they must have indicated their willingness to receive the no tification or
other document in a manner mentioned in subsection (1)(b);
(b) the transmission must be made in such manner and satisfy suc h other
conditions as they may require; and
(c) the notification or other document must take such form as th ey may
require.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental349
(4) Where the person making the transmission is OFCOM, they may (subject to
subsection (5)) determine—
(a) the manner in which the transmission is made; and
(b) the form in which the notification or other document is tran smitted.
(5) Where the recipient is a person other than OFCOM—
(a) the recipient, or
(b) the person on whose behalf the recipient receives the notifi cation or
other document,
must have indicated to the person making the transmission the r ecipient’s
willingness to receive notifications or documents transmitted i n the form and
manner used.
(6) An indication to any person for the purposes of subsection ( 5)—
(a) must be given to that person in such manner as he may requir e;
(b) may be a general indication or one that is limited to notifi cations or
documents of a particular description;
(c) must state the address to be used and must be accompanied by  such
other information as that person requires for the making of thetransmission; and
(d) may be modified or withdrawn at any time by a notice given t o that
person in such manner as he may require.
(7) An indication, requirement or determination given, imposed o r made by
OFCOM for the purposes of this section is to be given, imposed or made by
being published in such manner as they consider appropriate for  bringing it to
the attention of the persons who, in their opinion, are likely to be affected by it.
(8) Subsection (9) of section 394 applies for the purposes of th is section as it applies
for the purposes of that section.
396 Timing and location of things done electronically
(1) The Secretary of State may by order make provision specifyin g, for the
purposes of the enactments specified in section 394(2), the man ner of
determining—
(a) the times at which things done under those enactments by mea ns of
electronic communications networks are done; and
(b) the places at which such things are so done, and at which th ings
transmitted by means of such networks are received.
(2) The provision made by subsection (1) may include provision a s to the country
or territory in which an electronic address is to be treated as  located.
(3) An order made by the Secretary of State may also make provis ion about the
manner of proving in any legal proceedings— 
(a) that something done by means of an electronic communications
network satisfies the requirements of the enactments specified in
section 394(2) for the doing of that thing; and
(b) the matters mentioned in subsection (1)(a) and (b).
(4) An order under this section may provide for such presumption s to apply
(whether conclusive or not) as the Secretary of State considers  appropriate.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental350
Other miscellaneous provisions
397 Purchase of Duchy of Lancaster land
(1) The Chancellor and Council of the Duchy of Lancaster may, if  they think fit,
agree with a person who provides a public electronic communicat ions network
for the sale, and absolutely make sale, for such sum of money a s appears to
them sufficient consideration for the same, of any land which—
(a) belongs to Her Majesty in right of the Duchy of Lancaster; a nd
(b) is land which that person seeks to acquire for, or in connec tion with, the
provision of his network.
(2) In this section “public electronic communications network” h as the same
meaning as in Chapter 1 of Part 2.
398 Repeal of certain provisions of the Telecommunications Act 1 984
(1) The Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12) shall be amended as f ollows.
(2) In Part 5 (transfer of undertakings of British Telecommunica tions), the
following provisions (which include spent provisions) shall cea se to have
effect—
(a) section 60;
(b) section 61(1) to (6);
(c) section 62;
(d) section 63(1) to (4); 
(e) sections 64 to 67;
(f) section 69 to 71;
(g) sections 72(2), (4) and (5); and
(h) section 73.
(3) In section 68(2) (liability of Secretary of State on winding  up), after “any
outstanding liability of the successor company” there shall be inserted “for the
payment of pensions”.
(4) In Part 7 (miscellaneous and supplemental) the following pro visions shall
cease to have effect—
(a) section 93 (grants to promote interests of disabled persons) ; and
(b) section 97 (contributions by local authorities towards the p rovision of
telecommunications facilities).
Supplemental
399 Expenses
There shall be paid out of money provided by Parliament—
(a) any expenditure incurred by the Secretary of State for or in  connection
with the carrying out of any of his functions under this Act; a nd
(b) any increase attributable to this Act in the sums which are payable out
of money so provided under any other Act.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental351
400 Destination of licence fees and penalties
(1) This section applies (subject to section 401) to the followi ng amounts—
(a) an amount paid to OFCOM in respect of a penalty imposed by t hem
under Chapter 1 of Part 2 (including a penalty imposed by virtu e of
section 191(5));
(b) so much of an amount paid to OFCOM under numbering condition s in
respect of an allocation of telephone numbers as is an amountdetermined by reference to an indication given in response to a n
invitation such as is mentioned in section 58(5)(a);
(c) an amount paid to OFCOM in pursuance of an obligation impose d by
or under the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998 (c. 6);
(d) an amount paid to OFCOM in respect of a penalty imposed by t hem
under section 175;
(e) a cash bid amount paid to OFCOM under a Broadcasting Act lic ence for
the first year falling within the period for which the licence is in force;
(f) an amount paid to OFCOM under such a licence for a subsequen t year
as the amount equal to a cash bid amount increased by the appro priate
percentage;
(g) an amount paid to OFCOM under such a licence as an amount
representing a percentage of relevant revenue for an accounting  period;
(h) an amount paid to OFCOM in respect of a penalty imposed by t hem
under Part 1 or 3 of the 1990 Act, Part 1 or 2 of the 1996 Act or Part 3 of
this Act.
(2) Where OFCOM receive an amount to which this section applies,  it must be
paid into the appropriate Consolidated Fund; but this subsectio n does not
apply to an amount which is required by OFCOM for making an adj ustment in
respect of an overpayment.
(3) The reference in subsection (2) to the payment of an amount into the
appropriate Consolidated Fund—
(a) in the case of an amount received in respect of matters appe aring to
OFCOM to have no connection with Northern Ireland, is a referen ce to
the payment of the amount into the Consolidated Fund of the Uni ted
Kingdom;
(b) in the case of an amount received in respect of matters appe aring to
OFCOM to have a connection with Northern Ireland but no connect ion
with the rest of the United Kingdom, is a reference to the paym ent of
the amount into the Consolidated Fund of Northern Ireland; and
(c) in any other case, is a reference to the payment of the amou nt, in such
proportions as OFCOM consider appropriate, into each of those F unds.
(4) OFCOM must, in respect of each financial year, prepare an ac count showing—
(a) the amounts to which this section applies that have been rec eived by
them during that year;
(b) the sums paid into the Consolidated Funds of the United King dom and
Northern Ireland respectively under this section in respect of those
amounts;
(c) the aggregate amount of the sums received by them during tha t year
that is retained in accordance with a statement of principles u nder
section 401 for meeting the costs of carrying out functions men tioned in
subsection (4) of that section during that year;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental352
(d) the aggregate amount that they estimate will fall to be so r etained out
of amounts due to them and likely to be paid or recovered; and
(e) the cost to OFCOM of carrying out during that year the funct ions in
respect of which amounts are or are to be retained in accordanc e with
such a statement.
(5) OFCOM must send that account to the Comptroller and Auditor General not
later than the end of the month of November following the finan cial year to
which it relates.
(6) The Comptroller and Auditor General must examine, certify an d report on the
account and lay copies of it, together with his report, before each House of
Parliament.
(7) References in this section to penalties imposed by OFCOM und er Part 3 of this
Act include references to penalties which the BBC is liable to pay to OFCOM
by virtue of section 198(3).
(8) In this section—
“the appropriate percentage” has the same meaning as in section  19 of the
1990 Act;
“cash bid amount” means an amount specified in a cash bid for a
Broadcasting Act licence or the amount determined by OFCOM for the
purposes of any provision of the 1990 Act or this Part to be wh at would
have been the amount of a cash bid for a licence;
“financial year” has the same meaning as in the Schedule to the  Office of
Communications Act 2002 (c. 11);
“numbering conditions” means conditions the setting of which is
authorised by section 58 or 59; and
“relevant revenue” means any of the following—
(a) the amount which for the purposes of section 19, 52(1), 102( 1) or
118 (1) of the 1990 Act is the amount of qualifying revenue foran accounting period; 
(b) the amount which for the purposes of section 13(1) or 55(1) of
the 1996 Act is the amount of multiplex revenue for anaccounting period; or
(c) an amount which for the purposes of paragraph 7 of Schedule
10 to this Act is the amount of qualifying revenue for anaccounting period.
401 Power of OFCOM to retain costs of carrying out spectrum func tions
(1) OFCOM have power to make a statement of the principles under  which they
may retain any or all of the amounts paid to them in pursuance of obligations
imposed by or under the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998 (c. 6).
(2) Where such a statement of principles authorises the retentio n of an amount,
OFCOM are not required to pay it into the appropriate Consolida ted Fund in
accordance with section 400.
(3) Principles contained in a statement made by OFCOM under this  section must
be such as appear to them to be likely to secure, on the basis of such estimates
of the likely costs as it is practicable to make—
(a) that, on a year by year basis, the aggregate amount of the a mounts
retained by OFCOM does not exceed the amount required by OFCOMCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental353
for meeting the annual cost to OFCOM of carrying out the functi ons
mentioned in subsection (4);
(b) that the amounts retained by OFCOM are objectively justifiab le and
proportionate to the costs in respect of which they are retaine d; and
(c) that the relationship between meeting the cost of carrying o ut those
functions and the amounts retained is transparent.
(4) Those functions are—
(a) OFCOM’s functions under the enactments relating to the manag ement
of the radio spectrum except those specified in subsection (5);  and 
(b) the function of taking any steps that OFCOM consider it nece ssary to
take— 
(i) in preparation for the carrying out of any of the functions
mentioned in paragraph (a) of this subsection; or
(ii) for the purpose of facilitating the carrying out of those f unctions
or otherwise in connection with carrying them out.
(5) The excepted functions of OFCOM are—
(a) their functions under section 22(2);
(b) their functions under subsections (1) and (2) of section 152  so far as
carried out in relation to the use of the electro-magnetic spec trum at
places outside the United Kingdom, and their functions undersubsection (5) of that section;
(c) their functions under section 155;
(d) their functions under section 158;
(e) their functions under section 168;
(f) their functions under sections 175 to 177;
(g) any functions conferred on them under section 5 of the Wirel ess
Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54); and
(h) any function not falling within the preceding paragraphs in so far as the
costs of carrying it out are met from payments made to OFCOM byvirtue of section 28 or 152(8) of this Act.
(6) A statement under this section may include provision which, for the purposes
of the principles contained in the statement and of the prepara tion of accounts
in accordance with section 400(4), requires an amount actually received in one
year—
(a) to be treated as referable to costs incurred in that year an d in one or
more subsequent years; and
(b) to be brought into account, in each of those years, in accor dance with
an apportionment for which provision is made in the statement.
(7) A deficit or surplus shown (after applying this subsection f or all previous
years) by an account prepared under section 400(4) is to be car ried forward and
taken into account in determining what is required by OFCOM in relation to
the following year for meeting the costs of carrying out the fu nctions
mentioned in subsection (4) of this section.
(8) A statement of principles under this section—
(a) if it is expressed to apply for a limited period, does not a pply to any
amounts paid to OFCOM after the end of that period; and
(b) in any event, does not apply to amounts paid to them after a
withdrawal of the statement takes effect.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental354
(9) OFCOM may revise a statement made under this section.
(10) The consent of the Treasury is required for the making, rev ision or withdrawal
of a statement under this section.
(11) Where OFCOM make or revise a statement of this section they  must publish so
much of the statement or revised statement as appears to them n ecessary for
demonstrating that the statement or revision complies with subs ection (3).
402 Power of Secretary of State to make orders and regulations
(1) Every power conferred by this Act on the Secretary of State to make orders or
regulations, other than the powers conferred by Schedule 4, is a power
exercisable by statutory instrument.
(2) A statutory instrument containing an order or regulations ma de in exercise of
any such power, other than—
(a) an order under section 31 or 411,
(b) an order containing a direction under section 156, or
(c) any order that is required, by any provision of this Act, to  be laid before
Parliament and approved in draft, 
shall be subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of e ither House of
Parliament.
(3) Every power of the Secretary of State to make an order or re gulations under
this Act, other than an order under section 31 or 411 or an ord er made in
exercise of a power conferred by Schedule 4, includes power—
(a) to make different provision for different cases (including d ifferent
provision in respect of different areas);
(b) to make provision subject to such exemptions and exceptions as the
Secretary of State thinks fit; and
(c) to make such incidental, supplemental, consequential and tra nsitional
provision as the Secretary of State thinks fit.
403 Regulations and orders made by OFCOM
(1) This section applies to any power of OFCOM to make regulatio ns or to make
an order or scheme if that power is one to which this section i s expressly
applied.
(2) The powers to which this section applies shall be exercisabl e by statutory
instrument, and the Statutory Instruments Act 1946 (c. 36) is to  apply in
relation to those powers as if OFCOM were a Minister of the Cro wn.
(3) Where an instrument made under a power to which this section  applies falls to
be laid before Parliament, OFCOM must, immediately after it is made, send it
to the Secretary of State for laying by him.
(4) Before making any regulations or order under a power to whic h this section
applies, OFCOM must—
(a) give a notice of their proposal to do so to such persons rep resentative
of the persons appearing to OFCOM to be likely to be affected b y the
implementation of the proposal as OFCOM think fit;
(b) publish notice of their proposal in such manner as they cons ider
appropriate for bringing it to the attention of the persons who , in theirCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental355
opinion, are likely to be affected by it and are not given noti ce by virtue
of paragraph (a); and
(c) consider any representations that are made to OFCOM, before the time
specified in the notice. 
(5) A notice for the purposes of subsection (4) must—
(a) state that OFCOM propose to make the regulations or order in
question;
(b) set out the general effect of the regulations or order;
(c) specify an address from which a copy of the proposed regulat ions or
order may be obtained; and
(d) specify a time before which any representations with respect  to the
proposal must be made to OFCOM. 
(6) The time specified for the purposes of subsection (5)(d) mus t be no earlier than
the end of the period of one month beginning with the day after  the latest day
on which the notice is given or published for the purposes of s ubsection (4).
(7) Every power of OFCOM to which this section applies includes power—
(a) to make different provision for different cases (including d ifferent
provision in respect of different areas);
(b) to make provision subject to such exemptions and exceptions as
OFCOM think fit; and 
(c) to make such incidental, supplemental, consequential and tra nsitional
provision as OFCOM think fit.
(8) The Documentary Evidence Act 1868 (c. 37) (proof of orders an d regulations
etc.) shall have effect as if—
(a) OFCOM were included in the first column of the Schedule to t hat Act;
(b) OFCOM and persons authorised to act on their behalf were men tioned
in the second column of that Schedule.
404 Criminal liability of company directors etc. 
(1) Where an offence under any enactment to which this section a pplies is
committed by a body corporate and is proved to have been commit ted with the
consent or connivance of, or to be attributable to any neglect on the part of—
(a) a director, manager, secretary or other similar officer of t he body
corporate, or
(b) a person who was purporting to act in any such capacity,
he (as well as the body corporate) is guilty of that offence an d shall be liable to
be proceeded against and punished accordingly.
(2) Where an offence under any enactment to which this section a pplies—
(a) is committed by a Scottish firm, and
(b) is proved to have been committed with the consent or conniva nce of, or
to be attributable to any neglect on the part of a partner of t he firm,
he (as well as the firm) is guilty of that offence and shall be  l i a b l e  t o  b e
proceeded against and punished accordingly.
(3) In this section “director”, in relation to a body corporate whose affairs are
managed by its members, means a member of the body corporate.
(4) The enactments to which this section applies are every enact ment contained
in—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental356
(a) this Act;
(b) the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54);
(c) the Marine, &c., Broadcasting (Offences) Act 1967 (c. 41); 
(d) the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1967 (c. 72); or
(e) the Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12).
(5) Section 14(2) of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (which is superseded by this
section) shall cease to have effect.
405 General interpretation
(1) In this Act, except in so far as the context otherwise requi res—
“the 1990 Act” means the Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42);
“the 1996 Act” means the Broadcasting Act 1996 (c. 55);“access” is to be construed in accordance with subsection (4);
“apparatus” includes any equipment, machinery or device and any  wire
or cable and the casing or coating for any wire or cable;
“associated facility” has the meaning given by section 32;“the BBC” means the British Broadcasting Corporation;
“body” (without more) means any body or association of persons,
whether corporate or unincorporate, including a firm;
“broadcast” means broadcast by wireless telegraphy, and cognate
expressions are to be construed accordingly;
“Broadcasting Act licence” means a licence under Part 1 or 3 of  the 1990
Act or under Part 1 or 2 of the 1996 Act;
“business” includes any trade or profession;
“C4C” means the Channel Four Television Corporation;“communications provider” means a person who (within the meanin g of
section 32(4)) provides an electronic communications network or  an
electronic communications service;
“the Consumer Panel” means the panel established under section 16;
“consumers” has the meaning given by subsection (5);“Content Board” means the committee of OFCOM established and
maintained under section 12;
“contravention” includes a failure to comply, and cognate expre ssions are
to be construed accordingly;
“customers”, in relation to a communications provider or a pers on who
makes an associated facility available, means the following (in cluding
any of them whose use or potential use of the network, service or
facility is for the purposes of, or in connection with, a busin ess)—
(a) the persons to whom the network, service or facility is prov ided
or made available in the course of any business carried on assuch by the provider or person who makes it available; 
(b) the persons to whom the communications provider or person
making the facility available is seeking to secure that thenetwork, service or facility is so provided or made available;
(c) the persons who wish to be so provided with the network or
service, or to have the facility so made available, or who arelikely to seek to become persons to whom the network, serviceor facility is so provided or made available;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental357
“distribute”, in relation to a service, does not include broadc ast, and
cognate expressions shall be construed accordingly;
“electronic communications network” and “electronic communicati ons
service” have the meanings given by section 32;
“enactment” includes any enactment comprised in an Act of the S cottish
Parliament or in any Northern Ireland legislation;
“the enactments relating to the management of the radio spectru m”
means— 
(a) the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54);
(b) the Marine, &c., Broadcasting (Offences) Act 1967 (c. 41);
(c) the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1967 (c. 72) (except Part 1);
(d) Part 6 of the Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12);
(e) the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998 (c. 6); 
(f) Chapter 2 of Part 2 of this Act; and 
(g) the other provisions of this Act so far as relating to any o f the
enactments mentioned in the preceding paragraphs; 
“frequency” includes frequency band;“holder”, in relation to a Broadcasting Act licence, is to be c onstrued in
accordance with subsection (7), and cognate expressions are to be
construed accordingly;
“information” includes accounts, estimates and projections and any
document;
“intelligible” is to be construed in accordance with subsection  (9);
“international obligation of the United Kingdom” includes any
Community obligation and any obligation which will or may ariseunder any international agreement or arrangements to which theUnited Kingdom is a party;
“modification” includes omissions, alterations and additions, a nd cognate
expressions are to be construed accordingly;
“OFCOM” means the Office of Communications;“other member State” means a member State other than the United
Kingdom;
“pre-commencement regulator” means any of the following—
(a) the Broadcasting Standards Commission;
(b) the Director General of Telecommunications;
(c) the Independent Television Commission;
(d) the Radio Authority;
“programme” includes an advertisement and, in relation to a ser vice,
anything included in that service;
“programme service” means—
(a) a television programme service;
(b) the public teletext service;
(c) an additional television service;
(d) a digital additional television service; 
(e) a radio programme service; or
(f) a sound service provided by the BBC;
and expressions used in this definition and in Part 3 have the same
meanings in this definition as in that Part;
“provide” and cognate expressions, in relation to an electronic
communications network, electronic communications service orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental358
associated facilities, are to be construed in accordance with s ection
32(4);
“purposes of public service television broadcasting in the Unit ed
Kingdom” shall be construed in accordance with subsection (4) o f
section 264 and subsections (5) and (6) of that section shall a pply for the
purposes of any provision of this Act referring to such purpose s as they
apply for the purposes of a report under that section;
“the radio transfer date” means the date on which the Radio Aut hority’s
functions under Part 3 of the 1990 Act and Part 2 of the 1996 A ct are
transferred under this Act to OFCOM;
“representation”, in relation to a proposal or the contents of any notice or
notification, includes an objection to the proposal or (as the case may
be) to the whole or any part of those contents;
“subordinate legislation” means—
(a) any subordinate legislation, within the meaning of the
Interpretation Act 1978 (c. 30); or
(b) any statutory rules (within the meaning of the Statutory Rul es
(Northern Ireland) Order 1979 (S.I. 1979/1573 (N.I. 12));
“television and radio services” means—
(a) programme services apart from those provided by the BBC; and
(b) services provided by the BBC in relation to which OFCOM have
functions;
“television programme” means any programme (with or without sou nds)
which—
(a) is produced wholly or partly to be seen on television; and
(b) consists of moving or still images or of legible text or of a
combination of those things;
“the television transfer date” means the date on which the Inde pendent
Television Commission’s functions under Part 1 of the 1990 Act and
Part 1 of the 1996 Act are transferred under this Act to OFCOM;
“TV licence” means a licence for the purposes of section 363;“the Welsh Authority” means the authority whose name is, by vir tue of
section 56(1) of the 1990 Act, Sianel Pedwar Cymru;
“wireless telegraphy” has the same meaning as in the Wireless T elegraphy
Act 1949 (c. 54);
“wireless telegraphy licence” means a licence under section 1 o f the
Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949.
(2) Any power under this Act to provide for the manner in which anything is to be
done includes power to provide for the form in which it is to b e done.
(3) References in this Act to OFCOM’s functions under an enactme nt include
references to their power to do anything which appears to them to be
incidental or conducive to the carrying out of their functions under that
enactment.
(4) References in this Act to access—
(a) in relation to an electronic communications network or elect ronic
communications service, are references to the opportunity of ma king
use of the network or service; and
(b) in relation to a programme service, are references to the op portunity of
viewing in an intelligible form the programmes included in the service
or (as the case may be) of listening to them in such a form.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental359
(5) For the purposes of this Act persons are consumers in a mark et for a service,
facility or apparatus, if they are— 
(a) persons to whom the service, facility or apparatus is provid ed, made
available or supplied (whether in their personal capacity or fo r the
purposes of, or in connection with, their businesses);
(b) persons for whose benefit the service, facility or apparatus  is provided,
made available or supplied or for whose benefit persons falling  within
paragraph (a) arrange for it to be provided, made available or supplied;
(c) persons whom the person providing the service or making the facility
available, or the supplier of the apparatus, is seeking to make  into
persons falling within paragraph (a) or (b); or
(d) persons who wish to become persons falling within paragraph (a) or (b)
or who are likely to seek to become persons falling within one or both
of those paragraphs.
(6) References in this Act to services in relation to which OFCO M have functions
include references to any services in relation to which OFCOM a re required to
set standards under section 319.
(7) In this Act references, in relation to a time or a period, t o the holder of a
Broadcasting Act licence or of a particular description of such  licence are
references to the person who held that licence at that time or (as the case may
be) to every person who held that licence for the whole or a pa rt of that period.
(8) For the purposes of this Act the fact that a service is not in an intelligible form
shall be disregarded, except where express provision is made to  the contrary,
in determining whether it has been provided— 
(a) for general reception;
(b) for reception by particular persons; or
(c) for reception at a particular place or in a particular area.
(9) For the purposes of this Act something is not to be regarded  as in an intelligible
form if it cannot readily be understood without being decrypted  or having
some comparable process applied to it.
406 Minor and consequential amendments, transitionals and repeal s
(1) Schedule 17 (which provides for minor and consequential amen dments in
connection with the other provision made by this Act) shall hav e effect.
(2) The Secretary of State may by order make such consequential modifications of
any enactment as—
(a) correspond to amendments of any other enactment that are mad e by
Schedule 17; and
(b) appear to him to be appropriate in consequence of that provi sion of this
Act.
(3) The Secretary of State may by order make any provision that he thinks fit for
substituting a reference in any enactment or subordinate legisl ation to
something defined for the purposes of this Act, or of any provi sions contained
in this Act, for a reference to something equivalent or similar  that was defined
for the purposes of the Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12), or of provisions
contained in that Act.
(4) The Secretary of State may by order make such further conseq uential
modifications of—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental360
(a) an enactment extending only to Scotland,
(b) an enactment extending only to Northern Ireland,
(c) a local enactment, or
(d) the provision of any subordinate legislation,
as appear to him to be appropriate in consequence of any provis ion of this Act.
(5) If it appears to the Secretary of State that a local enactme nt contains a provision
which corresponds to a provision the effect of which is modifie d by an
amendment in Schedule 17 of this Act of a listed provision, it shall be his duty
to exercise his powers under this section to secure that a modi fication
corresponding to that effected by that amendment is made to the  local
enactment.
(6) Schedule 18 (which contains transitional provisions in conne ction with the
other provision made by this Act) shall have effect.
(7) Subject to the provisions of Schedule 18 and to the savings and commencement
provisions set out in the notes to Schedule 19, the enactments and instruments
specified in Schedule 19 (which include provisions that are spe nt or have
ceased to be of any practical utility) are hereby repealed or r evoked to the
extent specified in the second column of that Schedule.
(8) In this section “local enactment” means—
(a) a local or personal Act;
(b) a public general Act relating only to London;
(c) an order or scheme made under an Act which has been confirme d by
Parliament or brought into operation in accordance with specialParliamentary procedure;
(d) an enactment in a public general Act but amending a local en actment.
(9) In subsection (5) “listed provision” means the provisions of  the following
enactments—
(a) sections 11 and 14 of the London Overground Wires, etc. Act 1933
(c. xliv);
(b) section 7(6) of the London County Council (General Powers) A ct 1949
(c. lv);
(c) section 17(2) of the Lough Neagh and Lower Bann Drainage and
Navigation Act (Northern Ireland) 1955 (c. 15 (N.I.));
(d) section 17(4)(a) of the London County Council (General Power s) Act
1963 (c. xvii);
(e) section 7(6) of the Greater London Council (General Powers) Act 1969
(c. lii);
(f) section 20(1)(a) of the Thames Barrier and Flood Prevention Act 1972
(c. xlv);
(g) section 32 of and paragraph 3(2)(b) of Schedule 2 and Part 1 0 of
Schedule 7 to the Channel Tunnel Act 1987 (c. 53);
(h) section 25(1) of the Norfolk and Suffolk Broads Act 1988 (c. 4);
(i) section 5 of the London Local Authorities (No. 2) Act 1990 ( c. xxx);
(j) paragraphs 1(c) and 16 of Schedule 2, paragraph 3(2)(c) of S chedule 4
and paragraph 21 of Schedule 7 to the Cardiff Bay Barrage Act 1 993
(c. 42);
(k) section 3(1) of the British Waterways Act 1995 (c. i);Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental361
(l) paragraphs 6(4) and 15(4) of Schedule 6 and Part 4 of Schedu le 15 to the
Channel Tunnel Rail Link Act 1996 (c. 61).
(10) This section has effect subject to section 408.
407 Pre-consolidation amendments 
(1) The Secretary of State may by order make such modifications of—
(a) the enactments relating to the management of the radio spect rum,
(b) the enactments relating to broadcasting, and
(c) enactments referring to enactments falling within paragraph (a) or (b),
as in his opinion facilitate, or are otherwise desirable in con nection with, the
consolidation of those enactments or any of them.
(2) No order is to be made under this section unless a Bill for repealing and re-
enacting—
(a) the enactments modified by the order, or
(b) enactments relating to matters connected with the matters to  which
enactments modified by the order relate,
 has been presented to either House of Parliament.
(3) An order under this section is not to come into force until immediately before
the commencement of the Act resulting from that Bill.
(4) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.
(5) In this section “the enactments relating to broadcasting” me ans—
(a) the 1990 Act; 
(b) the 1996 Act;
(c) Part 3 of this Act; and
(d) the other provisions of this Act so far as relating to the 1 990 Act, the
1996 Act or that Part.
408 Transitional provision for anticipatory carrying out of func tions
(1) This section applies where an order under section 411 bringi ng into force—
(a) a provision of Part 1, 2 or 6, or
(b) a provision of Chapter 1 of Part 5,
states that that provision is brought into force at a particula r time for the
purpose only of enabling specified networks and services functi ons, or
specified spectrum functions, to be carried out during the tran sitional period
by the Director General of Telecommunications or the Secretary of State.
(2) In relation to times falling in the transitional period, tha t provision is to have
effect as if—
(a) references in that provision to OFCOM, and
(b) references to OFCOM inserted by that provision in any other
enactment,
were references, in accordance with subsection (3), to the Dire ctor General of
Telecommunications or to the Secretary of State.
(3) The references have effect—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental362
(a) as references to the Director General of Telecommunications to the
extent that the provision is brought into force for the purpose  of
enabling specified networks and services functions to be carrie d out;
and
(b) as references to the Secretary of State, to the extent that the provision is
brought into force for the purpose of enabling specified spectr um
functions to be carried out.
(4) An order bringing a provision into force as mentioned in sub section (1) may
include provision specifying the extent to which it is to be ta ken, for the
purposes of subsection (3), to have been brought into force for  the purpose of
enabling particular functions to be carried out.
(5) In relation to times after the end of the transitional perio d for a provision which
has been brought into force for enabling specified functions to  be carried out
by the Director General of Telecommunications or the Secretary of State,
anything which—
(a) was done, during that period, by or in relation to that Dire ctor or the
Secretary of State, and
(b) was so done for the purposes of, or in connection with, the carrying out
of those functions,
is to have effect as if had been done by or in relation to OFCO M.
(6) In this section “the transitional period”, in relation to a provision brought into
force as mentioned in subsection (1) by an order under section 411, means the
period which—
(a) begins with the time when it is so brought into force; and
(b) ends with the time from which that order, or a subsequent or der under
that section, brings the provision into force for the purpose o f
conferring on OFCOM the functions in question.
(7) In this section “networks and services functions” means any of the following
functions of OFCOM under this Act—
(a) their functions under sections 24 and 25;
(b) their functions under Chapter 1 of Part 2;
(c) their functions under Chapter 3 of Part 2, except to the ext ent that those
functions relate to—
(i) disputes relating to rights or obligations conferred or impo sed
by or under the enactments relating to the management of theradio spectrum; or
(ii) decisions made under those enactments;
(d) their functions under Chapter 1 of Part 5, except to the ext ent that those
functions relate to broadcasting or related matters;
(e) their functions under Schedule 18 to this Act in relation to  the abolition
of licensing (within the meaning of that Schedule).
(8) In this section “spectrum functions” means—
(a) the functions under the enactments relating to the managemen t of the
radio spectrum which by virtue of this Act are conferred on OFC OM;
and
(b) the functions conferred on OFCOM by so much of Chapter 3 of Part 2
as relates to the disputes and decisions mentioned in subsectio n (7)(c).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental363
409 Modifications consequential on regulations implementing Dire ctives
(1) This section applies if it appears to the Secretary of State  that regulations under
section 2 of the European Communities Act 1972 (c. 68) for givin g effect to
Community obligations imposed by the Communications Directives have
come into force before the passing of this Act.
(2) The Secretary of State may by order—
(a) repeal any relevant provision of this Act which appears to h im to be
unnecessary, or to have become spent, in consequence of theregulations;
(b) make such other modifications of the relevant provisions of this Act as
he considers appropriate in consequence of the regulations;
(c) revoke provision made by the regulations; and
(d) make transitory or transitional provision in relation to any thing done
by or under the regulations.
(3) The Secretary of State’s power under this section includes p ower to make
consequential amendments of enactments not contained in this Ac t.
(4) In this section—
“the Communications Directives” means—
(a) the Access Directive, that is to say, Directive 2002/19/EC o f the
European Parliament and of the Council on access to, andinterconnection of, electronic communications networks andassociated facilities;
(b) the Authorisation Directive, that is to say, Directive 2002/ 20/
EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on theauthorisation of electronic communications networks andservices;
(c) the Framework Directive, that is to say, Directive 2002/21/E C
of the European Parliament and of the Council on a commonregulatory framework for electronic communications networksand services;
(d) the Universal Service Directive, that is to say, Directive 2 002/
22/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council onuniversal service and users’ rights relating to electroniccommunications networks and services;
“relevant provision of this Act” means a provision contained in —
(a)  Part 1, 2 or 6; or
(b) Chapter 1 of Part 5.
(5) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is section unless
a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and approv ed by a
resolution of each House.
410 Application of enactments to territorial sea and other water s
(1) This section applies to—
(a) provision made by or under Part 2 of this Act;
(b) any provision of the enactments relating to the management o f the
radio spectrum that are not contained in that Part; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental364
(c) any provision of Chapter 1 of Part 5 of this Act so far as i t relates to a
matter as respects which provision falling within paragraph (a)  or (b) is
made.
(2) Her Majesty may by Order in Council provide—
(a) for an area of the territorial sea to be treated, for the pu rposes of any
provision to which this section applies, as if it were situated  in such part
of the United Kingdom as may be specified in the Order; and
(b) for jurisdiction with respect to questions arising in relati on to the
territorial sea under any such provision to be conferred on cou rts in a
part of the United Kingdom so specified.
(3) An Order in Council under section 11 of the Petroleum Act 19 98 (c. 17)
(application of civil law to offshore installations etc.) may m ake provision for
treating— 
(a) an installation with respect to which provision is made unde r that
section and which is outside the territorial sea but in waters to which
that section applies, and
(b) waters within 500 metres of the installation,
as if for the purposes of provisions to which this section appl ies, they were
situated in such part of the United Kingdom as is specified in the Order.
(4) The jurisdiction conferred on a court by an Order in Council  under this section
is in addition to any jurisdiction exercisable apart from this section by that or
any other court.
(5) Subsection (3) of section 402 applies to the power to make a n Order in Council
under this section as it applies to any power of the Secretary of State to make
an order under this Act, but as if references in that subsectio n to the Secretary
of State were references to Her Majesty in Council. 
(6) A statutory instrument containing an Order in Council under this section shall
be subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of
Parliament.
(7) In this section—
“installation” includes any floating structure or device mainta ined on a
station by whatever means, and installations in transit;
“the territorial sea” means the territorial sea adjacent to the  United
Kingdom.
411 Short title, commencement and extent
(1) This Act may be cited as the Communications Act 2003.(2) This Act (except the provisions listed in subsection (3), wh ich come into force
on the passing of this Act) shall come into force on such day a s the Secretary of
State may by order appoint; and different days may be appointed  under this
subsection for different purposes.
(3) Those provisions are sections 31(1) to (4) and (6) and 405 a nd this section.
(4) An order under subsection (2) may include provision making s uch transitional
or transitory provision, in addition to that made by Schedule 1 8, as the
Secretary of State considers appropriate in connection with the  bringing into
force of any provisions of this Act; and the power to make tran sitional or
transitory provision includes power to make—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Part 6 — Miscellaneous and Supplemental365
(a) different provision for different cases (including different  provision in
respect of different areas);
(b) provision subject to such exemptions and exceptions as the S ecretary of
State thinks fit; and
(c) such incidental, supplemental and consequential provision as  he thinks
fit.
(5) This Act extends to Northern Ireland.
(6) Subject to subsection (7), Her Majesty may by Order in Counc il extend the
provisions of this Act, with such modifications as appear to He r Majesty in
Council to be appropriate, to any of the Channel Islands or to the Isle of Man.
(7) Subsection (6) does not authorise the extension to any place  of a provision of
this Act so far as it gives effect to an amendment of an enactm ent that is not
itself capable of being extended there in exercise of a power c onferred on Her
Majesty in Council.
(8) Subsection (3) of section 402 applies to the power to make a n Order in Council
under this section as it applies to any power of the Secretary of State to make
an order under this Act, but as if references in that subsectio n to the Secretary
of State were references to Her Majesty in Council. Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 1 — Functions transferred to OFCOM366
SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE 1 Section 2
FUNCTIONS  TRANSFERRED  TO OFCOM
Wireless telegraphy functions
1 (1) Subject to sub-paragraphs (2) and (3), the functions of the  Secretary of State
under the following enactments are transferred to OFCOM—
(a) the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54);
(b) section 7 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1967 (c. 72) (restri ction on
dealings in, and custody of, certain apparatus);
(c) Part 6 of the Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12) (provisions
relating to wireless telegraphy);
(d) the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998 (c. 6).
(2)  The following functions remain functions of the Secretary o f State—
(a) his functions under section 5 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act  1949
(misleading messages and interception and disclosure of wireles s
telegraphy messages);
(b) his functions under section 6 of that Act (regulations about  apparatus
on board ships etc.);
(c) his functions under section 7 of that Act (powers as to wire less
personnel).
(3) The functions of the Secretary of State under section 84 of the
Telecommunications Act 1984 (approval of wireless telegraphyapparatus)—
(a) if an order made by the Secretary of State under subsection (8A) of
that section is in force, shall be exercisable by him and by OF COM in
accordance with that order; and
(b) if there is no such order, shall be exercisable by OFCOM.
2 (1) The functions of the Secretary of State under section 7A of  the Marine, &c.,
Broadcasting (Offences) Act 1967 (c. 41) (powers of enforcement of marine
offences under that Act) shall (with the following exception) b e exercisable
concurrently by the Secretary of State and OFCOM.
(2) The exception is the functions of the Secretary of State und er that section so
far as they relate to powers exercisable by virtue of subsectio n (7) of that
section.
Functions in relation to the licensing etc. of television servi ces
3 The following functions of the Independent Television Commissi on are
transferred to OFCOM—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 1 — Functions transferred to OFCOM367
(a) the function of granting or awarding licences under Part 1 o f the 1990
Act (independent television services) and Part 1 of the 1996 Ac t
(digital television broadcasting); 
(b) the Commission’s functions under those Parts in relation to,  and to
applications for, licences under either of those Parts;
(c) the function of securing the provision of a nationwide syste m of
television broadcasting services known as Channel 3;
(d) the function of securing the provision of the television bro adcasting
service known as Channel 5.
Functions in relation to C4C
4 The functions conferred on the Independent Television Commissi on by or
under section 23 of the 1990 Act and under Schedule 3 to that A ct
(appointment of members of C4C and related administrative funct ions) are
transferred to OFCOM.
Functions in relation to the licensing of radio services
5 The following functions of the Radio Authority are transferred  to OFCOM—
(a) the function of granting or awarding licences under Part 3 o f the 1990
Act (independent radio services) and Part 2 of the 1996 Act (di gital
sound broadcasting); and
(b) the Authority’s functions under those Parts in relation to l icences
granted or awarded under those Parts.
Functions in relation to the proscription of foreign satellite services
6 The functions of the Independent Television Commission and of the Radio
Authority under section 177 of the 1990 Act (proscription of fo reign satellite
services) are transferred to OFCOM.
Functions in relation to Gaelic broadcasting
7 The functions of the Independent Television Commission under s ections 183
and 184 of the 1990 Act and the functions of that Commission an d of the
Radio Authority under Schedule 19 to that Act (Gaelic broadcast ing) are
transferred to OFCOM.
Functions in relation to the national television archive
8 The functions of the Independent Television Commission under s ection 185
of the 1990 Act (maintenance of the national television archive ) are
transferred to OFCOM.
Warrants to enter and search premises to enforce broadcasting l icences provisions
9 The functions of the Independent Television Commission and of the Radio
Authority under section 196(1) of the 1990 Act (entry and searc h for the
purposes of enforcing licensing provisions of the 1990 and 1996  Acts) are
transferred to OFCOM.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 1 — Functions transferred to OFCOM368
Variation of existing Channel 3 and Channel 5 licences
10 Any power to vary licences which is conferred on the Independ ent
Television Commission by an order under section 28 of the 1996 Act is
transferred to OFCOM.
Reports for the purposes of the review of digital television br oadcasting
11 The functions of the Independent Television Commission and of  the Radio
Authority under sections 33 and 67 of the 1996 Act (reports to the Secretary
of State for the purposes of his review of digital broadcasting ) are
transferred to OFCOM.
Functions in relation to reservation of digital capacity to the  BBC
12 The function of the Secretary of State under section 49(4) of  the 1996 Act
(reserving digital capacity on a local radio multiplex service for the BBC) is
transferred to OFCOM.
Functions in relation to listed events
13 The functions of the Independent Television Commission under Part 4 of the
1996 Act (functions in connection with listed events) are trans ferred to
OFCOM.
Functions relating to fairness and privacy in broadcasting
14 The following functions of the Broadcasting Standards Commiss ion under
Part 5 of the 1996 Act are transferred to OFCOM—
(a) the Commission’s function of drawing up and from time to tim e
revising a code of practice under section 107 of that Act (code s of
practice relation to fairness and privacy); and
(b) their functions in relation to fairness complaints under tha t Part.
SCHEDULE 2 Section 30
TRANSFER  SCHEMES
Contents of transfer scheme
1 (1)  A transfer scheme—
(a) shall set out the property, rights and liabilities to be tra nsferred by
the scheme; and
(b) may make incidental, supplemental, consequential and transit ional
provision in connection with the transfer of that property and of
those rights and liabilities.
(2) The provisions of the scheme setting out the property, right s and liabilities
to be transferred may do so in either or both of the following ways—
(a) by specifying them or describing them in particular; or
(b) by identifying them generally by reference to, or to a speci fic part of,
an undertaking from which they are to be transferred.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 2 — Transfer schemes369
(3) The property, rights and liabilities that are to be capable of being transferred
by a transfer scheme include—
(a) property, rights and liabilities that would not otherwise be  capable
of being transferred or assigned by the person from whom they a re
transferred;
(b) property acquired and rights and liabilities arising in the period after
the making of the scheme and before it comes into force;
(c) rights and liabilities arising subsequently in respect of ma tters
occurring in that period;
(d) property situated anywhere in the United Kingdom or elsewher e
and rights and liabilities under the law of any part of the Uni ted
Kingdom or of any place outside the United Kingdom; and
(e) rights and liabilities under an enactment.
(4) The provision that may be made under sub-paragraph (1)(b) in cludes
provision for the creation in favour of a pre-commencement regu lator, the
Secretary of State or OFCOM of rights or liabilities over or in  respect of
property transferred to OFCOM or property retained by a pre-commencement regulator or the Secretary of State.
(5) The transfers to which effect may be given by a transfer sch eme, and the
rights that may be created by means of such a scheme, include t ransfers that
are to take effect, and rights that are to arise, in accordance  with the scheme
as if there were—
(a) no such requirement to obtain a person’s consent or concurre nce,
(b) no such liability in respect of any contravention of any oth er
requirement, and
(c) no such interference with any interest or right,
as there would be, in the case of a transaction apart from this  Act (whether
under any enactment or agreement or otherwise), by reason of an y provision
having effect in relation to the terms on which a pre-commencem ent
regulator or the Secretary of State is entitled or subject to a ny property, right
or liability.
Effect of transfer scheme
2 (1) Property transferred by a transfer scheme shall, on the com ing into force of
the scheme, vest in OFCOM without further assurance.
(2) Where any transfer scheme comes into force, any agreement ma de,
transaction effected or other thing done by or in relation to t he person from
whom any transfers for which the scheme provides are made shall  have
effect, so far as necessary for the purposes of those transfers , as if—
(a) it had been made, effected or done by or in relation to OFCO M; and
(b) OFCOM were the same person in law as the person from whom th e
transfer is made.
(3) Accordingly, references in any agreement, document, process or instrument
of any description to the person from whom anything is transfer red by
means of a transfer scheme shall have effect, so far as necessa ry for the
purpose of giving effect to the transfer from the coming into f orce of the
scheme, as references to OFCOM.
(4) Where any agreement, document, process or instrument of any description
has effect, in relation to anything transferred by means of a t ransfer scheme,
as referring (whether expressly or by implication)— Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 2 — Transfer schemes370
(a) to a member or to an officer of a pre-commencement regulator , or
(b) to an officer of the Secretary of State,
that agreement, document, process or instrument shall have effe ct so far as
necessary for the purposes of the transfers effected by the sch eme and in
consequence of them, as referring instead to the person mention ed in sub-
paragraph (5).
(5) That person is—
(a) the person nominated for the purposes of the transfer by OFC OM; or
(b) in default of a nomination, the member or employee of OFCOM who
most closely corresponds to the member or officer originally re ferred
to.
(6) Nothing in sub-paragraph (3) or (4) is to apply in relation to any reference in
an enactment or in subordinate legislation.
Retrospective modification of a transfer scheme
3 (1) If at any time after the coming into force of a transfer sc heme it appears to
the Secretary of State that it is appropriate to do so, he may by order provide
for the scheme to be deemed to have come into force with such m odifications
(including modifications retrospective to the time of the comin g into force of
the scheme) as may be provided for in the order.
(2) The power under this paragraph to provide by order for the m odification of
a transfer scheme shall be exercisable for the purpose only of making
provision that could have been made by the scheme.
(3) Before making an order under this paragraph the Secretary of  State must
consult OFCOM.
Compensation
4 (1) Where, in consequence of any provision included in a transf er scheme, the
interests, rights or liabilities of a third party are modified as mentioned in
sub-paragraph (2), the third party is to be entitled to such co mpensation as
may be just in respect of—
(a) any diminution in the value of any of his interests or right s, or
(b) any increase in the burden of his liabilities,
which is attributable to that modification.
(2) The modifications mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) are modific ations by
virtue of which—
(a) an interest of the third party in any property is transforme d into, or
replaced by—
(i) an interest in only part of that property; or
(ii) separate interests in different parts of that property;
(b) a right of the third party against any of the pre-commenceme nt
regulators or against the Secretary of State is transformed int o, or
replaced by, two or more rights which do not include a right wh ich,
on its own, is equivalent (disregarding the person against whom  it is
enforceable) to the right against that regulator or (as the cas e may be)
against the Secretary of State; or
(c) a liability of the third party to any of the pre-commencemen t
regulators or to the Secretary of State is transformed into, or  replaced
by, two or more separate liabilities at least one of which is a  liabilityCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 2 — Transfer schemes371
enforceable by a person other than the person by whom it was
enforceable before being so transformed.
(3) Where—
(a) a third party would, apart from any provision of a transfer scheme,
have become entitled to, or to exercise, any interest or right arising or
exercisable in respect of the transfer or creation in accordanc e with
such a scheme of any property, rights or liabilities, and
(b) the provisions of that scheme have the effect of preventing that
person’s entitlement to, or to exercise, that interest or right  from
arising on any occasion in respect of anything mentioned inparagraph (a), and
(c) provision is not made by a transfer scheme for securing that  an
entitlement to, or to exercise, that interest or right or an eq uivalent
interest or right, is preserved or created so as to arise in re spect of the
first occasion when corresponding circumstances next occur afte r the
coming into force of the transfers for which the scheme provide s,
the third party is to be entitled to such compensation as may b e just in
respect of the extinguishment of the interest or right.
(4) A liability to pay compensation under this paragraph shall f all on the
persons mentioned in sub-paragraph (5) who (as the case may be) —
(a) have interests in the whole or any part of the property affe cted by the
modification in question,
(b) are subject to the rights of the person to be compensated wh ich are
affected by the modification in question,
(c) are entitled to enforce the liabilities of the person to be compensated
which are affected by that modification, or
(d) benefit from the extinguishment of the entitlement mentioned  in
sub-paragraph (3),
and that liability shall be apportioned between those persons i n such
manner as may be appropriate having regard to the extent of the ir respective
interests, rights or liabilities or the extent of the benefit t hey respectively
obtain from the extinguishment.
(5) Those persons are the pre-commencement regulators and the Se cretary of
State.
(6) Sub-paragraph (4) shall have effect subject to so much of an y transfer
scheme (including the one that gives rise to the liability) as makes provision
for the transfer of any liability under that sub-paragraph to O FCOM.
(7) Any dispute as to whether, or as to the person by whom, any compensation
is to be paid under this paragraph, and any dispute as to the a mount of
compensation to be paid by a person, shall be referred to and d etermined—
(a) where the claimant requires the matter to be determined in E ngland
and Wales or in Northern Ireland, by an arbitrator appointed by  the
Lord Chancellor, or
(b) where the claimant requires the matter to be determined in S cotland,
by an arbiter appointed by the Lord President of the Court of S ession.
(8) In this paragraph “third party”, in relation to provisions c apable of giving
rise to compensation under this paragraph, means any person oth er than—
(a) a pre-commencement regulator; and
(b) the Secretary of State.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 2 — Transfer schemes372
Stamp duty
5 (1) Stamp duty is not to be chargeable—
(a) on a transfer scheme; or
(b) on an instrument or agreement certified by the Secretary of State to
the Commissioners of Inland Revenue as made for the purposes of  a
transfer scheme, or as made for purposes connected with such ascheme.
(2) But a transfer scheme, or an instrument or agreement so cert ified, is to be
treated as duly stamped only if—
(a) in accordance with section 12 of the Stamp Act 1891 (c. 39) i t has been
stamped with a stamp denoting either that it is not chargeable to
duty or that it has been duly stamped; or
(b) it is stamped with the duty to which it would be chargeable apart
from this paragraph. 
Interpretation of Schedule
6 In this Schedule “transfer scheme” means a scheme made by a pr e-
commencement regulator or by the Secretary of State under secti on 30.
SCHEDULE 3
Section 106
AMENDMENTS  OF SCHEDULE  2 TO THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS  ACT 1984
Introductory
1 Schedule 2 to the Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12) (the
telecommunications code) shall be amended as follows.
Meaning of conduit system and electronic communications apparat us, network or service
2 (1)  In sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 1 (interpretation of the  code), after the
definitions of “bridleway” and “footpath” there shall be insert ed—
“‘conduit’ includes a tunnel, subway, tube or pipe;
‘conduit system’ means a system of conduits provided so as
to be available for use by providers of electroniccommunications networks for the purposes of theprovision by them of their networks;”.
(2) In that sub-paragraph, after the definition of “the court” t here shall be
inserted—
“‘electronic communications apparatus’ means—
(a) any apparatus (within the meaning of the
Communications Act 2003) which is designed oradapted for use in connection with the provision ofan electronic communications network;
(b) any apparatus (within the meaning of that Act) that
is designed or adapted for a use which consists ofor includes the sending or receiving ofcommunications or other signals that areCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 3 — Amendments of Schedule 2 to the Telecommunications  Act 1984373
transmitted by means of an electronic
communications network;
(c) any line;
(d) any conduit, structure, pole or other thing in, on, by
or from which any electronic communicationsapparatus is or may be installed, supported, carriedor suspended;
and references to the installation of electronic
communications apparatus are to be construedaccordingly;
‘electronic communications network’ has the same meaning
as in the Communications Act 2003, and references to theprovision of such a network are to be construed inaccordance with the provisions of that Act;
‘electronic communications service’ has the same meaning as
in the Communications Act 2003, and references to theprovision of such a service are to be construed inaccordance with the provisions of that Act;”.
(3) In that sub-paragraph, for the definition of “line” there sh all be substituted—
“‘line’ means any wire, cable, tube, pipe or similar thing
(including its casing or coating) which is designed oradapted for use in connection with the provision of anyelectronic communications network or electroniccommunications service;”. 
(4) In that sub-paragraph, after the definition of “road” there shall be inserted—
“‘signal’ has the same meaning as in section 32 of the
Communications Act 2003;”.
Meaning of operator and operator’s system
3 (1) In sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 1 for the definitions of “the operator” and
“the operator’s system” there shall be substituted—
“‘the operator’ means—
(a) where the code is applied in any person’s case by a
direction under section 106 of the CommunicationsAct 2003, that person; and
(b) where it applies by virtue of section 106(3)(b) of
that Act, the Secretary of State or (as the case maybe) the Northern Ireland department in question;   
‘the operator’s network’ means—
(a) in relation to an operator falling within paragraph
(a) of the definition of ‘operator’, so much of anyelectronic communications network or conduitsystem provided by that operator as is notexcluded from the application of the code undersection 106(5) of the Communications Act 2003;and
(b) in relation to an operator falling within paragraph
(b) of that definition, the electroniccommunications network which the Secretary ofState or the Northern Ireland department isproviding or proposing to provide;”. Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 3 — Amendments of Schedule 2 to the Telecommunications  Act 1984374
(2) In that sub-paragraph—
(a) in the definition of “emergency works”, in paragraph (b), fo r “the
operator’s system” there shall be substituted “the operator’snetwork”; and
(b) in the definition of “the statutory purposes” for “establish ing and
running the operator’s system” there shall be substituted “theprovision of the operator’s network”.
Provision of a conduit system
4 After sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph 1 there shall be inserted —
“(3A) References in this code to the provision of a conduit syst em
include references to establishing or maintaining such a system .”
General amendments
5 In paragraphs 2 to 28—
(a) for the words “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurr ing,
there shall be substituted “electronic communications apparatus ”;
(b) for the words “telecommunication services”, wherever occurri ng,
there shall be substituted “electronic communications services” ;
(c) for the words “a telecommunication system”, wherever occurri ng,
there shall be substituted “an electronic communications networ k or
to electronic communications services”; and
(d) for the word “system”, wherever occurring (otherwise than in  the
expression “telecommunication system”), there shall be substitu ted
“network”.
Power to fly lines
6 In paragraph 10 (power to fly lines), after sub-paragraph (2) there shall be
inserted—
“(3) In this paragraph ‘business’ includes a trade, profession o r
employment and includes any activity carried on by a body ofpersons (whether corporate or unincorporate).”
Power to require alteration of apparatus
7 In paragraph 20(4)(b) (alteration not to interfere with servic e provided by
the operator’s network), for “provided by” there shall be subst ituted “which
is or is likely to be provided using”.
Undertaker’s works
8 In paragraph 23(10) (interpretation of provisions relating to undertakers’
works), in paragraph (b) of the definition of “relevant underta ker”, for the
words “by a licence under section 7 of this Act” there shall be  substituted “by
a direction under section 106 of the Communications Act 2003”.
Notices under the code
9 (1) In sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 24 (notices in a form app roved by the
Director), for “the Director” there shall be substituted “OFCOM ”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 3 — Amendments of Schedule 2 to the Telecommunications  Act 1984375
(2) For sub-paragraphs (2) to (4) of that paragraph there shall be substituted—
“(2) A notice required to be given to any person for the purpose s of any
provision of this code is not to be sent to him by post unless it is
sent by a registered post service or by recorded delivery.
(2A) For the purposes, in the case of such a notice, of section 394 of the
Communications Act 2003 and the application of section 7 of theInterpretation Act 1978 in relation to that section, the properaddress of a person is—
(a) if the person to whom the notice is to be given has
furnished the person giving the notice with an address forservice under this code, that address; and
(b) only if he has not, the address given by that section of the
Act of 2003.”
(3) In sub-paragraph (6) of that paragraph—
(a) for “purporting to be signed by the Director” there shall be
substituted “issued by OFCOM”; and
(b) for “him” there shall be substituted “them”.
Application of code to the Crown
10 In paragraph 26(4) (Crown application provision not to apply where the
telecommunication system is being provided or is to be provided  by the
Secretary of State or a Northern Ireland department), for “has effect by virtue
of section 10(1)(b) of this Act” there shall be substituted “ap plies in the case
of the Secretary of State or a Northern Ireland department by v irtue of
section 106(3)(b) of the Communications Act 2003”.
Effect of agreements concerning sharing of apparatus
11 After paragraph 28, there shall be inserted—
“Effect of agreements concerning sharing of apparatus
29 (1) This paragraph applies where—
(a) this code has been applied by a direction under section 106
of the Communications Act 2003 in a person’s case;
(b) this code expressly or impliedly imposes a limitation on
the use to which electronic communications apparatusinstalled by that person may be put or on the purposes forwhich it may be used; and
(c) that person is a party to a relevant agreement or becomes a
party to an agreement which (after he has become a partyto it) is a relevant agreement.
(2) The limitation is not to preclude— 
(a) the doing of anything in relation to that apparatus, or
(b) its use for particular purposes,
to the extent that the doing of that thing, or the use of the
apparatus for those purposes, is in pursuance of the agreement.
(3) This paragraph is not to be construed, in relation to a pers on who
is entitled or authorised by or under a relevant agreement to s hare
the use of apparatus installed by another party to the agreemen t,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 3 — Amendments of Schedule 2 to the Telecommunications  Act 1984376
as affecting any consent requirement imposed (whether by a
statutory provision or otherwise) on that person.
(4) In this paragraph—
‘consent requirement’, in relation to a person, means a
requirement for him to obtain consent or permission to orin connection with— 
(a) the installation by him of apparatus; or
(b) the doing by him of any other thing in relation to
apparatus the use of which he is entitled orauthorised to share;
‘relevant agreement’ means an agreement in relation to
electronic communications apparatus which—
(a) relates to the sharing by different parties to the
agreement of the use of that apparatus; and
(b) is an agreement that satisfies the requirements of
sub-paragraph (5);
‘statutory provision’ means a provision of an enactment or
of an instrument having effect under an enactment.
(5) An agreement satisfies the requirements of this sub-paragra ph
if—
(a) every party to the agreement is a person in whose case this
code applies by virtue of a direction under section 106 ofthe Communications Act 2003; or
(b) one or more of the parties to the agreement is a person in
whose case this code so applies and every other party tothe agreement is a qualifying person.
(6) A person is a qualifying person for the purposes of sub-para graph
(5) if he is either—
(a) a person who provides an electronic communications
network without being a person in whose case this codeapplies; or
(b) a designated provider of an electronic communications
service consisting in the distribution of a programmeservice by means of an electronic communicationsnetwork.
(7) In sub-paragraph (6)—
‘designated’ means designated by an order made by the
Secretary of State;
‘programme service’ has the same meaning as in the
Broadcasting Act 1990.”
SCHEDULE 4
Section 118
COMPULSORY  PURCHASE  AND  ENTRY  FOR EXPLORATORY  PURPOSES
Interpretation
1 In this Schedule—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 4 — Compulsory purchase and entry for exploratory purp oses377
“code operator” means a provider of an electronic communication s
network in whose case the electronic communications code isapplied by a direction under section 106; and
“the operator’s network”, in relation to a code operator, means  so much
of the electronic communications network provided by the operat or
as is not excluded from the application of the electroniccommunications code under section 106(5).
General duties with respect to powers under Schedule
2 In exercising his powers under this Schedule it shall be the d uty of the
Secretary of State to have regard, in particular, to each of th e following—
(a) the duties imposed on OFCOM by sections 3 and 4;
(b) the need to protect the environment and, in particular, to c onserve
the natural beauty and amenity of the countryside;
(c) the need to ensure that highways are not damaged or obstruct ed,
and traffic not interfered with, to any greater extent than isreasonably necessary;
(d) the need to encourage the sharing of the use of electronic
communications apparatus.
Compulsory purchase of land: England and Wales
3 (1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), the Secretary of State may au thorise a code
operator to purchase compulsorily any land in England and Wales  which is
required by the operator—
(a) for, or in connection with, the establishment or running of the
operator’s network; or 
(b) as to which it can reasonably be foreseen that it will be so  required.
(2) No order is to be made authorising a compulsory purchase und er this
paragraph by a code operator except with OFCOM’s consent.
(3) This power to purchase land compulsorily includes power to a cquire an
easement or other right over land by the creation of a new righ t.
(4) The Acquisition of Land Act 1981 (c. 67) is to apply to any c ompulsory
purchase under this paragraph as if the code operator were a lo cal authority
within the meaning of that Act.
(5) The provisions of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 (c. 8) specified
in sub-paragraph (6) have effect in relation to land acquired c ompulsorily by
a code operator under this paragraph as they have effect in rel ation to land
acquired compulsorily by statutory undertakers.
(6) Those provisions are—
(a) sections 238 to 240 (use and development of consecrated land  and
burial ground);
(b) section 241 (use and development of land for open spaces); a nd
(c) sections 271 to 274 (extinguishment of rights of way, and ri ghts as to
apparatus, of statutory undertakers).
(7) Where a code operator has acquired land under this paragraph , he must not
dispose of that land, or of an interest or right in or over it,  except with
OFCOM’s consent.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 4 — Compulsory purchase and entry for exploratory purp oses378
Compulsory purchase of land: Scotland
4 (1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), the Secretary of State may au thorise a code
operator to purchase compulsorily any land in Scotland which is  required by
the operator—
(a) for, or in connection with, the establishment or running of the
operator’s network; or
(b) as to which it can reasonably be foreseen that it will be so  required.
(2) No order is to be made authorising a compulsory purchase und er this
paragraph except with OFCOM’s consent.
(3) This power to purchase land compulsorily includes power to a cquire a
servitude or other right over land by the creation of a new rig ht.
(4) The Acquisition of Land (Authorisation Procedure) (Scotland)  Act 1947
(c. 42) applies to any compulsory purchase under this paragraph as if—
(a) the code operator were a local authority within the meaning of that
Act; and
(b) this paragraph had been in force immediately before the
commencement of that Act.
(5) The provisions of the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) A ct 1997 (c. 8)
specified in sub-paragraph (6) have effect in relation to land acquired
compulsorily by a code operator under this paragraph as they ha ve effect in
relation to land acquired compulsorily by statutory undertakers .
(6) Those provisions are—
(a) section 197 (provisions as to churches and burial grounds);
(b) section 198 (use and development of land for open spaces); a nd
(c) sections 224 to 227 (extinguishment of rights of way, and ri ghts as to
apparatus, of statutory undertakers).
(7) Where a code operator has acquired land under this paragraph , he must not
dispose of that land, or of any interest or right in or over it , except with
OFCOM’s consent.
Compulsory purchase of land: Northern Ireland
5 (1) Where a code operator proposes to acquire, otherwise than b y agreement,
any land in Northern Ireland required by him—
(a) for, or in connection with, the establishment or running of the
operator’s network, or 
(b) as to which it can reasonably be foreseen that it will be so  required, 
he may, with OFCOM’s consent, apply to the Secretary of State f or an order
vesting that land in him.
(2) On such an application the Secretary of State is to have pow er to make such
an order.
(3) This power to acquire land compulsorily includes power to ac quire an
easement or other right over land by the creation of a new righ t.
(4) Where a code operator has acquired land under this paragraph , he must not
dispose of that land, or of any interest or right in or over it , except with
OFCOM’s consent.
(5) The following provisions—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 4 — Compulsory purchase and entry for exploratory purp oses379
(a) Schedule 6 to the Local Government Act (Northern Ireland) 19 72 (c. 9
(N.I.)) (acquisition of land by vesting order), and
(b) Schedule 8 to the Health and Personal Social Services (North ern
Ireland) Order 1972 (S.I. 1972/1265 (N.I. 14)) (provisions as toinquiries),
have effect for the purposes of the acquisition of land by mean s of a vesting
order under this paragraph as they have effect for the purposes  of that Act
and that Order but subject to the modifications set out in sub- paragraph (6).
(6) Those modifications are—
(a) for any reference to the Department substitute a reference t o the
Secretary of State;
(b) for any reference to the Act or Order in question substitute  a
reference to this Act;
(c) for any reference in Schedule 6 to the Local Government Act
(Northern Ireland) 1972 to a council substitute a reference to the code
operator;
(d) in paragraph 6(2) of that Schedule, for the words from “the fund”
onwards substitute “funds of the code operator (in this Schedul e
referred to as “the compensation fund”) and shall be discharged  by
payments made by the code operator”; and
(e) in paragraph 12(2) of that Schedule for “the clerk of the co uncil”
substitute “such person as may be designated for the purposes o f this
Schedule by the code operator”.
(7) The enactments for the time being in force relating to the a ssessment of
compensation in respect of land vested in a district council by  an order made
under Schedule 6 to the Local Government Act (Northern Ireland)  1972 are
to apply, subject to any necessary modifications, in relation t o land vested in
a code operator by an order made under this paragraph.
(8) In this paragraph, “land” has the meaning assigned to it by section 45(1)(a)
of the Interpretation Act (Northern Ireland) 1954 (c. 33 (N.I.)) .
Entry on land for exploratory purposes: England and Wales
6( 1 ) A  p e r s o n —
(a) nominated by a code operator, and 
(b) duly authorised in writing by the Secretary of State,
may, at any reasonable time, enter upon and survey land in Engl and and
Wales for the purpose of ascertaining whether the land would be  suitable for
use by the code operator for, or in connection with, the establ ishment or
running of the operator’s network.
(2) This paragraph does not apply in relation to land covered by  buildings or
used as a garden or pleasure ground.
(3) Sections 324(8) and 325(1) to (5), (8) and (9) of the Town a nd Country
Planning Act 1990 (c. 8) (supplementary provisions relating to p owers of
entry) have effect in relation to the power conferred by this p aragraph—
(a) as they have effect in relation to the powers conferred by s ection 324
of that Act; but
(b) subject to the modifications set out in sub-paragraph (4).
(4) Those modifications are—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 4 — Compulsory purchase and entry for exploratory purp oses380
(a) in section 324(8) (power to search and bore for the purpose of
ascertaining the nature of the subsoil or the presence of miner als)
omit “or the presence of minerals therein”; and
(b) in section 325(1) (24 hours’ notice to be given of an intend ed entry
upon occupied land) for “24 hours” substitute “28 days”.
(5) Where, in an exercise of the power conferred by this paragra ph, any damage
is caused to land or to chattels, the code operator must—
(a) make good the damage; or
(b) pay compensation in respect of the damage to every person
interested in the land or chattels.
(6) Where, in consequence of an exercise of the power conferred by this
paragraph, a person is disturbed in his enjoyment of land or ch attels, the
code operator must pay that person compensation in respect of t he
disturbance.
(7) Section 118 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 (c. 8) (determination
of disputes as to compensation) applies to any question of disp uted
compensation under this paragraph as it applies to such questio ns under
Part 4 of that Act.
Entry on land for exploratory purposes: Scotland
7( 1 ) A  p e r s o n —  
(a) nominated by a code operator, and
(b) duly authorised in writing by the Secretary of State,
may, at any reasonable time, enter upon and survey any land in Scotland for
the purpose of ascertaining whether the land would be suitable for use by
the code operator for, or in connection with, the establishment  or running of
the operator’s network.
(2) This paragraph does not apply in relation to land covered by  buildings or
used as a garden or pleasure ground.
(3) Sections 269(6) and 270(1) to (5), (8) and (9) of the Town a nd Country
Planning (Scotland) Act 1997 (c. 8) (supplementary provisions re lating to
powers of entry) have effect in relation to the power conferred  by this
section— 
(a) as they have effect in relation to the powers conferred by s ection 269
of that Act; but
(b) subject to the modifications set out in sub-paragraph (4).
(4) Those modifications are—
(a) in section 269(6) (power to search and bore for the purpose of
ascertaining the nature of the subsoil or the presence of miner als),
omit “or the presence of minerals therein”; and
(b) in section 270(1) (24 hours’ notice to be given of an intend ed entry
upon occupied land) for “24 hours” substitute “28 days”.
(5) Where, in an exercise of the power conferred by this paragra ph, damage is
caused to land or to corporeal moveables, the code operator mus t—
(a) make good the damage; or
(b) pay compensation in respect of the damage to every person
interested in the land or corporeal moveables.
(6) Where, in consequence of an exercise of the power conferred by this
paragraph, a person is disturbed in his enjoyment of any land o r corporealCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 4 — Compulsory purchase and entry for exploratory purp oses381
moveables, the code operator must pay that person compensation in respect
of the disturbance.
(7) A dispute arising under this paragraph—
(a) as to the effect of damage, or
(b) as to the amount of compensation,
must be determined by arbitration by a single arbiter appointed  by
agreement between the parties or, in default of an agreement, b y the
Secretary of State.
Entry on land for exploratory purposes: Northern Ireland
8( 1 ) A  p e r s o n —
(a) nominated by a code operator, and
(b) duly authorised in writing by the Secretary of State,
may, at any reasonable time, enter upon and survey any land in Northern
Ireland for the purpose of ascertaining whether the land would be suitable
for use by the code operator for, or in connection with, the es tablishment or
running of the operator’s network.
(2) This paragraph does not apply in relation to land covered by  buildings or
used as a garden or pleasure ground.
(3) Subsections (2) to (5) and (8) of section 40 of the Land Dev elopment Values
(Compensation) Act (Northern Ireland) 1965 (c. 23 (N.I.)) (suppl ementary
provisions relating to powers of entry) have effect in relation  to the power of
entry conferred by this paragraph— 
(a) as they have effect in relation to the power conferred by th at section;
but
(b) subject to the modifications set out in sub-paragraph (4).
(4) Those modifications are—
(a) in section 40(2) (power to search and bore for the purpose o f
ascertaining the nature of the subsoil or the presence of miner als)
omit “or the presence of minerals therein”; and
(b) in section 40(3)(b) (three days’ notice to be given of an in tended entry
upon occupied land) for the word “three” substitute “twenty eig ht”.
(5) Where, in an exercise of the power conferred by this paragra ph, damage is
caused to land or to chattels, the code operator must—
(a) make good the damage; or
(b) pay compensation in respect of the damage to every person
interested in the land or chattels.
(6) Where, in consequence of an exercise of the power conferred by this
paragraph, a person is disturbed in his enjoyment of any land o r chattels, the
code operator must pay that person compensation in respect of t he
disturbance.
(7) Section 31 of the Land Development Values (Compensation) Act  (Northern
Ireland) 1965 (determination of disputes as to compensation) ap plies to any
question of disputed compensation under this paragraph as it ap plies to
such questions under Part 3 of that Act.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 4 — Compulsory purchase and entry for exploratory purp oses382
Acquisition of land by agreement
9 (1) For the purpose of the acquisition by agreement by a code o perator of land
in England and Wales, the provisions of Part 1 of the Compulsor y Purchase
Act 1965 (c. 56) (so far as applicable), other than sections 4 t o 8 (time limits,
notices to treat etc.) and section 31 (ecclesiastical property) , apply as they
apply for the purposes of that Act.
(2) For the purpose of the acquisition by agreement by a code op erator of land
in Scotland, section 109(2) of the Town and Country Planning (S cotland) Act
1972 (c. 52) (incorporation of Lands Clauses Acts) applies, with  any
necessary modifications, for the purposes of this Act as it app lies for the
purposes of that Act.
(3) For the purpose of the acquisition by agreement by a code op erator of land
in Northern Ireland, the Lands Clauses Acts, except for section s 127 to 132
(sale of superfluous land) and sections 150 and 151 (access to the special Act)
of the Lands Clauses Consolidation Act 1845 (c. 18), apply as th ey apply for
the purposes of those Acts.
SCHEDULE 5 Section 159
PROCEDURE  FOR GRANTS  OF RECOGNISED  SPECTRUM  ACCESS
General procedure for applications
1 (1) An application for a grant of recognised spectrum access sh all be
determined in accordance with procedures prescribed in regulati ons made
by OFCOM.
(2) Section 403 applies to regulations made under this paragraph . 
(3) The procedures must include provision for—
(a) time limits for dealing with applications for a grant of rec ognised
spectrum access;
(b) requirements which must be met before a grant is made;
(c) the restrictions and conditions to which a grant may be made  subject.
Information to be provided in connection with applications
2 The grounds on which a grant of recognised spectrum access may  be refused
by OFCOM include a failure by the applicant to provide informat ion which
OFCOM reasonably require in order to satisfy themselves that th e applicant
is able to comply with restrictions or conditions to which the grant may be
made subject.
Notice of proposed refusal of application
3 (1) Where OFCOM propose to refuse an application for a grant of  recognised
spectrum access, they shall give notice to the applicant—
(a) stating the reasons for their proposal; and
(b) specifying a period within which representations may be made
about the proposal.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 5 — Procedure for grants of recognised spectrum access383
(2) That period must be a period ending not less than one month after the day
of the giving of the notice.
Duration of grant 
4 A grant of recognised spectrum access continues in force, unle ss previously
revoked by OFCOM, for such period as may be specified in the no tification
by which the grant is made.
Revocation or modification
5 OFCOM may revoke or modify a grant of recognised spectrum acce ss, or the
restrictions or conditions to which such a grant is subject, by  a notice to the
person to whom the grant was made.
Notice of proposed revocation or modification
6 (1) Where OFCOM propose to revoke or modify a grant of recognis ed spectrum
access or a restriction or condition to which such a grant is s ubject, they shall
give a notification to the holder of the grant—
(a) stating the reasons for their proposal; and
(b) specifying the period during which the person notified has a n
opportunity to do the things specified in sub-paragraph (2).
(2) Those things are—
(a) making representations about the proposal; and
(b) if the proposal is the result of a contravention of a restri ction or
condition of the grant, complying with it.
(3) Subject to sub-paragraphs (4) to (6), the period for doing t hose things must
be the period of one month beginning with the day after the one  on which
the notification was given.
(4) OFCOM may, if they think fit, allow a longer period for doin g those things
either—
(a) by specifying a longer period in the notification; or
(b) by subsequently, on one or more occasions, extending the spe cified
period.
(5) The person notified shall have a shorter period for doing th ose things if a
shorter period is agreed between OFCOM and the person notified.
(6) The person notified shall also have a shorter period if—
(a) OFCOM have reasonable grounds for believing that the case is  a case
of serious and repeated contravention or an urgent case;
(b) they have determined that, in the circumstances, a shorter p eriod
would be appropriate; and
(c) the shorter period has been specified in the notification.
(7) A case is an urgent case if the failure to revoke or modify the grant will result
in, or create an immediate risk of—
(a) a serious threat to the safety of the public, to public heal th or to
national security; or
(b) serious economic or operational problems for persons, other than the
person in contravention, who— 
(i) use stations or apparatus for wireless telegraphy; orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 5 — Procedure for grants of recognised spectrum access384
(ii) are communications providers or make associated facilities
available.
(8) For the purposes of this paragraph a contravention of a rest riction or
condition of a grant of recognised spectrum access is a repeate d
contravention, in relation to a proposal to revoke or modify th e grant, if it
falls within sub-paragraph (9).
(9) A contravention falls within this sub-paragraph if—
(a) a previous notification under sub-paragraph (1) has been giv en in
respect of the same contravention or in respect of any othercontravention of a restriction or condition of the same grant; and
(b) the subsequent notification under that sub-paragraph is give n no
more than twelve months after the day of the making by OFCOM ofa determination for the purposes of sub-paragraph (10) that thecontravention to which the previous notification related did oc cur.
(10) Where OFCOM have given a notification under sub-paragraph ( 1), they
shall, within the period of one month beginning with the end of  the period
for the making of representations about the proposal contained in that
notification—
(a) decide whether or not to revoke or modify the grant of recog nised
spectrum access in accordance with their proposal, or in accord ance
with that proposal but with modifications; and
(b) give the holder of the grant a notification of their decisio n.
(11) The notification under sub-paragraph (10)—
(a) must be given no more than one week after the making of the
decision to which it relates; and
(b) must, in accordance with that decision, either revoke or mod ify the
grant or withdraw the proposal for revocation or modification.
(12) Nothing in this paragraph is to apply to—
(a) a revocation or modification to be made at the request or wi th the
consent of the holder of the grant; or
(b) a revocation or modification that appears to OFCOM to be nec essary
or expedient for the purpose of securing compliance with aninternational obligation of the United Kingdom.
(13) The reference in sub-paragraph (9) to a contravention of a restriction or
condition of a grant includes a reference to a contravention of  a restriction or
condition contained in any previous grant of which the grant in  question is
a direct or indirect renewal.
Restriction on powers of revocation and modification
7 (1) The conditions that OFCOM may include in a grant of recogni sed spectrum
access include conditions restricting the exercise by them of t heir power to
revoke or modify that grant.
(2) Those conditions include, in particular, conditions providin g that the grant
may not be revoked or modified except—
(a) with the consent of the holder of the grant; or
(b) in such other circumstances, and on such grounds, as may be
specified in the conditions.
(3) The circumstances or grounds—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 5 — Procedure for grants of recognised spectrum access385
(a) may relate to matters relevant for the purposes of any enact ment
(whether relating to wireless telegraphy or not); and
(b) may, in particular, be made dependent on the exercise of a s tatutory
discretion under any enactment.
(4) Nothing in any condition included in a grant of recognised s pectrum access
shall restrict the power of OFCOM to revoke or modify a grant o f recognised
spectrum access if it appears to OFCOM to be necessary or appro priate to do
so—
(a) in the interests of national security;
(b) in the interests of the safety of the public or public healt h; or
(c) for the purpose of securing compliance with any internationa l
obligation of the United Kingdom.
Interpretation
8 In this Schedule, “stations for wireless telegraphy” and “appa ratus for
wireless telegraphy” each has the same meaning as in the Wirele ss
Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54).
SCHEDULE 6 Section 180
FIXED  PENALTIES  FOR WIRELESS  TELEGRAPHY  OFFENCES
Offences to which this Schedule applies
1 (1) This Schedule applies to an offence under the Wireless Tele graphy Act 1949
which—
(a) is a summary offence; and
(b) is committed after the coming into force of section 180.
(2) Such an offence is referred to in this Schedule as a “releva nt offence”.
Fixed penalties and fixed penalty notices
2 (1) The fixed penalty for a relevant offence is such amount as may be prescribed
in relation to that offence by regulations made by the Secretar y of State.
(2) The amount prescribed by regulations under sub-paragraph (1)  is not to be
more than 25 per cent. of the maximum fine on summary convictio n for the
offence in question.
(3) In this Schedule “fixed penalty notice” means a notice offer ing the
opportunity of the discharge of any liability to conviction of the offence to
which the notice relates by payment of a fixed penalty in accor dance with
this Schedule.
Issuing of fixed penalty notice
3 (1) If OFCOM have reason to believe that a person has committed  a relevant
offence, they may send a fixed penalty notice to that person.
(2) If a procurator fiscal receives a report that a person has c ommitted a relevant
offence in Scotland, he also shall have power to send a fixed p enalty notice
to that person.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 6 — Fixed penalties for wireless telegraphy offences386
(3) If an authorised person has, on any occasion, reason to beli eve that a
person— 
(a) is committing a relevant offence, or
(b) has on that occasion committed a relevant offence,
he may hand that person a fixed penalty notice.
(4) In this paragraph “authorised person” means a person authori sed by
OFCOM, for the purposes of sub-paragraph (3), to issue fixed pe nalty
notices on OFCOM’s behalf.
(5) References in this Schedule to the person by whom a fixed pe nalty notice is
issued, in relation to a notice handed to a person in accordanc e with sub-
paragraph (3), are references to OFCOM.
Content of fixed penalty notice
4 (1) A fixed penalty notice must—
(a) state the alleged offence;
(b) give such particulars of the circumstances alleged to consti tute that
offence as are necessary for giving reasonable information abou t it;
(c) state the fixed penalty for that offence;
(d) specify the relevant officer to whom the fixed penalty may b e paid
and the address at which it may be paid;
(e) state that proceedings against the person to whom it is issu ed cannot
be commenced in respect of the offence until the end of thesuspended enforcement period; 
(f) state that such proceedings cannot be commenced if the penal ty is
paid within the suspended enforcement period;
(g) inform the person to whom it is issued of his right to ask t o be tried
for the alleged offence; and
(h) explain how that right may be exercised and the effect of ex ercising
it.
(2) The suspended enforcement period for the purposes of this Sc hedule is—
(a) the period of one month beginning with the day after that on  which
the fixed penalty notice was issued; or
(b) such longer period as may be specified in the notice.
Withdrawal of fixed penalty notice
5 If it appears to a person who has issued a fixed penalty notic e that it was
wrongly issued—
(a) he may withdraw the notice by a further notice to the person  to
whom it was issued; and
(b) if he does so, the relevant officer must repay any amount pa id in
respect of the penalty.
Notification to person to whom payment is to be made
6 A person who issues or withdraws a fixed penalty notice shall send a copy
of the notice or (as the case may be) of the notice of withdraw al to the
relevant officer specified in the notice being issued or withdr awn.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 6 — Fixed penalties for wireless telegraphy offences387
Effect of fixed penalty notice
7 (1) This paragraph applies if a fixed penalty notice is issued to a person (“the
alleged offender”).
(2) Proceedings for the offence to which the notice relates cann ot be brought
against the alleged offender until the person who issued the no tice has been
notified by the relevant officer specified in the notice that p ayment of the
fixed penalty has not been made within the suspended enforcemen t period.
(3) If the alleged offender asks to be tried for the alleged off ence—
(a) sub-paragraph (2) does not apply; and
(b) proceedings may be brought against him.
(4) Such a request must be made by a notice given by the alleged  offender—
(a) in the manner specified in the fixed penalty notice; and
(b) before the end of the suspended enforcement period.
(5) A request which is made in accordance with sub-paragraph (3)  is referred to
in this Schedule as a “request to be tried”.
Payment of fixed penalty
8 (1) If the alleged offender decides to pay the fixed penalty, h e must pay it to the
relevant officer specified in the notice.
(2) Payment of the penalty may be made by properly addressing, p re-paying
and posting a letter containing the amount of the penalty (in c ash or
otherwise).
(3) Sub-paragraph (4) applies if a person—
(a) claims to have made payment by that method; and
(b) shows that his letter was posted.
(4) Unless the contrary is proved, payment is to be regarded as made at the time
at which the letter would be delivered in the ordinary course o f post.
(5) Sub-paragraph (2) is not to be read as preventing the paymen t of a penalty
by other means.
(6) A letter is properly addressed for the purposes of sub-parag raph (2) if it is
addressed in accordance with the requirements specified in the fixed
penalty notice.
Effect of payment
9 If the fixed penalty specified in a fixed penalty notice is pa id within the
period specified in that notice, no proceedings for the offence  to which that
notice relates may be brought against the alleged offender.
Service of statement and proof of service
10 (1) This paragraph applies to proceedings for a relevant offen ce.
(2) A certificate by OFCOM—
(a) that a copy of a statement by a person authorised by OFCOM w as
included in, or given with, a fixed penalty notice,
(b) that the notice was a notice with respect to the relevant of fence, andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 6 — Fixed penalties for wireless telegraphy offences388
(c) that that notice was issued to the accused on a date specifi ed in the
certificate,
is evidence that a copy of the statement was served on the alle ged offender
by delivery to him on that date.
(3) The statement is to be treated as properly served for the pu rposes of—
(a) section 9 of the Criminal Justice Act 1967 (c. 80) (proof by written
statement), and
(b) section 1 of the Criminal Justice (Miscellaneous Provisions)  Act
(Northern Ireland) 1968 (c. 28 (N.I.)) (which contains correspond ing
provision for Northern Ireland),
even though the manner of service is not authorised by subsecti on (8) of
either of those sections.
(4) Sub-paragraphs (5) and (6) apply to any proceedings in which  service of a
statement is proved by a certificate under this paragraph.
(5) For the purposes of— 
(a) section 9(2)(c) of the Criminal Justice Act 1967 (copy of st atement to
be tendered in evidence to be served before hearing on other pa rties
to the proceedings by or on behalf of the party proposing to te nder
it), and
(b) section 1(2)(c) of the Criminal Justice (Miscellaneous Provi sions) Act
(Northern Ireland) 1968 (which contains corresponding provisionfor Northern Ireland),
service of the statement is to be taken to have been effected b y or on behalf
of the prosecutor.
(6) If the alleged offender makes a request to be tried— 
(a) section 9(2)(d) of the Criminal Justice Act 1967 (time for o bjection),
and
(b) section 1(2)(d) of the Criminal Justice (Miscellaneous Provi sions) Act
(Northern Ireland) 1968 (which contains corresponding provisionfor Northern Ireland), 
are to apply with the substitution, for the reference to seven days from the
service of the copy of the statement, of a reference to seven d ays beginning
with the day after the one on which the request to be tried was  made.
(7) This paragraph does not extend to Scotland.
Certificate about payment
11 In any proceedings, a certificate—
(a) that payment of a fixed penalty was, or was not, received by  the
relevant officer specified in the fixed penalty notice by a dat e
specified in the certificate, or
(b) that a letter containing an amount sent by post in payment o f a fixed
penalty was marked as posted on a date specified in the certifi cate,
shall, if the certificate purports to be signed by that officer , be evidence (and
in Scotland sufficient evidence) of the facts stated.
Regulations
12 The Secretary of State may by regulations make provision as t o any matter
incidental to the operation of this Schedule, and in particular —Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 6 — Fixed penalties for wireless telegraphy offences389
(a) for prescribing any information or further information to be
provided in a notice, notification, certificate or receipt;
(b) for prescribing the duties of relevant officers and the info rmation to
be supplied to and by them.
Interpretation
13 In this Schedule “relevant officer” means—
(a) in relation to England and Wales, the justices’ chief execut ive;
(b) in relation to Scotland, the clerk of court; and
(c) in relation to Northern Ireland, the clerk of petty sessions .
SCHEDULE 7 Section 182
SEIZURE  AND  FORFEITURE  OF APPARATUS
Application of Schedule
1 (1) This Schedule applies to restricted apparatus seized, after  the coming into
force of this Schedule—
(a) in pursuance of a warrant granted under section 15(1) of the  Wireless
Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54); or
(b) in the exercise of the power conferred by section 79(3) of t he
Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12).
(2) Apparatus is restricted apparatus for the purposes of this S chedule if
custody or control of apparatus of any class or description to which it
belongs is for the time being restricted by an order under sect ion 7 of the
Wireless Telegraphy Act 1967 (c. 72).
Notice of seizure
2 (1) OFCOM must give notice of the seizure of the restricted app aratus to every
person who, to their knowledge, was at the time of the seizure the owner or
one of the owners of the apparatus.
(2) The notice must set out the grounds of the seizure.
(3) Where there is no proper address for the purposes of the ser vice of a notice
under sub-paragraph (1) in a manner authorised by section 394, the
requirements of that sub-paragraph shall be satisfied by the pu blication of a
notice of the seizure (according to the part of the United King dom where the
seizure took place) in the London, Edinburgh or Belfast Gazette .
(4) Apparatus may be condemned or taken to have been condemned u nder this
Schedule only if the requirements of this paragraph have been c omplied
with in the case of that apparatus.
Notice of claim
3 A person claiming that the restricted apparatus is not liable to forfeiture
must give written notice of his claim to OFCOM.
4 (1) A notice of claim must be given within one month after the day of the giving
of the notice of seizure.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 7 — Seizure and forfeiture of apparatus390
(2) A notice of claim must specify— 
(a) the name and address of the claimant; and
(b) in the case of a claimant who is outside the United Kingdom,  the
name and address of a solicitor in the United Kingdom who isauthorised to accept service of process and to act on behalf of  the
claimant.
(3) Service of process upon a solicitor so specified is to be ta ken to be proper
service upon the claimant.
Condemnation
5 The restricted apparatus is to be taken to have been duly cond emned as
forfeited if—
(a) by the end of the period for the giving of a notice of claim  in respect
of the apparatus, no such notice has been given to OFCOM; or
(b) a notice of claim is given which does not comply with the
requirements of paragraphs 3 and 4.
6 (1) Where a notice of claim in respect of the restricted appara tus is duly given
in accordance with paragraphs 3 and 4, OFCOM may take proceedin gs for
the condemnation of that apparatus by the court.
(2) In any such proceedings—
(a) if the court finds that the apparatus was liable to forfeitu re at the time
of seizure, it must condemn the apparatus as forfeited unless c ause
is shown why it should not; and
(b) if the court finds that the apparatus was not liable to forf eiture at that
time, or cause is shown why it should not be forfeited, the cou rt must
order the return of the apparatus to the person appearing to th e court
to be entitled to it.
(3) If OFCOM decide not to take proceedings for condemnation in a case in
which a notice of claim has been so given, they must return the  apparatus to
the person appearing to them to be the owner of the apparatus, or to one of
the persons appearing to them to be the owners of it.
(4) Apparatus required to be returned in accordance with sub-par agraph (3)
must be returned as soon as reasonably practicable after the de cision not to
take proceedings for condemnation.
(5) OFCOM’s decision whether to take such proceedings must be ta ken as soon
as reasonably practicable after the receipt of the notice of cl aim.
7 Where the restricted apparatus is condemned or taken to have b een
condemned as forfeited, the forfeiture is to have effect as fro m the time of the
seizure.
Proceedings for condemnation by court
8 Proceedings for condemnation are civil proceedings and may be
instituted—
(a) in England or Wales, either in the High Court or in a magist rates’
court;
(b) in Scotland, either in the Court of Session or in the sherif f court;
(c) in Northern Ireland, either in the High Court or in a court of
summary jurisdiction.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 7 — Seizure and forfeiture of apparatus391
9 Proceedings for the condemnation of restricted apparatus insti tuted in a
magistrates’ court in England or Wales, in the sheriff court in  Scotland or in
a court of summary jurisdiction in Northern Ireland may be so i nstituted—
(a) in any such court having jurisdiction in a place where an of fence
under section 7 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1967 (c. 72) invo lving
that apparatus was committed;
(b) in any such court having jurisdiction in proceedings for suc h an
offence;
(c) in any such court having jurisdiction in the place where the  claimant
resides or, if the claimant has specified a solicitor under par agraph 4,
in the place where that solicitor has his office; or
(d) in any such court having jurisdiction in the place where tha t
apparatus was seized or to which it was first brought after bei ng
seized.
10 (1) In proceedings for condemnation that are instituted in Eng land and Wales
or Northern Ireland, the claimant or his solicitor must make hi s oath that the
seized apparatus was, or was to the best of his knowledge and b elief, the
property of the claimant at the time of the seizure.
(2) In proceedings for condemnation instituted in the High Court —
(a) the court may require the claimant to give such security for  the costs
of the proceedings as may be determined by the court; and
(b) the claimant must comply with any such requirement.
(3) If a requirement of this paragraph is not complied with, the  court shall give
judgment for OFCOM.
11 (1) In the case of proceedings for condemnation instituted in a magistrates’
court in England or Wales, either party may appeal against the decision of
that court to the Crown Court.
(2) In the case of proceedings for condemnation instituted in a court of
summary jurisdiction in Northern Ireland, either party may appe al against
the decision of that court to the county court.
(3) This paragraph does not affect any right to require the stat ement of a case for
the opinion of the High Court.
12 Where an appeal has been made (whether by case stated or othe rwise)
against the decision of the court in proceedings for the condem nation of
restricted apparatus, that apparatus is to be left with OFCOM p ending the
final determination of the matter.
Disposal of unclaimed property
13 (1) This paragraph applies where a requirement is imposed by o r under this
Schedule for apparatus to be returned to a person.
(2) If the apparatus is still in OFCOM’s possession after the en d of the period of
twelve months beginning with the day after the requirement to r eturn it
arose, OFCOM may dispose of it in any manner they think fit.
(3) OFCOM may exercise their power under this paragraph to dispo se of
apparatus only if it is not practicable at the time when the po wer is exercised
to dispose of the apparatus by returning it immediately to the person to
whom it is required to be returned. Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 7 — Seizure and forfeiture of apparatus392
Provisions as to proof
14 In proceedings arising out of the seizure of restricted appar atus, the fact,
form and manner of the seizure is to be taken, without further evidence and
unless the contrary is shown, to have been as set forth in the process.
15 In any proceedings, the condemnation by a court of restricted  apparatus as
forfeited may be proved by the production of either— 
(a) the order or certificate of condemnation; or
(b) a certified copy of the order purporting to be signed by an officer of
the court by which the order or certificate was made or granted .
Special provisions as to certain claimants
16 (1) This paragraph applies for the purposes of a claim to the restricted
apparatus, and of proceedings for its condemnation.
(2) Where, at the time of the seizure, the apparatus is—
(a) the property of a body corporate,
(b) the property of two or more partners, or
(c) the property of more than five persons,
the oath required by paragraph 10 to be taken by the claimant, and any other
thing required by this Schedule or by rules of court to be done  by the owner
of the apparatus, may be done by a person falling within sub-pa ragraph (3)
or by a person authorised to act on his behalf.
(3) The persons falling within this sub-paragraph are—
(a) where the owner is a body corporate, the secretary or some d uly
authorised officer of that body;
(b) where the owners are in partnership, any one or more of the owners;
(c) where there are more than five owners and they are not in
partnership, any two or more of the owners acting on behalf ofthemselves and any of their co-owners who are not acting on the ir
own behalf.
Saving for owner’s rights
17 Neither the imposition of a requirement by or under this Sche dule to return
apparatus to a person nor the return of apparatus to a person i n accordance
with such a requirement affects— 
(a) the rights in relation to that apparatus of any other person ; or
(b) the right of any other person to enforce his rights against the person
to whom it is returned.
SCHEDULE 8
Section 192
DECISIONS  NOT SUBJECT  TO APPEAL
Prosecutions and civil proceedings
1 A decision to institute, bring or carry on any criminal or civ il proceedings.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 8 — Decisions not subject to appeal393
2 A decision (other than one under section 119) to take prelimin ary steps for
the purpose of enabling any such proceedings to be instituted. 
This Act
3 A decision relating to the making or revision of a statement u nder section 38.
4 A decision required to be published in a notification under se ction 44(4).
5 A decision given effect to by an order under section 55.6 A decision given effect to by regulations under section 66.
7 A decision given effect to by regulations under section 71.
8 A decision required to be published in a notification under se ction 108(4).
9 A decision given effect to by an order under section 122.
10 A decision relating to the making or revision of a statement under section
131.
11 A decision given effect to by an order under section 134(6).12 A decision relating to the making or revision of a statement under section
145.
13 A decision relating to the publication of the United Kingdom Plan for
Frequency Authorisation.
14 A decision in exercise of the functions conferred on OFCOM by  section 152
as to—
(a) the services, records and advice to be provided, maintained or given
by them;
(b) the research to be carried out or the arrangements made for carrying
it out; or
(c) the making or terms of any grant.
15 A decision under section 155.
16 A decision under section 158.
17 A decision given effect to by regulations under section 159.18 A decision given effect to by regulations under section 162.
19 A decision given effect to by an order under section 164.
20 A decision given effect to by regulations under section 168.21 A decision given effect to by regulations under section 170 a nd any decision
under any such regulations.
22 A decision to impose a penalty under section 175(1).
23 A decision relating to the making or revision of a statement under section
177.
24 A decision given effect to by regulations under paragraph 1 o f Schedule 5.
25 A decision under any provision of Schedule 6.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 8 — Decisions not subject to appeal394
26 A decision under any provision of Schedule 7.
Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949
27 A decision given effect to by regulations under the proviso t o section 1(1) of
the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54).
28 A decision given effect to by regulations under section 1D(3)  of that Act.
29 A decision given effect to by regulations under section 3 of that Act.
30 A decision given effect to by regulations under section 10 of  that Act.
31 A decision relating to the making or revision of a statement under section
13B of that Act.
32 A decision for the purposes of section 15 of that Act.
Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998 
33 A decision given effect to by regulations under section 1 of the Wireless
Telegraphy Act 1998 (c. 6).
34 A decision given effect to by regulations under section 3 of that Act.
35 A decision given effect to by regulations under section 3A of  that Act.
36 A decision relating to the recovery of a sum payable to OFCOM  under
section 4A of that Act.
SCHEDULE 9 Section 199
ARRANGEMENTS  ABOUT  CARRYING  ON OF C4C’ S ACTIVITIES
Notification of requirement to submit proposals
1 (1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to give a notification under this paragraph to
C4C—
(a) as soon as practicable after the commencement of this Schedu le, and
(b) as soon as practicable in the last twelve months preceding e ach date
on which the replacement licence granted in accordance with sec tion
231 would expire if not renewed.
(2) A notification under this paragraph is one requiring C4C to submit
proposals to OFCOM in accordance with this Schedule for the rel evant
licence period.
(3) A notification under this paragraph must specify the period within which
C4C must submit their proposals.
(4) The period specified under sub-paragraph (3) must be a perio d ending not
less than three months after the day of the giving of the notif ication.
Submission of proposed arrangements
2 (1) This paragraph applies where C4C have received a notificati on under
paragraph 1.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 9 — Arrangements about carrying on of C4C’s activities395
(2) C4C must, within the period set out in the notification, sub mit proposals to
OFCOM for the arrangements under which they are proposing to se cure, so
far as reasonably practicable, that all significant risks that their other
activities will have an adverse effect on the carrying out, dur ing the relevant
licence period, of their primary functions are—
(a) identified;
(b) evaluated; and
(c) properly managed.
(3) The proposals must include proposals for the arrangements th at C4C
consider appropriate for securing the transparency objectives d uring the
relevant licence period.
(4) For the purposes of this Schedule the transparency objective s are—
(a) an appropriate financial and organisational separation betwe en the
activities of C4C that relate to the carrying out of their prim ary
functions and their other activities; and
(b) an appropriate degree of transparency in financial and other
reporting where resources are shared between separated activiti es or
where there is some other financial or practical connection bet ween
otherwise separated activities.
(5) The matters to which the proposals submitted under this sect ion may relate
include, in particular, the procedures and other practices to b e followed by
C4C in the case of—
(a) the initiation and management of new ventures;
(b) the exercise of particular powers;
(c) the assessment of risks;
(d) the imposition of charges; and
(e) the keeping of records.
(6) The determination of what is appropriate for the purposes of  sub-
paragraphs (3) and (4) is not to be confined to a determination  of what is
appropriate for securing the matters mentioned in sub-paragraph  (2).
(7) The arrangements proposed by C4C must contain provision for compliance
with the arrangements to be checked regularly by a person appoi nted in
accordance with that provision.
(8) That person must be a person other than the person for the t ime being
holding an appointment for the purposes of paragraph 12(2) of S chedule 3
to the 1990 Act (C4C’s auditor).
Consideration and approval of proposals
3 (1) OFCOM must consider every proposal or revised proposal subm itted to
them by C4C under paragraph 2 or this paragraph and may do one of the
following—
(a) approve the proposed arrangements;
(b) approve them with such modifications as they may notify to C 4C;
(c) require C4C to submit revised proposals in accordance with
directions given by OFCOM.
(2) Before— 
(a) making modifications of proposed arrangements for the purpos e of
approving them, or
(b) requiring the submission of revised proposals,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 9 — Arrangements about carrying on of C4C’s activities396
OFCOM must consult C4C.
Duration of approval and modification of arrangements
4 (1) Arrangements approved under this Schedule are to remain in force (subject
to the following provisions of this paragraph) throughout the l icence period
to which they relate.
(2) The arrangements for the time being approved under this Sche dule for any
licence period may be modified, by agreement between OFCOM and C4C,
at any time during the licence period for which they apply.
(3) OFCOM may carry out a review of the arrangements for the tim e being
approved under this Schedule.
(4) The reviews that may be carried out under this paragraph in any one licence
period are confined to either—
(a) one review relating to all the arrangements; or
(b) two reviews carried out at separate times as follows—
(i) one (whether the first or second) relating to the arrangemen ts
for securing the transparency objectives; and
(ii) the other relating to other matters.
(5) On a review under this paragraph, OFCOM may require C4C to s ubmit
proposals for modifying the arrangements for the time being app roved
under this Schedule so far as they relate to the matters under review.
(6) Paragraph 3 applies where proposals are submitted to OFCOM u nder sub-
paragraph (5) as it applies where they are submitted under para graph 2.
Publication of approved arrangements
5 (1) OFCOM must publish all arrangements approved by them under this
Schedule.
(2) The publication of anything under this paragraph must be in such manner
as OFCOM consider appropriate for bringing it to the attention of members
of the public.
Duty of C4C to act in accordance with the approved arrangements
6 It shall be the duty of C4C to act in accordance with the arra ngements for the
time being in force under this Schedule.
Enforcement of duties
7 (1) This paragraph applies to—
(a) every duty of C4C under this Schedule to submit proposals to
OFCOM; and
(b) the duty imposed on C4C by paragraph 6.
(2) Each of those duties shall be enforceable in civil proceedin gs by OFCOM—
(a) for an injunction;
(b) for specific performance of a statutory duty under section 4 5 of the
Court of Session Act 1988 (c. 36); or
(c) for any other appropriate remedy or relief.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 9 — Arrangements about carrying on of C4C’s activities397
Penalty for contravention of the arrangements
8 (1) OFCOM may impose a penalty on C4C if C4C have contravened—
(a) a requirement of this Schedule to submit proposals to OFCOM;
(b) a requirement of arrangements for the time being approved un der
this Schedule.
(2) The amount of the penalty must not exceed 3 per cent. of C4C ’s qualifying
revenue for their last complete accounting period before the co ntravention.
(3) Before imposing a penalty on C4C under this paragraph OFCOM must give
C4C a reasonable opportunity of making representations to OFCOM  about
their proposal to impose the penalty.
(4) Where OFCOM impose a penalty on C4C under this paragraph, th ey shall—
(a) notify C4C; and
(b) in that notification, fix a reasonable period after it is gi ven as the
period within which the penalty is to be paid.
(5) In the case of a continuing contravention— 
(a) separate penalties may be imposed in respect of different pe riods
during which the contravention continues;
(b) the notification of the penalty must specify the period in r espect of
which the penalty is imposed; and
(c) the reference in sub-paragraph (2) to the last complete acco unting
period before the contravention is a reference to the last comp lete
accounting period before the end of the period in respect of wh ich
the penalty is imposed.
(6) A penalty imposed under this paragraph must be paid to OFCOM  within
the period fixed by them.
(7) Section 19(2) to (6) of the 1990 Act and Part 1 of Schedule 7 to that Act
(calculation of qualifying revenue), with any necessary modific ations, have
effect in relation to C4C for the purposes of this paragraph as  they have
effect in relation to the holder of a Channel 3 licence for the  purposes of Part
1 of that Act.
OFCOM’s duty to take account of need to support C4C’s primary f unctions
9 In exercising their powers under this Schedule OFCOM must have  regard,
in particular, to the need to secure, so far as practicable, th at all significant
risks that C4C’s other activities will have an adverse effect o n the carrying
out of their primary functions are—
(a) identified;
(b) evaluated; and
(c) properly managed.
Interpretation of Schedule
10 In this Schedule—
“arrangements” means arrangements about the procedures and othe r
practices to be followed by C4C and about other matters connect ed
with the carrying on by them of any of their activities;
“licence period” means— Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 9 — Arrangements about carrying on of C4C’s activities398
(a) the period for which the replacement licence is granted to
C4C in accordance with section 231; or
(b) any subsequent period for which it is renewed;
“ p r i m a r y  f u n c t i o n s ”  i s  t o  b e  c o n s t r u e d  i n  a c c o r d a n c e  w i t h  s e c t i on
199(2);
“relevant licence period”—
(a) in relation to the first notification to be given under
paragraph 1, the licence period mentioned in paragraph (a) ofthe definition of that period; and
(b) in relation to any other such notification, the first licenc e
period to begin after the giving of the notification;
“transparency objectives” is to be construed in accordance with
paragraph 2(4).
SCHEDULE 10
Section 219
LICENSING  THE PUBLIC  TELETEXT  SERVICE
PART 1
APPLICATIONS  FOR AND  AWARD  OF LICENCE
Notice of proposal to grant licence
1 (1) Where OFCOM propose to grant a licence to provide the publi c teletext
service they must publish a notice stating that they are propos ing to do so.
(2) The notice must—
(a) specify the digital capacity which is available for the publ ic teletext
service on television multiplex services;
(b) specify whether the licence will require the public teletext  service to
comprise a service to be provided for broadcasting in analogue form;
(c) invite applications for the licence;
(d) specify the closing date for applications;
(e) specify the fee payable on the making of an application for the
licence; and
(f) specify the percentage of qualifying revenue for each accoun ting
period of the licence holder which OFCOM have determined to bethe percentage of that revenue that will have to be paid to the m.
(3) Where the licence is to comprise an analogue teletext servic e the notice must
specify—
(a) the television broadcasting service or services on whose fre quency or
frequencies the services are to be provided; and
(b) the extent and nature of the spare capacity which is to be a llocated by
the licence.
(4) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2)(f)—
(a) different percentages may be determined and specified for di fferent
accounting periods; and
(b) the percentages that may be determined and specified for an
accounting period include a nil percentage.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 10 — Licensing the public teletext service
Part 1 — Applications for and award of licence399
(5) A notice under this paragraph is to be published in such man ner as OFCOM
consider appropriate.
Guidance as to applications
2 (1) When publishing a notice under paragraph 1, OFCOM must publ ish with it
some general guidance to applicants about what is likely to mak e proposals
relating to the matters mentioned in paragraph 3(1)(c) to (e) a cceptable to
them.
(2) Guidance published under this paragraph must include example s.
Applications for the licence
3 (1) An application made in response to a notice under paragraph  1 must be
accompanied by—
(a) the fee specified in the notice as payable on the making of the
application;
(b) a technical plan complying with sub-paragraph (2);
(c) the applicant’s proposals for providing, or securing the pro vision of,
a service that fulfils the public service remit for the public teletext
service;
(d) the applicant’s proposals for including news items in the se rvice and
for securing that the news items included in the service are up  to date
and regularly revised;
(e) the applicant’s proposals for the inclusion in the service o f material
that is of particular interest to persons living in different p arts of the
United Kingdom;
(f) the applicant’s cash bid in respect of the licence; and
(g) such information as OFCOM may reasonably require about the
matters mentioned in sub-paragraph (3).
(2) The technical plan must indicate—
(a) the nature of the public teletext service which the applican t is
proposing to provide; and
(b) the nature of any services the provision of which, in accord ance with
proposals made by another person, would be secured by theapplicant in accordance with provision made under section 220.
(3) The matters about which OFCOM may require information under sub-
paragraph (1)(g) are—
(a) the applicant’s present financial position; and
(b) his projected financial position during the period for which  the
licence would be in force.
(4) At any time after receiving an application under this Schedu le and before
disposing of it, OFCOM may require the applicant to furnish add itional
information about any one or more of the following—
(a) the matters that must be indicated in the technical plan; 
(b) the applicant’s proposals with respect to the matters mentio ned in
sub-paragraph (1)(c) to (e); and
(c) the matters mentioned in sub-paragraph (3).
(5) Any information to be furnished to OFCOM under this paragrap h must be
in such form, and must be verified, in such manner as they may require.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 10 — Licensing the public teletext service
Part 1 — Applications for and award of licence400
Notice inviting public representations
4 (1) As soon as reasonably practicable after the date specified in a notice under
paragraph 1 as the closing date for applications, OFCOM must pu blish—
(a) the name of every person who has made an application to them  in
response to their notice;
(b) particulars of the technical plan submitted by each applican t;
(c) the proposals submitted by each applicant with respect to th e
matters mentioned in paragraph 3(1)(c) to (e);
(d) such other information connected with each application as OF COM
consider appropriate; and
(e) a notice under sub-paragraph (2).
(2) The notice required by this paragraph is one that—
(a) invites representations to be made to OFCOM with respect to the
other matters published under this paragraph; and
(b) specifies the manner in which, and the time by which, such
representations have to be made.
(3) Publication of any information or notice under this paragrap h is to be in
such manner as OFCOM consider appropriate.
Determination of applications
5 (1) This paragraph applies where, in response to a notice under  paragraph 1, a
person has made an application for a licence to provide the pub lic teletext
service.
(2) OFCOM must not proceed to consider whether to award the appl icant the
licence in accordance with the following provisions of this par agraph unless
it appears to them—
(a) that the applicant’s technical plan, in so far as it involve s the use of
an electronic communications network, contains proposals that a re
acceptable to them;
(b) that the applicant’s proposals with respect to the matters m entioned
in paragraph 3(1)(c) to (e) are acceptable to them; and
(c) that the services proposed to be provided under the licence would be
capable of being maintained throughout the period for which thelicence would be in force.
(3) In determining whether it appears to them as mentioned in su b-paragraph
(2), OFCOM must take account of any representations made to the m in
response to the invitation published under paragraph 4.
(4) Sections 17 and 17A of the 1990 Act (award of licence to hig hest cash bidder
and financial conditions) apply in relation to a licence to pro vide the public
teletext service as they apply in relation to a Channel 3 licen ce, but with the
modifications set out in sub-paragraphs (5) and (6).
(5) In the application of section 17 of the 1990 Act in accordan ce with sub-
paragraph (4)—
(a) any reference to an applicant is to be construed as a refere nce to an
applicant in whose case it appears to OFCOM as mentioned in sub -
paragraph (2);
(b) the provisions of subsection (4) down to the end of paragrap h (b) are
to be omitted;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 10 — Licensing the public teletext service
Part 1 — Applications for and award of licence401
(c) in subsection (7)(a), the reference to section 19(1) of the 1990 Act is to
be construed as a reference to paragraph 7 of this Schedule; 
(d) subsection (12) shall have effect with the substitution of t he
following paragraph for paragraph (b)—
“(b) the name of every other applicant in whose case it
appeared to OFCOM as mentioned in paragraph 5(2)of Schedule 10 to the Communications Act 2003;”
(e) in subsection (14), the references to a notice under section  15(1) of the
1990 Act and a notice under Part 1 of that Act shall each have effect
as a reference to a notice under paragraph 1 of this Schedule.
(6) In the application of section 17A of the 1990 Act in accorda nce with sub-
paragraph (4)—
(a) the reference in subsection (1)(b) to section 15(3)(g) of th e 1990 Act
shall have effect as a reference to paragraph 3(1)(g) of this S chedule;
and
(b) the reference in subsection (3) to a notice under section 15 (1) of the
1990 Act shall have effect as a reference to a notice under par agraph
1 of this Schedule.
Revocation of award
6 (1) This paragraph applies if, at any time after a licence to p rovide the public
teletext service has been awarded to a person, but before it ha s come into
force—
(a) that person indicates to OFCOM that he does not intend to pr ovide,
or secure the provision of, the licensed service; or
(b) OFCOM have, for any other reason, reasonable grounds for
believing that the licensed service will not be provided once t he
licence has come into force.
(2) OFCOM must revoke the licence by serving a notice of revocat ion on the
person to whom it was awarded.
(3) OFCOM may then award the licence again in accordance with se ction 17 of
the 1990 Act (as applied by paragraph 5 of this Schedule) as if  the person
whose licence is revoked had not made an application.
(4) Sub-paragraph (3) has effect subject to subsection (14) of s ection 17 of the
1990 Act (as so applied) (re-publication of invitation to make applications)
as if the reference in that subsection to the following provisi ons of Part 1 of
that Act included a reference to that sub-paragraph.
(5) Before acting under sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) in a case fal ling within sub-
paragraph (1)(b), OFCOM must serve a notice on the person award ed the
licence stating their grounds for believing that the licensed s ervice will not
be provided once the licence has come into force.
(6) Where such a notice is required to be given, OFCOM must not revoke the
licence unless they have given the person to whom it was awarde d a
reasonable opportunity of making representations to them about the matters
by reference to which they are proposing to revoke it.
(7) In the case of a licence to provide a service that must comp rise both—
(a) an analogue teletext service, and
(b) a teletext service provided in digital form,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 10 — Licensing the public teletext service
Part 1 — Applications for and award of licence402
the references in sub-paragraphs (1) and (5) to the licensed se rvice are
references to one or both of those services.
PART 2
CONDITIONS  AND  ENFORCEMENT  OF LICENCE
Payments to be made in respect of the public teletext service
7 (1) A licence to provide the public teletext service must inclu de conditions
requiring the licence holder to pay the following amounts to OF COM (in
addition to any fees required to be so paid by virtue of sectio n 4(1)(b) of the
1990 Act)—
(a) a specified amount in respect of the first complete calendar  year
falling within the licence period;
(b) in respect of each subsequent year falling wholly or partly within the
licence period, that amount increased by the appropriate percen tage;
(c) in respect of each accounting period of his falling within t he licence
period, an amount representing a specified percentage of qualif ying
revenue for that accounting period.
(2) The amount specified for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1)(a ) must be—
(a) in the case of the replacement licence under section 221, th e amount
proposed in accordance with subsection (5)(a) of that section; 
(b) in the case of a licence renewed under section 222, the amou nt
determined under section 223(1)(a); and
(c) in any other case, the amount specified in the licence holde r’s cash
bid.
(3) The percentage specified for the purposes of sub-paragraph ( 1)(c) in respect
of an accounting period must be—
(a) in the case of the replacement licence under section 221, ni l;
(b) in the case of a licence renewed under section 222, the perc entage
determined under section 223(1)(b); and
(c) in any other case, the percentage determined and specified f or the
purposes of paragraph 1(2)(f) of this Schedule.
(4) A licence to provide the public teletext service may also in clude
conditions—
(a) enabling OFCOM to estimate before the beginning of an accoun ting
period the amount due for that period by virtue of any conditio n
imposed under this paragraph; and
(b) requiring the licence holder to pay the estimated amount by monthly
instalments throughout that period.
(5) Such a licence may, in particular, include conditions—
(a) authorising OFCOM to revise an estimate on one or more occas ions;
(b) requiring them to alter the amounts of the instalments payab le by the
licence holder to take account of the revised estimate;
(c) providing for the adjustment of an overpayment or underpayme nt.
(6) This paragraph has effect subject to sections 225 and 226 an d to the
requirement in section 221(5)(b).
(7) In this paragraph “the appropriate percentage” has the same meaning as in
section 19 of the 1990 Act.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 10 — Licensing the public teletext service
Part 2 — Conditions and enforcement of licence403
Corrections and statements of findings by the public teletext p rovider
8 (1) Section 40 of the 1990 Act (power to direct correction or a  statement of
findings) shall have effect in relation to the public teletext service as it has
effect in relation to a Channel 3 service but as if the referen ces in subsection
(4) to a programme were references to an item.
(2) OFCOM’s powers by virtue of this paragraph in relation to an y matter are
not affected by any prior exercise by them in relation to that matter of their
powers under either or both of paragraphs 9 and 10.
Enforcement of the licence for the public teletext service
9 (1) If OFCOM are satisfied that the holder of the licence to pr ovide the public
teletext service has—
(a) contravened a condition of the licence, or
(b) failed to comply with a direction given to him by OFCOM unde r or
by virtue of a provision of the 1990 Act, the 1996 Act or Part 3 of this
Act,
they may serve on him a notice requiring him to pay a specified  financial
penalty to them.
(2) The maximum amount which a person may be required to pay by way of a
penalty under this paragraph is 5 per cent. of the qualifying r evenue for his
last complete accounting period.
(3) Where an accounting period by reference to which the maximum  amount of
a penalty falls to be calculated has not ended when the penalty  is imposed,
the amount taken into account in respect of that period is to b e the amount
estimated by OFCOM.
(4) OFCOM are not to serve a notice under this paragraph on any person unless
they have given him a reasonable opportunity of making represen tations to
them about the matters complained of.
(5) A notice requiring a person to pay a penalty under this para graph must
specify the period within which it is to be paid.
Power to shorten licence period
10 (1) If OFCOM are satisfied that the holder of the licence to p rovide the public
teletext service has—
(a) contravened a condition of the licence, or
(b) failed to comply with a direction given to him by OFCOM unde r or
by virtue of any provision of the 1990 Act, the 1996 Act or Par t 3 of
this Act,
they may serve on him a notice reducing the period for which th e licence is
to be in force by a specified period not exceeding two years.
(2) OFCOM are not to serve a notice under this paragraph on any person unless
they have given him a reasonable opportunity of making represen tations to
them about the matters in respect of which it is served.
(3) Where a licence is due to expire on a particular date by vir tue of a notice
served on a person under this paragraph, OFCOM may, on the appl ication
of that person, revoke that notice by a further notice served o n him at any
time before that date.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 10 — Licensing the public teletext service
Part 2 — Conditions and enforcement of licence404
(4) OFCOM may exercise their power under sub-paragraph (3) only if they are
satisfied that, since the date of the earlier notice, the condu ct of the licence
holder in relation to the operation of the licensed service has  been such as to
justify the revocation of that notice.
Revocation for contravention of condition or direction
11 Section 42 of the 1990 Act (revocation for contravention) sha ll apply in
relation to the licence to provide the public teletext service as it applies in
relation to a licence to provide a Channel 3 service.
Penalty on revocation
12 (1) Where OFCOM revoke the licence to provide the public telet ext service
(whether under paragraph 6 or a provision of the 1990 Act or 19 96 Act), they
must serve on the licence holder a notice requiring him to pay a specified
financial penalty to them.
(2) The maximum amount which a person may be required to pay by way of a
penalty under this paragraph is the maximum given by sub-paragr aphs (3)
and (4).
(3) In a case where the licence is revoked under paragraph 6 or the penalty is
imposed before the end of the first complete accounting period of the licence
holder to begin in the licence period, the maximum penalty is w hichever is
the greater of—
(a) £500,000; and
(b) 7 per cent. of the amount which OFCOM estimate would have be en
the qualifying revenue for the first complete accounting period  of the
licence holder falling within the period for which the licence would
have been in force.
(4) In any other case, the maximum penalty is whichever is the g reater of—
(a) £500,000; and
(b) 7 per cent. of the qualifying revenue for the last complete accounting
period of the licence holder falling within the licence period.
(5) A notice requiring a person to pay a penalty under this para graph must
specify the period within which it is to be paid.
(6) A financial penalty that must be paid by virtue of this para graph by a body
of any description shall also be recoverable—
(a) as a debt due to OFCOM from the person who controls the body ; or
(b) if two or more persons control it, as a debt due jointly and  severally
from them all.
(7) Sub-paragraph (6) is in addition to the provision for the re covery of penalties
contained in section 346, but the amount recovered in respect o f any one
penalty must not exceed the full amount of that penalty.
(8) References in this paragraph to a person controlling a body are references to
his controlling it within the meaning of Schedule 2 to the 1990  Act.
Power to modify penalties in paragraph 12
13 (1) The Secretary of State may by order substitute a different  sum for the sum
for the time being specified in paragraph 12(3)(a) or (4)(a).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 10 — Licensing the public teletext service
Part 2 — Conditions and enforcement of licence405
(2) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is paragraph
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by
a resolution of each House.
PART 3
INTERPRETATION  OF SCHEDULE
14 In this Schedule “licence period”, in relation to a licence, means the period
for which the licence is in force.
15 (1) For the purposes of this Schedule the qualifying revenue f or an accounting
period of the holder of a licence to provide the public teletex t service consists
of the aggregate of all the following amounts—
(a) the amounts received or to be received by a person mentioned  in sub-
paragraph (2) in consideration of the inclusion in the licensed  service
in that period of advertisements or other items; and
(b) the amounts received or to be received by such a person in r espect of
the provision of the service from— 
(i) a person authorised by the licence holder to provide the
whole or a part of the licensed service; or
(ii) a person who is a connected person in relation to a person so
authorised.
(2) Those persons are—
(a) the licence holder; or
(b) a person who is a connected person in relation to the licenc e holder
without being a person authorised by the licence holder to prov ide
the whole or a part of the licensed service.
(3) Part 1 of Schedule 7 to the 1990 Act applies for determining  qualifying
revenue for the purposes of this Schedule as it applies for the  purposes of
Part 1 of that Act.
(4) Where, in the case of the licence to provide the public tele text service—
(a) the first complete accounting period of the licence holder t o fall
within the licence period does not begin at the same time as th e
licence period, or
(b) the last complete accounting period of his to fall within th e licence
period does not end at the same time as the licence period,
references in this Schedule to an accounting period of the lice nce holder
include references to such part of the accounting period preced ing the first
complete accounting period, or (as the case may be) following t he last
complete accounting period, as falls within the licence period.
(5) In this paragraph “connected person” has the same meaning as  in Schedule
2 to the 1990 Act.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 11 — Approval, imposition and modification of networki ng arrangements406
SCHEDULE 11 Sections 291 and 294
APPROVAL , IMPOSITION  AND  MODIFICATION  OF NETWORKING  ARRANGEMENTS
Application of Schedule
1 (1) This Schedule applies where OFCOM’s approval of networking
arrangements entered into by the holders of regional Channel 3 licences is
required—
(a) for the purposes of conditions included in regional Channel 3
licences in accordance with section 291; or
(b) in order for networking arrangements made by OFCOM to cease to
have effect in accordance with section 292.
(2) This Schedule also has effect as respects—
(a) the imposition by OFCOM under section 292 of networking
arrangements;
(b) the modification of such arrangements following a review und er
section 293; and
(c) the making of proposals for modifications of networking
arrangements following such a review.
Approval required for modifications
2 (1) Where networking arrangements are approved by OFCOM for pur poses
mentioned in paragraph 1(1), those arrangements are not to be m odified
unless OFCOM have approved the modifications in accordance with  this
Schedule.
(2) This paragraph does not apply to modifications proposed by O FCOM under
section 293.
Procedure for giving approval
3 (1) This paragraph applies where arrangements or modifications are submitted
to OFCOM for their approval.
(2) OFCOM must publish a description of the arrangements or modi fications
that have been submitted.
(3) The publication must be in such manner as OFCOM consider app ropriate
for bringing the matters published to the attention of the pers ons who, in
OFCOM’s opinion, are likely to be affected by the arrangements or
modifications.
(4) After allowing a reasonable time after the publication for t he making of
representations, OFCOM must consider the arrangements or modifi cations
and decide whether or not to approve them.
Decision of OFCOM whether or not to approve arrangements or mod ifications
4 (1) The decision made by OFCOM under paragraph 3(4) has to be o ne of the
following—
(a) a decision to approve the arrangements or modifications
unconditionally;
(b) a decision to give a conditional approval to the arrangement s or
modifications;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 11 — Approval, imposition and modification of networki ng arrangements407
(c) a decision to refuse approval.
(2) A conditional approval is one that has effect only if effect  is given, in relation
to the proposed arrangements or modifications, to changes propo sed by
OFCOM.
(3) Before deciding to give a conditional approval, OFCOM must c onsult every
holder of a regional Channel 3 licence about the changes they a re proposing.
(4) When OFCOM have made their decision, they must prepare a rep ort setting
out—
(a) their decision; and
(b) their reasons for that decision.
(5) OFCOM must publish the report and send a copy of it to—
(a) the Office of Fair Trading; and
(b) every person to whom the relevant arrangements will apply, o r do
apply.
(6) The relevant arrangements are— 
(a) the arrangements for which approval has been sought; or
(b) the arrangements which are the subject of the modifications for
which approval has been sought.
Notification of decisions on imposition of arrangements
5 (1) Where OFCOM impose arrangements they must prepare and publi sh a
report setting out details of the imposed arrangements.
(2) Where OFCOM carry out a review under section 293, they must prepare and
publish a report setting out—
(a) their conclusions on the review;
(b) their reasons for those conclusions; and
(c) the modifications (if any) that they are proposing, or inten d to make,
following the review.
(3) OFCOM must send a copy of a report prepared under this parag raph to—
(a) the Office of Fair Trading; and
(b) every person to whom the relevant arrangements will apply or  do
apply.
(4) The relevant arrangements are— 
(a) the arrangements which are imposed; or
(b) the arrangements which are the subject of the modifications
proposed by OFCOM or to be made by them.
Competition tests applying to OFCOM’s decisions
6( 1 ) O F C O M  m u s t  n o t —  
(a) approve arrangements or modifications,
(b) impose arrangements or modify imposed arrangements, or
(c) propose modifications following a review under section 293,
unless they are satisfied that the arrangements, or the arrange ments as
proposed to be modified, satisfy the first or second competitio n test.
(2) Before making a decision about whether a competition test is  satisfied
OFCOM must consult the Office of Fair Trading.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 11 — Approval, imposition and modification of networki ng arrangements408
(3) Arrangements satisfy the first competition test if they do n ot have as their
object or effect the prevention, restriction or distortion of c ompetition within
the United Kingdom.
(4) Arrangements satisfy the second competition test if—
(a) they do have such an object or effect; but
(b) they would satisfy the criteria set out in section 9 of the Competition
Act 1998 (c. 41) (agreements contributing to improving theproduction or distribution of goods or to promoting technical o r
economic progress).
(5) For the purposes of the second competition test, arrangement s imposed by
OFCOM and modifications of such arrangements are to be treated as if they
were given effect to by an agreement between undertakings.
(6) In determining whether arrangements or modified arrangements  would
satisfy either of the competition tests, OFCOM must act with a view to
securing that there is no inconsistency between— 
(a) the principles they apply and the decision they reach; and
(b) any principles or decisions referred to in sub-paragraph (7) .
(7) Those principles and decisions are—
(a) the principles laid down by the Treaty establishing the Euro pean
Community and the European Court, and any decisions of thatCourt, that are relevant to the construction of Article 81 of t hat
Treaty; and
(b) any decisions under Part 1 of the Competition Act 1998, and any
decisions of a court in the United Kingdom, that are relevant t o the
construction of a provision of that Act that is equivalent to t he
provisions of this Schedule imposing the competition tests.
(8) In the case of a conditional approval, the requirements of t his paragraph
have to be satisfied in relation to the arrangements or modifie d
arrangements as they will be after giving effect to the changes  proposed by
OFCOM.
(9) In this paragraph, the “European Court” includes a court att ached to the
European Court.
Other matters to be taken into account
7( 1 ) O F C O M  m u s t  n o t —  
(a) approve arrangements or modifications,
(b) impose arrangements or modify imposed arrangements, or
(c) propose modifications following a review under section 293,
unless they consider that the arrangements, or the arrangements  as
proposed to be modified, are satisfactory.
(2) OFCOM’s consideration under sub-paragraph (1) must include
consideration of the following two factors.
(3) The first factor is whether the arrangements, or the arrange ments as
proposed to be modified, represent a satisfactory means of achi eving the
purpose set out in section 290(4)(c).
(4) The second factor is the likely effect of the arrangements, or the
arrangements as modified, on the ability of the persons who wil l be or are
the holders of regional Channel 3 licences, or of any of them, to maintain the
quality and range of—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 11 — Approval, imposition and modification of networki ng arrangements409
(a) regional programmes included in regional Channel 3 services;  and
(b) the other programmes included in such services which contrib ute to
the regional character of the services.
(5) In this paragraph “regional programme”, in relation to a reg ional Channel 3
service, means a programme (including a news programme) which i s of
particular interest—
(a) to persons living within the area for which the service is p rovided;
(b) to persons living within a part of that area; or
(c) to particular communities living within that area.
Duty to refuse approval in certain cases
8 (1) This paragraph applies to a decision by OFCOM—
(a) to approve arrangements or modifications;
(b) to impose arrangements or to modify imposed arrangements; or
(c) to propose modifications following a review under section 29 3. 
( 2 ) O F C O M  m u s t  n o t  m a k e  t h a t  d e c i s i o n  i f  i t  a p p e a r s  t o  t h e m  t h a t  the
arrangements, or the arrangements as proposed to be modified, w ould be
likely to be prejudicial to the ability of holders of regional Channel 3 licences,
or of any of them, to comply with—
(a) their public service remits;
(b) conditions imposed on them under section 286;
(c) conditions imposed on them under section 287; or
(d) conditions imposed on them under section 352.
Appeals against decisions relating to competition test
9 (1) A person holding a regional Channel 3 licence may appeal to  the Tribunal
against the following decisions by OFCOM—
(a) a decision on how to dispose of an application for the appro val of
arrangements or modifications;
(b) a decision to impose arrangements or to modify imposed
arrangements; or
(c) a decision to propose modifications following a review under  section
293.
(2) An appeal can be made only by sending the Tribunal a notice of appeal
within the period specified, in relation to the decision appeal ed against, in
Tribunal rules.
(3) The notice of appeal must set out the grounds of appeal. 
(4) The only grounds on which an appeal may be brought are—
(a) that OFCOM has wrongly decided that a competition test is or  is not
satisfied in relation to arrangements or modifications submitte d to
them for approval;
(b) that a competition test is not satisfied in the case of arra ngements
proposed by OFCOM;
(c) that provisions contained in arrangements proposed by OFCOM for
satisfying a competition test are not required for that purpose ;
(d) that the requirement to satisfy a competition test should be
discharged in a different manner from that in which it would besatisfied in accordance with arrangements proposed by OFCOM. Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 11 — Approval, imposition and modification of networki ng arrangements410
(5) In sub-paragraph (4) “arrangements proposed by OFCOM” means—
(a) arrangements or modified arrangements as they will have effe ct after
giving effect to changes proposed by OFCOM in giving a conditio nal
approval;
(b) arrangements imposed by them;
(c) imposed arrangements as modified by them;
(d) arrangements as modified by proposals made by OFCOM followin g
a review under section 293.
(6) The holder of a regional Channel 3 licence is not required b y the conditions
of his licence to take steps for giving effect to a decision of  OFCOM at any
time when an appeal under this Schedule against that decision i s pending.
Decisions on an appeal
10 (1) Appeals to the Tribunal under paragraph 9 are to be dispos ed of in
accordance with this paragraph.
(2) The Tribunal shall decide the appeal on the merits and by re ference to the
grounds of appeal set out in the notice of appeal.
(3) The Tribunal shall decide what (if any) is the appropriate d ecision for
OFCOM to have made in relation to the matters to which those gr ounds
relate.
(4) The Tribunal shall then either—
(a) confirm OFCOM’s decision; or 
(b) remit the matter to OFCOM with such directions (if any) as t he
Tribunal considers appropriate for giving effect to its decisio n.
(5) The Tribunal must not direct OFCOM to take any action which they would
not otherwise have had power to take in relation to the matter under appeal.
(6) It shall be the duty of OFCOM to comply with every direction  given to them
under sub-paragraph (4).
(7) In its application to a decision of the Tribunal under this section, paragraph
1(2)(b) of Schedule 4 to the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40) (exclus ion of
commercial information from documents recording Tribunal decisi ons) is to
have effect as if for the reference to the undertaking to which  commercial
information relates there were substituted a reference to the p erson to whom
such information relates.
Appeals against decisions of the Tribunal
11 (1) A decision of the Tribunal on an appeal under paragraph 9 may itself be
appealed.
(2) An appeal under this section—
(a) lies to the Court of Appeal or to the Court of Session; and
(b) must relate only to a point of law arising from the decision  of the
Tribunal.
(3) An appeal under this section may be brought by a party to th e proceedings
before the Tribunal.
(4) An appeal under this section requires the permission of the Tribunal or of
the court to which it is to be made.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 11 — Approval, imposition and modification of networki ng arrangements411
(5) In this section references to a decision of the Tribunal inc lude references to a
direction given by it under paragraph 10(4).
Information for OFCOM
12 (1) OFCOM may by notice require a person—
(a) to produce to them such documents specified or described in the
notice, or
(b) to furnish them with such other information so specified or
described,
as they consider necessary in order to determine for the purpos es of section
293 or this Schedule whether the competition tests are satisfie d.
(2) A requirement imposed by a notice under this paragraph has t o be complied
with by producing the document, or by furnishing the required i nformation,
at the time and place specified in the notice.
(3) If the requirement is one for the furnishing of information otherwise than by
the production of a document, the information must be furnished  in the
manner specified in the notice.
(4) The only documents that a person is required to produce by a  notice under
this paragraph are those that are in his custody or under his c ontrol—
(a) at the time of the notice; or
(b) at a time between that time and the time when the notice mus t be
complied with.
Enforcement of information provisions
13 (1) The court may, on an application by OFCOM, enquire into wh ether any
person (“the defaulter”) has refused or otherwise failed, witho ut reasonable
excuse, to comply with a requirement contained in a notice unde r paragraph
12.
(2) An application under sub-paragraph (1) shall include details  of the possible
failure which OFCOM consider has occurred.
(3) In enquiring into a case under sub-paragraph (1), the court shall hear—
(a) any witness who may be produced against or on behalf of the
defaulter; and 
(b) any statement which may be offered in defence.
(4) Sub-paragraphs (5) and (6) apply where the court is satisfie d, after hearing
any witnesses and statements as mentioned in sub-paragraph (3),  that the
defaulter has refused or failed, without reasonable excuse, to comply with
the requirement contained in the notice under paragraph 12.
(5) The court may punish the defaulter as it would have been abl e to punish him
had he been guilty of contempt of court.
(6) Where the defaulter is a body corporate, the power of the co urt to punish the
defaulter includes power to punish a director or officer of the  body
corporate.
(7) Where the defaulter is a partnership constituted under the l aw of Scotland,
the power of the court to punish the defaulter includes power t o punish a
member of the partnership.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 11 — Approval, imposition and modification of networki ng arrangements412
(8) A person is guilty of an offence if he intentionally alters,  suppresses or
destroys a document which he has been required to produce by a notice
under paragraph 12.
(9) A person is guilty of an offence if—
(a) he supplies information to OFCOM in purported compliance wit h a
notice given to him under paragraph 12;
(b) the information is false or misleading in a material respect ; and
(c) he knows that it is false or misleading in a material respec t or is
reckless as to whether it is false or misleading in a material respect.
(10) A person is guilty of an offence if—
(a) he supplies information to another person knowing that the
information is to be used for complying with a notice underparagraph 12;
(b) the information is false or misleading in a material respect ; and
(c) he knows that it is false or misleading in a material respec t or is
reckless as to whether it is false or misleading in a material respect.
(11) A person guilty of an offence under this paragraph shall be  liable—
(a) on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding the statutory
maximum;
(b) on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment for a term not
exceeding two years or to a fine, or to both. 
(12) In this paragraph “the court” means—
(a) in relation to England and Wales, the High Court;
(b) in relation to Scotland, the Court of Session; and
(c) in relation to Northern Ireland, the High Court or a judge o f the High
Court.
Confidentiality and defamation
14 (1) When publishing a report prepared under paragraph 4 or 5, OFCOM must
have regard to the need to exclude from the publication, so far  as practicable,
the matters which are confidential in accordance with sub-parag raphs (2)
and (3).
(2) A matter is confidential under this sub-paragraph if— 
(a) it relates specifically to the affairs of a particular body;  and
(b) publication of that matter would or might, in OFCOM’s opinio n,
seriously and prejudicially affect the interests of that body.
(3) A matter is confidential under this sub-paragraph if—
(a) it relates to the private affairs of an individual; and
(b) publication of that matter would or might, in OFCOM’s opinio n,
seriously and prejudicially affect the interests of that indivi dual.
(4) For the purposes of the law of defamation absolute privilege  attaches to
every report prepared under paragraph 4 or 5.
Interpretation of Schedule
15 In this Schedule—
“competition test” is to be construed in accordance with paragr aph 6;
“the Tribunal” means the Competition Appeal Tribunal; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 11 — Approval, imposition and modification of networki ng arrangements413
“Tribunal rules” means rules made under section 15 of the Enter prise
Act 2002 (c. 40).
SCHEDULE 12 Section 338
CORRESPONDING  OBLIGATIONS  OF THE BBC AND  WELSH  AUTHORITY
PART 1
THE BBC
Quotas for independent productions
1 (1) It shall be the duty of the BBC to secure that, in each yea r, not less than 25
per cent. of the total amount of time allocated to the broadcas ting of
qualifying programmes included in the television broadcasting s ervices
provided by the BBC is allocated to the broadcasting of a range  and diversity
of independent productions.
(2) In this paragraph—
(a) a reference to qualifying programmes is a reference to progr ammes
of such description as the Secretary of State may by order spec ify as
describing the programmes that are to be qualifying programmes for
the purposes of this paragraph; 
(b) a reference to independent productions is a reference to pro grammes
of such description as the Secretary of State may by order spec ify as
describing the programmes that are to be independent production s
for the purposes of this paragraph; and
(c) a reference to a range of independent productions is a refer ence to a
range of such productions in terms of cost of acquisition as we ll as in
terms of the types of programme involved.
(3) The Secretary of State may by order amend sub-paragraph (1) by
substituting a different percentage for the percentage for the time being
specified in that sub-paragraph.
(4) The Secretary of State may also by order provide for the BBC  to have the
duty set out in sub-paragraph (5), either instead of or as well  as the one set
out in sub-paragraph (1).
(5) That duty is a duty to secure that, in each year, not less t han the percentage
specified in the order of the programming budget for that year for the
television broadcasting services provided by the BBC is applied  in the
acquisition of independent productions.
(6) The power to make an order under sub-paragraph (4) includes power to
provide that the BBC are again to be subject to a duty to which  they have
previously ceased to be subject by virtue of such an order, in addition to or
instead of the duty to which they are subject (apart from the e xercise of that
power) by virtue of this paragraph.
(7) The Secretary of State is not to make an order for the BBC t o be or to cease to
be subject to the duty mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) or (5) un less—
(a) OFCOM have made a recommendation to him that the BBC should
be subject to that duty, or should cease to be subject to it; a nd
(b) the order gives effect to that recommendation.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 12 — Corresponding obligations of the BBC and Welsh Au thority
Part 1 — The BBC414
(8) Where television broadcasting services are designated by or under the BBC
Charter and Agreement—
(a) as services that must be treated separately for the purposes  of the
duty imposed by sub-paragraph (1) or a duty imposed under sub-paragraph (4), or
(b) as services that must be included in a group of services tha t must be
taken together for the purposes of such a duty,
that duty is to have effect in accordance with sub-paragraph (9 ).
(9) A duty having effect in accordance with this sub-paragraph i s to have effect
as if (instead of applying to all the television broadcasting s ervices provided
by the BBC, taken together) it applied separately— 
(a) in relation to each service that is required to be treated s eparately;
and
(b) in relation to each group of services that are required to b e taken
together.
(10) The BBC must comply with directions given to them by OFCOM for the
purpose of— 
(a) carrying forward to one or more subsequent years determined in
accordance with the direction any shortfall for any year in the ir
compliance with the duties imposed by virtue of sub-paragraph ( 1)
or (4); and
(b) thereby increasing the percentage applicable for the purpose s of
those duties to the subsequent year or years.
(11) For the purposes of this paragraph— 
(a) the amount of the programming budget for a year, and
(b) the means of determining the amount of that budget that is a pplied
for any purpose,
are to be computed in accordance with such provision as may be set out in
an order made by the Secretary of State, or as may be determine d by
OFCOM in accordance with such an order.
(12) Before making an order under this paragraph the Secretary o f State must
consult OFCOM and the BBC.
(13) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by t his paragraph
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by
a resolution of each House.
(14) In this paragraph—
“acquisition”, in relation to a programme, includes commissioni ng
and acquiring a right to include it in a service or to have itbroadcast; and
“programming budget” means the budget for the production and
acquisition of qualifying programmes.
Duty to publicise complaints procedures etc.
2 (1) It shall be the duty of the BBC to make arrangements for se curing that the
matters mentioned in sub-paragraph (2) are brought to the atten tion of the
public (whether by means of broadcasts or otherwise).
(2) Those matters are—
(a) OFCOM’s functions under Part 5 of the 1996 Act in relation t o
services provided by the BBC; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 12 — Corresponding obligations of the BBC and Welsh Au thority
Part 1 — The BBC415
(b) any procedures established by OFCOM or the BBC for the handl ing
and resolution of complaints about the observance by the BBC ofstandards set under section 319.
P
ART 2
THE WELSH  AUTHORITY
Public service remits of the Welsh Authority services
3 (1) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to secure that the public service
remits for each of their public television services is fulfille d.
(2) The public service remit for S4C is the provision of a broad  range of high
quality and diverse programming in a service in which—
(a) a substantial proportion of the programmes consists of progr ammes
in Welsh;
(b) the programmes broadcast for viewing between 6:30 PM and 10: 00
PM on every day of the week consist mainly of programmes inWelsh; and
(c) the programmes that are not in Welsh are normally programmes
which are being, have been or are to be broadcast on Channel 4.
(3) The public service remit for S4C Digital is the provision of  a broad range of
high quality and diverse programming in a service in which a su bstantial
proportion of the programmes consists of programmes in Welsh.
(4) The public service remit for a television programme service provided by the
Welsh Authority with the approval of the Secretary of State und er section
205 is the remit set out in the order approving the provision o f the service. 
(5) The Secretary of State may by order modify sub-paragraphs (2 ) and (3).
(6) Before making an order specifying or modifying the public se rvice remit for
any of the Welsh Authority’s public television services, the Se cretary of State
must consult— 
(a) the Authority; and
(b) where the order relates to the inclusion in any service of p rogrammes
that are not in Welsh, C4C.
(7) An order modifying the public service remit for S4C or S4C D igital must not
contain provision inconsistent with a requirement that each ser vice must—
(a) represent a public service for the dissemination of informat ion,
education and entertainment; and
(b) include programmes a substantial proportion of which consist s of
programmes in Welsh.
(8) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by su b-paragraph
(5) unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament  and approved
by a resolution of each House.
Statements of programme policy
4 (1) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority—
(a) as soon as practicable after the coming into force of this p aragraph,
and subsequently at annual intervals, to prepare a statement ofprogramme policy; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 12 — Corresponding obligations of the BBC and Welsh Au thority
Part 2 — The Welsh Authority416
(b) to monitor their own performance in the carrying out of the
proposals contained in statements made under this paragraph.
(2) Every statement of programme policy prepared under this para graph must
set out the Welsh Authority’s proposals for securing that, duri ng the
following year—
(a) the public service remit for each of their public television  services to
be provided during that year will be fulfilled; and 
(b) the Welsh Authority’s duties under the provisions of this Sc hedule
will be performed.
(3) Every such statement must contain a report on the performanc e of the Welsh
Authority in the carrying out during the period since the previ ous statement
of the proposals contained in that previous statement.
(4) When preparing such a statement, the Welsh Authority must co nsider—
(a) any guidance by OFCOM that is in force for the purposes of s ection
266; and
(b) any reports previously published by OFCOM under section 264 or
358.
(5) Every such statement must be published by the Welsh Authorit y as soon as
practicable after its preparation is complete. 
(6) OFCOM may direct that any statement of policy which—
(a) was made by the Welsh Authority before the coming into force  of
this paragraph, and
(b) is specified in the direction,
is to be treated for the purposes of this Act as if it were a s tatement made in
r e l a t i o n  t o  s u c h  p e r i o d  a s  m a y  b e  s o  s p e c i f i e d  i n  p u r s u a n c e  o f  this
paragraph.
(7) A direction under sub-paragraph (6) cannot contain provision  the effect of
which is to postpone the time at which the Welsh Authority woul d
otherwise be required to make its first statement of programme policy.
Must-offer obligations in relation to networks and satellite se rvices
5 (1) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to ensure that each of their public
digital services is at all times offered as available (subject to the need to agree
terms)— 
(a) to be broadcast or distributed by means of every appropriate
network; and
(b) to be broadcast by means of every satellite television servi ce that is
available for reception by members of the public in Wales.
(2) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to do their best  to secure that
arrangements are entered into, and kept in force, that ensure—
(a) that each of their public digital services is broadcast or d istributed on
appropriate networks; and
(b) that the broadcasting and distribution of each of their publ ic digital
services, in accordance with those arrangements, result in the service
being available for reception, by means of appropriate networks , by
as many members of its intended audience as practicable.
(3) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to do their best  to secure that
arrangements are entered into, and kept in force, that ensure—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 12 — Corresponding obligations of the BBC and Welsh Au thority
Part 2 — The Welsh Authority417
(a) that each of their public digital services is broadcast by m eans of
satellite television services that are broadcast so as to be av ailable for
reception by members of the public in Wales; and
(b) that the broadcasting, in accordance with those arrangements , of
each of the Authority’s public digital services by means of sat ellite
television services results in its being available for receptio n in an
intelligible form and by means of those services by as many mem bers
of its intended audience as practicable.
(4) The Welsh Authority must secure that the arrangements entere d into and
kept in force for the purposes of sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) pr ohibit the
imposition, for or in connection with the provision of an appro priate
network or a satellite television service, of any charge that i s attributable
(whether directly or indirectly) to the conferring of an entitl ement to receive
each of the Authority’s public digital services in an intelligi ble form by
means of that network or service.
(5) OFCOM may, by a direction to the Welsh Authority, require ar rangements
made or kept in force for the purposes of sub-paragraphs (2) or  (3) to apply
in the case of every service which is an ancillary service by r eference to one
of their public digital services as they apply to the service i tself.
(6) For the purposes of this paragraph a public digital service of the Welsh
Authority is to be treated, in relation to particular appropria te networks and
satellite television services, as constituting such services co mprised in or
provided with that public digital service—
(a) as may be determined by agreement between the Welsh Authorit y
and OFCOM; or
(b) in default of agreement, as may be directed by OFCOM.
(7) This paragraph—
(a) so far as it relates to the broadcasting or distribution of any of the
Welsh Authority’s public digital services by means of appropria te
networks, applies only in relation to times when that service i s
included in the list of must-carry services in section 64; and
(b) so far as it relates to the broadcasting of such a public di gital service
by means of a satellite television service, applies only in rel ation to
times when that service is included in the list of must-provideservices in section 275.
(8) In this paragraph—
“appropriate network” means an electronic communications networ k
by means of which public electronic communications services areprovided that are used by a significant number of end-users inWales as their principal means of receiving television programm es;
“intended audience”, in relation to a public digital service of  the Welsh
Authority, means—
(a) if the service is one provided only for a particular area or
l o c a l i t y  o f  W a l e s ,  m e m b e r s  o f  t h e  p u b l i c  i n  t h a t  a r e a  o rlocality; 
(b) if the service is one provided for members of a particular
community, members of that community; and
(c) in any other case, members of the public in Wales;
“public digital service”, in relation to the Welsh Authority, m eans any
of their public television services so far as it is provided in  digital
form; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 12 — Corresponding obligations of the BBC and Welsh Au thority
Part 2 — The Welsh Authority418
“satellite television service” means a service which—
(a) consists in or involves the broadcasting of television
programme services from a satellite; and
(b) is used by a significant number of the persons by whom the
broadcasts are received in an intelligible form as theirprincipal means of receiving television programmes.
(9) For the purposes of this section an electronic communication s network is not
an appropriate network in relation to so much of a channel or o ther service
as is provided only for a particular area or locality of Wales unless it is a
network by means of which electronic communications services ar e
provided to persons in that area or locality
(10) In sub-paragraph (8) “public electronic communications serv ice” and “end-
user” each has the same meaning as in Chapter 1 of Part 2.
(11) An order under section 411 must not appoint a day for provi sions of this
paragraph to come into force that falls less than six months af ter the day on
which the order is made.
Supply of services by satellite in certain areas
6 It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority—
(a) to join with the providers of other must-provide services in  entering
into and maintaining arrangements satisfying the requirements o f
section 274; and
(b) to comply with the requirements of any arrangements imposed by
OFCOM for the purposes of conditions under subsection (2) of th at
section.
Programming quotas for independent productions
7 (1) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to secure that,  in each year, not
less than 25 per cent. of the total amount of time allocated to  the
broadcasting of qualifying programmes included in their designa ted public
services (taken together) is allocated to the broadcasting of a  range and
diversity of independent productions.
(2) In this paragraph—
(a) a reference to qualifying programmes is a reference to progr ammes
of such description as the Secretary of State may by order spec ify as
describing the programmes that are to be qualifying programmes for
the purposes of this paragraph; 
(b) a reference to independent productions is a reference to pro grammes
of such description as the Secretary of State may by order spec ify as
describing the programmes that are to be independent production s
for the purposes of this paragraph; and
(c) a reference to a range of independent productions is a refer ence to a
range of such productions in terms of cost of acquisition as we ll as in
terms of the types of programme involved.
(3) The Secretary of State may by order amend sub-paragraph (1) by
substituting a different percentage for the percentage for the time being
specified in that sub-paragraph.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 12 — Corresponding obligations of the BBC and Welsh Au thority
Part 2 — The Welsh Authority419
(4) The Secretary of State may also by order provide for the Wel sh Authority to
have the duty set out in sub-paragraph (5), either instead of o r as well as the
one set out in sub-paragraph (1).
(5) That duty is a duty to secure that, in each year, not less t han the percentage
specified in the order of the programming budget for that year for the
designated public services (taken together) is applied in the a cquisition of
independent productions.
(6) The power to make an order under sub-paragraph (4) includes power to
provide that the Welsh Authority are again to be subject to a d uty to which
t h e y  h a v e  p r e v i o u s l y  c e a s e d  t o  b e  s u b j e c t  b y  v i r t u e  o f  s u c h  a n  order, in
addition to or instead of the duty to which they are subject (a part from the
exercise of that power) by virtue of this paragraph.
(7) The Secretary of State is not to make an order for the Welsh  Authority to be
or to cease to be subject to the duty mentioned in sub-paragrap h (1) or (5)
unless—
(a) OFCOM have made a recommendation to him that the Authority
should be subject to that duty, or should cease to be subject t o it; and
(b) the order gives effect to that recommendation.
(8) The Welsh Authority must comply with directions given to the m by
OFCOM for the purpose of— 
(a) carrying forward to one or more subsequent years determined in
accordance with the direction any shortfall for any year in the ir
compliance with the duties imposed by virtue of sub-paragraph ( 1)
or (4); and
(b) thereby increasing the percentage applicable for the purpose s of
those duties to the subsequent year or years.
(9) For the purposes of this paragraph— 
(a) the amount of the programming budget for a year, and
(b) the means of determining the amount of that budget that is a pplied
for any purpose,
are to be computed in accordance with such provision as may be set out in
an order made by the Secretary of State, or as may be determine d by
OFCOM in accordance with such an order.
(10) Before making an order under this paragraph the Secretary o f State must
consult OFCOM, the BBC and the Welsh Authority.
(11) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by t his paragraph
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by
a resolution of each House.
(12) The services that are designated public services for the pu rposes of this
paragraph are—
(a) S4C;
(b) S4C Digital; and
(c) any of the Welsh Authority’s other public television service s which
is designated for the purposes of this paragraph by the order u nder
section 205 approving its provision.
(13) In this paragraph—
“acquisition”, in relation to a programme, includes commissioni ng
and acquiring a right to include it in a service or to have itbroadcast;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 12 — Corresponding obligations of the BBC and Welsh Au thority
Part 2 — The Welsh Authority420
“programme” does not include an advertisement; and
“programming budget” means the budget for the production and
acquisition of qualifying programmes.
Programme quotas for original productions
8 (1) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority, in relation to  their designated
public services (taken together) to secure—
(a) that the time allocated, in each year, to the broadcasting o f original
productions included in those services is no less than the prop ortion
fixed under sub-paragraph (2) of the total amount of time alloc ated
to the broadcasting of all the programmes included in those ser vices;
and
(b) that the time allocated to the broadcasting of original prod uctions is
split in the manner so fixed between peak viewing times and oth er
times.
(2) The fixing for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) of a propor tion or manner
of splitting allocated time is to be—
(a) by agreement between the Welsh Authority and OFCOM; or
(b) in default of agreement, by a direction given by OFCOM to th e
Authority fixing the proportion or manner according to whateverOFCOM consider appropriate for ensuring that the service isconsistently of a high quality.
(3) The agreement or direction may, for the purposes of sub-para graph (1)(b),
fix a proportion for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1)(a) in te rms of the
cumulative effect of two different minimum proportions, one app lying to
peak viewing times and the other to other times.
(4) The agreement or direction may provide that specified descri ptions of
programmes are to be excluded in determining the programmes aproportion of which is to constitute original productions. 
(5) It may also provide that, in determining whether a programme  is of a
description of programmes excluded by an agreement or direction  by virtue
of sub-paragraph (4), regard is to be had to any guidance prepa red and
published, and from to time revised, by OFCOM.
(6) References in this paragraph, in relation to the designated public services of
the Welsh Authority, to original productions are references to programmes
of such description as the Secretary of State may by order spec ify as
describing the programmes that are to be original productions f or the
purposes of this paragraph.
(7) The power to specify descriptions of programmes by order und er sub-
paragraph (6) includes power to confer such discretions on OFCO M as the
Secretary of State thinks fit.
(8) Before making an order under this paragraph the Secretary of  State must
consult OFCOM, the BBC and the Welsh Authority.
(9) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by th is paragraph
unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and  approved by
a resolution of each House.
(10) The services that are designated public services for the pu rposes of this
paragraph are—
(a) S4C;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 12 — Corresponding obligations of the BBC and Welsh Au thority
Part 2 — The Welsh Authority421
(b) S4C Digital; and
(c) any of the Welsh Authority’s other public television service s which
is designated for the purposes of this paragraph by the order u nder
section 205 approving its provision.
(11) In this section—
“peak viewing time”, in relation to the designated public servi ces of
the Welsh Authority, means a time that is determined in accorda nce
with sub-paragraph (12) to be a peak viewing time for one or mo re
of those services; and
“programme” does not include an advertisement.
(12) The determination for the purposes of this paragraph of pea k viewing times
is to be—
(a) by agreement between the Welsh Authority and OFCOM; or
(b) in default of agreement, by a direction given by OFCOM to th e
Authority determining those times.
News and current affairs programmes
9 (1) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority, in relation to  their designated
public services, to secure—
(a) that the programmes included in each service include news
programmes and current affairs programmes;
(b) that the news programmes and current affairs programmes incl uded
in each service deal with both national and international matte rs; and
(c) that the news programmes so included are broadcast for viewi ng at
intervals throughout the period for which the service is provid ed.
(2) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority, in relation to each of their
designated public services, to ensure that the news programmes and current
affairs programmes included in each service are of high quality .
(3) It shall also be the duty of the Welsh Authority, in relatio n to each of their
designated public services, to secure that in each year—
(a) the time allocated to the broadcasting of news programmes in cluded
in the service, and
(b) the time allocated to the broadcasting of current affairs pr ogrammes
so included,
each constitutes no less than the proportion fixed under sub-pa ragraph (5)
of the time allocated to the broadcasting of all the programmes  included in
the service.
(4) It is the further duty of the Welsh Authority, in relation t o each of their
designated public services, to secure that the time allocated—
(a) to the broadcasting of news programmes included in the servi ce, and
(b) to the broadcasting of current affairs programmes so include d,
is, in each case, split, in the manner fixed under sub-paragrap h (5), between
peak viewing times and other times.
(5) The fixing for the purposes of sub-paragraph (3) or (4) of a  proportion or
manner of splitting allocated time is to be—
(a) by agreement between the Welsh Authority and OFCOM; or
(b) in default of agreement, by a direction given by OFCOM to th e
Authority fixing the proportion or manner according to whateverOFCOM consider appropriate.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 12 — Corresponding obligations of the BBC and Welsh Au thority
Part 2 — The Welsh Authority422
(6) The agreement or direction may, for the purposes of sub-para graph (4), fix a
proportion for the purposes of sub-paragraph (3) in terms of th e cumulative
effect of two different minimum proportions, one applying to pe ak viewing
times and the other to other times.
(7) The services that are designated public services for the pur poses of this
paragraph are—
(a) S4C;
(b) S4C Digital; and
(c) any of the Welsh Authority’s other public television service s which
is designated for the purposes of this paragraph by the order u nder
section 205 approving its provision.
(8) In this paragraph “peak viewing time”, in relation to a serv ice, means a time
that is determined in accordance with sub-paragraph (9) to be a  peak
viewing time for that service.
(9) The determination for the purposes of this paragraph of a pe ak viewing time
is to be—
(a) by agreement between the Welsh Authority and OFCOM; or
(b) in default of agreement, by a direction given by OFCOM to th e
Authority determining that time.
Code relating to programme commissioning
10 (1) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to draw up and  from time to time
revise a code of practice setting out the principles that are t o be applied when
they or an S4C company are for a relevant purpose agreeing term s for the
commissioning of independent productions.
(2) A relevant purpose is a purpose connected with the provision  by the Welsh
Authority or an S4C company of a programme service.
(3) It shall also be the duty of the Welsh Authority— 
(a) at all times to comply with the code of practice which is fo r the time
being in force under this paragraph;
(b) to take all reasonable steps for securing that the code is c omplied
with by S4C companies;
(c) to exercise their power to revise that code to take account of revisions
from time to time of the guidance issued by OFCOM for the purpo ses
of this paragraph; and
(d) to comply with such directions as may be given to the Author ity by
OFCOM for securing that they properly perform their duties unde r
paragraphs (a) and (b).
(4) The code for the time being in force under this paragraph mu st be such as to
secure, in the manner described in guidance issued by OFCOM—
(a) that a reasonable timetable is applied to negotiations for t he
commissioning of an independent production and for the conclusi on
of a binding agreement;
(b) that there is sufficient clarity when an independent product ion is
commissioned about the different categories of rights to broadc ast or
otherwise to make use of or exploit the commissioned productionthat are being disposed of;
(c) that there is sufficient transparency about the amounts to b e paid in
respect of each category of rights;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 12 — Corresponding obligations of the BBC and Welsh Au thority
Part 2 — The Welsh Authority423
(d) that satisfactory arrangements are made about the duration a nd
exclusivity of those rights;
(e) that procedures exist for reviewing the arrangements adopted  in
accordance with the code and for demonstrating compliance with it;
(f) that those procedures include requirements for the monitorin g of the
application of the code and for the making of reports to OFCOM;
(g) that provision is made for resolving disputes arising in res pect of the
provisions of the code (by independent arbitration or otherwise ) in a
manner that appears to OFCOM to be appropriate.
(5) The Welsh Authority must also ensure that the drawing up or revision of a
code by virtue of this paragraph is in accordance with guidance  issued by
OFCOM as to—
(a) the times when the code is to be drawn up or reviewed with a  view
to revision;
(b) the consultation to be undertaken before a code is drawn up or
revised;
(c) the publication of every code or revised code.
(6) The Welsh Authority must submit to OFCOM for approval a draf t of— 
(a) every code that is required to be drawn up under this paragr aph; and
(b) every revision made by that Authority of such a code.
(7) A code drawn up by the Welsh Authority or a revision of such  a code —
(a) is to have effect for the purposes of this paragraph only if  approved
by OFCOM; and
(b) if approved by OFCOM subject to modifications, is to have ef fect
with those modifications.
(8) OFCOM—
(a) must issue and may from time to time revise guidance for the
purposes of this paragraph;
(b) must ensure that there is always guidance for those purposes  in
force; 
(c) must, before issuing their guidance or revised guidance, con sult the
providers of licensed public service channels, persons who makeindependent productions (or persons appearing to OFCOM torepresent them), the BBC and the Welsh Authority; and
(d) must publish their guidance or revised guidance in such mann er as
they think appropriate.
(9) Guidance issued by OFCOM for the purposes of this paragraph must be
general guidance and is not to specify particular terms to be i ncluded in
agreements to which the guidance relates.
(10) OFCOM may by a direction to the Welsh Authority specify tha t a code
which— 
(a) was drawn up by the Authority before the commencement of thi s
paragraph, and
(b) is identified in the direction,
is to be treated as drawn up in pursuance of this paragraph and  approved
by OFCOM.
(11) In this paragraph “independent production” has the same mea ning as in
paragraph 7.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 12 — Corresponding obligations of the BBC and Welsh Au thority
Part 2 — The Welsh Authority424
Co-operation with the public teletext provider
11 (1) The Welsh Authority must grant access to the public telete xt provider to the
facilities that are reasonably required by him for the purposes  of, or in
connection with, the provision of the public teletext service.
(2) The Welsh Authority may require the public teletext provider  to pay a
reasonable charge in respect of facilities access to which is g ranted under this
paragraph.
(3) In the event of a dispute, the amount of the charge is to be  determined by
OFCOM.
Programme standards
12 It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority in relation to th eir public
television services to observe the standards set under section 319.
13 It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to comply with a direction given
to them by OFCOM with respect to the establishment of procedure s for the
handling and resolution of complaints about the observance by t he
Authority of standards set under section 319.
14 (1) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to comply with  directions given
to them by OFCOM with respect to any of the matters mentioned i n sub-
paragraph (2).
(2) Those matters are—
(a) the exclusion from any of the Authority’s public television services
of a particular advertisement, or its exclusion in particularcircumstances;
(b) the descriptions of advertisements and methods of advertisin g to be
excluded from the services so provided (whether generally or inparticular circumstances); and
(c) the methods of sponsorship to be excluded from those service s
(whether generally or in particular circumstances).
15 (1)  This paragraph applies if OFCOM are satisfied—
(a) that the Welsh Authority have failed in any respect to perfo rm any
of their duties under paragraphs 12 to 14; and
(b) that the failure can be appropriately remedied by the inclus ion in any
or all of the Authority’s public television services of a corre ction or a
statement of findings.
(2) OFCOM may direct the Welsh Authority to include a correction  or a
statement of findings (or both) in any one or more of their pub lic television
services.
(3) A direction may require the correction or statement of findi ngs to be in such
form, and to be included in programmes at such time or times, a s OFCOM
may determine.
(4) OFCOM are not to give a direction under this paragraph unles s they have
given the Welsh Authority a reasonable opportunity of makingrepresentations to them about the matters appearing to OFCOM to  provide
grounds for the giving of the direction.
(5) Where the Welsh Authority include a correction or a statemen t of findings
in any of their public television services in pursuance of a di rection underCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 12 — Corresponding obligations of the BBC and Welsh Au thority
Part 2 — The Welsh Authority425
this paragraph, the Authority may announce that they are doing so in
pursuance of such a direction.
(6) For the purposes of this section a statement of findings, in  relation to a case
in which OFCOM are satisfied that the Welsh Authority have fail ed to
perform a duty imposed on them under paragraphs 12 to 14, is a statement
of OFCOM’s findings in relation to that failure.
Directions with respect to advertising
16 (1) The Welsh Authority must comply with directions given to t hem by
OFCOM with respect to any of the matters mentioned in sub-parag raph (2).
(2) Those matters are—
(a) the maximum amount of time to be given to advertisements in any
hour or other period;
(b) the minimum interval which must elapse between any two perio ds
given over to advertisements;
(c) the number of such periods to be allowed in any programme or  in
any hour or day; and
(d) the exclusion of advertisements from a specified part of S4C  or S4C
Digital.
(3) Directions under this paragraph—
(a) may be either general or specific;
(b) may be qualified or unqualified; and
(c) may make different provision for different parts of the day,  different
days of the week, different types of programmes or for otherdiffering circumstances.
(4) In giving a direction under this paragraph, OFCOM shall take  account of
such of the international obligations of the United Kingdom as the Secretary
of State may notify to them for the purposes of this paragraph.
Fairness standards
17 It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to secure the obs ervance—
(a) in connection with the provision of their public television services,
and
(b) in relation to the programmes included in those services,
of the code for the time being in force under section 107 of th e 1996 Act (the
fairness code).
Party political broadcasts
18 (1) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to include— 
(a) party political broadcasts, and
(b) referendum campaign broadcasts,
in every designated public service of theirs.
(2) The Welsh Authority must prepare, publish and from time to t ime review
and revise their policy with respect to—
(a) party political broadcasts and referendum campaign broadcast s; and
(b) the manner in which they propose to perform their duty under  sub-
paragraph (1).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 12 — Corresponding obligations of the BBC and Welsh Au thority
Part 2 — The Welsh Authority426
(3) The Welsh Authority’s policy may, in particular, include pro vision for
determining—
(a) the political parties on whose behalf party political broadc asts may
be made;
(b) in relation to each political party on whose behalf such bro adcasts
may be made, the length and frequency of the broadcasts; and
(c) in relation to each designated organisation on whose behalf
referendum campaign broadcasts are required to be broadcast, th e
length and frequency of such broadcasts.
(4) That policy is to have effect subject to sections 37 and 127  of the Political
Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000 (c. 41) (only regist ered parties
and designated organisations to be entitled to party political broadcasts or
referendum campaign broadcasts).
(5) In preparing or revising their policy with respect to the in clusion of party
political broadcasts or referendum campaign broadcasts in their  designated
public services, the Welsh Authority must have regard to—
(a) any views expressed for the purposes of this paragraph by th e
Electoral Commission; and
(b) any rules made by OFCOM under section 333.
(6) The services that are designated public services for the pur poses of this
paragraph are—
(a) S4C;
(b) S4C Digital; and
(c) any of the Welsh Authority’s other public television service s which
is designated for the purposes of this paragraph by the order u nder
section 205 approving its provision.
(7) In this paragraph—
“designated organisation”, in relation to a referendum, means a
person or body designated by the Electoral Commission undersection 108 of the Political Parties, Elections and Referendums  Act
2000 in respect of that referendum; and
“referendum campaign broadcast” has the meaning given by sectio n
127 of that Act.
Duty to publicise complaints procedures etc.
19 (1) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to make arrang ements for
securing that the matters mentioned in sub-paragraph (2) are br ought to the
attention of the public (whether by means of broadcasts or othe rwise).
(2) Those matters are—
(a) OFCOM’s functions under Part 5 of the 1996 Act in relation t o
services provided by the Welsh Authority; and
(b) any procedures established by OFCOM or the Authority for the
handling and resolution of complaints about the observance by t he
Authority of standards set under section 319.
Monitoring of programmes
20 (1) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 12 — Corresponding obligations of the BBC and Welsh Au thority
Part 2 — The Welsh Authority427
(a) in respect of every programme included in any of their publi c
television services, to retain a recording of the programme in the
form, and for the period, specified by OFCOM;
(b) to comply with any request to produce such recordings to OFC OM
for examination or reproduction; and
(c) to comply, to the extent that they are able to do so, with a ny request
to produce to OFCOM a script or transcript of a programme inclu ded
in any of their public television services.
(2) The period specified for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1)(a ) must be a
period not exceeding ninety days.
Compliance with international obligations
21 (1) OFCOM may give the Welsh Authority such directions as OFCO M consider
appropriate for securing that all relevant international obliga tions are
complied with.
(2) It shall be the duty of the Authority to comply with a direc tion under this
paragraph.
(3) Before giving a direction under this paragraph, OFCOM must c onsult the
Authority.
(4) In this paragraph “relevant international obligations” means  the
international obligations of the United Kingdom which have been  notified
to OFCOM by the Secretary of State for the purposes of this par agraph.
Services for the deaf and visually impaired
22 It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to observe the co de for the time
being in force under section 303 in the provision of—
(a) S4C Digital; and
(b) so much of any of the Welsh Authority’s other public televis ion
services as is provided in digital form.
Equality of opportunity
23 (1) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to make such a rrangements as
they consider appropriate for promoting, in relation to employm ent with the
Authority, equality of opportunity—
(a) between men and women; and
(b) between persons of different racial groups.
(2) It shall be the duty of the Welsh Authority to make arrangem ents for
promoting, in relation to employment with the Authority, the eq ualisation
of opportunities for disabled persons.
(3) The Welsh Authority shall also make such arrangements as the y consider
appropriate for the training and retraining of persons whom the y employ in
or in connection with—
(a) the provision of one or more of their public services; or
(b) the making of programmes to be included in one or more of th ose
services.
(4) The Welsh Authority—
(a) shall take all such steps as they consider appropriate for m aking
persons affected by any arrangements made in pursuance of sub-Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 12 — Corresponding obligations of the BBC and Welsh Au thority
Part 2 — The Welsh Authority428
paragraphs (1) to (3) aware of the arrangements (including the
publication of the arrangements in such manner as they think fi t);
(b) shall review the arrangements from time to time; and
(c) shall, from time to time (and at least annually), publish, i n such
manner as they consider appropriate, their observations on thecurrent operation and effectiveness of the arrangements.
(5) Before making any arrangements in pursuance of any of sub-pa ragraphs (1)
to (3) or determining the manner in which they will comply with  sub-
paragraph (4), the Welsh Authority must consult OFCOM.
(6) In this paragraph—
“disabled” has the same meaning as in the Disability Discrimina tion
Act 1995 (c. 50);
“racial group” has the same meaning as in the Race Relations Ac t 1976
(c. 74) or, in Northern Ireland, the Race Relations (NorthernIreland) Order 1997 (S.I. 1997/869 (N.I. 6)).
(7) The Secretary of State may by order amend sub-paragraph (1) by adding any
other form of equality of opportunity that he considers appropr iate to that
sub-paragraph.
(8) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by su b-paragraph
(7) unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament  and approved
by a resolution of each House.
Meaning of Welsh Authority’s public services
24 (1) In this Part of this Schedule, references to the Welsh Aut hority’s public
services are references to the following—
(a) S4C;
(b) S4C Digital; and
(c) the services the provision of which by the Authority is auth orised by
or under section 205.
(2) References in this Schedule to a public television service o f the Welsh
Authority are references to any public service of the Authority  which is a
television programme service.
SCHEDULE 13
Section 345
FINANCIAL  PENALTIES  UNDER  THE BROADCASTING  ACTS
PART 1
BROADCASTING  ACT 1990
Preliminary
1 The 1990 Act shall be amended as follows.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 13 — Financial penalties under the Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Broadcasting Act 1990429
Revocation of television services licence
2 (1) In subsection (3) of section 18 (penalty on revocation of t elevision services
licence), for “a financial penalty of the prescribed amount” th ere shall be
substituted “a specified financial penalty”.
(2) For subsection (4) of that section (amount of penalty) there  shall be
substituted—
“(3A) The maximum amount which a person may be required to pay b y
way of a penalty under subsection (3) is the maximum penalty gi ven
by subsections (3B) and (3C).
(3B) In a case where the licence is revoked under this section o r the
penalty is imposed before the end of the first complete account ing
period of the licence holder to fall within the period for whic h the
licence is in force, the maximum penalty is whichever is the gr eater
of—
(a) £500,000; and
(b) 7 per cent. of the amount which OFCOM estimate would
have been the qualifying revenue for the first completeaccounting period of the licence holder falling within theperiod for which the licence would have been in force.
(3C) In any other case, the maximum penalty is whichever is the greater
of—
(a) £500,000; and
(b) 7 per cent. of the qualifying revenue for the last complete
accounting period of the licence holder falling within theperiod for which the licence is in force.
(3D) Section 19(2) to (6) applies for estimating or determining qualifying
revenue for the purposes of subsection (3B) or (3C) above.”
(3) This paragraph applies only in a case of a revocation in rel ation to which—
(a) the notice required by section 18(2) of the 1990 Act, or
(b) the notice revoking the licence,
is served after the commencement of this paragraph.
Licences for Channel 3 services and for Channels 4 and 5
3 (1) For subsection (2) of section 41 (penalties for failure by holder of licence for
Channel 3 services, Channel 4 or Channel 5 to comply with licen ce
conditions or directions) there shall be substituted—
“(1A) The amount of a financial penalty imposed on a person in p ursuance
of subsection (1)(a) shall not exceed 5 per cent. of the qualif ying
revenue for the licence holder’s last complete accounting perio d
falling within the period for which his licence has been in for ce (‘the
relevant period’).
(1B) In relation to a person whose first complete accounting per iod falling
within the relevant period has not ended when the penalty isimposed, subsection (1A) is to be construed as referring to 5 p er cent.
of the amount which OFCOM estimate to be the qualifying revenuefor that accounting period.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 13 — Financial penalties under the Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Broadcasting Act 1990430
(1C) Section 19(2) to (6) applies for determining or estimating qualifying
revenue for the purposes of subsection (1A) or (1B) above.”
(2) This paragraph applies in relation to a failure to comply wi th a condition or
direction only if it is one occurring after the commencement of  this
paragraph. 
Restricted services licences
4 (1) In subsection (2) of section 42B (application of sections 4 0 to 42 to licensing
of restricted services), for “subsections (3) and (4)” there sh all be substituted
“subsections (3) to (3C)”.
(2) In subsection (3) of that section—
(a) for “subsection (2)” there shall be substituted “subsections  (1A) to
(1C)”; and
(b) for the words from “shall not exceed whichever is the greate r”
onwards there shall be substituted “is the maximum penalty give n
by subsection (3A).”
(3) For subsection (4) of that section (penalties for failure to  comply with
conditions or directions) there shall be substituted—
“(3A) The maximum penalty is whichever is the greater of—
(a) £250,000; and
(b) 5 per cent. of the qualifying revenue for the licence holder ’s
last complete accounting period falling within the period forwhich his licence has been in force (‘the relevant period’).
(3B) In relation to a person whose first complete accounting per iod falling
within the relevant period has not ended when the penalty isimposed, subsection (3A)(b) is to be construed as referring to 5 per
cent. of the amount which OFCOM estimate to be the qualifyingrevenue for that accounting period.
(3C) Section 19(2) to (6) applies for determining or estimating qualifying
revenue for the purposes of subsection (3A) or (3B) above.”
(4) This paragraph applies in relation to a failure to comply wi th a condition or
direction only if it is one occurring after the commencement of  this
paragraph. 
Additional television services licences
5 (1) For subsection (2) of section 55 (penalties for failure by holder of licence for
additional television service to comply with licence conditions  or directions)
there shall be substituted—
“(1A) The amount of a financial penalty imposed on a person in p ursuance
of subsection (1) shall not exceed 5 per cent. of the qualifyin g revenue
for the licence holder’s last complete accounting period fallin g
within the period for which his licence has been in force (‘therelevant period’).
(1B) In relation to a person whose first complete accounting per iod falling
within the relevant period has not ended when the penalty isimposed, subsection (1A) is to be construed as referring to 5 p er cent.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 13 — Financial penalties under the Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Broadcasting Act 1990431
of the amount which OFCOM estimate to be the qualifying revenue
for that accounting period.
(1C) Section 52(2) applies for determining or estimating qualify ing
revenue for the purposes of subsection (1A) or (1B) above.”
(2) This paragraph applies in relation to a failure to comply wi th a condition or
direction only if it is one occurring after the commencement of  this
paragraph. 
Revocation of national sound broadcasting licence
6 (1) In subsection (3) of section 101 (penalty on revocation of national sound
broadcasting licence), for “a financial penalty of the prescrib ed amount”
there shall be substituted “a specified financial penalty”.
(2) For subsection (4) of that section (amount of penalty) there  shall be
substituted—
“(3A) The maximum amount which a person may be required to pay b y
way of a penalty under subsection (3) is the maximum penalty gi ven
by subsections (3B) and (3C).
(3B) In a case where the licence is revoked under this section o r the
penalty is imposed before the end of the first complete account ing
period of the licence holder to fall within the period for whic h the
licence is in force, the maximum penalty is whichever is the gr eater
of—
(a) £250,000; and
(b) 7 per cent. of the amount which OFCOM estimate would
have been the qualifying revenue for the first completeaccounting period of the licence holder falling within theperiod for which the licence would have been in force.
(3C) In any other case, the maximum penalty is whichever is the greater
of—
(a) £250,000; and
(b) 7 per cent. of the qualifying revenue for the last complete
accounting period of the licence holder falling within theperiod for which the licence is in force.
(3D) Section 102(2) to (6) applies for estimating or determining  qualifying
revenue for the purposes of subsection (3B) or (3C) above.”
(3) This paragraph applies only in a case of a revocation in rel ation to which—
(a) the notice required by section 101(2) of the 1990 Act, or
(b) the notice revoking the licence,
is served after the commencement of this paragraph.
Licences for analogue sound services
7 (1) For subsection (2) of section 110 (penalties for failure by  holder of national
sound broadcasting licence to comply with licence conditions or  directions)
there shall be substituted—
“(1A) The maximum amount which the holder of a national licence may be
required to pay by way of a financial penalty imposed in pursua nce
of subsection (1)(a) is the maximum penalty given by subsection  (1B).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 13 — Financial penalties under the Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Broadcasting Act 1990432
(1B) The maximum penalty is whichever is the greater of—
(a) £250,000; and
(b) 5 per cent. of the qualifying revenue for his last complete
accounting period falling within the period for which hislicence has been in force (‘the relevant period’).
(1C) In relation to a person whose first complete accounting per iod falling
within the relevant period has not ended when the penalty isimposed, subsection (1B)(b) is to be construed as referring to 5 per
cent. of the amount which OFCOM estimate to be the qualifyingrevenue for that accounting period.
(1D) Section 102(2) to (6) applies for determining or estimating  qualifying
revenue for the purposes of subsection (1B) or (1C) above.”
(2) In subsection (3) of that section (maximum penalty for failu re by holder of a
sound broadcasting licence that is not a national licence to co mply with
licence conditions or directions), for “£50,000” there shall be  substituted
“£250,000”.
(3) This paragraph applies in relation to a failure to comply wi th a condition or
direction only if it is one occurring after the commencement of  this
paragraph. 
Additional radio services licences
8 (1) For subsection (2) of section 120 (penalties for failure by  holder of additional
radio services licence to comply with licence conditions or dir ections) there
shall be substituted—
“(1A) The amount of a financial penalty imposed on a person in p ursuance
of subsection (1) shall not exceed 5 per cent. of the qualifyin g revenue
for the licence holder’s last complete accounting period fallin g
within the period for which his licence has been in force (‘therelevant period’).
(1B) In relation to a person whose first complete accounting per iod falling
within the relevant period has not ended when the penalty isimposed, subsection (1A) is to be construed as referring to 5 p er cent.
of the amount which OFCOM estimate to be the qualifying revenuefor that accounting period.
(1C) Section 118(2) applies for determining or estimating qualif ying
revenue for the purposes of subsection (1A) or (1B) above.”
(2) This paragraph applies in relation to a failure to comply wi th a condition or
direction only if it is one occurring after the commencement of  this
paragraph.
Power to amend penalties under the 1990 Act
9 (1) The Secretary of State may by order amend any of the provis ions of the 1990
Act specified in sub-paragraph (2) by substituting a different sum for the
sum for the time being specified in that provision.
(2) Those provisions are—
(a) section 18(3B)(a) and (3C)(a);
(b) section 42B(3A)(a);Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 13 — Financial penalties under the Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Broadcasting Act 1990433
(c) section 101(3B)(a) and (3C)(a);
(d) section 110(1B)(a) and (3).
(3) No order is to be made under this paragraph unless a draft o f the order has
been laid before Parliament and approved by a resolution of eac h House.
PART 2
BROADCASTING  ACT 1996
Preliminary
10 The 1996 Act shall be amended as follows.
Revocation of television multiplex licences
11 (1)  In subsection (5) of section 11 (penalty on revocation of  television multiplex
licence), the words from “not exceeding” onwards shall be omitt ed.
(2) For subsection (6) of that section (amount of penalty) there  shall be
substituted—
“(5A) The maximum amount which a person may be required to pay b y
way of a penalty under subsection (5) is the maximum penalty gi ven
by subsections (5B) and (5C).
(5B) In a case where the licence is revoked under this section o r the
penalty is imposed before the end of the first complete account ing
period of the licence holder to fall within the period for whic h the
licence is in force, the maximum penalty is whichever is the gr eater
of—
(a) £500,000; and
(b) 7 per cent. of the amount which OFCOM estimate would
have been the multiplex revenue for the first completeaccounting period of the licence holder falling within theperiod for which the licence would have been in force.
(5C) In any other case, the maximum penalty is whichever is the greater
of—
(a) £500,000; and
(b) 7 per cent. of the multiplex revenue for the last complete
accounting period of the licence holder falling within theperiod for which the licence is in force.
(5D) Section 14 applies for estimating or determining multiplex revenue
for the purposes of subsection (5B) or (5C) above.”
(3) This paragraph applies only in a case of a revocation in rel ation to which—
(a) the notice required by section 11(2) of the 1996 Act, or
(b) the notice revoking the licence,
is served after the commencement of this paragraph.
Attribution of television multiplex revenue
12 (1) In subsection (1) of section 15 (attribution of multiplex revenue for the
purposes of section 17(3)), for “17(3)” there shall be substitu ted “17(2A) and
(2B)”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 13 — Financial penalties under the Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Broadcasting Act 1996434
(2) In subsection (2) of that section (attribution for the purpo ses of sections 23(3)
and 27(3)), for “section 23(3) or section 27(3)” there shall be  substituted
“sections 23(2A) to (5) and 27(2A) to (5)”.
(3) This paragraph has effect in relation only to cases in which  section 17, 23 or
27 applies as amended by this Schedule.
Multiplex licences
13 (1) In subsection (2) of section 17 (penalty for failure by ho lder of television
multiplex licence to comply with licence conditions or directio ns), for the
words from “whichever is the greater” onwards there shall be su bstituted
“the maximum penalty given by subsection (2A).”
(2) For subsection (3) of that section (maximum penalties) there  shall be
substituted—
“(2A) The maximum penalty is whichever is the greater of—
(a) £250,000; and
(b) 5 per cent. of the share of multiplex revenue attributable t o
the licence holder for his last complete accounting periodfalling within the period for which his licence has been inforce (‘the relevant period’).
(2B) In relation to a person whose first complete accounting per iod falling
within the relevant period has not ended when the penalty isimposed, subsection (2A)(b) is to be construed as referring to 5 per
cent. of the amount which OFCOM estimate to be the share ofmultiplex revenue attributable to him for that accounting perio d.
(2C) Section 15(1) and (3) applies for determining or estimating  the share
of multiplex revenue attributable to a person for the purposes of
subsection (2A) or (2B) above.”
(3) This paragraph applies in relation to a failure to comply wi th a condition or
direction only if it is one occurring after the commencement of  this
paragraph. 
Digital television programme licences
14 (1) In subsection (2) of section 23 (penalty for failure by ho lder of digital
television programme licence to comply with licence conditions or
directions), for the words from “whichever is the greater” onwa rds there
shall be substituted “the maximum penalty given by subsection ( 2A).”
(2) For subsection (3) of that section (maximum penalties) there  shall be
substituted—
“(2A) The maximum penalty is whichever is the greater of—
(a) £250,000; and
(b) 5 per cent. of the aggregate amount of the shares of multipl ex
revenue attributable to him in relation to television multiplexservices and general multiplex services in respect of relevantaccounting periods.”
(3) In subsection (4) of that section (meaning of “relevant acco unting period”),
for “subsection (3)(a)” there shall be substituted “subsection (2A)”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 13 — Financial penalties under the Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Broadcasting Act 1996435
(4) In subsection (5) of that section, for “not yet ended, then for the purposes of
subsection (3)” there shall be substituted “not ended when the penalty is
imposed, then for the purposes of this section”.
(5) Before subsection (6) of that section there shall be inserte d—
“(5B) Section 15(2) and (3) applies for determining or estimatin g the share
of multiplex revenue attributable to a person for the purposes of
subsection (2A) or (5) above.”
(6) This paragraph applies in relation to a failure to comply wi th a condition or
direction only if it is one occurring after the commencement of  this
paragraph.
Digital additional television services licences
15 (1) In subsection (2) of section 27 (penalty for failure by ho lder of digital
additional services licence to comply with licence conditions o r directions),
for the words from “whichever is the greater” onwards there sha ll be
substituted “the maximum penalty given by subsection (2A).”
(2) For subsection (3) of that section (maximum penalties) there  shall be
substituted—
“(2A) The maximum penalty is whichever is the greater of—
(a) £250,000; and
(b) 5 per cent. of the aggregate amount of the shares of multipl ex
revenue attributable to him in relation to television multiplexservices and general multiplex services in respect of relevantaccounting periods.”
(3) In subsection (4) of that section (meaning of “relevant acco unting period”),
for “subsection (3)(a)” there shall be substituted “subsection (2A)”.
(4) In subsection (5) of that section, for “not yet ended, then for the purposes of
subsection (3)” there shall be substituted “not ended when the penalty is
imposed, then for the purposes of this section”.
(5) Before subsection (6) of that section there shall be inserte d—
“(5B) Section 15(2) and (3) applies for determining or estimatin g the share
of multiplex revenue attributable to a person for the purposes of
subsection (2A) or (5) above.”
(6) This paragraph applies in relation to a failure to comply wi th a condition or
direction only if it is one occurring after the commencement of  this
paragraph.
Power to amend digital television penalties
16 For section 36(2) and (3) (provisions that may be amended and  negative
resolution procedure) there shall be substituted—
“(2) The provisions referred to in subsection (1) are—
(a) section 11(5B)(a) and (5C)(a);
(b) section 17(2A)(a);
(c) section 23(2A)(a); and
(d) section 27(2A)(a).Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 13 — Financial penalties under the Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Broadcasting Act 1996436
(3) No order is to be made under subsection (1) unless a draft o f the
order has been laid before Parliament and approved by a resolut ion
of each House.”
Revocation of radio multiplex licences
17 (1) In section 53(5) (maximum penalty on revocation of radio m ultiplex licence),
for “£50,000”, in both places, there shall be substituted “£250 ,000”.
(2) This paragraph applies only in a case of a revocation in rel ation to which—
(a) the notice required by section 53(2) of the 1996 Act, or
(b) the notice revoking the licence,
is served after the commencement of this paragraph.
Attribution of radio multiplex revenue
18 (1) In subsection (1) of section 57 (attribution of multiplex revenue for the
purposes of sections 59(3)), for “59(3)” there shall be substit uted “59(2A) and
(2B)”.
(2) In subsection (2) of that section, (attribution for the purp oses of sections
62(3) and 66(3)), for “section 62(3) or section 66(3)” there sh all be substituted
“sections 62(2A) to (5) and 66(2A) to (5)”.
(3) This paragraph has effect in relation only to cases in which  section 59, 62 or
66 applies as amended by this Schedule.
Contraventions of conditions of radio multiplex licences
19 (1) In subsection (2) of section 59 (penalty for failure by ho lder of radio
multiplex licence to comply with licence conditions or directio ns), for the
words from “whichever is the greater” onwards there shall be su bstituted
“the maximum penalty given by subsection (2A).”
(2) For subsection (3) of that section (maximum penalties) there  shall be
substituted—
“(2A) The maximum penalty is whichever is the greater of—
(a) £250,000; and
(b) 5 per cent. of the aggregate amount of the share of multiple x
revenue attributable to him for his last complete accountingperiod falling within a period for which his licence has beenin force (‘the relevant period’).
(2B) In relation to a person whose first complete accounting per iod falling
within the relevant period has not ended when the penalty isimposed, subsection (2A)(b) is to be construed as referring to 5 per
cent. of the amount which OFCOM estimate to be the share ofmultiplex revenue attributable to him for that accounting perio d.
(2C) Section 57(1) and (3) applies for determining or estimating  the share
of multiplex revenue attributable to a person for the purposes of
subsection (2A) or (2B) above.”
(3) In subsection (4) of that section (maximum penalty to be imp osed on holder
of local radio multiplex licences for failure to comply with co nditions or
directions), for “£50,000” there shall be substituted “£250,000 ”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 13 — Financial penalties under the Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Broadcasting Act 1996437
(4) This paragraph applies in relation to a failure to comply wi th a condition or
direction only if it is one occurring after the commencement of  this
paragraph.
Digital sound programme licences
20 (1) In subsection (2) of section 62 (penalty for failure by ho lder of digital sound
programme licence to comply with licence conditions or directio ns), for the
words from “whichever is the greater” onwards there shall be su bstituted
“the maximum penalty given by subsection (2A).”
(2) For subsection (3) of that section (maximum penalties) there  shall be
substituted—
“(2A) The maximum penalty is whichever is the greater of—
(a) £250,000; and
(b) 5 per cent. of the aggregate amount of the shares of multipl ex
revenue attributable to him in relation to relevant multiplexservices in respect of relevant accounting periods.”
(3) In subsection (4) of that section (meaning of “relevant acco unting period”),
for “subsection (3)” there shall be substituted “subsection (2A )”.
(4) In subsection (5) of that section, for “not yet ended, then for the purposes of
subsection (3)” there shall be substituted “not ended when the penalty is
imposed, then for the purposes of this section”.
(5) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(5A) A determination or estimate for the purposes of subsection  (2A) or
(5) above of the share of multiplex revenue attributable to a p erson
in relation to national radio multiplex services is to be in ac cordance
with section 57(2) and (3).
(5B) A determination or estimate for the purposes of subsection (2A) or
(5) above of the share of multiplex revenue attributable to a p erson
in relation to television multiplex services or general multipl ex
services is to be in accordance with section 15(2) and (3).”
(6) In subsection (6) of that section (maximum penalty where lic ence is a local
digital sound programme licence), for “£50,000” there shall be substituted
“£250,000”.
(7) This paragraph applies in relation to a failure to comply wi th a condition or
direction only if it is one occurring after the commencement of  this
paragraph.
Licences for digital additional sound services
21 (1) In subsection (2) of section 66 (penalty for failure by ho lder of digital
additional sound services licence to comply with licence condit ions or
directions), for the words from “whichever is the greater” onwa rds there
shall be substituted “the maximum penalty given by subsection ( 2A).”
(2) For subsection (3) of that section (maximum penalties) there  shall be
substituted—
“(2A) The maximum penalty is whichever is the greater of—
(a) £250,000; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 13 — Financial penalties under the Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Broadcasting Act 1996438
(b) 5 per cent. of the aggregate amount of the shares of multipl ex
revenue attributable to him in relation to relevant multiplexservices in respect of relevant accounting periods.”
(3) In subsection (4) of that section (maximum penalty where lic ence is a local
digital sound programme licence), for “£50,000” there shall be substituted
“£250,000”.
(4) In subsection (5) of that section (meaning of “relevant acco unting period”)
for “subsection (3)” there shall be substituted “subsection (2A )”.
(5) In subsection (6) of that section, for “not yet ended, then for the purposes of
subsection (3)” there shall be substituted “not ended when the penalty is
imposed, then for the purposes of this section”.
(6) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(6A) A determination or estimate for the purposes of subsection  (2A) or
(6) above of the share of multiplex revenue attributable to a p erson
in relation to national radio multiplex services is to be in ac cordance
with section 57(2) and (3).
(6B) A determination or estimate for the purposes of subsection (2A) or
(6) above of the share of multiplex revenue attributable to a p erson
in relation to general multiplex services is to be in accordanc e with
section 15(2) and (3).”
(7) This paragraph applies in relation to a failure to comply wi th a condition or
direction only if it is one occurring after the commencement of  this
paragraph. 
Power to amend digital television penalties
22 For section 69(2) and (3) (provisions that may be amended and  negative
resolution procedure) there shall be substituted—
“(2) The provisions referred to in subsection (1) are—
(a) section 53(5)(a) and (b)(i);
(b) section 59(2A)(a) and (4);
(c) section 62(2A)(a) and (6); and
(d) section 66(2A)(a) and (4).
(3) No order is to be made under subsection (1) unless a draft o f the
order has been laid before Parliament and approved by a resolut ion
of each House.”
SCHEDULE 14
Section 350
MEDIA  OWNERSHIP  RULES
PART 1
CHANNEL  3 SERVICES
Ban on newspaper proprietors holding Channel 3 licences
1 (1) A person is not to hold a licence to provide a Channel 3 se rvice if—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 14 — Media ownership rules
Part 1 — Channel 3 services439
(a) he runs a national newspaper which for the time being has a national
market share of 20 per cent. or more; or
(b) he runs national newspapers which for the time being togethe r have
a national market share of 20 per cent. or more.
(2) A person is not to hold a licence to provide a regional Chan nel 3 service if—
(a) he runs a local newspaper which for the time being has a loc al market
share of 20 per cent. or more in the coverage area of the servi ce; or
(b) he runs local newspapers which for the time being together h ave a
local market share of 20 per cent. or more in that coverage are a.
(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, where there is a licence  to provide a
Channel 3 service, each of the following shall be treated as ho lding that
licence—
(a) the actual licence holder; and
(b) every person connected with the actual licence holder.
Restrictions on participation
2 (1) A person who is—
(a) the proprietor of a national newspaper which for the time be ing has
a national market share of 20 per cent. or more, or
(b) the proprietor of national newspapers which for the time bei ng
together have a national market share of 20 per cent. or more,
is not to be a participant with more than a 20 per cent. intere st in a body
corporate which is the holder of a licence to provide a Channel  3 service.
(2) A person who is the holder of a licence to provide a Channel  3 service is not
to be a participant with more than a 20 per cent. interest in a  body corporate
which is a relevant national newspaper proprietor.
(3) A body corporate is not to be a participant with more than a  20 per cent.
interest in a body corporate which holds a licence to provide a  Channel 3
service if the first body corporate is one in which a relevant national
newspaper proprietor is a participant with more than a 20 per c ent. interest.
(4) A restriction imposed by this paragraph on participation in a body corporate
which is the holder of a Channel 3 licence applies equally to p articipation in
a body corporate which controls the holder of such a licence.
(5) Any restriction on participation imposed by this paragraph—
(a) on the proprietor of a newspaper, or
(b) on the holder of a licence,
is to apply as if he and every person connected with him were o ne person.
(6) In this paragraph “a relevant national newspaper proprietor”  means a
person who runs—
(a) a national newspaper which for the time being has a national  market
share of 20 per cent. or more; or
(b) national newspapers which for the time being together have a
national market share of 20 per cent. or more.
National and local newspapers and their respective national and  local market shares
3 (1) In this Part of this Schedule references to a national or l ocal newspaper are
references to a national or local newspaper circulating wholly or mainly in
the United Kingdom or in a part of the United Kingdom.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 14 — Media ownership rules
Part 1 — Channel 3 services440
(2) Where a newspaper is published in different regional edition s on the same
day, OFCOM have the power to determine whether those regional e ditions
should be treated for the purposes of this Part of this Schedul e as
constituting— 
(a) one national newspaper;
(b) two or more local newspapers; or
(c) one national newspaper and one or more local newspapers.
(3) In the case of a newspaper which would otherwise be neither a national nor
a local newspaper for the purposes of this Part of this Schedul e, OFCOM
have the power to determine, if they consider it appropriate to  do so in the
light of—
(a) its circulation and influence in the United Kingdom, or
(b) its circulation or influence in a part of the United Kingdom ,
that the newspaper is to be treated as a national or as a local  newspaper for
such of those purposes as they may determine.
(4) For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule, the national  market share of a
national newspaper at any time is the percentage of the total n umber of
copies of all national newspapers sold in the United Kingdom in  the relevant
six months which is represented by the total number of copies o f that
newspaper sold in the United Kingdom in that six months.
(5) For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule, the local ma rket share of a local
newspaper in any area at any time is the percentage of the tota l number of
copies of all local newspapers sold in that area in the relevan t six months
which is represented by the total number of copies of that news paper sold in
that area in that six months.
(6) In sub-paragraphs (4) and (5) “the relevant six months” mean s the six
months ending with the last whole calendar month to end before the time in
question.
(7) For the purposes of sub-paragraphs (4) and (5), the number o f copies of a
newspaper sold in the United Kingdom, or in a particular area, during any
period may be taken to be such number as is estimated by OFCOM—
(a) in such manner, or
(b) by reference to such statistics prepared by any other person ,
as they think fit.
(8) In relation to a newspaper which is distributed free of char ge (rather than
s o l d ) ,  r e f e r e n c e s  i n  t h i s  p a r a g r a p h  t o  t h e  n u m b e r  o f  c o p i e s  s o l d include
references to the number of copies distributed.
Construction of references to running a newspaper
4 For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule a person runs a  national or local
newspaper if—
(a) he is the proprietor of the newspaper; or
(b) he controls a body which is the proprietor of the newspaper.
Coverage area for a Channel 3 service
5 For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule the coverage ar ea for a Channel
3 service is the area that is determined by OFCOM to be the are a of the
United Kingdom within which that service is capable of being re ceived at aCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 14 — Media ownership rules
Part 1 — Channel 3 services441
level satisfying such technical standards as may have been laid  down by
them for the purposes of this paragraph.
Power to amend Part 1 of Schedule
6 The Secretary of State may by order repeal or otherwise modify  any of the
restrictions imposed by this Part of this Schedule.
PART 2
RADIO  MULTIPLEX  SERVICES
Restriction on holding of national radio multiplex licences
7 A person is not to hold more than one national radio multiplex  licence at the
same time.
Restriction on holding of local radio multiplex licences
8 (1) A person is not to hold any two local radio multiplex licen ces at the same
time where the coverage area of one of the licensed services ov erlaps with
the coverage area of the other in a way that means that the pot ential
audience for one of them is or includes at least half the poten tial audience of
the other.
(2) For the purposes of this paragraph the coverage area for a l ocal radio
multiplex service is the area determined by OFCOM to be the are a in the
United Kingdom within which that service is capable of being re ceived at a
level satisfying such technical standards as may have been laid  down by
them for the purposes of this sub-paragraph.
(3) Where a person is in contravention of this paragraph in resp ect of the
holding by him of local radio multiplex licences, that contrave ntion is to be
disregarded in relation to any time if— 
(a) he held those licences immediately before the commencement o f this
paragraph;
(b) his holding of those licences immediately before the commenc ement
of this paragraph was not in contravention of paragraph 11(4) o f Part
3 of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act; and
(c) there has not been a relevant change of circumstances betwee n the
commencement of this paragraph and that time.
( 4 ) T h e r e  i s  a  r e l e v a n t  c h a n g e  o f  c i r c u m s t a n c e s  i n  t h e  c a s e  o f  t he person in
contravention if another person becomes the holder of the two p re-
commencement licences in relation to which the contravention ar ises.
(5) In sub-paragraph (4) “pre-commencement licence”, in relation  to a person
and a time, means a local radio multiplex licence held by him i mmediately
before the commencement of this paragraph and still held by him  at that
time.
Connected persons rules etc.
9 For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule, where there is  a licence to
provide a radio multiplex service, each of the following shall be treated as
holding that licence—
(a) the actual licence holder; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 14 — Media ownership rules
Part 2 — Radio multiplex services442
(b) every person connected with the actual licence holder.
Power to amend Part 2 of Schedule
10 The Secretary of State may by order repeal or otherwise modif y any of the
restrictions imposed by this Part of this Schedule.
PART 3
LOCAL  SOUND  PROGRAMME  SERVICES
Restriction on holding of local sound broadcasting licences
11 (1) The Secretary of State may by order impose— 
(a) requirements prohibiting the holding at the same time by the  same
person, in the circumstances described in the order, of more th an the
number of local sound broadcasting licences that is determined in
the manner set out in the order; 
(b) requirements prohibiting a person from holding even one loca l
sound broadcasting licence in the circumstances described in th e
order.
(2) The circumstances by reference to which a person may be proh ibited under
sub-paragraph (1) from holding a local sound broadcasting licen ce, and the
factors that may be used for determining the number of such lic ences that he
may hold, include, in particular—
(a) whether and to what extent the coverage areas of different s ervices
provided by that person under different local sound broadcastin g
licences would overlap;
(b) the sizes of the potential audiences for those services and the times
when those services would be made available;
(c) whether and to what extent members of the potential audience s for
those services would also be members of the potential audiences  for
services provided under local sound broadcasting licences held by
other persons;
(d) in a case in which members of potential audiences for servic es so
provided by that person would also be members of the potentialaudiences for services so provided by other persons—
(i) the number of those other persons;
(ii) the coverage areas of their services;
(iii) the sizes of the potential audiences for their services; a nd
(iv) the times when their services are or will be made available ;
(e) whether that person runs one or more national newspapers, an d
their national market share;
(f) whether and to what extent the whole or a part of the covera ge area
for a service for which that person would hold a local soundbroadcasting licence is or includes an area in which one or mor e local
newspapers run by him is circulating, and the newspapers’ localmarket share; 
(g) whether and to what extent the whole or a part the coverage area for
which that person would hold a local sound broadcasting licence  is
or is included in the coverage area of a regional Channel 3 ser vice for
which he also holds a licence.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 14 — Media ownership rules
Part 3 — Local sound programme services443
(3) For the purposes of this paragraph the coverage area for a s ervice provided
under a local sound broadcasting licence or a Channel 3 licence  is the area in
the United Kingdom within which that service is capable of bein g received
at a level satisfying such technical standards as may have been  laid down by
OFCOM for the purposes of the provisions of an order under this  paragraph.
Restriction applying to local digital sound programme services
12 (1) The Secretary of State may by order impose requirements, o n persons
holding local digital sound programme licences, prohibiting the  provision
by the same person, in the circumstances described in the order , of more
than the number of local digital sound programme services that is
determined in the manner set out in the order.
(2) The circumstances by reference to which a person may be proh ibited under
sub-paragraph (1) from providing a local digital sound programm e service,
and the factors that may be used for determining the number of such
services that he may provide, include, in particular—
(a) whether and to what extent the coverage areas of different l ocal
digital sound programme services provided by that person wouldoverlap;
(b) the capacity used by those services on the relevant multiple xes;
(c) the sizes of the potential audiences for those services and the times
when those services would be made available;
(d) whether and to what extent members of the potential audience s for
those services would also be members of the potential audiences  for
local digital sound programme services provided by other person s;
(e) in a case in which members of the potential audiences for th e services
provided by that person would also be members of the potentialaudiences for local digital sound programme services provided b y
other persons—
(i) the number of those other persons;
(ii) the coverage areas of their services;
(iii) the capacity used by their services on the relevant
multiplexes;
(iv) the sizes of the potential audiences for their services; an d
(v) the times when their services are or will be made available.
(3) For the purposes of this paragraph the coverage area for a s ervice provided
under a local digital sound programme licence is the area in th e United
Kingdom within which the relevant multiplex is capable of being  received
at a level satisfying such technical standards as may have been  laid down by
OFCOM for the purposes of the provisions of an order under this  paragraph.
(4) In this paragraph “the relevant multiplex”, in relation to a  service provided
under a local digital sound programme licence, means the local radio
multiplex service in which the service provided under that lice nce is or is to
be included.
(5) For the purposes of this paragraph a person who holds a lice nce to provide
local digital sound programme services provides such a service if, and only
if—
(a) the service is one provided by him and is included in a loca l radio
multiplex service for which he holds a local radio multiplex li cence;
or Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 14 — Media ownership rules
Part 3 — Local sound programme services444
(b) under a contract between that person and a person who holds a
licence to provide a local radio multiplex service, the person holding
the licence to provide the radio multiplex service is required to
include that local digital sound programme service in that mult iplex
service.
Powers supplemental to powers under paragraphs 11 and 12
13 (1) An order under paragraph 11 or 12 may make provision for t reating—
(a) persons who are connected with a person who holds a licence,
(b) persons who are associates of a person who holds a licence o r of a
person who is connected with a person who holds a licence, and
(c) persons who (whether alone or together with such persons as may be
described in the order) participate in a body which holds a lic ence or
is treated as doing so by virtue of paragraph (a) or (b),
as if each of them were also a holder of the licence for the pu rposes of a
requirement imposed under that paragraph.
(2) An order under paragraph 12 may make provision for treating—
(a) persons who are connected with a person who provides a local
digital sound programme service,
(b) persons who are associates of a person who provides such a s ervice
or of a person who is connected with a person who provides such  a
service, and
(c) persons who (whether alone or together with such persons as may be
described in the order) participate in a body who provides such  a
service or is treated as doing so by virtue of paragraph (a) or  (b),
as if each of them were also a person providing the service for  the purposes
of a requirement imposed under that paragraph.
(3) An order under paragraph 11 or 12 may also make provision fo r treating—
(a) persons who are connected with each other, 
(b) persons who are associates of each other, and
(c) persons who (whether alone or together with such persons as may be
described in the order) participate in a body,
as if they and such other persons who are connected with, assoc iates of or
participators in any of them as may be described in the order w ere the same
person for the purposes of a requirement imposed under that par agraph.
(4) An order under paragraph 11 may make provision—
(a) as to the circumstances in which a newspaper is to be treate d as a
national newspaper or a local newspaper for the purposes of arequirement imposed under that paragraph;
(b) as to the person or persons who are to be treated for any su ch
purposes as running a newspaper; 
(c) as to the determination for any such purposes of the area wi thin
which a local newspaper is circulating; and
(d) as to what is to constitute the national market share or loc al market
share of any newspaper or of a number of newspapers takentogether;
and provision made by virtue of this paragraph may apply, with or without
modifications, any of the provisions of paragraph 3 or 4 of thi s Schedule.
(5) Power to make provision with respect to any matter by any or der under
paragraph 11 or 12 includes power—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 14 — Media ownership rules
Part 3 — Local sound programme services445
(a) to make provision with respect to that matter by reference t o the
making or giving by OFCOM, in accordance with the order, of anydetermination, approval or consent; and
(b) to confer such other discretions on OFCOM as the Secretary o f State
thinks fit.
(6) Sub-paragraph (5) of paragraph 12 applies for the purposes o f this
paragraph as it applies for the purposes of that paragraph.
Transitional provision for orders under paragraphs 11 and 12
14 (1) This paragraph applies where— 
(a) immediately after the coming into force of an order under pa ragraph
11 or 12, a person (“the person in contravention”) is in contra vention,
in any respect, of a requirement imposed under that paragraph; and
(b) immediately before the coming into force of the order, that person—
(i) held one or more relevant licences; but
(ii) was not, in that respect, in contravention of a requirement
imposed under that paragraph.
(2) This paragraph does not apply in the case of the first order  to be made under
paragraph 11 or 12 if the person in contravention was, immediat ely before
the coming into force of the order, in contravention, in relati on to one or
more of the relevant licences, of a requirement imposed under P art 3 or 4 of
Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act.
(3) In sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) the reference to a relevant li cence is—
(a) in relation to the coming into force of an order under parag raph 11,
a local sound broadcasting licence; and
(b) in relation to the coming into force of an order under parag raph 12,
a local digital sound programme licence.
(4) The contravention mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(a), to the extent that it
arises by reason of the coming into force of the order, is to b e disregarded (in
the case of the person in contravention) in relation to any tim e which falls— 
(a) after the coming into force of the order; and 
(b) before there is a relevant change of circumstances.
(5) Where the contravention is one arising under paragraph 11 in  the case of a
person who held one or more local sound broadcasting licences i mmediately
before the coming into force of the order, there is a relevant change of
circumstances if—
(a) another person becomes the holder of any of those licences,
otherwise than in consequence of a transaction under which theperson in contravention ceases to be a holder of the licence; o r
(b) the person in contravention becomes the holder of another lo cal
sound broadcasting licence.
(6) A change of circumstances is not a relevant change of circum stances by
virtue of sub-paragraph (5)(b) unless the licence of which the person in
contravention becomes the holder is one the holding of which, w ith the
holding of licences already held by him, would (apart from sub- paragraph
(4)) constitute a contravention of a requirement imposed under paragraph
11.
(7) Where the contravention is one arising under paragraph 12 in  the case of a
person who, under a local digital sound programme licence, was providingCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 14 — Media ownership rules
Part 3 — Local sound programme services446
one or more local digital sound programme services immediately before the
coming into force of the order, there is a relevant change of c ircumstances
if—
(a) another person becomes the holder of that licence, otherwise  than in
consequence of a transaction under which the person incontravention ceases to be a holder of the licence; or
(b) the person in contravention becomes the provider of another local
digital sound programme service provided under that licence.
(8) A change of circumstances is not a relevant change of circum stances by
virtue of sub-paragraph (7)(b) unless the service of which the person in
contravention becomes the provider is one the provision of whic h, with the
s e r v i c e s  a l r e a d y  p r o v i d e d  b y  h i m ,  w o u l d  ( a p a r t  f r o m  s u b - p a r a g r a ph (4))
constitute a contravention of a requirement imposed under parag raph 12.
(9) For the purposes of this paragraph, in its application in re lation to a
contravention of a requirement imposed under paragraph 11 or 12 —
(a) references to holding a licence or providing a local digital  sound
programme service are to be construed in accordance with theprovision having effect for the purposes of that requirement; a nd
(b) the persons who are taken to be holding a local digital soun d
programme licence immediately before the coming into force of t he
order include every person who at that time would, in accordanc e
with that provision, be treated as providing local digital soun d
programme services that were being provided at that time underthat licence.
P
ART 4
RELIGIOUS  BODIES  ETC.
Approval required for religious bodies etc. to hold licences
15 (1) A person mentioned in paragraph 2(1) of Part 2 of Schedule  2 to the 1990 Act
(religious bodies etc.) is not to hold a Broadcasting Act licen ce not
mentioned in paragraph 2(1A) of that Part unless—
(a) OFCOM have made a determination in his case as respects a
description of licences applicable to that licence; and
(b) that determination remains in force.
(2) OFCOM are to make a determination under this paragraph in a person’s
case and as respects a particular description of licence if, an d only if, they are
satisfied that it is appropriate for that person to hold a lice nce of that
description.
(3) OFCOM are not to make a determination under this paragraph e xcept on an
application made to them for the purpose.
(4) OFCOM must publish guidance for persons making applications to them
under this paragraph as to the principles that they will apply when
determining for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) what is appro priate.
(5) OFCOM must have regard to guidance for the time being in for ce under sub-
paragraph (4) when making determinations under this paragraph.
(6) OFCOM may revise any guidance under sub-paragraph (4) by pub lishing
their revisions of it.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 14 — Media ownership rules
Part 4 — Religious bodies etc.447
(7) The publication of guidance under sub-paragraph (4), or of a ny revisions of
it, is to be in whatever manner OFCOM consider appropriate.
Power to amend Part 4 of Schedule
16 The Secretary of State may by order repeal or otherwise modif y the
restriction imposed by this Part of this Schedule.
PART 5
SUPPLEMENTAL  PROVISIONS  OF SCHEDULE
Procedure for orders
17 (1) Before making an order under any provision of this Schedul e (other than one
that is confined to giving effect to recommendations made by OF COM in a
report of a review under section 391), the Secretary of State m ust consult
OFCOM.
(2) No order is to be made containing provision authorised by an y provision of
this Schedule unless a draft of the order has been laid before Parliament and
approved by a resolution of each House.
Interpretation of Schedule
18 (1) Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act applies for construin g this Schedule as it
applies for construing Part 2 of that Schedule.
(2) References in this paragraph to an area overlapping another include
references to its being the same as, or lying wholly inside, th e other area.
SCHEDULE 15 Section 360
AMENDMENTS  OF BROADCASTING  ACTS
PART 1
AMENDMENTS  OF THE 1990 A CT
Licences under Part 1
1 (1) Section 3 of the 1990 Act (licensing under Part 1) shall be  amended as
follows.
(2) For “the Commission” and “The Commission”, wherever occurrin g, there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1), for “Chapter II, III, IV or V of this Par t” there shall be
substituted “Chapter 2 or 5 of this Part or section 235 of the Communications
Act 2003”.
(4) For subsection (8) (saving for telecommunications licences) there shall be
substituted—
“(8) The holding by a person of a licence under this Part shall not relieve
him of— Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act448
(a) any liability in respect of a failure to hold a licence unde r
section 1 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949; or
(b) any obligation to comply with requirements imposed by or
under Chapter 1 of Part 2 of the Communications Act 2003(electronic communications networks and electroniccommunications services).”
General licence conditions
2 (1) Section 4 of the 1990 Act (general licence conditions) shal l be amended as
follows.
(2) For “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be sub stituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1), in each of paragraphs (a) and (c), after “this Act” there shall
be inserted “, the Broadcasting Act 1996 or the Communications A ct 2003”.
(4) In subsection (3) (fixing of fees), the words from “and the amount” onwards
shall be omitted.
(5) In subsection (5) (provision of false information to be brea ch of condition)—
(a) for “imposed under this Part” there shall be substituted “co ntained
in the licence”; and
(b)  after “and 42” there shall be inserted “or (as the case may  be) sections
237 and 238 of the Communications Act 2003 (enforcement oftelevision licensable content service licences)”.
Restrictions on licence holding
3 (1) Section 5 of the 1990 Act (restrictions on licence holding)  shall be amended
as follows.
(2) For “The Commission” and “the Commission”, wherever occurrin g, there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (2) (incidental requirements to provide inform ation), after
paragraph (d) there shall be inserted—
“(da) impose conditions in a licence requiring the licence holde r, if
a body corporate, to give OFCOM notice, after they haveoccurred and irrespective of whether proposals for themhave fallen to be notified, of changes, transactions or eventsaffecting—
(i) shareholdings in the body; or
(ii) the directors of the body;
(db) impose conditions in a licence enabling OFCOM to require
the licence holder to provide them with such information asthey may reasonably require for determining—
(i) whether the licence holder is a disqualified person in
relation to that licence by virtue of Part 2 of Schedule2; or
(ii) whether any such requirements as are mentioned in
subsection (1)(b) have been and are being compliedwith by or in relation to the licence holder;”. 
(4) In subsection (6)—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act449
(a) in paragraph (a), for “complained of” there shall be substit uted
“constituting their grounds for revoking the licence”; and
(b) in paragraph (b)(i), for “Parts III and IV of Schedule 2” th ere shall be
substituted “the requirements imposed by or under Schedule 14 t o
the Communications Act 2003,”.
(5) In subsection (6A)—
(a) paragraph (a) shall cease to have effect; and
(b) in paragraph (b), for “Part IV of that Schedule” there shall  be
substituted “Part 1 of Schedule 14 to the Communications Act 20 03”.
(6) Subsection (6B) shall cease to have effect.(7) In subsection (7), for the words from “a failure” to the end  of paragraph (c)
there shall be substituted “a disqualification under Part 2 of Schedule 2 to
this Act or a contravention of a requirement imposed by or unde r Schedule
14 to the Communications Act 2003”.
Repeal of previous regulatory regime
4 Sections 6 to 12 of the 1990 Act (which contain the mechanism for regulation
in relation to licences under Part 1 of that Act) shall cease t o have effect.
Prohibition on providing television services without a licence
5 (1) Section 13 of the 1990 Act (prohibition on providing televi sion services
without a licence) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1) (offence of providing such service without  a licence), for
“service falling within section 2(1)(a), (aa), (b), (c), (cc) o r (d)” there shall be
substituted “relevant regulated television service”.
(3) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(1A) In subsection (1) ‘relevant regulated television service’ means a
service falling, in pursuance of section 211(1) of the Communic ations
Act 2003, to be regulated by OFCOM, other than a televisionmultiplex service.”
(4) In subsection (2) (exemption orders made after consulting th e ITC), for “the
Commission” there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
Television broadcasting on Channel 3
6 In section 14 of the 1990 Act (establishment of Channel 3), fo r “The
Commission” and “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there sha ll be
substituted “OFCOM”.
Applications for Channel 3 licences
7 (1) Section 15 of the 1990 Act (applications for Channel 3 lice nces) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission” and “The Commission”, wherever occurrin g, there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (2), for “specified in section 16(2) or (3) (a s the case may be)”
there shall be substituted “that have to be imposed under Chapt er 4 of PartCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act450
3 of the Communications Act 2003 by conditions relating to—
(a) the public service remit for that service,
(b) programming quotas,
(c) news and current affairs programmes, and
(d) programme production and regional programming.”
(4) In subsection (3)—
(a) in paragraph (b), for “specified in section 16(2) or (3) (as  the case may
be)” there shall be substituted “that have to be imposed underChapter 4 of Part 3 of the Communications Act 2003 by condition s
relating to—
(i) the public service remit for that service,
(ii) programming quotas,
(iii) news and current affairs programmes, and
(iv) programme production and regional
programming”;
(b) paragraphs (c) to (e) shall be omitted.
(5) After subsection (3) there shall be inserted—
“(3A) For the purposes of subsection (1)(d)(ii)—
(a) different percentages may be specified for different
accounting periods; and
(b) the percentages that may be specified for an accounting
period include a nil percentage.”
(6) In subsection (4), for “paragraphs (b) to (e)” there shall b e substituted
“paragraphs (b)”.
Procedure on consideration of applications for Channel 3 licenc es 
8 (1) Section 16 of the 1990 Act (consideration of applications f or Channel 3
licences) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be sub stituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1), for “specified in subsection (2) or (3) b elow (as the case may
be)” there shall be substituted “that have to be imposed under Chapter 4 of
Part 3 of the Communications Act 2003 by conditions relating to —
(i) the public service remit for that service,
(ii) programming quotas,
(iii) news and current affairs programmes, and
(iv) programme production and regional programming”.
(4) Subsections (2) and (3) of that section shall cease to have effect.
(5) In subsection (4) of that section—
(a) for “specified in subsection (2) or (3) (as the case may be) ,” there shall
be substituted “that have to be imposed under Chapter 4 of Part  3 of
the Communications Act 2003 by conditions relating to—
(a) the public service remit for that service,
(b) programming quotas,
(c) news and current affairs programmes, and
(d) programme production and regional programming,”;
(b) the words from “and in applying” onwards shall be omitted.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act451
(6) Subsections (5) to (8) shall cease to have effect.
Television broadcasting on Channel 3
9 (1) Section 17 of the 1990 Act (award of licences to person sub mitting highest
bid) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission” and “The Commission”, wherever occurrin g, there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (12)(b), for “specified in section 16(2) or (3 ) (as the case may
be)” there shall be substituted “that have to be imposed under Chapter 4 of
Part 3 of the Communications Act 2003 by conditions relating to —
(i) the public service remit for that service,
(ii) programming quotas,
(iii) news and current affairs programmes, and
(iv) programme production and regional programming”.
Financial conditions of licence and failures to begin a service
10 In sections 17A to 19 of the 1990 Act (financial conditions i n Channel 3
licences and failures to begin a service), for “The Commission”  and “the
Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be substituted “OF COM”.
Changes of control in period after award of licence
11 (1) Section 21 of the 1990 Act (changes of control in period i mmediately after
award of licence) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission” and “The Commission”, wherever occurrin g, there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (2), in the definition of “associated programm e provider”, for
the words from “appears” to “inclusion” there shall be substitu ted “is or is
likely to be involved, to a substantial extent, in the provisio n of the
programmes included”.
Temporary provision of Channel 3 service for an additional area
12 In section 22 of the 1990 Act (temporary provision of regiona l Channel 3
Service for additional area), for “the Commission”, wherever oc curring,
there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
Appointment of members of C4 Corporation
13 In section 23 of the 1990 Act (appointment of C4C members), f or “the
Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be substituted “OF COM”.
Channel 4 licence
14 In section 24(3) of the 1990 Act (Channel 4 licence), for “th e Commission”
there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
Channel 5
15 In section 28 of the 1990 Act (Channel 5), for “The Commissio n” and “the
Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be substituted “OF COM”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act452
Application to Channel 5 of Channel 3 provisions
16 (1) In section 29 of the 1990 Act (application to Channel 5 of  Channel 3
provisions)—
(a) subsection (2)(b) and the word “and” immediately preceding i t, and
(b) subsection (3),
shall cease to have effect.
(2) In subsection (2)(a) of that section, for “the Commission” t here shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
Announcement of programme Schedules
17 In section 37(1) of the 1990 Act (conditions requiring announ cement of
programme Schedules), for “the Commission” there shall be subst ituted
“OFCOM”.
Enforcement of conditions of Channel 3, Channel 4 and Channel 5  licences
18 (1) In sections 40 to 42 of the 1990 Act (enforcement of licen ces), for “the
Commission” and “The Commission”, wherever occurring, there sha ll be
substituted “OFCOM”.
(2) In sections 41(1) and 42(1)(a) of that Act (which contain pr ovisions relating
to the enforcement of directions under Part 1 of that Act), aft er “this Part”, in
each place, there shall be inserted “, Part 5 of the Broadcasti ng Act 1996 or
Part 3 of the Communications Act 2003”.
Restricted services
19 In section 42B(1) of the 1990 Act (licensing of restricted se rvices), for “the
Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be substituted “OF COM”.
Additional television services
20 (1) Section 48 of the 1990 Act (additional services) shall be further amended as
follows.
(2) In subsection (1)—
(a) for “telecommunication” there shall be substituted “electron ic”; and
(b) for paragraphs (a) and (b) there shall be substituted “on a relevant
frequency”.
(3) In subsection (2), for paragraphs (a) and (b) there shall be  substituted “any
part of the signals which—
(a) is not required for the purposes of the television broadcast ing service
for the purposes of which the frequency has been made available ;
and
(b) is determined by OFCOM to be available for the provision of
additional services;”.
(4) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(2A) For the purposes of this Part, if they consider it appropr iate to do so,
OFCOM may, while an additional services licence is in force, fr om
time to time modify the determination made under subsection (2) (b)
for the purposes of that licence in any manner that does not re duceCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act453
the amount of spare capacity made available for the licensed
services; and when so modified any such licence shall have effe ct
accordingly.”
(5) In subsection (3)—
(a) for “The Commission” there shall be substituted “OFCOM”; and
(b) for “(2)(a)” there shall be substituted “(2)(b)”; and
(c) for paragraphs (a) to (c) there shall be substituted—
“(a) to the obligations contained in any code under section
303 of the Communications Act 2003 by virtue ofsubsection (5) of that section; and
(aa) to any need of the person providing the television
broadcasting service in question to be able to use partof the signals carrying  it for providing services (in addition to those provided for satisfying thoseobligations) which—
(i) are ancillary to programmes included in the
service and directly related to their contents;or
(ii) relate to the promotion or listing of such
programmes.”
(6) In subsection (4), for paragraphs (a) and (b) there shall be  substituted—
“(a) to provide services for the satisfaction in his case of
obligations mentioned in subsection (3)(a); and
(b) to provide in relation to his television broadcasting servic e
any such services as are mentioned in subsection (3)(aa).” 
(7) For subsection (6) there shall be substituted—
“(6) In this section—
‘electronic signals’ means signals within the meaning of sectio n
32 of the Communications Act 2003; 
‘relevant frequency’ means a frequency made available by
OFCOM for the purposes of a television broadcastingservice.”
(8) This paragraph does not affect the validity of a licence gra nted or last
renewed before the television transfer date, or the services li censed by any
such licence.
Licensing of additional television services
21 (1) Section 49 of the 1990 Act (licensing of additional televi sion services) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be sub stituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1), for the words from “of the following” to “48(1)(b)” there
shall be substituted “relevant frequency”.
(4) For subsections (2) and (3) there shall be substituted—
“(1A) An additional services licence is not required for an addi tional
service that is comprised in the public teletext service (withi n the
meaning of Part 3 of the Communications Act 2003).”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act454
(5) In subsection (10), at the end there shall be inserted “and ‘relevant
frequency’ has the same meaning as in section 48.”
Applications for additional services licences
22 (1) Section 50 of the 1990 Act (applications for additional se rvices licences) shall
be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission” and “The Commission”, wherever occurrin g, there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1)(b)(ii), the words “(subject to the approva l of the Secretary
of State)” shall be omitted.
(4) Subsection (7) shall cease to have effect.
Procedure on application etc. for additional television service s licences
23 (1) Section 51 of the 1990 Act (consideration of applications for licences for
additional television services) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be sub stituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1), for paragraph (a) (requirement of approva l of technical
plans) there shall be substituted—
“(a) that the technical plan submitted under section 50(3)(b), i n so
far as it involves the use of an electronic communicationsnetwork (within the meaning of the Communications Act2003), contains proposals that are acceptable to them; and”.
(4) Subsections (2) and (7) shall cease to have effect.
Additional payments in respect of additional television service s licences
24 In section 52 of the 1990 Act (additional payments in respect  of additional
television services licences), for “the Commission”, wherever o ccurring,
there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
Duration of additional television services licences
25 (1) Section 53 of the 1990 Act (duration and renewal of additi onal television
services licences) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for the words before paragraph (a) there shall be
substituted—
“(1) A licence to provide additional services on a frequency whi ch is a
relevant frequency for the purposes of section 48 or (in the ca se of a
licence granted before the television transfer date) was assign ed
under section 65—”.
(3) In subsection (2), after “not later than” there shall be ins erted “the day falling
three months before”.
(4) In subsections (4) to (11), for “the Commission”, wherever o ccurring, there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(5) In subsection (8), for the words from “payable” onwards ther e shall be
substituted “the cash bid of the licence holder were the licenc e (instead ofCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act455
being renewed) to be granted for the period of the renewal on a n application
made in accordance with section 50(3).”
(6) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(8A) For the purposes of subsection (7)(b)—
(a) different percentages may be specified for different
accounting periods; and
(b) the percentages that may be specified for an accounting
period include a nil percentage.”
(7) After subsection (11) there shall be inserted—
“(12) A determination for the purposes of subsection (11)—
(a) must be made at least one year before the date determined;
and
(b) must be notified by OFCOM to the person who holds the
licence in question.
(13) In this section ‘the television transfer date’ has the same  meaning as
in the Communications Act 2003.”
Additional television services not to interfere with other tran smissions
26 (1) Section 54 of the 1990 Act (additional television services  not to interfere with
other transmissions) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for “the Commission” there shall be subst ituted “OFCOM”.
(3) Subsection (2) shall cease to have effect.
Enforcement of additional television services licences
27 (1) Section 55 of the 1990 Act (further provision in relation to additional
television services licences) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission” and “The Commission”, wherever occurrin g, there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (4) at the end there shall be inserted “and, i n the case of a
licence renewed under section 53 as if the reference in section  42(4) to the
end of the period for which the licence is to continue in force  were a
reference to the end of the period for which it has been renewe d.”
The Welsh Authority
28 (1) Section 58 of the 1990 Act (sources of programmes for S4C)  shall be amended
as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for “comply with their duty under section  57(2)(b)” there
shall be substituted “fulfil so much of their public service re mit in relation to
S4C under paragraph 3 of Schedule 12 to the Communications Act 2003 as is
contained in sub-paragraph (2)(a) and (b) of that paragraph”.
(3) In subsection (2)(a), for “comply with section 57(3)” there shall be
substituted “fulfil so much of their public service remit in re lation to S4C
under paragraph 3 of Schedule 12 to the Communications Act 2003  as is
contained in sub-paragraph (2)(c) of that paragraph”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act456
(4) After subsection (5) there shall be inserted—
“(6) In this section ‘programme’ does not include an advertiseme nt.”
Distribution of licensed public service channels
29 (1) Section 66 of the 1990 Act (requirements relating to trans mission and
distribution of services) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be sub stituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsections (1) and (2), for “for general reception” ther e shall be
substituted “so as to be available for reception by members of the public”.
(4) After subsection (2) there shall be inserted—
“(2A) In subsections (1) and (2) ‘available for reception by mem bers of the
public’ shall be construed in accordance with section 361 of th e
Communications Act 2003”.
Enforcement of licences held by BBC companies
30 In section 66A of the 1990 Act (enforcement of licences held by BBC
companies), for “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there sha ll be
substituted “OFCOM”.
Interpretation of Part 1
31 (1) Section 71 of the 1990 Act (interpretation) shall be amend ed as follows.
(2) For the definitions of “S4C” and “on S4C” there shall be sub stituted—
“‘S4C’ has the same meaning as in Part 3 of the
Communications Act 2003;”.
(3) For the definitions of “television broadcasting service” and  “television
programme service” there shall be substituted—
“‘television broadcasting service’, ‘television licensable cont ent
service’ and ‘television programme service’ each has thesame meaning as in Part 3 of the Communications Act 2003;”.
Licensing functions of OFCOM
32 (1) Section 85 of the 1990 Act (licensing of independent radio  services) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In subsections (1) and (2), for “the Authority” and “The Aut hority”,
wherever occurring, there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1), for “such licences to provide independent  radio services as
they may determine” there shall be substituted “licences to pro vide relevant
independent radio services”.
(4) Subsections (3) and (4) (duty to secure the meeting of a var iety of tastes and
interests and to ensure fair and effective competition) shall c ease to have
effect.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act457
(5) After subsection (7) there shall be inserted—
“(8) In this section ‘relevant independent radio services’ means  the
following services so far as they are services falling to be re gulated
under section 245 of the Communications Act 2003—
(a) sound broadcasting services;
(b) radio licensable content services;
(c) additional radio services.”
Licences under Part 3 of the 1990 Act
33 (1) Section 86 of the 1990 Act (licences under Part 3) shall b e amended as
follows.
(2) For “the Authority” and “The Authority”, wherever occurring,  there shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) For subsection (9) of that section there shall be substitute d—
“(9) The holding of a licence by a person shall not relieve him of— 
(a) any liability in respect of a failure to hold a licence unde r
section 1 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949; or
(b) any obligation to comply with requirements imposed by or
under Chapter 1 of Part 2 of the Communications Act 2003(electronic communications networks and electroniccommunications services).”
General licence conditions
34 (1) Section 87 of the 1990 Act (general licence conditions) sh all be amended as
follows.
(2) For “the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be subs tituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1), in each of paragraphs (a) and (d), after “this Act” there shall
be inserted “, the Broadcasting Act 1996 or the Communications A ct 2003”.
(4) In subsection (2), sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (b) and t he word “or”
immediately preceding it shall be omitted.
(5) In subsection (3) (fixing of fees), the words from “and the amount” onwards
shall be omitted.
Restrictions on holding licences
35 (1) Section 88 of the 1990 Act (restrictions on the holding of  licences) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) For “The Authority” and “the Authority”, wherever occurring,  there shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (2) (incidental requirements to provide inform ation), after
paragraph (d) there shall be inserted—
“(da) impose conditions in a licence requiring the licence holde r, if
a body corporate, to give OFCOM notice, after they haveoccurred and irrespective of whether proposals for themhave fallen to be notified, of changes, transactions or eventsaffecting—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act458
(i) shareholdings in the body; or
(ii) the directors of the body;
(db) impose conditions in a licence enabling OFCOM to require
the licence holder to provide them with such information asthey may reasonably require for determining—
(i) whether the licence holder is a disqualified person in
relation to that licence by virtue of Part 2 of Schedule2; or
(ii) whether any such requirements as are mentioned in
subsection (1)(b) have been and are being compliedwith by or in relation to the licence holder;”.
(4) In subsection (6)—
(a) in paragraph (a), for “complained of” there shall be substit uted
“constituting their grounds for revoking the licence”; and
(b) in paragraph (b)(i), for “Parts III and IV of Schedule 2” th ere shall be
substituted “the requirements imposed by or under Schedule 14 t o
the Communications Act 2003”.
(5) In subsection (6A)—
(a) paragraph (a) shall cease to have effect; and
(b) in paragraph (b), for “Part IV of that Schedule” there shall  be
substituted “Part 1 of Schedule 14 to the Communications Act 20 03”.
(6) Subsection (6B) shall cease to have effect.(7) In subsection (7), for the words from “a failure” to the end  of paragraph (c)
there shall be substituted “a disqualification under Part 2 of Schedule 2 to
this Act or a contravention of a requirement imposed by or unde r Schedule
14 to the Communications Act 2003,”.
Disqualification of persons convicted of transmission offences
36 (1) Section 89 of the 1990 Act (offences giving rise to disqua lification) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for paragraph (a) there shall be substitu ted—
“(a) an offence under section 1(1) of the Wireless
Telegraphy Act 1949 (‘the 1949 Act’) consisting in theestablishment or use of a station for wirelesstelegraphy, or the installation or use of wirelesstelegraphy apparatus, for the purpose of making abroadcast (within the meaning of section 9 of theMarine, &c., Broadcasting (Offences) Act 1967);
(aa) an offence under section 1A of the 1949 Act (keeping
wireless telegraphy station or apparatus available forunauthorised use) where the relevant contraventionof section 1 would constitute an offence falling withinparagraph (a);
(ab) an offence under section 1B or 1C of the 1949 Act
(unlawful broadcasting offences);”.
(3) In subsection (3), for the words from “concerned” onwards th ere shall be
substituted “concerned in—
(a) the provision of the licensed service or the making of
programmes included in it; orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act459
(b) the operation of a station for wireless telegraphy used for
broadcasting the service.”
(4) This paragraph does not impose a disqualification in respect  of any offence
committed before the commencement of this paragraph.
Offence of providing regulated radio services
37 (1) Section 97 of the 1990 Act (prohibition on providing servi ces without a
licence) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for the words from “independent” to “84(1 )(d), (e) or (f)”
there shall be substituted “relevant regulated radio service”.
(3) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(1A) In subsection (1) ‘relevant regulated radio service’ means  a service
falling to be regulated by OFCOM under section 245 of theCommunications Act 2003, other than a radio multiplex service.”
(4) In subsection (2) (exemption orders made after consulting th e Radio
Authority), for “the Authority” there shall be substituted “OFC OM”.
Applications for national licences
38 (1) Section 98 of the 1990 Act (applications for national lice nces) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) For “the Authority” and “The Authority”, wherever occurring,  there shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (3)(a) (proposals to accompany application)—
(a) the word “both”, and
(b) sub-paragraph (ii) and the word “and” immediately preceding it,
shall be omitted.
(4) After subsection (3) there shall be inserted—
“(3A) For the purposes of subsection (1)(d)(ii)—
(a) different percentages may be specified for different
accounting periods; and
(b) the percentages that may be specified for an accounting
period include a nil percentage.”
(5) In subsection (4) (provision of further information), after “paragraphs (a),”
there shall be inserted “(aa),”.
(6) In subsection (6)(b) (publication of details of successful a pplicant), after
“subsection (3)(a)” there shall be inserted “and (aa)”.
Consideration of applications for a national licence
39 (1) Section 99 of the 1990 Act (consideration of applications for national licence)
shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be subs tituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In paragraph (a) of subsection (1) (proposals to accompany a pplication)—
(a) the word “both”, and
(b) sub-paragraph (ii) and the word “and” immediately preceding it,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act460
shall be omitted.
(4) In paragraph (b) of that subsection, after “maintain that se rvice” there shall
be inserted “and any proposed simulcast radio service correspon ding to that
service”.
Award of national licences
40 In section 100 of the 1990 Act (award of national licences to  person
submitting highest cash bid), for “the Authority” and “The Auth ority”,
wherever occurring, there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
Failure to begin providing licensed service
41 (1) Section 101 of the 1990 Act (failure to begin providing li censed service) shall
be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be subs tituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1)—
(a) in paragraph (a) for “the service in question” there shall b e
substituted “the licensed national service or that he does not intend
to provide a corresponding simulcast radio service that he isrequired to provide by a condition imposed under section 100A”;and
(b) in paragraph (b), for “that service” there shall be substitu ted “the
licensed national service or any such simulcast radio service”.
(4) In subsection (2), for “the service in question” there shall  be substituted “the
licensed national service or the simulcast radio service”.
Additional payments in respect of national licences
42 In section 102 of the 1990 Act (additional payments in respec t of national
licences), for “the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall  be substituted
“OFCOM”.
Restrictions affecting change in control of holder of national licence
43 (1) Section 103 of the 1990 Act (restrictions on change of con trol of national
licence) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Authority” and “The Authority”, wherever occurring,  there shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (2) (interpretation)—
(a) in the definition of “associated programme provider”, for th e words
from “appears” to “inclusion” there shall be substituted “is or  is
likely to be involved, to a substantial extent, in the provisio n of the
programmes included”; and
(b) in the words after the definition of “the relevant period”, for the
words from “as if” onwards there shall be substituted “as it ha s effect
for the purposes of that Schedule.”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act461
Renewal of national licences
44 (1) Section 103A of the 1990 Act (renewal of national licences ) shall be amended
as follows.
(2) For “the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be subs tituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1), for “eight” there shall be substituted “t welve”.
(4) In subsection (2), after “not later than” there shall be ins erted “the day falling
three months before”.
(5) In subsection (3), paragraph (a) and in paragraph (b) the wo rds “in any other
case” shall cease to have effect.
(6) In subsection (4), for paragraph (b) there shall be substitu ted—
“(b) the applicant gave notice to OFCOM, within the period of
one month beginning with the commencement of section 42of the Broadcasting Act 1996, of his intention to provide asimulcast radio service, and”.
(7) For subsection (7) there shall be substituted—
“(7) The amount determined under subsection (6)(b) must be equal  to the
amount which, in OFCOM’s opinion, would have been the cash bidof the licence holder were the licence (instead of being renewe d) to
be granted for the period of the renewal on an application made  in
accordance with section 98.
(7A) For the purposes of subsection (6)(c)—
(a) different percentages may be specified for different
accounting periods; and
(b) the percentages that may be specified for an accounting
period include a nil percentage.”
(8) After subsection (10) there shall be inserted—
“(10A) In the case of a pre-transfer national licence (including  one for a
period extended under section 253 of the Communications Act2003)—
(a) the licence is not to be capable of being renewed under this
section if it has already been renewed under this sectionbefore the radio transfer date; and
(b) on the renewal of the licence, it shall be the duty of OFCOM
to secure that the renewed licence contains only suchprovision as would be included in a national licence grantedby OFCOM under this Part after the radio transfer date.”
(9) After subsection (11) there shall be inserted—
“(12) A determination for the purposes of subsection (11)—
(a) must be made at least one year before the date determined;
and
(b) must be notified by OFCOM to the person who holds the
licence in question.”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act462
Applications for local licences
45 (1) Section 104 of the 1990 Act (application for local licence s) shall be amended
as follows.
(2) For “the Authority” and “The Authority”, wherever occurring,  there shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (6), for the words from the beginning to “shal l be made” there
shall be substituted “An application for a licence to provide a  restricted
service shall be made”.
Renewal of local licences
46 (1) Section 104A of the 1990 Act (renewal of local licences) s hall be amended as
follows.
(2) For “the Authority” and “The Authority”, wherever occurring,  there shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1), for “eight” there shall be substituted “t welve”.
(4) In subsection (3), after “not later than” there shall be ins erted “the day falling
three months before”.
(5) After subsection (12) there shall be inserted—
“(12A) In the case of a pre-transfer local licence (including on e for a period
extended under section 253 of the Communications Act 2003)—
(a) the licence is not to be capable of being renewed under this
section if it has already been renewed under this sectionbefore the radio transfer date; and
(b) on the renewal of the licence, it shall be the duty of OFCOM
to secure that the renewed licence contains only suchprovision as would be included in a local licence granted byOFCOM under this Part after the radio transfer date.”
(6) In subsection (13)(d), for “paragraph 3A of Part I of Schedu le 2” there shall
be substituted “paragraph 8(2) of Schedule 14 to the Communicat ions Act
2003”.
(7) After subsection (13) there shall be inserted—
“(14) A determination for the purposes of subsection (13)(c)—
(a) must be made at least one year before the date determined;
and
(b) must be notified by OFCOM to the person who holds the
licence in question.”
Special procedure for applications for local licences
47 (1) Section 104B of the 1990 Act (special procedure for applic ations for local
licences) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be subs tituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) After subsection (1) there shall be inserted—
“(1A) In subsection (1)(c) the reference to the service in quest ion, in relation
to a case in which it is a pre-transfer local licence that is d ue to expire,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act463
is a reference to the equivalent local service for which a lice nce is
capable of being granted at times on or after the radio transfe r date.” 
Special requirements relating to grant of local licences
48 (1) Section 105 of the 1990 Act (special requirements relating  to grant of local
licences) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Authority” there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) For paragraph (d) (duty to have regard to the extent to whic h proposed
service supported by persons living in the area) there shall be  substituted—
“(d) the extent to which there is evidence that, amongst persons
living in that area or locality, there is a demand for, orsupport for, the provision of the proposed service.” 
Requirements as to character and coverage of services
49 In subsections (1) to (4) and (6) of section 106 of the 1990 Act (requirements
as to character and coverage of services), for “the Authority”,  wherever
occurring, there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
Enforcement of licences
50 In sections 109 to 111A of the 1990 Act (enforcement of licen ces), for “the
Authority” and “The Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall  be
substituted “OFCOM”.
Power to suspend licences to provide radio licensable content s ervices from a satellite
51 (1) Section 111B of the 1990 Act (power to suspend licence to provide satellite
service) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be subs tituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1)—
(a) in paragraph (a), for “satellite service” there shall be sub stituted
“radio licensable content service”;
(b) in paragraph (b), for the words from “included in the licenc e” to the
end of the paragraph there shall be substituted “which in compl iance
with section 263 of the Communications Act 2003 is included in the
licence for the purpose of securing the objective mentioned in section
319(2)(b) of that Act, and”.
Additional radio services
52 (1) Section 114 of the 1990 Act (additional radio services) sh all be amended as
follows.
(2) In subsection (1)—
(a) for “telecommunication” there shall be substituted “electron ic”; and
(b) for paragraphs (a) and (b) there shall be substituted “on a relevant
frequency”.
(3) In subsection (2), for paragraphs (a) and (b) there shall be  substituted “anyCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act464
part of the signals which—
(a) is not required for the purposes of the sound broadcasting
service for the purposes of which the frequency has beenmade available; and
(b) is determined by OFCOM to be available for the provision of
additional services;”.
(4) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(2A) At any time while an additional services licence is in for ce, OFCOM
may, if they consider it appropriate to do so, modify or furthe r
modify the determination made for the purposes of that licenceunder subsection (2)(b); and where there has been such amodification or further modification, the licence shall have ef fect
accordingly.
(2B) A modification or further modification under subsection (2A ) must
not reduce the amount of spare capacity made available for thelicensed services.”
(5) In subsection (3), for the words from the beginning to “subs ection (2)(a)”
there shall be substituted “OFCOM shall, when determining undersubsection (2)”.
(6) For subsection (6) there shall be substituted—
“(6) In this section ‘electronic signal’ means a signal within t he meaning
of section 32 of the Communications Act 2003.
(7) In this section and section 115 ‘relevant frequency’ means a
frequency made available by OFCOM for the purposes of a soundbroadcasting service.”
(7) This paragraph does not affect the validity of a licence gra nted or last
renewed before the radio transfer date, or the services license d by any such
licence.
Licensing of additional radio services
53 (1) Section 115 of the 1990 Act (licensing of additional radio  services) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) For “The Authority” and “the Authority”, wherever occurring,  there shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1), for the words from “of the following” to “114(1)(b)” there
shall be substituted “relevant frequency”.
(4) In subsection (4), at the end there shall be inserted “and w ho would not be
in contravention of the requirements imposed by or under Schedu le 14 to the
Communications Act 2003 if he held such a licence”.
(5) In subsection (8), for “local, restricted or satellite servi ce” there shall be
substituted “local or restricted service or to provide a radio licensable
content service”. 
Applications for additional radio services licences
54 (1) Section 116 of the 1990 Act (applications for additional r adio services
licences) shall be amended as follows.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act465
(2) For “the Authority” and “The Authority”, wherever occurring,  there shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1)(b)(iii), the words “(subject to the approv al of the Secretary
of State)” shall be omitted. 
Procedure for awarding additional radio services licences
55 (1) Section 117 of the 1990 Act (procedure for awarding additi onal radio
services licences) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be subs tituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1), for paragraph (a) (requirement of approva l of technical
plans) there shall be substituted—
“(a) that the technical plan submitted under section 116(3)(b), in
so far as it involves the use of an electronic communicationsnetwork (within the meaning of the Communications Act2003), contains proposals that are acceptable to them; and”.
(4) Subsections (2) and (7) shall cease to have effect.
Additional payments in respect of additional radio services lic ences
56 In section 118 of the 1990 Act (additional payments in respec t of additional
radio services licences), for “the Authority”, wherever occurri ng, there shall
be substituted “OFCOM”.
Additional radio services not to interfere with other transmiss ions
57 (1) Section 119 of the 1990 Act (additional radio services not  to interfere with
other transmissions) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for “the Authority” there shall be substi tuted “OFCOM”.
(3) Subsection (2) shall cease to have effect.
Enforcement of additional radio services licences
58 In section 120 of the 1990 Act (enforcement of additional rad io services
licences), for “the Authority” and “The Authority”, wherever oc curring,
there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
Interpretation
59 In subsection (1) of section 126 of the 1990 Act (interpretat ion of Part 3)—
(a) for the definition of “independent radio service” there shal l be
substituted—
“‘independent radio service’ means a service falling to
be regulated under section 245 of theCommunications Act 2003;”;
(b) for the definitions of “local service”, “national service”, “restricted
service” and “satellite service” there shall be substituted—
“‘local service’, ‘national service’ and ‘restricted
service’ each has the same meaning as in section 245of the Communications Act 2003;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act466
‘pre-transfer local licence’ and ‘pre-transfer national
licence’ each has the same meaning as in section 253of that Act;
‘radio licensable content service’ has the same meaning
as in Part 3 of that Act;
‘radio transfer date’ has the same meaning as in that
Act;”;
(c) in the definition of “sound broadcasting service” for the wo rds from
“(as defined” to the end there shall be substituted “(within th e
meaning of Part 3 of the Communications Act 2003);”.
Duty to provide advance information about programmes
60 In column 1 of the Table in section 176(7) of the 1990 Act (p ersons who are
the providers of services for the purposes of the obligations t o give advance
information about programmes)—
(a) for “regulation by the Independent Television Commission” th ere
shall be substituted “regulation by OFCOM”;
(b) for “The television broadcasting service provided by the Wel sh
Authority and the service referred to in section 57(1A)(a)” the re shall
be substituted “The public television services of the Welsh Aut hority
(within the meaning of Part 2 of Schedule 12 to the Communicati ons
Act 2003)”;
(c) for “section 84(2)(a)(i)” there shall be substituted “sectio n 126(1)”;
(d) for “the Radio Authority”, in both places, there shall be su bstituted
“OFCOM”.
Proscription of foreign satellite services
61 (1) Section 177 of the 1990 Act (proscription of foreign satel lite stations) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (2), for “the Independent Television Commissio n or the Radio
Authority consider that the quality of any relevant” there shal l be
substituted “OFCOM consider that the quality of any”.
(3) In subsection (3), for the words from the beginning to “Auth ority” there shall
be substituted “OFCOM”.
(4) In subsection (6), the definition of “relevant foreign satel lite service” shall be
omitted.
Financing of Gaelic Broadcasting
62 (1) Section 183 of the 1990 Act (financing of Gaelic Broadcast ing) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be sub stituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (2), for “by them under this section to be” th ere shall be
substituted “by the Independent Television Commission under thi s section
and”.
(4) This paragraph—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act467
(a)  so far as it relates to subsection (1) of section 183 has e ffect in relation
only to financial years beginning after the television transfer  date;
and
(b) so far as it relates to subsection (2) of that section does not apply to
amounts paid for earlier financial years.
Gaelic Broadcasting in Scotland
63 (1) Section 184 of the 1990 Act (broadcasting of programmes in  Gaelic on
Channel 3 in Scotland) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for the words “subsection (2)” there shal l be substituted
“subsection (1)(a)”.
(3) In subsection (3), for the words from “The conditions” to “t he purpose of”
there shall be substituted “The regulatory regime for a service  to which this
section applies includes the conditions that OFCOM consider app ropriate
for”.
(4) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(3A) Section 263 of the Communications Act 2003 (regulatory reg ime)
applies in relation to conditions included by virtue of subsect ion (3)
in the regulatory regime for a licensed service as it applies i n relation
to conditions which are so included by virtue of a provision ofChapter 4 of Part 3 of that Act.”
(5) In subsection (4)(b), for “the Commission” there shall be su bstituted
“OFCOM”.
Maintenance of the national television archive
64 (1) In section 185 of the 1990 Act (maintenance of the nationa l television
archive)—
(a) for “The Commission” and “the Commission”, wherever occurrin g,
there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(b) in subsection (5), the definition of “the Commission” shall be
omitted.
(2) This paragraph so far as it relates to subsection (1) of tha t section has effect
in relation only to financial years beginning after the televis ion transfer date.
Modification of networking arrangements
65 (1) Section 193 of the 1990 Act (modification of networking ar rangements in
consequence of competition legislation) shall be amended as fol lows.
(2) In subsection (1), for the words from “the Office of Fair Tr ading” to “relevant
authority’)” there shall be substituted “the relevant authority ”.
(3) After subsection (2) there shall be inserted—
“(2A) In subsection (1), ‘relevant authority’ means—
(a) in relation to a relevant order falling within subsection (2 )(a),
the Office of Fair Trading, the Competition Commission or(as the case may be) the Secretary of State;
(b) in relation to a relevant order falling within subsection (2 )(b),
the Office of Fair Trading, the Competition Commission, theSecretary of State or (as the case may be) OFCOM.”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act468
(4) In subsection (4), for “section 39(1) above” there shall be substituted “section
290(4) of the Communications Act 2003”.
Search warrants
66 (1) Section 196 of the 1990 Act (grant of search warrant to pe rson authorised by
the Independent Television Commission or the Radio Authority) s hall be
amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for “the relevant authority” there shall be substituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) Subsection (2) (definition of “relevant authority”) shall be  omitted.
Notices
67 In section 199(5) of the 1990 Act (publication of notices), f or paragraphs (a)
and (b) there shall be substituted “by OFCOM under section 21, 41, 42, 55,
103, 109, 110, 111 or 120”.
Interpretation
68 (1) Section 202 of the 1990 Act (general interpretation) shall  be amended as
follows.
(2) In subsection (1), after the definition of “modifications” t here shall be
inserted—
“‘OFCOM’ means the Office of Communications;”.
(3) After subsection (6) there shall be inserted—
“(6A) Subsections (2) and (3) of section 362 of the Communicatio ns Act
2003 (persons by whom services provided) are to apply for thepurposes of this Act as they apply for the purposes of Part 3 o f that
Act.”
Disqualified persons
69 (1) Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act (restrictions on the holding of  licences) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In paragraph 1(1) of Part 1, after the definition of “associ ate” there shall be
inserted—
“‘Broadcasting Act licence’ means a licence under Part 1 or
3 of this Act or Part 1 or 2 of the Broadcasting Act 1996;”.
(3) In paragraph 1(6) of Part 1 (meaning of “more than a 20 per cent. interest”),
for “20 per cent.”, wherever occurring, there shall be substitu ted “5 per
cent.”.
(4) In Part 2 (disqualified persons), for “a licence granted by the Commission or
the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be substituted “a
Broadcasting Act licence”.
(5) In paragraph 1(1)(i) of Part 2 (bodies controlled by persons  falling within
paragraphs (a) to (g)), for “(a)” there shall be substituted “( c)”.
(6) In paragraph 3(1) of Part 2, for “by the Authority” there sh all be substituted
“under Part 3 of this Act or Part 2 of the Broadcasting Act 199 6”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act469
(7) In paragraph 4(1) of Part 2, for “that body” there shall be substituted
“OFCOM”.
(8) In paragraph 4(2) of Part 2—
(a) in paragraph (a), for “by the Commission, means a body” ther e shall
be substituted “under Part 1 of this Act or Part 1 of the Broad casting
Act 1996, means a person”; and
(b) in paragraph (b), for “by the Authority, means a body” there  shall be
substituted “under Part 3 of this Act or Part 2 of the Broadcas ting Act
1996, means a person”.
(9) In paragraph 5A of Part 2—
(a) in sub-paragraph (1)(a), the words “granted by the Commissio n”,
(b) sub-paragraph (1)(b) and the word “and” immediately precedin g it,
(c) in sub-paragraph (2), the words “granted by the Authority”,
shall be omitted.
C4C
70 (1) Schedule 3 to the 1990 Act (provision about constitution a nd management of
C4C) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be sub stituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In paragraph 2(1) (persons disqualified from membership of t he
Corporation), for paragraphs (b) to (d) there shall be substitu ted “or
(b) a member or employee of OFCOM.”
The Welsh Authority
71 (1) Schedule 6 to the 1990 Act (provision about constitution a nd management of
the Welsh Authority) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In paragraph 2 (persons disqualified from membership of the Authority)—
(a) sub-paragraph (1) shall be omitted; and
(b) in sub-paragraph (2)(b), for “the Commission” there shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In paragraph 12(1A), for the words from “the general fund” o nwards there
shall be substituted “the assets of the Authority that are not comprised in
that fund; and accordingly, the statement must deal with liabil ities
separately according to whether they fall to be met from that f und or from
those assets.”
Computation of qualifying revenue
72 (1) Schedule 7 to the 1990 Act (computation of “qualifying rev enue”) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In Part 1, for “the Commission” and “The Commission”, wherev er occurring,
there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In Part 2, for “the Authority” and “The Authority”, wherever  occurring,
there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 1 — Amendments of the 1990 Act470
The Gaelic Television Committee
73 (1) Schedule 19 to the 1990 Act (Gaelic Television Committee) shall be amended
as follows.
(2) For “the Commission” and “The Commission”, wherever occurrin g, there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) For “Committee”, wherever occurring, there shall be substitu ted “Service”.
(4) In paragraph 8(c), the words “and (where the expenses relate  to the
Commission’s functions in connection with sound programmes) the  Radio
Authority” shall be omitted.
(5) In paragraph 11(4), the words “or the Radio Authority” and “ or (as the case
may be) the Authority” shall be omitted.
PART 2
AMENDMENTS  OF THE 1996 A CT
Multiplex services and digital programme services
74 (1) Section 1 of the 1996 Act (interpretation) shall be amende d as follows.
(2) For subsection (1) there shall be substituted—
“(1) In this Part ‘multiplex service’ means (except where the co ntext
otherwise requires) a television multiplex service.”
(3) In subsection (4), for “for general reception” there shall b e substituted “so as
to be available for reception by members of the public”.
(4) For subsection (4A) there shall be substituted—
“(4A) In subsection (4), ‘available for reception by members of the public’
means available for reception by members of the public (within the
meaning of Part 3 of the Communications Act 2003) in the UnitedKingdom or another EEA State, or in an area of the United Kingd om
or of such a State.”
(5) For subsection (7) of that section there shall be substitute d—
“(7) In this section ‘broadcast’ means broadcast otherwise than from a
satellite.”
Meaning of qualifying service
75 In section 2 of the 1996 Act (meaning of “qualifying service”  etc.), for
subsections (2) to (6) there shall be substituted—
“(2) In this Part ‘qualifying service’ means any of the followin g, so far as
they are provided with a view to their being broadcast in digit al
form—
(a) a television broadcasting service included in Channel 3;
(b) Channel 4;
(c) Channel 5;
(d) S4C Digital;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act471
(e) a television programme service provided by the Welsh
Authority with the approval of the Secretary of State undersection 205 of the Communications Act 2003;
(f) the digital public teletext service.”
Licences under Part 1
76 (1) Section 3 of the 1996 Act (licences under Part 1 of that A ct) shall be amended
as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for “the Independent Television Commissio n (in this Part
referred to as the ‘the Commission’)” there shall be substitute d “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsections (3) to (7), for “The Commission” and “the Com mission”,
wherever occurring, there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(4) For subsection (8) there shall be substituted—
“(8) The holding by a person of a licence under this Part shall not relieve
him of— 
(a) any liability in respect of a failure to hold a licence unde r
section 1 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949; or
(b) any obligation to comply with requirements imposed by or
under Chapter 1 of Part 2 of the Communications Act 2003(electronic communications networks and electroniccommunications services).”
 
Licence conditions
77 (1) Section 4 of the 1996 Act (general licence conditions) sha ll be amended as
follows.
(2) For “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be sub stituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1), in each of paragraphs (a) and (c), for “t he 1990 Act or this
Act” there shall be substituted “this Act, the 1990 Act or theCommunications Act 2003”.
(4) In subsection (3) (fixing fees), the words from “and the amo unt” onwards
shall be omitted.
Restrictions on digital licence holding
78 (1) Section 5 of the 1996 Act (restrictions on holding licence s) shall be amended
as follows.
(2) For “The Commission” and “the Commission”, wherever occurrin g, there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (2) (incidental requirements to provide inform ation), after
paragraph (d) there shall be inserted—
“(da) impose conditions in a licence requiring the licence holde r, if
a body corporate, to give OFCOM notice, after they haveoccurred and irrespective of whether proposals for themhave fallen to be notified, of changes, transactions or eventsaffecting—
(i) shareholdings in the body; orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act472
(ii) the directors of the body;
(db) impose conditions in a licence enabling OFCOM to require
the licence holder to provide them with such information asthey may reasonably require for determining—
(i) whether the licence holder is a disqualified person in
relation to that licence by virtue of Part 2 of Schedule2 to the 1990 Act; or
(ii) whether any such requirements as are mentioned in
subsection (1)(b) have been and are being compliedwith by or in relation to the licence holder;”. 
(4) In subsection (6)—
(a) in paragraph (a), for “complained of” there shall be substit uted
“constituting their grounds for revoking the licence”.
(b) in paragraph (b)(i), for “Parts III and IV of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act”
there shall be substituted “the requirements imposed by or unde r
Schedule 14 to the Communications Act 2003”.
(5) In subsection (7)—
(a) paragraph (a) shall cease to have effect; and
(b) in paragraph (b), for “Part IV of that Schedule” there shall  be
substituted “Part 1 of Schedule 14 to the Communications Act 20 03”.
(6) In subsection (8), for the words from “a failure” to the end  of paragraph (c)
there shall be substituted “a disqualification under Part 2 of Schedule 2 to the
1990 Act or a contravention of a requirement imposed by or unde r Schedule
14 to the Communications Act 2003,”.
Multiplex licences
79 (1) Section 7 of the 1996 Act (multiplex licences) shall be am ended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission” and “The Commission”, wherever occurrin g, there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (4)—
(a) after paragraph (c) there shall be inserted—
“(ca) the applicant’s proposals as to the number (if any) of
digital sound programmes services which are to bebroadcast, as to the characteristics of each of thoseservices and as to the areas in which they would beprovided;”
(b) in paragraph (d) for “those services” there shall be substit uted “the
services mentioned in paragraphs (c) and (ca)”.
Award of multiplex licences
80 (1) Section 8 of the 1996 Act (award of multiplex licences) sh all be amended as
follows.
(2) For “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be sub stituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (2)(f), after “digital programme service” ther e shall be inserted
“, digital sound programme service”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act473
Power to require two or more multiplex licences to be granted t o one person
81 In section 9 of the 1996 Act (grant of two or more multiplex licences to one
person), for “The Commission” and “the Commission”, wherever oc curring,
there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
Award of multiplex licences subject to conditions
82 (1) Section 10 of the 1996 Act (award of multiplex licences su bject to conditions)
shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “The Commission” and “the Commission”, wherever occurrin g, there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1)(a), for “the 1990 Act or this Act” there s hall be substituted
“this Act, the 1990 Act or Part 3 of the Communications Act 200 3”.
Failure to provide licensed service and revocation
83 In section 11 of the 1996 Act (failure to provide licensed se rvice and
revocation), for “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there sh all be
substituted “OFCOM”.
Conditions attached to multiplex licences
84 In section 12 of the 1996 Act (conditions attached to multipl ex licences), for
“the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be substitute d
“OFCOM”.
Additional payments in respect of multiplex licences
85 In section 13 of the 1996 Act (additional payments in respect  of multiplex
licences), for “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shal l be
substituted “OFCOM”.
Multiplex revenue
86 (1) Section 14 of the 1996 Act (multiplex revenue) shall be am ended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1)—
(a) for “section 13(1)” there shall be substituted “this Part”;
(b) for “the holder of a multiplex licence” there shall be subst ituted “the
person who is the multiplex provider in relation to any televis ion
multiplex service or any general multiplex service”;
(c) in paragraph (a), for “the multiplex service to which the li cence
relates” there shall be substituted “the relevant multiplex”;
(d) in paragraph (b) for “of any qualifying service by means of the
multiplex service” there shall be substituted “by means of themultiplex service of any service which is a qualifying service or
which (without being a qualifying service) is provided by the B BC”;
(e) in paragraphs (c) and (d), for “the holder of the multiplex licence”
and “the multiplex service”, in each place where they occur the re
shall be substituted, respectively, “the multiplex provider” an d “the
relevant multiplex”.
(3) In subsections (2) to (8)— Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act474
(a) for the words “the holder of the multiplex licence” and “the  licence
holder”, wherever occurring, there shall be substituted, in eac h case,
“the multiplex provider”; and
(b) for “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be sub stituted
“OFCOM”.
(4) In subsection (9)—
(a) for “a multiplex licence”, in each place, there shall be sub stituted “a
television multiplex service or a general multiplex service”;
(b) for “the multiplex service to which the licence relates”, in  each place,
there shall be substituted “that multiplex service”;
(c) after the definition of “additional services provider” there  shall be
inserted—
“‘multiplex provider’—
(a) in relation to a television multiplex service for
which a person holds a licence under this Part,means the licence holder; and
(b) in relation to a television multiplex service
which is not licensed under this Part or ageneral multiplex service, means the personwho provides that service;”
(d) after the definition of “programme provider” there shall be
inserted—
“‘the relevant multiplex’—
(a) in relation to a multiplex provider falling
within paragraph (a) of the definition of thatexpression, means the television multiplexservice to which his licence relates; and
(b) in relation to any other multiplex provider,
means the television multiplex service orgeneral multiplex service which is providedby him;
and this section and section 15 shall have effect as if
references in this section to digital programme servicesincluded references to digital sound programme services andreferences to digital additional services included referencesto digital additional services within the meaning of Part 2.”
Attribution of multiplex revenue to multiplex providers
87 (1) Section 15 of the 1996 Act (attribution of multiplex reven ue to licence holder)
shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1)— 
(a) for “the holder of a multiplex licence” there shall be subst ituted “the
person who is the multiplex provider in relation to any televis ion
multiplex service”;
(b) for “of multiplex services in that period,” there shall be s ubstituted
“in that period of television multiplex services,”;
(c) for “the holder of the multiplex licence” there shall be sub stituted,
“the multiplex provider”.
(3) In subsection (2)—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act475
(a) for “a multiplex service” there shall be substituted “a tele vision
multiplex service or a general multiplex service”; 
(b) for “the holder of the multiplex licence”, wherever occurrin g, there
shall be substituted “the multiplex provider”.
(4) In subsection (3)— 
(a) for “the Commission” there shall be substituted “OFCOM”; and
(b) for “the holder of the multiplex licence” there shall be sub stituted
“the multiplex provider”.
(5) In subsection (4)—
(a) after “‘additional services provider’” there shall be insert ed
“, ‘multiplex provider’”; and
(b) for “a multiplex licence” there shall be substituted “a tele vision
multiplex service or a general multiplex service”.
Duration of multiplex licences
88 (1) Section 16 of the 1996 Act (duration and renewal of multip lex licences) shall
be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be sub stituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (3), after “not later than” there shall be ins erted “the day falling
three months before”.
(4) After subsection (12), there shall be inserted—
“(12A) A determination for the purposes of subsection (12)—
(a) must be made at least one year before the date determined;
and
(b) must be notified by OFCOM to the person who holds the
licence in question.”
Enforcement of multiplex licences
89 In section 17 of the 1996 Act (enforcement of multiplex licen ces), for “the
Commission” and “The Commission”, wherever occurring, there sha ll be
substituted “OFCOM”.
Licensing of digital programme services
90 (1) Section 18 of the 1996 Act (licensing of digital programme  services) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In subsections (1) to (4), for “the Commission”, wherever oc curring, there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) Subsections (5) and (6) (application of sections 6 to 12 of the 1990 Act) shall
cease to have effect.
Conditions of licences for digital programme services
91 (1) Section 19 of the 1996 Act (conditions of licences for dig ital programme
services) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (3)—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act476
(a) for “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be sub stituted
“OFCOM”;
(b) in paragraphs (a) and (c), for “the holder of a multiplex li cence” there
shall be substituted, in each case, “the provider of a televisi on
multiplex service or general multiplex service”;
(c) in paragraph (a), for “by means of a multiplex service” ther e shall be
substituted “by means of that provider’s service”; and
(d) in paragraph (a)(i), for “the identity of the multiplex serv ice” there
shall be substituted “the identity of the service by means of w hich it
will be broadcast”.
(3) Subsections (2) and (4) to (10) of that section shall cease to have effect.
Duration and enforcement of multiplex licenses
92 (1) Section 23 of the 1996 Act (enforcement of digital program me licences) shall
be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission” and “The Commission”, wherever occurrin g, there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (4), for the words from “multiplex service” on wards there shall
be substituted “television multiplex service or general multipl ex service,
means the last accounting period of the multiplex provider”.
(4) In subsection (5), for “multiplex service, the first account ing period of the
holder of the multiplex licence” there shall be substituted “te levision
multiplex service or general multiplex service, the first accou nting period of
the multiplex provider”.
(5) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(5A) In subsections (4) and (5) ‘multiplex provider’ has the sa me meaning
as in section 14.”
(6) In subsection (8) for “apology” there shall be substituted “ statement of
findings”.
Digital additional services
93 (1) Section 24 of the 1996 Act (digital additional services) s hall be amended as
follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for paragraphs (a) and (b) there shall be  substituted—
“(a) is provided by a person with a view to its being broadcast in
digital form (whether by him or some other person) so as tobe available for reception by members of the public;
(b) is so provided with a view either—
(i) to the broadcasting being by means of a television
multiplex service or by means of a general multiplexservice; or
(ii) to the members of the public in question being or
including members of the public in an EEA Stateother than the United Kingdom, or in an area of sucha State;
and
(c) is not a Channel 3 service, Channel 4, Channel 5, a public
television service of the Welsh Authority, the digital publicCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act477
teletext service, a digital programme service, a digital sound
programme service, an ancillary service or a technicalservice.”
(3) In subsection (2) (meaning of ancillary service)—
(a) for “an independent analogue broadcaster” there shall be sub stituted
“a relevant public service broadcaster”; and
(b) for paragraphs (a) and (b) there shall be substituted—
“(a) assistance for disabled people in relation to some or
all of the programmes included in a digitalprogramme service or qualifying service provided byhim;
(b) a service (apart from advertising) that relates to the
promotion or listing of programmes included in sucha service or in a digital sound programme service soprovided; or
(c) any other service (apart from advertising) that is
ancillary to one or more programmes so included,and relates directly to their contents.”
(4) In subsection (3)(a), after “digital programme services” the re shall be
inserted “, digital sound programme services”.
(5) After subsection (3) there shall be inserted—
“(3A) In this section—
‘assistance for disabled people’ has the same meaning as in Par t
3 of the Communications Act 2003;
‘available for reception by members of the public’ shall be
construed in accordance with section 361 of that Act;
‘public television service of the Welsh Authority” means—
(a) S4C Digital; or
(b) any television programme service the provision of
which by the Authority is authorised by or undersection 205 of that Act and which is provided indigital form;
‘relevant public service broadcaster’ means any of the
following—
(a) a person licensed under Part 1 of the 1990 Act to
provide a Channel 3 service;
(b) the Channel 4 Corporation;
(c) a person licensed under Part 1 of the 1990 Act to
provide Channel 5;
(d) the BBC;
(e) the Welsh Authority;
(f) the public teletext provider.”
Licensing of digital additional services
94 (1) Section 25 of the 1996 Act (licensing of digital additiona l services) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In subsections (1) to (4), for “the Commission”, wherever oc curring, there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act478
(3) After subsection (4) there shall be inserted—
“(4A) A digital additional services licence is not required for a service that
is or is comprised in a qualifying service.”
(4) Subsections (5) and (6) (application of sections 6 to 12 of the 1990 Act) shall
cease to have effect.
Conditions of digital additional services licence
95 (1) Section 26 of the 1996 Act (conditions of licences for dig ital additional
services) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (2)—
(a) for “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be sub stituted
“OFCOM”;
(b) in paragraphs (a) and (c), for “the holder of a multiplex li cence” there
shall be substituted, in each case, “the provider of a televisi on
multiplex service or general multiplex service”;
(c) in paragraph (a), for “by means of a multiplex service” ther e shall be
substituted “by means of that provider’s service”; and
(d) in paragraph (a)(i), for “the identity of the multiplex serv ice” there
shall be substituted “the identity of the service by means of w hich it
will be broadcast”.
Enforcement of digital additional television services licences
96 (1) Section 27 of the 1996 Act (enforcement of digital additio nal television
services licences) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission” and “The Commission”, wherever occurrin g, there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (4), for the words from “multiplex service” on wards there shall
be substituted “television multiplex service or general multipl ex service,
means the last accounting period of the multiplex provider”.
(4) In subsection (5), for “multiplex service, the first account ing period of the
holder of the multiplex licence” there shall be substituted “te levision
multiplex service or general multiplex service, the first accou nting period of
the multiplex provider”.
(5) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(5A) In subsections (4) and (5) ‘multiplex provider’ has the sa me meaning
as in section 14.”
Digital broadcasting of Gaelic programmes
97 (1) Section 32 of the 1996 Act (digital broadcasting of Gaelic  programmes) shall
be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for “the Commission to include in any mul tiplex licence
granted in respect of one frequency to which section 28 applies ” there shall
be substituted “OFCOM to include in no more than one relevant m ultiplex
licence”.
(3) In subsection (7), for “Comataidh Craolaidh Gaidhlig” there shall be
substituted “Seirbheis nam Meadhanan Gàidhlig”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act479
(4) For subsection (9) there shall be substituted—
“(9) In this section—
‘Gaelic’ means the Gaelic language as spoken in Scotland;‘relevant multiplex licence’ means a multiplex licence in respe ct
of which the Secretary of State has made an order undersection 243(3) of the Communications Act 2003;
‘television broadcasting service’ has the same meaning as in
Part 3 of the Communications Act 2003.”
Review of digital television broadcasting
98 (1) Section 33 of the 1996 Act (review of digital television b roadcasting) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be sub stituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1)(a)(ii), for the words “services specified in section 2(3), S4C
Digital, the qualifying teletext service” there shall be substi tuted “following
services, namely, Channel 3 services, Channel 4, Channel 5, the  public
television services of the Welsh Authority (within the meaning of Part 2 of
Schedule 12 to the Communications Act 2003), the digital public  teletext
service”.
Enforcement of licences held by BBC companies
99 In section 35 of the 1996 Act (enforcement of licences held b y BBC
companies), for “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there sha ll be
substituted “OFCOM”.
Interpretation of Part 1
100 In section 39(1) (interpretation of Part 1)—
(a) after the definition of “digital programme service” there sh all be
inserted—
“‘digital public teletext service’ has the same meaning as
in Part 3 of the Communications Act 2003;
‘digital sound programme service’ has the same
meaning as in Part 2 of this Act;
‘general multiplex service’ has the same meaning as in
that Part;”.
(b) for the definition of “public teletext provider” there shall  be
substituted—
“‘public teletext provider’ means the person for the time
being licensed under Part 1 of the 1990 Act to providethe public teletext service (within the meaning of Part3 of the Communications Act 2003);”
(c) for the definitions of “S4C” and “on S4C” and of “S4C Digita l” and
“on S4C Digital” there shall be substituted—
“‘S4C’ and ‘S4C Digital’ each has the same meaning as
in Part 3 of the Communications Act 2003;”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act480
(d) after the definition of “technical service” there shall be i nserted—
“‘television multiplex service’ has the meaning given by
section 241 of the Communications Act 2003.”
Radio multiplex services
101 (1) Section 40 of the 1996 Act (radio multiplex services) sha ll be amended as
follows.
(2) For subsections (1) to (3) there shall be substituted—
“(1) In this Part ‘radio multiplex service’ means a radio multip lex service
within the meaning of Part 3 of the Communications Act 2003.”
(3) In subsection (4) (local and national multiplex services), t he words
“provided on a frequency or frequencies assigned to the Authori ty under
section 45(1)” shall be omitted.
(4) In subsection (5), for “for general reception” there shall b e substituted “so as
to be available for reception by members of the public”.
(5) For subsection (8) of that section there shall be substitute d—
“(8) In this section—
‘available for reception by members of the public’ shall be
construed in accordance with section 361 of theCommunications Act 2003;
‘broadcast’ means broadcast otherwise than from a satellite.”
Licences under Part 2 of the 1996 Act
102 (1) Section 42 of the 1996 Act (licences under Part 2) shall be amended as
follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for “the Radio Authority (in this Part re ferred to as ‘the
Authority’)” there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsections (2), (5) and (6), for “The Authority” and “th e Authority”,
wherever occurring, there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(4) For subsection (3) (variation of licences) there shall be su bstituted—
“(3) OFCOM may vary a licence by a notice served on the licence holder.
(3A) OFCOM shall not vary—
(a) the period for which a licence having effect for a specified
period is to continue in force, or
(b) increase the total amount of digital capacity specified in a
national radio multiplex licence for the purposes of section48(1A),
unless the licence holder consents.
(3B) OFCOM shall not make any other variation of a licence unles s the
licence holder has been given a reasonable opportunity of makin g
representations to OFCOM about the variation.”
(5) In subsection (4) (exceptions from power to vary licences), for “Paragraph (a)
of subsection (3)” there shall be substituted “Paragraph (a) of  subsection
(3A)”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act481
(6) For subsection (7) there shall be substituted—
“(7) The holding of a licence by a person shall not relieve him—
(a) of any liability in respect of a failure to hold a licence u nder
section 1 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949; or
(b) of any obligation to comply with requirements imposed by or
under Chapter 1 of Part 2 of the Communications Act 2003(electronic communications networks and electroniccommunications services).”
General licence conditions
103 (1) Section 43 of the 1996 Act (general licence conditions) s hall be amended as
follows.
(2) For “the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be subs tituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1) (conditions may include conditions to give  effect to duties
imposed by or under 1990 Act or 1996 Act)—
(a) in paragraph (a), for “the 1990 Act or this Act” there shall  be
substituted “this Act, the 1990 Act or the Communications Act 2 003”;
and
(b) in paragraph (d), after “this Act” there shall be inserted “ , the 1990
Act or the Communications Act 2003”.
(4) In subsection (2), sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (b) and t he word “or”
immediately preceding it shall be omitted.
(5) In subsection (3) (fixing of fees), the words from “and the amount” onwards
shall be omitted.
Restrictions on holding licences
104 (1) Section 44 of the 1996 Act (restrictions on the holding o f licences) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) For “The Authority” and “the Authority”, wherever occurring,  there shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (2) (incidental requirements to provide inform ation), after
paragraph (d) there shall be inserted—
“(da) impose conditions in a licence requiring the licence holde r, if
a body corporate, to give OFCOM notice, after they haveoccurred and irrespective of whether proposals for themhave fallen to be notified, of changes, transactions or eventsaffecting—
(i) shareholdings in the body; or
(ii) the directors of the body;
(db) impose conditions in a licence enabling OFCOM to require
the licence holder to provide them with such information asthey may reasonably require for determining—
(i) whether the licence holder is a disqualified person in
relation to that licence by virtue of Part 2 of Schedule2 to the 1990 Act; orCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act482
(ii) whether any such requirements as are mentioned in
subsection (1)(b) have been and are being compliedwith by or in relation to the licence holder;”.
(4) In subsection (6)—
(a) in paragraph (a), for “complained of” there shall be substit uted
“constituting their grounds for revoking the licence”; and
(b) in paragraph (b)(i), for “Parts III and IV of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act”
there shall be substituted “the requirements imposed by or unde r
Schedule 14 to the Communications Act 2003”.
(5) In subsection (7)—
(a) paragraph (a) shall cease to have effect; and
(b) in paragraph (b), for “Part IV of that Schedule” there shall  be
substituted “Part 1 of Schedule 14 to the Communications Act 20 03”.
(6) In subsection (8), for the words from “a failure” to the end  of paragraph (c)
there shall be substituted “a disqualification under Part 2 of Schedule 2 to the
1990 Act or a contravention of a requirement imposed by or unde r Schedule
14 to the Communications Act 2003,”.
National radio multiplex licences
105 (1) Section 46 of the 1996 Act (national radio multiplex lice nces) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) For “the Authority” and “The Authority”, wherever occurring,  there shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (1)(d), for “a direction” there shall be subst ituted “a condition”.
Award of national radio multiplex licences
106 In section 47 of the 1996 Act (award of national radio multi plex licences), for
“the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be substituted  “OFCOM”.
Reservation of capacity for independent national broadcasters
107 (1) Section 48 of the 1996 Act (reservation of digital capaci ty for independent
broadcasters) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For subsections (1) to (3) there shall be substituted—
“(1A) OFCOM must ensure that the conditions included in national  radio
multiplex licences (taken together) secure that an amount of di gital
capacity on the multiplex frequencies is reserved for everyindependent national broadcaster for the broadcasting of a simu lcast
radio service provided by that broadcaster.
(1B) Where the conditions of a licence for a national radio mult iplex
service reserve capacity on the frequency made available for th at
service for the broadcasting of a simulcast radio service provi ded by
an independent national broadcaster, those conditions must alsoinclude the condition specified in subsection (1C).
(1C) That condition is the condition that OFCOM consider appropr iate
for securing that, in consideration of the making by the indepe ndent
national broadcaster of the payments which —Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act483
(a) are agreed from time to time between him and the licence
holder, or
(b) in default of agreement, are determined under this section, 
the licence holder uses, for the broadcasting of a simulcast ra dio
service provided by that broadcaster, such of the reserved digi tal
capacity as may be requested, from time to time, by that broadc aster.
(1D) Where conditions are included under this section in a natio nal radio
multiplex licence reserving capacity for an independent nationa l
broadcaster, OFCOM may include conditions relating to thebroadcasting of the simulcast radio service in the licence for the
national service provided by that broadcaster.”
(3) In subsections (4) to (6), for “the Authority”, wherever occ urring, there shall
be substituted “OFCOM”.
(4) In subsection (4), for “subsection (3)(a)” there shall be su bstituted
“subsection (1C)”.
(5) After subsection (6) there shall be inserted—
“(7) In this section ‘the multiplex frequencies’ means the frequ encies
made available for the purposes of licensed national radio mult iplex
services.”
Reservation of digital capacity for BBC
108 (1) Section 49 of the 1996 Act (reservation of digital capaci ty for BBC) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In subsections (1) to (3) and (6), for “the Authority”, wher ever occurring,
there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (4) (determination of capacity to be reserved) , for the words
from “If the BBC” to “the Secretary of State, who may” there sh all be
substituted “If the BBC do not give their consent to the propos als within
such period as OFCOM may specify in their notice under subsecti on (3),
OFCOM shall”.
(4) In subsection (5), for words from “the Secretary of State” o nwards there shall
be substituted “OFCOM shall give the BBC an opportunity of maki ng
representations to them about their proposals.”
(5) In subsection (6), after “and the BBC” there shall be insert ed “or (in default
of agreement) determined under this section”.
(6) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(7) Where the holder of the licence and the BBC fail to agree— 
(a) the payments to be made under a condition included in the
licence in accordance with subsection (6), or
(b) the other terms that are to apply in relation to the use of
digital capacity in accordance with such a condition,
either of them may refer the matter to OFCOM for determination.
(8) Before making a determination under subsection (7), OFCOM mu st
give the licence holder and the BBC an opportunity of makingrepresentations to them about the matter.
(9) In making any determination under subsection (7), OFCOM shal l
have regard to—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act484
(a) the expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, by the lice nce
holder in providing the local radio multiplex service inquestion, and
(b) the terms on which persons providing local radio multiplex
services contract with persons providing local digitaladditional services for the broadcasting of those services.”
Local radio multiplex licences
109 (1) Section 50 of the 1996 Act (local radio multiplex licence s) shall be amended
as follows.
(2) For “the Authority” and “The Authority”, wherever occurring,  there shall be
substituted “OFCOM”. 
(3) In subsection (1)(b), for “the Secretary of State has” there  shall be substituted
“OFCOM have”.
(4) In subsection (2)(d), for “direction under section 49” subst itute
“determination under section 49(4)”.
Award of local multiplex licences
110 (1) Section 51 of the 1996 Act (award of local multiplex lice nces) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) For “the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be subs tituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (2), for paragraph (f) there shall be substitu ted—
“(f) the extent to which there is evidence that, amongst persons
living in that area or locality, there is a demand for, orsupport for, the provision of the proposed service; and”.
Power to require two or more local radio multiplex licences to be granted to one person
111 In section 52 of the 1996 Act (power to require two or more local radio
multiplex licences to be granted to one person), for “The Autho rity” and “the
Authority” there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
Failure to begin to provide licensed service
112 In section 53 of the 1996 Act (failure to provide licensed s ervice), for “the
Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be substituted “OFC OM”.
Conditions which may be attached to radio multiplex licences
113 In section 54 of the 1996 Act (conditions which may be attac hed to a radio
multiplex licence), for “the Authority”, wherever occurring, th ere shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
Additional payments to be made in respect of national radio mul tiplex licences
114 In section 55 of the 1996 Act (additional payments to be mad e in respect of
national radio multiplex licences) for “the Authority”, whereve r occurring,
there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act485
Multiplex revenue
115 (1) Section 56 of the 1996 Act (multiplex revenue) shall be a mended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1)—
(a) for “section 55(1)” there shall be substituted “this Part”;
(b) for “the holder of a national radio multiplex licence” there  shall be
substituted “the person who is the multiplex provider in relati on to
a national radio multiplex service”;
(c) in paragraph (a)(i), “to which the licence relates” shall be  omitted;
(d) in paragraphs (c) and (d), for “the holder of the radio mult iplex
licence” there shall be substituted “the multiplex provider”.
(3) In subsections (2) to (8)—
(a) for “the holder of the radio multiplex licence”, “the licenc e holder”
and “the holder of the multiplex licence”, wherever occurring, there
shall be substituted, in each case, “the multiplex provider”; a nd
(b) for “the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be subs tituted
“OFCOM”.
(4) In subsection (9)—
(a) for “a national radio multiplex licence”, in each place, the re shall be
substituted “a national radio multiplex service”;
(b) for “the radio multiplex service to which the licence relate s”, in each
place, there shall be substituted “that radio multiplex service ”;
(c) after the definition of “additional services provider” there  shall be
inserted—
“‘multiplex provider’—
(a) in relation to a national radio multiplex service for
which a person holds a licence under this Part, meansthe licence holder; and
(b) in relation to a national radio multiplex service which
is not licensed under this Part, means the person whoprovides that service.”
Attribution of radio multiplex revenue
116 (1) Section 57 of the 1996 Act (attribution of radio multiple x revenue) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1)—
(a) for “the holder of a national radio multiplex licence” there  shall be
substituted “the person who is the multiplex provider in relati on to
a national radio multiplex service”; and
(b) for “the holder of the national radio multiplex licence” the re shall be
substituted “the multiplex provider”.
(3) In subsection (2), for “the holder of the radio multiplex li cence”, wherever
occurring, there shall be substituted “the multiplex provider”.
(4) In subsection (3)—
(a) for “the Authority” there shall be substituted “OFCOM”; and
(b) for “the holder of the national radio multiplex licence” the re shall be
substituted “the multiplex provider”.
(5) In subsection (4)—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act486
(a) after “‘additional services provider’” there shall be insert ed “,
‘multiplex provider’”; and
(b) for “a national radio multiplex licence” there shall be subs tituted “a
national radio multiplex service”.
Duration and renewal of radio multiplex licences 
117 (1) Section 58 of the 1996 Act (duration and renewal of radio  multiplex licences)
shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Authority” and “The Authority”, wherever occurring,  there shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (3), after “not later than” there shall be ins erted “the day falling
three months before”.
(4) Subsection (5) (consent of the Secretary of State for exerci se of certain powers
in connection with renewal) shall cease to have effect.
(5) After subsection (12) there shall be inserted—
“(12A) A determination for the purposes of subsection (12)—
(a) must be made at least one year before the date determined;
and
(b) must be notified by OFCOM to the person who holds the
licence in question.”
Enforcement of radio multiplex licences
118 In section 59 of the 1996 Act (enforcement of radio multiple x licences), for
“the Authority” and “The Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
Digital sound programme licensing
119 (1) Section 60 of the 1996 Act (digital sound programme licen sing) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) For “the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be subs tituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) After subsection (6), there shall be inserted—
“(6A) Section 89 of the 1990 Act (disqualification from being li cence holder
or concerned with the provision of a programme service if convi cted
of a transmitting offence) shall apply in relation to a licence  under
this section as it applies to a licence under Part 3 of that Ac t, but with
the omission of paragraph (b) of subsection (3) of that section  and of
the word ‘or’ immediately before that paragraph.”
(4) Sub-paragraph (3) does not impose a disqualification in resp ect of any
offence committed before the commencement of that sub-paragraph .
Conditions of digital sound programme licences
120 (1) Section 61 of the 1996 Act (conditions of licences for di gital sound
programme services) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (2)—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act487
(a) for “the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be subs tituted
“OFCOM”;
(b) in paragraphs (a) and (c), for “the holder of a radio multip lex
licence”, there shall be substituted, in each case, “the provid er of a
radio multiplex service, of a television multiplex service or o f a
general multiplex service”; 
(c) in paragraph (a) for “by means of a radio multiplex service”  there
shall be substituted “by means of the multiplex service”; and
(d) in paragraph (a)(i) for “radio multiplex service” there shal l be
substituted “multiplex service”.
Enforcement of digital sound programme licences
121 (1) Section 62 of the 1996 Act (enforcement of digital sound programme
licences) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Authority” and “The Authority”, wherever occurring,  there shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (4), for the words from “national radio multip lex service”
onwards there shall be substituted “relevant multiplex service,  means the
last accounting period of the multiplex provider”.
(4) In subsection (5)—
(a) for “national radio multiplex service” there shall be substi tuted
“relevant multiplex service”;
(b) for “holder of the national radio multiplex licence” there s hall be
substituted “multiplex provider”; and
(c) for “the radio multiplex service” and “that radio multiplex service”
there shall be substituted “that relevant multiplex service”.
(5) After subsection (5A) (inserted by Schedule 13) there shall be inserted—
“(5B) For the purposes of this section, a service is a relevant multiplex
service if it is—
(a) a national radio multiplex service;
(b) a television multiplex service; or
(c) a general multiplex service.
(5C) In this section, “multiplex provider”—
(a) in relation to a national radio multiplex service, means the
multiplex provider within the meaning of section 56; and
(b) in relation to a television multiplex service or a general
multiplex service, means the multiplex provider within themeaning of section 14.”
(6) In subsection (10) for “apology” there shall be substituted “statement of
findings”.
Digital additional sound services
122 In section 64 of the 1996 Act (licensing of digital addition al sound services),
for “the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be substit uted
“OFCOM”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act488
Conditions of digital additional sound service 
123 (1) Section 65 of the 1996 Act (conditions of licences for di gital additional sound
services) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (2)—
(a) for “the Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be subs tituted
“OFCOM”;
(b) in paragraphs (a) and (c), for “the holder of a radio multip lex
licence”, there shall be substituted, in each case, “the provid er of a
radio multiplex service or of a general multiplex service”; 
(c) in paragraph (a) for “by means of a radio multiplex service”  there
shall be substituted “by means of the multiplex service”; and
(d) in paragraph (a)(i) for “radio multiplex service” there shal l be
substituted “multiplex service”.
Enforcement of digital additional sound services licences
124 (1) Section 66 of the 1996 Act (enforcement of digital additi onal services
licences) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “the Authority” and “The Authority”, wherever occurring,  there shall be
substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (4), for “national radio multiplex service” th ere shall be
substituted “relevant multiplex service”.
(4) In subsection (5), for the words from “national radio multip lex service”
onwards there shall be substituted “relevant multiplex service,  means the
last accounting period of the multiplex provider”.
(5) In subsection (6)—
(a) for “national radio multiplex service” there shall be substi tuted
“relevant multiplex service”;
(b) for “holder of the national radio multiplex licence” there s hall be
substituted “multiplex provider”; and
(c) for “the radio multiplex service” and “that radio multiplex service”
there shall be substituted “that relevant multiplex service”.
(6) After subsection (6A) (inserted by Schedule 13) there shall be inserted—
“(6B) For the purposes of this section, a service is a relevant multiplex
service if it is—
(a) a national radio multiplex service; or
(b) a general multiplex service.
(6C) In this section, “multiplex provider”—
(a) in relation to a national radio multiplex service, means the
multiplex provider within the meaning of section 56; and
(b) in relation to a general multiplex service, means the
multiplex provider within the meaning of section 14.”
(7) In subsection (10) for “apology” there shall be substituted “statement of
findings”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act489
Review of digital radio broadcasting
125 In section 67 of the 1996 Act (review of digital radio broad casting), for “the
Authority”, wherever occurring, there shall be substituted “OFC OM”.
Interpretation
126 In section 72(1) of the 1996 Act (interpretation), for the d efinition of “radio
multiplex service” there shall be substituted—
“‘radio multiplex service’ means a radio multiplex service
within the meaning of Part 3 of the Communications Act2003;
‘the radio transfer date’ has the same meaning as in the
Communications Act 2003;”.
Listed events
127 (1) Section 98 of the 1996 Act (categories of service for the  purposes of Part 4 of
that Act) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (3), for the words from “television” onwards t here shall be
substituted “licence for the purposes of section 363 of the Com munications
Act 2003”.
(3) In subsection (5), for “The Commission” there shall be subst ituted
“OFCOM”.
(4) In subsection (6), for “transmission for general reception o f television
programmes by satellite” there shall be substituted “broadcasti ng of
television programmes from a satellite so as to be available fo r reception by
members of the public (within the meaning of Part 3 of the Comm unications
Act 2003)”.
128 In sections 101, 101B, 102 and 103 of the 1996 Act (restrict ions on, and
penalties for, televising listed and designated events), for “T he Commission”
and “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be substi tuted
“OFCOM”.
129 (1) Section 104 of the 1996 Act (code of guidance) shall be a mended as follows.
(2) For “the Commission”, wherever occurring, there shall be sub stituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (4)(d), the words “by the Commission” and “by them” shall be
omitted.
130 In section 104A of the 1996 Act (provision of information ab out listed and
designated events), for “the Commission”, wherever occurring, t here shall
be substituted “OFCOM”.
131 In section 105(1) of the 1996 Act (interpretation of Part 4 etc.), the definition
of “the Commission” shall be omitted.
Broadcasting standards
132 (1) Part 5 of the 1996 Act (the Broadcasting Standards Commis sion) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) For “the BSC” and “The BSC”, wherever occurring in any of se ctions 107, 110,
111, 114, 115, 118 to 121 there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act490
133 In section 107(5)(b) of the 1996 Act (code relating to avoid ance of unjust or
unfair treatment etc.), for “the service referred to in section  57(1A)(a) of the
1990 Act” there shall be substituted “any public service of the  Welsh
Authority (within the meaning of Part 2 of Schedule 12 to theCommunications Act 2003)”.
134 In section 115 of the 1996 Act (consideration of fairness co mplaints)
(a) in subsection (2)(d), for “to (c)” there shall be substitute d “or (b)”; and
(b) in subsection (8), for “they shall send a statement of” ther e shall be
substituted “OFCOM shall send a copy of”. 
135 In section 117 of the 1996 Act (duty of broadcasting body to  retain recordings
of programmes), for “sections 115 and 116” there shall be subst ituted
“section 115”.
136 (1) For subsections (1) and (2) of section 119 of the 1996 Ac t there shall be
substituted—
“(1) Where OFCOM have considered and adjudicated upon a fairness
complaint, they may direct the relevant person to publish the m atters
mentioned in subsection (3) in such manner, and within such per iod,
as may be specified in the directions.”
(2) In that section—
(a) in subsection (4), for “subsection (2)” there shall be subst ituted
“subsection (1)”;
(b) in subsection (5), for “(3)(a), (b) or (c)” there shall be s ubstituted
“(3)(a) or (b)”;
(c) in subsection (6), for “broadcasting or regulatory body” the re shall be
substituted “relevant person” and for “them” there shall besubstituted “him”;
(d) in subsection (8), the words “or standards complaint” and in
paragraph (c) the words “, a regulatory body” shall be omitted;
(e) in subsection (10), for paragraphs (a) and (b) there shall b e
substituted “a relevant person”; and
(f) subsection (12) shall cease to have effect.
(3) After subsection (11) of that section there shall be inserte d—
“(11A) In this section “relevant person” means—
(a) in a case where the relevant programme was broadcast by a
broadcasting body, that body; and
(b) in a case where the relevant programme was included in a
licensed service, the licence holder providing that service.”
137 In section 130(1) of the 1996 Act (interpretation of Part 5) , for paragraphs (b)
and (c) of the definition of “licensed service” there shall be substituted—
“(aa)  the public teletext service,
(b) any relevant independent radio service (within the
meaning of section 85 of the 1990 Act),
(c) any additional service (within the meaning of Part 1
of the 1990 Act) which is licensed under that Part,”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act491
Disqualification on grounds related to political objects
138 (1) Section 143 of the 1996 Act (disqualification on grounds related to political
objects) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In each of subsections (1) and (2)—
(a) for “the Independent Television Commission” and “the
Commission” there shall be substituted “OFCOM”; and 
(b) for “section 5(1) of the 1990 Act, or as the case may be sec tion 5(1) of
this Act” there shall be substituted “section 5(1) or 88(1) of the 1990
Act or section 5(1) or 44(1) of this Act”.
(3) In subsection (1), for “Part I or II of the 1990 Act or Part  I of this Act” there
shall be substituted “Part 1 or 3 of the 1990 Act or Part 1 or 2 of this Act,”.
(4) In subsection (2), for “Parts I or II of the 1990 Act or Par t I of this Act” there
shall be substituted “Part 1 or 3 of the 1990 Act or Part 1 or 2 of this Act,”.
(5) Subsections (3) and (4) shall cease to have effect.
(6) In subsection (5), for “to (4)” there shall be substituted “ and (2)”.
(7) In subsection (6), for paragraphs (a) and (b) there shall be  substituted “the
duties imposed on OFCOM by sections 5(1) and 88(1) of the 1990 Act and
sections 5(1) and 44(1) of this Act.”
Offence of providing false information
139 (1) Section 144 of the 1996 Act (offence of providing false i nformation) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for “to the relevant authority a statemen t”, in each place,
there shall be substituted “a statement to OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (2), for “the relevant authority” there shall be substituted
“OFCOM”.
(4) Subsection (5) shall cease to have effect.
Disqualification for supplying false information
140 (1) Section 145 of the 1996 Act (disqualification for offence  of supplying false
information) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (5), for “the relevant authority” there shall be substituted
“OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (7)—
(a) for “5(1)(a) and 88(1)(a)” there shall be substituted “5(1)( a) and
(2)(db), 32(12) and 88(1)(a) and (2)(db)”; and
(b) for “5(1)(a) and 44(1)(a)” there shall be substituted “5(1)( a) and
(2)(db) and 44(1)(a) and (2)(db)”.
(4) In subsection (8) of that section, for the definition of “li cence” there shall be
substituted—
“‘licence’ means a licence under Part 1 or 3 of the 1990 Act or
under Part 1 or 2 of this Act;”.
Interpretation
141 In section 147(1) of the 1996 Act (general interpretation), after the definitionCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 15 — Amendments of Broadcasting Acts
Part 2 — Amendments of the 1996 Act492
of “the BBC” there shall be inserted—
“‘OFCOM’ means the Office of Communications;”.
Computation of qualifying revenue
142 (1) Schedule 1 to the 1996 Act (computation of “multiplex rev enue” etc.) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In Part 1, for “the Commission” and “The Commission”, wherev er occurring,
there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In Part 2, for “the Authority” and “The Authority”, wherever  occurring,
there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
SCHEDULE 16 Section 389
FURTHER  AMENDMENTS  IN CONNECTION  WITH  MEDIA  MERGERS
Competition Act 1980 (c. 21)
1 In section 11C(1) of the Competition Act 1980 (application of section 117 of
the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40)) for the words ““the OFT,”” ther e shall be
substituted ““the OFT, OFCOM,””.
Gas Act 1986 (c. 44)
2 In section 41EB(4) of the Gas Act 1986 (application of section  117 of the
Enterprise Act 2002) for the words ““the OFT,”” there shall be substituted
““the OFT, OFCOM,””.
Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29)
3 In section 56CB(4) of the Electricity Act 1989 (application of  section 117 of the
Enterprise Act 2002) for the words ““the OFT,”” there shall be substituted
““the OFT, OFCOM,””.
Railways Act 1993 (c. 43)
4 (1) The Railways Act 1993 shall be amended as follows.
(2) In section 13B(4) of that Act (application of section 117 of  the Enterprise Act
2002) for the words ““the OFT,”” there shall be substituted ““t he OFT,
OFCOM,””.
(3) In section 15C(2G) of that Act (application of section 117 o f the Enterprise
Act 2002) for the words ““the OFT,”” there shall be substituted  ““the OFT,
OFCOM,””.
(4) In Schedule 4A to that Act, in paragraphs 10A(4) and 15(2G) (application of
section 117 of the Enterprise Act 2002) for the words ““the OFT ,”” there shall,
in both places, be substituted ““the OFT, OFCOM,””.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 16 — Further amendments in connection with media merge rs493
Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (c. 8)
5 In Schedule 14 to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000,  in paragraph
2A(4) (application of section 117 of the Enterprise Act 2002), for the words
““the OFT,”” there shall be substituted ““the OFT, OFCOM,””.
Postal Services Act 2000 (c. 26)
6 (1) The Postal Services Act 2000 shall be amended as follows.
(2) In section 15B(4) (application of section 117 of the Enterpr ise Act 2002) for
the words ““the OFT,”” there shall be substituted ““the OFT, OF COM,””.
(3) In section 19A(9) (application of section 117 of the Enterpr ise Act 2002) for
the words ““the OFT,”” there shall be substituted ““the OFT, OF COM,””.
Transport Act 2000 (c. 38)
7 (1) The Transport Act 2000 shall be amended as follows.
(2) In section 12B(4) (application of section 117 of the Enterpr ise Act 2002 (c. 40))
for the words ““the OFT,”” there shall be substituted ““the OFT , OFCOM,””.
(3) In section 18(9) (application of section 117 of the Enterpri se Act 2002) for the
words ““the OFT,”” there shall be substituted ““the OFT, OFCOM, ””.
Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40)
8 (1) Section 43 of the Enterprise Act 2002 (intervention notices  under section 42)
shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (4)(a) (final determination of matters to whic h intervention
notice relates)—
(a) after the word “OFT” there shall be inserted “or (if relevan t)
OFCOM”; and
(b) after the word “44” there shall be inserted “or (as the case  may be)
44A”.
(3) After subsection (5) there shall be inserted—
“(6) In this Part “OFCOM” means the Office of Communications.”
9 In section 45(1)(b) of that Act (circumstances in which the Se cretary of State
may make a public interest reference to the Competition Commiss ion) after
the words “section 44” there shall be inserted “, and any repor t of OFCOM
which is required by virtue of section 44A,”.
10 After section 50(2) of that Act (reports on references in pub lic interest cases)
there shall be inserted—
“(2A) Where the report relates to a reference under section 45 w hich has
been made after a report of OFCOM under section 44A, theC o m m i s s i o n  s h a l l  g i v e  a  c o p y  o f  i t s  r e p o r t  ( w h e t h e r  o r  n o tpublished) to OFCOM.”
11 In section 57(2) of that Act (duty to bring representations t o attention of
Secretary of State) after the words “the OFT”, in both places w here they
occur, there shall be inserted “, OFCOM”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 16 — Further amendments in connection with media merge rs494
12 In section 58(4)(b) of that Act (retrospective effect of orde rs modifying
specified considerations) after the word “OFT,” there shall be inserted
“OFCOM,”.
13 In section 60(4)(a) of that Act (final determination of matte rs to which special
intervention notice relates)—
(a) after the word “OFT” there shall be inserted “or (if relevan t)
OFCOM”; and
(b) after the word “61” there shall be inserted “or (as the case  may be)
61A”.
14 In section 62(1)(b) of that Act (circumstances in which the S ecretary of State
may make a special public interest reference to the CompetitionCommission) after the words “section 61” there shall be inserte d “, and any
report of OFCOM which is required by virtue of section 61A,”.
15 After section 65(2) of that Act (reports on references in spe cial public interest
cases) there shall be inserted—
“(2A) Where the report relates to a reference under section 62 w hich has
been made after a report of OFCOM under section 61A, theC o m m i s s i o n  s h a l l  g i v e  a  c o p y  o f  i t s  r e p o r t  ( w h e t h e r  o r  n o tpublished) to OFCOM.”
16 In section 67(1)(b) of that Act (intervention to protect legi timate interests)—
(a) the words from “which” to “or 33” shall cease to have effect ;
(b) for the words “that section” there shall be substituted “sec tion 22 or
33”; and
(c) after the word “concerned” there shall be inserted “(whether  or not
there would otherwise have been a duty to make such a reference )”.
17 In section 68(2)(c) of that Act (scheme for protecting legiti mate interests)—
(a) the words from “which”, where it occurs for the second time,  to “or
33” shall cease to have effect; and
(b) for the words “that section” there shall be substituted “sec tion 22 or
33 (whether or not there would otherwise have been a duty to ma ke
such a reference)”.
18 (1) Section 107 of that Act (further publicity requirements) s hall be amended as
follows.
(2) In subsection (3) (duties of the Secretary of State to publi sh), after paragraph
(b), there shall be inserted—
“(ba) any report of OFCOM under section 44A or 61A which has
been received by him;”.
(3) In subsection (9)(a) (publication of reports of OFT in publi c interest cases)
after the words “section 44” there shall be inserted “, and any  report of
OFCOM under section 44A,”.
(4) In subsection (10)(a) (publication of reports of OFT in spec ial public interest
cases) after the words “section 61” there shall be inserted “, and any report
of OFCOM under section 61A,”.
19 In section 108 of that Act (defamation) after the words “the OFT,” there shall
be inserted “OFCOM,”.
20 (1) Section 117 of that Act (false or misleading information) shall be amended as
follows.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 16 — Further amendments in connection with media merge rs495
(2) In subsection (1)(a) (offence of supplying false or misleadi ng information to
the OFT etc.) after the word “OFT,” there shall be inserted “OF COM,”.
(3) In subsection (2) (offence of supplying false or misleading information to
another person for use by OFT etc.) after the word “OFT,” there  shall be
inserted “OFCOM,”.
21 In section 118(1) of that Act (excisions from reports) before  the word “or” at
the end of paragraph (a) there shall be inserted—
“(aa) a report of OFCOM under section 44A or 61A;”.
22 In section 120(1) of that Act (review of decisions under Part  3) after the word
“OFT,” there shall be inserted “OFCOM,”.
23 (1) Section 121 of that Act (fees) shall be amended as follows .
(2) In subsection (1)—
(a) after the words “the OFT”, where they occur for the second t ime,
there shall be inserted “, OFCOM”; and
(b) the words “, Part V of the Fair Trading Act 1973 (c. 41)” sh all cease to
have effect.
(3) In subsection (2)—
(a) at the end of paragraph (a) there shall be inserted the word  “or”; and
(b) paragraph (b), and the word “or” at the end of the paragraph , shall
cease to have effect.
(4) In subsection (4)(c)—
(a) sub-paragraph (i);
(b) the word “and” at the end of the sub-paragraph; and
(c) in sub-paragraph (ii), the words “in any other case,”;
shall cease to have effect.
(5) In subsection (8)—
(a) after the words “the OFT”, where they occur for the second t ime,
there shall be inserted “, OFCOM”; and
(b) the words “, Part V of the Act of 1973” shall cease to have effect.
(6) Subsection (10) shall cease to have effect.
24 (1) Section 124 of that Act (orders and regulations under Part  3) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (3) after the word “34” there shall be inserte d “, 59(6A)”.
(3) In subsection (4) after the word “40(8),” there shall be ins erted “44(11),”.
(4) In subsection (6) after the word “34,” there shall be insert ed “44(11), 59(6A),”.
25 (1) Section 130 of that Act (index of defined expressions) sha ll be amended as
follows.
(2) After the entry relating to “Anti-competitive outcome” there  shall be
inserted—
(3) After the entry relating to “Market in the United Kingdom” t here shall be
inserted—“Broadcasting Section 44(9)”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 16 — Further amendments in connection with media merge rs496
(4) After the entry for “Modify” there shall be inserted—
(5) After the entry for “Notified arrangements” there shall be i nserted—
26 In section 180(2) of that Act (application of section 117 of that Act for the
purposes of Part 4 of that Act) after the word “alone” there sh all be inserted
“and as if the references to OFCOM were omitted”.
SCHEDULE 17 Section 406
MINOR  AND  CONSEQUENTIAL  AMENDMENTS
Interpretation
1 (1) In any Act or instrument amended by this Schedule—
“communications service” means any of the following services—
(a) an electronic communications service;
(b) the provision of directory information by means of an
electronic communications network for the purpose offacilitating the use of an electronic communications serviceprovided by means of that network;
(c) the installation, maintenance, adjustment, repair, alteratio n,
moving, removal or replacement of apparatus which is or isto be connected to an electronic communications network;
“electronic communications apparatus” has the same meaning as i n
the electronic communications code;
“the electronic communications code” has the same meaning as in
Chapter 1 of Part 2 of this Act;
“electronic communications code network” means—
(a) so much of an electronic communications network or
conduit system provided by an electronic communicationscode operator as is not excluded from the application of theelectronic communications code by a direction undersection 106; and
(b) an electronic communications network which the Secretary
of State or a Northern Ireland department is providing orproposing to provide;
“electronic communications code operator” means a person in who se
case the electronic communications code is applied by a directi on
under section 106;“Media public interest
considerationSection 44(8)”.
“Newspaper Section 44(10)
Newspaper enterprise Section 58A(3)”.
“OFCOM Section 43(6)”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments497
“electronic communications network” and “electronic
communications service” each has the same meaning as in this Ac t;
“former PTO” means a person—
(a) who is a provider of a public electronic communications
network or a public electronic communications servicewhich, immediately before the date on which the repeal bythis Act of section 7 of the Telecommunications Act 1984(c. 12) comes into force, was designated as a publictelecommunication system under section 9 of that Act; and
(b) who, immediately before that date, was authorised to
provide that network or service by a licence to which section8 of that Act applied;
“operator”, in relation to an electronic communications code ne twork,
means—
(a) the electronic communications code operator providing that
network; or
(b) the Secretary of State or a Northern Ireland department, to
the extent that they are providing or proposing to providethat network;
“provide” and cognate expressions, in relation to an electronic
communications network, an electronic communications service orassociated facilities, are to be construed in accordance with s ection
32(4) of this Act;
“public electronic communications network” and “public electron ic
communications service” each has the same meaning as in Chapter  1
of Part 2 of this Act.
(2) In this paragraph—
(a) “conduit system” has the same meaning as in the electronic
communications code and references to providing a conduit syste m
shall be construed in accordance with paragraph 1(3A) of that c ode;
(b) “electronic communications code”, “electronic communications  code
network”, “electronic communications code operator”, “publicelectronic communications network” and “public electroniccommunications service” each has the meaning given in sub-paragraph (1).
Official Secrets Act 1911
2 For the purposes of the Official Secrets Act 1911 (c. 28), any electronic
communications station or office belonging to, or occupied by, the provider
of a public electronic communications service shall be a prohib ited place.
Law of Property Act 1925
3 In section 194(4) of the Law of Property Act 1925 (c. 20) (exce ptions from
restrictions on inclosure of commons), for the words from“telecommunication apparatus” onwards there shall be substitute d
“electronic communications apparatus installed for the purposes  of an
electronic communications code network.”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments498
Public Health Act 1925
4 In section 10 of the Public Health Act 1925 (c. 71) (Crown appl ication), for the
words from “telecommunication apparatus” to “system” there shal l be
substituted “electronic communications apparatus kept installed  for the
purposes of an electronic communications code network”.
London Overground Wires, etc Act 1933
5 (1) The London Overground Wires, etc. Act 1933 (c. xliv) shall b e amended as
follows.
(2) In section 11 (saving for safety regulations), for “any tele communication
apparatus made” there shall be substituted “any electronic comm unications
apparatus made”.
(3) In section 14 (savings in respect of telecommunications code  system)—
(a) for “telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purp oses of
a telecommunications code system” there shall be substituted“electronic communications apparatus kept installed for thepurposes of an electronic communications code network”;
(b) for the words from “conferred by” onwards there shall be sub stituted
“conferred by or in accordance with the electronic communicatio ns
code on the operator of any such network.”
Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949
6 (1) Section 1 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54) (licen sing wireless
telegraphy) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1)—
(a) for paragraphs (a) and (b) there shall be substituted “by OF COM;”;
and
(b) in the proviso, for the words from “Provided” to “by regulat ions”
there shall be substituted “Provided that OFCOM may byregulations”.
(3) After subsection (1) there shall be inserted—
“(1AA) Subsection (1) shall not apply to the use of a television  receiver
(within the meaning of Part 4 of the Communications Act 2003) f or
receiving a television programme or to the installation of a te levision
receiver for use solely for that purpose.”
(4) In subsection (2), for paragraphs (a) and (b) there shall be  substituted “as
OFCOM think fit,”.
(5) In subsection (3), for the words from “revoked by” to “BBC” there shall be
substituted “revoked by OFCOM”.
(6) In subsection (4), for the words from “notice in writing of”  to “served”, in the
first place where it occurs, there shall be substituted “notice  in writing from
OFCOM served by them”.
(7) In subsection (5), for the words from “surrendered” to “so t o do” there shall
be substituted “surrendered to OFCOM if required by them to do so”.
7 In section 1C of that Act (prohibition on Acts facilitating un authorisedCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments499
broadcasting), for subsection (4) there shall be substituted—
“(4) The cases in which a person is to be taken for the purposes  of this
section as advertising by means of a broadcast include any case  in
which he causes or allows it to be stated, suggested or implied  that
entertainment included in the broadcast—
(a) has been supplied by him; or
(b) is provided wholly or partly at his expense.”
8 (1) Section 1D of that Act (procedure for grant of licences for  providing a
telecommunications service) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For the words “the Secretary of State”, “himself” and “he”, wherever
occurring, there shall be substituted, respectively, “OFCOM”, “ themselves”
and “they”.
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) (which confine sections 1D to 1F to licences for the
purposes of a telecommunications service) shall cease to have e ffect.
(4) For subsection (3) there shall be substituted—
“(3) An application for a grant of a wireless telegraphy licence  shall be
determined in accordance with procedures prescribed in regulati ons
made by OFCOM.”
(5) In subsection (4), for “specified under subsection (3) shall  include” there
shall be substituted “must include provision for”.
(6) After subsection (4) there shall be inserted—
“(4A) The time limits fixed for the purposes of subsection (4) i n relation to
any application made after the coming into force of this subsec tion
must require a decision on the application to be made, notified  to the
applicant and published—
(a) in the case of an application for a licence relating to a
frequency allocated in accordance with the United KingdomPlan for Frequency Authorisation, not more than six weeksafter the day of the receipt of the application; and
(b) in any other case, as soon as possible after the receipt of the
application.
(4B) The period of six weeks specified in subsection (4A)(a) may  be
extended by OFCOM where it appears to them necessary to do so—
(a) for the purpose of enabling the requirements of any
international agreement relating to frequencies or to orbitalpositions or to satellite co-ordination to be complied with; or
(b) in a case where a determination falls to be made as to which
of a number of applicants is the more or most suitable to belicensed, for the purpose of securing that the procedure forthe making of that determination is fair, reasonable, open andtransparent.
(4C) That period shall not be extended by virtue of subsection ( 4B)(b) by
more than eight months.”
(7) In subsection (5) for “requires” there shall be substituted “require”.
(8) In subsection (6)—
(a) for “proposes” there shall be substituted “propose”;
(b) for “28 days” there shall be substituted “one month”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments500
(9) Subsections (7) and (8) shall cease to have effect.
(10) For subsection (9) there shall be substituted—
“(9) In imposing terms, provisions or limitations of a wireless telegraphy
licence, OFCOM shall impose only those that they are satisfied are—
(a) objectively justifiable in relation to the networks and serv ices
to which they relate; 
(b) not such as to discriminate unduly against particular person s
or against a particular description of persons;
(c) proportionate to what they are intended to achieve; and
(d) in relation to what they are intended to achieve, transparen t.”
9 (1) Section 3 of that Act (regulations as to wireless telegraph y) shall be amended
as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for the words before paragraph (a) there shall be
substituted “OFCOM may make regulations—”.
(3) After subsection (2) there shall be inserted—
“(2A) The approval of the Secretary of State is required for the  making by
OFCOM of any regulations under this section.
(2B) A statutory instrument containing regulations made by OFCOM
under this section shall be subject to annulment in pursuance o f a
resolution of either House of Parliament.”
10 No appeal shall be brought to the tribunal established under section 9 of that
Act (appeals tribunal in relation to decisions about interferen ce) in respect of
any decision made after the coming into force of section 192 of  this Act.
11 (1) Section 10 of that Act (regulations as to radiation of ele ctro-magnetic energy
etc.) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for the words before paragraph (a) there shall be
substituted “OFCOM may make regulations for either or both of t he
following purposes—”.
(3) In subsection (2), for the words from the beginning to “fit”  there shall be
substituted “The requirements prescribed under subsection (1) s hall be such
as OFCOM think fit”.
(4) After subsection (4) there shall be inserted—
“(4A) The approval of the Secretary of State is required for the  making by
OFCOM of any regulations under this section.
(4B) A statutory instrument containing regulations made by OFCOM
under this section shall be subject to annulment in pursuance o f a
resolution of either House of Parliament.”
12 (1) Section 11 of that Act (enforcement of regulations as to a pparatus) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1)—
(a) for the words before paragraph (a) there shall be substitute d “If
OFCOM are of the opinion—”;
(b) for “he considers” there shall be substituted “they consider ”;
(c) for “he may” there shall be substituted “OFCOM may”;
(d) for the words from “or, if” to “fit” there shall be substitu ted “or, if
OFCOM think fit”;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments501
(e) in paragraph (ii) of the proviso, for the words from the beg inning to
“satisfied” there shall be substituted “if OFCOM are satisfied” .
(3) In subsection (2), for the words from “notice in writing by”  to “served”, in
the first place where it occurs, there shall be substituted “no tice in writing
from OFCOM served by them”.
(4) In subsection (7), for the words from “notice” to “section” there shall be
substituted “notice from OFCOM under this section”.
13 (1) Section 12 of that Act (enforcement of regulations as to s ales etc.) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1)—
(a) for the words from the beginning to “opinion” there shall be
substituted “If OFCOM are of the opinion”; and
(b) for “he” there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(3) In subsection (5), for the words from “by” onwards there sha ll be substituted
“by OFCOM, be guilty of an offence.”
14 (1) Section 14 of that Act (penalties and legal proceedings) s hall be amended as
follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for paragraph (a) substitute—
“(a) any offence under section 5(1)(a) of this Act; or”.
(3) In subsection (1A)—
(a) in paragraph (c), for “of the Secretary of State” there shal l be
substituted “from OFCOM”; and
(b) paragraph (e) shall cease to have effect.
(4) In subsection (3)—
(a) paragraph (b) shall cease to have effect; and
(b) for “the Secretary of State” there shall be substituted “OFC OM”.
(5) In subsections (3A), (3B), (3D) and (3E), for “the Secretary  of State” there
shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
(6) In subsection (3B), for “he thinks” there shall be substitut ed “they think”.
(7) In subsection (3D), for “him” there shall be substituted “th em”.
(8) In subsection (7) (enforcement by civil proceedings)—
(a) after the words “the Crown”, in the first place where they o ccur,
there shall be inserted “or by OFCOM,”; and
(b) for the words from “In the application” onwards there shall be
substituted—
“In the application of this section to Scotland for the words
from ‘civil proceedings’ to ‘appropriate relief’ there shall besubstituted ‘civil proceedings by the Advocate General forScotland, or by OFCOM, for an interdict or for any otherappropriate remedy or relief.’”
15 (1) Section 15 of that Act (powers of entry) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for paragraphs (a) and (b) and the words “, with or without
any constables,” there shall be substituted “any constable or a ny person or
persons authorised for the purpose by OFCOM or the Secretary of  State”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments502
(3) After that subsection there shall be inserted—
“(1A) Where a person authorised by OFCOM or the Secretary of Sta te is
authorised by a warrant under subsection (1) to enter any premi ses,
he is to be entitled to exercise that warrant alone or to exerc ise it
accompanied by one or more constables.”
(4) In subsection (2)—
(a) in paragraph (b), for the words from “enable” to “decide” th ere shall
be substituted “enable OFCOM to decide”;
(b) in paragraph (c), for the words from “behalf” to “producing”  there
shall be substituted “behalf by OFCOM and producing”;
(c) in the words after paragraph (c), for the words from “behalf ” to
“with” there shall be substituted “behalf by OFCOM, with”;
(d) in paragraph (i) of the proviso, for the words from “that”, in the first
place where it occurs, to “satisfied” there shall be substitute d “that
OFCOM are satisfied”.
(5) In subsection (2A) for “the BBC” there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
16 (1) Section 16 of that Act (regulations and orders) shall be a mended as follows.
(2) After subsection (1) there shall be inserted—
“(1A) Section 403 of the Communications Act 2003 (procedure for
regulations and orders made by OFCOM) applies to every power ofOFCOM to make regulations under a provision of this Act.”
(3) In subsection (2), for the words from the beginning to “him”  there shall be
substituted “Any power conferred on the Secretary of State”.
17 In section 19 of that Act (interpretation), after subsection (2) there shall be
inserted—
“(2AA) In this Act ‘OFCOM’ means the Office of Communications.”
18 In Schedule 1 to that Act (procedures in relation to wireless  personnel), for
paragraph 3 there shall be substituted—
“3 The Secretary of State is to pay—
(a) the expenses incurred by an advisory committee under
this Schedule, to the extent determined by him; and
(b) such sums as he may determine in respect of the expenses
of the members of the committee.”
Coast Protection Act 1949
19 In section 47 of the Coast Protection Act 1949 (c. 74) (saving s), in paragraph
(b), for the words from “the telecommunications code” to “syste m” there
shall be substituted “the electronic communications code on the  operator of
an electronic communications code network”.
National Parks and Access to the Countryside Act 1949
20 (1) The National Parks and Access to the Countryside Act 1949 (c. 97) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In section 20(2) (byelaws for protection of nature reserves not to interfere
with certain rights)—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments503
(a) for “the running of a telecommunications code system” there shall be
substituted “the provision of an electronic communications codenetwork”;
(b) for “the telecommunications code” there shall be substituted  “the
electronic communications code”;
(c) for “such system” there shall be substituted “such network”.
(3) In section 60(5)(f) (exceptions from rights of public where access agreement
etc. in force), for “or a telecommunications code system” there  shall be
substituted “or an electronic communications code network”.
London County Council (General Powers) Act 1949
21 In section 7(6) of the London County Council (General Powers)  Act 1949
(c. lv) (interference by works etc. for provision of heat), for“telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of  a
telecommunications code system” there shall be substituted “ele ctronic
communications apparatus kept installed for the purposes of an electronic
communications code network”.
Local Government (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1953
22 (1) Section 6 of the Local Government (Miscellaneous Provision s) Act 1953
(c. 26) (supplementary provisions as to omnibus shelters etc.) s hall be
amended as follows.
(2) For “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall be
substituted “electronic communications apparatus”.
(3) In subsection (1)—
(a) for “a telecommunications code system” there shall be substi tuted
“an electronic communications code network”;
(b) for “that system” there shall be substituted “that network”.
(4) In subsection (2), for “system” there shall be substituted “ network”.
Army Act 1955
23 In section 44B(1)(b) of the Army Act 1955 (3 & 4 Eliz. 2 c. 18) (i nterference
etc. with equipment, messages or signals), for “a telecommunica tion system”
there shall be substituted “an electronic communications networ k”.
Air Force Act 1955
24 In section 44B(1)(b) of the Air Force Act 1955 (3 & 4 Eliz. 2 c. 1 9) (interference
etc. with equipment, messages or signals), for “a telecommunica tion system”
there shall be substituted “an electronic communications networ k”.
Lough Neagh and Lower Bann Drainage and Navigation Act (Norther n Ireland) 1955
25 In section 17(2) of the Lough Neagh and Lower Bann Drainage a nd
Navigation Act (Northern Ireland) 1955 (c. 15 (N.I.)) (applicati on of
paragraph 23 of telecommunications code)—
(a) for “the telecommunications code” there shall be substituted  “the
electronic communications code”;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments504
(b) for “telecommunication apparatus” there shall be substituted
“electronic communications apparatus”.
Naval Discipline Act 1957
26 In section 29B(1)(b) of the Naval Discipline Act 1957 (c. 53) (interference etc.
with equipment, messages or signals), for “a telecommunication system”
there shall be substituted “an electronic communications networ k”.
Opencast Coal Act 1958
27 (1) In section 45 of the Opencast Coal Act 1958 (c. 69) (saving  for apparatus
installed for the purposes of telecommunications code system)—
(a) for “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(b) for “a telecommunications code system”, wherever occurring, there
shall be substituted “an electronic communications code network ”;
(c) for “the telecommunications code”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “the electronic communications code”;
(d) for “that system” there shall be substituted “that network”.
Pipe-lines Act 1962
28 In section 40 of the Pipe-lines Act 1962 (c. 58) (avoidance of  interference with
telecommunications code systems)—
(a) for “telecommunication apparatus”, in both places, there sha ll be
substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(b) for “a telecommunications code system” there shall be substi tuted
“an electronic communications code network”;
(c) for “such system” there shall be substituted “such network”;
(d) for “the telecommunications code” there shall be substituted  “the
electronic communications code”.
London County Council (General Powers) Act 1963
29 In section 17(4)(a) of the London County Council (General Pow ers) Act 1963
(c. xvii) (interference from provision of illuminations, floodli ghting, etc.), for
“telecommunication apparatus kept installed for the purposes of  a
telecommunications code system” there shall be substituted “ele ctronic
communications apparatus kept installed for the purposes of an electronic
communications code network”.
Harbours Act 1964
30 In section 53 of the Harbours Act 1964 (c. 40) (application of
telecommunications code for certain works)— 
(a) for “telecommunications code” there shall be substituted “el ectronic
communications code”;
(b) for “telecommunication apparatus” there shall be substituted
“electronic communications apparatus”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments505
New Towns Act (Northern Ireland) 1965
31 (1) Section 25 of the New Towns Act (Northern Ireland) 1965 (c . 13 (N.I.)) shall
be amended as follows.
(2) In subsections (9A), (9C) and (9D)—
(a) for “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(b) for “a telecommunications code system” there shall be substi tuted
“an electronic communications code network”;
(c) for “that system” there shall be substituted “that network”;
(d) for “the telecommunications code”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “the electronic communications code”.
(3) In subsection (9B) for “any telecommunications code system” there shall be
substituted “any electronic communications code network”.
Marine, &c., Broadcasting (Offences) Act 1967
32 In each of sections 4 and 5 of the Marine, &c., Broadcasting (Offences) Act
1967 (c. 41) (prohibition of acts facilitating or otherwise rela ting to
broadcasts from ships etc.), the following subsection shall be inserted after
subsection (3)—
“(3A) Section 46 of the Consumer Protection Act 1987 (meaning of  supply)
shall have effect for construing references in this section to the
supply of any thing as it has effect for the purpose of constru ing
references in that Act to the supply of goods.”
33 (1) Section 5 of that Act shall be further amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (3) (offences of doing things with intent that  an unlawful
broadcast may be made)—
(a) in paragraph (a), for “with intent that a broadcast of it ma y” there
shall be substituted “knowing, or having reasonable cause to be lieve,
that a broadcast of it is to”;
(b) in paragraph (b), for “with intent that a broadcast of the w ork may”
there shall be substituted “knowing, or having reasonable cause  to
believe, that a broadcast of the work is to”;
(c) in paragraph (c), for “with intent that the work may” there shall be
substituted “knowing, or having reasonable cause to believe, th at the
work is to”.
(3) For subsection (4) (presumption as to advertising) there sha ll be
substituted—
“(4) The cases in which a person is to be taken for the purposes  of this
section as advertising by means of a broadcast include any case  in
which he causes or allows it to be stated, suggested or implied  that
entertainment included in the broadcast—
(a) has been supplied by him; or
(b) is provided wholly or partly at his expense.”
34 In section 6(5) of that Act (restrictions on prosecutions), a fter the words
“otherwise than”, wherever occurring, there shall be inserted “ by OFCOM
or”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments506
35 (1) Section 7A of that Act (powers of enforcement in relation to marine offences)
shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), after “the Secretary of State” there shal l be inserted “or
OFCOM”.
(3) In subsections (2) and (4), for “the Secretary of State has issued a written
authorisation” there shall be substituted “a written authorisat ion has been
issued by the Secretary of State or OFCOM”.
(4) In subsection (3)(a), for “the Secretary of State has issued  an authorisation”
there shall be substituted “an authorisation has been issued by  the Secretary
of State or OFCOM”.
(5) In subsection (7), after “powers” there shall be inserted “e xcept so far as
exercisable by virtue of an authorisation issued by OFCOM”.
36 In section 9(1) of that Act (interpretation), after the defin ition of “the high
seas” there shall be inserted—
“‘OFCOM’ means the Office of Communications;”.
Wireless Telegraphy Act 1967
37 (1) Section 7 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1967 (c. 72) (rest rictions on dealing
in, and custody of, certain apparatus) shall be amended as foll ows.
(2) In subsection (2), for “the Secretary of State” and “he” the re shall be
substituted, respectively, “OFCOM” and “they”.
(3) In subsections (5) to (11), for the words “the Secretary of State” and “The
Secretary of State”, wherever occurring, there shall be substit uted
“OFCOM”.
(4) In subsection (9), for “is satisfied” and “is so satisfied” there shall be
substituted, respectively, “are satisfied” and “are so satisfie d”.
(5) After subsection (11) there shall be inserted—
“(11A) Section 403 of the Communications Act 2003 (procedure for
regulations and orders made by OFCOM) applies to the power ofOFCOM to make an order under this section.
(11B) The approval of the Secretary of State is required for the  making by
OFCOM of an order under this section.
(11C) A statutory instrument containing an order made by OFCOM u nder
this section shall be subject to annulment in pursuance of a re solution
of either House of Parliament.
(11D) In this section ‘OFCOM’ means the Office of Communications .”
38 (1) Section 8 of that Act (provisions for securing enforcement  in relation to
vehicles) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1)—
(a) for “to make regulations under the Vehicle Excise and Regist ration
Act 1994 as to” there shall be substituted “of the Secretary of  State
under section 7(1) of the Vehicle Excise and Registration Act 1 994 to
specify”; and
(b) for “provisions included in the regulations” there shall be substituted
“a requirement imposed”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments507
(3) In subsection (2), for “regulations made” there shall be sub stituted “a
requirement imposed”. 
39 In section 13(1) of that Act (regulations and order to be mad e by statutory
instrument), for “or orders under” there shall be substituted “ under Part 1
of”.
Countryside Act 1968
40 (1) The Countryside Act 1968 (c. 41) shall be amended as follow s.
(2) In section 41 (exceptions from powers to make byelaws etc.),  in subsections
(4) and (12)—
(a) for “the running of a telecommunications code system” there shall be
substituted “the provision of an electronic communications codenetwork”;
(b) for “the telecommunications code” there shall be substituted  “the
electronic communications code”;
(c) for “such system” there shall be substituted “such network”.
(3) In paragraph 6 of Schedule 2 (exceptions from procedure for taking common
land)—
(a) for “the telecommunications code” there shall be substituted  “the
electronic communications code”;
(b) for “a telecommunications code system” there shall be substi tuted
“an electronic communications code network”.
Greater London Council (General Powers) Act 1969
41 In section 7(6) of the Greater London Council (General Powers ) Act 1969
(c. lii) (effect of exercise of power to stop up streets)—
(a) for “the telecommunications code” there shall be substituted  “the
electronic communications code”;
(b) for “telecommunications code system” there shall be substitu ted
“electronic communications code network”.
Harbours Act (Northern Ireland) 1970
42 In section 37 of the Harbours Act (Northern Ireland) 1970 (c. 1 (N.I.))
(application of telecommunications code for certain works)—
(a) for “telecommunications code” there shall be substituted “el ectronic
communications code”;
(b) for “telecommunication apparatus” there shall be substituted
“electronic communications apparatus”.
Thames Barrier and Flood Prevention Act 1972
43 In section 20(1)(a) of the Thames Barrier and Flood Preventio n Act 1972
(c. xlv)(power to make subsidiary works etc.), for “telecommunic ation
installations” there shall be substituted “electronic communica tions
installations”.
Fair Trading Act 1973
44 In section 137(3) of the Fair Trading Act 1973 (c. 41) (meanin g of “supply ofCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments508
services”), for paragraph (f) there shall be substituted—
“(f) includes the making of arrangements, by means of such an
agreement as is mentioned in paragraph 29 of Schedule 2 tothe Telecommunications Act 1984, for the sharing of the useof any electronic communications apparatus, and”.
Drainage (Northern Ireland) Order 1973
45 In paragraph 3 of Schedule 9 to the Drainage (Northern Irelan d) Order 1973
(S.I. 1973/69 (N.I. 1))—
(a) for “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(b) for “a telecommunications code system”, wherever occurring, there
shall be substituted “an electronic communications code network ”;
(c) for “telecommunications code”, wherever occurring (except in  the
expression “telecommunications code system”), there shall besubstituted “electronic communications code”;
(d) for “any such system” and “that system” there shall be subst ituted,
respectively, “any such network” and “that network”.
Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 1973
46 (1) In Article 57A(3)(b) of the Water and Sewerage Services (N orthern Ireland)
Order 1973 (S.I. 1973/70 (N.I. 2)) (civil liability of Department  for escapes of
water)—
(a) for “telecommunications code” there shall be substituted “el ectronic
communications code”;
(b) for “a telecommunication system” there shall be substituted “an
electronic communications network”.
(2) In Article 58(1) of that Order (protection for telegraph and  telephone lines),
for “telecommunications” there shall be substituted “electroniccommunications”.
Consumer Credit Act 1974
47 In section 16(6) of the Consumer Credit Act 1974 (c. 39) (exem pt agreements)
for “public telecommunications operator specified in the order”  there shall
be substituted “provider of a public electronic communications service who
is specified in the order”.
House of Commons Disqualification Act 1975
48 In Part 2 of Schedule 1 to the House of Commons Disqualificat ion Act 1975
(c. 24) (bodies of which all members are disqualified), in the a ppropriate
place, there shall be inserted—
“Seirbheis nam Meadhanan Gàidhlig”.
Northern Ireland Assembly Disqualification Act 1975
49 In Part 2 of Schedule 1 to the Northern Ireland Assembly Disq ualification
Act 1975 (c. 25) (bodies of which all members are disqualified),  in theCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments509
appropriate place, there shall be inserted—
“Seirbheis nam Meadhanan Gàidhlig”.
Welsh Development Agency Act 1975
50 (1) Section 19 of the Welsh Development Agency Act 1975 (c. 70)  (the Agency
and the media) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (9), for “the appropriate authority”, in both places, there shall
be substituted “the Office of Communications”.
(3) In subsection (11), in the definition of “relevant licence” for “the
Independent Television Commission or the Radio Authority” there  shall be
substituted “the Office of Communications”.
Building Regulations (Northern Ireland) Order 1979
51 In paragraph 14 of Schedule 1 to the Building Regulations (No rthern
Ireland) Order 1979 (S.I. 1979/1709 (N.I. 16)) (building regulati ons), for
“telecommunications services” there shall be substituted “commu nications
services”.
Local Government, Planning and Land Act 1980
52 (1) Part 3 of Schedule 28 to the Local Government, Planning an d Land Act 1980
(c. 65) (provisions about land acquired by urban development cor porations)
shall be amended as follows.
(2) In paragraphs 5, 6, 13, 14 and 16—
(a) for “the telecommunications code”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “the electronic communications code”;
(b) for “a telecommunications code system” and “any
telecommunications code system”, wherever occurring, there shal l
be substituted “an electronic communications code network”;
(c) for “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(d) for “such system” and “the system”, wherever occurring, ther e shall
be substituted, respectively, “such network” and “the network”.
Highways Act 1980
53 In section 35(11)(c) and (12) of the Highways Act 1980 (c. 66)  (regulation of
rights to maintain apparatus on walkways), for “telecommunicati ons code
systems” there shall be substituted “electronic communications code
networks”.
54 In section 115D of that Act (limits on powers to restrict acc ess to highways),
for paragraph (d) there shall be substituted—
“(d) as to prevent the operator of an electronic communications
code network having access to any electroniccommunications apparatus kept installed for the purposes of
that network under, in, on or over the highway.”
55 In section 142(5) of that Act (protection of telecommunicatio ns apparatus by
conditions in licences to plant trees etc. in a highway), forCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments510
“telecommunications code systems” there shall be substituted “e lectronic
communications code networks”.
56 (1) This paragraph applies to the following provisions of that  Act—
(a) the definition of “statutory undertakers” in section 144(6) (power to
erect flagpoles etc. on highways);
(b) the definition of “statutory undertakers” in section 169(4) (control of
scaffolding on highways);
(c) the definition of “statutory undertakers” in section 170(3) (control of
mixing mortar etc. on highways);
(d) section 177(4) and (12) (licence to build over highway not t o interfere
with telecommunications code systems);
(e) section 178(5) (exceptions to restriction on placing rails e tc. over
highways);
(f) section 329(4A) (interpretation);
(g) section 334 (savings for operators of telecommunications cod e
systems).
(2) In the provisions to which this paragraph applies—
(a) for “a telecommunications code system” and “any
telecommunications code system”, wherever occurring, there shal l
be substituted “an electronic communications code network”;
(b) for “the telecommunications code system” there shall be subs tituted
“the electronic communications code network”;
(c) for “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(d) for “telecommunications code”, wherever occurring (except in  the
expression “telecommunications code system”), there shall besubstituted “electronic communications code”;
(e) for “system”, wherever occurring (except in the expression
“telecommunications code system”), there shall be substituted“network”.
New Towns Act 1981
57 (1) This paragraph applies to the following provisions of the New Towns Act
1981 (c. 64)—
(a) section 16(2) (exception to extinguishment of rights over la nd
compulsorily acquired);
(b) section 19(2) (saving from the power to override certain rig hts);
(c) section 24 (apparatus kept installed for purposes of
telecommunications code system);
(d) section 26(8) (extinguishment of rights of way and removal o f
apparatus);
(e) section 39(7) (power of development corporation to transfer
undertakings).
(2) In the provisions to which this paragraph applies—
(a) for “in accordance with the telecommunications code”, wherev er
occurring, there shall be substituted “in accordance with theelectronic communications code”;
(b) for “a telecommunications code system” and “any
telecommunications code system”, wherever occurring, there shal l
be substituted “an electronic communications code network”;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments511
(c) for “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(d) for “the running of the telecommunications code system” ther e shall
be substituted “the provision of the electronic communications code
network”;
(e) for “the running of such a system” there shall be substitute d “the
provision of such a network”;
(f) for “such system” and “the system”, wherever occurring, ther e shall
be substituted, respectively, “such network” and “the network”.
Acquisition of Land Act 1981
58 (1) The Acquisition of Land Act 1981 (c. 67) shall be amended a s follows.
(2) In section 28 (acquisition of land by the creation of new ri ghts), after
paragraph (h) there shall be inserted—
“(i) paragraph 3(3) of Schedule 4 to the Communications Act
2003.”
(3) In section 32(6A) (exception to power to extinguish certain public rights of
way)—
(a) for the words from “telecommunication apparatus” to
“telecommunications code system” there shall be substituted“electronic communications apparatus kept installed for thepurposes of an electronic communications code network”; and
(b) in paragraph (a), for “system” there shall be substituted “n etwork”.
Housing (Northern Ireland) Order 1981
59 In Article 159A of the Housing (Northern Ireland) Order 1981 (S.I. 1981/156
(N.I. 3)) (application of telecommunications code to the Norther n Ireland
Housing Executive)—
(a) for “telecommunications code”, wherever occurring, there sha ll be
substituted “electronic communications code”;
(b) for “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(c) for “a telecommunications code system” there shall be substi tuted
“an electronic communications code network”;
(d) for “that system” there shall be substituted “that network”.
Civil Aviation Act 1982
60 In section 48(7)(b) of the Civil Aviation Act 1982 (c. 16) (Se cretary of State to
give notice of orders stopping up highways for civil aviation p urposes), for
“a telecommunications code system” there shall be substituted “ an
electronic communications code network”.
Representation of the People Act 1983
61 In section 92(1)(c) of the Representation of the People Act 1 983 (c. 2)
(broadcasting from outside the United Kingdom), for “the Indepe ndent
Television Commission or the Radio Authority” there shall be su bstituted
“the Office of Communications”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments512
62 (1) Section 93 of that Act (broadcasting of local items during  election period)
shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (4), for the words from the beginning to “each ” there shall be
substituted “The Office of Communications shall”.
(3) In subsection (6)—
(a) in the definition of “broadcasting authority”, for “the Inde pendent
Television Commission, the Radio Authority” there shall besubstituted “the Office of Communications”;
(b) in the definition of “relevant services”, for paragraphs (b)  and (c)
there shall be substituted—
“(b) in relation to the Office of Communications, means
services licensed under Part 1 or 3 of the BroadcastingAct 1990 or Part 1 or 2 of the Broadcasting Act 1996.”
Telecommunications Act 1984
63 (1) Sections 44 to 46 of the Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12 ) (offences
relating to modification and interception of messages and to as saults on the
persons engaged on the business of a telecommunications operato r) shall
cease to have effect.
(2) No proceedings shall be capable of being begun at any time a fter the
commencement of this paragraph for any offence under any of tho se
sections which was committed before the commencement of this pa ragraph.
(3) Any proceedings for an offence under any of those sections w hich have been
begun before the commencement of this paragraph but in which th ere has
not yet been a conviction must be discontinued immediately.
64 In sections 79, 83, 85 and 86 of that Act (wireless telegraph y provisions), for
the words “the Secretary of State” and “The Secretary of State” , wherever
occurring, there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
65 In section 79(6)(b) of that Act (seizure of apparatus etc.), for “section 80 or 81
below” there shall be substituted “Schedule 7 to the Communicat ions Act
2003”.
66 (1) Section 83 of that Act (disposal of seized apparatus and p roperty) shall be
further amended as follows.
(2) In subsections (1)(b) and (2)(b), for “section 80 or 81 abov e”, in each place,
there shall be substituted “Schedule 7 to the Communications Ac t 2003”.
(3) In subsection (3), for “him” there shall be substituted “the m”.
(4) In subsection (4), for “he thinks” there shall be substitute d “they think”.
67 (1) Section 84 of that Act (approval of wireless telegraphy ap paratus) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) For the words “Secretary of State”, wherever occurring, exce pt in subsection
(9), there shall be substituted “relevant authority”.
(3) In subsection (5), for “him” there shall be substituted “the  relevant
authority”.
(4) In subsection (8) for “his” there shall be substituted “the relevant
authority’s”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments513
(5) After subsection (8) there shall be inserted—
“(8A) Subject to subsection (8B), in this section ‘the relevant authority’
means—
(a) in such cases as may be specified in an order made by the
Secretary of State, the Secretary of State; and
(b) in any other case, OFCOM.
(8B) Where an application for the purposes of this section is ma de to the
Secretary of State or OFCOM and it appears to the person to who m
it is made that it should have been made to the other—
(a) that person shall refer the application to the other; and
(b) the application shall be proceeded with as if made to the
person to whom it is referred.”
68 Section 90 of that Act (funding of wireless interference serv ice by the
Secretary of State) shall cease to have effect. 
69 (1) Section 91 of that Act (construction of references to the conclusion of
proceedings) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for “under the 1949 Act or for the forfei ture of any
apparatus under section 80 or 81 above” there shall be substitu ted “to which
section 79 above applies or for the forfeiture of any apparatus  under
Schedule 7 to the Communications Act 2003”.
70 (1) Section 94 of that Act (directions in the interests of nat ional security) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for “requisite or expedient” there shall be substituted
“necessary”.
(3) In subsection (2), for “requisite or expedient” there shall be substituted
“necessary”.
(4) After subsection (2), there shall be inserted—
“(2A) The Secretary of State shall not give a direction under su bsection (1)
or (2) unless he believes that the conduct required by the dire ction is
proportionate to what is sought to be achieved by that conduct. ”
(5) In subsection (3), for “this Act” there shall be substituted  “Part 1 or Chapter
1 of Part 2 of the Communications Act 2003 and, in the case of a direction to
a provider of a public electronic communications network, notwi thstanding
that it relates to him in a capacity other than as the provider  of such a
network”.
(6) In subsection (6), for “public telecommunications operators”  there shall be
substituted “providers of public electronic communications netw orks”.
(7) In subsection (8), for the words from “the Director” onwards  there shall be
substituted “OFCOM and to providers of public electronic commun ications
networks.”
71 (1) Section 98 of that Act (use of conduits for telecommunicat ions purposes)
shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for the words “telecommunication apparatu s”, wherever
occurring, there shall be substituted “electronic communication s
apparatus”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments514
(3) In subsection (5)(a), for the words “telecommunication purpo ses” there shall
be substituted “the purposes of any electronic communications n etwork or
of any electronic communications service”.
72 (1) Section 101 of that Act (general restrictions on disclosur e of information)
shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1)(a), after “this Act” there shall be insert ed “(except Part 6)”.
(3) In subsection (2)(a)—
(a) the words “or transferred” shall be omitted; and
(b) for the words “, the Director or the Commission by or under this Act”
there shall be substituted “or OFCOM by or under this Act (exce pt
functions assigned by or under Part 6)”.
(4) In subsection (2)(b), after “the Rail Regulator” there shall  be inserted
“, OFCOM”.
(5) In subsection (3), after paragraph (p) there shall be insert ed—
“(q) the Communications Act 2003 (excluding the provisions of
that Act which are enactments relating to the management ofthe radio spectrum within the meaning of that Act).”
(6) Subsection (4) shall cease to have effect.
(7) In subsection (6), for “the Director” there shall be substit uted “OFCOM”.
73 In section 104 of that Act (orders and schemes), after subsec tion (1) there
shall be inserted—
“(1A) Section 403 of the Communications Act 2003 (procedure for
regulations and orders made by OFCOM) applies to every power ofOFCOM to make an order under a provision of this Act.
(1B) The approval of the Secretary of State is required for the making by
OFCOM of an order under section 85 or 86 above.
(1C) A statutory instrument containing an order made by OFCOM un der
section 85 or 86 above shall be subject to annulment in pursuan ce of
a resolution of either House of Parliament.”
74 In section 106(1) of that Act (general interpretation), after  the definition of
“modifications” there shall be inserted—
“‘OFCOM’ means the Office of Communications;”.
75 In paragraph 18(2) of Schedule 2 to that Act (notices affixed  to overhead
apparatus), for “paragraph 24(4)(a)” there shall be substituted  “paragraph
24(2A)(a)”.
Cinemas Act 1985
76 In section 21(1) of the Cinemas Act 1985 (c. 13) (interpretati on), for the
definition of “film exhibition” there shall be substituted—
“‘film exhibition’ means any exhibition of moving pictures
other than an exhibition of items included in a programmeservice (within the meaning of the Communications Act2003) that is being simultaneously received (or virtually so)by the exhibitor”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments515
Surrogacy Arrangements Act 1985
77 In section 3 of the Surrogacy Arrangements Act 1985 (c. 49) (a dvertisements
about surrogacy), for “a telecommunication system”, wherever oc curring,
there shall be substituted “an electronic communications networ k”.
Bankruptcy (Scotland) Act 1985
78 (1) Section 70 of the Bankruptcy (Scotland) Act 1985 (c. 66) (s upplies by utilities)
shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (4), for paragraph (d) there shall be substitu ted—
“(d) a supply of communications services by a provider of a
public electronic communications service.”
(3) For subsection (5) there shall be substituted—
“(5) In subsection (4), ‘communications services’ do not include
electronic communications services to the extent that they are used
to broadcast or otherwise transmit programme services (within t he
meaning of the Communications Act 2003).”
Housing Act 1985
79 (1) The Housing Act 1985 (c. 68) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In section 295(2)(b) (extinguishment of other rights over la nd acquired), for
“telecommunications systems” there shall be substituted “electr onic
communications networks”.
(3) In section 298(2) and (3) (telecommunications apparatus)—
(a) for “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(b) for “a telecommunications code system”, wherever occurring, there
shall be substituted “an electronic communications code network ”;
(c) for “the telecommunications code”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “the electronic communications code”;
(d) for “the system” and “a system” there shall be substituted,
respectively, “the network” and “a network”.
Airports Act 1986
80 In section 62 of the Airports Act 1986 (c. 31) (provisions as to
telecommunication apparatus)—
(a) for “the telecommunications code”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “the electronic communications code”;
(b) for “telecommunication apparatus” and “telecommunications
apparatus”, wherever occurring, there shall be substituted“electronic communications apparatus”;
(c) for “a telecommunications code system”, wherever occurring, there
shall be substituted “an electronic communications code network ”;
(d) in subsection (3), for “that system” there shall be substitu ted “that
network”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments516
Gas Act 1986
81 In section 4AA(4)(b) of the Gas Act 1986 (c. 44) (general duti es of Secretary
of State and Authority), for sub-paragraph (i) there shall be s ubstituted—
“(i) communications services and electronic
communications apparatus, or”.
Insolvency Act 1986
82 (1) The Insolvency Act 1986 (c. 45) shall be amended as follows .
(2) In section 233 (supplies of telecommunications services etc.  in cases of
administration or liquidation)—
(a) in subsection (3), for paragraph (d) there shall be substitu ted—
“(d) a supply of communications services by a provider of
a public electronic communications service.”;
(b) in subsection (5), for paragraph (d) there shall be substitu ted—
“(d) ‘communications services’ do not include electronic
communications services to the extent that they areused to broadcast or otherwise transmit programmeservices (within the meaning of the CommunicationsAct 2003).”
(3) In section 372 (supplies of telecommunications services etc.  in cases of
bankruptcy)—
(a) in subsection (4), for paragraph (d) there shall be substitu ted—
“(d) a supply of communications services by a provider of
a public electronic communications service.”;
(b) in subsection (5), for paragraph (c) there shall be substitu ted—
“(c) ‘communications services’ do not include electronic
communications services to the extent that they areused to broadcast or otherwise transmit programmeservices (within the meaning of the CommunicationsAct 2003).”
(4) In Schedule 2A (exceptions to prohibition on appointment of administrative
receiver), in paragraph 10, after sub-paragraph (2) there shall  be inserted—
“(2A) For the purposes of section 72D a business is also regulat ed to the
extent that it consists in the provision of a public electroniccommunications network or a public electronic communicationsservice.”
Company Directors Disqualification Act 1986
83 In section 9E(2) of the Company Directors Disqualification Ac t 1986 (c. 46)
(interpretation), for paragraph (a) there shall be substituted—
“(a) the Office of Communications;”.
Channel Tunnel Act 1987
84 For section 32 of the Channel Tunnel Act 1987 (c. 53), there s hall beCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments517
substituted—
“32 Exclusion of rights under electronic communications code 
No rights shall be exercisable by any person by virtue of the
electronic communications code in relation to any land comprise d in
the tunnel system and lying in or under the bed of the sea.”
85 In paragraph 3(2)(b) of Schedule 2 to that Act (supplementary  provisions as
to scheduled works etc.), for “telecommunications” there shall be
substituted “electronic communications”.
86 (1) Part 10 of Schedule 7 to that Act (protection of telecommu nications
operators) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In paragraph 1(1), for “a telecommunications operator” there  shall be
substituted “an operator of an electronic communications code n etwork”.
(3) In paragraphs 2 to 7—
(a) for “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(b) for “a telecommunications code system”, “a telecommunication
system” and “any telecommunications code system”, whereveroccurring, there shall be substituted “an electronic communicat ions
code network”;
(c) for “that telecommunications system” there shall be substitu ted “that
network”;
(d) for “the telecommunications operator”, wherever occurring, t here
shall be substituted “the operator”;
(e) for “any telecommunications operator”, wherever occurring, t here
shall be substituted “any operator of an electronic communicati ons
code network”;
(f) for “a system” and “that system”, wherever occurring, there shall be
substituted, respectively, “a network” and “that network”;
(g) for “the system”, wherever occurring, there shall be substit uted “the
electronic communications code network”.
Consumer Protection (Northern Ireland) Order 1987
87 (1) Article 29 of the Consumer Protection (Northern Ireland) O rder 1987
(S.I. 1987/2049 (N.I. 20)) (restrictions on disclosure of informa tion) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In paragraph (3), after sub-paragraph (n), there shall be in serted—
“(o) the Communications Act 2003.”
(3) In paragraph (6) for “the Director General of Telecommunicat ions” there
shall be substituted “the Office of Communications”.
Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988
88 In section 567(2)(b) of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (c. 1)
(meaning of “construction operations”), for “telecommunication apparatus”
there shall be substituted “electronic communications apparatus ”.
Norfolk and Suffolk Broads Act 1988
89 In section 25(1) of the Norfolk and Suffolk Broads Act 1988 ( c. 4)Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments518
(interpretation), in the definition of “statutory undertaker”, for paragraph
(d) there shall be substituted—
“(d) any electronic communications code operator;”.
Malicious Communications Act 1988
90 In section 1(2A)(a) of the Malicious Communications Act 1988 (c. 27)
(offence of sending electronic communications with intent to ca use distress
or anxiety), for “a telecommunication system (within the meanin g of the
Telecommunications Act 1984)” there shall be substituted “an el ectronic
communications network”.
Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988
91 (1) Section 69 of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 (c. 48) (no
infringement of copyright by use of recordings for certain supe rvisory
purposes) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (2)—
(a) for paragraph (a) there shall be substituted—
“(a) section 167(1) of the Broadcasting Act 1990, section
115(4) or (6) or 117 of the Broadcasting Act 1996 orparagraph 20 of Schedule 12 to the CommunicationsAct 2003;”;
(b) in paragraph (b), for the words from “by virtue of” to “1990 ” there
shall be substituted “by virtue of section 334(1) of theCommunications Act 2003”;
(c) in paragraph (c), for “Radio Authority” there shall be subst ituted
“OFCOM”;
(d) after paragraph (c) there shall be inserted—
“(d) section 334(3) of the Communications Act 2003.”
(3) For subsection (3) there shall be substituted—
“(3) Copyright is not infringed by the use by OFCOM in connectio n with
the performance of any of their functions under the Broadcastin g Act
1990, the Broadcasting Act 1996 or the Communications Act 2003of—
(a) any recording, script or transcript which is provided to the m
under or by virtue of any provision of those Acts; or
(b) any existing material which is transferred to them by a
scheme made under section 30 of the Communications Act2003.
(4) In subsection (3), ‘existing material’ means—
(a) any recording, script or transcript which was provided to th e
Independent Television Commission or the Radio Authorityunder or by virtue of any provision of the Broadcasting Act1990 or the Broadcasting Act 1996; and
(b) any recording or transcript which was provided to the
Broadcasting Standards Commission under section 115(4) or(6) or 116(5) of the Broadcasting Act 1996.”
92 (1) Section 73 of that Act (no breach of copyright by certain retransmissions of
broadcasts in cable programme service) shall be amended as foll ows.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments519
(2) In subsection (6)—
(a) for paragraphs (c) and (d) there shall be substituted—
“(c) the public teletext service,
(d) S4C Digital, and”
(b) for the words after paragraph (e) there shall be substituted —
“and expressions used in this subsection have the same
meanings as in Part 3 of the Communications Act 2003.”
(3) For subsection (7) there shall be substituted—
“(7) In this section ‘relevant requirement’ means a requirement imposed
by a general condition (within the meaning of Chapter 1 of Part  2 of
the Communications Act 2003) the setting of which is authorisedunder section 64 of that Act (must-carry obligations).”
93 (1) Paragraph 17 of Schedule 2 to that Act (no infringement of  performance
rights by use of recordings for certain supervisory purposes) s hall be
amended as follows.
(2) In sub-paragraph (2)—
(a) for paragraph (a) there shall be substituted—
“(a) section 167(1) of the Broadcasting Act 1990, section
115(4) or (6) or 117 of the Broadcasting Act 1996 orparagraph 20 of Schedule 12 to theCommunications Act 2003;”;
(b) in paragraph (b), for the words from “by virtue of” to “1990 ” there
shall be substituted “by virtue of section 334(1) of theCommunications Act 2003”;
(c) in paragraph (c), for “Radio Authority” there shall be subst ituted
“OFCOM”;
(d) after paragraph (c) there shall be inserted—
“(d) section 334(3) of the Communications Act 2003.”
(3) For sub-paragraph (3) there shall be substituted—
“(3) The rights conferred by Part 2 are not infringed by the use  by
OFCOM in connection with the performance of any of theirfunctions under the Broadcasting Act 1990, the Broadcasting Act1996 or the Communications Act 2003 of—
(a) any recording, script or transcript which is provided to
them under or by virtue of any provision of those Acts; or
(b) any existing material which is transferred to them by a
scheme made under section 30 of the Communications Act2003.
(4) In subsection (3), ‘existing material’ means—
(a) any recording, script or transcript which was provided to
the Independent Television Commission or the RadioAuthority under or by virtue of any provision of theBroadcasting Act 1990 or the Broadcasting Act 1996; and
(b) any recording or transcript which was provided to the
Broadcasting Standards Commission under section 115(4)
or (6) or 116(5) of the Broadcasting Act 1996.”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments520
Housing Act 1988
94 (1) Part 2 of Schedule 10 to the Housing Act 1988 (c. 50) (prov isions about land
acquired by a housing action trust) shall be amended as follows .
(2) In paragraphs 4, 5, 11, 12 and 14—
(a) for “the telecommunications code”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “the electronic communications code”;
(b) for “a telecommunications code system” and “any
telecommunications code system”, wherever occurring, there shal l
be substituted “an electronic communications code network”;
(c) for “telecommunications apparatus” and “telecommunication
apparatus”, wherever occurring, there shall be substituted“electronic communications apparatus”;
(d) for “such system” and “the system”, wherever occurring, ther e shall
be substituted, respectively, “such network” and “the network”.
Road Traffic Act 1988
95 In section 21(3)(b) of the Road Traffic Act 1988 (c. 52) (exce ption from
prohibition of driving etc on cycle tracks for statutory undert akers), for the
words from “a telecommunications code system” to “1984)” there shall be
substituted “an electronic communications code network”.
Water Act 1989
96 (1) Section 174 of the Water Act 1989 (c. 15) (general restrict ions on disclosure of
information) be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (2)(d), for sub-paragraph (iv) there shall be substituted—
“(iv) the Office of Communications;”.
(3) In subsection (3), after paragraph (ln) there shall be inser ted—
“(lo) the Communications Act 2003;”.
Road Traffic (Driver Licensing and Information Systems) Act 198 9
97 (1) The Road Traffic (Driver Licensing and Information Systems ) Act 1989
(c. 22) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For section 9(3) (requirement for licence to operate driver information
systems) there shall be substituted—
“(3) The holding by a person of a licence under this section sha ll not
relieve him of—
(a) any liability in respect of a failure to hold a licence unde r
section 1 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949; or
(b) any obligation to comply with requirements imposed by or
under Chapter 1 of Part 2 of the Communications Act 2003(electronic communications networks and electroniccommunications services).” 
(3) In paragraph 4 of Schedule 4 (application of telecommunicati ons code to
licence holders), for the words “(application of telecommunicat ions code)”
there shall be substituted “(procedure for works involving alte ration of
electronic communications apparatus)”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments521
(4) In paragraph 8 of Schedule 5 (undertakers’ works affecting d river
information systems)—
(a) in the definition of “relevant undertaker”, for paragraph (b ) there
shall be substituted—
“(b) any electronic communications code operator;”;
(b) in the definition of “undertaker’s works”, in paragraph (b),  for “a
telecommunication system run by him” there shall be substituted“an electronic communications code network provided by him”.
Electricity Act 1989
98 In section 3A(4)(b) of the Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29) (gener al duties of
Secretary of State and Authority), for sub-paragraph (i) there shall be
substituted—
“(i) communications services and electronic
communications apparatus, or”.
99 (1) Schedule 4 to that Act (other powers etc. of licence holde rs) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In paragraphs 3(1)(d) and 5—
(a) for “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(b) for “a telecommunication system” there shall be substituted “an
electronic communications code network”; and
(c) for “telecommunications code”, wherever occurring, there sha ll be
substituted “electronic communications code”.
(3) In paragraph 4(1), for paragraph (c) there shall be substitu ted—
“(c) any electronic communications code operator or any
former PTO; and”.
Local Government and Housing Act 1989
100 In section 88(1)(e)(i) of the Local Government and Housing A ct 1989 (c. 42)
(electronic communication), for “a telecommunication system (wi thin the
meaning of the Telecommunications Act 1984)” there shall be sub stituted
“an electronic communications network”.
Insolvency (Northern Ireland) Order 1989
101 (1) The Insolvency (Northern Ireland) Order 1989 (S.I. 1989/24 05 (N.I. 19)) shall
be amended as follows.
(2) In Article 197(3) (supplies of water, electricity, etc.) for  sub-paragraph (c) to
the end there shall be substituted—
“(c) a supply of communications services by a provider of a
public electronic communications service,
and in this paragraph ‘communications services’ do not include
electronic communications services to the extent that they are used
to broadcast or transmit programme services (within the meaning  of
the Communications Act 2003).”
(3) In Article 343(4) (supplies of water, electricity, etc.) for  sub-paragraph (c) toCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments522
the end there shall be substituted—
“(c) a supply of communications services by a provider of a
public telecommunications service,
and in this paragraph ‘communications services’ do not include
electronic communications services to the extent that they are used
to broadcast or transmit programme services (within the meaning  of
the Communications Act 2003).”
Town and Country Planning Act 1990
102 In section 148(1) of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 (c. 8)
(interpretation of Chapter 1), in the definition of “statutory undertakers”, for
“public telecommunications operators” there shall be substitute d “electronic
communications code operators and former PTOs”.
103 (1) This paragraph applies to the following provisions of tha t Act—
(a) section 236(2) (exception to extinguishment of rights over l and
compulsorily acquired);
(b) section 237(3) (saving from power to override certain rights );
(c) section 256 (Secretary of State’s orders affecting telecommu nications
apparatus);
(d) section 260 (orders by other authorities affecting telecommu nication
apparatus);
(e) section 272 (extinguishment of rights of telecommunications code
system operators);
(f) section 273(7) and (8) (notices given to developing authorit y);
(g) section 274(2) (making of orders);
(h) section 279(3) (right to compensation).
(2) In each of the provisions to which this paragraph applies—
(a) for “telecommunications code”, wherever occurring (except in  the
expression “telecommunications code system”), there shall besubstituted “electronic communications code”;
(b) for “a telecommunications code system” and “any
telecommunications code system”, wherever occurring, there shal l
be substituted “an electronic communications code network”;
(c) for “telecommunications apparatus” and “telecommunication
apparatus”, wherever occurring, there shall be substituted“electronic communications apparatus”;
(d) for “the telecommunications code system”, wherever occurring ,
there shall be substituted “the electronic communications codenetwork”;
(e) for “system”, wherever occurring (except in the expression
“telecommunications code system”), there shall be substituted“network”.
104 In section 280 of that Act (measures of compensation)—
(a) for “a telecommunications code system” there shall be substi tuted
“an electronic communications code network”;
(b) for “the running of the telecommunications code system”, whe rever
occurring, there shall be substituted “the provision of the ele ctronic
communications code network”.
105 In paragraph 1(a) of Schedule 13 to that Act (blighted land) , for sub-Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments523
paragraph (ii) there shall be substituted—
“(ii) of the provision by an electronic
communications code operator of anelectronic communications code network orthe provision by a former PTO of a publicelectronic communications network or apublic electronic communications service, or”.
Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas) Act 1990
106 (1) The Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas) Ac t 1990 (c. 9) shall
be amended as follows.
(2) In section 51(2) (saving for ending of rights over land comp ulsorily
acquired), for paragraphs (b) and (c) there shall be substitute d—
“(b) to any right conferred by or in accordance with the electro nic
communications code on the operator of an electroniccommunications code network, or
(c) to any electronic communications apparatus kept installed
for the purposes of any such network.”
(3) In section 91(3) (meaning of “statutory undertakers” in cert ain sections), in
paragraph (a) for “a public telecommunications operator” there shall be
substituted “an electronic communications code operator and to a former
PTO”.
London Local Authorities (No. 2) Act 1990
107 (1) Section 5 of the London Local Authorities (No. 2) Act 199 0 (c. xxx) (crime
prevention) shall be amended as follows.
(2) For subsection (1)(b) there shall be substituted—
“(b) providing within their area an electronic communications
service which is distributed—
(i) only to persons on a single set of premises; and
(ii) by an electronic communications network which is
wholly within those premises and is not connected toan electronic communications network any part ofwhich is outside those premises;”.
(3) In subsection (1)(c), for “telecommunications system” there shall be
substituted “electronic communications network or electroniccommunications service”.
(4) After subsection (4), there shall be inserted—
“(4A) For the purposes of subsection (1)(b)—
(a) a set of premises is a single set of premises if, and only i f, the
same person is the occupier of all the premises; and
(b) two or more vehicles are capable of constituting a single se t
of premises if, and only if, they are coupled together.”
(5) For subsection (5), there shall be substituted—
“(5) In this section—
‘premises’ includes a vehicle; and
‘vehicle’ includes a vessel, aircraft or hovercraft.”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments524
New Roads and Street Works Act 1991
108 (1) In the New Roads and Street Works Act 1991 (c. 22)— 
(a) paragraph 7 of Schedule 4 (streets with special engineering
difficulties), and
(b) paragraph 7 of Schedule 6 (roads with special engineering
difficulties),
shall be amended as follows.
(2) For “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall be
substituted “electronic communications apparatus”.
(3) In sub-paragraph (3)(c)—
(a) for “a telecommunication system” there shall be substituted “an
electronic communications network”; and
(b) for “a system” there shall be substituted “a network”.
Coal Mining Subsidence Act 1991
109 In section 52(1) of the Coal Mining Subsidence Act 1991 (c. 4 5)
(interpretation) in the definition of “statutory undertakers”, in paragraph (b)
for “any public telecommunications operator” there shall be sub stituted
“any electronic communications code operator, any former PTO”.
Water Industry Act 1991
110 In section 219 of the Water Industry Act 1991 (c. 56) (genera l interpretation),
in the definition of “accessories”, for “telecommunication appa ratus (within
the meaning of Schedule 2 to the Telecommunications Act 1984)” there shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”.
111 (1) Schedule 13 to that Act (protective provisions in respect  of certain
undertakings) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In paragraph 1(5), for paragraph (c) there shall be substitu ted—
“(c) any undertaking consisting in the provision of an
electronic communications network;”.
(3) In paragraph 4, for “telecommunication apparatus” there shal l be
substituted “electronic communications apparatus”.
112 (1) Schedule 15 to that Act (disclosure of information) shall  be amended as
follows.
(2) In Part 1, for “The Director General of Telecommunications” there shall be
substituted “The Office of Communications”.
(3) In Part 2, after the entry relating to the Enterprise Act 20 02, there shall be
inserted—
“The Communications Act 2003.”
Water Resources Act 1991
113 In section 221 of the Water Resources Act 1991 (c. 57) (gener al
interpretation), in the definition of “accessories”, for “telec ommunication
apparatus (within the meaning of Schedule 2 to the Telecommunic ations Act
1984)” there shall be substituted “electronic communications ap paratus”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments525
114 (1) Schedule 22 to that Act (general provisions protecting un dertakings) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In paragraph 1(4), for paragraph (c) there shall be substitu ted—
“(c) any undertaking consisting in the provision of an
electronic communications network;”.
(3) In paragraph 5, for “telecommunication apparatus” there shal l be
substituted “electronic communications apparatus”.
115 (1) Schedule 24 to that Act (disclosure of information) shall  be amended as
follows.
(2) In Part 1, for “The Director General of Telecommunications” there shall be
substituted “The Office of Communications”.
(3) In Part 2, after the entry relating to the Enterprise Act 20 02, there shall be
inserted—
“The Communications Act 2003.”
Land Drainage Act 1991
116 In paragraph 1(1) of Schedule 6 to the Land Drainage Act 199 1 (c. 59)
(protection for particular undertakings), for paragraph (c) the re shall be
substituted—
“(c) any undertaking consisting in the provision of an
electronic communications code network;”.
Planning (Northern Ireland) Order 1991
117 In Articles 103 (making of orders) and 104 (telecommunicatio n apparatus) of
the Planning (Northern Ireland) Order 1991 (S.I. 1991/1220 (N.I. 11))—
(a) for “telecommunications code”, wherever occurring (except in  the
expression “telecommunications code system”) there shall besubstituted “electronic communications code”;
(b) for “a telecommunications code system” and “any
telecommunications code system”, wherever occurring, there shal l
be substituted “an electronic communications code network”;
(c) for “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(d) for “system” (except in the expression “telecommunications c ode
system”) there shall be substituted “network”.
Charities Act 1992
118 In section 60(6)(c) of the Charities Act 1992 (c. 41) (making  of payments to
professional fund-raisers etc.), for “telecommunication apparat us” there
shall be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”.
Carriage of Goods by Sea Act 1992
119 In section 1(5) of the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act 1992 (c. 50), for “a
telecommunication system” there shall be substituted “an electr onic
communications network”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments526
Electricity (Northern Ireland) Order 1992
120 The Electricity (Northern Ireland) Order 1992 (S.I. 1992/231 (N.I. 1)) shall be
amended as follows.
121 In Article 61 (restrictions on disclosure of information)—
(a) for paragraph (2)(b)(vi) there shall be substituted-
“(vi) the Office of Communications;”;
(b) after paragraph (3)(u) there shall be inserted-
“(v) the Communications Act 2003;”.
122 (1) Schedule 4 (other powers etc. of licence holders) shall b e amended as
follows.
(2) In paragraph 1(1)—
(a) for “a public telecommunications operator” there shall be su bstituted
“an electronic communications code operator”;
(b) for “telecommunication system” there shall be substituted
“electronic communications network”.
(3) In paragraphs 4 and 6 for “public telecommunications operato r” there shall
be substituted “electronic communications code operator”.
(4) In paragraphs 3(1) and (2), 5(1), (2), (3) and (4), 6(1) and  9—
(a) for “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(b) for “a telecommunication system”, wherever occurring, there shall
be substituted “an electronic communications network”;
(c) for “telecommunications code”, wherever occurring, there sha ll be
substituted “electronic communications code”.
Leasehold Reform, Housing and Urban Development Act 1993
123 (1) Part 2 of Schedule 20 to the Leasehold Reform, Housing an d Urban
Development Act 1993 (c. 28) (provisions about land acquired by the Urban
Regeneration Agency) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In paragraphs 4, 5, 11, 12 and 14—
(a) for “the telecommunications code”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “the electronic communications code”;
(b) for “a telecommunications code system” and “any
telecommunications code system”, wherever occurring, there shal l
be substituted “an electronic communications code network”;
(c) for “telecommunications apparatus” and “telecommunication
apparatus”, wherever occurring, there shall be substituted“electronic communications apparatus”;
(d) for “such system” and “the system”, wherever occurring, ther e shall
be substituted, respectively, “such network” and “the network”.
Cardiff Bay Barrage Act 1993
124 In Schedule 2 to the Cardiff Bay Barrage Act 1993 (c. 42) (su pplementary
provisions about Development Corporation works)—
(a) in paragraph 1(c), for “telecommunication” there shall be su bstituted
“electronic communications”;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments527
(b) in paragraph 16, for “telecommunication apparatus” there sha ll be
substituted “electronic communications apparatus”.
125 In paragraph 3(2)(c) of Schedule 4 to that Act (exception to  extinguishment
of rights over land compulsorily acquired)—
(a) for “the telecommunications code” there shall be substituted  “the
electronic communications code”;
(b) for “a telecommunications code system” there shall be substi tuted
“an electronic communications code network”;
(c) for “such system;” there shall be substituted “such network. ”
126 In paragraph 21 of Schedule 7 to that Act (powers of survey etc. in
connection with groundwater damage)—
(a) in sub-paragraphs (5)(b)(ii) and (7), for “a relevant
telecommunications licenceholder” there shall be substituted “aprovider of a public electronic communications network”;
(b) in sub-paragraphs (6) and (7), for “or licenceholder” there shall be
substituted “or provider”;
(c) in sub-paragraph (6), for “running of the telecommunication system”
there shall be substituted “provision of the public electroniccommunications network”.
Railways Act 1993
127 (1) Section 145 of the Railways Act 1993 (c. 43) (general rest rictions on
disclosure of information) be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (2)(b), for sub-paragraph (iv) there shall be substituted—
“(iv) the Office of Communications,”.
(3) In subsection (3), after paragraph (qs) there shall be inser ted—
“(qt) the Communications Act 2003;”.
Roads (Northern Ireland) Order 1993
128 (1) This paragraph applies to the following provisions of the  Roads (Northern
Ireland) Order 1993 (S.I. 1993/3160 (N.I. 15))—
(a) Article 12(2) (road bridges over railways);
(b) Article 70(2) (consultation on exercise of power to erect st ructure on
road);
(c) Article 72(2) (control of scaffolding on roads);
(d) Article 73(2) (restriction on placing rails etc. over roads) ;
(e) Article 78(2) (excavations in a road);
(f) Article 79(2) (placing of apparatus in or under roads);
(g) Article 82(3) (excavations near a road);
(h) Article 83(2) (alteration of wall, fence or drain at the sid e of a road);
(i) Schedule 9 (savings for telecommunications apparatus).
(2) In each of the provisions to which this paragraph applies—
(a) for “a telecommunications code system” and “any
telecommunications code system”, wherever occurring, there shal l
be substituted “an electronic communications code network”;
(b) for “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments528
(c) for “telecommunications code”, wherever occurring (except in  the
expression “telecommunications code system”), there shall besubstituted “electronic communications code”;
(d) for “that system”, “any such system” and “the system”, where ver
occurring, there shall be substituted, respectively, “that netw ork”,
“any such network” and “the network”;
(e) for “the telecommunications code system” there shall be subs tituted
“the electronic communications code network”.
Value Added Tax Act 1994
129 (1) The Value Added Tax Act 1994 (c. 23) shall be amended as f ollows.
(2) In section 33 (refunds of VAT in certain cases)—
(a) in subsection (3), for paragraph (j) there shall be substitu ted—
“(j) the appointed news provider referred to in section
280 of the Communications Act 2003; and”;
(b) in subsection (5), for “a nominated” there shall be substitu ted “an
appointed”.
(3) In Part 2 of Schedule 9 (exemptions), in Note (1) in Group 1 2 (fund-raising
events by charities etc.), for “a telecommunications system (wi thin the
meaning of the Telecommunications Act 1984)” there shall be sub stituted
“an electronic communications network”.
Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994
130 (1) Section 163 of the Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994 (c. 33) (local
authority powers to provide closed-circuit television) shall be  amended as
follows.
(2) For subsection (1)(b) there shall be substituted—
“(b) providing within their area an electronic communications
service which is distributed—
(i) only to persons on a single set of premises; and
(ii) by an electronic communications network which is
wholly within those premises and is not connected toan electronic communications network any part ofwhich is outside those premises;”.
(3) In subsection (1)(c), for “telecommunications system” there shall be
substituted “electronic communications network or electroniccommunications service”.
(4) After subsection (3), there shall be inserted—
“(3A) For the purposes of subsection (1)(b)—
(a) a set of premises is a single set of premises if, and only i f, the
same person is the occupier of all the premises; and
(b) two or more vehicles are capable of constituting a single se t
of premises if, and only if, they are coupled together.”
(5) In subsection (4), for the definition of “telecommunications  system” there
shall be substituted—
“‘premises’ includes a vehicle; and‘vehicle’ includes a vessel, aircraft or hovercraft.”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments529
Airports (Northern Ireland) Order 1994
131 In Article 12 of the Airports (Northern Ireland) Order 1994 (S.I. 1994/426
(N.I. 1)) (provisions as to telecommunications apparatus)—
(a) for “telecommunications apparatus”, wherever occurring, ther e shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(b) for “the telecommunications code”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “the electronic communications code”;
(c) for “a telecommunications code system”, wherever occurring, there
shall be substituted “an electronic communications code network ”;
(d) in paragraph (3), for “that system” there shall be substitut ed “that
network”.
Merchant Shipping Act 1995
132 In section 91(7) of the Merchant Shipping Act 1995 (c. 21) (r eport of dangers
to navigation), in the definition of “controlled station for wi reless
telegraphy”—
(a) after “Secretary of State” there shall be inserted “or by th e Office of
Communications”; and
(b) for “by him” there shall be substituted “by the Office of
Communications”.
Criminal Procedure (Scotland) Act 1995
133 (1) The Criminal Procedure (Scotland) Act 1995 (c. 46) shall b e amended as
follows.
(2) In section 302(9)(a) (interpretation), at the end there shal l be inserted “nor an
offence to which Schedule 6 to the Communications Act 2003 (fix ed
penalties for wireless telegraphy offences) applies.”
(3) In Schedule 9 (certificates as to proof of certain routine m atters), at the end
there shall be inserted—
“The
Communications Act2003Section 363(1) and (2)(offence ofunauthorisedinstallation or use ofa television receiver)A person authorised
t o  d o  s o  b y  t h eBritish BroadcastingCorporationIn relation to
premises at anaddress specified inthe certificate,whether on a date sospecified anytelevision licence (forthe purposes of thatsection) was, inrecords maintainedon behalf of theCorporation inrelation to suchlicences, recorded as
being in force; and, if
so, particulars sospecified of suchrecord of thatlicence.”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments530
British Waterways Act 1995
134 In section 3(1) of the British Waterways Act 1995 (c. i) (int erpretation), in the
definition of “relevant undertaker”, in paragraph (f), for the words from the
beginning to “in that Act)” there shall be substituted “any pro vider of an
electronic communications network having any electronic communi cations
apparatus”.
Street Works (Northern Ireland) Order 1995
135 (1) Paragraph 7 of Schedule 2 to the Street Works (Northern I reland) Order 1995
(S.I. 1995/3210 (N.I. 19)) (streets with special engineering diff iculties) shall
be amended as follows.
(2) For “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall be
substituted “electronic communications apparatus”.
(3) In sub-paragraph (3)(c)—
(a) for “a telecommunication system” there shall be substituted “an
electronic communications network”;
(b) for “a system” there shall be substituted “a network”.
Housing Act 1996
136 In section 16(7)(a) of the Housing Act 1996 (c. 52) (use of e lectronic
communications by tenant in exercise of right to acquire dwelli ng), for “a
telecommunication system (within the meaning of the Telecommuni cations
Act 1984)” there shall be substituted “an electronic communicat ions
network”.
Housing Grants, Construction and Regeneration Act 1996
137 In section 105(1)(b) of the Housing Grants, Construction and  Regeneration
Act 1996 (c. 53) (meaning of “construction operations”), for“telecommunication apparatus” there shall be substituted “elect ronic
communications apparatus”.
Channel Tunnel Rail Link Act 1996
138 In Schedule 6 to the Channel Tunnel Rail Link Act 1996 (c. 61 ) (planning
conditions), in the table in paragraph 6(4) and the table in pa ragraph 15(4),
for “telecommunications masts”, in each place, there shall be s ubstituted
“electronic communications masts”.
139 (1) Part 4 of Schedule 15 to that Act (protection of telecomm unications
operators) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In paragraph 1(1), for “telecommunications operator” there s hall be
substituted “an operator of an electronic communications code n etwork”.
(3) In paragraphs 2 to 4—
(a) for “telecommunications code”, wherever occurring, there sha ll be
substituted “electronic communications code”;
(b) for “telecommunications apparatus”, wherever occurring, ther e shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(c) for “a telecommunications operator”, wherever occurring, the re shall
be substituted “an operator”;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments531
(d) for “any telecommunications operator”, wherever occurring, t here
shall be substituted “any operator of an electronic communicati ons
code network”;
(e) for “the telecommunications operator”, wherever occurring, t here
shall be substituted “the operator”;
(f) for “telecommunications system” there shall be substituted
“electronic communications code network”.
(4) In paragraph 5—
(a) for “telecommunications apparatus”, wherever occurring, ther e shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(b) for “telecommunications operator”, in the first place where it occurs,
there shall be substituted “operator of an electronic communica tions
code network”;
(c) for “telecommunications operator”, in each other place where  it
occurs, there shall be substituted “operator”.
Gas (Northern Ireland) Order 1996
140 The Gas (Northern Ireland) Order 1996 (S.I. 1996/275 (N.I. 2))  shall be
amended as follows.
141 In Article 44 (restrictions on disclosure of information)—
(a) in paragraph (3)(b), for head (vi) there shall be substitute d—
“(vi) the Office of Communications;”;
(b) in paragraph (4), after sub-paragraph (v) there shall be ins erted—
“(w) the Communications Act 2003.”
142 (1) Schedule 3 (other powers etc. of licence holders) shall b e amended as
follows.
(2) In paragraph 1(1)—
(a) for “a public telecommunications operator” there shall be su bstituted
“an electronic communications code operator”;
(b) for “telecommunication system” there shall be substituted
“electronic communications network”.
(3) In paragraphs 4 and 6 for “public telecommunications operato r” there shall
be substituted “electronic communications code operator”.
(4) In paragraphs 3(1), (2) and (3), 5(1) and (2), 6(1) and 8—
(a) for “telecommunication apparatus”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “electronic communications apparatus”;
(b) for “a telecommunication system”, wherever occurring, there shall
be substituted “an electronic communications network”;
(c) for “telecommunications code”, wherever occurring, there sha ll be
substituted “electronic communications code”.
Construction Contracts (Northern Ireland) Order 1997
143 In Article 4(1)(b) of the Construction Contracts (Northern I reland) Order
1997 (S.I. 1997/274 (N.I. 1)) (meaning of “construction operation s”), for
“telecommunication apparatus” there shall be substituted “elect ronic
communications apparatus”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments532
Waste and Contaminated Land (Northern Ireland) Order 1997
144 In Article 2(2) of the Waste and Contaminated Land (Northern  Ireland)
Order 1997 (S.I. 1997/2778 (N.I. 19)) (meaning of “industrial was te” for
“telecommunication services”) there shall be substituted “commu nications
services”.
Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998
145 Subject to any other amendment made by any other provision o f this Act, in
sections 1 to 4 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998 (c. 6), for the words “the
Secretary of State”, “Secretary of State” and “The Secretary of  State”,
wherever occurring, there shall be substituted “OFCOM”.
146 In section 1 of that Act (charges for wireless telegraphy li cences)—
(a) in subsection (2)(b), for “the issue or renewal of the licen ce” there
shall be substituted “the issue of the licence or the making of  the
grant”;
(b) in subsection (3)(c), for the words “the Secretary of State thinks”,
there shall be substituted “OFCOM think”;
(c) in subsection (4), for the words “he thinks”, there shall be  substituted
“they think”; and
(d) in subsection (5), at the end there shall be inserted “or an y grant of
recognised spectrum access made in accordance with regulationsunder section 3A”.
147 For section 2 of that Act there shall be substituted—
“2 Matters to be taken into account
(1) This section applies where OFCOM exercise any of their power s
under section 1 to prescribe sums payable in respect of anydescription of wireless telegraphy licence or of grant of recog nised
spectrum access, other than a power to prescribe sums payablewhere—
(a) a wireless telegraphy licence is varied or revoked at the
request or with the consent of the licence holder; or
(b) a grant of recognised spectrum access is varied or revoked a t
the request or with the consent of the holder of the grant.
(2) OFCOM may, if they think fit in the light (in particular) of  the
matters to which they are required to have regard under section  154
of the Communications Act 2003, prescribe sums which would begreater than those that would be necessary for the purposes ofrecovering costs incurred by them in connection with functionsunder the enactments relating to the management of the radiospectrum.
(3) In this section—
‘the enactments relating to the management of the radio
spectrum’ has the same meaning as in the Communications
Act 2003;
‘prescribe’ means prescribe by regulations or determine in
accordance with regulations.”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments533
148 (1) Section 4 of that Act (restriction on revocation or varia tion of licences) shall
be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (1), for the words “him” and “his” there shall  be substituted,
respectively, “them” and “their”.
(3) In subsection (5), for the word “him” there shall be substit uted “them”.
149 (1) After section 4 of that Act there shall be inserted—
“4A Recovery of sums payable to OFCOM
Where any sum is required to be paid to OFCOM—
(a) under any provision of this Act,
(b) in pursuance of any provision of regulations under
this Act, or
(c) by virtue of any terms or conditions contained by
virtue of this Act in a wireless telegraphy licence, or ina grant of recognised spectrum access,
that sum shall be so paid to them as soon as it becomes due in
accordance with that provision, or those terms or conditions, a nd if
not paid is to be recoverable by them accordingly.”
(2) This paragraph does not apply to a sum that first became pay able before the
coming into force of this paragraph.
150 For section 6 of that Act there shall be substituted—
“6 Regulations
(1) Section 403 of the Communications Act 2003 (procedure for
regulations and orders made by OFCOM) applies to every power ofOFCOM to make regulations under a provision of this Act.
(2) Subsections (4) to (6) of that section shall not apply in an y case in
which it appears to OFCOM that by reason of the urgency of thematter it is inexpedient to publish a notice in accordance withsubsection (4)(b) of that section.
(3) Subsections (4) to (6) of that section shall not apply in th e case of any
regulations under section 3 or 3A modifying previous regulation s
under that section in a case not falling within subsection (2) if it
appears to OFCOM—
(a) that the modifications would not adversely affect the
interests of any person or otherwise put him in a worseposition or, as regards someone else, put him at adisadvantage; and
(b) in so far as the modifications affect a procedure that has
already begun, that no person would have acted differentlyhad the modifications come into force before the procedurebegan.”
151 (1) Section 8 of that Act (interpretation) shall be amended a s follows.
(2) After “In this Act—” there shall be inserted—
“‘grant of recognised spectrum access’ means a grant of
recognised spectrum access made under section 159 of theCommunications Act 2003;
‘OFCOM’ means the Office of Communications;”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments534
(3) After the definition of “wireless telegraphy licence” there shall be inserted—
“and references in this Act to the issue of a wireless telegrap hy
licence or the making of a grant of recognised spectrum accessinclude references to the issue of such a licence, or the makin g of a
grant of such access, by way of renewal of a previous licence o r
grant.”
Finance Act 1998
152 In section 118(1) of the Finance Act 1998 (c. 36) (claims for  income tax
purposes), for “a telecommunication system (within the meaning of the
Telecommunications Act 1984)” there shall be substituted “an el ectronic
communications service”.
Competition Act 1998
153 (1) Schedule 7 to the Competition Act 1998 (c. 41) (members of  Commission
appointed under certain enactments) shall be amended as follows .
(2) In paragraph 2(1)(d), for sub-paragraph (iii) there shall be  substituted—
“(iii) section 194(1) of the Communications Act 2003;”.
(3) In paragraph 19A(9), in the definition of “special reference  group”, after
paragraph (n) there shall be inserted “or
(o) section 193 of the Communications Act 2003.”
154 In paragraph 1 of Schedule 7A to that Act (procedural rules) , in the
definition of “special investigation”, for “and (n)” there shal l be substituted
“, (n) and (o)”.
Regional Development Agencies Act 1998
155 (1) Schedule 6 to the Regional Development Agencies Act 1998 (c. 45) (land
acquired by regional development agencies) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In paragraphs 1, 2, 8, 9 and 11—
(a) for “the telecommunications code”, wherever occurring, there  shall
be substituted “the electronic communications code”;
(b) for “a telecommunications code system” and “any
telecommunications code system”, wherever occurring, there shal l
be substituted “an electronic communications code network”;
(c) for “telecommunications apparatus” and “telecommunication
apparatus”, wherever occurring, there shall be substituted“electronic communications apparatus”;
(d) for “such system” and “the system”, wherever occurring, ther e shall
be substituted, respectively, “such network” and “the network”.
Finance Act 1999
156 In section 132(10) of the Finance Act 1999 (c. 16) (power to provide for use of
electronic communications), for “a telecommunication system (wi thin the
meaning of the Telecommunications Act 1984)” there shall be sub stituted
“an electronic communications service”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments535
Greater London Authority Act 1999
157 (1) Section 235 of the Greater London Authority Act 1999 (c. 2 9) (restrictions on
disclosure of information) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (2)(c), for sub-paragraph (iv) there shall be substituted—
“(iv) the Office of Communications,”.
(3) In subsection (3), after paragraph (rs) there shall be inser ted—
“(rt) the Communications Act 2003;”.
Electronic Communications Act 2000
158 In section 15(1) of the Electronic Communications Act 2000 ( c. 7) (general
interpretation), in the definition of “electronic communication ”, for “a
telecommunication system (within the meaning of the Telecommuni cations
Act 1984)” there shall be substituted “an electronic communicat ions
network”.
Television Licences (Disclosure of Information) Act 2000
159 In section 5 of the Television Licences (Disclosure of Infor mation) Act 2000
(c. 15) (interpretation)—
(a) for the definitions of “the BBC” and “television licence” th ere shall be
substituted—
“‘the BBC’ means the British Broadcasting
Corporation;”;
(b) after the definition of “prescribed” there shall be inserted —
“‘television licence’ means a licence for the purposes of
section 363 of the Communications Act 2003;”.
Finance Act 2000
160 In paragraph 8 of Schedule 38 to the Finance Act 2000 (c. 17)  (regulations for
providing incentives for electronic communications), in the def inition of
“electronic communications”, for “a telecommunication system (w ithin the
meaning of the Telecommunications Act 1984)” there shall be sub stituted
“an electronic communications service”.
Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act 2000
161 (1) The Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act 2000 (c. 23) sh all be amended as
follows.
(2) In section 26(6)(a) (surveillance carried out for detecting unlicensed TV use),
for “section 1 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949)” there shal l be
substituted “Part 4 of the Communications Act 2003)”.
(3) In Part 1 of Schedule 1 (relevant public authorities for the  purposes of
sections 28 and 29 of that Act), after paragraph 23 there shall  be inserted—
“23A The Office of Communications.”
Postal Services Act 2000
162 (1) The Postal Services Act 2000 (c. 26) shall be amended as f ollows.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments536
(2) In section 125(2)(a) (communications delivered otherwise tha n
electronically), for “a telecommunication system (within the me aning of the
Telecommunications Act 1984)” there shall be substituted “an el ectronic
communications network”.
(3) In paragraph 3 of Schedule 7 (disclosure of information)—
(a) in sub-paragraph (2), for paragraph (f) there shall be subst ituted—
“(f) the Office of Communications,”;
(b) in sub-paragraph (3), after paragraph (gh) there shall be in serted—
“(gi) the Communications Act 2003,”.
Utilities Act 2000
163 (1) Section 105 of the Utilities Act 2000 (c. 27) (general res trictions on disclosure
of information) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In subsection (5), for paragraph (d) there shall be substitu ted—
“(d) the Office of Communications;”.
(3) In subsection (6), after paragraph (s) there shall be insert ed—
“(t) the Communications Act 2003.”
Freedom of Information Act 2000
164 In Part 6 of Schedule 1 to the Freedom of Information Act 20 00 (c. 36) (public
authorities), there shall be inserted at the appropriate place—
“The Consumer Panel established under section 16 of the
Communications Act 2003.”
Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000
165 (1) The Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000 (c. 37) shall b e amended as
follows.
(2) In section 17(4) (byelaws not to interfere with certain righ ts), for paragraph
(c) there shall be substituted—
“(c) with the provision of an electronic communications code
network or the exercise of any right conferred by or inaccordance with the electronic communications code on theoperator of any such network.”
(3) In paragraph 8 of Schedule 1 (excepted land), for “a telecom munications
code system” there shall be substituted “an electronic communic ations code
network”.
Transport Act 2000
166 (1) Paragraph 3 of Schedule 9 to the Transport Act 2000 (c. 38 ) (air traffic
information) shall be amended as follows.
(2) In sub-paragraph (2), for paragraph (d) there shall be subst ituted—
“(d) the Office of Communications;”.
(3) In sub-paragraph (3)—
(a) after paragraph (q) there shall be inserted—
“(qa) the Broadcasting Act 1996;”;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments537
(b) after paragraph (ra) there shall be inserted—
“(rb) the Communications Act 2003;”.
Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000
167 (1) The Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000  (c. 41) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) In section 11(3) (broadcasters to have regard to Electoral C ommission’s
views on political broadcasts), for the words from “and Sianel”  to “regard”
there shall be substituted “shall have regard, in determining i ts policy with
respect to party political broadcasts,”.
(3) In paragraph 4(6) of Schedule 12 (broadcasters to have regar d to Electoral
Commission’s views on referendum campaign broadcasts), for the words
from “and Sianel” to “regard” there shall be substituted “shall  have regard,
in determining its policy with respect to referendum campaign b roadcasts
by designated organisations,”.
Vehicles (Crime) Act 2001
168 In sections 16(2)(a), 31(2)(a) and 40(6) of the Vehicles (Cr ime) Act 2001 (c. 3)
(transmission of representations and service of notices etc.), for “a
telecommunication system (within the meaning of the Telecommuni cations
Act 1984 (c. 12))” there shall be substituted “an electronic co mmunications
network”.
Criminal Justice and Police Act 2001
169 In the table in section 1(1) of the Criminal Justice and Pol ice Act 2001 (c. 16)
(offences leading to penalties on the spot), after the entry re lating to section
12 of that Act there shall be inserted—
Electronic Communications Act (Northern Ireland) 2001
170 In section 4(1) of the Electronic Communications Act (Northe rn Ireland)
2001 (c. 9 (N.I.)) (interpretation), in the definition of “elect ronic
communication”, for “a telecommunication system (within the mea ning of
the Telecommunications Act 1984)” there shall be substituted “a n electronic
communications network”.
Office of Communications Act 2002
171 Sections 2, 4, 5 and 6 of the Office of Communications Act 2 002 (c. 11) shall
cease to have effect.
172 (1) The Schedule to that Act shall be amended as follows.
(2) The following shall cease to have effect—“Section 127(2) of the
Communications Act 2003Using public electronic
communications network inorder to cause annoyance,inconvenience or needlessanxiety”.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments538
(a) paragraph 1(4);
(b) paragraph 8(5);
(c) paragraph 17(8) and (9); and
(d) paragraph 20.
(3) For paragraph 8(1) there shall be substituted—
“(1) It shall be the duty of OFCOM so to conduct their affairs a s to
secure that their revenues so far as they —
(a) derive from the exercise of powers to impose charges or
fees in respect of the carrying out of particular functions,and
(b) do not fall to be paid into the Consolidated Fund of the
United Kingdom or of Northern Ireland,
are at least sufficient to enable OFCOM to meet the costs of
carrying out the functions to which the revenues relate.”
(4) After paragraph 14(3) (executive committees of OFCOM to incl ude member
or employee of OFCOM) there shall be inserted—
“(3A) Sub-paragraph (3) has effect in the case of a committee of  OFCOM
which— 
(a) is not the Content Board, but
(b) has functions that are confined to functions falling within
section 13(2) of the Communications Act 2003 (functionswithin the Content Board’s remit),
as if the reference in that sub-paragraph to a member of OFCOM
included a reference to a member of the Content Board who is no t
a member of OFCOM.”
Tobacco Advertising and Promotion Act 2002
173 (1) Section 12 of the Tobacco Advertising and Promotion Act 2 002 (c. 36)
(exclusion from that Act of advertising on television and radio ) shall be
amended as follows.
(2) For subsection (3) there shall be substituted—
“(3) This subsection applies to —
(a) a service falling within section 211(1) of the Communication s
Act 2003 (independent television services regulated by theOffice of Communications) which is not an additionaltelevision service (within the meaning of Part 3 of that Act);and
(b) an additional television service comprised in the public
teletext service (within the meaning of that Part).”
(3) For subsection (5) there shall be substituted—
“(5) This subsection applies to a service which—
(a) falls within section 245(1) of the Communications Act 2003
(independent radio services regulated by the Office ofCommunications); but
(b) is not a digital additional sound service (within the meanin g
of Part 3 of that Act).”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 17 — Minor and Consequential Amendments539
Enterprise Act 2002
174 (1) The Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40) shall be amended as follow s.
(2) In section 126(6) (service of documents electronically), for  “a
telecommunication system (within the meaning of the Telecommuni cations
Act 1984 (c. 12))” there shall be substituted “an electronic co mmunications
network”.
(3) In section 128(5) (supply of services and market for service s etc.), for “section
189(2) of the Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42)” there shall be sub stituted
“paragraph 29 of Schedule 2 to the Telecommunications Act 1984” .
(4) In section 136 (investigations and reports on market investi gation
references)—
(a) in subsection (7), after paragraph (g) there shall be insert ed—
“(h) in relation to the Office of Communications, sections
370 and 371 of the Communications Act 2003.”;
(b) in subsection (8), for “or the Civil Aviation Authority” the re shall be
substituted “, the Civil Aviation Authority or the Office ofCommunications”.
(5) In section 168 (regulated markets)—
(a) in subsection (3)(e), for “section 39(1) of the Broadcasting  Act 1990
(c. 42)” there shall be substituted “section 290 of the Communic ations
Act 2003”;
(b) for subsection (4)(e), there shall be substituted—
“(e) in relation to any networking arrangements (within
the meaning given by section 290 of theCommunications Act 2003), the duty of the Office ofCommunications under subsection (1) of section 3 ofthat Act to secure the matters mentioned insubsection (2)(c) of that section;”;
(c) for subsection (5)(g), there shall be substituted—
“(g) the Office of Communications;”.
(6) In section 234(5) (supply of services), for “section 189(2) of the Broadcasting
Act 1990 (c. 42)” there shall be substituted “paragraph 29 of S chedule 2 to the
Telecommunications Act 1984”.
(7) In Schedule 15 (enactments conferring functions), in the app ropriate place,
there shall be inserted—
“Communications Act 2003.”
Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003
175 (1) The Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (c. 00) s hall be amended
as follows.
(2) In section 319(3) (mobile telephones), in the definition of “telephone
apparatus”, for “connected to a public telecommunication system  (as
defined in section 9(1) of the Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 1 2))” there
shall be substituted “used in connection with a public electron ic
communications service”.
(3) In section 320(7)(c)(ii) (limited exemption for computer equ ipment), for “any
public telecommunication system, and” there shall be substitute d “a public
electronic communications service.”Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions540
SCHEDULE 18 Section 406
TRANSITIONAL  PROVISIONS
General
1 (1) This paragraph applies where, at any time before the coming  into force of a
transfer made by virtue of section 2— 
(a) any subordinate legislation has been made in the carrying ou t of the
transferred functions by the person from whom the transfer is m ade;
or 
(b) any other thing has been done by or in relation to that pers on for the
purposes of or in connection with the carrying out of those fun ctions.
(2) The subordinate legislation or other thing—
(a) is to have effect, on and after the coming into force of the  transfer,
and so far as necessary for its purposes, as if it had been mad e or
done by or in relation to OFCOM; and
(b) in the case of subordinate legislation to which section 403 a pplies
when it is made by OFCOM, shall so have effect as if made inaccordance with the requirements of that section.
(3) Where any subordinate legislation, direction, authorisation or notice has
effect in accordance with this paragraph— 
(a) so much of it as authorises or requires anything to be done by or in
relation to the person from whom the transfer is made is to hav e
effect in relation to times after the coming into force of the transfer as
if it authorised or required that thing to be done by or in rel ation to
OFCOM; and
(b) other references in the subordinate legislation, direction,
authorisation or notice to the person from whom the transfer is  made
are to have effect, in relation to such times, as references to  OFCOM.
Steps taken in anticipation of passing or coming into force of Act
2 (1) This paragraph applies where the Secretary of State or OFCO M is or are
required—
(a) by a provision of this Act, or
(b) by virtue of an amendment made by this Act,
to take steps before exercising a power or performing a duty.
(2) The requirement is capable of being satisfied by the taking of the steps in
anticipation of effect being given to the provision by virtue o f which the
power or duty is—
(a) conferred or imposed on the Secretary of State or OFCOM; or
(b) transferred to OFCOM.
(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) it is immaterial—
(a) that the provision by virtue of which the power or duty is c onferred,
imposed or transferred had not been enacted, or had not come in to
force, when the steps were taken; and
(b) in the case of steps taken before the enactment of that prov ision, that
the provision the effect of which was anticipated was modifiedbefore being enacted.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions541
(4) In relation to provisions brought into force as mentioned in  subsection (1) of
section 408 for the purpose of enabling specified functions to be carried out
by the Director or the Secretary of State—
(a) this paragraph has effect in relation to steps taken by the Director or
the Secretary of State as it has in relation to steps taken by OFCOM;
and
(b) subsection (5) of that section applies in relation to steps taken by the
Director or the Secretary of State in anticipation of effect be ing given
to those provisions as it would apply to anything done by theDirector or the Secretary of State for the purposes of, or in c onnection
with, the carrying out of those functions.
(5) Where a requirement is satisfied by virtue of this paragraph  by steps taken
in anticipation of effect being given to a provision—
(a) representations made to or other things done in relation to OFCOM,
or the Director or the Secretary of State, in consequence of th e taking
of those steps, and
(b) any requirements framed by reference to the time at which th ose
steps were taken,
are to have effect as if the provision in question had come int o force before
those steps were taken.
Savings for agreements referring to the termination of a 1984 A ct licence
3 (1) This paragraph applies where a term or condition of an agre ement in force
immediately before the abolition of licensing provides—
(a) for the agreement, or a provision of it, to cease to have ef fect,
(b) for the agreement to become capable of being terminated,
(c) for a requirement to pay or repay an amount (whether liquida ted or
unliquidated) to arise under the agreement, or to arise earlier  than it
would otherwise have arisen,
(d) for a security to become enforceable, or
(e) for rights or obligations of a person under the agreement to  be
different or to be modified,
if a person (whether or not a party to the agreement) ceases to  hold a licence
under section 7 of the 1984 Act, or ceases to do so in a manner  or in
circumstances described in the agreement.
(2) Where a person ceases to hold a licence in consequence of th e provisions of
this Act removing the requirement to hold a licence under secti on 7 of the
1984 Act—
(a) the term or condition is not to apply; and
(b) the rights and obligations of the parties to the agreement a re to be the
same (subject to the following sub-paragraphs) as they would ha ve
been had the person in question continued to hold such a licenc e.
(3) In relation to times after the abolition of licensing, that term or condition is
to have effect as if the reference in that term or condition—
(a) to a person’s ceasing to hold a licence under section 7 of t he 1984 Act,
or
(b) to his ceasing to do so in a particular manner or particular
circumstances,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions542
were a reference to his becoming subject to a direction under t his Act by
virtue of which he is prohibited from providing the whole or a part of an
electronic communications network or electronic communications service.
(4) In sub-paragraph (3) the reference to a person’s becoming su bject to a
direction by virtue of which he is prohibited from providing th e whole or a
part of an electronic communications network or electronic comm unications
service—
(a) does not include a reference to his becoming subject to a di rection
imposing a prohibition for a fixed period of less than eighteenm o n t h s  o r  t o  a  d i r e c t i o n  t h a t  w i l l  h a v e  t o  b e  r e v o k e d  i f  n o tconfirmed; but
(b) except in the case of a direction imposing a prohibition for  such a
fixed period, does include a reference to the confirmation of adirection that would otherwise have had to be revoked.
(5) This paragraph does not apply in the case of a term or condi tion of an
agreement if, on an application to the court by one or both of the parties to
the agreement, the court directs—
(a) that this paragraph is not to apply; or
(b) that it is to apply with such modifications, or subject to t he payment
of such compensation, as the court may specify in the direction .
(6) In determining whether to give a direction under sub-paragra ph (5) or what
modifications or compensation to specify in such a direction th e court must
have regard to the following—
(a) whether either or both of the parties to the agreement conte mplated
the abolition of the licensing requirements of the 1984 Act whe n they
entered into the agreement; and
(b) the extent (if any) to which the provisions of this paragrap h represent
what it would have been reasonable for the parties to have agre ed
had they both known at that time what provision was to be made by
this Act and when it was to come into force.
(7) For the purposes of this paragraph—
(a) references to ceasing to hold a licence include references t o its
expiring or being revoked; and
(b) references to a licence under section 7 of the 1984 Act incl ude
references to a licence under that section of a particular desc ription.
(8) In this paragraph “the court” means the High Court or the Co urt of Session.
(9) This paragraph has effect subject to paragraph 14.
Saving for agreements with special provision for 1984 Act licen ce holders
4 (1) This paragraph applies in a case to which paragraph 3 does not apply and in
which a term or condition of an agreement in force immediately before the
abolition of licensing provides for rights or obligations of a person (“the
contracting party”) under the agreement to be different or to b e modified
according to whether or not he or another person (whether or no t a party to
the agreement)—
(a) is or has become the holder of a licence under section 7 of the 1984
Act; or
(b) is or has become the holder of such a licence in a manner or  in
circumstances described in the agreement.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions543
(2) In relation to times after the abolition of licensing, that term or condition is
to have effect as if the rights and obligations to which the co ntracting party
is entitled or subject under the agreement were, except in a ca se falling
within sub-paragraph (3), those for which the agreement provide s in
relation to a case in which the person in question—
(a) is or has become the holder of such a licence; or
(b) is or has become the holder of such a licence in that manner  or in
those circumstances.
(3) The excepted case is where that person is subject to a direc tion under this Act
by virtue of which he is prohibited from providing the whole or  a part of an
electronic communications network or electronic communications service.
(4) In sub-paragraph (3) the reference to a person’s being subje ct to a direction
by virtue of which he is prohibited from providing the whole or  a part of an
electronic communications network or electronic communications service—
(a) does not include a reference to his being subject to a direc tion
imposing a prohibition for a fixed period of less than eighteenm o n t h s  o r  t o  a  d i r e c t i o n  t h a t  w i l l  h a v e  t o  b e  r e v o k e d  i f  n o tconfirmed; but
(b) except in the case of a direction imposing a prohibition for  such a
fixed period, does include a reference to his being subject to a
direction which would have had to be revoked if not confirmed b ut
which has been confirmed.
(5) This paragraph does not apply in the case of a term or condi tion of an
agreement if, on an application to the court by one or both of the parties to
the agreement, the court directs—
(a) that this paragraph is not to apply; or
(b) that it is to apply with such modifications, or subject to t he payment
of such compensation, as the court may specify in the direction .
(6) In determining whether to give a direction under sub-paragra ph (5) or what
modifications or compensation to specify in such a direction th e court must
have regard to the following—
(a) whether either or both of the parties to the agreement conte mplated
the abolition of the licensing requirements of the 1984 Act whe n they
entered into the agreement; and
(b) the extent (if any) to which the provisions of this paragrap h represent
what it would have been reasonable for the parties to have agre ed
had they both known at that time what provision was to be made by
this Act and when it was to come into force.
(7) For the purposes of this paragraph references to a licence u nder section 7 of
the 1984 Act include references to a licence under that section  of a particular
description.
(8) In this paragraph “the court” means the High Court or the Co urt of Session.
General saving for agreements conditional on certain Broadcasti ng Act licences
5 (1) This paragraph has effect where an agreement in force immed iately before
the coming into force of a provision of this Act removing a req uirement for
a relevant Broadcasting Act licence provides— 
(a) for the agreement to cease to have effect, or
(b) for it to be capable of being terminated,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions544
if a party to the agreement ceases to hold a relevant Broadcast ing Act licence
of a particular description, or so ceases in a manner described  in the
agreement.
(2) In this paragraph “relevant Broadcasting Act licence” means—
(a) a licence under Part 1 of the 1990 Act to provide a satellit e television
service or a licensable programme service;
(b) a licence under that Part to provide the service mentioned i n section
49(2) of that Act;
(c) a licence under Part 2 of that Act to provide a local delive ry service;
or
(d) a licence under Part 3 of that Act to provide a formerly reg ulated
radio service (within the meaning of section 251 of this Act).
(3) The agreement is not to cease to have effect, or to be capab le of being
terminated, by reason only of the coming into force of the prov isions of this
Act under which the requirement for the licence is removed.
(4) In relation to times after the commencement of the provision  of this Act
removing the requirement for a licence to provide a satellite t elevision
service or a licensable programme service, a reference to such a licence in the
provision of the agreement in question is to have effect as a r eference to a
licence granted or having effect as if granted as a licence to provide a
television licensable content service.
(5) In relation to times after the commencement of the provision  of this Act
removing the requirement for a licence to provide the service m entioned in
section 49(2) of the 1990 Act, a reference to such a licence in  the provision of
the agreement in question is to have effect as a reference to a  licence to
provide the public teletext service.
(6) In relation to times after the commencement of the provision  of this Act
removing the requirement for a licence to provide a licensable sound
programme service, a reference to such a licence in the provisi on of the
agreement in question is to have effect as a reference to a lic ence to provide
a radio licensable content service.
(7) References in this paragraph to a provision having effect if  a person ceases
to hold a licence include references— 
(a) to a provision having effect if a licence of his expires wit hout being
renewed; and
(b) to a provision having effect if his licence is revoked.
(8) Expressions used in this paragraph and in Part 3 of this Act  have the same
meanings in this paragraph as in that Part.
Orders under Part 2 of the Deregulation and Contracting Out Act  1994
6 (1) This paragraph applies where, immediately before functions under the
Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54) are transferred under this Act to
OFCOM, an order is in force with respect to those functions und er Part 2 of
the Deregulation and Contracting Out Act 1994 (c. 40).
(2) The order is to have effect in relation to times after the t ransfer—
(a) as if made in exercise of the power conferred by virtue of s ection 1(7)
in relation to such of the functions of OFCOM under that Act of  1949
as are specified in the order;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions545
(b) as if any power conferred on the Secretary of State by that order to
authorise the exercise by a person of functions under that Act of 1949
were conferred on OFCOM; and
(c) as if an authorisation given by the Secretary of State in ex ercise of
that power were an authorisation given under that order byOFCOM.
Pre-commencement proposals relating to universal service matter s
7 (1) Where a proposal for the designation of a person as a unive rsal service
provider has been confirmed under regulation 4(10) of the Elect ronic
Communications (Universal Service) Regulations 2003 (S.I. 2003/3 3), the
designation is to have effect after the commencement of section  66 of this Act
as a designation in accordance with regulations under that sect ion.
(2) Where in any person’s case a proposal to set a condition has  been confirmed
under regulation 4(10) or 5(4) of those regulations, that condi tion is to have
effect after the commencement of that section as a condition se t by OFCOM
under section 45 of this Act and applied to that person.
(3) Where an appeal under regulation 6 of those regulations agai nst a decision
under them has been brought but not concluded before the commen cement
of section 192 of this Act—
(a) that appeal is to be stayed or sisted as from the commenceme nt of the
section; but
( b ) t h e  a p p e l l a n t  i s  t o  h a v e  a  n e w  r i g h t  o f  a p p e a l  u n d e r  t h e  s e c tion
against the decision (as it has effect by virtue of this paragr aph) as
if—
(i) it were the corresponding decision made by OFCOM under
Chapter 1 of Part 2 of this Act; and
(ii) it had been made immediately after the commencement of
the section.
(4) Tribunal rules (within the meaning of Chapter 3 of Part 2 of  this Act) may,
in relation to an appeal stayed or sisted under sub-paragraph ( 3), make
transitional provision for requiring steps taken and things don e for the
purposes of that appeal to be taken into account, to the extent  set out in the
rules, in the case of an appeal brought by virtue of paragraph (b) of that sub-
paragraph.
Local loop notifications
8 (1) This paragraph applies where, as a result of a market power  determination
made by OFCOM for the purposes of a provision of Chapter 1 of P art 2 of
this Act, they conclude that a person who is for the time being  LLU notified
is no longer a person falling to be so notified.
(2) OFCOM must give a notification of their conclusion to—
(a) the Secretary of State; and
(b) the notified person.
(3) On receiving a notification under sub-paragraph (2) the Secr etary of State
must withdraw the LLU notification of the person in question.
(4) For the purposes of this paragraph a person is LLU notified if he is a person
who, for the purposes of Regulation (EC) No. 2887/2000 of the E uropean
Parliament and of the Council on unbundled access to the local loop, isCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions546
notified to the European Commission as having significant marke t power in
an identified market, and “LLU notification” shall be construed  accordingly.
(5) Section 192 applies to a decision by OFCOM to give a notific ation under this
paragraph as it applies to a decision by them under Part 2 of t his Act.
Conditions relating to premium rate services and conditions cor responding to SMP or access-
related conditions
9 (1) This paragraph applies where OFCOM give a continuation noti ce to the
holder of a licence granted under section 7 of the 1984 Act.
(2) A continuation notice is a notice that a provision contained  in a condition of
the licence is to have effect, after the abolition of licensing —
(a) to the extent specified in the notice; and
(b) subject to such modifications (if any) as may be so specifie d.
(3) OFCOM are not to give a continuation notice except to the ex tent that they
consider that provision to which it will give effect, as modifi ed by the notice,
(“the continued provision”)—
(a) regulates the provision of premium rate services; or
(b) falls within sub-paragraph (4).
(4) The continued provision falls within this sub-paragraph in s o far as it
corresponds to provision of one or more of the following descri ptions—
(a) provision that OFCOM have power to include in SMP conditions ;
(b) provision authorised by section 73(2) or (4) for inclusion i n access-
related conditions;
(c) provision relating to matters mentioned in Article 16 of the  Universal
Service Directive or Article 7 of the Access Directive.
(5) A continuation notice relating to provision corresponding to  anything that
OFCOM have power to include in SMP conditions—
(a) may identify the market by reference to which an SMP conditi on
replacing the provision would have to be set; and
(b) in so far as the provision corresponds to anything that OFCO M have
power to include only in SMP apparatus conditions, must do so.
(6) OFCOM are not to give a continuation notice relating to prov ision
corresponding to anything that OFCOM have power to include only  in SMP
apparatus conditions except to the extent that it has effect in  relation to the
supply of electronic communications apparatus of a description supplied in
the market identified in the notice as the market by reference to which SMP
conditions replacing the continued provision would have to be s et.
(7) The modifications for which a continuation notice may provid e—
(a) must be confined to modifications for the purpose of securin g that
the provision to which they relate continues to have effect for  so long
as the notice is in force; but
(b) in the case of provision which is expressed to impose a requ irement
to be met before the abolition of licensing, may include amodification under which that requirement must continue to be m et
for so long as the notice remains in force.
(8) Notwithstanding any repeal or revocation made by this Act— 
(a) the continued provision,
(b) every provision made by a direction, determination or consen t given
or made for the purposes of the continued provision, andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions547
(c) so far as necessary for giving effect to anything mentioned in
paragraph (a) or (b), every provision made by or under the lice nce
under the 1984 Act that is not so mentioned,
are to remain in force for so long as the continuation notice i s in force.
(9) A continuation notice shall cease to have effect if OFCOM gi ve a notice to
that effect to the holder of the licence.
(10) Where the continued provision is one that OFCOM have power to include
only in an SMP apparatus condition, it shall be their duty, as soon as
reasonably practicable after giving the continuation notice—
(a) to carry out an analysis of the market which, under sub-para graph
(5), is identified in that notice;
(b) to take all other steps necessary for enabling them to decid e whether
or not to set an SMP apparatus condition by reference to that m arket
for the purpose of replacing the continued provision; and
(c) to decide whether or not to exercise their power to set such  a
condition for that purpose.
(11) In the case of every other continued provision falling with in sub-paragraph
(4), it shall be OFCOM’s duty, as soon as reasonably practicabl e after giving
the continuation notice—
(a) to take all steps necessary for enabling them to decide whet her or not
to set a condition of any other description under Chapter 1 of Part 2
of this Act for the purpose of replacing the continued provisio n; and
(b) to decide whether or not to exercise their power to set a co ndition
under that Chapter for that purpose.
(12) It shall be the duty of OFCOM—
(a) as soon as reasonably practicable after making a decision re quired by
sub-paragraph (10) or (11), but
(b) in a case where that decision is a decision to set a conditi on, not
before the coming into force of that condition,
to give a notice under sub-paragraph (9) with respect to the co ntinuation
notice.
(13) The duties imposed by sub-paragraphs (10) to (12) apply onl y where
OFCOM have not previously given a notice under sub-paragraph (9 ) with
respect to the continuation notice in question.
(14) This paragraph has effect in the case of a licence granted under section 7 of
the 1984 Act to persons of a particular class as if—
(a) references to the holder of that licence were references to the
members of that class; and 
(b) the manner in which a continuation notice or notice under su b-
paragraph (9) is to be given to members of that class were by i ts
publication in such manner as, in OFCOM’s opinion, is appropria te
for bringing it to the attention of the members of that class w ho are
affected by the notice.
(15) Section 192 applies to a decision by OFCOM to give a notice  under this
paragraph as it applies to a decision by them under Part 2 of t his Act.
(16) In this paragraph “Access Directive”, “electronic communica tions
apparatus”, “the provision of premium rate services”, “SMP cond ition”,
“SMP apparatus condition” and “Universal Service Directive” eac h has the
same meaning as in Chapter 1 of Part 2 of this Act.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions548
Pre-commencement proposals relating to market power determinati ons
10 (1) Sub-paragraph (2) has effect where a proposal for—
(a) the identification of a market,
(b) the making of a market power determination, or
(c) the setting of conditions by reference to a proposal for a m arket
power determination,
has been confirmed under regulation 8 of the Electronic Communi cations
(Market Analysis) Regulations 2003 (S.I. 2003/330). 
(2) If, at any time after the commencement of section 45, OFCOM—
(a) are satisfied that a procedure has been followed in relation  to the
proposal that satisfies the requirements of Article 7 of theFramework Directive, and
(b) publish a notification to that effect in such manner as they  consider
appropriate for bringing it to the attention of the persons who , in
their opinion, are likely to be affected by the proposal,
the proposal (with such modifications, if any, as are specified  in the
notification) is to have effect, from the publication of the no tification, in
accordance with sub-paragraph (3).
(3) The proposal is to have effect as follows—
(a) in the case of a proposal for identifying a market, as an id entification
of a services market in accordance with and for the purposes ofsection 79 of this Act;
(b) in the case of a proposal for the making of a market power
determination, as a market power determination made inaccordance with and for the purposes of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of this
Act; and
(c) in the case of a proposal for setting conditions, as if the conditions
were SMP services conditions set under section 45 of this Act a nd
applied to the same person as the condition in the proposal.
(4) Where an appeal under regulation 11 of those regulations aga inst a decision
under them has been brought but not concluded before the commen cement
of section 192 of this Act—
(a) that appeal is to be stayed or sisted as from the commenceme nt of the
section; but
( b ) t h e  a p p e l l a n t  i s  t o  h a v e  a  n e w  r i g h t  o f  a p p e a l  u n d e r  t h e  s e c tion
against the decision (as it has effect by virtue of this paragr aph) as
if—
(i) it were the corresponding decision made by OFCOM under
Chapter 1 of Part 2 of this Act; and
(ii) it had been made immediately after the commencement of
the section.
(5) Tribunal rules (within the meaning of Chapter 3 of Part 2 of  this Act) may,
in relation to an appeal stayed or sisted under sub-paragraph ( 4), make
transitional provision for requiring steps taken and things don e for the
purposes of that appeal to be taken into account, to the extent  set out in the
rules, in the case of an appeal brought by virtue of paragraph (b) of that sub-
paragraph.
(6) Section 192 applies to a decision by OFCOM to publish a noti fication under
this paragraph as it applies to a decision by them under Part 2  of this Act.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions549
(7) In this paragraph “the Framework Directive” has the same mea ning as in
Chapter 1 of Part 2 of this Act.
Savings for licence conditions relating to accounting
11 (1) This paragraph applies where a licence granted under secti on 7 of the 1984
Act contains conditions which impose requirements with respect to—
(a) the keeping of accounts or financial information; or
(b) the provision of accounts and financial information to the D irector.
(2) OFCOM may give a notice to the holder of the licence as resp ects so much of
those conditions as relates to—
(a) the keeping of accounts for a period current at the time of the
abolition of licensing; and
(b) the provision of accounts and financial information in relat ion to any
such period or in relation to periods ending before the aboliti on of
licensing.
(3) In the case of a licence granted otherwise than to a particu lar person, a notice
under this paragraph may be given to the licence holders by bei ng published
i n  s u c h  m a n n e r  a s  O F C O M  c o n s i d e r  a p p r o p r i a t e  f o r  b r i n g i n g  i t  t o  their
attention.
(4) Notwithstanding any repeal or revocation made by this Act—
(a) the licence under the 1984 Act is to continue in force to th e extent that
it imposes requirements as respects which a notice has been giv en
under this paragraph; but
(b) those requirements, so far as they require the provision of accounts
or information to the Director, are to have effect in relation to times
after the abolition of licensing, as requirements to provide th e
accounts or information to OFCOM.
(5) Section 192 applies to a decision by OFCOM to give a notice under this
paragraph as it applies to a decision by them under Part 2 of t his Act.
Charges under Telecommunications Act licences
12 (1) Where any amount is required by a licence under section 7 of the 1984 Act to
be paid to the Director in respect of a period beginning before  the abolition
of licensing, that liability is to have effect after the abolit ion of licensing as a
liability to pay to OFCOM so much of that amount as does not re late to times
after the abolition of licensing.
(2) For the purpose of determining how much of an amount payable  to the
Director relates to times after the abolition of licensing, an apportionment is
to be made according to how much of that period had expired bef ore the
abolition of licensing.
Enforcement of breaches of licence conditions
13 (1) This paragraph applies to—
(a) any provision to which effect is given, after the abolition of licensing,
by a continuation notice under paragraph 9; 
(b) conditions in respect of which notices under paragraph 11 ha ve been
given; 
(c) liabilities under paragraph 12; andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions550
(d) conditions of a licence under section 7 of the 1984 Act requ iring
compliance by the licence holder with directions given by theDirector under regulation 6 of the Telecommunications(Interconnection) Regulations 1997 (S.I. 1997/2931).
(2) Notwithstanding any repeal or revocation made by this Act, a fter the
abolition of licensing, OFCOM are, for the purpose of enforcing  anything to
which this paragraph applies, to have all the enforcement power s
previously exercisable by the Director under the 1984 Act.
(3) Those powers are to be exercisable in accordance with this p aragraph
irrespective of whether the contraventions occurred before or a fter the
abolition of licensing.
(4) For the purpose of exercising those powers, references to th e likelihood that
a person will again be in contravention of a condition include references to
whether he will be in contravention of any equivalent obligatio n imposed—
(a) by section 38 of this Act;
(b) by conditions set under section 45 of this Act; or
(c) by directions under section 190 of this Act.
(5) OFCOM are not to exercise any powers conferred by virtue of this
paragraph if they consider that the exercise of those powers wo uld be
incompatible with the requirements of the Directives.
(6) In this paragraph “enforcement powers” includes—
(a) the Director’s powers under sections 16 to 18 and 53 of the 1984 Act;
and
(b) in the case of a licence issued to a particular person, ever y power of
his under the licence to require information for the purpose ofcomputing the amount of the liability to a charge.
(7) In this paragraph “the Directives” means the Authorisation D irective or any
of the following Directives (as defined in Chapter 1 of Part 2 of this Act)—
(a) the Access Directive;
(b) the Framework Directive;
(c) the Universal Service Directive.
(8) In sub-paragraph (7) “the Authorisation Directive” means Dir ective 2002/
20/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the auth orisation
of electronic communications networks and services.
Saving for agreements having effect by reference to licensing r egime
14 (1) This paragraph has effect where an agreement entered into for the purposes
of a condition of a licence under section 7 of the 1984 Act has  effect
immediately before the abolition of licensing subject to a prov ision which
entitles a party to it to terminate the agreement if he or anot her party ceases
to be a Schedule 2 public operator.
(2) The right of termination is not to be exercisable by reason of the effect of the
coming into force of any provision of this Act if—
(a) a general condition, 
(b) an access-related condition, or
(c) a provision made by or having effect as if made under an SMP
condition,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions551
imposes requirements on one or both of the parties to the agree ment that
correspond to those for the purposes of which the agreement was  originally
entered into.
(3) In any such case, the agreement shall have effect in relatio n to times after the
abolition of licensing as if references in the agreement to a S chedule 2 public
operator were references to the provider of a public electroniccommunications network.
(4) In this paragraph “Schedule 2 public operator” has the same meaning as in
Schedule 1 to the Telecommunications (Licence Modifications) (S tandard
Schedules) Regulations 1999 (S.I. 1999/2450).
(5) Expressions used in this paragraph and in Chapter 1 of Part 2 of this Act
have the same meanings in this paragraph as in that Chapter.
Fees for approvals for the purposes of licence conditions
15 (1) This paragraph has effect where a general condition set un der section 45 of
this Act requires apparatus to be approved by reference to a st andard
previously designated for the purposes of section 24(6) of the 1984 Act.
(2) The Secretary of State may by order provide for the charging  of fees in
respect of the giving of approvals for the purposes of the cond ition.
(3) Fees charged under this paragraph are be paid to the person giving the
approvals and, to the extent authorised by the Secretary of Sta te, may be
retained by that person.
(4) To the extent that they are not retained by that person, the  fees must be paid
into the Consolidated Fund.
(5) Any order made under section 24(13) of the 1984 Act that is in force
immediately before the coming into force of the repeal of secti on 24 of that
Act shall have effect after the coming into force of the repeal  as an order
made under this paragraph.
Allocated telephone numbers
16 (1) Where immediately before the abolition of licensing teleph one numbers are
allocated to a person holding a licence under section 7 of the 1984 Act for the
purposes of the conditions of that licence, those numbers shall  be treated,
after the abolition of licensing as allocated to that person fo r the purposes of
general conditions such as are mentioned in section 58 of this Act.
(2) An allocation having effect by virtue of sub-paragraph (1) m ay be
withdrawn by OFCOM at any time, but only in accordance with sec tion 61
of this Act.
(3) An allocation shall only continue to have effect in accordan ce with this
paragraph for so long as the person to whom the allocation was made for the
purposes of the licence conditions is a communications provider .
(4) The power by virtue of section 58 for general conditions to make provision
for the making of periodic payments in respect of the allocatio n of telephone
numbers shall be exercisable, at any time after the coming into  force of that
section, in relation to an allocation having effect by virtue o f this paragraph
as it has effect in relation to an allocation made under that s ection.
(5) Expressions used in this paragraph and in Chapter 1 of Part 2 of this Act
have the same meanings in this paragraph as in that Chapter.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions552
Electronic communications code
17 (1) Sub-paragraph (2) applies where, immediately before the co ming into force
of section 106 of this Act, the telecommunications code set out  in Schedule 2
to the 1984 Act applies to a person by virtue of the provisions  of his licence
under section 7 of that Act. 
(2) That person shall be treated after the commencement of secti on 106 of this
Act as a person in whose case the electronic communications cod e applies by
virtue of a direction given by OFCOM.
(3) The deemed direction shall be assumed to be one given in rel ation to so
much of any electronic communications network as— 
(a) was included immediately before the commencement of section 106
of this Act in the telecommunication system which was theoperator’s system for the purposes of the application of the co de; or
(b) which would have been so included if it had been being provi ded at
that time.
(4) So much of the code in Schedule 2 to the 1984 Act as has eff ect immediately
before the commencement of Schedule 3 to this Act— 
(a) in relation to telecommunication apparatus, or
(b) in relation a telecommunication system,
is to have effect after the commencement of that Schedule in re lation to so
much of the apparatus or system as is electronic communications  apparatus
or the operator’s network for the purposes of the application o f that
Schedule to this Act by virtue of this paragraph or section 106 (3)(b) of this
Act.
(5) A right which for the purposes of the code in Schedule 2 to the 1984 Act has
effect immediately before the commencement of Schedule 3 to thi s Act as
conferred for purposes connected with the provision of atelecommunication service is to have effect after the commencem ent of that
Schedule as conferred for the purposes of the corresponding ele ctronic
communications service.
(6) Any agreement which, immediately before the repeal of the pr ovisions
contained in section 10(3A) and (3B) of the 1984 Act or section  189 of the 1990
Act, is a relevant agreement for the purposes of those provisio ns shall be
deemed in relation to times after the coming into force of that  repeal to be a
relevant agreement for the purposes of paragraph 29 of the elec tronic
communications code.
(7) In this paragraph “the electronic communications code” has t he same
meaning as in Chapter 1 of Part 2 of this Act.
Saving for guarantees of liabilities of telecommunications code  operators
18 (1) This paragraph applies where, immediately before the aboli tion of licensing,
a person holding a licence under section 7 of the 1984 Act (“th e operator”) —
(a) is a person to whom the telecommunications code applies in r espect
of the running of a telecommunications system by him (“theoperator’s system”); and
(b) in pursuance of a condition of his licence imposed for the p urpose of
securing that sufficient funds are available to meet code-relat ed
liabilities specified in the licence, is a party to any guarant ee
arrangements.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions553
(2) Arrangements are guarantee arrangements for the purposes of this
paragraph if they are arrangements under which a person (the “g uarantor”)
is obliged, in circumstances specified in the arrangements, to make
payments in respect of a failure by the operator to meet a code -related
liability specified in the licence.
(3) The guarantor’s obligation to make payments under the guaran tee
arrangements is not to arise by reason only of the abolition of  licensing.
(4) In relation to times after the abolition of licensing, the g uarantee
arrangements are to have effect, notwithstanding the operator’s  licence
having ceased to have effect on the abolition of licensing and subject to sub-
paragraph (7), as if the following references continued to have  effect—
(a) references in those arrangements to the code-related liabili ties
specified in the licence; and
(b) (subject to sub-paragraph (5)(a)) references, for the purpos es of any
provision identifying the circumstances in which payments are t o be
made under the arrangements, to events specified in the licence .
(5) In relation to such times, those arrangements are also to ha ve effect—
(a) as if references (directly or indirectly) to the revocation,  or to the
expiration without renewal, of the operator’s licence were refe rences
to his becoming subject to a direction by virtue of which he isprohibited from providing the whole or a part of his network; a nd
(b) as if references to the telecommunications code were referen ces to
the electronic communications code.
(6) In sub-paragraph (5) the reference to a person’s becoming su bject to a
direction by virtue of which he is prohibited from providing th e whole or a
part of an electronic communications network—
(a) does not include a reference to his becoming subject to a di rection
imposing a prohibition for a fixed period of less than eighteenm o n t h s  o r  t o  a  d i r e c t i o n  t h a t  w i l l  h a v e  t o  b e  r e v o k e d  i f  n o tconfirmed; but
(b) except in the case of a direction imposing a prohibition for  such a
fixed period, does include a reference to the confirmation of adirection that would otherwise have had to be revoked.
(7) The guarantor is not to be liable in respect of any liabilit y arising in
connection with or as a result of activities carried on after t he abolition of
licensing except in so far as those activities are activities c arried on for the
purposes of providing the operator’s network.
(8) In this paragraph “code-related liabilities”, in relation to  the operator, means
liabilities arising or incurred by him— 
(a) by reason of the application to him of the telecommunication s code;
(b) by reason of its ceasing to apply to him; or
(c) otherwise in respect of activities carried on by him in conn ection
with running the operator’s system.
(9) In this paragraph— 
“the electronic communications code” has the same meaning as in
Chapter 1 of Part 2 of this Act; 
“the operator’s network” means so much of any electronic
communications network provided by the operator as is a networkin relation to which the electronic communications code applies  in
the operator’s case by virtue of paragraph 17(3)(a) of this Sch edule;Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions554
“the telecommunications code” means the code set out in Schedul e 2
to the 1984 Act (as it had effect immediately before the abolit ion of
licensing).
Compulsory purchase
19 Where—
(a) a compulsory purchase order made under section 34 or 35 of t he 1984
Act,
(b) a vesting order, or an application for a vesting order, made  under
section 36 of that Act, or
(c) an authorisation given by the Secretary of State under secti on 37, 38
or 39 of that Act,
is effective immediately before the commencement of Schedule 4 to this Act,
it is to have effect after the commencement of that Schedule as  if made or
given under that Schedule.
Notices under section 1D of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949
20 (1) This paragraph applies to procedures set out in a notice g iven by the
Secretary of State under section 1D of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949
(c. 54) and in force immediately before the commencement of sub- paragraph
(4) of paragraph 8 of Schedule 17 to this Act.
(2) In relation to times after the commencement of that sub-para graph, the
procedures are to have effect as if prescribed by OFCOM by regu lations
under section 1D(3) of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54).
(3) So much of any notice having effect in accordance with this paragraph as
authorises or requires anything to be done by or in relation to  the Secretary
of State is to have effect in relation to times after the comme ncement of
paragraph 8 of Schedule 17 to this Act as if it authorised or r equired that
thing to be done by or in relation to OFCOM.
Notices under regulations under section 3 of the Wireless Teleg raphy Act 1998
21 (1) This paragraph applies to procedures set out in a notice i ssued by the
Secretary of State under regulations under section 3 of the Wir eless
Telegraphy Act 1998 (c. 6) and in force immediately before thecommencement of section 167 of this Act.
(2) In relation to times after the commencement of section 167 o f this Act, the
procedures are to have effect as if prescribed by OFCOM by regu lations
under section 3 of that Act.
(3) So much of any notice having effect in accordance with this paragraph as
authorises or requires anything to be done by or in relation to  the Secretary
of State is to have effect in relation to times after the comme ncement of
section 167 of this Act as if it authorised or required that th ing to be done by
or in relation to OFCOM.
Disputes about interconnection
22 (1) Where—
(a) before the revocation by this Act of the Telecommunications
(Interconnection) Regulations 1997 (S.I. 1997/2931) a dispute wa s
referred to the Director under regulation 6 of those regulation s, andCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions555
(b) that dispute has not been resolved when the revocation comes  into
force,
Chapter 3 of Part 2 of this Act (except sections 189 and 190) i s to have effect
as if that dispute were a dispute which, immediately after thecommencement of section 185 of this Act, was referred to OFCOM under
that section.
(2) Where a dispute—
(a) has arisen or arises about anything occurring or existing be fore the
time when the revocation of those regulations comes into force (“the
relevant time”),
(b) relates to matters disputes about which would (before that t ime)
have been referable to the Director under regulation 6,
(c) is neither a dispute which was referred to him before that t ime nor a
dispute arising after that time which is referable to OFCOM und er
section 185, and
(d) is referred to OFCOM after that time either during the trans itional
period or in a case in which OFCOM are satisfied that thecircumstances that prevented the making of a reference before t he
end of that period are exceptional,
sub-paragraph (1) is to have effect as if the dispute were a di spute arising
before the relevant time in the case of which a reference to th e Director had
been made under regulation 6 before that time.
(3) Where OFCOM make a determination for resolving a dispute fal ling to be
resolved in accordance with sub-paragraph (1) or (2)— 
(a) their powers on making that determination are to be those wh ich
would have been exercisable by the Director under those regulat ions
(instead of those under Chapter 3 of Part 2);
(b) conditions of a licence under section 7 of the 1984 Act requ iring
compliance with directions given by the Director under regulati on 6
of those regulations are to continue to have effect as if they also
applied to directions given by OFCOM by virtue of paragraph (a) ;
and
(c) paragraph 13 of this Schedule has effect as if the reference  in sub-
paragraph (1)(d) to directions given by the Director under thatregulation included a reference to directions given by OFCOM byvirtue of paragraph (a) of this sub-paragraph.
(4) But OFCOM are not to give a direction by virtue of sub-parag raph (3)(a)
containing provision which they would have no power to include in—
(a) a condition set under Chapter 1 of Part 2 of this Act; or
(b) a direction under section 190.
(5) Where the Director gave a direction under regulation 6 of th ose regulations
at any time before the coming into force of their revocation, t he direction is
to continue, after the revocation comes into force, to have eff ect (and be
enforceable in accordance with paragraph 13 of this Schedule) t o the extent
that it is continued in force under this paragraph.
(6) The direction is continued in force under this paragraph onl y where
OFCOM have at any time after the passing of this Act given noti ce to the
persons to whom it applies that it is continued in force.
(7) OFCOM are to give such a notice only if they consider that t he direction
makes provision corresponding to that which they have power to include
in—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions556
(a) conditions set under Chapter 1 of Part 2 of this Act; or
(b) directions under section 190.
(8) OFCOM may at any time by notice to the person to whom it app lies revoke
(in whole or in part) a direction which—
(a) was given by virtue of sub-paragraph (3)(a); or
(b) is a direction to which a notice under sub-paragraph (6) rel ates.
(9) Where a direction which OFCOM have power to revoke under sub -
paragraph (8) makes provision corresponding to anything that OF COM
have power to include in a condition set under Chapter 1 of Par t 2 of this Act,
it shall be their duty, as soon as reasonably practicable after  giving the
direction or as the case may be the notice under sub-paragraph (6)—
(a) to take all steps necessary for enabling them to decide whet her or not
to set such a condition for the purpose of replacing the direct ion; and
(b) to decide whether or not to exercise their power to set a co ndition
under that Chapter for that purpose.
(10) It shall be the duty of OFCOM—
(a) as soon as reasonably practicable after making a decision re quired by
sub-paragraph (9), but
(b) in a case where that decision is a decision to set a conditi on, not
before the coming into force of that condition,
to give a notice under sub-paragraph (8) revoking the direction  in question.
(11) The duties imposed by sub-paragraphs (9) and (10) apply onl y where
OFCOM have not previously revoked the direction in question.
(12) Section 192 applies to a decision by OFCOM to give a notice  under this
paragraph as it applies to a decision by them under Part 2 of t his Act.
(13) In this paragraph “transitional period” means the period wh ich is the
transitional period (within the meaning of section 408) in rela tion to this
paragraph.
Appeals against wireless telegraphy and telecommunications deci sions
23 (1) This paragraph applies where—
(a) a decision was made before the commencement of section 192;
(b) the decision has effect after the commencement of a provisio n of this
Act as a decision made by OFCOM, or is a decision not to dosomething which (if done) would so have had effect; and
(c) the decision is one against which an appeal was or could hav e been
brought under—
(i) section 1F of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54); or
(ii) section 46B of the 1984 Act.
(2) If no such appeal has been brought before the commencement o f section 192
of this Act, that section applies to the decision as it applies  to decisions by
OFCOM under Part 2 of this Act (or that Act of 1949), but as if  that section
had been in force when the decision was made.
(3) If an appeal under section 1F of that Act of 1949 or section  46B of the 1984
Act—
(a) has been brought against the decision, but
(b) has not been concluded before the commencement of section 19 2 of
this Act,Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions557
the court in which it was brought may stay or sist the appeal a s from the
commencement of that section of this Act.
(4) If the court stays or sists the appeal under sub-paragraph ( 3), the appellant
is to have a new right of appeal under section 192 against the decision as if
(subject to sub-paragraph (7)) it were a decision to which that  section applies
that had been made immediately after the commencement of that s ection.
(5) Tribunal rules (within the meaning of Chapter 3 of Part 2 of  this Act) may,
in relation to an appeal stayed or sisted under sub-paragraph ( 3), make
transitional provision— 
(a) for requiring steps taken and things done for the purposes o f that
appeal to be taken into account, to the extent set out in the r ules, in
the case of an appeal brought by virtue of sub-paragraph (4); a nd
(b) for enabling the Tribunal in an appeal under sub-paragraph ( 4) to
give directions to OFCOM as to the carrying out of functions of  theirs
that are the same as or correspond to those in the course of ca rrying
out which the maker of the appealed decision made that decision .
(6) If, in a case falling within sub-paragraph (3), the court do es not stay or sist
the appeal—
(a) it must determine the appeal in the manner in which the Trib unal is
required under section 195 of this Act to determine an appeal u nder
section 192; but
(b) its powers on determining the appeal include a power to give
directions to OFCOM as to the carrying out of any functions of theirs
that correspond to those in the course of which the appealed de cision
was made.
(7) On an appeal brought or continued under this paragraph again st a decision,
the court or the Tribunal, in determining what was the appropri ate action for
the maker of the decision to take, must determine that question  according to
the law in force at the time when the decision was made.
Section 94 of the Telecommunications Act 1984
24 (1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), provisions of Schedule 17 to  this Act amending
section 94 of the 1984 Act do not affect—
(a) the continuation, after the coming into force of the amendme nt, of
any duty of a person previously given a direction under that se ction
to give effect to it; or
(b) the power of the Secretary of State after the amendment come s into
force to make grants under subsection (6) of that section to su ch a
person.
(2) A direction under that section which was given to the Direct or before the
relevant transfer date shall have effect in relation to times o n and after that
date as if it were a direction to OFCOM.
(3) In sub-paragraph (2) “the relevant transfer date” means the date of the
coming into force of the provisions of Schedule 17 to this Act substituting
“OFCOM” for “the Director” in section 94(8) of the 1984 Act.
Competition Commission: specialist panel members
25 The persons who—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions558
(a) have been appointed as members of the Competition Commission  by
the Secretary of State under section 13(10) of the 1984 Act, an d
(b) hold office immediately before the date on which section 194  comes
into force, 
shall continue to hold office as members of the Competition Com mission as
if they had been appointed to that office by the Secretary of S tate under
section 194(1).
Transitory amendments to telecommunications terms in Broadcasti ng Act 1990
26 (1) This paragraph has effect, in the case of each of the prov isions of the 1990 Act
to which it applies, in relation to times between—
(a) the commencement of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of this Act; and
(b) the commencement of so much of this Act (apart from this
paragraph) as amends or repeals that provision.
(2) The provisions of the 1990 Act set out in sub-paragraph (3) shall have effect
(subject to sub-paragraph (4)) as if—
(a) for every reference to a telecommunication system there were
substituted a reference to an electronic communications network ;
and
(b) for references to running such a system there were substitut ed
references to providing it.
(3) Those provisions of the 1990 Act are—
(a) section 46 (licensable programme services);
(b) section 51(1)(a) (procedures for consideration of applicatio ns for
additional services licences);
(c) section 72 (local delivery services);
(d) section 75 (procedures for consideration of applications for  local
delivery licences);
(e) section 112 (licensable sound programme services);
(f) section 117(1)(a) (procedures for consideration of applicati ons for
additional services licences);
(g) section 181 (apparatus deemed to be apparatus for wireless
telegraphy).
(4) Sections 46(2) (licensable programme services), 112(2) (lice nsable sound
programme services) and 201(2) (programme services) of the 1990  Act shall
each have effect as if for paragraph (b) there were substituted —
“(b) a service which satisfies the conditions in section 233(5) of the
Communications Act 2003;”.
(5) In sections 48 and 114 of the 1990 Act (additional services) , references to
electronic signals shall have effect as references to signals w ithin the
meaning of section 32 of this Act.
(6) Section 75(2) of the 1990 Act (consultation with relevant li censing
authorities) shall have effect as if in paragraph (b) for the w ords “would be
required to be licensed” there were substituted “is a system wh ich (but for
repeals made by the Communications Act 2003) would have been re quired
to be licensed”.
(7) In section 181 of the 1990 Act (apparatus deemed to be appar atus for
wireless telegraphy), “connected”— Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions559
(a) shall continue to be construed in accordance (notwithstandin g its
repeal) with section 4 of the 1984 Act; but
(b) shall be so construed as if, in that section of the 1984 Act , a reference
to an electronic communications network were substituted for ev ery
reference to a telecommunication system.
(8) Part 5 of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act (restriction on holding  of licences by
operators of public telecommunication systems) and the Broadcas ting
(Restrictions on the Holding of Licences) Order 1991 (S.I. 1991/ 1176) shall
have effect as if references to a national public telecommunica tions operator
were references to a person who provides an electronic communic ations
network so as to make it available for use by members of the pu blic in the
whole, or substantially the whole, of the United Kingdom.
Activities of the Welsh Authority
27 (1) No approval shall be required under section 205 for the co ntinued provision
after the commencement of that section of any service that was being
provided by the Welsh Authority immediately before the commence ment of
that section.
(2) Where any activities are being carried on immediately before  the
commencement of section 206 by the Welsh Authority, no approval  is
required under that section in respect of the continued carryin g on of the
activities by the Authority.
(3) Where any activities are being carried on immediately before  the
commencement of section 206 by an S4C company, no approval is r equired
under that section in respect of the carrying on after that com mencement by
that company or another S4C company of those activities.
Gaelic Broadcasting
28 The persons who are members of Comataidh Craolaidh Gaidhlig
immediately before the date on which section 208 comes into for ce—
(a) shall continue to hold office as members of Seirbheis nam
Meadhanan Gàidhlig as if they had been appointed to that office  by
OFCOM;
(b) shall hold and vacate office in accordance with the terms of  their
appointment by the ITC;
(c) shall hold office for the period for which they were appoint ed by the
ITC; and
(d) after the end of that period, shall be eligible for re-appoi ntment as
members of Seirbheis nam Meadhanan Gàidhlig.
29 (1) The continuance in force of the Multiplex Licence (Broadca sting of
Programmes in Gaelic) Order 1996 (S.I. 1996/2758) made under se ction 32 of
the 1996 Act is not affected by the amendment of that section b y Schedule 15
to this Act.
(2) But in relation to times after the television transfer date,  that order shall have
effect as if—
(a) the reference in that order to the ITC were a reference to O FCOM;
and
(b) the reference to the application of section 28 of the 1996 A ct to a
frequency were omitted.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions560
Pre-transfer Broadcasting Act licences
30 (1) Subject to any express provision made by this Act in relat ion to a particular
description of Broadcasting Act licence, neither—
(a) the transfer from a pre-commencement regulator to OFCOM of t he
function of granting or awarding such licences or of any other power
exercisable in relation to such licences, nor 
(b) any other modification by or by virtue of this Act of the po wer to
grant or award such licences or of a provision having effect inrelation to such licences,
shall affect the continuing validity of a licence by or under w hich the
provision of a service is authorised immediately before the com ing into force
of the transfer or modification.
(2) Accordingly, such a licence shall continue to have effect, a fter the coming
into force of the transfer or modification—
(a) on the same terms and conditions and for the same period as it
would have done if this Act had not been passed; but
(b) as if, in relation to times after the coming into force of a ny relevant
transfer of functions to OFCOM, every reference in the licence to a
pre-commencement regulator were a reference to OFCOM.
(3) Sub-paragraph (2) is subject to the following provisions of this Act—
(a) those under which a licence is to have effect as if the peri od for which
it is granted were the period determined under this Act; and
(b) those under which the conditions of a licence fall to be var ied for the
purpose of imposing a condition required by this Act.
(4) Anything done at any time before the relevant transfer date under or for the
purposes of enforcing any provision of a Broadcasting Act licen ce is to have
effect in relation to times on or after that date—
(a) to the extent that it was done by or in relation to the ITC or Radio
Authority, and
(b) so far as necessary for preserving its effect or for facilit ating the
taking of further action by OFCOM,
as a thing done by or in relation to OFCOM.
(5) In sub-paragraph (4) “relevant transfer date”—
(a) in relation to licences under Part 1 of the 1990 Act or Part  1 of the 1996
Act, means the television transfer date; and
(b) in relation to licences under Part 3 of the 1990 Act or Part  2 of the 1996
Act, means the radio transfer date.
Channels 3 and 5
31 A determination made by the ITC under or for the purposes of section 14 or
28 of the 1990 Act (Channels 3 and 5) is to have effect on and after the
television transfer date as a determination under that section by OFCOM.
Saving pending replacement of licences for Channels 3 and 5 and  the public teletext service
32 (1) The regulatory regime for a Channel 3 service, and that fo r Channel 5 and
the existing teletext service, shall not include the self-regul ation conditions
in any case in which the service or (as the case may be) Channe l 5 is provided
under a licence granted before the television transfer date.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions561
(2) In sub-paragraph (1) “the self-regulation conditions” means the conditions
which (apart from that sub-paragraph) are included by virtue of  sections 265
to 269 of this Act in the regulatory regime for Channel 3 servi ces, for Channel
5 and for the public teletext service.
(3) In relation to a licence granted before the television trans fer date for a
Channel 3 service, Channel 5 or the existing teletext service, section 263 shall
have effect as if the reference in subsection (3)(a) of that se ction to a
corresponding or additional service to be provided in analogue form were a
reference to a corresponding or additional service to be provid ed in digital
form.
(4) In this paragraph “the existing teletext service” means the existing service
within the meaning of section 221 of this Act.
Digital additional licences
33 (1) This paragraph applies where immediately before the coming  into force of
section 242 of this Act a person holds a digital additional ser vices licence
under Part 1 of the 1996 Act in respect of a digital sound prog ramme service
and with a view to the inclusion of the broadcasting of that se rvice by means
of a television multiplex service licensed under Part 1 of the 1996 Act.
(2) The licence is to have effect on and after the coming into f orce of section 242
of this Act as if it were a national digital sound programme li cence or (as the
case may be) were comprised in any national digital sound progr amme
licence already held by the licence holder for the service in q uestion.
(3) Where a licence has effect in accordance with this paragraph , it shall not (to
the extent that it so has effect) authorise the broadcasting of  the digital sound
programme service in question by means of a radio multiplex ser vice. 
(4) In this paragraph—
“digital additional services licence” has the same meaning as i n Part 1
of the 1996 Act; and
“national digital sound programme licence” has the same meaning  as
in Part 2 of that Act.
Programme quotas
34 Any order which—
(a) was made under section 16(5)(a) of the 1990 Act (definitions  of
“qualifying programmes” and “independent productions”), and
(b) is in force immediately before the commencement of sections 277 and
309 of this Act and paragraphs 1 and 7 of Schedule 12 to this A ct,
is to have effect in relation to times after the commencement o f those sections
and those paragraphs as an order made in exercise of the corres ponding
powers conferred by those sections and those paragraphs.
Continuity in relation to appointed news provider
35 Where a body holds an appointment for the purposes of section  31(2) of the
1990 Act immediately before the date of the commencement of sec tion 280 of
this Act—
(a) that appointment shall have effect in relation to times on a nd after
that date as an appointment for the purposes of arrangementsCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions562
entered into in accordance with conditions imposed under sectio n
280 of this Act;
(b) the arrangements under which that appointment was made shall
have effect in relation to such times as arrangements so entere d into;
and
(c) so much of the appointment or arrangements, or of any agreem ent to
which the body is a party, as makes provision by reference to t he
body’s ceasing to be nominated under section 32 of the 1990 Act  shall
have effect in relation to such times as if references to ceasi ng to be
so nominated were references to becoming a body falling withinsection 281(2) of this Act.
Networking arrangements
36 (1) Where arrangements approved for the purposes of section 39  of the 1990 Act
(networking arrangements) are in force immediately before thecommencement of section 291 of this Act, those arrangements are  to have
effect for the purposes of this Act, and of any conditions impo sed under that
section of this Act, as approved networking arrangements.
(2) For the purposes of proceedings in relation to a report unde r Schedule 4 to
the 1990 Act at any time after the commencement of Schedule 11 to this Act,
that report is to have effect as if it were a report under that  Schedule to this
Act.
Determination of qualifying revenue
37 (1) A statement of the ITC that is for the time being in force  immediately before
the television transfer date for the purposes of—
(a) Schedule 7 to the 1990 Act (statement of principles for dete rmining
qualifying revenue), or
(b) Schedule 1 to the 1996 Act (corresponding statement for the
purposes of that Act,
is to have effect on and after that date as a statement by OFCO M.
(2) On and after the television transfer date a determination by  the ITC under
paragraph 2 of Part 1 of either of those Schedules is to have e ffect as a
determination under that paragraph by OFCOM, and sub-paragraph (2) of
that paragraph is to have effect accordingly.
Rules for political broadcasts
38 Where—
(a) rules made by the ITC for the purposes of section 36 of the 1990 Act
(party political broadcasts on Channel 3, Channel 4 or Channel 5), or
(b) rules made by the Radio Authority for the purposes of sectio n 107 of
the 1990 Act (party political broadcasts on national radio serv ices),
are in force immediately before the commencement of section 333  of this Act,
those rules are to have effect after its commencement as rules made by
OFCOM for the purposes of that section of this Act.
Functions under section 88 of the 1990 Act
39 A requirement imposed or notice given before the radio transf er date by the
Radio Authority under section 88 of the 1990 Act (restriction o n holding ofCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions563
licences) is to have effect on and after that date as if it wer e imposed or given
by OFCOM.
Notices under section 94 of the 1990 Act
40 A notice given by the Secretary of State or any other Ministe r of the Crown
under section 94 of the 1990 Act (government control over licen sed services)
is to have effect on and after the radio transfer date as a not ice given to
OFCOM under section 336 of this Act.
Programme standards: television
41 (1) This paragraph applies as respects times on or after the t elevision transfer
date and before the first coming into force, in the case of the  holder of a
licence under Part 1 of the 1990 Act or Part 1 of the 1996 Act,  of conditions
imposed under section 325 of this Act.
(2) Sections 6 to 12 of the 1990 Act (general provisions about t he content of
licensed services) are to have effect in the case of that licen ce holder as if
references in those sections to the ITC were references to OFCO M.
(3) A code drawn up by the ITC under section 6, 7 or 9 of the 19 90 Act is to have
effect as if it had been drawn up by OFCOM.
Programme standards: radio
42 (1) This paragraph applies as respects times on or after the r adio transfer date
and before the first coming into force, in the case of the hold er of a licence
under Part 3 of the 1990 Act or Part 2 of the 1996 Act, of cond itions imposed
under section 325 of this Act.
(2) Sections 90 to 96 of the 1990 Act (general provisions about the content of
licensed services) are to have effect as if references in those  sections to the
Radio Authority were references to OFCOM.
(3) A code drawn up by the Radio Authority under section 90, 91 or 93 of the
1990 Act is to have effect as if it had been drawn up by OFCOM.
Standards code
43 (1) In relation to any time after the commencement of section 319 of this Act, a
code in force immediately before its commencement as a code dra wn up
under section 6, 7, 9, 90, 91 or 93 of the 1990 Act or section 108 of the 1996 Act
is to have effect (subject to sub-paragraphs (2) and (3)) as if  it were a code
issued by OFCOM for the purpose of setting standards under sect ion 319 of
this Act.
(2) A code under the 1990 Act shall have effect by virtue of sub -paragraph (1) in
relation only to the following— 
(a) in the case of the codes under sections 6, 7 and 9, services  the
provision of which is authorised by licences under Part 1 of th e 1990
Act and S4C; and
(b) in the case of the codes under sections 90, 91 and 93, servi ces the
provision of which is authorised by licences under Part 3 of th at Act.
(3) In the case of the code under section 108 of the 1996 Act, t he code shall have
effect by virtue of sub-paragraph (1)—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions564
(a) in relation only to services provided by the BBC or the Wels h
Authority; and
(b) to the extent only that it contains provision that applies t o those
services and, in the case of services provided by the Welsh Aut hority,
relates to matters other than advertising and impartiality. 
Local and national radio licences
44 (1) Section 103 of the 1990 Act (restriction on changes of con trol affecting
holders of national licences) is to apply in relation to a pre- transfer national
licence as it applies in relation to a national licence within the meaning of
Part 3 of the 1990 Act.
(2) Anything done by or in relation to the Radio Authority under  any of sections
98 to 102 or 103A of the 1990 Act, so far as it has been done—
(a) before the radio transfer date, and
(b) for the purposes of, or in connection with, the grant or ren ewal of a
pre-transfer national licence,
is to have effect for the purposes of, and in connection with, the grant or
renewal of a licence at times on or after that date as if done by or in relation
to OFCOM in connection with or for the purposes of the grant or  renewal of
national licence (within the meaning of Part 3 of that Act).
(3) Anything done by or in relation to the Radio Authority under  any of sections
104 to 105 of the 1990 Act, so far as it has been done— 
(a) before the radio transfer date, and
(b) for the purposes of, or in connection with, the grant or ren ewal of a
pre-transfer local licence,
is to have effect for the purposes of, and in connection with, the grant or
renewal of a licence at times on or after that date as if done by or in relation
to OFCOM in connection with, or for the purposes of, the grant or renewal
of local licence (within the meaning of Part 3 of that Act).
(4) In this paragraph “pre-transfer local licence” and “pre-tran sfer national
licence each has the same meaning as in section 253 of this Act .
Section 111B of the 1990 Act
45 (1) Section 111B of the 1990 Act (power to suspend satellite s ervices) is to have
effect in relation to a licence to provide a formerly regulated  radio service
(within the meaning of section 251) as it applies in relation t o a licence to
provide a radio licensable content service, but as if the refer ence in
subsection (1)(b) of that section to a condition included in th e licence in
pursuance of the provisions there mentioned included a referenc e to a
condition included in the licence in pursuance of section 90(1) (a) of that Act.
(2) In relation to any time falling—
(a) on or after the radio transfer date, and
(b) before the first coming into force, in the case of the holde r of a licence
under Part 3 of the 1990 Act or Part 2 of the 1996 Act, of cond itions
imposed under section 325 of this Act,
section 111B of the 1990 Act is to have effect in relation to a  licence to provide
a radio licensable content service as if the reference in subse ction (1)(b) of
section 111B of that Act to a condition included in the licence  in pursuance
of the provisions there mentioned were a reference to a conditi on included
in the licence in pursuance of section 90(1)(a) of that Act.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions565
Section 185 of the 1990 Act
46 (1) A determination or nomination made for the purposes of sec tion 185 of the
1990 Act (the national television archive) by the ITC is to hav e effect on and
after the television transfer date as a determination or nomina tion made by
OFCOM.
(2) Sub-paragraph (1) applies in the case of a determination so far only as it
relates to a financial year beginning on or after the televisio n transfer date.
Section 28 of the 1996 Act
47 (1) The repeal by this Act of section 28 of the 1996 Act does not affect any power
to vary a licence under Part 1 of the 1990 Act which is—
(a) conferred on the ITC by an order under that section; and
(b) transferred to OFCOM by this Act.
(2) Nor does it affect so much of any order under that section i n force
immediately before the repeal as—
(a) modifies section 16 of the 1996 Act in its application in re lation to the
renewal of a licence first granted before the television transf er date;
or
(b) imposes a prohibition on the use of digital capacity reserve d before
that date;
but so much of any such prohibition as requires the consent of the ITC for
the use of any digital capacity shall have effect after the tel evision transfer
date as if the consent required were OFCOM’s consent.
(3) Sub-paragraph (1) only saves the power so far as it is exerc isable in relation
to a licence granted before the television transfer date.
Section 48 of the 1996 Act
48 Subsections (4) to (6) of section 48 of the 1996 Act (reserva tions of capacity
for national radio multiplex licences to independent national b roadcasters)
are to apply in relation to conditions included in pursuance of  that section in
licences granted before the radio transfer date as they apply i n relation to
conditions included in licences by virtue of the amendments of that section
made by this Act.
Applications for extension of pre-transfer licences
49 (1) Section 253(4)(a) does not prevent the determination by OF COM of a day
falling less than one year after the making of the determinatio n where—
(a) OFCOM consider that the day by which they would need to publ ish
a notice is a day which is not more than 15 months after thecommencement date; and
(b) the determination of that day is made as soon as practicable  after the
commencement date.
(2) Where the day determined by OFCOM for the purposes of paragr aph (b) of
section 253(3) is a day in the period of three months beginning  with the day
after the determination, that paragraph shall have effect as if  for the words
“three months before” there were substituted “on”.
(3) In this paragraph, the “commencement date” is the date on wh ich section
253 comes into force.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions566
Applications for renewal of licences under 1990 Act and 1996 Ac t
50 (1) A provision set out in sub-paragraph (2) does not prevent the determination
by OFCOM of a date falling less than one year after the making of the
determination where—
(a) OFCOM consider that the relevant date for the purposes of th e
section in question is a date which is not more than 15 months after
the commencement date; and
(b) the determination of the relevant date is made as soon as pr acticable
after the commencement date.
(2) Those provisions are—
(a) section 53(12) of the 1990 Act;
(b) section 103A(12) of the 1990 Act;
(c) section 104A(14) of the 1990 Act;
(d) section 16(12A) of the 1996 Act;
(e) section 58(12A) of the 1996 Act.
(3) An application which is made before the commencement date in  accordance
with a provision set out in sub-paragraph (5) shall be treated after that date
as if it had been made in accordance with that provision as ame nded by this
Act.
(4) Where, in a case where a provision set out in sub-paragraph (5) applies, the
relevant date for the purposes of the section in question is a date in the
period of three months beginning with—
(a) the commencement date, or
(b) the day after the day on which the relevant date is determin ed,
that provision shall have effect as if the words “the day falli ng three months
before” were omitted.
(5) Those provisions are—
(a) section 53(2) of the 1990 Act;
(b) section 103A(2) of the 1990 Act;
(c) section 104A(3) of the 1990 Act;
(d) section 16(3) of the 1996 Act;
(e) section 58(3) of the 1996 Act.
(6) In this paragraph, the “commencement date”, in relation to a ny provision set
out in sub-paragraph (2) or (5) is the date on which the provis ion of Schedule
15 inserting or amending that provision comes into force.
Listed events rules
51 (1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), Part 4 of the 1996 Act (spor ting and other
events of national interest) is to have effect in relation to t imes on or after the
television transfer date as if anything done before that date b y or in relation
to the ITC had been done by or in relation to OFCOM.
(2) The code drawn up by the ITC under section 104 of the 1996 A ct (code of
guidance as to the operation of Part 4) and in force immediatel y before the
commencement of section 301 of this Act is to continue to have effect
(notwithstanding the substitutions made by that section of this  Act)—
(a) until the code drawn up by OFCOM under that section comes in to
force; butCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions567
(b) in relation to times on or after the transfer date and befor e the coming
into force of OFCOM’s code, as if references in section 104(2) of that
Act and in the code to the ITC were references to OFCOM.
(3) If a provision of sections 300 to 302 of this Act comes into  force before the
television transfer date, a reference to OFCOM in an amendment made by
that provision is to be construed in relation to times before t hat date as a
reference to the ITC.
(4) On the date on which section 300 of this Act comes into forc e, the Secretary
of State shall revise the list maintained for the purposes of P art 4 of the 1996
Act in order to allocate each event which is a listed event on that date either
to Group A or to Group B.
(5) Where—
(a) the events listed in the list in force immediately before th e Secretary
of State revises it under sub-paragraph (4) are treated, for an y of the
purposes of the code in force under section 104 of the 1996 Act  at that
time, as divided into two categories, and
(b) the Secretary of State’s revision under that sub-paragraph m akes the
same division,
section 97(2) of the 1996 Act shall not apply in relation to th at revision of that
list.
(6) In this paragraph “the transfer date” is the date on which p aragraph 13 of
Schedule 1 comes into force.
Complaints to the Broadcasting Standards Commission
52 (1) On and after the transfer to OFCOM under this Act of the f unctions of the
Broadcasting Standards Commission under Part 5 of the 1996 Act,  that Part
is to have effect in relation to a fairness complaint made to, but not disposed
of by, the Commission before the transfer as if— 
(a) anything done, or treated as done, by or in relation to the
Commission for the purposes of, or in connection with, thatcomplaint had been done by or in relation OFCOM; and
(b) those functions had been functions of OFCOM at the time when  it
was done.
(2) Where immediately before the commencement of section 327 of this Act a
licence to provide a licensed service (within the meaning of Pa rt 5 of the 1996
Act) contains a condition included in that licence by virtue of  section 119(7)
of that Act (conditions requiring compliance with BSC direction s), that
condition is to have effect on and after the coming into force of section 327
of this Act as a condition requiring the licence holder to comp ly with
directions given to him by OFCOM.
(3)  In this paragraph “fairness complaint” has the same meaning  as in Part 5 of
the 1996 Act.
Codes of practice drawn up by the Broadcasting Standards Commis sion
53 The code of practice drawn up by the Broadcasting Standards C ommission
under section 107 of the 1996 Act (code in respect of unjust an d unfair
treatment and infringements of privacy) is to have effect on an d after the
transfer under this Act to OFCOM of the Commission’s functions under Part
5 of that Act as if it were the code required to be drawn up un der that section
by OFCOM.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions568
Media ownership provisions
54 (1) Part 4 of Schedule 14 to this Act is to have effect—
(a) in relation to times before the television transfer date as if references
to OFCOM were, in relation to licences under Part 1 of the 1990  Act
or Part 1 of the 1996 Act, references to the ITC; and
(b) in relation to times before the radio transfer date as if re ferences to
OFCOM were, in relation to licences under Part 3 of the 1990 Ac t or
Part 2 of the 1996 Act, references to the Radio Authority.
(2) A determination by the ITC or the Radio Authority under para graph 2(2) of
Part 2 of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act which is in force immediat ely before the
commencement of Part 4 of Schedule 14 to this Act is to have ef fect on and
after its commencement as a determination under paragraph 15 of  that
Schedule to this Act.
(3) Any guidance issued by the ITC and the Radio Authority under  paragraph
2(3) of Part 2 of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act and in force immed iately before
the commencement of Part 4 of Schedule 14 to this Act is to hav e effect on
and after its commencement as guidance published under paragrap h 15(4)
of that Schedule to this Act.
(4) Anything done under paragraph 15 of Schedule 14 by the ITC o r the Radio
Authority which is in force immediately before the relevant tra nsfer date is
to have effect on and after that date as if done under that par agraph by
OFCOM.
(5) The following powers under enactments in force before the re levant transfer
date shall be exercisable by OFCOM at all times on or after tha t date in
relation to a pre commencement contravention of a requirement i mposed by
or under Parts 3 to 5 of Schedule 2 to the 1990 Act— 
(a) all the powers and duties of the ITC under section 5 of the 1990 Act
and section 5 of the 1996 Act;
(b) all the powers and duties of the Radio Authority under secti on 88 of
the 1990 Act and section 44 of the 1996 Act; and
(c) all the other powers and duties of the ITC or the Radio Auth ority in
relation to contraventions of conditions imposed under section 5 or
88 of the 1990 Act or section 5 or 44 of the 1996 Act.
(6) For the purpose of determining whether anything occurring af ter the
relevant transfer date is a pre-commencement contravention of arequirement imposed by or under Parts 3 to 5 of Schedule 2 to t he 1990 Act,
references in those Parts of that Schedule to the ITC or to the  Radio
Authority are to be construed as including references to OFCOM.
(7) In this paragraph—
“pre-commencement contravention” means a contravention of a
requirement which occurred before the coming into force of therepeal by this Act of the provision by or under which therequirement was imposed; and
“the relevant transfer date”—
(a) in relation to the ITC, means the television transfer date; and
(b) in relation to the Radio Authority, means the radio transfer
date.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions569
TV licences
55 A television licence granted under the Wireless Telegraphy Ac t 1949 (c. 54)
before the coming into force of section 363 of this Act is to h ave effect after
the commencement of that section as a licence for the purposes of that
section.
Functions under the Enterprise Act 2002
56 (1) This section has effect in so far as, at any time before t he coming into force
of section 370 of this Act, anything has been done or is treate d as done by or
in relation to the Director for the purposes of, or in connecti on with, the
carrying out of any of his functions under the Enterprise Act 2 002 (c. 40).
(2) That thing is to have effect on and after that date, and OFC OM may carry out
their functions and continue anything begun by that Director, a s if—
(a) that thing had been done by or in relation to OFCOM for the
purposes of, or in connection with, their functions under that Act by
virtue of that section; and
(b) the provisions conferring those functions on OFCOM had been in
force at the time it was done.
(3) Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply to anything that could not be done by or
in relation to OFCOM for the purposes of, or in connection with , the carrying
out of their functions under the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40).
(4) Where, by virtue of sub-paragraph (3), sub-paragraph (1) doe s not apply to
something, that thing is to have effect instead as if done by o r in relation to
the Office of Fair Trading
Functions under the Competition Act 1998
57 (1) This paragraph applies in so far as, at any time before th e coming into force
of section 371 of this Act, anything has been done by or in rel ation to the
Director for the purposes of, or in connection with, the carryi ng out of any
of his functions under the Competition Act 1998 (c. 41).
(2) That thing is to have effect on and after that date, and OFC OM may carry out
their functions and continue anything begun by that Director, a s if—
(a) that thing had been done by or in relation to OFCOM for the
purposes of, or in connection with, their functions under that Act by
virtue of that section; and
(b) the provisions conferring those functions on OFCOM had been in
force at the time it was done.
(3) Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply to anything that could not be done by or
in relation to OFCOM for the purposes of, or in connection with , the carrying
out of their functions under the Competition Act 1998.
(4) Where, by virtue of sub-paragraph (3), sub-paragraph (1) doe s not apply to
something, that thing is to have effect instead as if done by o r in relation to
the Office of Fair Trading
58 (1) Where any regulations made under section 54(4) of the Comp etition Act
1998 (regulations about concurrent functions of regulators and the Office of
Fair Trading) are in force at the coming into force of section 371 of this Act,
those regulations—Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions570
(a) shall, from that time have effect in relation to functions e xercisable
concurrently by virtue of section 371 of this Act as they have effect in
relation to functions exercisable concurrently by virtue of Par t 2 of
Schedule 10 to the Competition Act 1998; but
(b) shall so have effect subject to any amendments or revocation s
coming into force at or after that time.
(2) Where, at any time before the coming into force of section 3 71, anything has
been done by or in relation to the Director under or for the pu rposes of any
regulations made under section 54(4) of the Competition Act 199 8 that thing
is to have effect, so far as necessary for the purposes of para graph 57 of this
Schedule, as if done by or in relation to OFCOM.
Newspaper mergers
59 (1) Chapter 2 of Part 5 and any related repeals shall, subject  to sub-paragraph
(2), not apply in relation to—
(a) a transfer of a newspaper or of newspaper assets (within the
meaning given by section 57(2) of the Fair Trading Act 1973 (c. 41))
which has been made before the coming into force of section 373  of
this Act; or
(b) a proposed transfer of a newspaper or of newspaper assets in
relation to which an application for the consent of the Secreta ry of
State under section 58 of the Act of 1973 has been made before the
coming into force of section 373 of this Act.
(2) Chapter 2 of Part 5 and any related repeals shall apply in r elation to a
proposed transfer of a newspaper or of newspaper assets if—
(a) an application for the consent of the Secretary of State und er section
58 of the Act of 1973 has been made;
(b) the application is expressed to depend on the operation of s ubsection
(3) or (4) of that section;
(c) no consent is given by the Secretary of State under subsecti on (3) or
(4) of that section; and
(d) no further application has been made for the consent of the Secretary
of State under that section before the coming into force of sec tion 373
of this Act.
60 Chapter 2 of Part 5 and any related repeals shall apply in re lation to any
transfer of a newspaper or of newspaper assets which is propose d (and not
made) before the coming into force of section 373 of this Act a nd in relation
to which no application has been made for the consent of the Se cretary of
State under section 58 of the Act of 1973 before the coming int o force of that
section.
61 References in paragraphs 59 and 60 to Chapter 2 of Part 5 do not include
references to subsections (2) to (4) of section 389 (powers to make
transitional and consequential amendments etc.).
62 (1) The Secretary of State may, instead of any or all of the c onditions attached to
a consent given by him (or treated as so given) under section 5 8 of the Fair
Trading Act 1973 (c. 41)), accept undertakings under this paragr aph to take,
or refrain from taking, action specified or described in the un dertakings.
(2) If, and so far as, the Secretary of State accepts an underta king under this
paragraph instead of a condition, that condition shall cease to  have effect.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions571
(3) In deciding whether to accept an undertaking under this para graph, the
Secretary of State may, in particular, consult the Office of Fa ir Trading and
OFCOM.
(4) An undertaking under this paragraph—
(a) shall come into force when accepted;
(b) may be varied or superseded by another undertaking; and
(c) may be released by the Secretary of State.
(5) The Secretary of State shall, as soon as reasonably practica ble, consider any
representations received by him in relation to varying or relea sing an
undertaking under this paragraph.
(6) Paragraph 10 of Schedule 7 to the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40)  (order-making
power where final undertakings not fulfilled) shall apply in re lation to an
undertaking under this paragraph as it applies in relation to a n undertaking
under paragraph 9 of that Schedule to that Act but as if—
(a) in sub-paragraph (2) the words from “for any” to “66(6)” wer e
omitted; and
(b) sub-paragraph (3) were omitted.
(7) The following provisions of the Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40) s hall apply in
relation to an undertaking under this paragraph or an order mad e by virtue
of sub-paragraph (6) as they apply in relation to an undertakin g under
paragraph 9 of Schedule 7 to that Act or (as the case may be) a n order under
paragraph 10 of that Schedule to that Act—
(a) section 90 and Schedule 10 (procedural requirements for cert ain
undertakings and orders);
(b) section 91 (register of undertakings and orders);
(c) section 92 (duty of OFT to monitor undertakings and orders);
(d) section 93 (further role of OFT in relation to undertakings and
orders); and
(e) section 94 (rights to enforce undertakings and orders).
(8) Section 402 of this Act shall not apply in relation to the p ower of the
Secretary of State to make an order which is exercisable by vir tue of sub-
paragraph (6) but supplementary provisions of Part 3 of the Ent erprise Act
2002 which relate to the making of an order under paragraph 10 of Schedule
7 to that Act shall apply in relation to the making of an order  by virtue of
sub-paragraph (6).
(9) Section 402 of this Act shall not apply in relation to the p ower of the
Secretary of State to make an order under section 91(6)(a) of t he Enterprise
Act 2002 as applied by virtue of sub-paragraph (7)(b) above butsupplementary provisions of Part 3 of the Enterprise Act 2002 w hich relate
to the making of an order under section 91(6)(a) of that Act sh all apply in
relation to the making of an order under that provision as appl ied by virtue
of sub-paragraph (7)(b) above.
Orders in Council under section 6 of the Continental Shelf Act 1964
63 If an Order in Council made, or having effect as if made, in exercise of a
power conferred by virtue of section 6 of the Continental Shelf  Act 1964
(c. 29) is in force immediately before the commencement of secti on 410 of
this Act in relation to provisions of—
(a) the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54), or
(b) the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998 (c. 6), Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 18 — Transitional Provisions572
that Order is to have effect after the commencement of section 410 of this Act
as an Order in Council made in exercise of the powers conferred  by that
section of this Act.
Interpretation of Schedule
64 In this Schedule—
“the 1984 Act” means the Telecommunications Act 1984 (c. 12);
“the abolition of licensing” means the coming into force of the  repeal by
this Act of section 7 of the 1984 Act;
“the Director” means the Director General of Telecommunications ;
“the ITC” means the Independent Television Commission.
SCHEDULE 19 Section 406
REPEALS
(1) Enactments
Short title and chapter Extent of repeal
Telegraph Act 1899 (c. 38) The whole Act.
Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949
(c. 54)In section 1—
(a) subsection (1A);
(b) in subsection (4), the words “other than a
television licence” and the words from “; anda television licence” onwards;
(c) subsections (6) and (7).
Section 1D(1), (2), (7) and (8).
Section 1F.Section 2.
In section 3(1), the words after paragraph (d)
from “and different” to “classes of case:”. 
Section 9.In section 10(2), the words after paragraph (b).
In section 11(1)—
(a) paragraph (i) of the proviso;
(b) in paragraph (ii) of the proviso the
words “, and paragraph (i) of this provisoshall not apply”.
Section 14(1A)(e), (2) and (3)(b).
Section 15(4)(c) and the word “or” immediately
preceding it.
Section 19(2A) and (9).
Schedule 2.
Army Act 1955 (3 & 4 Eliz. 2
c. 18)In section 44B(5), the definition of
“telecommunication system” and the word“and” immediately preceding it.
Air Force Act 1955 (3 & 4 Eliz. 2
c. 19)In section 44B(5), the definition of
“telecommunication system” and the word“and” immediately preceding it.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals573
Naval Discipline Act 1957
(c. 53)In section 29B(5), the definition of
“telecommunication system” and the word“and” immediately preceding it.
Opencast Coal Act 1958 (c. 69) In section 45(3), the word “a” bef ore
“telecommunication apparatus”.
Continental Shelf Act 1964
(c. 29)Section 6.
Parliamentary Commissioner
Act 1967 (c. 13)In Schedule 2, the entries relating to the
Broadcasting Standards Commission and theOffice of the Director General ofTelecommunications.
Marine, &c., Broadcasting
(Offences) Act 1967 (c. 41)Section 6(2) and (7).
Wireless Telegraphy Act 1967
(c. 72)Section 4.
In section 7(5), paragraph (b) and the word “or”
immediately preceding it.
Fair Trading Act 1973 (c. 41) Sections 57 to 62.
In section 93B—
(a) in subsection (1)(b), the words “the
Telecommunications Act 1984 or”;
(b) in subsection (5), the words “section 13B
of the Telecommunications Act 1984 or”.
House of Commons
Disqualification Act 1975(c. 24)In Part 2 of Schedule 1, the entries relating to—
(a) the Broadcasting Standards
Commission;
(b) Comataidh Craolaidh Gaidhlig;
(c) the Independent Television
Commission;
(d) the Radio Authority.
In Part 3 of Schedule 1, the entry relating to the
Director General of Telecommunications.
Northern Ireland Assembly
Disqualification Act 1975(c. 25)In Part 2 of Schedule 1, the entries relating to—
(a) the Broadcasting Standards
Commission;
(b) the Independent Television
Commission;
(c) the Radio Authority;
(d) the Tribunal established under Part 2 of
the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949.
In Part 3 of Schedule 1, the entries relating to— 
(a) the Director General of
Telecommunications;
(b) a Director of the successor company
within the meaning of Part 5 of theTelecommunications Act 1984.
Welsh Development Agency
Act 1975 (c. 70)In section 19(11), the definition of “appropriate
authority”.Short title and chapter Extent of repealCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals574
British Telecommunications Act
1981 (c. 38)In section 88—
(a) in subsection (1), the words from “, and
the special” to “Schedule 5,”;
(b) in subsection (2), the words “and 5”.
In Schedule 4, paragraphs 2 to 18, 21 and 22. 
In Schedule 5, paragraphs 1 and 3 to 22. 
Acquisition of Land Act 1981
(c. 67)In section 28, paragraph (f).
Telecommunications Act 1984
(c. 12)Sections 1 to 30.
Sections 34 to 49.
In section 50, subsections (2) to (6A).Sections 51 to 55.
Section 60.
Section 61(1) to (6).Section 62.Short title and chapter Extent of repealCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals575
Telecommunications Act 1984
(c. 12)— cont.Section 63(1) to (4).
Sections 64 to 67.
Sections 69 to 71.In section 72—
(a)  in subsection (1), the words from the
beginning to “this Act,” and the words “anddevelopment land tax”;
(b) subsections (2), (4) and (5).
Section 73.
Sections 80 and 81.
Section 88.Section 90.
In section 91—
(a) in subsection (2), the words “or section
80(9)(b) above” and the words “for an offenceor (as the case may be) for the forfeiture ofany apparatus under that section”;
(b) in subsection (4), the words “and in
section 80(9)(b) above”.
Section 92(4).
Section 93.Sections 95 to 97.
In section 98(9), the words “and
‘telecommunication apparatus’”.
In section 101—
(a) in subsection (2)(a), the words “or
transferred”;
(b) subsection (4).
Section 102.In section 104—
(a) in subsection (1), the words “2, 27L 60(1)
or (3), 69(2) or” and “, or paragraph 1 ofSchedule 5,”;
(b) subsection (3).
In section 106(1), the definitions of—
(a)  “commercial activities connected with
telecommunications”;
(b) “consumer”, “monopoly situation”,
“practice” and “supply”;
(c) “the Director”;
(d) “directory information service”;
(e) “disabled person” and “disabled”;
(f) “public telecommunications operator”;
(g) “public telecommunications system”;
(h) “telecommunication apparatus”;
(i) “telecommunication service”;
(j) “telecommunications operator”;
(k) “telecommunication system”;
(l)  “transitional period”.
Section 107(1), (2) and (4).Short title and chapter Extent of repealCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals576
Telecommunications Act 1984
(c. 12)—cont.— cont.In section 109—
(a) subsections (2) and (3);
(b) in subsection (4), the words “and the
special transitional provisions with respect topatents for inventions and registered designscontained in Schedule 6 to this Act”;
(c) subsections (5) to (7).
Schedule 1.
In Schedule 2—
(a) in paragraph 1(1), the words from
“‘telecommunications apparatus’ includesany apparatus” onwards;
(b) in paragraph 9(2), the words “section
11(1) of this Act,”;
(c) in paragraph 10(2)(b), the words
“(within the meaning of section 6 of thisAct)”;
(d) in paragraph 27(1), the words “section
109(2) or (3) of or”.
In Schedule 4, paragraphs 2, 3, 12, 16, 28(2), 40,
55(1) and (7), 65, 80(1), 86(1), 89(5) and 90.
In Schedule 5—
(a) paragraphs 1 to 7;
(b) paragraph 8(2) and (4);
(c) paragraphs 9 to 14;
(d) paragraphs 16 to 29;
(e) paragraphs 31 to 33; 
(f) paragraph 35;
(g) paragraphs 38 to 42;
(h) paragraph 47; 
(i) in paragraph 48, in sub-paragraph (1),
the words “Part 1 of the Industry Act 1972and” and in sub-paragraph (2), the words“Part 1 of the Industry Act 1972 or”;
(j) paragraphs 49 to 51.
Schedule 6.
Companies Consolidation
(Consequential Provisions)Act 1985 (c. 9)In Schedule 2, the entries relating to sections
60(3), 61(4), 66, 70 and 73(1) of and Schedule 5to the Telecommunications Act 1984.
Surrogacy Arrangements Act
1985 (c. 49)Section 3(6).
Interception of
Communications Act 1985(c. 56)Schedule 2.
Housing Act 1985 (c. 68) Section 298(1).
Airports Act 1986 (c. 31) Section 62(8).Insolvency Act 1986 (c. 45) In Schedule 2A, paragraph 10(1)(a).Short title and chapter Extent of repealCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals577
Consumer Protection Act 1987
(c. 43)In Schedule 4, in paragraph 9(1), the words
“28(6) and”.
Channel Tunnel Act 1987 (c. 53) In Part 10 of Schedule 7, paragra ph 1(2).
Income and Corporation Taxes
Act 1988 (c. 1)In Schedule 29, in the Table in paragraph 32, the
entries relating to sections 62(7) and 72(4) ofthe Telecommunications Act 1984.
Legal Aid Act 1988 (c. 34) In Schedule 5, paragraph 11.
Copyright, Designs and Patents
Act 1988 (c. 48)In section 69(2), the word “or” at the end of
paragraph (b).
In Schedule 2, the word “or” at the end of
paragraph 17(2)(b).
In Schedule 7, paragraph 27.
Housing Act 1988 (c. 50) In Part 2 of Schedule 10, paragraph 19.
Electricity Act 1989 (c. 29) In Schedule 4, in paragraph 12, the definitions of
“public telecommunications operator” and of“telecommunication apparatus”,“telecommunication system” and “thetelecommunications code”.
Companies Act 1989 (c. 40) In Schedule 18, paragraph 28.
In Schedule 20, paragraph 2.
Planning (Consequential
Provisions) Act 1990 (c. 11)In Schedule 2, paragraph 63.
Courts and Legal Services Act
1990 (c. 41)In Schedule 10, paragraph 8.
Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42) Sections 1 and 2.
In section 4(3), the words from “and the
amount” onwards.
In section 5—
(a) subsection (6A)(a);
(b) subsection (6B).
Sections 6 to 12.
In section 15(3), paragraphs (c) to (e).
In section 16—
(a) subsections (2) and (3);
(b) in subsection (4), the words from “; and
in applying” onwards;
(c) subsections (5) to (8).
Section 20.
Section 21A.
In section 24, subsections (4) to (6).Sections 25 to 27.
In section 29—
(a) in subsection (2), paragraph (b) and the
word “and” immediately preceding it;
(b) subsection (3).
Sections 30 to 36.
Sections 38 and 39.
In section 42A, paragraph (b) and the word
“and” immediately preceding it.Short title and chapter Extent of repealCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals578
Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42)—
cont.Chapters 3 and 4 of Part 1.
Section 48(5).
In section 50—
(a) in subsection (1)(b)(ii), the words
“(subject to the approval of the Secretary ofState)”;
(b) subsection (7).
Section 51(2) and (7).In section 53(4), the words “before the relevant
date”.
Section 54(2)
In section 56(1)(b), the words “, and have the
functions conferred by,”.
Section 57.
Section 59.
Section 60(1) to (3) and (6).In section 61A—
(a) subsection (1);
(b) in subsection (2) the words “on or after
the notified date”;
(c) subsections (5) and (6).
Section 62.
Section 65.In section 66A(2), paragraphs (c) and (d).
Sections 68 to 70.
In section 71(1)—
(a) in the definition of “Channel 3”, the
words “by the Commission”;
(b) the definitions of “the Commission”,
“licensable programme service” and “satellitetelevision service”.
Part 2.Sections 83 and 84.
In section 85, subsections (3) and (4).
In section 87—
(a) in subsection (2)(b), sub-paragraph (ii)
and the word “or” immediately preceding it;
(b) in subsection (3), the words from “and
the amount” onwards.
In section 88—
(a) subsection (6A)(a); and
(b) subsection (6B).
Section 89(2).Sections 90 to 96.
In section 98(3)(a), the word “both” and sub-
paragraph (ii) and the word “and”immediately preceding it.
In section 99(1)(a), the word “both” and sub-
paragraph (ii) and the word “and”immediately preceding it.Short title and chapter Extent of repealCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals579
Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42)—
cont.— cont.In section 103A—
(a) in subsection (3), the words “before the
relevant date”, paragraph (a) and, inparagraph (b), the words “in any other case”;
(b) in subsection (8), the words from
“(whether because” to “any other reason)”;
(c) subsection (10);
(d) in subsection (11), the definition of
“simulcast radio service”.
In section 104A(5), at the end of paragraph (a),
the word “and”.
In section 104B—
(a) subsection (1)(b);
(b) subsections (6) and (7).
In section 106(1), the words from “, except”
onwards.
Sections 106A to 108.
Section 110(7).Sections 112 and 113.
Section 114(5).
In section 116(1)(b)(iii), the words “(subject to
the approval of the Secretary of State)”.
Section 117(2) and (7).
Section 119(2).
Section 122 to 125.In section 126(1), the definitions of “assigned
frequency”, “the Authority” and “licensablesound programme service”. 
Section 134.
In section 177(6), the definition of “relevant
foreign satellite service”.
Section 180(2) and (3).
Section 181.
In section 183—
(a) in subsection (3), the words “, which
shall be called” onwards;
(b) subsection (3A);
(c) subsections (6) and (7).
In section 185(5), the definition of “the
Commission”.
Section 186.
Section 187(1) and (2).In section 188(2), paragraphs (b), (d) and (e).
Sections 189 to 191.
In section 196—
(a) in subsection (1)(a), the words “, 82”;
(b) subsection (2).
Section 197.Section 199(1) to (4) and (6).In section 201(1), the words “under this Act”.Short title and chapter Extent of repealCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals580
Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42)—
cont.—cont.— cont.In section 202—
(a) in subsection (1), the definition of
“telecommunication system”;
(b) in subsection (2)(b), the words “1” and
“8”;
(c) in subsection (5)(a), the words “for
general reception, or”.
Schedule 1.
In Part 1 of Schedule 2—
(a) in paragraph 1(1), the definitions of
“coverage area”, of “digital programmeservice”, of “local delivery licence” and “localdelivery service”, of “local digital soundprogramme service” and “national digitalsound programme service”, of “local radiomultiplex service” and “national radiomultiplex service” and of “televisionmultiplex service”;
(b) paragraph 1(8);
(c) paragraph 3A;
(d) paragraph 3B;
(e) paragraph 4.
In Part 2 of Schedule 2—
(a) paragraph 1(1)(a) and (b);
(b) in paragraph 1(1)(j)(i), the words “(a), (b)
or”;
(c) paragraph 1(2) and (3);
(d) in paragraph 5A(1)(a), the words
“granted by the Commission”;
(e) paragraph 5A(1)(b) and the word “and”
immediately preceding it;
(f) in paragraph 5A(2), the words “granted
by the Authority”;
(g) paragraph 5A(3).
Parts 3 to 5 of Schedule 2.
Schedule 4.Schedule 5.
In Schedule 6—
(a) paragraph 2(1);
(b) in paragraph 13(2), the words from “and
shall include” onwards.
Schedule 8.
Schedule 12.In Schedule 18—
(a) in Part 1, paragraphs 1(4) to (6), 2(1) and
(3) and 4;
(b) in Part 2, paragraphs 1(d) and 5.Short title and chapter Extent of repealCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals581
Broadcasting Act 1990 (c. 42)—
cont.—cont.—cont.— cont.In Schedule 19—
(a) in paragraph 8(c), the words “and
(where the expenses relate to theCommission’s functions in connection withsound programmes) the Radio Authority”;
(b) in paragraph 11(4), the words “or the
Radio Authority” and “or, as the case may be,the Authority”.
In Schedule 20—
(a) paragraph 9;
(b) paragraph 24(c)(ii);
(c) paragraph 38;
(d) paragraph 54.
In Schedule 22—
(a) paragraphs 1 to 3;
(b) in paragraph 4, the words “and 45”;
(c) paragraph 5.
New Roads and Street Works
Act 1991 (c. 22)In Schedule 4, in paragraph 7(4), the definitions
of “telecommunication apparatus” and“telecommunication system”.
In Schedule 6, in paragraph 7(4), the definitions
of “telecommunication apparatus” and“telecommunication system”.
Taxation of Chargeable Gains
Act 1992 (c. 12)In Schedule 10, paragraph 7.
Charities Act 1992 (c. 41) In section 60(10), the definition of
“telecommunication apparatus”.
Competition and Service
(Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43)Sections 1 to 10.
Section 49.In Schedule 1, paragraphs 1, 2, 3(b) and 4.
Carriage of Goods by Sea Act
1992 (c. 50)In section 5(1), the definition of
“telecommunication system” and the word“and” immediately preceding it.
Tribunals and Inquiries Act
1992 (c. 53)In Part 1 of Schedule 1, the entry at paragraph
45 relating to wireless telegraphy.
Judicial Pensions and
Retirement Act 1993 (c. 8)Section 26(8)(a).
In Schedule 5, the entry relating to the President
of the tribunal established under section 9 ofthe Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949.
In Schedule 6, paragraph 58.In Schedule 7, paragraph 5(5)(xxxii).
Leasehold Reform, Housing
and Urban Development Act1993 (c. 28)In Part 2 of Schedule 20, paragraph 19(1).
Cardiff Bay Barrage Act 1993
(c. 42)In Schedule 4, in paragraph 3(2), the words
following paragraph (c).
In Schedule 7, paragraph 21(10).Short title and chapter Extent of repealCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals582
Local Government (Wales) Act
1994 (c.19)In Schedule 16, paragraph 72.
Vehicle Excise and Registration
Act 1994 (c. 22)In Schedule 3, paragraph 3(a)(i).
Criminal Justice and Public
Order Act 1994 (c. 33)Section 92.
Deregulation and Contracting
Out Act 1994 (c. 40)Section 8.
In Schedule 4, paragraph 3(a).
Criminal Procedure
(Consequential Provisions)(Scotland) Act 1995 (c. 40)In Schedule 4, paragraph 48(2) and (3).
Criminal Procedure (Scotland)
Act 1995 (c. 46)In Schedule 9, the entry relating to the Wireless
Telegraphy Act 1949.
Arbitration Act 1996 (c. 23) In Schedule 3, paragraph 7.
Broadcasting Act 1996 (c. 55) Section 1(1A) to (3).
Section 2(1), (6) and (7).In section 4(3), the words from “and the
amount” onwards.
Section 5(7)(a).
Section 6.In section 11(5), the words from “not exceeding”
onwards.
Section 12(7).
In section 16(6), the words “before the relevant
date”.
Section 18(5) and (6).
Section 19(2) and (4) to (10).
Sections 20 to 22.Section 25(5) and (6).
Section 28.
In section 29(2), the word “59,”.Sections 30 and 31.
In section 33(3)(c), the words “or II”.
Section 34.Section 38.
In section 39(1), the definitions of “the
Commission” and “qualifying teletextservice”.
In section 40(4), the words “provided on a
frequency or frequencies assigned to theAuthority under section 45(1)”.
In section 43—
(a)  in subsection (2)(b), sub-paragraph (ii)
and the word “or” immediately preceding it;
(b)  in subsection (3), the words from “and
the amount” onwards.
Section 44(7)(a).
Section 45.
In section 46(1), paragraph (e).Section 47(4).Section 54(7).Short title and chapter Extent of repealCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals583
Broadcasting Act 1996 (c. 55)—
cont.In section 56(1)(a)(i), the words “to which the
licence relates”.
In section 58—
(a) subsection (5);
(b) in subsection (6), the words “before the
relevant date”.
In section 60, subsections (7) to (10).
In section 61, subsections (3) and (4).Section 68.
Section 71.
In section 72(1), the definition of “the
Authority”.
Sections 74 to 76.
Sections 78 and 79.
Section 80(2).Sections 82 to 84.
Section 86(3).
Sections 87 to 90.Section 91.
Section 93.
In section 95, subsections (3) to (7).In section 97(3)(b), the words “by the
Commission” and “by them”.
In section 104(4)(d), the words “by the
Commission” and “by them”.
In section 105(1), the definitions of “the
Commission” and “live”.
Section 106.
In section 107—
(a) subsection (2);
(b) in subsection (4)(a), the words “or
regulatory”.
Sections 108 and 109.
In section 110—
(a) subsection (2);
(b) in subsection (3), the words from “; and
in exercising” onwards;
(c) in subsection (4), the definition of “a
standards complaint” and the word “and”immediately preceding it.
Sections 112 and 113.
In section 114—
(a) in subsection (1), the words “or a
standards complaint”;
(b) in subsection (2), the words “or a
standards complaint” and in paragraph (b)the words “, in the case of a fairnesscomplaint,”.
In section 115—
(a) in subsection (2), paragraph (c);
(b) in subsection (3), paragraph (b) and the
word “and” immediately preceding it.
Section 116.Short title and chapter Extent of repealCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals584
Broadcasting Act 1996 (c. 55)—
cont.— cont.In section 118, the words “or a standards
complaint”.
In section 119—
(a) in subsection (3), paragraph (c);
(b) in subsection (8), the words “or
standards complaint” and in paragraph (c)the words “, a regulatory body”;
(c) in subsection (9), the words “or
standards complaint” and “, 113(1)”;
(d) subsection (12).
In section 120(1), the words “or a standards
complaint”.
Sections 122 to 129.
In section 130—
(a) in subsection (1), in the definition of
“licensed service”, the words from “, subjectto” to “125(6),”;
(b) the definitions in that subsection of “the
appropriate regulatory body”, “the BSC”,“financial year”, “local delivery service”,“regulatory body”, “sexual conduct” and“standards complaint”;
(c) in subsection (2), paragraph (b) and the
word “and” immediately preceding it.
Section 142.
Section 143(3) and (4).
Section 144(5).In section 145(8), the definition of “the relevant
authority”.
In Schedule 2, paragraphs 1(2)(d) to (f), 4, 5, 6(3),
10 and 11.
Schedule 3.Schedule 4.
In Schedule 8, paragraph 4.
In Schedule 10, paragraphs 1, 3 to 6, 8, 11 to 14,
16, 18 to 20, 22 to 25, 26(a)(ii) and (b) and27(a).
Channel Tunnel Rail Link Act
1996 (c. 61)In Part 4 of Schedule 15, in paragraph 1(2), the
definitions of “telecommunications code”,“telecommunications operator” and“operator”, “telecommunication apparatus”,“telecommunications code system” and“telecommunication system”.
Telecommunications (Fraud)
Act 1997 (c. 4)The whole Act.
Planning (Consequential
Provisions) (Scotland) Act1997 (c. 11)In Schedule 2, paragraph 37.
Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998
(c. 6)In section 1(1), the words “other than a
television licence as defined in section 1(7) ofthat Act”.Short title and chapter Extent of repealCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals585
Wireless Telegraphy Act 1998
(c. 6)— cont.In section 1(3)—
(a) paragraph (a);
(b) in paragraph (b) the words from “or
provide” to “the Secretary of State”;
(c) paragraph (d) and the word “and”
immediately preceding it.
In section 3—
(a) in subsection (1), the words “or
determined by him under” and paragraph (a)and the word “and” immediately after it;
(b) subsection (2);
(c) in subsection (3), paragraph (h) and the
word “and” immediately preceding it.
Section 5.Schedule 1.
Petroleum Act 1998 (c. 17) In Schedule 4— 
(a) in paragraph 2(3), the words “section 6
(wireless telegraphy) and”;
(b) paragraph 19.
Competition Act 1998 (c. 41) In Schedule 1, paragraph 3.
In Schedule 7—
(a) paragraph 2(1)(d)(iii);
(b) in paragraph 19A(9), in the definition of
“merger reference group”, the words “section59 of the Fair Trading Act 1973 (c. 41),” and inthe definition of “special reference group”paragraphs (b) and (f) and the word “or” atthe end of paragraph (m).
In Schedule 7A, in paragraph 1, in the definition
of “merger investigation”, the words “section59 of the Fair Trading Act 1973 (c. 41),”.
In Schedule 10—
(a) paragraph 2(1) to (6), (8) and (9);
(b) paragraph 9(2) to (4) and (6).
In Schedule 12, paragraph 14(3).
In Schedule 13, paragraph 35(2)(a).
Regional Development
Agencies Act 1998 (c. 45)In Schedule 6, paragraph 16(1).
Access to Justice Act 1999 (c. 22) In Schedule 4, paragraph 26.
Electronic Communications Act
2000 (c. 7)Sections 11 and 12.
Regulation of Investigatory
Powers Act 2000 (c. 23)Section 18(12)(e).
In Schedule 4, paragraph 3.
Postal Services Act 2000 (c. 26) In Schedule 7, paragraph 3(2)(g) .Short title and chapter Extent of repealCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals586
Freedom of Information Act
2000 (c. 36)In Part 6 of Schedule 1, the entries relating to—
(a) the Broadcasting Standards
Commission;
(b) the Independent Television
Commission;
(c) the Radio Authority;
(d) the Scottish Advisory Committee on
Telecommunications;
(e) the Welsh Advisory Committee on
Telecommunications.
In Part 7 of Schedule 1, the entry relating to the
Northern Ireland Advisory Committee onTelecommunications.
Countryside and Rights of Way
Act 2000 (c. 37)In section 45(1), the definitions of
“telecommunications code” and“telecommunications code system”.
Transport Act 2000 (c. 38) In Schedule 8, paragraph 14(2).
In Schedule 9, paragraph 3(2)(e).
Political Parties, Elections and
Referendums Act 2000 (c. 41)Section 11(1) and (2).
In Schedule 12, in paragraph 4, sub-paragraphs
(1) to (5) and in sub-paragraph (7) thedefinitions of “the 1990 Act”, “licence”,“licensed” and “the licensing body”.
In Schedule 21, paragraph 8.
Criminal Justice and Police Act
2001 (c. 16)In the table in section 1(1), the entry relating to
section 43(1)(b) of the TelecommunicationsAct 1984.
Anti-terrorism, Crime and
Security Act 2001 (c. 24)In Schedule 4, paragraph 29.
Office of Communications Act
2002 (c. 11)Section 2.
Sections 4 to 6.
In the Schedule, paragraphs 1(4), 8(5), 17(8) and
(9) and 20.
Tobacco Advertising and
Promotion Act 2002 (c. 36)Section 12(4).
Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40) In section 22(3)(a), the words “69(1) ,”.
In section 33(3)(a), the words “69(1),”.In section 46(1)(a), the words “69(1),”.
In section 62(4), the words “section 69(1) or”.
In section 67(1)(b), the words from “which” to
“or 33”. 
In section 68(2)(c), the words from “which”,
where it occurs for the second time, to “or 33”.
Section 69.Short title and chapter Extent of repealCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals587
Note
1 These repeals, so far as they relate to appeals to the tribuna l established
under section 9 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (c. 54), hav e effect in
relation only to appeals against decisions made after the comin g into force
of section 192.
2 The repeal of section 63 of the Telecommunications Act 1984 (c . 12) does not
affect the power of the Secretary of State or the Treasury to a cquire or
subscribe for securities of the successor company or of any sub sidiary of the
successor company other than pursuant to an enactment.
3 The repeals of sections 80 and 81 of the Telecommunications Ac t 1984 do not
apply in relation to apparatus seized before the coming into fo rce of the
repeal.
4 The repeal of paragraph 20 of Schedule 5 to the Telecommunicat ions Act
1984 shall be disregarded for the purposes of Schedule 18 to th is Act.
5 The repeals of sections 27A to 27L and in section 50 of the
Telecommunications Act 1984 and the repeal of sections 1 to 10 of the
Competition and Service Utilities Act 1992 do not have effect i n relation to
any dispute or other matter referred to the Director General ofTelecommunications before the coming into force of the repeals.Enterprise Act 2002 (c. 40)—
cont.In section 121—
(a) in subsection (1), the words “, Part V of
the Fair Trading Act 1973 (c. 41)”;
(b) in subsection (2), paragraph (b) and the
word “or” at the end of the paragraph;
(c) in subsection (4)(c), sub-paragraph (i),
the word “and” at the end of the sub-paragraph and, in sub-paragraph (ii), thewords “in any other case,”;
(d) in subsection (8), the words “, Part V of
the Act of 1973”;
(e) subsection (10).
In section 136—
(a) in subsection (7), paragraph (a) and the
word “and” immediately precedingparagraph (g);
(b) in subsection (8), the words “the Director
of Telecommunications,”.
Section 168(3)(a), (4)(a) and (5)(d).
In Schedule 9, paragraphs 1 and 16.
In Schedule 25, paragraphs 13(2) to (8), 24(2) to
(6), (8) and (9) and 34.
Income Tax (Earnings and
Pensions) Act 2003 (c. 1)In section 320(7), paragraph (d).
European Parliament
(Representation) Act 2003 (c. 7)In section 12(4), in the definition of “programme
services”, the words from “(including” to“local delivery services”.Short title and chapter Extent of repealCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals588
6 The repeals of sections 26 and 27 of the 1990 Act have effect subject to section
201(2) of this Act.
(2) Instruments
Title and number Extent of revocation
Planning (Northern Ireland)
Order 1991 (S.I. 1991/1220(N.I. 11))Article 104(5).
Electricity (Northern Ireland)
Order 1992 (S.I. 1992/231(N.I. 1))In Schedule 4, in paragraph 1(1), the definitions
of “public telecommunications operator” andof “telecommunication apparatus”,“telecommunication system” and “thetelecommunications code”.
Telecommunications (Single
Emergency Call Number)Regulations 1992 (S.I. 1992/2875)The whole regulations.
Roads (Northern Ireland) Order
1993 (S.I. 1993/3160 (N.I. 15))In Article 2(2), the definitions of
“telecommunication apparatus”, “thetelecommunications code” and“telecommunications code system”.
Airports (Northern Ireland)
Order 1994 (S.I. 1994/426(N.I. 1))Article 12(7).
Street Works (Northern Ireland)
Order 1995 (S.I. 1995/3210(N.I. 19))In Schedule 2, in paragraph 7(4), the definitions
of “telecommunication apparatus” and“telecommunication system”.
Gas (Northern Ireland) Order
1996 (S.I. 1996/275 (N.I. 2))In Schedule 3, in paragraph 1, the definitions of
“public telecommunications operator” and of“telecommunication apparatus”,“telecommunication system” and “thetelecommunications code”.
Race Relations (Northern
Ireland) Order 1997(S.I. 1997/869 (N.I. 6))Paragraphs 4 and 9 of Schedule 2.
Telecommunications (Voice
Telephony) Regulations 1997(S.I. 1997/1886)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications
(Interconnection) Regulations1997 (S.I. 1997/2931)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications (Open
Network Provision andLeased Lines) Regulations
1997 (S.I. 1997/2932)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications (Open
Network Provision) (VoiceTelephony) Regulations 1998(S.I. 1998/1580)The whole regulations.Communications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals589
Telecommunications (Licence
Modification) (StandardSchedules) Regulations 1999(S.I. 1999/2450)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications (Licence
Modification) (Fixed VoiceTelephony and InternationalFacilities Operator Licences)Regulations 1999 (S.I. 1999/2451)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications (Licence
Modification) (Mobile PublicTelecommunicationsOperators) Regulations 1999(S.I. 1999/2452)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications (Licence
Modification) (BritishTelecommunications plc)Regulations 1999 (S.I. 1999/2453)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications (Licence
Modification) (Cable andLocal Delivery OperatorLicences) Regulations 1999(S.I. 1999/2454)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications (Licence
Modification) (KingstonCommunications (Hull) PLC)Regulations 1999 (S.I. 1999/2455)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications
(Interconnection) (CarrierPre-section) Regulations 1999(S.I. 1999/3448)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications
(Interconnection) (NumberPortability, etc.) Regulations1999 (S.I. 1999/3449)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications (Licence
Modification) (SatelliteOperator Licences)Regulations 2000 (S.I. 2000/1711)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications (Licence
Modification) (RegionalPublic Access Mobile RadioOperator Licences)Regulations 2000 (S.I. 2000/1712)The whole regulations.Title and number Extent of revocationCommunications Act 2003 (c. 21)
Schedule 19 — Repeals590
Telecommunications (Licence
Modification) (Amendment)Regulations 2000 (S.I. 2000/1713)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications (Licence
Modification) (Mobile DataOperator Licences)Regulations 2000 (S.I. 2000/1714)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications (Licence
Modification) (PagingOperator Licences)Regulations 2000 (S.I. 2000/1715)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications (Services
for Disabled Persons)Regulations 2000 (S.I. 2000/2410)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications (Licence
Modifications) (AmendmentNo. 2) Regulations 2000 (S.I.2000/2998)The whole regulations.
Telecommunications (Licence
Modifications) (Amendment)Regulations 2001 (S.I. 2001/2495)The whole regulations.Title and number Extent of revocation
?Crown copyright 2003
Printed in the UK by The Stationery O Yce Limited
under the authority and superintendence of Carol Tullo,Controller ofHer Majesty’s Stationery O Yce and Queen’s Printer of Acts of ParliamentPublishedbyTSO(TheStationeryOfﬁce)andavailablefrom:
Online
www.tso.co.uk/bookshop
Mail,Telephone,Fax&E-mail
TSOPOBox29,NorwichNR31GN
Telephoneorders/Generalenquiries08706005522
Faxorders08706005533
OrderthroughtheParliamentaryHotline Lo-call08457023474
Emailbook.orders wtso.co.uk
Textphone08702403701
TSOShops
123Kingsway,LondonWC2B6PQ
02072426393Fax02072426394
68–69BullStreet,BirminghamB46AD
01212369696Fax01212369699
9–21PrincessStreet,ManchesterM608AS01618347201Fax01618330634
16ArthurStreet,BelfastBT14GD
02890238451Fax0289023540118–19HighStreet,CardiffCF101PT
02920395548Fax02920384347
71LothianRoad,EdinburghEH39AZ
08706065566Fax08706065588
TheParliamentaryBookshop
12BridgeStreet,ParliamentSquare,
LondonSW1A2JX
Telephoneorders/Generalenquiries02072193890
Faxorders02072193866
AccreditedAgents
(seeYellowPages)
and through good booksellersISBN 0-10-542103-0
9 780105 421030